D'visioo "BSl^S SccttoQ >/ Έ)\ν?\£ . NT. iCaiUic e.p»si\es . EnojisW IK 54-. Amtntan 'i>v\3\(i, υν^ΐύη /^^ -^-^ S^^'^f/ * '? THE \^ ^ ' ^βΓ" — * — - <:^ SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER, ^' THE EPISTLES OF JOHN AND JUDAS, AND THE REVELATION: Cranslatfir from \\t (ireek, ON THE BASIS OF THE COMMON ENGLISH VERSION, WITH NOTES. / Quid ifcitur, ilamnamiis veteres? minime: sed post priorum stadia quod possumus in domo Domini laboramus. Jerome. Neque statim offeudere, si quid mutatum ofl'enderis, sed expende, nam in melius mutatum sit. Ekasjius. To γά^ μη ηαρέ^γωί άκοί'ειν των &εολογίκώΐ' ψωνών, αλλά τΐειράα&αί τον εΐ' εκάστη λέξει και εκάοττ} ανλ-ληβΐ^ κεκονμμέΐ'ον τον νοΐ'ν εξί'/νενεη', ovy. αργών cis ενσέβειαν, άλλα γνοιριζόντων τον σκοπον τηί ^.λήσεωι ημών. Basil. NEW-YORK : AMERICAN BIBLE UNION. LONDON: TRUBNER & CO., No. 12 PATERNOSTER ROW. 1854. AMERICAN BIBLE UNION, New- York, April 20, 1854. This revision is not final. It is circulated in the expectation, that it Λνϋΐ be subjected to a thorough criticism, in order that its imperfections, whatever they may be, may be disclosed and corrected. W. H. WYCKOFr, Con-esponding Secretary. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1854, by THE AMERICAN BIBLE UNION In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the Southern District of New-York. HoLMAN, Gray & Co., Printers & Stereottpeks, New-York. IITRODUCTION. The general character and design of this work may be learned from the following Rules and Instructions, in conformity with which it has been prepared, except as regards a literal observance of the third Special Instruction : 'GENERAL B¥LES FOE THE DIRECTION OF TRANSLATORS AND REVISERS EMPLOYED BY THE AMERICAN BIBLE UNION. ' 1. The exact meaning of the inspired text, as that text expressed it to those who understood the original scriptures at the time they were first written, must be translated by corresponding words and phrases, so far as they can be found, in the vernacular tongue of those for whom the version is designed, with the least possible obscurity or indefiniteness. ' 2. Wherever there is a version in common use, it shall be made the basis of revision, and all unnecessary interference with the established phraseology shall be avoided ; and only such alterations shall be made, as the exact meaning of the inspired text and the existing state of the language may require. ' 3. Translations or revisions of the New Testament shall be made from the received Greek text, critically edited, with known errors corrected. 'SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE REVISERS OF THE ENGLISH NEW TESTAMENT. '1. The common English version must be the basis of the revision : the Greek Text, Bagstc-r & Sons' octavo edition of 18S1. ' 2. Whenever an alteration from that version is made on any authority additional to that of the reviser, such authority must be cited in the manuscript, either on the same page or in an appendix. ' 3. Every Greek word or phrase, in the translation of which the phraseology of the common version is changed, must be carefully examined in every other place in which it occurs in the New Testament, and the views of the reviser be given as to its proper translation in each place. ' 4. As soon as the revision of any one book of the New Testament is finished, it shall be sent to the Secretary of the Bible Union, or such othtr person as shall be designated by the Committee on Versions, in order that copies may be taken and fuinished to the revisers of the other books, to be returned with their suggestions to the reviser or revisers of that book. After being re-revised with the aid of these suggestions, a carefully prepared copy shall be forwarded to the Secretary.' I. The Greek Text of the Bagsters, here referred to, is that of Mill (1707), 'preferred,' say the publishers in their preface, ' as being that which is most current in this country : Mill's text,' they add, ' is in fact a reprint of Stephens's third edition (folio, 1550), with one correction and a few unintentional changes.' This third edition of Stephens follows the fifth of Erasmus (1535), with the exception of the Apocalypse and a very few places in the other books, where Stephens introduced the readings of the Complutensian Polyglott (published with the Pope's consent in 1520, though printed a few years earlier at Complutum, or Alcala, in Spain) ; and in its turn it formed the basis of Beza's editions (1565, 1570, 15S9, 1598), on which the common English Version mainly rests, and which are said to difier from the Stephanie only in about 50 places ; as also of the Elzevir (1624, 1633), in which 152 variations have been noticed, and these taken, not from MSS., but from the text or margin of previous editions.* It thus appears that the ordinary te.\t of the Greek Testament, whether Mill's or the Elzevir, is * Griesbach : ' Editiones reccntiores sequuntur Elsevirianam ; haec compilata est ex editionibus Bezae et Stephani tertia; Beza itidem expressit Stephanicam tertiam. nonnullis tainen, pro lubitu fere ac absque idonea auctoritate, mutatis ; Stephani tertia presse sequitur Era.smicam quintam, paucissimis tantum locis et Apocalypsi exceptis, ubi Compluten.sem Erasmicae prae- tulit ; Erasmus vero texlum, ut potuit, constituit e codicibus paucissimis et satis recentibus, omnibus subsidiis destitutus, praeter versionem Tulgatam interpolatam, et scripta nonnuUorum, sed paucorum, nee accurate editorum, Patrum.' Prolegomena in N. T. IV INTRODUCTION. substantially the Complutensian and the Erasmian. ' But,' to use the words of Bishop Marsh {Lectures on the Criticism of the Bible, Cambridge, p. Ill), ' neither Erasmus nor the Complutensian editors printed from ancient Greek manuscripts ; and the remainder of their critical apparatus included little more than the latest of the Greek Fathers and the Latin Vulgate.' Or, as the case is stated by Dr. Davidson (Treatise on Biblical Criticism, Edinburgh, 1852, Vol. ii. p. 118) : ' The materials in possession of the earliest editors were scanty. They were of inferior quality. And those who employed them did not even make the best use of them. . . . Indeed, they had no critical rules by which they professed to be guided.' Under these circumstances it is not at all strange, that the changes made in that text by subsequent editors, as the result of a large accumulation and a more rigorous scrutiny of evidence, are found to be numerous, and occasionally of considerable interest. In what way, however, shall we safely distinguish, in the crowd of questionable readings, what may fairly be regarded as the ' known errors,' of which our plan requires the correction ? The present writer could think of no test so simple and satisfactory, as the general coment of the critical editors — however differing in their principles of recension— ^or the last hundred years. While this rule would no more than any other secure a perfect text, or even all the preferable readings, its operation, so far as it went, seemed likely to be attended with the least perplexity or doubt, and so to guarantee a general result, having far better claims now to rank as the textus receptiis (Received Text), than what assumed the title more than two centuries ago.* Accordingly, this test is here applied throughout, the following editions having been carefully collated for the purpose : — Bengel (Beng.), Novum Test. Graccum, 3d ed., Tubingen, 1753. Sometimes his later decision is , cited, as it appears in the Gnomon, or in the German version of Revelation. Bloomfield (Bloomf.), The Greek Testament, 1st American from the 2d London ed., Boston, 1837 : — also the Supplemental Volume (Supp.) of Annotations, 2d ed., London, 1851. Griesbach (Griesb.), Novum Test. Gracce, Cambridge, Mass., 1809 (printed from the Leipzig ed. of 1805). Haenlein (Haenl.), Epistola Judac Graece, Erlangen, 1804. Hahn, Novum Test. Graece, Leipzig, 1840. Knapp (once or twice Kn.), ed. Theile, Leipzig, 1852. Lachmann (Lachm.), Novum Test. Graece et Latine, vol. ii., Berlin, 1850. Three places ΛvheI•e this ed. differs irom the small Leipzig ed. of 1S4G, which had been collated on the Epistles, are noted among the Errata. Matthaei (Matth.), Joannis Apocahjpsis Graece et Latine, Riga, 1785. Meyer (Mey.), Das Neue Test. Griechisch kritisch revidirt, Guttingen, 1829. ScHOLz (Sch.), Novum, Test. Graece, 1830 — 1836, cited from Bagster's Hexapla. Theile, Novum Test. Graece, 4th ed., Leipzig, 1852. Tischendorf (Tisch.), Novum Test. Graece, 8vo ed., Leipzig, 1850. Tregelles (Treg.), The Book of Revelation in Greek, London, 1844. His later decisions are given from the 2d ed. of the version, London, 1849. Wordsworth (Words.), The Apocalypse, London, 1849. Wherever these concur on a reading, that reading is in the Notes recommended for adoption, and, in the Version as printed in paragraphs at the end of the volume, is incorporated with the text. The instances that occur, of deviation from the letter of the above rule, will not be reckoned vio- lations of its spirit. Tliey concern chiefly cases, where the unanimity of the editors is broken by * The preface to the second Elzevir edition having first employed the phrase, which immediately became classical : Te.vtum ergo habes nunc ab omnibus receptum. INTRODUCTION. Bengel, or Bloomfield, or both. It is to be considered, that in Bengel's time the materials for textual criticism were by no means so abundant as they afterwai-ds became, nor had they been so carefully sifted as they have been since ; besides that in very many cases readings, which appear on the margin of our edition as equal or superior to the common ones, or even as undoubtedly genuine, were in later editions taken into the text. And, in like manner, there is a third edition of Bloomfield's Greek Testament, into which he speaks in the Supplemental Volume of having received at least ' numerous deviations from the texius rcccptus' of the Apocalypse. Of the Apocal3rpse, indeed, it is well understood that the received text is more than ordinarily defective. Bloomfield saj's, that it is 'in a lamentably imperfect state.' And here, accordingl}', is found the great majority of the proposed changes. — In forming his text of this book, Erasmus is known to have employed a single manuscript, and that, says Tregelles, 'appears to have been in a mutilated condition. It contained the Greek text with a commentaiy intei-persed, and he had to separate the words of the text as well as he could. In not a few places he clearly took the commentary for the text, and thus inserted readings found in no Greek MS. ; where his manuscript was altogether illegible he appears to have relied on the Latin Vulgate, and to have supplied words in the Greek by retranslating them from it. We liiimv that this was the case with the last six verses of the book ; in his MS. they were wholly wanting, owing to its mutilated condition, and he ventured on the bold expedient of supplying them by his own translation from the Latin : this he acknowledges himself;' and of this adventurous work fragments adhere to the received text at the present day. The Complutensian editors also are stated jjy Wetstein to have had but one manuscript of the Apocalypse ; yet from their text, according to Mill, Erasmus at once transferred to his fourth edition (1527) 90 variations ; while of Stephens it is asserted, that he used only two imperfect and inaccurately collated MSS. Now there are at least 98 MSS. extant, containing the Apocah'pse more or less complete, 69 of which have been collated wholly or in part. In Tregelles' Introduction these are numbered and described ; and, having availed ourselves throughout of his valuable summary of the evidence both from MSS. and from ancient A^'ersions, it is necessary that we here insert extracts sufficient to enable every reader to understand his notation : — Ά. Codex Alexandrinus, preserved in the British Museum. ... Its supposed date is the ffth century, &wa it appears probable that it was written at Alexandria. 'B. Codex Basilianus at Rome — formerly in the convent of St. Basil . . . now in the Vatican Library . . . probably of the seventh century. 'C. Codex Ephbaemi at Paris . . . The vellum wa'i used afterwards as material on which to write some of the Greek works of Ephraem the Syrian ... It probably belongs to the early part of the fifth century.^ Since the preparation of the Greek Text by Tregelles, the MSS. B. and C. have been for the first time published by Tischendorf, and collated throughout by Wordsworth from Tischendorf s editions. Wherever, therefore, the important testimony of these three oldest, or, as they are often called, vncial or large-letter, MSS. is cited riiore fully by Wordsworth (who professes — though, in fact, he does not always so restrict himself — to have constructed his text solely from tliem,) than by Tregelles, A. B. C. are exempted from the quotation-marks, that denote the summaries of the latter. It should also be remembered that, when B. is referred to under the Epistles, the letter designates another MS., the celebrated Codex Vaticanm, assigned by some to the early part of the fourth century. 'The Manuscript Authorities may be divided into four classes: — ^a. Perfect JISS. which have Ijeen collated throughout' = A. B. and 28 cursive or small-letter MSS. 'β. MSS. with defects which are noted, but which have been collated throughout in the parts where they are perfect; also some MSS. of which a known part has been collated ;' = C. and 11 cursive MSS. 'y. MSS. which are only occasionally cited ; either parti illy collated or partially defective ; the siltnce of these MSS. with regard to any particular reading, cannot of course be regarded as affording any evidence.' This class includes 24 cursive MSS. 'δ. MSS. which are known to exist, but are altogether uncited,' = 32 cursive MSS. VI INTRODUCTION. 'The uncial MSS., A. B. C, are cited ... by these designations; the other MSS., when many support a particular reading, ore cited by their classes, e. g. α 17. β 7. γ 3., would imply so many MSS. of these several classes as containing the cited reading ; when but a few MSS. support a reading, they are cited nominatim ;' e. g. 2. 4. 7. ' An asterisk after the designation of a MS. e. g. Α.* denotes a reading d γήηιύ. manu, afterwards altered. 'Two asterisks, thus:— A.** mark a reading from correction.' The Versions cited by Tregelles are : — 1. The Latin Vulgate (Vulg.), 'executed by Jerome about the end of the 4th century.' MSS. of the whole or part of this version are the Amiatinus (Am.) of the Ctli century, lately published by Tischendorf ; the Toletanus ( Tol.) ; and the TIarleianus {Ilaii.), of the 7th century. 2. The Coptic (Copt.). ' probably executed in the 3d or 4th century.' 3. The Aethiopic (Aeth.), ' probably executed in the 4th century.' 4. The Syriac (Syr.). 'This must not be confounded with the Peshito, executed probably in the 2d century, in which this book forms no part' (and the same remark applies to II. and III. John, IT. Peter, and Jude) : ' the version of the Revelation may perhaps be assigned to the Cth century.' 5. The Armenian (Arm.), 'completed in the year 410.' G. The Arabic. 'Erp. is here used, (as has commonly been done,) to denote the Arabic version published by Erpeniiis. At. p. is the .\rabic version of Walton's Polyglott. Arr. denotes both the Arabic versions ;' — ' probably made in the 7th century or later.' 7. The Slavonic (Slav.), of the 9th century: — editions and MSS. On this subject of the Greek Text, it remains to be added, that a large selection from the various readings is given in the Notes, while only a very few are admitted into the margin of the Version. II. The Revised Version. Here the one object has been to furnish as close a representation of the original, even in its minuter forms and constructions, and in what Jerome calls 'the mysteiy of its verbal arrangement' {/ihi ipse verhorum ordo iinjsierium est), as an application of the strict modern philology might suggest, and the genius of our language at all admit of. Of course, it would have been easy, along with this, to impart a much more liiodern air to the whole, by such expedients, for example, as that of everywhere exchanging unio for to, hath for has, &c. But it is scarcely worth while to attempt an explanation of the reasons, why the translator has refrained from doing this. The matter belongs to tlie sphere of taste and feeling, where disputation is more apt to be abundant, than satisfactory and conclusive. III. The Notes, e.xcept in what relates to the te.xtual readings, are nearly confined to the illus- tration of the Version, or rather of the changes introduced. But, even with this limitation, the pains- taking reader will discover, in the brief exegetical remarks, and in the frequent references to parallel passages (which he is earnestly requested to examine), as well as in the numerous versions and opinions quoted, no inconsiderable amount of carefulty condensed commentary. In a volume of this sort, it were perhaps too much to promise absolute accuracy of citation ; but it is due alike to the writer and the reader to say, that very great labour has been expended on the attempt to make the work in this respect thoroughly reliable. It will be perceived, that to eA'ery change, however slight and seemingly unimportant, a note is attached in explanation or defense ; and it may be objected, that a needless scrupulosity is thus often shown about alterations of no consequence, and which, therefore, ought not to have been made at all ; or else in justifying alterations so obviously proper, as to render apology superfluous. But as, on the one hand, whatever improvement, if any, is effected in the exactness and general tone of the version, is, and must be, the result mainly of attention to what the cursory reader will reckon microscopic trifles, so, on the other hand, the author was quite Λvilling to incur the censure of an excessive and irksome nicety, ratlier than, by sparing his own labour, to expose himself to the charge of having dealt lio-htly with a work at once so venerable, and so dear, as the common English Version of the Bible. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. VU Of the manifold excellencies, intrinsic and comparative, of that Version, he trusts that he has now a. more intelligent appreciation, than before he undertook his present task ; though at the same time he will be allowed to add, that, so far as a judgment might be Jhrmed from the portion here reviewed, he could much less readily now acquiesce in the opinion, that any other than a very moderate share of the world's gratitude is due to King James and his fifty-four Translators. Since the first edition of the Epistles in 18-52, that portion of the work has been almost wholly re-written, and greatly enlarged, and every quotation and reference verified anew. It is proper also to mention, that, with a few (11) exceptions, where the author is happy to acknowledge the kind courtesy of correspondents, the modifications now introduced are the fruit of a fresh and prolonged study of the sacred text. — Extracts from the Dutch Annotations and German commentaries are liei'e generally given in English. LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL ABBREYIATIOiiS, AND WORKS MOST FREQUENTLY CITED. The authorities are cited in groups, as here arranged, but generally with some regard to the chronological order, and in all cases directly from the editions specified. Those, to which this specifi- cation is not appended, are taken at second hand from various sources. It is also important to bear in mind, that, except where the Note^ explains itself otherwise, words in Italics or within quotation-marks, and enclosed in a parenthesis, belong to the writer immediately preceding ; but, when a comma intervenes between the parenthesis and the name, they are common to all the names in that group preceding the parenthesis. Where names merely are mentioned, they are to be understood as directly sustaining the Version. E. V. — English Version. The text is printed from tlie American Bible Sooiet^i's pica 8vo ed. of the New Testament, 1851. In the Notes, the Society's Revised Bible of 1851, and the original cd. of 1611, as given in Bagster's English Hexapla and in the 4to Oxford Reprint of 1833, have been collated. Two instances, where the Hexapla and Oxford differ, are noted amonK the Errata. W.— Wiclif, 1380, T.— Tyndale, 1534, C. — Cranmer, 1539, G. — Genevan, 1557, R.— Rhemish, 1582, I from Bagster's English Hexapla, for the most part with the modern or- thography. Aeth. — Aethiopic Version. Ar. — Arabic Version; from the Paris Polyglott (P.), 1633. Copt. — Coptic Version. Dt. — Dutch Version, 1637 ; from the Netherlands Bible Society's ed. of 1836 ; with occasional reference to the 4to Gorincbem ed. of 1748. Fr. G. — French Geneva Version, 1588 ; from the Amsterdam ed. of 1761. -M.— Martin's French Version, 1696-1707 ; from the American Bible Society's ed. of 1852., -S. — Swiss Version, 2d ed., Lausanne, 1849. Germ. — Luther's German Version, 1545 ; from Stier and Theile's Polyglolten-Bibel, 2d ed., 1849. It. — Diodati's Italian Version, 1641 ; from the British and Foreign Bible Soc.'s ed. of 1848. Syr. — Syriac Version; from Greenfield's 12mo ed., 1828; with occasional reference to De Dieu's (De D.) ed. of the Apo- calypse, the Paris Polyglott (P.), and Lee's (L.) 4to ed. of the N. T. in 1810. Vulg. — Latin \'ulgate; from the Polyglotten-Bibel; with oc- casional reference to the codex Amiatitms {Am.). Alb.— Alberti. Alex. — Alexander on Isaiah, New- York, 1846-7 ; and on The Psalms, New-York, 1852. Alf.— Alford's Greek Test., 2 voll., London, 1849, 1853. Vlll LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. All.— Allioli's Neuex TeMawent, Novv-Yoik, 1S48. Allvv. — Alhvood's Key to Iho Rev., London, 1829. Andr. — Andreas. Areth. — Aiethas, in Apoc. Comment. ; from the 2d vol. of Oecnmenins, Paris, 1031. Aret. — Aroliu.s, ill iV. T. Commentarii, Geneva, 1618. Arn. — Arnaud, Rechcrckes Critiques siir ΙΈρ. de Jiide, Stras- bourg 1851. Aug. — Augustine, in Ep. Joami. ad Parthos Tractatus de- cern ; from vol. iii., 1837, of the Paris ed. of his Work?. B. and L. — Bcansobrc and L'Enfant, Le Nouveau Test., Am- .sterdam, 1718. Bare— Barnes' Notes, Nevr York, 1852. Bcng. — Bi ngcl, Gnomon ~\cvi Test.. Tubingen, 1850 ; and Erkldrle Offevb., Stuttgart, 1834. The German version of the Epistles is cited fiom the Pohjglotten- Bibd. Bens. — Benson. Berl. Bib. — Berlenhurger Bibel; from the Pobj^rjotlen-Bibd. Bez. — Beza; from Junius and Xiemellius' Novum Test., Ilanau. 1623, with occasional reference to the Philadelphia ed. of 1848. Bierm. — Biermano, Clavis Apoccdyptico-Prophetica, Utrecht, 1702. Blackw.— Blackwall's Sacred Classics, London, 1737. Blooinf. — Bloomfielil's Recensio Syti'ptlca (Rec. Syn.), Lon- don, 1828 ; Greek Test., Boston, 1837 ; Supplemental Volume (Supp.), London, 1851. Braun. — Braunins, Selecta Sacra, Am-terdam, 1700. Brightm. — Brightman's Revelation of the Rev., Amsterdam, 1G15. Budd. — Buddeus. Calv. — Calvin, in N. T. Commentarii, ed. Tholuck, Berlin, 1838. Cam. — Cameron, Myrothecium Evangelicum, Saumur, 1677. Campb. — Campbell, The Four Gospels, with Preliminary Dis- sertations, Andover, 1837. Carpz. — Carpzov, Epp. Caihol. Septenariiis, Ilalle, 1790. Castal. — Castalio. Biblia Sacra, Leipzig. 1750, Cham, — Charnock's Works, London, 1684, Clarke, Commentary on the N. T., New York, 1831. Cler. — Clericus, Aniviadversiones in Hammondi N. T., Am- sterdam, 1700. Cocc. — Cocceius, Opera, Amsterdam, 1700-06, Crol. — Croly's Interpretation of the Apoc, London, 1827. Daub.— Daubuz, Commentary on the Rev., London, 1720. Dav. — Davidson's Introduction to the N. T., vol. iii., London, 1851. De D. — De Dieu, Critica Sacra, Amsterdam, 1693. De W. — De Wette, Kurzgefasstes exegetisches Handbuch zum N. T., voll, i, iii,, Leipzig, 1846-48. Dietl. — Dietlein, Der zweite Brief Petri, Berlin, 1851. Dodd. — Doddridge's Family Expositor, London, 1825, Drus. — Drusius ; from the Critici Sacri, vol. viii., Amsterdam, 1698. Dt. Ann. — Dutch Annotations ( Verklaringen), Gorinchem, 1748. Durh. — Purhaui ; fiom Pali Synopsis. Dust. — Diisti'vdiecU, Die drei Johanneischen Briefe, vol. i. (containing the commentary on 1 John 1: 1 — 2: 28), Guttingen, 1852. Ebr. — Ebrard, Die Offenb. Johannes, Konigsberg, 1853. Eichh. — Eichhorn, Commentarius in Apoc, Gotlingen, 1791. Ell. — Elliott's Horae Apocalypticae, 2d ed., London, 1846. Engl. Ann. — English Annotations, London. 1645. Erasm. — Erasmus, Novum Test, omne, 3d ed., Basle, 1522. His notes are from the Critici Sacri. Est. — Estius ; from Pvli Synopsis, and other sources. Ew. — Ewald, Commenlarius in Apoc, Leipzig, 1828. Gerl.— Gerlach, Das Neue Test.. Berlin, 1844. Gill, Expo.^iliou of the N. T., Philadelphia, 1811. Gom. — Gomarus ; from Poli Synopsis. Goss. — Gossner; from the Polyglollen-Bibel. Greenf— Greenfield, Πώΐηη ri-i3n ^SO, London, 1831. Grell, — Grellot, Prodromus in Apoc, Leyden, 1675, Grot.— A?inotaliones in N. T, Paris, 1650. Guyse, Practical Expositor, Edinburgh, 1797. Haenl. — Hacnlein, Ep.Judae, Erlangen, 1804. Hamm. — Hammond's Paraphrase and Annotations ,on the N, T.. London, 1659, Htinr. — Heinrichs, Apoc. Graece. perpetua Annot. illustrata, Guttingen, 1818, Heins, — Heinsius, Hengst, — Hengstenberg, Die Offenb., Berlin, 1849-51. Herd, — Herder, Johannes Offenb., Stuttgart, 1829. Ilomb, — Ilombergh. Huth.• — Huther, Krilisch e.vegetisches Handbuch Uber . . . den Brief cks Judas imd den 2, Brief des Petrus, Gdttingen, 1852. .Jones, Lectures on the Apoc, London, 1833. Kell. — Kelly, The Apoc. Interpreted, 2 voll. (to the end of ch. xvi.), London, 1849, 1851. Kenr. — Kenrick's Translation of the Catholic Epp. and the Apoc, New York. 1851. Kist. — Kistemaker; from the Polyglolten-Bibel. Laun.— Launoi. Laurm. — Laurman, Collectanea in Ep. Judae, GrOningen, 1818. Lee, Exposition of the Rev., London, 1849. Lightf.— Lightfoot's ATorks. London, 1684. Lord, Exposition of the Apoc, New York. 1847. Lowm. — Lowman's Paraphrase and Notes on the Rev., London, 1809. Liicke, Commentar iiber die Schriften des Johannes, vol. iii, 1st ed., Bonn, 1825. Luth. — Luther. j\Iack.— Macknight on the Epistles, Philadelphia, 1835. Matth.— Matthaei, Animadversiones Criticae in Apoc, Riga, 1785. Mey. — Das Neue Test., Guttingen, 1829 ; with occasional re- ference to the commentaries, 1835-53. Midd,— Middleton on the Greek Article, New York, 1813. Mill, Novum Test. Graecum, ed. Kiister, Leipzig, 1723. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. IX Moldenh. — Moldenhawer. Griindliche Erlauterimg der hei- Ugen Backer neues Test., vol. ir., Leipzig, 1V70. Mor. — Alex. Morus, ad quaedam Loca Novi Foederis Nolae, printed with Cameron's Mtjrothecmm. More. Henry More's Theological Works, London, 1708. Murd. — JIurdock's Translation of the Syriac N. T., New- York, 1851. Newc. — Newcoiac, Attempt toward revising our English Translation of the Greek Scripture.^, Dublin, 1796. A few instances of misquotation, in consequence of the partial use of another ed., arc noted among the Errata. Newt. — Newton, Dissertations on the Prophecies, London, 1835. Oec. — Oecumenius, vol. ii., Paris. 1631. Pagn. — Pagninus ; from Wolder's Biblia Sacra, vol. iii., Ham- burgh, 1596. Par. — D. Parous, Opera Theologica Exegelica, vol. ii.. Frank- fort, 1647. The Commentary on Jude is by David's son. Philip. Pears. — Pearson, Exposition of the Creed, New- York, 1843. Peile, Annotations on the Apostolical Epp.. vol. iv., London, 1852. Penn. The Book of the New Covenant, London, 1836. Pise. — Piscator ; from Poll Synopsis. Pol. Syn. — Poll Synopsis, vol. v., Frankfort, 1712. Pric. — Pricaeus ; from the Crilici Sacri. Pyle, Paraphrase on the Acts and the Epp., vol. ii., London, 1765. Ramb. — Rambach, Inslitutiones Hermeneuticae, Jena, 1732. Ros. — RoienmuUer, Scholia in N. T., Nuremberg, 1831. Scholef. — Scholefiold, Hints for an Improved Translation of the N. T., London, 1850. Scott, Commentary on the Holy Bible, vol. v., Philadelphia, 1852. Sept. — Septuagint Version, Bagster's 8vo ed., London. Sharpe, The New Test. Translated, London, 1844. Steph. — II. Steplianus; from the Criiici Sacri. Stier, Der Brief Juda, Berlin, 1850 ; and the Polyglolteii- Bihel. Stolz ; from the Polyglotien-Bihel. Stu. — Stuart, Commentary on the Apoc, Andover, 1845. Sym. — Symonds, Observations upon the Expediency of revis- ing the present English Version &.C.. Cambridge, 1789, 1794. Thorn. — Thomson, The New Covenant Translated, Philadelphia, 1808. Till. — Tilloch, Dissertations on the Apoc, London, 1823. Treg. — Tregelles, The Book of Rev. Translated, London, 1849. Tremell. — Tremellius, Aovum Test, e.v vetustissima trulalione Syia, Ilanau, 1623. Trol. — Trollope's Analecta Theologica, London, 1842. Vail. — Valla ; from the Critici Sacri. Van Ess ; from the Polygloilen-Bibel. Vat. — Vatablus, Biblia Saci^a. vol. ii., Salamanca, 1584. Vitr. — A'itringa, Anacrisis Apoc, AVeissenfels, 1721. Vorst. — Vorstius. Wakef — Wakefield's Translation of the N. T., Cambridge (Mas.=.), 1820. Wells, Help for the more clear and easy L'^nderstanding of the' Holy Scriptures. Oxford, 1715, 1717. Wesl. — Wesley, Explanatory Notes upon the New Te.st., New- York, 1850. Wetst.— Wetstein. Whist. — Whiston, Essay on the Rev. of St. John. London, 1744. Whitb. — Whitby, Paraphrase and Commentary on the Epp., Philadelphia, 1848. Wits. — 'Witsius, Comnientarius in Ep. Judae Αρ., Leyden, 1703 ; with occasional reference to his other works. Wolf. — Wolfius, Curae Philologicae et Criticae, Hamburgh, 1735. Words. — Wordsworth, Tran.slation of the Apoc, London, 1849. Zeg. — Zegorus; from the Critici Sacri. ZuU.— Zullig. Bretsch. — Bretschneider, Le.ricon Manuale in N. T., 2d ed., Leipzig, 1829. Buttm. — Buttraann's Greek CJrammar, by Robinson, New- York, 1851. Ges. — Gesenius, Thesaurus Vet. Test., Leipzig, 1829-53. Green, Grammar of the N. T. Dialect, London, 1842; and Lexicon to the N. Ϊ., London. Gusset. — Gussetius, Le.ricon Linguae Hebraicae, Leipzig, 1743. Herm. — Hermann ad Viger. de Idiotismis, 4th ed., Leipzig, 1834. Hesych. — Ilesychius, Glo.<ύ\ cd., Leipzig, 1844. The following Versions, having heen directly collated throughout, are included under tlieir respec- tive general references ; thus : — English verss. = Wiclif, Tj'ndale, Cranmer, Genevan, Rheraish ; — AUwood (Rev., ch. iv. — xxii.), Daubiiz (Rev.), Doddridge, Hammond, Kcnrick, Lord (Rev.), Macknight (the Epp.), Murdock, Ncwcome, Penn, Sharpe, Stuart, Thomson, Tre- gelles (Rev.), Walcefield, Wells, Wesley, Wordsworth (Rev.). Latin verss. = Vulgate ; — Beza, Calvin (Π. Pet, I. John, Jude), Carpzov (IT. Pet.), Oastalio, Oocceius (IT. Pet, Jude, Rev.). Erasmus, Pagninus, Parens (Jude, Rev.), Vatablus, Vi- tringa (Rev.). German verss. = Luther ; — Allioli. Bengel (Rev.), De Wettc. Ebrard (Rev., ch. xi. — xxii.), llengstenberg (Rev.), Herd. (Rev.), Meyer, Moldenhawer, Stier (.Jude). French verss. = Geneva, Martin, Swiss ; — Beausobre and L'En- fant, Arnaud (Jude). • Foreign verss. = all the versions here classed, as Latin, Ger- man, French; together with the Syriac, Dutch, Italian, and Greenfield. Of tliese Versions, Wiclif, the Rhemish, Allioli, Keurick, being translated from the Vulgate : Murdock, from the Syriac ; are cited, not as authorities, but for the sake of comparison. and ERRATA, rage 14, 1! Λ.-Ϊ, 15 16, 51 23, Ϊ' 25, J) 31, oo 5) "4 i: 38, JJ 40, 11 41, 1) 45, 11 49, 3: 51, 55, 55, 80, 87, 88, 92, lieTised Version, verso C, for shall read should after- ward. „ ,, „ 8, for "day read ''dar. Note s, for except Peile read except Newc., Peile. ,, r, for Jley. read Knapp, Mey. Revised Version, verse 13, for dwelleth righteous)ioss reatZ righteousness dwelleth. „ „ „ 5, for hath read 'hath. Note Γ, deL• Newc. marg. Chap. 3: 1, Note b, after Newc. read (has it as a supplement). Note a, dele Lachm. „ q, dele Newc. marg. ., n, dele the reference to Lachm. ., n, for 14. read 14." Revised Λ''οΓ8ΐοη, verso 10, Jor them that read those who. ,, „ ,1 5, for a new commandment unto thee read unto thee a new commandment. Note a, for transpose read Tisch. transposes. ,, w, after E. V. read (according to the Ilesapla). ,, X, for Hades, q. d. the invisible state' read Hades. Revised Version, verse 19, for shall read are to. Revised Version, verse 10, for shalt . . . shall cast read art about to . . . is about to cast. Page 92, „ yj, :■ 93, r 98, „ 100, ., 101, .. 105, ,. 106, „ 108, .. 108, „ 113, „ 141, ,. 173, 100. 19,S, 219, 221, 247. Note s, after E. V. read (according to the Ilexapla). Note V, for N. m read N. n. ,, a, for Treg. read Lachm. and Treg. ,, p, dele Newc. marg. „ k, for Tisch. άλλα read Lachm. and Tisch. άλλα. Revised Version, verse 10, for shall read is about to. Note d ; .see ch. 21 : 6, N. x. Revised Version, verse 1, for be read come to pass. „ „ ., 7, for an read ""an. Note g, for αυτό read iavta. „ p, for Lachm. and Tisch. read Lachm., Treg., Tisch. Revised Version, verse 1, for rod r-cad a rod. Note z, it was not observed that the author had him- self corrected the Latin er- ratum. .. o, for in readjs. Revised Version, verse S.for righteousness read right- eousnesses. ,, ,. ,. 7, read is m Italics. ,, ,, ., 15, for scorcorers read, sor- cerers. ;. .. „ 2, dele the first from. In sevei-al instances the Greek accents and Hebrew points have been broken off in the press. ΪΙΙΕ SECOWD EPISTLE OF PETER. KING JAMES' VERSION. CHAP. I. Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like pre- cious faith with us through the riarhteousness of God and our Ο Saviour Jesus Christ: 2 Grace and peace be multi- plied unto you through the know- ledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, GREEK TEXT. CHAP. I. ΣΤΜΕίΙΝ Πίτρος δούλος και άηόΰτολος Ίηΰον Χριστοί', τοις ί'σό- τιμον Y[ULv λαχονσι τίίστιν εν hixaio- σίψγι τον θεον ήίών xai ΰωττιρος Ίγ;σον Χριστού• 2 χάρις νμ'ιν χάι εψήνγι ηληθνν^είνι εν εηιγνύσει τον Θεού, χάι Ίγιΰον τον Κυρ/οι; Τίμαν. REVISED VERSION. CHAP. I. "Symeon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to •"those 'who have obtained like precious faith with us ''in the righteousness of ^our God and Saviour Jesus Christ ; 2 Grace ' unto you and peace be multiplied in the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord.^ * Acts 15 : 14 is the only other place where this Jewish form of the name is used of Peter, and this circumstance may have led to the substitution in B. and some minor MSS. of the more common ΣιΤιων, which Lachm. alone edits. — E. V. marg.\- Fr. S.;-Vall., Erasm., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Moldenh., Mack., Mey., De W., Alf., Peile. At Acts 15: 14 and elsewhere the text of E. V. has Simeon, which, as answering still more nearly to the Hebrew I'iVDti', and as always employed for it in E. V., I would here adopt (see eh. 2: 6, N. c; Rev. 7:6, N. o). And so G.;-Dt.;-Vat., Bez., Zeg., Drus., Beng., Carpz., Clarke ;- all the lexicons. t Dodd., Newc, Murd., Kenr. See Rev. 2: 2, N. h. » Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Murd., Kenr. See Rev. 1 : 5, N. V, &c. "• ^Ve are not unnecessarily to substitute a secondary sense for the primary, (as Rob. takes rtJottj here to mean the gospel). No reason can be given why the connection between ' faith' and 'righteousness' in this verse may not be the same as between 'faith' and 'blood' Rom. 3: 25, 'faith' and 'Christ Jesus' Gal. 3: 26; &c. For hix. tov Θίοί as the object of faith, see Rom. 1 : 17 ; 3 : 21 ; 10 : 3 ; &c.— ΛΥ., Τ., R.;-Vulg., Syr. (= Greenf.'s ")), Germ , It., Fr. S.;-Hamra., Cocc, Eeng., Moldenh., Wakef., Thom., Scott, Penn, Scholef., Blooraf., Sharpe, Trol., Peile, Kenr., Iluth. — The general remark above applies equally to h in V. 2, and is there supported by T., R.;-Vulg., Syr. {as before), It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Castal., Bez., Cocc, Sharpe, Kenr. Even where the primary sense cannot so well be retained in English, its presence in the original is scarcely less obvious ; e. g. v. 4, h ΙτίίθνμΜ, if connected with iv χοαμάι, means ' lying, sunk, in lust;' or, if with φθορά; (De W., Iluth.), 'corruption, having its source or ground in lust.' And so ch. 2 : 16, 18 ; &c. " E. V. marg. ; and so in the text at v. 11 and ch. 3 : 18, where the order is the same as here ;-W., T., C, G., R.;-Latin verss. (Dei nostri et Salvatoris \^Servatoris'}). Dt.. Fr. G..-M.,- S.;-Wells, Wolf., Dodd., Wesl., Gill, Mack.. Thom., Scott, Clarke, Slade, Valpy, All., Home, Trol., Bloomf., Scholef., Peile, Kenr.;- Midd., Green. This construction is vindicated at v. 11 and elsewhere by Win., though he omits any reference to this text ; and De W., while he does not himself adopt it here, acknowl- edges that it is required by the ordinary rule of grammar. — Many others connect ήμΰν with tov Θίοϋ, but repeat before aωtηpo{ either the pronoun (Syr., &c.) or thearticle (Germ., &c.). ' The Greek order is to be preferred as better suggesting the mutual relation of ' grace' and ' peace.' In every other parallel case it appears in E. V., and here also is retained by T., C, G., R.;- Latin verss.;-Mey., All., De W. ^ Here ends the sentence containing the inscription and salu- tation. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMES VEUSIOX. y Acrdiding as his divim; |)f)\ver hath given unto us all things that pertain unto hte and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue: GREEK TEXT. 3 'il2 TtavTa nuiv της θείας 8ννά- «ίω, αιτοί' τα ττρυς ζ^^ήν xai ενσέ- βείαν bεhωp■/:μεpr,ς, ύια της ετίιγί'ώ- σεως τον χαλεσαντος τψάς bia 6άξγις και άρετης, ΙΙΕ VISED VEUSI0N. 3 '"Forasmuch as his divine power hath given unto us all things that ■pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him 'vvhoj called us ''by glory and 'might : *• \. 3 is the protasis of v. 5 ; v. 4, an cpcxegetical conflrnia- | tion of V. 3. — This structure of the context is recognized more or less distinctly in the (icrnian and Ficnch verss ;-Occ., Arct., Dt. Ann., Est., Wells, Whitl.., Wolf.. Bcng., Bens., Carpz., Polt, Thorn., Kos., Blooiuf., Tiol.. Sharpe, Burn., uav., Peile;-Win. — The vjj, in connection with the genitive ah.solule, indicates, not a standard of comparison, but the ground of the subsequent e.\hortation. I See V. 1, N. c, &c. 1 In the treatment of the tenses the older ver.sions and coin- nicntators often quite unnecessarily, and sometimes to the injury of the sense, disregarded the common principles of the language. Here the reference may very well be historical, to the life and ministrj' of the Saviour.— E. V., Rom. 8: 30 ; 1 Cor. 1:9; Gal. 1 : C, 15 ; >S:c.;-W.;-Wakef., Sharpe. See v. 14, No. a. k E. T. ntaro-. ; v.4; Rom. 6: 4; Gal. 1: 15; 2The.ss.2: 14; &ο.;-Τ., C. R.;-foreign verss. (except the Dt., which, however, has dnor in the marg.; Bez., whom E. V. often errs in following ; and Curpz.);-Aret., Est., De D., Grot., Charn.,Wits., Wells. Vitr., Whitb., Alb., Wolf., Dodd., WesL. Pyle, Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Ros., Bloomf., Sharpe, Scholef., Dav., Kenr., Huth.;-SchOttg., Tittm., Win., Green, Bretsch., Rob. See ch. 3 : 5, N. ni. ' In the Sept. afstri is found for Tin the wajesly of God, Hab. 3: 3; Zech. G: 13, and in the plural for Γι^ΠΠ or niSnri His praise or praises, Is. 42: 8, 12; 43: 21 ; 63: 7. In the N. T. it occurs only in Phil. 4: 8 (moral excellence) ; 1 Pet. 2: (plural: the pi'ifeciions existing in the divine na- ture, and illustrated in the calling of the Church) ; and in the present context. In this verse, and among such as rightly inter- pret the did, or else follow tlie reading of the Vulg., Lachm. and Tisch., ίδια Ιιόξ'τι xai apitij, it has been rendered, 1.. virtus, Thi- gend, virtu, vertu, virtue, (T., C, R.;-Latin verss.,* Germ., It.. Γγ.Μ., -S.;- Wells, B. and L., Dodd., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Sharpe, Kenr.), the moral attributes, (as these words are here most naturally taken to mean ; though Zeg. explains by pote- * It is worthy of no!e, that the Vulg. habitually translates 8ύι•α;ιΐ5 (as at ch. 2: 11) by rirtus, and is followed by W., vir- tue. The only remains of this in E. V. are in Mark 5 : 30 ; Luke: 6, 19; 8:4G. stas. Wells by power, B. and L. by force, Dodd. and Scott by energy, Wesl. by fortitude, Gerl. by Gotteskraft). of God, or (Castal., Aret., Clar., Moldenh.) of Christ; δόξα being then supposed to denote the natural attributes (Beng.) or the manifestation of the moral: — 2., bonitas sive miser icordia. Gate, benignitas, kindness, beneficence, goodness, &c., (Est., Carpz., Me3'., Ros., Bloomf, Trol.;- Schottg.), a sen.se unexampled in the N. T. and Sept., and of at least doubtful occurrence anywhere: — 3., puissance, robttr, po- ientia, power, '^Ti, Macht, Kraft, θιία SiiiOfiis, Gotlesmachl, efficacia, (Fr. G.;-Drus., Heins., De D., Grot., Hamm., Mede, Charn., More, Vitr., Homb., Alb.. Pyle, Greenf., Van E.ss, Goss., All., Stolz, De W., Scholef.. Barn., Dav.;-Bretsch., Win., Rob., Schirl.). In this view 1 am led by the following considerations to acquiesce : — (1.), Excepting Matt. 9 : 13, where χαλίω is merely the outward summons, it is God, the Father, who is always in the N. T. represented as calling men, by Jesus Christ His Minister ; Rom. 8 : 30 ; 9 : 11, 24 ; 1 Cor. 1 : 9 ; 7 : 17 (according to the read- ingof Griesb. and all subsequent editors) ; Sec; — (2.), the writer, having in v. 2 mentioned, as the joint element and medium of all spiritual blessing, ■ the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord' (corap. John 17 : 3), seems novv to make separate referer.ce to the former, as in v. 8 he does to the latter ; — but, (3.), while apt ijj in classic Greek often bears the general sense of excellence, of body or mind, it is nowhere employed distinctively for the moral per- fections or holiness of God; ' αφίΐψ pro iyiaajxav non facile uspiam invenies'. says Drus.; and so Scott; — nor, (4.), is it the characteristic force of ί)ο|α to express either the mani- festation of tho.se moral perfections apart from the natural, or the natural perfections themselves apart from the moral ; John 17: 6; 2 Cor. 4:6; Eph. 1:17; Heb. 1 : 3 ; — (5.), the specific signification adopted rests on the etymology (as com- monly given) and familiar cla,ssical n.sage; — (6.). is kindred with that in the apodosis, v. 5, N. x; — (7.), thus imparting ad- ditional force to the exhortation ; q. d. ' Let your faith exhibit .something of the energy of its source ;' — and. (8.), it brings out more sharply the correspondence ('E.xplicatur,' says Beng., 'quid sit divinapotentia.') between the beginning of the verse and its close. apfTrj answering to (ιννάμιως, and &όξηί to θίία.ί. By &όξα, therefore, I here understand u-hatecer is glorious in the divine nature ; by αριτή, its corresponding efficiency (so Huth.: ' δόξα bezeichnet das Sein. άριΐή die "Wirksamkeit.') ; and this requires us to dispense with the hendiadys (glorioirs kindness, glorious power, i^c.) assumed by most ; which Rom. 6 : 4 also shows to be unnecessary, 8όξα being there properly defined by Mey. as ' die glorreiche Gesammtvollkommenheit Goltes ;' nor is that construction favoured by the plural relative of v. 4. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. ΚΙΝα JAMES VEKSION. 4 Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious prooiises; that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption tliat is in the world through lust. 5 And besides this, giving all GREEK TEXT. 4 hi ων τα μέγιστοί r^uiv καί τίμια ετταγγίλματα hEbupr,rai, ινα hia τον- Τωΐ' γίνησθε θείας xoauvoi φνσεως, άηοφυγόντες τής εν τώσμφ ενεηώυμία φθοράς. 5 καί aiVo τοντο 8ε, anovh'cv ηάσ- ΚΕ VISED VERSION. 4 Whereby "he hath given un- to us "die exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might "become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped Pliom the corruption that is in the world through lust : 15 "Έη! 'for this very reason "■ The verb is not passive, but middle deponent, as in v. 3 ; and is so taken by Vulg-, Syr.j-Castal., Bez., Pise, Engl. Ann.. Cocc, Wolf., Wesl., Moldenh., Carpz., Thorn., All., Trol., Penn, Scholef., De W., Dav., Kenr., Huth.;-Bretsch., Win., Wahl, Rob., Schirl. " 'The promises well-known, and superior to all others (Cocc). even to those held by the national Israel (Aret.).' Comp. Heb. 7: 19; 8: 6; 11: 40.— Foreign verss. generally; Bez. (///a) ;- Mack., Wakef. (Uiese), Sharps, Dav. " Foreign verss. (except Fr. S., B. and L.) ;-Wesl., Mack., Wakef., Thom., Bloomf., Sharpe, Barn., Murd., Kenr. (6e ynade), Peile. ρ Scholef.: ' Not having escaped its entanglement, but having escaped from it after being entangled.' — It., Fr. G.,-M.;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc. (change corruptionem of the Vulg. into a coiTup- tione), Bez. {ex), Engl. Ann., Wells, Thorn., Greenf., Murd.. Peile. 1 Here begius the apodosis of v. 3 (see N. h). ■• 'It is really curious to observe,' says Win. (§ 57. 6), 'how the commentaries (until within a period of ten years) are con- stantly tutoring the apo-stles, and almost always foisting upon them a different conjunction from what actually stands in the te.xt . . . This has introduced great arbitrariness into the N. T. e.xegesis ;' and, accordingly, this same abuse, which extends also to the prepositions, is one of the most frequent blemishes in E. V. The truth «about &i is thus expressed by Kiihn.: ' Δε most generally has an adversative force, and hence can express every kind of contrast. In respect to its signification, it ranks, like the Lat. autem, between the copulative connectives (■d, xai) and the adversative (ΰλλά, etc.), since it contains both a copulative and adversative force, and hence either opposes one thought to another (adversative;, or merely contrasts it (copulative). Hence it is very frequently used in Greek, where the English uses and. The new thought being different from the preceding is placed in contrast with it.' Similar to this is Win.'s own doctrine, and De W.'s. The former (§ 57. 4, 6) describes this particle as 'antithetically connective, adding something else dif- ferent from that which precedes . . . Nowhere is it a mere co- pula or particle of transition.' The ordinary misconception of this word arises mainly from these two circumstances, that very often, as where the diversity, though never entirely absent, is less prominent than the mere addition, (see, for example, the subsequent clauses ; though even there the Latin verss. retain vera or aulem), we have no exact English equivalent fur it, and that very often also the idea, to which &i introduces a limitation or contrast, is not expressed at all either in the sentence or the context. The present is a case of the latter soit. • God's grace having already done so much, abuse not that grace to your en- couragement in indolence and sin, but &c.' Nor is this case essentially changed by the previous occurrence of xai in the same clause. Rob., indeed, (s. be, 2. d). translates xai . . . U by and also, and refers to Buttm. § 149. m. 9. of the Gram. ' Very often,' says Buttm., 'this junction' {xai and Si in one .sentence) Occurs where we say and aho: for since in Greek one cannot say xai xai, in such cases the looser connective &e supplies the place of xai or our aiid. E. g. Cyr. 3. 3. 44 viv rtfpt 4ai;^ojr ίώκ νμίΐίρων iativ 6 αγύίν. xai rtepi γνναιχων 6ε xai ttxvuv. If now we should here translate xai . . . &i literally : but also for your wives and children, this would give an entirely false emphasis to the construction; it means simply: the con- test is now for your own lives, and also (and in addition) for your wives and children.' For reasons already stated, and also may frequently be the best practicable translation, but let it be observed that the example does not sustain the doctrine ; wives and children being mentioned, not merely ' in addition,' as still other interests, though omitted in the quotation, are there men- tioned and introduced by the simple copula, but as carrying the tendcrest appeal of all to the hearts of those addre.-^sed.* Rob.'s own references to the N. T. are equally unsati.^^factory ; he cites not one passage that is not damaged by entirely sinking tlie proper power of the &L And the same remark is true of Cyr. 1. 4. 2G (25), to which he also appeals. Says Win. {§ 57.4, b) : •xai... it in one sentence, as often in the best authors, is but also {aber audi), el... vero, et . . . autem (connection with opposi- tion), and has no difficulty.' So Schirl.— A'ulg. {autem), Syr. {= et... vero) ;-Erasm., Vat., {sed et), Castal., Bez., Aret., {vero), Cocc. {et . . . autem), Moldenh. {so... dock), De W. {so... aber audi). Kenr. {but), Iluth. {aber auch). Many others have simply also or its equivalent. • ' Divine grace having supplied the motive, and the spiritual ability.' Comp. John 15: 5; Phil. 2: 12, 13; 4: 13; 1 John 4:19; &c.— This force of αΟτ ό toito as an adverbial accusative * Such, I pirceive, w.%s Iloog.'s understanding of the passage. After remarking that xai...ii may be rendered and moreover, and indeed, but that ' here too Si retains its adversative sense,' he cites the whole sentence, and adds : ' i. e. oi jtf pi τού-των μό- νον, μάτ,ι,αία Si Ttsjii tuv yvvaixi^v xai ΐίχνων. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMES VERSIOX. diligence, add to j-our faith, vir- tue; and to virtue, knowledge ; 6 And to knowledge, temper- ance ; and to temperance, pa- tience ; and to patience, godli- ness ; 7 And to godliness, brotherly GREEK TEXT. av τϊαρεισεΐ'ίγκαντες, ετίιχο^,γγ,αατε έν τί; τΐιοτεί νμαν την ά^ετΫ,ϊ>, εν be τγ άρετ^ τΊψ γνώσιν, 6 £1' Se ΤΥΐ γνώσει ττ,ν εγκράτειαν, εν δε τγι εγχρατεί(χ T'r^v ίστομονήν, εν & τγι ΐϋίομονγι ττ,ν ενσέβειαν, 7 εν & τ^ ενσεβεία tr,v φίλα&λ- REVISED VERSION. ■■also 'do ye, "contributing all diligence, "I'urnish "in v'our inith ''fortitude ; and "in ''lOrlitude, knowledge ; ''6 And in knowledge, ^self- control; and ui ^self-control, pa- tience; and in patience, godli- ness ; >7 And in godliness, brollierly is noticed by Pass. (s. oiroj II. C), Kiihn. {\ 278. R. 2) ; and is here applied (some, however, overluoking the strenf^thening avti) by Fr. G.,-M.;-Engl. Ann., Ilamm., Wells, Wolf., Barn., (as an allowable explanation), Owen, More, Whitb., Guyse, Pyle. Moldenh., Carpz., Mey., Ro.s., Grcenf., Sharpe, Scholef., Bloomf.. De AV., IIuth.;-Vig. (p. 589), Win. (j 21. 2.' ?.), Trol., Green, Wahl, Rob., Schirl. < Beng. regards the Λαρά of the participle Λαξαιαιν. as= sub, indicating modesty. It is rather equivalent to on yojtr side ( De W., Ilutb.), and the easie.st way of compensating this seems to be by expressing the subject of the finite verb, as in W., R.;- Vulg. (which i.s, therefore, thought by some to have followed the reading of Λ. aitoi &t, edited by Lachm.), Syr., Dt, It., Fr. G.,-M.;-Castal., Bez. (but as a supplement), Engl. Ann. (in one version). Wells, Mack., Gcrl. B. and L. (de voire cole). Thorn, (on your pari), Peile (do you also nn your pari). " See N. t.— Dt. (loebrengende) i-Bcz. (praeterea collalo), Aret. (-'obiter afferentes quasi de suo'). Grot, (cottfei-le), Clarke (furnishing), Bloomf., Barn, (bringing in), Peile. 'J'he word occurs nowhere else in the N. T., and is rendered by Pas., Leigh, Suic, Wahl, confero; by Rob., lo bring forward along nilh, to exhibit Iherewilh; by Schirl., darzubringen. " Everywhere else (4 times) E. V. translates this verb, accord- ing to its secondary sense, to minister. See al.so E. V.'s treat- ment of the cognate noun in Eph. 4: If); Phil. 1: 19. Here it follows Bcz. (adjicile) and the Syr. The suggestion of Dodd., Clarke, Diet!., and some others, about leading up as in a dance, is more fanciful than sound.— W., T., C, R., (minister) ;- Vulg. (niinislrate), Germ, (reichet dar) ;-Erasm., Calv., A'at., AVoIf., (sub ininisl rate), Aret., Cocc, (suppeditate), Moldenh., Stolz. (use darsίel!en),^ya.ket, Bloomf. ('furnish forth, sup- ply, in order'). De W. ('eig. reichet dar, sleuerl bei gleichsam als Beitrag zum Ileilswerke'), Kenr. (as R.). Huth. (as Germ.);- Pas., Schottg., (suppedito, sitbministro), Suic. (suppedilo. e.vhi- beo), Schleus. (praesto, oslendo, e.vhibeo, una oslendo. simnl declaro) Bretsch. (subministro, praesto). Wahl (declaro), Pass. (gewahren, gestatten, zukommen lassen), L. and S. (tofurni.ih or supply besides•). Rob. (to furnish beside.':, to supply further, to minister), Schirl. (noch dazu gewahren). See v. 11, N. p. " See V. 1, N. d. 'Abide in that to which you have attained, and, in the spirit and power of that, go on unto perfection. Each Christian grace lies contiguous to every other' — (and hence great stress is not to be put on the order of enumeration)— ' though of the whole domain faith is the centre and citadel.' It accords with this, in part, that some (More, Wolf., Moldenh., Pott) make iv = Sid. Or : ' Let one grace be in the other, mingled \vith it, and exhibited along with it ;' which includes the explanations that make f"i'= ovi• (as G.;-Dt. 6i}'.;-Pagn., Carpz., Wakef. furnish your belief irilh, Mey. and All. vcrbin- del mil, Ros. una cum, Wahl), as well as that which might re- gard the construction as parallel to Rom. 5 : 5, and other similar instances, where ip with the dat. comprehends ftj with the accus. Any one of these methods is preferable to saying with Grot. : ' ίΛίχορηγίίν hoc loco adjicere, et ϊν abundat.' — W., T., C, R.;- Vulg. (in with the abl.). Germ.. Dt. ?);nri,'-.;-Erasm., Calv.. Vat., Castal., Coec, (as T'lilg.), De W.. Iluth., (in, bei). Kenr. ' This restricted sense of άριτή. forlitude, firmness, courage, which is even more akin to the original force of the word, is here preferred, 1., as more readily admitting and inviting the subse- quent specification ;-2., as more accordant with Peter's use of the term elsewhere (see v. 3, N. 1) ;-and, 3.. as having a more general concurrence of testimony in its favour ; e. g. Zeg., Giot., Hamm., More, A\'hitb., Bens., Beng. (slrenuus animae tonus ac vigor), Guy.se, Dodd., We,sl., Mack., Newc, Thom., Clarke, Scott, Greenf., Trol., Dr. John Brown, De W. (gives die Tu- gend, adding as explanatorj', along with Beng.'s note, 'siVi- liche T&chtigkeit, Charakter, insbesondere (SeeteiSidrA'e ; -and so Huth.). Ki.st. (krafl), Stolz (Standhaftigkeit), Dr. Tayler Lewis (regards it as equivalent to mhfiia, as applied by Plato to the Deity in the sense of energy of will). Barn., Wright (Translator of Seder's Bibl. Herm.). Many others, as Gill, Ros., allow this interpretation. — It is ob.servable that no other N. T. writer employs this very common Greek noun, excejit Paul, and that but once, Phil. 4 : 9. y For and, throughout vv. 6, 7, see v. 5, N. r.— For in, throughout the same verses, see v. 5, N. w. ' Rob. and Green define (yxpart ία as ' continence, temperance, self-control.'' But in modern English continence is commonly used with special reference to the virtue of chastity, and tem- perance, in like manner, of moderation in eating and drinking ; if, indeed, the later and much narrower application of the latter term to abstinence from intoxicating drinks has not come to be still more current and popular. Έγχράτ•; m, on the other hand, retains throughout the N. T. (Acts 24: 25; Gal. 5: 23), as in the Sept. (Sir. 18: 30, &.c.) and classical Greek, its general ety- mological force. See Schleus. Wahl, Pass., L. and S.. Schirl. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMES VERSION. kindness ; and to brotherly kind- ness, charity. 8 For il' these things be in you, and abound, they make ijou that ye shall neither be barren nor unfrnitl'ul in the knowledge ofour Lord Jesus Ciirist. GREEK TEXT. φίαν, ερ ^έ T/j φιλαδελφία τ/,ν άγά- ηην. 8 ταιτα γάρ νμιν ντίάρχοντα χάι 7ί7^ονύζονι;α, ονχ άργονς οιδε άχάρ- ηονς xaQiOTYiuiv εις ττ,ν τον Κυρίου Ίψών Ί>7σού Χρίστου ΐτύγη^αιν• REVISED VERSION. kindness; and in brotherly kind- ness, *love. 8 For ^ these things •'being ^yourt and "increasing, «render ijou ''not eidle nor untniitful ""as to the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. (Selbsibeherrschung. Massigung). — Oec. (teaches the necessity of this grace to the Christian, ώ; αν μη εξυβρίζοι -τφ μι-γίβει trj; iupfaj.), Walief. (self-command). JIack. (government of ynir passions), λ" Άη Ess (Selbstheherrschung), Κνητ. (■self-control in regard to sensual enjoymt-nts') Iluth. (• Beherrschung der eignen Begierden'). The foreign verss. generally' are not liable to the objection here taken to E. X. » T., C, G.;-S3'r., Germ, (gemeine Liebc). Dt. (liefile [jegens allenj). Fr. S.;-Erasra., ^'at., Grot, Ros.. (ililectiunem ;-for the Vulg. chariiatem), Beng. (amor), Dodd., Wcsl., Moldenh. (as Germ.), Wakef. ([^universall love), JIack. (love to all men)^ Neivc, Thom. (universal love), Clarke, Greenf., All. {\_Men- schen-~\ Liebe), Stolz, Tan Ess, Kist., Goss., De W., (Mensclien Hebe), Penn, Gurl. (allgemeine Liebe), Sharpe, Murii.;-Uob. I recommend that άγ. be everywhere so rendered. I" The writer enforces the exhortation by an appeal to the common experience of Christians. He does not suppose a case, but, with his eye on the case before him, the profession and standing of those addressed (vv. 1, 10), what properly belongs to that (vv. 3, 4, 9), and their actual attainments (vv. 12, 19), he announces the present working of a general law of the divine life ;-and hence, perhaps, the omission of ίμα; in connection with αργού?. The eflect, indeed, depends on its cause ; but the neces- sary conditions are assumed as realized in these believers. Nor is this view contradicted bj' the hortative st}-le of the previous context. Apostolic zeal and intercessions, no less than apo.stolic joy and thank.sgivings, are ever quickened by the fidelity of the churches. Comp. Rom. 1 : 8-11 ; Eph. 1 : 15-18 ; Col. 1 : 3-10; 1 and 2 Thess. throughout ; &c. — Erasm., Pagn., Vat., (change the Vulg. si adsint into cum adsint). Wesl., Mack., Thom., (re- tain the participial construction), Dietl., Huth., (indem;-kiT Luth.'s wo). " For the dat. of the possessor after νΛάφχα. see Acts 3:6; 4: 37 ; 28 : 7.— Dav. (belmig to) ;-Bretsch., Wahl, Rob., Schirl. ^ 'The natural development of the νΛά(,χονΐα.'' Beng.: 'Veri- tatem ccleriter sequitur abundantia.' Comp. Job 17:9; Prov. 4: 18; Matt. 13:33; John 15: 2; Eph. 4: 12-16; Phil. 3 : 12-14; Heb. 6: 1; &c. What is meant is, not the believer'.s present abundance, or his superiority to others (Wahl : ' nobis . . . magis insunt, qnam in aliis.'). but his own continual growth in grace. In 1 Thess. 3 : 12 E. V. renders this verb, taken transitively, make to increase. — Fr. S. (se multiplient) ;-Grot., Ros., (non aderunt tantum. sed et accrescent in dies.'), Cocc. ('sive copiosiora fiaiW), Gill ('increase in their acts and exer- cises, &c.'). Moldenh. (immer zunimmt), Clarke (increase and abound'), Bloomf. (continually increasing), Stolz (sich ver- mehret), Kist. (sich mehrel ;-which De W. also allows), Peile (on the increase), Iluth. (■ crescere, zunehmen ; cf. Rom. 5 : 20 ; 6: 1' — in both of which places Alf. has multiply). This sense of the word is recognized by all the lexicons, and here applied by Schleus.j Rub. (' to abojiiid more, to be abundant, to iucrease'). ' It. (renderanno) ;-Pcnn, Murd.. Dav., Kenr. (will render) ; -Schuttg., Schleus., Wahl, (here use reddo), Rob. (to cause to be, to render, to make). ' W., R.;-foreign verss. (except All.) ;-Jlurd., Kenr. ^ E. v., 6 times out of 8 ;-T., C, G.;-Syr. (as in Matt. 20 : 6), Germ, (faul), Dt. (ledig), It. (oziosi), French verss. (use oisif) ;-Erasm. and subsequent Latin verss. (otiosos ;-except Bez., inertes), Engl. Ann., Ilainm. (slothful -,-^πΛ so Wells, Guyse, Wcsl., Mack., Scott. Murd.), Dodd. (inactive). Moldenh., De W., (mUssig), Thom,, Mey, (ohne Thaligkeil), Greenf, (C^ilV), Van Ess, Goss,. (unthatig), Sharpe, Barn.;-the lexi- ■• 'As regards your onward progress into etc' As the Chris- tian life has its beginning, element, and support, in the know- ledge of God and of Christ (vv, 2. 3 ; John 17:3; &c.), so there it looks to find its consummation (1 Cor. 13 : 12 ; Phil. 3 : 10 • 1 John 3:3; &c.). Between this knowledge, moreover, and the sanctification of the Church, there exists a reciprocating action. Comp, ch. 3:18; Ps. 25 : 9, 14 ; Prov. 3 : 32 ; Hos, 6: 3; Matt, 5: 8; 6: 22; John 14: 21,23; Phil, 3:15; &c. To make £15= iv (Grot., Ros., &c.) involves a tautology, which is not concealed by the introduction (E. V., λ'ulg., and many others) of the future tense. Nor ought it to be avoided by translating χαθίατηαι erscheinen lassen, darstellen (Dietl.), will show you to be (Bloomf.; who appeals m vain to Thuoyd. ii. 42 and Soph. Ant. 657). — Dt. Ann. (-of, tot de kennis. d. i.s. tot meerder en overvloeiliger kennis : gelyk ond, 3 : 18,'), Fr, S. (pour) ;-Erasm., Pagn,, Vat,, Castal., (ad cognitionem ;-for Vulg. in cognitione), Aret. ('tum demum recte cognoscitur Christus. si studio virtutum recte inflammati fuerimus: ut ilia sit argumenti vis hoc loco : Tum demum utiliter cognoscetis Christum: Ergo, ac,'), Hamm,, Wakef. (un/o), Cocc, (in cog- nitionem), Thom., Dav., (for), Mey, (hinsichllich). Sliarpe (to- ivards), Bloomf, (quod altinet ad), De W, (/Mr;-and adds: • The writer regards all these virtues but as steps to the know- ledge of Christ,'). Huth, (in Beziehung a!iD EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMES VERSION. 9 But he that lacketh these things is bhnd, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. 10 Wlierefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure : ibr if ye do these things, ye shall never fall : 11 For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abun- dantly into tlie everlasting king- dom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, GREEK TEXT. 9 ω γαρ μη τιάρεστ^ι Tavta, τυφ- λός έσΤί, μνωΛάζίόΐ', ?ιΤίβην ?Μ.βων tov καθαρισμού top τιάλαι αυτού αμαρτιών. 10 Δ(ό μάλΤυον, ahE7.(poi, στΐον^- σατε /:ίε/:?αί'ατ^ νμών τϊτ,ν χλ^σα' χαι ίχλογτ,ν TCotsiaOar ταϋτα γαρ τϊοιοϋν- τες ου μτι ηταίσητε τϊοτε. 11 οντω j^ap τίλονσίως ε7ίιχρρηγ•η- θήσεταί υμιν ή εiσohoς εϊς ττ,ρ αιώνων βααιλείαν του Κουρίου τ^ών και σωτ/;- pog 'iyjaov Χρίστου. 12 Διό ονκ άμελ-ήσω υμάς άεΐ ντω- μιμνήσκειν ηερϊ τούτων, χαίηερ εί8- REVISED VERSION. 9 'For he that lacketh these things is blind, j being near- sighted, ''having ^forgotten 'the cleansing away of his old sins. 10 Wherefore the rather, brethren, "'be diligent to make your calling and election sure ; tor, "doing these things, ye shall never fall : 11 For so there shall be "richly Pfurnished unto you ithe en- trance into the everlasting king- dom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I will not be negligent to ■'remind you always of these things, though ye know ' A negative illustration and proof of the truth asserted in V. 8, (wliicli, accordingly, no recent edition of the Greek text allows to end in a full pause), that increase of holiness increases also the range and clearness of spiritual vision. Nor in any case is ycip ^&L — E. V. nowhere else translates γάρ, but, except in 1 Pet. 4: 15 ; and once, Rom. 5 : 7, ye<;-G., R.;-Latin verss. (except Castal. and Carpz.), Syr., Dt., Fr. S.;-Bcng., Thom., Ros., Bloomf , Sharpe, De W., Murd., Kenr.;-Win. — The condi- tional μ/} suggests that the case of the barren professor is put only hypothetically, q. d. he llial shoiiltl lack, &c. ) ' Able to look only, and that but with bleared eyes, at the things which are seen (2 Cor. 4: 18). To the things which are not seen, but are far above out of his sight (Ps. 10: 5), to wit, the glory of Christ, the grand object of the saving knowledge just spoken of, he is, therefore, blind (Is. 53 : 2 ; 2 Cor. 4 : 4, G).' This word occurs nowhere else in the N. T., and is translated by many (Steph., Bochart, Suic, Wolf, Bens.. Moldenh., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Clarke, Penn, Tiol.. Dietl., Peile) according to what they regard as its etymological force (/tiJw, ώ-ψ), shutting the eyes, the blindness being voluntary. But as ,κιίω-ψ, from which the verb immediately comes, is not one who thus wilfully closes his eyes, but one who, in order to see an object, is compelled by a defect in the organ to wink, or contract the eyeliils, (Iluth.;- and hence its current use. accoi-ding to Pass., for short-si ffhted . The It. here has aminicando con gli occhi.). so the μνωτίάζοντίζ are described by Aristotle, Probl. sect. 31, thus : o£ ix ytvitiji ■itt μεν ίγγϋί βχίπονίΐζ, -τα δε £§ άτίοΰ-ΐάϋΐωξ ονχ opupt'T'fi* ii'avtia 6f Λάαχονΰΐν οΐ yf pwrf f ί τΌΐί μυ^^τίαζονΰΐν' ϊά γαρ εγγνζ μτ} ορωί'τΈί ■CO, ΛοΙι'ιΜθίν β-ΚίΛονΠίν. And so is the word here understood by G. ((i.9 E. F.);-Dt., Fr. G.,-M.,-.S.;-Pagn. {qui emimis niliil cernat), Bcz. (nihil procul cerneiis). Aret, Est., Grot., Hamm., Cocc. (parum prospicieiis), Wells. Guyse, Dodd. and Sharpe (short-sighted). Burl. Bib., Beng., Wesl. in the note (purblind), Scott, Mcy. (knrzsichtig ;-and so Ros., Stolz, Van Ess, De W.), Stier (blo(Mchtig), Barn., Huth.;-Pas., Pass., L. and S., Rob., Schirl. T., C.;-Vulg. and its followers, Germ.;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., B. and L., translate according to the gloss ■^τ^λαψΰν, g-rop- ing. Hesych. ο/^ΟαΧμί^ν. ■ ' The participial construction is retained by R.;-Latin and French verss., Dt., It.;-Wesl., Wakuf, Thorn., Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. 1 Comp. Sept. Job 7: 21; Acts 22: IG; Heb. 1: 3 (Greek and E. V.). In E. \. the noun is twice, cleansing ; the vi.rb very often, cleanse. — The substantive construction is retained by W., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt, It., Fr. G.,-M.. S.;-Gidv., Castal., Aret., Hamm. (the purification q/";-and so Gill, Wakef., Mack., Thom., Penn), Dodd., AVesl., Newc, Scott, Dav., (purifi- cation from), Moldenh., Huth., (der Heinigimg von), Greenf., All., De W.. Murd. (the purgation of ), Kenr., Peile (the cleans- ing of) ;-AVin. ■" E. v., ch. 3: 14; Tit. 3: I2;-W. (be ye busy) i-Uanim., Murd., (he ye . . diligent), Wesl,, Kenr., (be . . dil.). " The participial construction is retained by W.,R.;-Vulg.. Syr., Dt., It., French vurss.;-Castal., Cocc, Wakef. and Murd. (by doing), Mack., Kenr. ° E. v., Col. 3: IG; 1 Tim. 6: 17 ;-Gertn., Dt., Fr. S.;-Cocc. (locupletem in modum), Guyse, ^Moldenh., l\Iaek., Newc, Penn, De W., Barn., Dav., Peile (in rich abundance), Iluth. (in reicher Fiille). ρ The same word as in v. 5 (see N. v.). God deals with his children on the principle of Luke 6 : 38. — Wakef. (ye shall be furnished with), Dav. (afforded), Peile (shall you ... be f. with). 1 The article points to that great olject of Christian hope; ίΙαΛθί lis trjf ;);αράΐ' rov xupiou σον (Matt. 25: 21). — W.;-Ger- man and French verss. (except x\ll.), Dt., It.;-Thom., Ptnn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. ■■ Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Penn. Sharpe, Murd., Dav. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMES VERSION. though ye know them, and be es- tabUshed in the present truth. 13 Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting yow in remembrance ; 14 Knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath shewed me. 15 Moreover, I will endeavour that ye may be able, after my de- cease, to have these things al- ways in remembrance. GREEK TEXT. όΐας, και, ίστΎΐ^ίγ μένους ίν ττι τίαρ- ονΰγι ά?^7!θεία. 13 διχαιορ be ηγονμαι εφ' δσον εΙμι ίν τΓούτω τω σχηνώμαη, 6ίεγείρείν νμάς εν νηομνγ,Οεί• 14 είέως ση ταχινά έστιν ή άτχό- θεσις τον σχηνώματός μου, καθώς και ό Krptog γιμόν Ίησονς Χρίστος ε^•/•Ρα.•>• βέ μοι. 15 στίουδάσωδέ xai εχάστοτε εχειν νμας μετα ττ^ εμτ,ν i^ohov, Τ/,ν τοί'- tiuv μν/ίμ-ην τίοιείσθαι. REVISED VERSION. them, and 'are established in tlio present truth : ' 13 'But I think it "right, 'so long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up ''''by way of re- membrance ; 14 Knowing that ^the laying aside of my tabernacle is^speedy, as ^also our Lord Jesus Christ ^shewed me: 15 ''But I will endeavour that ye may "^even ''at all times be able, after my ^departure, to ''call these things to mind. ■ Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack.. Thoin., Penn, Murd., Kenr. ' ' On the contrar}'' — in opposition to αμίΐήβίο. See v. .5, N. r. The adversative power is preserved in R.;-Vulg., Syr.j-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Castal., Bez., Hamm., Dodd., Moldenh., Carpz.. Ros., Gerl., De W., Kenr. " ' A matter of fraternal and official obligation.' Comp. Rom. 1 : 14. — E. V. elsewhere, except Phil. 1 : 7, {right, righteous. just) ;-W. {justly) ;-Vulg. (jusluni), Syr. (= Murd. right). Germ, (billig), Dt. (regt), It. {ragionecole), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (juste) ;-Erasm.. Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez., Aret., Coco., (as Vulg.), Castal., Carpz., (aeqmmi), Engl. Ann., Gill, (' Or, just'), B. and L. (de moil devoir), Guyse ('a piece of justice'), Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh. (as Germ.), Wakef., Newc, Thom., Scott, Mey. (fur iSchiddigkeit), Ros. (rectum), Greenf. (ρΐϊ), All., Van Ess, Kist., De W., Diet!., (use Pflicht), Penn, Sharpe. ' Wesl., Scott, Penn. Murd. " E. v., ch. 3 : 1 ;-uodd. * This literal rendering, 1., avoids unnecessary periphrasis ;- 2., gets rid of the mixture of metaphors assumed by De W. and others ;-3., is more consonant with the wi iter's anticipations of martyrdom. — In the other case where artoS. occurs (1 Pet. 3 : 21) it is rendered in E. V. ' the putting away ;' and so W. here ; G. (the lime that I must lay down), R. (the laying away) ;- Vulg. (depositio), Dt. (de afflegging) ;-Cocc. (as Vidg.), Berl. Bib., Beng., De W., (die Ablegung), Wakef., Thom., (must lay aside), Mack, (the putting away) ;-the lexicons, (Leigh, Rob., Green, as above). y ' In its approach, and therefore soon to be expected,' or, ' in its execution ; sudden.' The word occurs again in ch. 2 : 1 (no- where else in N. T.), and there in E. V. it is swift. — W. (swift) ;- Vulg. (velox), Dt. marg. (haastig) •,~Οοοο. (as Vulg.), Berl. Bib. (geschwind), Beng., Huth., (repenlina), Scott, Murd., Kenr.;-Pas. (celer, pemi.r), Leigh (quick), Suic, SohOttg., (celer. velo.r;-to which Schleus. adds citus, repeutimis, but translating it here, ftreui). Bretsch. (repentinus, siihitus), Wahl (celer, repen- timis), L. and S. (quick, swift, fast, fleet, speedy), Rob. (swift, speedy, adding for explanation : 'i. e. near at hand, impend- ing.'). Seech. 2: 1, N.j. ' The emphatic xaC bears always on what follows, and is not superfluous here, even according to the first-mentioned, and most commonly assumed, interpretation of taxiv^ (seeN. y). Peter might know, as an old man, that his death was near, and then he knew also from his Lord's prophecy, John 21 : 18 'when thou shalt be old &c.,' that he was not to live out all his days. — E. V., Luke 6: 36; 11: 1; &c.;-Vulg., Syr., Germ, verss. (Moldenh. giving it the force of aito;. selbsl), Dt., It., Fr. G. and-M. (lui meme), Fr. S.;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Cocc. Murd,, Kenr. — See V. 15, N. c. ' See V. 3, N. j. Here the aorist seems to refer historically to that occasion, John 21. — The Itath is omitted by C, R.;-Wesl., Wakef., Newc. ^ '' 'And not only so, hut &c.' Or: 'Notwithstanding what I know respecting my speedy death, and for that reason.' See V. 13, N. t, &c. ' See V. 14, N. z. C, R., (also) ;-Latin vcrss., except Castal. and Cocc, (e<;-Calv. eliam), Syr., Dt. (ook), It. (ancora), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (aus.ii) ;-Oec., E. and L, (si bien . . . meme). Wakef,, Penn, (as C), Mey,, All,, De W., (audi), Greenf,, Murd. (too). But most of these err in attaching the xai to οΛονόάκω. ■^ 'In every emergency'-the only N. T. instance in which Uaatote occurs. — T. (o?i every Sic/e) ;-Syr. (= constanter). Germ, (allen(halben), Dt. (bij alle gelegenheid), Fr. G.,-M., (conlinuellemeni) ;-Bez. (subinde), Cocc. (singulis temporibus), Berl. Bib., Huth., (jederzeil), Beng. ('quovis tempore; quotics- cunque usus venerit.'), Wakef. (on every occasion), Penn, Gerl. Qallezeit; AVOrtlich, JedesiwaZ'). De W. (allezeil). The.adverb belongs to ΐχίίν, not to Λοΰίαθαι. ' 'Out of this tabernacle;' vv. 13, 14. The word occurs once again in this same relation, Luke 9:31; and once of the ■Jewish exodus, Heb. 11 : 22, where E. V. has departing. — T., C, G., (departing) ;-Syr. (= Murd. departure). Germ. (Ab- schied), Dt. (uitgang). It. (partita), French verss. (depart) ;- Erasm., Pagn., Vat,, Bez., Wolf, (e.vi(um), Calv., Castal., Carpz., (discessum), Engl. Ann., Clarke, (going old), Cocc. (excessum), Guyse, Dodd., Gill ('or, Exodus''), Moldenh. (as Germ.) Wakef., Thom., Mey. ( Weggang), Penn, Murd., Kenr. '' Somewhat nearer the middle force of the original, and, like THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KINO JAMES VERSION. 16 For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eye-wit- nesses of his majesty. 17 For he received from God the Father honour and glory, Λνΐιεη there came such a voice to him from the excellent glory, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. 18 And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with him in the holy mount. 19 We have also a more sure GREEK TEXT. IG Oi' γαρ ΰΐσοφισμίνοις μίθοις έζαχο'λουΟ'ί,σαΐ'Τες εγνωρίσαμαΐ' [ψίν τήν τον Κι;ρίου yifiov Ίησον Χρίστου hviuuiv xuL ηαρονσίαΐ', άλ'λ" έτιύηται γενηΰ£ΐ'τες ΤΓ,ς εκείνου μεγαλεώτη- τος. 17 λαβών γαρ τχαρα ©eoi ττατρός τιμτ,ν χάι ho^av, φι^ντ,ς ενεχθεισης αΐΤω τοιάσδε ντώ ττ,ς μεγα?υ07ΐρε7ΐονς ^οζγις, Οντάς εστιν ό νίύς μου ο άγα- Λητύς, εις όν εγω εν(^όχτβα. 18 Και ταντην ττ.ν tptjvr^v τ,ΐ-ΐείς τ,χοίσαμεν εζ οιψαΐ'ον ενεχΰεισαν, σνν αιτώ ονΐες εν τω όρει τω ά^^ί'ω. 19 Και εχρμεν βεβαιότερον τον REVISED VERSION. 16 For we ^had not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto j'ou the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but ε hud been eye-witnesses of his mnjestv. 17 ''For he received from God the Father honour and glory, a voice 'being borne to him Jsuch as this from the excellent gloiy : This is my beloved Son, in whom 1 am well pleased ;'' 18 And this voice ''we, 'being with him '"on the holy mount, heard "borne from heaven. 19 "And we have ^more sure that, a variation of the phrase in w. 12, 13.— It. (^rammemorarvi). Fr. G.-M., {vuus remeltre . . dans voire souvenir). Fr. S. (cons rappeler) ;-Whitb. {make a remembrance). Moldenh., Λ'αη Ess, All., Goss., Iluth., {eiich eritinern), AVakef. (recollect for yourselves), Thom. (recollect), DeW. (euch in Erinnerung ni- fen) ;-Rob. (call to mind, bear in recollection). ^ E. V. does not show as clearly as the Greek does, that the writer is speaking of the precedent grounds of the apostolic test- imony, while Scholef.'s version adopted in our first edition : ' For it was not from having follon-ed cunningly devised fables that we itc, but from having been eye-w. &c.,' exhibits the scene on the mount as the sole ground. For the familiar use of the aorist for the pluperfect, see Buttm. § 137. 3, 6 ; Win. § 41. 5. — The pluperfect is introduced in the last clause by AVakef. and Murd. '' Tlie participial construction of this verse imports that it is logically subordinate to v. 18, where we find the corroboration (yap) of the ΕΛοτίΐαι. γινηθίν^ίς. ' Nowhere but in this chapter is φέρομαι, rendered in E. V., C0Hie;-Dt. (gebragt ward), It. (essendo recaYa) ;-Erasm. and the later Latin ver.ss. (delatd ;-except Oalv. and Cocc, αΙΙαΙά), Mack, (being brought), Peile (was borne). Others (Vulg., Fr. S., &c.) retain the participial form. See v. 18, N. n. 1 Not tantus.hut talis, as in taliafatnr (Virg., Aen. i. 131.). — R. (this manner o/");-Latin verss. (hiijusmodi -j-except Cocc, tali), Syr. (= Greenf. ηΤ3);-Β. and L. (cette), Moldenh., Mey., All., De"W., (diese), AVakef., Kenr., (this). Mack, (of /his kind), Penn (unnecessarily marks as this as supplied), Murd. (thus), Peile ('in tfiese words'). For 6 — i, see 1 John 2 : 7, N. 0. I" ' We, who made known unto you &c. (v. 10) ; and, in par- ticular, 1 Peter.' See 1 John 2: 20, N. p, &c. In this case the proposed arrangement of the verse seems to be the easiest way of indicating the emphasis. — Latin verss. (express the prono- minal subject) ;-B. and L. (nous . . . nous-memes), Beng. ('Jo- hannes etiam adhuc vivebat.'), Wesl. (as above), Thorn, (we onrselces). 1 T., G.,-It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Hamm., Wesl., Mack.• ■" A case of ip before heights and surfaces. — E. V., Luke 8: 32; &c.;-German and French verss., Dt.;-Mack., Newc, Thom., Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile j-Win.^ For ό — ο, see 1 John 2 : 7, N. o. ° See V. 17, N. i. W., R., (brought) ;- Vulg. (allatam), Germ, (gebracht), Dt. (als zij gebragt is geweesi). It. (recata) ;- Erasm. and later verss. (rfe/ato)ii;-except Cocc, lalam). Mack. (as ir.), Peile " 'Having seen that glory, and heard the voice.' — W., R.;- Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr. (^ Murd. (/Μ(/ .. .moreorf?-), Dt., Fr. S.;-IIamm., Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., All., Penn, Gerl., Sharpe .and Peile (and so), De W. ρ ' Than ever ;-the transfiguration of the Lord having been to us, according to His own declared design, an ocular confirmation of the promises respecting His second coming in power.' See the connection in which all the three narratives of the trans- figuration stand : Matt. 16 : 28 -f 17 : 1 ; ic; Mark 9 : 1 -f 2, &c; Luke 9 : 27 -|- 28, &c. Huth. objects, 1., the want of a tiv or ix roiirov ;-2., that this thought is not dwelt upon in what fol- lows ;-(De W. had already suggested both these scruples; but he properly regards them as insufficient to set aside the inter- pretation) ;- 3., that 'if the transfiguration-testimony stood higher with the writer than that of prophecy, his readers must have been invited rather to lay the former to heart.' The answer to this is : 1., The question being, not so much whether the Mes- siah of prophecy was to be a mighty Prince, as (v. 16) whether Messiah's crown would yet be seen on the head of Jesus of Na- zareth, the writer appeals to the transfiguration, in which the audible voice of God proclaimed the Divine Sonship of the man of sorrows, and to which the Lord had himself referred as a type of the coming kingdom ;-but, 2., that appeal is not made as to something intrinsically surer than the prophetic scriptures, THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMES VERSION. GREEK TEXT. word of prophecy ; whereunto τίροφηΤίκόν Τυόγον, ω κα?ΰύς 7(οιεΐτε ye do well that ye take heed, as ^τιροσε χούντες, ώς λνχνφ φαίνοντι εν unlo a light that shineth in Ά ^νχαψ^ τοΜο 'έί^ς ov τμε^χί hiavya- dark place, until the day dawn, ^-^^ ^^^ φ.^α<1>οοος άνατειλτ,, εν ταΐς he-ms-° ^^''^^'"' '""'' '" y°'^'''mp&a/s Ιμών 20 Knowing this first, that no 20 τούτο τίρώίον γινάσκονΤες, oTt prophecy of the scripture is of τκχσα τί^οφτ,τεία γραφής, 'ώίας έηιλί>• any private interpretation. σεως ov γίνεται. REVISED VERSION. ^the 'prophetic word, whereunto 3'e do well thfit ye take heed, as unto a *lamp 'shining in a dark place, until "day dawn, and the daystar arise," in your hearts; 20 Knowing this first that ''no prophecy of ^Scripture "^cometh from one's own interpretation : but as to a historical elucidation to the eye and ear of their true reference and import, as well as an additional seal ;-3., the read- ers, therefore, who had not been with the writer on the holy mount, but who had the lamp of prophecy in their hand, are very naturally commended for giving heed thereunto, burning, as it now did, with a brighter flame. Bt^atorfpoi' is taken as a predicate by (probably R.;-It., Fr. G.,-S.) ;-Oec., Grot., Beng., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Midd., Clarke, Knapp, Ros., Penn, Sharpe, Trol., Stolz, Dr. John Brown, De W., Dav., Dietl.. Peile. Others (Erasm., Zeg., &c.) allow this construction. — All., Bloomf., $;c., understand the clause thus : ' We have a surer, viz. the prophetic, word.' But how surer, than the visible glory of the transfiguration and the immediate voice of God, or than the apostolic word regarding these facts ? ' To the -Jews,' answer Whitb. and others. But to the unbelieving Jews there is no reference whatever in the passage. ' The appearance and voice on the mount were transient, and only three persons witnessed the interesting scene' (Scott, &c.). But the record remained, nor was there, between the writer and his readers, any dispute or doubt as to its perfect accuracy ; not to mention that against a very large portion of the Scriptures, prophetic and historical, the same, or a similar, objection might be urged. The more plausible answer of Sherlock, Guyse, Gill, Bloomf., Huth., that the transfiguration was in itself only a historical occurrence, or, at the most, but a type, and not an express prophecy, of the future coming in power and glory, has been already met in the remarks on Iluth.'s third objection, above. — The other explana- tions of βεβ., as used for a positive (Syr., Germ.;- Vat., Zeg., Carpz., &o.) or for ^superlative (Ar., Dt., Fr. M.;-Pagn., Bez., &c.), are mere evasions of a difficulty. 1 'Prophecy as a whole' — universiim testimonium (Beng.) — ' all whose rays, from whatever point they come, and whatever else they touch in passing, converge upon the throne of our Lord's glory.' See Luke 24:26,27; Acts 3: 19-21; 1 Pet. 1: 10, 11. (-Far off His coming shone.' Milton, P. L. vi. 7G9).— R.;-Dt., It.. French verss.;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Mol- denh., Wakef. Mack., Xewc, Thom., Clarke, Mey., All., Stolz, Penn, Sharpe, Trol., De W., Barn., Kenr., Peile, Huth. ■• The word τίροψη^ίχός. which occurs only here and Rom. IG : 26. is here rendered by an adjective in R.;-Latin and Ger- man verss. (except Jley.), Dt., It., Fr. S.;-namra., Dodd., Mack., Thom., Clarke, Penn, Barn., Kenr. ■ See Ps. 119: 105, where for the Heb. ~]j (Greenf.'s word here) the Sept. has λν;ι;νο5 ; Ε. V., lamp ;-also 2 Sam. 21 : 17 in the Heb., Sept., and E. V. marg. — W. (lantern), R. {candle) ;- Latin verss. (/itceniae ;-except Carpz., lijcJinum), Syr. (as in Ps. 119: 105), Dt. marg. (lantaern, kaersse), It. (lampana), Fr. G.,-M., (chandelle), Fr. S. (lampe) ;-B. and L. (flambeau), Guyse, Dodd., Wes!., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Mcy. (Leuchte; and so Stolz, DeW.;-for Luth.'s Licht), Penn, Sharpe, Trol., Barn. (' candle, lamp, or torch'), Kenr., Peile. See Pass., and the lexicons generally ;-aIso Rev. 1 : 12, N. c. ' The participial form is retained by W., R.;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt., It. Fr. S.;-Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. " 'Many Edd. have ή ij/tt'pa : the Editors did not consider that the day spoken of was not yet in existence, in which case the article is more properly omitted. Φωυφόροί is used as a proper name.' Midd. " This punctuation leaves it doubtful, as the text does, whether ' in your hearts' is to be construed with the words im- mediately preceding, or, as some have thought, with ' take heed.' Sch. encloses ω; ■Κνχνοί . . . amttArj in a parenthesis. ' In the only other passage of the N. T. where γραφι; occurs without the article, 2 Tim. 3 : 16, E. V. also omits it ;-W., R.;- Wells, Dodd.,We.sl. (Scripture prophecy),Wakei., Mack.,Newc, Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.— The word here referring to the whole volume of inspiration, it is printed with a capital S, in accordance with the rule of the Amer. Bible Soc.'s recent Revision. " Ildiia . . . oi = υϊ'&ιμία. See Win. 5 21. 1. Huth.: ' yiv- eiai is = t(stii'.' But, while the past tenses of γΐρομαί are often used as corresponding parts of ilmi, this is not true of the pres- ent. Here the distinction, as between fieri and esse, is strictly maintained, yiVofiat carrying with it the idea of origin, result, or change of state. E. V., accordingly, renders it variou.sly, to be made, Matt. 9 : 16 ; 27 : 24 ; JIark 2 : 21 ; 1 Cor. 14 : 25 ; Heb. 7 : 12 (less accurately in v. 18) -,-ίο be icrought. Mark 6: 2;-to be done, Mark 4: 11; Luke 9 : 7; 23: 8; Acts 4: 30; 14: 3; &c.;-to become, Matt. 13: 22; Mark 4: 19, 32;-io arise, Mark 4 : 37 ;-to come. Acts 26 : 22 ; 28 : 6 ; 1 Tim. 6 : 4 ; ( Acts 27: 33, Ιμι-κκίν ij/itpa γίνίΰθαί day was coming on);-to come to pass, Mark 11: 23; 13: 29; Luke 12: 55 (less accurately in 2 10 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I. KING JAMKS VEKSION. 21 For the pro[)liecy came nol in old time by the will of man : but holy men of God spake as thrij ivcrc moved by the Holy Ghost. GREEK TEXT. 21 ou γά^ Of^yijitatt άιΌρώτίου riv- ί^βη τίοτε τΐροφηΤΐία, ά'λ'Χ ντίυ ΙΙνεν- ματος Άγίυυ <ρί^)6μ£νοί ίλαλτβαν οι αγιοί Θεοί) άνθρωποι. REVISED VERSION. 21 For ''not by ^man's will "was ''prophecy "brought ''at any time, but ''the holy men of God spake "being moved bjf the Holy ^Spirit. 1 The negative is kept here by R.;-Latin verss.. Syr.;-B. and L. (ce i^est pas par), JIack., Mey., Greenf., All., Van Ess, De W. , Murd., Pcile. ' W., U.; -Fr. S. (une voloii'e d'homme);-Ya.n Ess (eiiies Menschen Willkulir). * See V. 18, N. n, &c. W., R.;-Vulg. {nUata est), Germ, {ist /lervor gebracht). Dt. {is voortgebragt), It. {fic recaia), Fr. G.,-M., (a eleapportee), Fr.S. {fut app.) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez., (as Vulg.). Hamm., Cocc. and Bcng. {lata est), Dodd., Moldonh. and All. {as Gei-m.), Mack. •■ W., R.;-Fr. S.;-IIaram., Wells, Beng. {• prophdia sine ar- ticulo, indefinite dicitur.'), Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh. and later Ger- man verss. {eine IVeissagung), 'Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Bloom f., Barn., Kenr. ' The oO . . . rtoie here answers to the Λάσα ... οΰ of v. 20. — E. V. marg.; 1 Cor. 'J: 7 {any time); 1 Thess. 2:5; &c.;-W. {any time). R.;-Syr.;-Castal., Cocc, Wits., Bcng., Carpz., Ros.. (ii»f/iia»i.),Engl. Ann. ('or. at any time''), Hamm. {as )('.), Pyle {ever), Mack., Newc., Mey. and Do W. {je), Kenr. ;-Schuttg., Bretsch., Schirl. Many others (T., C.;-Germ., Fr. S.;-Bloomf., Uuth., &c.) connect with the negative (as in E. V., v. 10) = never. ■> W., R.;-Germ., Pt., It., French vcrss.;-Engl. Ann. ('or those'), Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Thoin., Mey., Ros. {illi), Greenf., Kist., Goss., Van Ess {jene). — But Griesb. and all the later editors cancel the ot 'on the evidence of almost all the authorities' (Huth.). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the article be omitted. ' Not merely the manner of their speaking, but ' that they spoke at all in the utterance of prophecy, was immcdiatel}' and absolutely dependent on the divine impulse.' — Nothing answer- ing to the E. V. supplement (which was taken from T.) is found in W., R.;-any foreign vers.;-Engl. Ann., Hamm., Wakef.. Mack., Thorn., Clarke, Penn, Kenr. — For φίρομαί. in the sense of being borne along, driven, see Acts 27 : 15. 17. Here also the Germ. verss. have getrieben ; Dt., gedreven zijnde ; It., essendu so&- pinti; French verss., poiwses ;-Erasm., Calv., Ros., inpiilsi; Engl. Ann., Hamm., {[beingi carried), Thom. {by an impulse). ' Guyse, Dodd., AVakef., Newc, Thom., Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Murd. V. 54) ; 21 : 7, 28, 31, 30 -,-ίο draw {iyyvs nigh unto), John 6 : 19. In other cases, where E. Ύ. translates bj' the simple copula, it fails, as here, to give the full force of the original ; e. g. Matt. 12 : 45, Luke 11 : 2G, comes to 6ey-Luke 6 : 36, the disciples are required to become what God essentially is ; comp. 1 Pet. 1 : 16 ;- Luke 15 : 10, joy arises, a fresh spring of joy ;-20 : 33, does she become?;-Kom. 11 : 6, comes to be no more grace j-lleb. 11: 6, that God is, aud, in the order of his providence, becomes a re- warder, &c. (See Kitto's Journal of Sac. Lit., Vol. vi. pp. 433-6). Besides 17 cases of xat ibiav, l&ios Occurs 90 times, and IS 78 times translated in E. V^. by own, his own, her own, &c., according to the reference ; and in all the other (omitting the present text) 17 instances this is still the force of the word. 'ErtaiJ0i5(Pass.: Ί. LOsung, Befreiung wovon ; 2. AuflOsung; Er- klaruiig, Doutung.'), found nowhere else in the N. T., is employed byAquilaforC>:5"i-;n9 Gen. 40:8 (Sept.5iacia(}));(TK; E. Y. inter- pretations), and by Symmachus for CS^Fl Hos. 3 : 4 (under- standing probably Iiy the word an oracular response, or the means by which it was obtained. Thcodotion here has ίτίΛνο- μίνον ; and Aquila, the same form at Gen. 41 : S). The etymo- logical idea of unloosing, setting free from entanglement, and hence, figuratively, of making clear, settling by e.vposition, is apparent in the N. T. use of έΛιλνω, Mark 4: 34 (E. V. e.v- pounded) ; Acts 19 : 39 ; and, according to some copies, in the Sept. Gen. 41: 12. Dismissing the conjectural emendation ΐΛ-ηχύαιωζ (Calv., Grot., lie.) as of no manuscript authority ; and the Syriac construction of i&iai with Ύραψης, which would also require ίΛΛνΰις ; and even the gloss of Suid. making ίτίΛναι;^ i'^oSoj, accessiis ; we may still arrange the interpretations and translations of this verse-( Crucemfi.vit interpret ibus, saysWoIf.)-into three classes, according as iSiai is referred to, 1., the readers of prophcc}•; 'they are not to interpret, each for himself irrespectively of, (1.), Catlwlic consent — the Romish idea ; or, {2.), divine illu- mination, or the general sense of Scripture. So perhaps T., C, {hath any pr. int.) ;-and so Bede, Luth. CPetrus hat es ver- boten, du sollst nicht auslegen ; der Heilige Geist selbst soil esauslegen oder soil unausgelegt bleiben.'), Erasm., Bez., Arct., Par., Dt. Ann. (as one reference), Engl. Ann., Cocc, Mor., Slarck, Wells. B. and L., Carpz., Pott, Scott, Steiger, Kcnr.j-SchOttg.: — 2., to prophecy itself; ' no pr. is of se//-interpretation,' but needs I light from the event, or other revelations. So Syr., Ar.;-Weren- feks, Horsley, Wakef., Thom., Ros., Bloomf., Home, Trol., Dr. John Brown, Dietl., Peili';-Bretsch. under the word ϊδιΌ;, Wahl, Schirl. But. (1.), a multitude of prophecies, themselves all equally inde- terminate, could not by combination be made to determine the meaning of one another. All prophecy, prior to the fulfilment, must be only useless and bewildering. The 'light shining in a ' dark place' would itself be darkness ;-(2.), this interpretation is, therefore, irreconcilcable with the nature of Christian faith I and hope ; Heb. 11 : 1, &c;-(3.), it contradicts the testimony of THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. II. 11 KING JAMES VERSION. CHAP. II. But there were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even GREEK TEXT. CHAP. II. 1 ΈΓΕΝΟΝΤΟ & και ψευδοπρο- ψί,ται εν τω λαο, ώς και &ν νμίν εσον- tai '^cvhohLha.axa^Mi, οιτιτες τιαρεισά- ξονσιν αφέσεις άτΐίύλείας, και. tov REVISED VERSION. CHAP II. But there were *also false pro- phets among the people, ''as also ■^among you there shall be false teachers, who privily shall bring in ''destructive "'sects, "^even deny- '^ ' Besides the true, just spoken of.' See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. — The particle is here kept in its proper relation by W., R. ;-all foreign versions (except the tliree older French, which omit it);-Guyse, Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Clarke, Trol., Bloomf., Murd., Dav., Kenr. " See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. Comp. 1 Cor. 10 : 11. •^ The h ίψΐν retains its place in W.. R. ;-Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Mack. Most others translate 4iu6o8. in immediate connection with oitivii. ^ Germ, (verderbliche), Dt. (yerderfelijke) ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Grot., Carpz., {perniciosas), Pagn., Bez., Pise, {exi- tiales), Engl. Ann., Sharpe, Barn., (of destruction), Cocc. (exilii •,-ίοτ Yulg. perdiiionis), B. and L. (pemicieuses). Dodd., Wesl., Jloldenh. (as Germ. ;-and so Mey., De W.), Wakef., Mack., Xewc, Thorn., Penn., Bloomf. (pernicious), Murd., Peile (^ pern, or c/esi.') ; - Schleus., Bretsch., Wahl, (as Erasm.), Win., Rob. See v. 3, N. p. I recommend that the note: 'Gr. sects of destruction,^ be set in the margin. " Ai'piais=' electa vita3 diseiplina, secta' (Bretsch.), 'sect, school, party' (Rob.), retains this its ' true original meaning ' (Dav.)-' uniform import ' (C'ampb.)-in E. V., Acts 5 : 17 ; 15 : .5 ; 24 : 5 ; 26 : .5 ; 28 : 22 ; and might have been so rendered elsewhere, Acts 24 : 14 ; 1 Cor. 11 : 19 ; Gal. 5 : 20 ; 2 Pet. 2 : 1 ; though in the last three places Bretsch. and Rob. give as a secondary sense, dissensio, discord. Under άΛώλίΐα, indeed, Rob. translates the word in this instance heresies. But this use, which Bretsch., Wahl, Green, do not mention at all, is as- signed by the general lexicons (Stcph., Pass., L. and S.), to the later ecclesiastical period. And so it is by De AV., though he adopts it here, less, probably, (and the same thing ma}' be said of Huth.), on account of any peculiarity in the present context, than because of his previous decision respecting the post-apos- tolic origin of the epistle. E. V. follows Bez.— W., T., C, R. ;- Vulg., Germ., French vers.s. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Castal., Carpz., Thom., Greenf. (flip'^ilf-). Barn, ('the idea of sect or party is that which is conveyed by this word, i-ather than doc- trinal errors.'), Kenr. Peile ('heresies — less doctrinal than sectarian and schismatical ') ;-Wahl, Win. ' ' These ruptures of the one body being but the manifestation of a departure from the one faith ;' and hence the ecclesiastical use of ttLpfffc;. Scripture respecting some prophecies; 1 Tim. 4: 1 ;-(4.), sets aside one main end of prophecy, the guidance and consolation of the Church; JohnlG: 13, Rev. 1: 1-3, &c.;-(5.), is at variance with the experience of the people of God in past ages, as of Xoah, Abraham, David, Daniel, &c. See also JIatt. 2 : 5 ;-and, (C), there are very many prophecies of Scripture that do interpret them- selves just as readily and satisfactorily, as Micah's prophecy of the bh'th of the Messiah in Bethlehem, or as any of its plainest narratives : — or, 3., to the prophets ; either, (1.), ' they could not themselves e.vplain their own prophecies; so Gee, Knapp, Till.. De W.;-Schlcus., and Bretsch. under the word ijtixvei; ; or, (2.), ' they did not of themselves interpret' the future, or the hidden counsels of God. So W. (made by proper interp.), R. (made by private interp.), G., as if reading (Λη•κϋΰ(ωζ, (is of any private motion) ;-Vulg. (propria inter pretatione non ft). Germ., not- withstanding Luth.'s comment, (geschieht aus eigener Aiisl.e- gung), Fr. M. ()ie procede d'aucun moiivement particulier) ;- Calv. (who, however, can find no authority for ίΛηΧναίωζ, which he seems to regard as necessary to this sense). Cam. (' sensus itaque Petri Apostoli hie videtur esse, Prophetas non suae men- tis sensiim edidisse, sed fuisse interpretes consilii divini, et sententia verborum est aferta, Prophetas non suam, sed Dei mentem hominibus exposuisse.'), Dt. Ann. (as another reference, and the first mentioned), Grot, (whose bolder criticism adopts iTtrfKvaiui as the true reading), Wits, (who would make matters sure by uniting with this the first view also), Owen, Harani. (who, with others, after Cam., finds a metaphor in ijiix., drawn from loosing, starting, horses in a race; 'of their own incila- tion, motion, letting loose'). Pears., Cler. ('Malim ίΛίχναιν intcr- pretari quasi solutionem ling7iae ant oris.'), Whitb. ('of their aim incitation, motion, or the suggestion of their own private spirits), Beng. (' interpretalio, qua ipsi res antea plane clausas aperuere mortalibus.'), Guyse (the product of any man's own invention), Dodd. (of private impulse), Wesl. ('It is not any man's own word. It is God, not the prophet himself, who thereby interprets things till then unknown.'), Gill (of a man's oicn impulse), Moldenh. (atis eigner Entwickelung herr-iihre), Mack. (ofpr. invention), Newc. (ofpr. utterance), Clarke ('by the mere pr. impulse of his own mind'), Henderson, Congrega- tional Lecture on Inspiration, pp. 485-C, ('pr. or uninspired dis- closure'). Barn, (of their own disci.). Turner, Huth. ('geschieht aus, oder hiingt ab von eigner [d. i. des Verkiindigers mensch- licher] Deutung der Zukunft.');-Rob. (' cometh of pr. [particu- lar] int., i. e. is not an int. of the will and purposes of God by the prophets themselves.'). This view, (1.), satisfies the uni- versal term in the proposition ;-(2.), explains the use of yivtrai ('ita enim loquitur ut ostendat unde sit Scriptura, nam vox yiViTat ortum significat.' Cam.) ;-(3.), intimates that the ' light 12 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. Π. KING JAMES VERSION. denying the Lord tli.-it bought them, and bring upon tlicmselves swill destruction. 2 And many shall lollow their pernicious waj^s; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. 3 And through covetousncss shall they witii feigned words make merchandise of you : whose judgment now of a long time lin- gereth not, and their damnation slumberelh not. 4 For if God spared not tlie angels that sinned, but cast lhc7n GREEK TEXT. άγοράσαντα αύΐονς ^εστίότην αρνού- μενοι, έτίάγοντες tavtoig ταχιντ,ν άηάλειαν• 2 καϊ τίολ^Μ έΙ;αχολονθήΰονσιν αίτωΐ' ταϊς άττωλείαις, hi ονς ή οδός ττ,ς aλrβεiaς βλασφ-ημ-ηθγ.σεται• 3 καί εν η'λεονεζ,ία ηλαστοϊς λό- γοις νμάς εμηορεναονταν οϊς τό χριμα εκιχτύ^αι ονκ αργεί, καΐ ή ΰττώλ^ια αντίον ον νυστάζει. 4 Εί yap ό Θ<:Ός άγγέ^Μν Ιψαρτη- ΰάνΊί,Λν ονκ εφείοατο, ά/^λα σειραις REVISED VERSION. ing the ^Master ""who bought them, 'bringing upon themselves ■■speedy destruction. 2 And many shall follow their ''destructive ways, by reason of whom the way of 'the truth shall be evil spoken of; 3 And "'in covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you ; "for whom the judgment "from of old linger- eth not, and their Pdestruclion slumbcreth not. 4 For if God spared not i an- gels ""when they sinned, but, ^ So translated five times (1 Tim. 6: 1, 2; 2 Tim, 2: 21; Tit. 2: 9 ; 1 Pet. 2: 18) in E. Λ''., according to the proper mean- ing of the word, which denotes, as opposed to servant, ' master, head of a family, paterfamilias^ {Roh.), -Hansherr (Pass., Schirl.). In three instances (Luke 2 : 29 ; Acts 4: 24; Rev. 6 : 10). where it is used of God tlie Sovereign Ruler, it is fitly rendered Lord ; but in the two remaining cases, (here and Jude 4), where it is spoken of the Saviour, it .seems better to preserve the original idea, especially since iu Jude it is employed along with Kvpioj, Lord, and here m connection with the pur- chase of his servants. Comp. 1 Cor. G : 19, 20 : 7 : 22, 23.— Castal., Cocc. (heriim), B. and L. (Maifre), Penn, .Sharpe. '' See ch. 1 : r,, X. i. Ac. ' The apposition by asyndeton, at which many stumble, of this clause with that which precedes, suggests that the one ac- tion is simultaneous, as it were identical, with the other. See Prov. 8 : .3G ; and note also the opposition between jtapitoalou- Biv and ίΛάγοί'ίίζ. — The participial form is retained by R ;- Latin verss. (except Castal., Carpz.), Syr.. Dt., It. Fr. G.,-M.,- S. ;-Dodd., Mack., Newc, Thorn.. Penn, Bloomf., Murd., Kenr. ; and of these, Dt, Fr. S., Bloomf., Murd., alone supply any con- nective particle. ) See ch. 1 : 14, N. y. R. ;-Guyse, Wakef., Thorn., Penn. ' Or, according to the more approved reading, ά^Λγηοι; (•lude 4), which I recommend to be followed, lascivious uatjs. So E. V. marg.—- Tliis reading, says Bloomf., ' is found in al- most all the MSS., Versions, and early-Editions, except the Erasmian and Stephanie ones, has been preferred by almost all critics, and was adopted by Wetst., and edited by Beng., Griesb., Matth., Knapp, Tittra., and Vater.' (To those may be added Mey., Sch., Laohm., Ilahn. Ti.sch., Theile.) 'And rightly ; for both external and internal evidence are in favour of it.' Of the older verss., it is fullowed by Vulg., Syr., Ar., It. ' Foreign verss. ;-Hamm.. Campb., Wakef., Thom., Penn. " See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr.;-Calv. (restores the Vulg. in, for the per of Erasm.). Greenf., Sharpe, Stier, De W., Murd., Huth. (■ as it were suriounded by avarice, living in it, mastered by it. To paraphrase ii' by δια is not correct.'). " W. (to which), R. (iinio whom) ;-Vulg. (qnibus), Dt. (over wie), It. (sopi-a i quali), Fr. M. {qui leur est destinee), Fr. S- (pour eux) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Wolf., Beng., Ros., (as Vulg.), Jloldenh. (in Anschinig welcher), Mack, (to them), Thom. (fin• them), Sharpe (against whom), De W. ('eig. fiir die '), Huth. (' Dat incommodi.'). - Mack., Newc, Thom., CLarke, Pott, Mey., Bloomf., De TV., &c., connect txH. with χρίμα,^ρνοηοηηοβά of old (comp. Jude 4) ; Fr. S., Huth., &c., with apyii,=ever since it teas pro- nounced.— Έ. v., ch. 'i: 5 (of old) ;-Syr. (= Greenf. C~^C), Germ, (von lange her). Dt. (ran over lang), Fr. M. (depuis long-temps) ;-Cocc. (ab antiquo), Wells, B. and L. (as Fr. Λ/.)-ΒεΓΐ. Bib. (fore alters her). Mack., Thom., (nf old), De W. {con langst her), Peile. ρ See V. 1, N. d. Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Jfack., Newc, Thom., Sharpe, Bloomf., Murd., Kenr., Peile. This is the fourth occurrence of the word in these three verses, and E. V. renders it in as many diflerent ways. ■i'Who excel in strength' (Ps. 103: 20). Calv. : 'Argu- mentum est a majori ad minus.'— E. V., v. 11 ;-W., R. ;- Wakef., Thom., De W., Peile. ' Peile. Comp. v. 5, N. z. Several use a participle. shunng ni a dark place' did not originate there ;-(4.), furnishes I common construction, indeed, would have a preposition, as sx, a strong motive (γι,.ώΜοΐ'τ,ξ) for 'taking heed' ;-and, (5.). draws (Irto, with the genitive; but this case is also employed thus after it (ydf) the more explicit statement of v. 21 ;-nor docs any simply by itself to express the relation of dependence or origin, other interpretation meet all of the.se five points. The more ' See Rom. 9: 16. Buttm. § 132. 3. Kvihn. § 273. 1. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. II. 13 KING JAMES VERSION. GREEK TEXT. down to hell, and delivered them ζόήκ)ν ΤαρΤαρώσας τίαρέ^ωκεν εις xf)i- into chains of darkness, to be reserved nnto judgment; 5 And spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth j>erso?i, a preacher of righteous- ness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly ; 6 And turnino; the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah into ashes, condemned the7n with an over- throw, making ihem an ensample Gir τετηρη μένους• 5 xai αρχαίου κόσμου οίκ εφεί- σατο, αλλ' 6γ8οον Νωε δικαιοσύνης κτ.ρνκα εφν'λαζε, καΐακλιισ^^όι^ χόσμω άσεβων ετίάζας• 6 και ηό2£ΐς 'Σοδόμων και Γομόρ- ρας τεφρώσας καταστροφγι κατεκρι- REVISED VERSION. ^having cast them ' to hell, deliv- ered them "Linto chains of dark- ness, "havinij been reserved "for judgment ; 5 And spared not the old world, but "kept Noah, ^ a preach- er of righteousness, ^ with seven others, ""when he brought '' the flood upon the world ot' the un- godly ; 6 And, ""reducing to ashes the cities of Sodom and "^Gomorrha, condemned them ho an over- throw, ^having made them an "ex- • The participial construction is retained by E. V. at v. 6, and here by Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Clarke, Sharpe, Peile. ' For the omi.ssion of down, see Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-S.;- Cocc, Beng., Mack., Thom., Clarke, AH., Pcile. " Wakef., Newc, {to), Peile. Very many, from Tulg. (pro- bably) and Syr. to De W., Day., Dietl., connect ettpais as a dative of the instrument or manner with ταρταρι^σα?. On reconsideration, I adhere to the construction of E. V., for two reasons: 1., 77Ταί' αυθάδεις, δόξα^ ον τρέμονσι β'λχ^σφη μουντές• 11 οΛου άγγελοι Ισχνϊ καΐ δυνάμει REVISED VERSION. tion, "but "the '"unrighteous to reserve "under punishment unto the day of judgment ; 10 But chiefly nhose ^vho walk after the flesh in the lust of uncleanness, and despise "gov- ernment. "Oaring men, "^ self- willed, they "'tremble not ""while railing at dignities; 11 Whereas angels, 'who are greater in ^strength and ""power. " See ch. 1: 5, N. r. R.;-Latiii and Germ, verss., Syr.;- 1 Peile {on the other hand). ' Along with the contrasting force of the bi. I restore the Greek order. So Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. " Here the general character is meant, as in 1 Cor. 6 ; 9. — E. v., 4 times elsewhere ;-Hamm., Wells, Dodd., Wesl., VVakef.. Mack.j Newc, Scott, Peile ;-Rob. {unrishteous, wicked). * Gr. being punished — which I recommend as a marginal note. Since the Vulg. cruciandos, verss. and commentaries have nearly all concurred in making χο•καζοΐίίν<η:ζ=χο'Κα.ηβτι(3α- μίνονζ, — an exegetical licence, which Beng.'s suggestion : 'futu- rum : et tamen praesens, quia poena certa et imminens. v. 3,' is not sufficient to warrant. This use of the present participle is with reason denied by Win., whose own explanation, however, which finds the idea of futurity in the ίηρΗν and then makes χοΤ-αζομίνονς tη^let,v^tηpEi (ωστΈ) κολάζΈΕν (^χοχάζΐαθαι), is Still more unsatisfactory. Nor is there any necessity for forcing the construction. The sense yielded by a strict adherence to the present time accords with other representations of Scripture (Luke 16 : 23); especially with those in the protasis (see w. 4 — 6, which set forth a preliminary and continuous punishment of the wicked, besides that which shall be awarded at the xptai;_ NN. V, e), and in the parallel Jude 0, 7. — Syr. (—dum crucian- fur; at least not necessarily, as the Latin interpreter and Bloomf [the latter also erring in citing here 'the Pesch. Syr.,' which does not contain this Epistle], cruciandos, or, as Murd., to be tormented. That trifiiv is rendered by a finite future, does not affect this point.), Dt. marg. and note (' Of, gestraft werdende, namel. nu reeds naar de ziel.');-Bez,, Cocc. (jioenas dantes), Hamm. (being pimished), Huth. y See ch. 1 : 1, N. b, &c. ' See ch. 1 : 1, N, c, &c. » As a marginal note I recommend : ' Or, lordship^ (W, lord- shipping -y-see Rob, and Green), — E, V, marg. has, 'Or, domin- ion ;' and so the text of R. and Dodd. ' As E. V, translates the verb, Jude 9 and generally else- where, durst, so the remarkable parallelisms of this chapter with Jude should, as far as possible, be preserved, — Haram,, Dodd, (as an adjective, daring ;-and so Wesl,, Sharpe, Murd,, and others), Dav, {daring [self-w,] persons), Peile {daring, [self-w.] nie7i). According to the le.xicons, and the punctuation of our text and the other recent editions (except Mey., Bloomf), ΐο•Κμ. is here used as a substantive, and is qualified by ανθάίιις, as if we should say : self-icilled bj-aroes. The slight change of construction is occasioned by the want of a suitable equivalent, ' There is nothing for the supplied words of E, V, in R,;-Vulg,, Syr., Germ., Fr. G.,-M,,-S,;-Erasra,, Calv., Vat, Castal,, Aret,, Hamm., Cocc, B. and L•., Beng,, Dodd, and the later English verss,, Carpz,, Mey., De W. ^ E. V. everywhere else ; Mark 5 : 33 ; Luke 8 : 47 ; Acts 9 : 6 ;-Syr. {=com.moventur), Germ, {erzittern). It, {hanno or- rore), Fr, S. {tremblent);-Pagn., Castal,, Bez,, Pise, Carpz,, {hor- rent), Hamm,. Cocc, {tremunt), Beng, {contremiscunt), Thom., Greenf (mri), Sharpe, Murd. {shudder). : τ « R. {blaspheming);-Yn\%. (blasphemantes), Syr,;-Hamm., Thom,. (when they rail at Yrevile']), Cocc, (dum blasphemant), Beng. {as Vulg.), Murd. (while they bl.), Kenr. (as R.). See Win. § 46. 1. — E. V. rendering βίάα^ημον in v. 11 railing, and the same vice being expressed in the original by the cognate verb in vv. 10, 12, it is better to preserve this uniformity, which appears also in Syr., Germ,, Fr, G,,-S.;-Castal., Beng,, Carpz., Newc, Mey,, Greenf, De W., Kenr. Wesl. hero uses rail at. ' I recommend that in all cases of personal reference which be laid aside as antiquated; e. g. Matt. 6 : 1, 4, 6, 9, &c.; Luke 3 : 23, &c.— Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc. (that), Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. ^ E. v., 4 times out of 11 ; (once elsewhere, as here);-W., R.; -Vulg. (forlitudine), Syr. (= b'n), German verss., except Mey., (Starke), Dt. {sterkte),It. (forza), French verss. (force); -Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat.. Aret., Cocc, Beng., (robore), Cas- tal,, Wolf, Bez,, (viribus), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef. (might, --and so Thom., Murd.), Mack., Bloomf,, Kenr. See Rev. 7 : 12, N. o. I» E, V,, ch, 1 : 3, IC ; &c.;-R,;-It., French verss.;-Pagn,, Cas- tal., (potesiate), Calv., Bez., Cocc, (potentia), Dodd., Wesl., ^\' akef , Mack., Thom,, Bloomf, Kenr., Peile. See Rev. 12 : 10, N.r. 16 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. Π. KING JAMES VERSION. not railing accusation against llicm before the Lord. 1:J But these, as natural brute beasts, made to be taken and destnjyed, speak evil of" the things that they understand not ; and shall utterly perish in their own corruption : 13 And shall receive the re- ward of" unrighteousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in GREEK TEXT. μείζονες όντες, ο ν φερουσι κατ avtav τίαρα Κΐ'ρί'ω βλάσφγιμον κρίσιν. 12 0UT06 hi, ως ϋί/Μγα ζΐΜ. φυσικά γεγεννημένα εις άλωσιν καΐ φθοραν, εν υΐς άγνοούσί β7^χλσφημονντες, εν τίΐ φθορά αί)Τωΐ' χαταφΟαργ^ονται, 13 κομωίμενοι μισθύν αδικίας. Ήίκ ovhv τγοί'μενοι ττ,ν εν /.«ερα τρυφτ/',ν^ KEVISED VERSION. bring not 'against them before the Lord hi railing ■'judgment. 12 But these, as 'natural '"brute beasts ° born °ibr capture and destruction, ''railing lin things that they understand not, shall utterly ""perish in their own cor- ruption, 13 ^And so receive the 'wages of unrin;hteousness. "Accounting ' The Greek order is retained by Latin vcrss. (except tliat Vulg., as also Syr., follows the text, edited by Lachm. and Tisch., which omits «αρά xvpi-V), It.;-Greenf. ) Ilamra., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Sharpe, Bloomf., Murd., Kenr. k Beng.: ' Judicem, eumque praesentem, reveriti, abstinent judieio. . . Deo convenit judicium, non angelis.' — E. V., 41 times out of 48 ; (only in the parallel Jude 9, as here);-W. (doom), T., C, G., K.;-foreign verss., (Castal. changing judicium to sen- tenliam);-Eu'^\. Ann., Guyse (censure), Barn., Kenr.;-the N. T. lexicons do not recognize the sense, acciisatimi. 1 The sense is given by some paraphrastically, as G. (led with natural sensuality);-T>t. (die de naltiur volgen), It.; Fr. G.,- ]\I.,-S.;-Pagn., Bez., &c.:— others (T., C.;-Germ.;-Erasm., Calv.. &c.) connect ψυαίχά, as if ψναίχΖζ, wtth 'γιγι^νημίνα, and, with the same result as to sense, Lachm. and Tisch. edit the trans- posed reading of A. B. C, and many cursive MSS., γεγενν. ψνα. Vulg. and Syr., which do not translate the participle, attach ψνα. to ftj άλ. xai φθ. ■» Jlilton, P. L. vii. 50C— 8 : ' Not prone ' And brute as other creatures, but indu'd ' With sanctity of reason.' " E. v., 39 times ; (nowhere else, as hcrc);-C. (brought forth); -Protestant German vcrss., Dt. (voorlgebragt ;-marg. ' geteelt of geboreri'), It., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Calv., A^at., (geiiita), Castal., Cocc, Beng., (nata), Wesl., Penn ;-Rob. The comma of E. V., though retained in the Amer. Bible Soc.'s Revised Edition, is worse than superfluous, and does not appear in the original Edi- tion of IGll. " The substantive forms are retained by W., R.;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez.), Syr., Dt. H!(/rg-.;-Berl. Bib., Guyse, Wakef., Mack., Thom., Slolz, De W.. Murd.;-Rob., &c. ρ See V. 10. N. e. The participial construction is retained by "W., R.;-Latin verss. (except Castal., C^rpz.), Syr., It., French verss.;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Murd., Kenr., Peile ; and cannot be changed without injury. The ignorance, sensuality, and utter destruction of thc-se men. Dt. (dewijl sie lasteren). ■ϊ 'In cases where their ignorance unfits them for any thing else but to rail, and heJps them in that.' E. V. would require ά. Λίρί or χαΐά uf, or ci{ νφψ...ένίρνφΰνί(ί. The affinity is preserved, though with various degrees of accuracy, by Vulg., Syr., Fr. G.,-M.;- S.;-Calv., Hamm., Cocc, Wells, Mack., Newc, Thorn., Mey., Eos. For the noun, Wakef. has revels ;-for the participle, R., Hamm., Wells, Mack., Nevrc, Thoni., have rioting-, rioting themselves, living- in riot ; Peile and Rob., revelling. " T., C, G.;-Vulg., and such as follow it, (diei delicias), Germ.;-Ca!v., Grot., Beng., De W., Dav., Huth.j-Bretsch., Rob.;-take iv ήμί^α, &s=for a day, for a season, temporarrj. But to find ' the pleasures of sin' pleasurable, so long as they last, is not such a proof of a reprobate mind as that furnished by the sense which we retain, and which, while justified by classical usage (• iv ήμίφα. bei Tage. Pind. Hdt. u. Att. von Aesch. u. Thuc. an.' I'ass.), is at the same time strikingly parallel to such passages as Acts 2 : 15; 1 Thess. 5:7; and is given by Syr.;-Hamm., Wells, Whitb., Bens., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Gill, Pyle, Wakef, Mack., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Clarke, .Penn, Sharpe, Trol., Bloomf., Barn., Peile. — The meaning daily appears in Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.;-Oec., Pagn., Castal., Bez., Cocc, Vitr., B. and L., Moldcnh., Carpz., Pott, Mey., Ros.;-SchOttg., Schleus., Wahl, Schirl.— Fr. S. (tout le jour). * See N. u. Nothing is supplied ii Wesl., Wakef, Kenr., Peile. y W.. T., C, G., R.;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez., Carpz.), Dt., Fr. S.;- Wells, Newc, Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Stier, De W., Peile, Huth.;-Rob. • ShaTpe, Peile and Rob. {frauds). The Vulg. and many other verss. follow the reading ayortaij (Jude 12), edited by Lachm. " The participial construction is retained by W., T., C, G. {in feasting -j-aXtQT Bez., convivando), R.;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Carpz.), Syr., Fr. S.;-Dodd., Thorn., Sharpe, De W., Kenr. ■• Aret. : 'Habitat enim Venus in oculis et toto vultu.'— E. V. has this in the marg. as the proper meaning of the Greek, and in the text at Rom. 7 : 3 bis, and .James 4: 4;-0ec. {oi&iv άλλο βλΕΛουΐι,ν ί) μοιχαχϋαί), Erasm., Calv., Vat., Engl. Ann., Est., Hamm. (i/ieod.). Cocc, Owen, Wolf, Beng.. Dodd., Pyle, Mol- denh.. Mack., Till., Scott, Clarke, Ros., De W., Barn., Peile {an Aar/oi ;-though his supplement of ■^χ-ήζ from the sub- in R.;-Latin verss., Syr.;- sequent ψυ;^ά; aufjjp., or from v. 8, cannot be allowed), Huth ;- Bretsch., Wahl, Rob. The other lexicons do not produce another instance of the use of μοιχαχίς for μοίχαχία, ; and even here the latter term is found in some of the M.SS., and may have been read by the Vulg., adulterii. ' In the case of verbal adjectives in -ro; the idea of ahility or inability is only secondary and inferential, and it is not here introduced by Dt., It., French verss. ;-Calv., Est, Hamm.. Cocc, Wesl., Moldenh., Mack., Ros., Greenf , Penn, Sharpe, De W., Dav., Huth. ;-Bretsch., Rob., Schirl. — The Vulg. reads axata- rttt-iatm. incessabilis delicti. ^ The etymological meaning of ίίΧιάζΐίν, to catch by a bait, is thus preserved by E. V., v. 18 ;-R. ;- Wakef {luring), Mack., Newc, Kenr. ;-and appears also in German verss., Dt, It., Fr. S. ;-Erasm. and subsequent Latin verss., except Carpz., {ines- cantes ;-for Vulg. pellicientes), Hamm., Dodd., Wesl., Thom., Penn, Peile, (ensnaring), B. and L., Barn. ' See V. 13, N. u. The participial construction is retained in R. ;-Latin verss. (except Carpz.), Dt, It. Fr. S. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef, Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe, JMurd., Kenr. f 'That, in respect to the indefinite article, the form an be used before all vowels and diphthongs not pronounced as con- sonants, and also before h silent or unaccented ; and that the form a be employed in all other cases.' This rule of the Amer. Bible Soc is followed also in this Revision. ^ For ΛλίοΐΈΐι'αι;, Griesb. and all the later editors have Λλίο- νιξίαζ. on the authority of 'almost all the MSS., at least of any note' (Bloomf). I recommend that this reading be followed, and translated : in covetoiisness. See Win. § 30. 4. *> 'The relation of children being implied in the connection in which they are thus placed with the curse' (Scholef ). Comp. E. v., Eph. 2 : 2, 3 ; Job 41 : 34.— W. {the so7is of cursing), R. (i/ie ch. of malediction) ;-Vulg. {maledictionis filii), Syr., Dt. {kinderen der vervloeking). It. {figliuoli di maledizione), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., ([rfes] enfants de malediction) ;-Cocc. {e.vsecra- tionis filii), Berl. Bib. and later German verss., except ^loldenh. and Mey., {Kinder des Fluchs), Dodd., Gill, ('or, ch. of the c.'), Wakef, Mack. {ch. of the c), Sharpe {ch. of cursing), Murd., Kenr., {ch. of mated.). 18 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. Π. KING JAMES VERSION. ^ί) Wliifli have forsaken llio rialil way, and are gone astray, I'oilowing the way of Balaam l/ii: son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness ; 16 But was rebuked tor his iniquity: the dumb ass, speaking with man's voice, forbade tlie madness of the prophet. 17 These are wells witljout Avater, clouds that are carried with a tempest ; to Avhom the GREEK TEXT. 1 5 καΤαλιΛοΐ'Τίς rh' ει'θεΓαι^ ό^ν, εηλαν/β-ησαν, ίζαχολονθτ0α.ντΐς rri ofe TO»' Βαλαα,(ί τοίι Βοσορ, ός μισθυν αδικίας τγάτΐησ^ν, 16 ελεγζίν δί ίσχεν ι^ίας τίαρανο- μίας• ίυτοζνγίον άφίύ7'ον, έν άνΟρώτχον φίύνη φΟεχξαμενοί', εκώλυσε Ττ,}' τον ττροφτίτοί) τίαραφρονίαΐ'. 17 Οίτοί fiffi Λγιγαΐ avvSpoi, νεφέ- λαι vTto λοί'λαΛος έ?Μννόμεναι, οΐς 6 REVISED VERSION. '15 JHnving forsaken the right way, ihey ''went astraj', 'having followed the way of Balaam '"ihe son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness, IG But "had "a reproof rof his transgression ; ''a dumb ''ass, 'hav- ing spoken with man's voice, 'restrained the madness of the prophet. - 17 These are wells without water, "clouds ''driven ™by a tem- pest; ^for whom the 'blackness ' See V. 13. N. u. > The participial construction is retained by R. (having) ;- Tulg.- (ilerelinquentesX-'Dt., It., Fr. G. -JI.-S. (apres avoir abandonne) j-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Castal., (rclicta recta via), \^at. {as f'ldg.), Bez., Cocc, Carpz., {derelicta &c.), Aret. (relin- queiitcs). 1$. and L. {en quiltanl), Dodd. {deserting), JIack., Thorn., Penn, Kenr. {forsaking), Sharpe, Murd. {having left). — All the recent editors cancel the rr;v, 'almost all authorities be- ing against it' (Huth.). With this reading Midd. compares Sept. Is. 33 : 15, and remarks: '^1 straight road appears to be equi- valent to rectitude. I cannot, however, but remark that the st3'lo of St. Peter is even more anarthrous than that of St. Paul.' * 'The one thing followed immediately upon the other.' See Ch. 1 : 3, N. j, &c. 1 Latin verss. {sequiiti);-KenT. — Wakef. has tcliolhj filhncing; q. ά. following out. But it is better to regard the ίξ as resum- ing the idea of the first clause, that of deviation from the right way. And so in ch. 1 : 10; U: 2; the only other places where the word occurs. ■" E. V. ;-Whitb., Bodd., Mack., Newc, Penn, Sec, err in supplying the, the second ϊοΰ being in apposition with Βαλαά^ι. — Dt. {den [zoon] I'oii B.) ;-Wesl., AVakef. " "V\'. {he had), R. i-Yulg. (habuit). Germ, {hntte), Dt. {hij heeft gehud), It. {egli ebbe) ;-Pagn. {snstimdt), Bez., Cocc, {as Vulg.), Dodd., AA'akef., Bloomf., (Λβ received), Wesl., Mack. {received ;-and so Newc, Penn), AH. {empfing), Sharpe, De "VV. ("rhielt), Peile. " ΛΥ. (reproving);-J)odi\. {the rep.), "R'akef., Bloomf. {rep.) The other verss. cited in N. η retain, of course, the substantive construction, and generally with an indefinite article. ρ Germ, (seiner Ueheriretung), Dt. inarg. {orertreding) ;- Piign., Bez., {stiae transgressionis), Cocc. {propriae Ir.). Dodd., ^loldenh. and Iluth. {as Germ..), Wakef., Mack, (for his own tr.), Newc, Bloomf., {for his tr.), Thorn., Penn, ]\Iurd. 1 W.;-It., French verss. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef., Thorn., 'Van Ess, All., Bloomf., Murd., Kenr., Peile. ' Many retain the etymological sense of (beast under the yoke) beast of burden, &c. But from the horse not being in- digenous in Palestine, and the ass being, therefore, in much more common use, the general term νΛοζν'γιον seems to have acquired the force of a .specific designation. Hence its frequent occur- rence in the Sept. (as in Ex. 22 : 9, 10 ; &c.) for "iV^". Comp. Matt. 21 : 5 with Zech. 9 : 9 (Sept. and Heb.). • 'On that one occasion ;' not as in v. 18. And besides, it is the fact of an ass havmg thus spoken, rather than what it said, that is represented as restraining, &c. — It. ;- Castal., Bez., Cocc, (substitute the perfect participle of loqiior for the Vulg. present), Peile. ' Syr. (= ni■ E. A'., .Jude 13;-G. (black) -j-Latin verss. (calign), It. (la cah'g-!«e) ;-Hamm., AVells, AVhitb., Dodd., AVesl., AVakef. (blackest), Mack., Newc, Thom. (gloom), Muid., Dav. ;-Rob. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF TETER. CHAP. Π. 19 KING JAMES VERSION. mist of darkness is reserved for ever. IS For when they speak great svs^eUing words of vanity, they al- GREEK TEXT. ζόφος tov ακάτους εις αιώί'α τετήρη- rai. 18 "Ττύ^ογχα yap ματαιότητος , φθεγγόμενοί, ^ελεάζονσιν εν έτΐιθυμί- lure through the lusts of the Hesh.'o^,^ σαρκός, άσελγείαις, τονς όντως through much wantonness, those -^^..^^^ ^ • -=- -.-.-.- λ.... that were clean escaped irom ' , ' ■ •^ I στρεφοιιενοι p. in error. r r i άτίοφνγόντας τονς εν π2λχν(ΐ αζ'α- ihem who live in erron , , , 19 While they promise them 19 έλευθερίαν αύτοΐς ετΐαγγεΧλο- liberty, they themselves are the ' μ^νοι, αυτοί bov7j)i υτΐάρχοντες της REVISED VERSION. of darkness ^for ever ^hath been reserved. 18 For, ''speaking great swell- ing loords of vanity, they allure ''in the lusts of the flesh, ''by 'la- scivious ways, those 'who were ^really escaped from ''those w'ho live in error; 19 'Promising them liberty, J while they themselves are "^ slaves ' That fii αϊώΐ'α (which Lachm. and Tisch. alone of the recent editors omit) belongs not to ϊετ->;ρ);τ-αι, but to tov αχόΐονί. (= 'ever-during dark,' Milton, P. L. iii. 45. It is even trans- lated bj an adjective, sempiterna, ecerlasting, ewig, eternal, by Castal., Thorn., AH., Van Ess, Dav.), may be inferred fiom the ■eoi before axit. (comp. Matt. 8: 12; 22: 13; 25:30) and especiallj' from tlie time of the verb (see N. a). It is kept in immediate connection with τοΰ csxit- by the Germ, verss. (Mey. •welches ewig wakvt), Dt. ;-Erasra. and later Latin verss. (the Λ'ulg. and Syr. omitting fij aium). Wells, Dodd., Greenf., Sharpe, Peile {that shall be for ever). » The principle of Iluth.'s remark at 1 Pet. 1:4: 'The per- fect indicates, gloriam illain cadesiis hareditatis ab omni ater- nitate esse paratam, conservatam et asservatam ; comp. Col. 1 : 5,' is equally applicable here. See Rev. 14 : 10, N. x. '' The participial construction is retained by G. {in sp.), R. ;- Vulg., Syr., Dt, It., Fr. G. (withen;-so Fr. M.,-S.) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., (loquendo), Cocc, B. and L., Dodd., Wesl. and Penn (with by), Carpz., Mack., Thom., De W., Kenr., Dav., Peile. ' 'Themselves held captive in them.' See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. — ■\T., R. ;-Vulg. ;-Cocc., B. and L., Dodd., Wesl., Kenr., Huth. ;- some of these understanding it of the &ιΧεαζόμίΐ'θί, as if ip^ii;. ^ The dative of the instrument, and not dependent on a sup- plied i^; nor, indeed, is i/iroi Latin verss. (use vuhitabnim) ;-Thom. (for both nouns : wallowing slough), Kist. (Pfuhl), De W. ( Wdlzorte), Huth. {Ort zum Wa/ze«) ;-all the lexicons. The possessive pronoun, which does not appear in any foreign vers., is omitted by Dodd., Wakef., Kenr., Peile. ' The genitive is retained by Latin verss., Syr. ;-De TV. J The article is not used by W. ;-Wakef. " The singular is retained by E. V. elsewhere ;-W., C, R.;- foreign verss. (except Fr. M.) ;-Mack., Newc. (understanding), Thorn., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr , Peile (purpose ; in close connec- tion with μνηαθ. of V. 2). ' The participial construction is retained by It. ;-Cocc., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Sharpe, De W., Peile. ' De W., thinking it 'scarcely possible' (kaum moglich) to take jjfiiLv as in apposition with άΛοσϊόλωχ, makes the latter, not (ντολη;, govern it (unsi'er Aposlel), and, in regard to the reading, νμϋν, 'of nearly all the authorities' (Huth. — This read- ing was followed by the Vulg., [De W. errs in adding Oec], and has been edited by Matth., Lachm., Tisch.), says simply that, 'notwithstanding the strong evidence' in its favour, he dis- trusts it. Possibly he might have overcome his scruple, but for the argument afforded by his construction of ί;μΰρ against the Petrine origin of the epistle. AVith less caution Dav. asserts : •If ήμCJV be the true reading, the passage is insuperably strong against the epistle's authenticity . . . The pronoun ί;μωρ cannot be taken in apposition with ά^οίΐόλων, us the apostles, else it would precede, not follow, aTtoatoxuv. The examples adduced by Feilraoser from Acts 10 : 41 ; 13 : 32 (33) ; 1 Cor. 1 : 18, where the pronoun is put in apposition with an antecedent word, are not analogous to the present one, which is peculiar, on account of the -ioi χυρίου xai α^ιΐηροζ following. "ΤΆβ com- mandment of our apostles of the Lord and Saviour" denotes, "the apostles who have preached to us, and were sent by the Lord and Saviour." Assuming this to be the correct inter- pretation, &c.' — somewhat slender grounds, at the best, on which to rest so serious a conclusion, in case the received text is to stand. But, besides being insufficient, these statements are equally inaccurate. 1., If the simple phrase, our apostles (supposing that to be the true construction), is enough to prove that the writer was not himself an apostle, then it proves still more clearly, not only that he was an impostor, but that he was also a very foolish one. He could not otherwise, after so care- fully adjusting his mask (ch. 1: 1, 14, 16—18), thus clumsily 'betray himself (De AV.) ;-2., for the interpretation, which puts artoffi•. in apposition with ^μΰν, our commandment who are apostles (Luth., Calv., Wolf., Pott, Dietl.), ^μΰιι would, indeed, have to precede artoef. ;-but, 3., that this order is not necessary, if ί;μίόν, on the contrary, be in apposition with ajtoai., is quite certain from the passages cited above. ' Strange is it,' Bloomf. also remarks, ' that such perplexity should have been occasioned to the commentators by what is so common in the best Greek writers, especially Thucyd., and not rare even in .Joseph, and Philo.' ;-nor, 4., is the grammatical analogy des- troyed, or even at all affected, by ' the toi xnptoo) xai Butijpoi following.' This addition, of the original and paramount source of all the ministries and revelations of the Church, serves to strengthen the authority of the prophets and their words, as well as of the apostles and their commandment, and should, 22 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF TETER. CHAP. HI. KING JAMES VERSION. 3 Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoff- ers, walking alter their own lusts, 4 And snying, Where is the promise of his coming'/ for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. 5 For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and GREEK TEXT. 3 rovto Ttpcitov γινόαχοντες, 'ότι ίλ£ΐ'•σονται en εσχάτου των r^s^uv εμηαιχταί, κατά τας ιδίας αυτών επι- θυμίας πορευομενοι, 4 xui λέγοντες, Που εστίν ή ετΐαγ- γελία της τίαρουσίας αιτοίι; αφ" γ,ς γαρ οΐ τίατέρες έκοιμήΟησαν, τίάντα ούτω διαμένει άτι άρχης κτίσεως. 5 λανθάνει γάρ αι-τοΰς τοϊΎΐο θε- "λοντας, 'ότι ουρανοί ήσαν έχΛαλαι, και. REVISED VERSION. 3 Knowing this first, that there shall come ''at the end of the days •^mockers, walking according to their own lusts, 4 And saying : Where is the promise of his coming? for, since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue ^thus from the beginning of the creation. 5 For "Of this they are willingly ignorant, that, 'by the word of God, J heavens were •'from of old, ■i Questions of interest, which this is not the place to discuss, respecting the chronological standpoint of the apostles, do yet demand from the translator the utmost exactness in rendering the apostolic designations of time. See 1 John 2 : 18, N. b. At Ileb. 1 : 1, the reading now generally preferred (Griesb., Sch., Lachm., Tisch., etc.), ϊλ iaxdtov iuiv ήμιρων ΐούτων, is by Owen translated, ' ί)ί extremo dierum istorum, in the end of these days;' by Beng., 'in novissimo dierum horum.' Sept. Num. 24 : 14, f'rt' iaxaiov tCiv ήμερων = 'ultimo tempore dierum' (Schleus.). Here also the adj. agrees, not with jjftipaj, but χρόνου or juf'povi undei'stood. — Syr., Dt. (in hel laalsle der da- gen), Fr. S. (ce?-s la fin des jours) ;-CaIv., Pise, Cocc, (ίϊΐ ex- tremo [poslrnmo] dierum). Ilamm., AValvcf., (in the end of the [these] days), Berl. Bib. (am Eiide der Tage), Mack, (in the last of the d.), Peile (toward the close of the d.) ;-Win. (am letzten der Tage). Lachm. and Tisch. read ίαχάτ:ων. ' Ε. v., Jude 18, (the word occurs nowhere else) ; for the kindred noan ίμηαίγμϊΐιν, occurring only at Heb. 11 : 36, E. V. has mockings ; for the verb ϊμΛαίζω, which occurs 13 times, everywhere to i?iocAi ;-French verss. (nioqueurs) •,-ΐ>οάβί. Before ίμΛαΙχΐαι all (for Beng., see Gnomon) the recent editors insert the words iv ίμΛαιγμονγι, on the authority of Λ. B. C, &c., Syr., Arr., &c. I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version stand : mockers in mockery. Sliarpe (in scoff- ing), Kenr. (allows that this is 'a more strict translation' than the Vulg. in decepiione) ;-Rob. ' E. v., w. 13, 15 ; very often elsewhere ;-R. ;-Vulg. (jnxta), Syr., It. (secondo), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (selon) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Calv., Aret., Cocc, (secundum), Dodd., Murd. ^ E. v., often. There is no verbal supplement in R. (so) ;- Λ^ulg. (sic), Syr., Dt. (alzoo [gelijk\), It. (in un medesimo statu), Fr. S. (au meme etat) ;-Erasm., Calv., (as Vidg.), Pagn., Bez., Cocc, (ita), Beng. ('stc. Adverbium praegnans. i. e. sic permanent, ut permanent.'), Wakef. (just the same). Mack, (as at), Greenf., De W. (so ;-he censures the supplement ώ; ^1', and, like Beng., explains the particle as involving rather, wie es eben ist), Murd. (just as), Kenr. (as R.), Huth. (so : in dem Bestaiide, den es einmal hat, wie es gegenwartig ist.'). *■ Newc. To the grammatically allowable interpretation : 'They that are of this mind are ignorant' (Ilamm., Homb., Pott, Ros., Mey., Bloomf., Barn., IIuth.;-Bretsch., "Wahl), De W. objects the elsewhere (in the N. T.) unexampled use of θίχω, the arrangement of tlie words, the analogy of v. 8, and the com- parative feebleness of the sense. ' This inverted order was probably ailopted, as it is here re- tained, for the .-^ake of obviating the misconception that might arise in Englisli from translating λόγφ immediately before the uv of V. G (W., R., &c). T., C, for the same purpose, render hi ilr, by the which things. (It is not thought that jNIack.'s explanation of the relative as a pluralis excellentiae referring to λόγύ), or else as representing 'two persons, God and his Word,' need be any hindrance to the above arrangement.) As ra toi ©. λόγω, moreover, relates equally to the two previous clauses, it ought not to be specially attached to either. 1 These aiticles are, one or more or all of them, omitted by AV., R. ;-Iiamm., Wakef, Mack., Thorn., Clarke, All., Pcnn, Gerl., De W., Murd., Kenr., Peilc;-Win. — Before ονραιοι.' and yii '''■ yi alone, Wakef., Thom., Penn, De W., Stier, introduce the indefinite article ; while for vSatos here and vSatt in v. 6 it may be observed, that they stand in opposition, as an element of nature, to the Λνρί of v. 7. See also N. 1. '' 'FiOm the beginning, from the day of their creation.' See ch. 2 : 3, N. o. The word is found only in this epistle. — Syr. (= Greenf. ClDC), Dt. (van over long), It. (o6 antico), Fr. G.,-M.. (de toute anciennete), Fr. S. (d'anciennetc) ;-Hanim., Cocc. (ab olim ;-for the pr-ius and olim of other verss.), Berl. Bib., Beng., Uuth., (von Alters Aer;-'not,' says Huth., 'vor Alters, ehedem'). Gill (from the beginning). accordingly, as in our Text, Beng., Sch., Bloomf., be set of by I no means improbable, that the reference is rather to those of a comma from the clause preceding. The prophets of the 0. T. the Christian Oluirch. Comp. Eph. 2 : 20; 3 : 5 ; 4: 8 — 11 ; were Christ's prophets (1 Pet. 1: 11); and, besides, it is by 1 Tim. 1: 18; 4: 1. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. ΠΙ. KING JAMES VERSION. GREEK TEXT. the earth standing out of the water and in the water : 6 Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished : 7 But the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, re- served unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of un- godly men. ' '■Earth out of water and by water ;-the diyine word ac- complishing its end by means the most unlikely (Job 2C : 7, 8 ; 1 Cor. 1 : 27, 28. Comp. a similar collocation in 2 Cor. 4: G : ix αχότουί φΰ;-), even (v. 6) by such as were then made sub- servient to a directly opposite eflfect. So far is it from being true, that the perpetuity of the universe, any more than its existence, is the result of powers inherent in itself, and independ- ent of Him who in the beginning created (Gen. 1: 1), and still continually upholdeth (Heb. 1 : 3), all things.' — yjj and ίξ ίίδαΐοί stand close together in W., C, R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez., Carpz., Mack. It may be added in favour of this arrangement, that it obviates the too close connection between water and the subsequent relative. " See ch. 1 : 3, N. k. W., C. and R. (through) ;-Vulg. (per). Syr. (=ηΐΓ)^ Dt. inarg. (door), Fr. S. (an inoyen de) ;-Oec. ( Η y^ ε| liSafOff μεν, ως £§ -ΰλικου altiov, 5t νδατΌ^ δε ώ^ δία- ιΈλιχοί). ίίδωρ γαρ -fo ΰννίχον "Την yjjf, κrλ.), Erasm., Calv., Vat., Cocc, Beng., (as Vulg.), Engl. Ann., Gill, ('or, by'), Bcrl Bib., Moldenh., Stolz, Van Ess, De W., (durch), Dodd., Wakef. (by means o/";-and soTrol., Bloomf., Murd.), Mack, (as iV.), Scott, Clarke, Barn, (through or by), Kenr., Peile, Huth. ("t? regards the material, διά the means.') ;-Schuttg., Tittm. ('Nam i% ΐδα- toi significat, ex aqua, tanquam materia, terrara ortam ; quod foctum est δι' v&atoi, ipsius aquae vi, omnipotente voluntate di- vina.'), Rob. ° E. V. marg. ; Col. 1 ; 17 ;-R. (through) ;-Latin verss., ex- cept Carpz., (use consisto), It., French verss. (use subsisler) ;- Engl. Ann., Gill, (as one rendering), Hamm., Dodd. (subsist- ing ;-this verb is used b}' Scott and Clarke), Pyle, Mack, (con- sists ; in the comment., subsists), Bloomf., Barn, (■consisting or constituted'), Peile (AeW Zog-eZAer) ;-no lexicon justifies the rendering of E. V. • Whatever ambiguity exists here as to the antecedent, is not greater than in the Greek, where SJ uv (see v. 5. N. i) has been referred to ονραχοό (Vat.), to oOp. xai γη (Oec, Dt. Ann., Cocc, Wolf., Beng., West., Trol., De W.), to oip. χαϊ γη and tc, toi ©foti λόγω (Moldenh.), to the double ΐδαϊο; (Calv., Guyse, Pott, Clarke, Mey., Barn., Murd., Kenr., Huth. who would include τφ toi Θ. λ.), and to the constitution of things just described (Pagn., Bez., Pise, Grot., B. and L., Dodd., Newc, Ros.). Ρ While the Greek verb is not found elsewhere in the N. T., yri έζ vSatog, xai 8l vSatog cvveGta- σα, τώ ιοί) θεού λόγφ, 6 h' ων 6 τότε κόσμος νδαη xat- αχλνσθεις άπώλεΤο• 7 οί δε ννν οίψανοί χαί ή γη avtov λόγω τεΟ>7(7αυρίσ(ί<£ΤΌΐ είσί, τίνοϊ 'ΐη- ρονμενοί εις riuepav χρίσεως χαί ατίω- 'λείας τών άσεβων άΐ'θρώτίων. REVISED VERSION. and J earth ' out of J water and "'by J water "consisting ; 6 "Whereby the world that then was, being Pflooded with water, perished : 7 But the heavens i which are now, and the earth, ''have by 'his word been 'laid up in store, "being reserved ^for fire ''^unto the day of judgment and ^destruction of yihe ungodly men. the cognate noun, occurring 4 times, is always in E. V. (as ch. 2: 5), flood. — Latin verss. (ijmnrfaifis ;-except Carpz., diluvio), Germ, {mit der Siindfluth), Dt. {met het water van den zond- vloed bedekt zijnde). It. (diluviato), Fr. G.,-M., (submerge des eaux du deluge), Fr. S. (ensevelis) ;-Dodd., Thom., (de- luged), Wakef. (by a flood). Mack, (overflooded), Kenr., Peile (under a deluge). ' 1 The grammatical relation of nvv to ονραΐ'οί is retained by W., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S.;-Cocc. (restores the Vulg. coeli aiitem, qui nunc sunt, et tei-ra, for the qui autem nunc sunt coeli ac terra, of other verss.), Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh., Mack., De W., Murd., Kenr., Peile. ■■ See ch. 2 : 17, N. a, etc. Beng. (gesparet warden sind). Peile notes the 'appearance of tautology which our Translators have fiistened upon the passage, by rendering ηθησαυρ. tisi as though the Apostle had written θηαανρίζονίαι, are being kept in store,' and thinks, that ' a greatly improved version ' is got by connecting Λνρί with ■ίεθηβ. ιίβί (Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Theile), stored with flre. But since, according to the uniform usage of the verb, -ίεθηα- Λυρί could still mean only stored for flre, it is better to regard ΐεθηΰανρίβμενοί εΐαί as declaring the accomplished, permanent act ; nvpi rjjpov/tf tot. the present de- sign of God in that act. ' The reading τ•^ avf $ λόγ? (Α., Vulg.) is edited by Lachm. and Ilahn. ' In the other 7 cases of θηαανρίζω Ε. V. preserves the idea of laying up (Matt. C: 19, &c.), treasuring up (Rom. 2: 5), heaping treasure together (.James 5 : 3). It is given here also by the Latin verss., Syr., Dt. (als een schat weggelegd). It., Fr. S. (mis a parl);-Oodd., Gill, Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Clarke, Barn., Murd. » It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Whitb., Dodd., Mack., Thom., Murd. ' Fr. G.,-M. ;-Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Mey., All., Stolz, Penn, De W., Murd., Kenr. " E. v., ch. 2: 4, 9; JudeC; &c.;-R.;-Thom. (foi-), Sharpe (until), Kenr. Others have on, at. ^ G.;-Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc, Thom., Sharpe. ' 'Who now mock at these terrors.' Calv. : 'Quoniam autem cum impiis habebat negotium, de ipsorum ncgotio nominatim loquitur.' Or as Beng.: 'Horum ipsorum, et reliquorum.' — R.;-foreign verss. (except Greenf.) ;-Wakcf., Thom., (these). 24 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. ΠΤ. KING JAMES VERSION. 8 But, beloved, be not igno- rant ol' tills one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thou- sand years, and a thousand years as one day. 9 The Lord is not slack con- cerning his promise, as some men count slaclvness ; but is long- suffering to US-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. 10 But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night ; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent beat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. GREEK TEXT. S Έϊ' ίέ τούτο μη λανθανίτα νμάς, άγατΐητοι, όΐι ^ua τ,μερα τταρα Κιρκυ ώς χίλια £Τ>7, και χείλια ίττ; ώς r^ispa μία. 9 ον βραδύνει ο Κι'ριοξ tr.g ίτχαγ- γεΤύας ως τίνες βρα^νττ^α ri/oin'Tar ά'λ'/Μ. μαχ^ρΒυμεί εΙς τιμάς, μηβονλο- μενός τινας anoTaodai, άλλα τίάντας εις μετάνοιαν χωργ,σαί. 10 "Ηζει & 71 r^iipa Κυρίου ως χλετίτης εν νυχτί, εν γ οί ουρανοί ροιζτι^ν τχαρελείσονταί, στοιχεία ^ε χαυβοίμενα ?^υθτ,ύονταί, και γ?, και τα εν αύτΤι έρ^α χαταχαήαεται. REVISED VERSION. 8 But'of this one thing be "ye, beloved, not ignorant, that one day is with the Lord as a thou- sand years, and a thousand years as one day. 9 ''The Lord is not ''tardj- con- cerning his promise, as some ■= ac- count ''tardiness; but is long- suffering ''towards us, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. ] But the day of the Lord will come as a thief 'in the night ; in ε which the heavens shall pass away with a ■'rushing noise, 'but the elements shall Jbe dissolved with fervent heat, and the earth and the works '' therein shall be burned up. ' Literally : let not this one ihing escape you. But it is more important to preserve the reference to v. 5. In this form, how- ever, or as above, the Greek order of the verb and subject is retained by R. ;-Latin and Germ, verss., Syr., Dt, It. ;-B. and L., Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Murd., Kenr. Comp. E. V., V. 5. " 'In opposition to the wilful ignorance of the mockers, v. 5.' — The pronoun, or the force of it, is expressed by W. ;-Latin and Germ, verss. (except Moldenh.), Syr., Dt, It., Fr. G. and -Hi. (improperly marking it as a suppIement);-B. and L., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Clarke. i• Or, The Lord of the promise is not tardy. This construc- tion, allowed by Win., is by many preferred. Thus C. ;-Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., (qui promisit). Engl. Ann. (allows it). Mack., Sharpej-Bretsch. ('non cunctabitur dominus promissio- nis, i. e. vel : dominus qui proniissionem dcdit et ratam faciet, vel: dominus promissus ipse.'). Wahl gives both construc- tions. The primary sense of /3ραδν«ο (see the only other in- stance in the N. T., 1 Tim. 3 : 15) suits the context better than the secondary, and appears in W. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Trol., Bloomf., Murd., Kenr. ;-Pas., Leigh., Suic, Schuttg., Schleus., L. and S., Green, Schirl. ' For the omission of men, see W., R. ;-foreign verss. gen- erally ;-Dodd., Mack., and later English verss., except Sharpe. For account, see ch. 2 : 13, N. u;- Wakef., Mack., Peile. '' See N. b, and, in addition to the authorities there cited, Rob., who conforms to E. V. in his rendering of the verb — (although to be slack is not synonymous with to be slow, to de- lay, the other explanations he gives) — but translates this clause, ' as some count it tardiness,' and refers to the previous article on βραίννα. ' Dodd. and later verss., except such as follow Lachm.'s read- ing Si νμαί ( Vulg. propter ros). Tisch. has lii ϋμας. ' The reading iv mxti is marked by Beng. as inferior in ma- nuscript authority to that which omits these words. They are bracketed by Knapp and Bloomf. (the latter remarking that they 'are probably an interpolation from 1 Tliess. 5 : 2'). and cancelled by all the other recent editors. I recommend the following as a marginal note : 'Many copies omit the words, in the night.' ^ W. ;-Dodd., and the later verss., though some render iv p, when. ^ In Ιιοιζηίόν there is an onomatopoeia, which most verss. have sought to preserve : — W. (great birr) ;-Germ. (grossem Kradien), Dt. (een gedruisch), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (tm bruit sif- flant de tempete) ;-Pagn., Beza, Pise, Vitr., (stridore), Beng. ('vocabulum ροϊζος habct literas slridorem referentes sagittae, aquae, &c.'), Tliom. (a crashing roar), Trol., Peile, (use whiz- zing), Bloomf. {a mighty crash — properly irAiz), Stier (Ge- rausch) ;-L. and S. {with a rushing sound or motion), Rob. {with rushing sound — with a crash). ' The connection by δί indicates that this clause completes, by addition and contrast, the description of what shall befall the heavens. — R. ;-Latin verss. (except that Castal. and Garpz. omit the particle), Syr., Germ.j-Moldenh., De W., Huth. ' The proper meaning of the verb, and the passive form, are recognized (though some translate as if λνθ. were in the middle) by E. V., vv. 11, 12 ;-W., R. ;-Latin and French verss. (except Carpz.), Syr., Dt. marg., It. ;-Hamm., Wells, Berl. Bib., Beng., Dodd., Moldenh., Mack., Newc, Thom., Mey., Penn, De W., Barn., Murd. k There is nothing supplied by Syr. ;-Dodd. (its works), Moldenh., Mack., Newc, Thom., Sharpe, De W., Murd., Peile THE SECOiND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. HI. 25 KING JAMES VERSION. 11 Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner ofpcrso?is ought ye to be in all holy conversation and god- liness, 12 Looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? 13 Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new hea- vens and a new earth, wherein dvvelleth righteousness. 14 Wherefore, beloved, seeing that }'e look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot, and blameless. 15 And account that the long- suffering of our Lord is salvation ; GREEK TEXT. 11 Ύοίτον οίψ TtavTuv λνομένίον, ποταπούς &(- υτΐάρχειν νμας εν αγί- αις άν(ΐσ-ξ)οφαις xul είσε^όείαίς, 12 τίροσ^οχύντας και στίεί^οντας ττ,ν τίαοονσίαν ττ,ς του Θεού 'Λ,αέρας, δι r,v ουρανοί τίνροίμενοί λνθ-/,σονται, χαι στοιχεία χανσονμενα τγχεται; REVISED VERSION. 11 'Since then all these things '"are dissolving, what manner o/" .peisons ought ye to be in ''all holy "behaviour and godliness. 12 Looking for and Phastening the coming of the day of God, "Ίη consequence of which the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements ' melt with j fervent heat. 13 ΚαίϊΌυς δε οιρανοι^ς xai y/iv\ 13 sj^Qt, ' according to his pro- xaivnv xara το εηάγγε7ψα αιιτου j mise, *we look for new heavens ηροσδοχώμεν, εν οΐς Οιχαιοσίνη κατ- and a new earth, wherein dwell- Qixgl^ eth righteousness. 14 δώ, άγαηητοί, ταύτα Λοοσδο- u' Wherefi.re, beloved, "look- χοντες, στχουδασατε aamloixai ά^ώ- {'ψ *«'• ^'^ese thmgs, be diligent μ-ητου αιτώ ειψεθ-/1ναι iv εψ/,ντ,, ^ spotless and blameless ye may be found ^by him in peace, 15 και ττ,ν τΌν Κυρίου 'ψύν μα- 15 And ^ the long-suffering of χροθνι,άαν, σί,ύττ,ρίαν τγεΊσθε- καθώς our Lord account salvation ; even ' Most translate according to the reading taxriaccai (C, Vulg., Lachm.), or take trixstai itself in the future sense. ■ Interim,' says Wolf., 'nihil est mutandum. Patet enim, Apostolum in duobus his commatibus, data opera, nunc praesenti τ,νομίνων et ΐτ,χιταί, nunc futuro y.ver,afta(. de ea re uti, quae tam ceita fu- tura erat, ac si jam fieret.' — Cocc. (liqtiescunt) , Penn, De ΛΧ. • G., R. ;-foreign verss generally ;-Hamm., Dodd., "Wakef., Penn, Murd., Kenr. t The Greek does not warrant the emphatic position of the pronoun, nor is emphasis of any kind aliened to the subject of the verb in ΛΥ., Τ., G., R. ;-any foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Wesl., Mack., Newc. Sharpe, Kenr. " The participial construction is retained by "W., R. ;-Tulg., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Cocc, Whitb., Beng., Dodd., Mack., Ros., Sharpe, Kenr. See v. 17, N. g. ' A demonstrative is employed by W., K. ;-foreign verss. (except Mey.) j-Whitb., and the later English. ^' This personal holiness being the matter of immediate con- cern and the condition of future peace, the original order is properly followed (more or loss closely) by R. ;-all foreign verss. (except Greenf ) ;-Mack., Kenr. ΆσΛΛοι. is rendered by an adjective in E. V., James 1 : 27 ;-W., R. ;-Latin and Ger- man verss., Dt., It.;-Dodd., Mack., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Kenr., Peile. » See ch. 2 : 19, N. 1. J Here again the Greek order and construction are better, and are followed, one or the other or both, more strictly than Grot., Wolf.. Carpz., {as Vulg.), Calv., Est. Cocc, Beng., j in E. V., by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr.M., B. and L. );- {propter). Gill (Or. by'), Mey., All., De W., (durch). Scholef, ! Dodd., Wesl., Wakef. (supplies to be before salvation i-and so Kenr. (by), Peile {consequent on), Dietl., Huth., {um dessent- j Thorn., Scott, Penn, Murd.), Mack, (supplies to be for), Sharpe, willen) ; — many of these referring r,v to Ttoftyvaiav. Kenr., (supply as). 1 Dodd., Newc, Penn., Sharpe, Kenr. ™ ' Their doom being even now written on them, and work- ing in them.' Comp. 1 Cor. 17 : 31 ; 1 John 2: 17.— The present time is employed by Dt., Fr. S. ;-Era' m., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Cocc, (solvantur -,-ίοτ the Vulg. dissolcenda sint), Bgng. (■praesens: quasi id jam fiat.'). Wesl. {are dissolved -j-MacVi. also gives this as the strict rendering), Greenf. (C"!"!!), De W., Dietl., Huth. ;-Win. (aii/o-f/os? icird. He explains thus: ' That is, naturally destined to dissolution ; the fate of dissolu- tion inhering as it were in these things already.'). ° Supplied as a compensation for the two plural forms. Comp. ch. 2 : 18. " See ch. 2 : 7, N. 1. Γ This interpretation of the axivS. appears in E. V. marg. ;- Fr. M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Engl. Ann. and Gill (as al- lowable), Hamm,, Schmidt, Cocc, Wells, B. and L., Berl. Bib., ATolf, Beng., Dodd., AVesl., Mack, and Barn, (as the primary meaning), Bloomf, De AV. (explaining thus : 'In this way they hasten it, that through repentance and holiness they complete the work of salvation, and render no longer necessary that ^axpoSvjiita of V. 9.'), Peile, Huth. ;-Steph. 1 Λι' r,v is not = Iv y (v. 10), but, as De W. and Huth. ob- serve, marks the occasion or cause. Comp. Joel 2:11; Mai. 3 : 2.— W., C, R., {by) ;-Vulg. (per), Dt. rtiarg. {door), It. {per), Fr. G. Ijiar), Fr. S. (d cause de) ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal 26 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. HI. KING JAMES VERSION. even as our beloved brother Paul also, according to the wisdom given unto him, hath written unto you; 16 As also in all his epistles, speaking in them of these things ; in which are some things hard to be understood, which tiiey that are unlearned and unstable Λvrest, as they do also the other scriptures, unto their own destruction. 17 Ye therefore, beloved, see- ing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wick- ed, lidl from your own steadfast- ness. 18 But giOW in grace, and i?i the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and for ever. Amen. GREEK TEXT. και 6 άγατίη^ός Ίψων αδελφός Παί- λος xata την αιτώ ^οθεϊσαν ΰοφίαν ϊγρατί^εν νμιν, 16 ώς και έρ τιάσαις ταϊς εηιστο- λα/ζ, λαλών εν αίταΐς τκρϊ τοίτων• εν οϊς εστί δνσνό-ητά tiva, u οί αμα- θείς και uaTripiJiTot στ^εβλονσιν, ώς και τας λοίτιας ^ραφας, Λρόξ try ihi- αν αυτών άτώλειαν. 17 'Ύμεϊς οιψ, άγατΐητοί, τιρογι- νώσκοντες φυ?Μσσεσθε, Ίνα μη τγι τών άθεσμων ηλώ'Υΐ σννατϊαχβεντες, έκτιεσ-ητε τον ώιον στηριγμον IS αυξάνετε 8έ εν χάριΤίχαΙ γνώ- σει του Κΐ'ρίου ημών κα6 σωτφος Ίη- οον Χριστοί), αΐτω η ^όζα και, νυν και εις ήμέραν αΙώνος. αμήν. REVISED VERSION. as ^ also our belovedbrother Paul, according to the wisdom given unto him, "wrote unto you, 16 As also in all ''the epistles, speaking in them of these things ; "^among which are some things hard to be understood, which ''the unlearned and unstable wrest, as " also the other scriptures, unto their own destruction. 17 Όο ye therefore, beloved, ^'knowing these things before, be- ware lest,'' 'carried away witli the error of the Jlawless, j^e fall from your ΟΛνη steadfastness ; 18 But grow in ''the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Sa- viour Jesus Christ. To him' ""the glory both now and "unto ^the day of eternity. Amen. ' See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. • See ch. 1 : 14, N. a, &c. W., T., G. ;-Wakef., Murd. •^ 'Known as his.' — The pronoun is not introduced t^y W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin and German vcrss. (except Jloldeuh., All.), Dt. ;-Kenr. Lachin. and Tisch., with Huth.'s approbation, cancel the ■tali, according to A. B. C. " According to the received text (and Lachm. alone adopts iv ali), the antecedent is, not the epistles, but the things of which they treat.— T., C, G. ;-Dt. (in welke dingen), Fr. S. ;- Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Engl. Ann., Hamm., Guyse. Many supply things, or otherwise indicate the reference. '• The article is retained by R. ;-Gcrni., Dt, It., French verss. ;- Dodd.. Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Kev\c., Thorn., Scott, Clarke, Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, De W., Dav., Kenr. Most others avoid the periphrasis of E. V. ' R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M. ;-Moldenh.) ;- Wakef., Kenr. f Wakef., Peile. ^ See V. 14, N. u. Here also the participial construction is retained by W., R. ;-Yulg., Syr., Dt, It. ;-Calv., Casta!., Cocc, Dodd., VVcsl., Mack., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. i" There is nothing for also in W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr. ;-Pagn., Castal., B. and L., Dodd., Carpz., Newc, Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile. It might, indeed, stand as a com- pensation for the (jvK of ανναΛαζ- (Erasm., &c., simiil cum aliis ; better Luth., &c., sammt ihncn, i. e. τών ίθίαμαν; best of all, Dt. and the later German verss. See N. i), were it not for the undue prominence into which it brings the subject of /xTtt'ajjrf. ' E. v.. Gal. 2: 13;-T., C, G., {plucked away) ;-Dt. {mede qfgerukt), It. (trasportali insieme), Fr. G.,-M., {etanl einpor- les avec les auire.•?) ;-Calv. (siniul abacti). Grot., Ros., (use ab- ripi), Berl. Bib. (mit hingeriickt), Moldenh. {mit hingerissen), Mey., All., Stolz, Goss., De W., Huth., (mit fort gerissen), Mack. (being carried away with others), Pylc, Thom., Bloonif., (use the verb, to hurry atcay), Peile. There is nothing for being in R. i-Bloomf., Peile. ) Seech. 2: 7, N. m. ' The double reference of tov Kvp. χιλ. is adopted by Germ., Dt., It. ;-Erasm. and the later Latin verss. (omit the second in of the Vulg.), Grot., Mey., (make χάξ,. xai yv. a hen- diady.s), Wakef., Newc, Thom., Ros., All., Penn (in gr. and kn. ;-so Sharpe, Peile), Bloomf. (in the gr. and the kn.), De W. > There is no copula supplied in the Latin verss. (except Carpz.), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Greenf , De AV. Murd. takes it affirm- atively (whose is). See Rev. 1 : G, N. d, &c. " Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Thom., Greenf., Murd., Peile. See Rev. 1 : 6, N. e, &c. ■> W. (into), R, ;-Vulg. (in diem), Syr. (= Greenf. h), Germ. (zu), Dt. (in den dag), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (jusqu^d) ;-Erasm., Calv.. Vat, Castal., Cocc, (a.s f'ulg.), Engl. Ann., Wesl., Gill, Scott, Clarke, Murd., (to). Mack., Kenr., All. (as Germ.), Sharpe {until). ρ The peculiarity of the phrase, ί;μ. αΐΰνος, which occurs nowhere else, is preserved by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr. (=Murd. the days of el.), Dt, Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Beng. ('diein aetemitatis. Congruit haec appellatio cum eo sensu, quem apostolus hoc toto capite habuit. Aeternitas est dies, sine nocte, mcrus ac perpetuus.'), AVesl., Gill ('or to the day of et.'), Mack., Scott, Clarke, Greenf., Kenr., Peile (the day of everlasting life), Huth. See Jude 25, last note, &c. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. I. 27 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. KING JAMES' VERSION. CHAP. I. That which was from the be- ginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked up- GREEK TEXT. CHAP. I. 'Ό '^HN απ' υφχγις, ο άχγ;κόα[.ιεν, ο εωράχαμεί' totg όφθαλμοϊς r^iov, δ REVISED VERSION. CHAP. I. "What was from the begin- ning, ^what we have heard, "what we have seen with our eyes, "what we '' gazed upon, and our ' E. V. translates the 6 at the beginning of vv. 1, 3, as a com- pound relative, and in the intermediate instances as a simple relative. This difference of treatment, which appears also in the older English versions, has its ground solely in taste or a supposed convenience, not at all in the Greek Text, and is still further objectionable as limiting that which was from the be- ginning to what was heard, See V. 1, N. c. &c. The Amer. Bible Soc. has, with very questionable propriety, abolished the parenthesis, and, retaining the semicolon at the end of v. 1, has raised that at the end of V. 2 to a colon. ' The grammars and lexicons generally do not acknowledge the meaning /or. This 'particle,' says Win., 'though very va- riously applied, yet even in the X. T. proceeds upon iiro primary senses, and and also ... In most cases, where xai is felt to be more than a simple copula, and suffices and occasions no ob- scurity, and to this particle the translator must adhere, who would not disturb the complexion of the language.' — W., C, R. ;-Syr., Vulg., Germ., Dt. marg., It, Fr. S. ;-Aug., Erasm., Calv., Vat., Aret., Hamm., Wells, Dodd. and Thorn. (ere?i), Liicke, Sharpe, De W., Murd., Kenr., Peile (both), Dust. See V. 5, N. r, and ch. 2 : 20, N. o. 1 See V. 1, NN. c, g. !■ E. V. supplies an oly'ect to this verb out of the preceding clause, (which Liicke regards as the easier and simpler con- struction for both ϊωράχαμίρ and ^αριΊιροί/ίίκ ;-and so Fritzsche, De W., Dust. Comp. John 19 : 35.) and takes μαρτνροίμεν absolutely. But the other construction, which treats these verbs as referable, equally with αΛαγγίχλομιν, to the noun fol- lowing, is edited by Lachm., Hahn, Theile, Tisch. ;-aIlowed by Liicke ; and adopted by many others. — There is nothing sup- plied in W., T., C, G., R.;-Syr., Yulg., Germ., Dt. ;-Eiasm., Calv., Vat, Hamm., Wells, Moldenh., Thorn., Greenf., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile. 1 This better admits of the second construction mentioned in N. k. — E. v., ch. 4 : 14. In 18 other instances E. Λ'. translates μαρ'ίνρίω, to testify ;-R. ;-Wesl.. Thorn., Kenr., Barn., {testify), Bloomf. (f/o wittiess), Murd., Peile (are tcitnesses for). » E. v., V. 3 ; Luke 8 : 47 ; Heb. 2 : 12 ;-R. ;- Wells, Dodd. Wesl., Wakcf , Mack.. Thorn, {announce ;-and so Murd., Peile), Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn.. Kenr. — E. V., following T., C. G., is nearly alone in translating artayy. by difi'erent words in TV. 2, 3. " See V. 1, N. a. ° See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. The true doctrine of scat . . . 8ε, as involving not merely addition, but also opposition or contrast, if not required to justify, certainly facilitates the change from the subjunctive mood (in which the supplied verb of this clause appears in all the older English verss. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt, It., Fr. G.,-M.;-Aug., Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Bez., Grot, Hamm., Mol- denh.) to the indicative. Kind remember that the apostles' fel- lowship is not merely a human or church fellowship, bid etc' For be it observed that the γιμι-ίί^α,, as well as the 'ημ^,ν in the previous clause, refers only to the apostles. The Church rests on the foundation of apostles and prophets. Through her fel- lowship with them she has fellowship with the Father and the Son. — Syr. ;-Erasm., De W., {et . . . vero), Vat. (changes sit to est, and adds this note : ' vero. id est, haec autem societas nostra est cum &c.'), Castal. (aidem), B. and L. (or), Thom., Bloomf., (now), Mey., Stier, (aber), Liicke ('et vero, et vero etiani, aber auch, auch andrerseits'), Ros. (jam vera), Peile (and fellow- ship with tis, we tell you [Si], is ^c), Dust, ('an exceedingly fine example of the genuine classical xai — 6t, in which are ex- pressed at once simple conjunction, and opposition.'). Ρ W. and R., and the later English verss. (except Wells, Wesl.), avoid the needless inversion adopted here by E. V. from T., C, G. In V. 3 it helps the antithesis between the personal experience and the ministerial function. 1 E. v., John 3 : 29 ; 17 : 13 ; Phil. 2 : 2 ;-Dt. (vemdd) ■- Vat. (changes plenum of Vulg. to impletum), Berl. Bib. (er- fillll), Dodd., Scott (filled, completed). Greenf. (t7^roj^ ΐχομεν Ttpog Tor πατφα, ^Ιτβονν XptCTToj' hixaiQv 2 xdi avtog ϊλαΰμός leti Ttept τών ά^ίαρΤίών Ύίμων• ου Ttepi, τών 'ψετέρον δί μόνον, α>.λα και τϊερί όλου τον κόσμου. 3 Και, εν toi'ta γινώσκομεν ότι εγνώκαμεν αυτόν, εαν τας έντολας αύτον τγ;ρωμεν. 4 ό ?^γων, 'Έγνοκα αυτόν, και τας εντολας αυτού μη τηρών, ψει'•- στ^ις εστί, και εν τούτω τι ούΊτιβεια ουκ εστίν 5 ός δ' αν τηρ^ αίτον τον "λάγον, άλτιθώς εν τούτω η άγάηη τον Θεού τετε?^είωται. εν τούτω γινώσκομεν ότι εν αύτω έσμεν. 6 ό λέγων εν αύτω μένειν, οφείλει, καθώς εκείνος τιεριετίάτησε, και αύτος όντως τιεριτίατε'ιν. REVISED VERSION. not : and if any ''one 'have sin- ned, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righ- teous ; 2 And he is ■'himself the pro- pitiation for our sins ; ^yet not for ours only, but also for ''the whole world. 3 And hereby we ^ know that we ""have known him, if we keep his commandments. 4 He that saith : I ""have known him, and keepeth not his com- mandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him ; 5 But whoso keepeth his word, 'truly in Jthis man hath the love of God been perfected : hereby ''we know that we are in him. 6 He that saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to walk, even as 'He walked. i" See 2 Pet. 2: 19, N. n. Here may be added It. {alcuno), French verss. {quelqii'un) ;-Wesl. and later English verss. (except Newc, and Peile a man). ' Here is rather consolation and healing for the actual peni- tent, than security for the future transgressor. — Latin verss. (peccaverit), Dt. (gezondigd heeft), It. (ha peccato), Ft. G., -M., -S., (a peche) ;-Berl. Bib. {gesiindiget hatte). Moldenh., All., {ges. hat), Wakef., Murd., (shmdd sin), Pyle, Mack., (hath sinned), Scott, Van Ess {hat aber Jemand ges.), Kenr., Peile. ^ See ch. 1 : 7, N. x, (fee. Here the emphatic or exclusive force of avTo'j is important. He is the only propitiation for sin. The penitent may trust the Advocate who, righteous him- self, died for him. Such an Advocate God will hear. — T., C, G., (he it is tJiat) •,-SyT., Latin verss. (ipse ;-except Castal., qui idem). Germ, (derselbige), Fr. G. -M., (c'esi lid qui) •- Beng. ('ipse. Hoc facit epitasin. paracletus valentissimus, quia ipse propitiatio.'), Moldenh. (derselbe), Lticke, Peile, (idemque ille, derselbige), De W. (er selbst), Murd. = See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. ' In his last edition Win. ranks this as a case, not of brachy- logy, but of oratio variata. And so Syr., Fr. S ;-VVakof., Clarke, Lucke, Greenf., Sharpe, De W., Murd. ^ The emphasis is not upon the fact of this conviction, but on the means of its attainment. — The form in E. V. I find in no other English vers. ^ ' Have attained to this knowledge.' Where knowledge is spoken of merely as present, yivunxu or olha. is used, not ''iyvuxa. See John's Epistles passim. — E. V., vv. 13, 14; ch. 3: 6 ; 4 : 16 ; 2 .John 1 ; and generally elsewhere. See 2 Cor. 5 : 16, where the verb occurs, as here, in both the present and perfect tenses ;-R. ;-Latin verss. (cog-«oriiH.!is ;-cxcept Castal., and Bez. nofimiis) ; Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M..-S. ;-Hamm., Whitb., Mack., Thom., Scott (they ' knew that they thus knew, or had known, &c.'), Gerl., De W.. Stier, Kenr., Dust. Of these, tbe Latin verss. in v. 4 use novi; Dt., Thom., a present tense ; while Berl. Bib., Beng., Guyse, there retain the perfect. See ch. 3 : 16, N. q. ' Nowhere else verilij in E. V.— E. V., Matt. 27: 54; Mark 15 : 39 ;-Hamm.. VVakef., Mack., Newc. (of a truth), Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. The Greek order is retained by the Latin verss. j-Wesl., Mack., Newc, Greenf., Kenr. > Syr., Latin verss. (Calv. has ipso). Germ, (solchein), Dt. (dien), It. (tale) ;-Hamm., Moldenh. (demselbeyi), Mack. ' ' Love being, not the reward, but the condition and motive, of obedience.' — The perfect tense is retained by Dt. ;-Hamm,, Pyle (at ch. 4: 17), Stier, Peile ('has the redeeming love of God attained its proposed end.'). For we know, see ch. 1 : 4, N. p. I In the six instances in this Epistle, in which John thus refers to the Saviour, I recommend that the emphasis in έχιινοζ be thus indicated. 32 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II. KING JAMES VERSION. 7 Bielhren, I write no new commandment unto you, but an old commandment which ye had from tlie beginning : The old commandment is the word which ye have heard iiom the begin- 8 Again, a new command- ment I write unto you, which thing is true in him and in you : because the darkness is past, and the true light now shineth. 9 He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now. 10 He that loveth his brother abidcth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling in him. 11 But he that hateth his brother is in darkness, and walk- eth in darkness, and knovveth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his e5'es. 12 I write unto you, little GREEK TEXT. 7 ά^ι;?.φοι, ovx εντολΫιν xaivh' γ^άψ,Λ νμιν, αλλ' ένϊολτ,ν τίαλαιαν, ην εΐχί^ε άπ άρχτ,ς- ή ένΧολη ή τία- λαιύ έστιν ό ?Μγος ον ηκοίσα^ε άη' 8 7ta?uv htoTjry xaivr,i> j'pd^u T^v, έΰΊΐν άλγ;θες εν avto) καΙ εν v^uv στι 'a σκοτία ηαράγεται, καΐ τό φως το (χλ>7θινόΐ' γ,^η φαίνει. 9 ό λέγων εν τω <|)ωΤί είναι, και Τον άδελφον αντον μισών, εν τίι σκο- τία εστιν εως άρτι. 10 6 άγατίίον τον ά^ελφον αιτον, εν τω φωτϊ μένει, και σκάν8α?υον έν αίτύ ονκ έστιν. 11 ό & μισών τον άhε7Jφov αϊτοί, εν τγι σκοτία εστί, και έν τγ σκοτία, ηεριττατεΐ, και ονκ οίδε τΐον ντίάγει, oTl• ή σκοτία έτνφ?Μσε τονς οφθαλ- μονς airtov. 12 γράφω νμιν, Tfxw'a, οΤι άφέ- REVISED VERSION. 7 ""Brethren, I write "not a new commandment unto j'ou, but an old commandment which ye had from the beginning: "this old commandment is the word wliich ye ρ heard from the begin- nino;. 8 Agam, a new command- ment I write unto ''3-ou, which thing is true in him and in you ; because the darkness ''passeth away, and the true light now shineth. 9 He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in *the darkness 'until now. 10 He that loveth his brother abideth in the light, and there is "no occasion of stumblina; in him. 11 But he that hateth his brother is in ^the darkness, and walketh in ''the darkness, and knoweth not whither he goeth, because ^the darkness '"hath blinded his eyes. 12 I write unto you, little chil- " Άγατίητοί. for άδίλφοι,', is marked by Beng. as per codices Jirntior (lie subsequently received it into the text), and has been adopted b}• all other recent editors except Bloomf., on the authority of A. B. C, Syr., Vulg., &c. I recommend that this reading be followed : Beloved. " yV., R. ;-Syr., Latin and French verss.. Germ., It. j-Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom.. Greenf., Penn, Kenr. •> Vig. : ' Articulus geminatus rem exponit et distinguit, ut, ίγώ ίίμί ϋ Ηοιμψ ϋ χαλόί, Joh. 10: 12. Ego sum pastor ille bonus xa-i εξοχήν.' But whether it shall be rendered by a demon- strative pronoun, is very often merely a matter of taste. It is so rendered by E. V., ch. 1:2; John 6 : 27 ; &c. (see Rev. 9 : 14, N. g);— and here by G.;-])t., Fr. G., -M.;-Pagn., Bez., B. and L., Guyse, Wakef., Thom., Ros. (illud). Penn, Peile, (that). ρ See 2 Pet. 1 : 3, N. j. E. V., ch. 3 : 11 ; Col. 1 : C, &c.,•- W., T. ;-It. ;-Haram., Guyse, Dodd., AVakef., Thom., Sharpe. The words an αρχή; at tlie close of the verse are bracketed by Knapp and Hahn ; cancelled by Mey., Lachm., Tisch., Theile. 1 The Tjjutv is without doubt an error of the press for ίμΐρ. ' Never in John's writings does η αχοτία mean ' tempus sub lege Mosis' (Grot.), or ' the ancient systems of error, under which men hated each other' (Barn.), but the ' darkness of this world' (Eph. G : 12), ' the darkness of error and of sin' (Liicke) ; and that is not 'past,' though the light hath dawned. ' Obser- vandum praesens,' says Beng., 'ut in lucet.' See Rom. 13: 12; and Alf.'s note on John 1 : 5. — The present is retained by E. v., V. 17 ; 1 Cor. 7 : 31 ;-Dt., It, Fr. S. ;-Oec., Erasm. and later Latin verss. (for the Vulg. transierunt), Ilamm., Berl. Bib. and nearly all the later German verss., Guyse, Gill, Wakef., Mack., Newc. marg., Clarke, Penn, Peile. • The apostle's nice discrimination in the use of axoria with and without the article should appear in the translation. See V. 8, N. r; v. 11, N. v; 1: 6, N. w.— R.;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-Dodd., Moldenh., AVakef., Mack., Liicke, Greenf., All., Penn, De W., Stier, Dust. ' "Euj afiii may be everywhere so rendered (instead of the E. V. variety, hitlierto. rmto this hour, unto this day. unto this present). E. V., John 2 : 10 ;-"\V. {yet);-y\'es\., Mack., Newc.. Thom. (still), Murd.;-Rob., Green. " See ch. 1 : 8, N. z. The form iio for none is found in Wells and the later English verss. ' See V. 9, N. s, &c. Here Wakef., Sharpe, Murd.. Kenr., omit the first and second articles ; Thom. and Penn have all three ; and so has Mack., except that for the second he intro- duces the demonstrative pronoun. The E. V. that after because is not found in W., R. ;-Dodd., or any later vers. " Literally : blinded ; as soon as he entered into it. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II. 33 KING JAMEs' VERSION. children, because your sins are forgiven you for his name's sake. 13 I write unto you, fathers, because ye have Icnown him that is from the beginning. I write unto you, young men, because ye have overcome the wicked one. I write unto you, little children, because ye have known the Father. 14 I have written unto you, fathers, because ye have known him that is from the beginning. I have written unto you, young men, because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wick- ed one. 15 Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him. 16 For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Father, but is of the world. 17 And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof: but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever. 18 Little children, it is the last time : and as ye have heard GREEK TEXT. avtai νμΐν at αμα^ϋίαι hta. to όνομα autov. 13 Γράφίο νμΙν, τίαΤίρες, δη syvut xate tov άτι άρ;^%. /ράφω νμίν, νεανίΰχοί, &ti vsvLX'/ycatE τον τίονη- ^όν. γ^άφο) vf.dv, τίαώία, δη εγνύ- χατε τον 7ίαΤ£ρα. 14 "Ej'pa^'a νμΐν, τίαΤί'ρες, οτΊ έγνώχατε τον άη άρχτ,ς. "Εγραψα νμιν, νεανίοχοι, 'οτι Ισχυροί έστε, και 6 "λόγος τον Θεοί εν νμιν μένει, χαΧ νενιχήχατε τον 7ΐον/ΐξ)όν. 15 μη άγατίΰίτε τον χόαμον, μη8έ τά εν τφ χόΰμφ. εάν τις άγατϊά τον χόαμον, ονχ έατιν ri άγάτΐη τον τία- ττρόζ εν αντφ• 16 oTt Ttdv το εν τώ κόσμω, η έτΐίθνμια της σαρκός, και η έηιθνμια τών οφθαλμών, και ή αλαζονεία τον βίου, ονχ εστίν εκ τον τίατρος, αλλ' έχ τον κόσμου εστί. 17 και 6 κόσμος τίαράγεται, και η. ετίίθνμία αϊτού' 6 8ε ηοίών τό θέλημα τον &εον, μέι•ει εις τον αιώνα, IS Παί&'α, εσχάτγι ωρα εστί• καί καθώς ηχούσατε 'ότι ο αντίχριστος REVISED VERSION. dren, because your sins ^have been forgiven you for his name's sake. 13 I write unto you, fathers, because ye have known Kim that is from the beginning. I write unto you, young men, because ye have overcome the wicked one. I ''write unto you, little children, because ye have known the Father. 14 I have written unto you, fathers, because ye have known him that is from the beginning. I have written unto you, young men, because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wick- ed one. 1-5 Love not the world, neither the things '■ in the world : if any ^one love the world, the love of the Father is not in him : 16 For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of hfe, is not of the Father, but is of the world : 17 And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof: but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever. 15 Little children, it is the last ""hour ; and as ye " heard that * Their actual attaiaments furnished motive sufficient for the present writing. Oomp. v. 13. — Syr. (^ remissa sunt) ;- Pagn., Bez., Beng., Carpz., Ros., {as Si/r. ;-for the Vulg. remit- tuntur), AH., Gerl., Trol., Peile, Diist. y For this γράφω, Lachm., Ilahn, Tisch.. edit ΐ'γραψα 'from four uncial, and perhaps the major part of the small letter MSS.; and, considering that internal evidence is in its favour, it may be considered the true reading' (Bloomf.). It appears in the Syr. and Coptic verss. ; generally in the Church Fa- thers; and is approved by Grot., Wells, Mill, Lange, Li'icke, Gerl., De W. (gelesen werden muss), Barn., Peile, Dust, (who says of γράφω, that 'it rests on really no critical authority.'). Should ί'γραψα, which I regard as the better reading, not be followed in the text, I recommend the following as a marginal note : ' Or, as very many read. / have written' — the epistolary aorist, as in v. 14, &c. ■ Wakef. Thom.. Sharpe. • See V. 1, N. b, &c. •■ The solemn announcement of this verse avowedly rests on the great prophetic truth, revealed to Daniel, taught by our Lord and his Apostles, and for ages received universally by the Church of God, respecting the rise and reign of Antichrist as immediately preceding the future glorious coming of the Son of Man in his kingdom. Dan. 7 : 8—14, 24—27 ; Matt. 24 : 23—29; 2Thess. 2: 1—4; 2 Tim. 3 : 1—9; 2 Pet. 2: 1—12; Jude 17, 18 ; &c. ' Venit Antichristus, sed et supervenit Christus : grassatur et saevit inimicus, sed statiin sequitur Domirms, passiones nostras et vulnera vindicaturus ;'-there was no doctrine of primitive times, that received a more general and unquestioned acceptance among the orthodox faithful, than that which Cyprian (Ep. 58) expressed in these words. So Aug., in his third Tract, on our Epistle: 'Sed dicturi sunt aliqui : Quomodo novissimum tempus 1 quomodo novissima hora? Certe prius veniet Antichristus, et tunc veniet dies δ 34 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. Π. KING JAMES VERSION. that antichrist shall come, even now are there many antichrists ; whereby we know that it is the last time. 19 They went out from us, but they were not of us ; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us : but they went out, that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us. GREEK TEXT. ϊ^χεται, xai νυν άντίχριστοί τίολλοί γεγόΐ'ασιΐ'• δθεν γινάισχομεν δτι έαχάτγι ώρα εστίν. 1 9 Έξ ημών εξγιλθον, αλλ' οι'ικ ηοαν εξ 'ψ(αν ει γαρ τβαν εξ τ^ών, μεμεντ,κεισαν αν μεθ' ημών αλλ' hu φανεμύθασιν ότι ονχ εΐαί ηάντες εξ τ^ων. REVISED VERSION. "Ίΐιε anticluist 'cometh, even now •"there are many ^become anti- christs; ""whence we ΙνηοΛν that it is the last ""hour. 19 'From us they went out, but they were not of us ; for if they had been of us, they would J have ''abode with us ; but Ht was that they might be made manifest that "none of them "are of us. ^ See N. b. Germ., and all subsecjuent foreign verss. (except Mey.);-More ('that famous'), Mack., Thom., Till., Greenf., Sharpe, Trol., Bloomf., Kenr., Peile. See v. 22, N. u, and comp. 2 Thess. 2:^4. « The present time is retained by W., R. 'j-Syr., Vulg., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Wells, Whitb., Beiif.. Dodd., AVesl., Gill, AVakef., Mack., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. See Kev. 1 : 4. N. o. ' The inversion is avoided by R. ;-Dodd,, and the later verss. * For the force of ylyora, see 2 Pet. 2 : 20. N. x. W. (made), T., G., (co;iie), C. {begone to be), R. ;-Vulg. (facti), Germ., Dt., {geworden) ;-\ug. (> E. v., Matt. 12: 44 {from wh.) ; Luke 11 : 24 ; &c. No- where else as here ;-Wakef., Mack., Kenr. ' The leading idea, already suggested by v. 18, is, that these men had once belonged to the visible Church ; and this is better brought out by the Greek order, which appears in Syr. ;-Latin verss., Mey., De AV., Murd., Peile. 1 The 'no doubf of E. V. is equally unauthorized and un- necessary. It is the utique of the Vulg., but there is nothing for it in W. ;-Syr., Dt., It., French verss. ;-Ca^tal., Whitb., Wesl., Moldenh. and later German verss., Carpz., >Vakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn., Murd., Peile. ' Mfi'u occurs 26 times in John's Epistles, and is 14 times rendered in E. \. abide ; which word is just as suitable in the other 12 cases (see v. 24, N. d, and ch. 3 : 17, N. x), and is here employed by Mack., Peile. 1 T. {that fortuned), G. {this cometh to pass) ;-Dt. {dit is geschied). It. {conreniv'a) , Fr. G.,-M.,-S., {c'est) ;-PagD. {hac factum est), Grot, {permissum est a Deo ;-and so Ros., Barn.), B. and L. {cela est arrive), Dodd. {this hath happened), Wakef. {thisxoas done), Newc. {this hath come to pass), Liicke (would supply toito iytvifo), Sharpe. Bez. supplies egressi sunt «• nobis, after the Syr. ; while the Vulg. and many others supply nothing. '" ' None, out of all the number, and notwithstanding their number.' Literally, ςτ. rf. 'they are not {and this holds tT^e cf them all) of us.' E. V., taking fiut'^^eav (and so T., C, Syr. ;-Calv., Engl. Ann., Hamm., AVhitb., Guy.se, Wesl., Pyle, Mack., Mey., Sharpe), seems al.so to imply that some of the apostates had belonged to the Church in a sense, in which that former relation is denied of the rest ; and the same, or a similar, distinction may be inferred from G., R. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., llamm. (in the vers.), Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Clarke, Greenf., Sharpe, Kenr. But certainly this is judicii. Vidit Joannes cogitationes istas : ne quasi securi fierent, et ideo non esse horam novissimara putarent, quod ven- turus esset Antichristus, ait illis. El sicut attdistis quod Anti- christus sit venturus, nunc antichristi midlifacti sunt. Num- quid posset habere multos antichristos, nisi hora novissima V To the ready objection, that so long an interval has occurred Calvin {in toe.) gives this answer: ' Re.spondeo, Apostolum vulgari Scripturae more denuntiare fldelibus, nihil jam amplius restare, nisi ut Christus in mundi redemptionem appareat.' And it need only be added to this, that in the ' many anti- christs' then present John saw the precursors of the coming Aniichrist (Oec. : rtpooSortoiourrui' -fuir Λολλών ΑνΤιχ^Ιαχ^ν r^ ίνί) ; tliough how many such precursors there were to be, and at what partictdar moment ' their mighty chief should him- self appear ;-on these points, and consequently on the precise historical duration of the last hour, the apostle here gives no information, and had probably none to give. These considera- tions, joined to the earnest tone of crisis and urgency that sounds in the emphatic reiteration, determine my preference of the specific to the more indefinite word (comp. 2 Pet. 3 : 3, N. d) ; not to mention that out of 109 times, that ωρα is found in the N. T., it is 89 times so rendered in E. Λ'. — W., R. ; — Vulg., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Aug., Calv., Aret., Par., Engl. Ann., Hamm., Cocc, More, Whitb., Beng., Wakef., Mack., Liicke, All., Sharpe, De. W., Kenr., Diist. ;-Rob. (who adds that it ' refers to the last times of u aiuv oiroj.'). ' See v. 7, N. p. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II. 8-5 KING JAMES VERSION. 20 But ye have an unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things. 21 I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, GREEK TEXT. 20 Καί υμεΐς χρίσμα εχετε άτίο του αγίου, και oibaτε ηάντα. 21 ονχ έχραψα νμΐν, οΤι ονκ οϊ- ^αΤ£ T'hv α/^τ,Βείαν, <ϊλΧ άτι οίίατε REVISED VERSION. 20 "And Pyou, ye have an ^anointing from the Holy One, and ■■ know all things. 21 I have notAvritlen untoj^ou because ye know not the truth. " See ch. 1 : 2, N. i, &c. If χαί has ever an adversative sense, ' it has it not of itself,' says Iloog., 'but takes it from the nature of the opposed clauses or members.' 'Apparently adcersalice,' Kob. well remarks of this alleged use of xai, ' but only where the antithesis of the thought is clear in itself, without the aid of an adversative particle.' Win., accordingly, would almost confine it to ' the simple, narrative style.' In the present case xai is generally, and even by Liicke, De W., Bloomf., Peile, taken in this sense; but without any necessity, and with no advantage to the connection of the verse, which really presents an additional mark of discrimination between the faithful and the apostates, another provision for the security of the former against the evil principles of the latter. — T. ;-Syr., Germ., Dt. marg., Fr. S. ;-Aug., Calv., Castal.. Aret., Ilamm., Wells, Beng., Dodd., Thom. {even), Dilst. {und; though he explains as LUcke, &c.). ρ Kiihn. : ' When the subject is a personal pronoun, it is not expressed, unless it is particularly emphatic' ΛΥίη. : ' Com- monly they' (the personal pronouns in the nom.) 'involve an antithesis more or less obvious, forming, in the N. T. also, an emphasis.'— Syr., Latin verss. {vos. Zumpt : ' The personal pronouns are expressed in the terminations of the verb, and are expressed only when they denote emphasis or opposition.'). It. {quant' e a voi), Fr. S. ;-B. and L. {pour vous), Dodd. {as for you --hnt as a supplement), Thom. {you yourselves). See V. 24, N. a, and 27, N. p. 1 E. v., V. 27 ;-W. (without the article) ,-Wells, Dodd., Wesl., Ncwc, Sharpe, Barn, (seems to prefer it). ' W., R. ;-German verss.. It. ;-Wesl., Wakef , Mack., Newc, Thom.. Peile. not what the writer intended. Some, accordingly, as Liicke, De W., Diist., find in oOx tiai Λάντι; a change, or an extension, of the subject of φανιρωθϊ^βίν. In other words, there is here, as De W. expresses it, ' a drawing together of two thoughts : 1., tVa φανερωδ'^ otc οΰχ είΰί Tidvtig f I ημ^^ν ; 2., ίνα. φαι-ίρω- θϋιαιν oti ονχ ίίαΐ ίξ ήμων. The apostle would say : it was to become manifest that they, as generally alas ! not all, do not belong to us.' But, if E. V. tightens the knot, this, it may be said, cuts rather than unties it. Of the ' two thoughts ' neither is expressed in the Greek, and both together can be driven into it (unless, indeed, we adopt the It. construction : ' ma conveniva che fosser manifestati: percioche non tutti son de' nostri ;' as if he had said generally of those in church-fellowsliip : ov γάρ :tatitav η rtiatif 2 Thess. 3 : 2 ;-and so Dodd., Moldenh., Newc. marg. ; Thom., thus : " But to the end that they might be made manifest [because all are not of us] even you yourselves have an unction, &c.') only by paraphrastic violence. Hence, while many commentators are fain to include both in their ex- position, such verss., as do not rest in what Diist. calls the 'intolerable' {unerlraglich) implication of E. V., have to be satisfied with one or the other of them. Thus, the first ap- pears, sometimes in the form of iVa iv aitoli ^ανιρωθίι xt%. in Fr. G.,-M. ;-probably Pagn. {ut paiefieret quod non sint omnes ex nobis). Oastal., Bez., Engl. Ann. (as one explanation), Carpz., Newc, Mey., All., Penn, De W. and Diist. themselves, Peile; — the second^ in W., T., 0. ;-.Syr. ;-the notes of Bloomf. and Barn ; all of these latter overlooking the navtct entirely• and so evading the difficulty. But the other alternative also. (1.), substitutes for φαΐΈρωβΰυιν an impersonal form, nor can this change be justified by the addition of ίν ανΐοίξ. an ihnen, in them; — (2.), would probably have had m τίάντίζ liaiv ΐξ ήμΰ,ν (comp. Matt. 7 : 21; 19: 11; John 13: 10, 11, 18; Acts 10; 41; Rom.9: G; 10: 16; ICor. G: 12; 8: 7; 10: 23;2Thc.ss 3:2); — (3.), yields, after all, but a frigid sense : ' The.se apostatized in order that it might be shown, that professors of Christ are not all true Christians ;'— and, (4.), the sense, such as it is, is not in keeping with the context, or the rest of the Epistle, throughout which the apostolic charity assumes, that those who remained were genuine believers. Against Epi-scopius' rendering of ov Ttdvtfi here by nidli Diist. objects, 1., that, had .John meant that, he would have written, not tiai, but ηβαν. This, however, is not at all certain. Seeing these men now at last standing where they had always spiritually belonged, outside of the Church's pale, the apostle may very well be understood as say- ing: ' They went out, that it might appear that they are, all of them, just what they are, not of iis,' the inference being then immediate, that formerly they wore a mask ; and this is still more natural, from the truth in regard to the past having al- ready been expressly asserted : ovx ηβαν ϊξ ήμΰν. 2., Another objection is, that οΰ, being separated from Λάνπς only by the copula, must belong to it as the subject, not to the predicate liaiv ίξ ημ'^ρ, and that the latter connection, moreover, would have required either oit τίάντίζ οίχ ίι,αί (^aar) έξ ημ. or oVt oix fi's. c| ίιμ. Tiavtii. But see Rom. 3: 20; 1 Cor. 1 : 29 ; and, for other examples of this hebraism (Win.), Matt. 24: 22 (Mark 13 : 20) ; Luke 1 : 37 ; Acts 10 : 14 ; Gal. 2:16; Rev. 21 : 27. — Engl. Ann. (as another explanation, and the first mentioned : ' That none of them, were of us. An Hebrew phrase.'), Hamm. and Guyse (in the paraphrase). Wells, Whitb. {that ihey all were not), B. and L. {que tons ces gens-la ne sont pas), Pyle, Slade, Ros. (allows it: nullum eorum), Trol. " W. (6e), G., R. ;-l'ulg., Germ., Dt.. It, Fr. G.,-M. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Wells, B. and L., Dodd., Moldenh., Newc, Liicke , AH., Penn, De W., Kenr., Peile, Dust. 3G THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II. KING JAMES VERSION. but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth. 22 Who is a har but he that dcnieth that Jesus is the Christ? He is antichrist, that denicth the Father and the Son. 23 Wliosoeverdenieththc Son, the same hath not the Father : [but he that acknowlcdgeih the Son hath the Father also.'^ 24 Let that therefore abide in you, which ye have heard from the beginning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning GREEK TEXT. avT'h', xoLL oTt Ttav ^^'^S ^^ "ϊ^ί ά?^γ;θΗας οι κ εαΤί. 22 Τί'ς έσην 6 ψειστίτς, d μη 6 άρνονμενος οτι 'Ιγ;ΰονς ονκ ianv ο Χρίστος; oiVog εστο' ό αντίχριστος, 6 άρνονμενος τον τιατερα και τον νιόν. 23 τΐάς 6 άρνονμενος τον νιόν, ον8ε τον πατέρα έχει. REVISED VERSION. but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth. 22 Who is 'the liar, but he that denieth that Jesus is the Christ ? 'This is "the Antichrist, ^who de- nicth the Father and the Son. "'23 ^Every one that denieth the Son, ''neither hath he the Father.' 24 "You, therefore, let that 24 'Ύμεΐς ovv δ γ,χοναατε an άρχτ,ς, εν νμΐν μενέτω. έαν εν νμιν 1 '' which ye "= heard from the be- ^ιεινγ b an' άρχ?,ς γ,κονσατε, και ; ginning, ^'bide in you : if that [''abide in you which ye ' heard ■ The article is here strongly emphatic, and indicates that the ' highest ^frSoj (v. 21), even all religious error, is involved in this denial. There may even be in it a demonstrative force, explained in the latter half of the verse. — Dt., It., Fr. M.,-S.;- Beng. (' ό vim relativam habet ad abstractum mendacium, v. 21, i. e. Quis est illiits mendacii imposturaeque reus ?'), Wesl. {that), Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Midd., Greenf, All., De W., Stier, Kenr., Peile, Diist. Ϊ Ovtoi points, not to υ ά^ινούμίνος tbv Λατίνια xal tov νΙόν (which is, therefore, not in apposition with οίτ•ο;, but belongs as a predicate to ο ίπίχ^ΐίσιοζ), but to ό apvoiJ/itiO; οΐί 'ir^aoif χιλ., in the preceding clause. In reply to the challenge there given, we have now a peremptory declaration, that the denial of Jesus as the Christ does carry in it the extreme Antichristian apostasy. — The demonstrative force is preserved in the old En- glish and all the foreign vcrss. ;-IIamm., Guysc, Dodd., Wakef., Murd., Kenr.. Peile. " See V. 18, N. d, &c. T., C. ;-foreign verss. (Cocc. ille) ;- Hamm., TVakef {that). Mack., Thom., Scott, Sharpe, Peile. ' Wesl., Wakef , Mack., \ewc , Thom., Penn., Kenr. • This verse is the formal justification of the one preceding. » So Λα.; a may be correctly translated throughout (see Rob. on Ha; before a participle with the article). In cases, however, where a negative predicate follows, as in eh. 3 : G, 9, &c., the whosoever οΓ Ε. V. is perhaps le.ss liable to popular misappre- hension. Here the emphasis in the oibi is brought out by treating rtaj ό as a nominative absolute. — E. V., v. 29 ; oh. 4 : 7 ; 5 : I ; &c. ;-W. {each that), R. ;-Vulg. {omnis qui), Dt. {een iegelijk, die) --Aug., Calv., Beng., {as Vulg.), Dodd., Kenr., (evtry o7ie who), Greenf., AH. and De W. {Jeder, der), Slier {Kin JigUcher, der), Murd. at ch. 3: G. ' The emphasis is on the predicate, not on the subject ; and BO it appears in R. (which gives the whole verse as above) ;- all foreign vcrss. (except B. and L., who drop the emphasis altogether) j-Wakef. {as abnve), Kenr. {hath not tlie F. either). • The additional clause, 5 ό^ίολογΰιν t'ov vlov xai t'ov rtart'pa Ίχα, which is marked as doubtful by the English Translators, though that mark has been removed in the Amer. Bib. Soc.'s recent Revision, being now universally received by editors and critics, I recommend that it be restored to the verse thus : ' the Father ; he that confesseth the Son hath the Father also.' — The but supplied by E. V. is rather a disadvantage than other- wise, and is not in C, R. ;-such foreign verss. as have the clause (except Mey., AH.) ;-Wel!s, AVesl., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. 'OjioXoyiu, occurs other 5 times in John's Epistles, and is always in E. V. confess; and so 12 times elsewhere, and always when opposed, as here, to apitojuot. R. ;-Murd., Kenr. » See V. 20, N. p, *c. The antithetical (De W., Dust. : nach- driicklich [kraftvoll] vorangestellte) νμιις here and in v. 27 is explained by Beng., De W., and others, as belonging by hyper- baton to r,xoiJaati. I prefer to regard it as in both instances a rhetorical anacoluthon, which had better be preserved. See Grot., Lucke, Ros., AVin. § 28. 3 and 64. 2. d, Dust., and Rev. 3 : 12, N. i. Others, as Wolf., Trol., &c., allow either construc- tion. — The emphasis is here variously given also by R. ;-Syr., Vulg., It., Fr. S.;-Aug., Erasm., Vat., Casta]., Bez. (as cited in Pol. Syn.), Tremell., Aret., Dorld. {as for you ; and not, as in v. 20, as a supplement), Carpz., Thom. {as Dodd.). Peile {on your •part). Comp. the Hebrew use of ijN and 'JNI 1 Chron. 28 : 2; Is. 59: 21; &c. ^ Nothing is gained in this verse by the double inversion (adopted by E. V. from T., C, G.) of the Greek order, which is followed in both mstances l)y "\V., R. ;-Syr., Latin and Ger- man verss. (except Mey.), Dt, ' See V. 7, N. p, &c. ^ See V. 19, N. k, &c. The avowed aversion of the English Translators to 'uniformity of phrasing' is strikingly exempli- fied in their threefoM rcndeiing of μίνα in this one verse. But is not that ' a verbal and unnecessary changing ?' The worst is, that the simple beauty and force of the original are sacri- ficed to • a great number of good English words.' W., R., and all other versions that I have looked into, except T., C, 6., avoid this unprofitable exuberance. — For the order, see N. b. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II. 37 KING JAMES VERSION• shall remain in you, ye also shall continue in the Son, and in the Father. 25 And this is the promise that he hath promised us, even eternal life. 26 These iAiMgs have I written unto you concerning them that seduce you. 27 But the anointing which 5'c have received of him abidelh in you, and ye need not that any man teach you : but as the same anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and even as it hath taught you, ye shall abide in him. GREEK TEXT. Dfiftg Bv τύ νίώ xai εν τω τΐατρί ^ιενεϊτε. 25 και αντγι εστίν ή ετιαγγελία, τ,ν αϊτός ετίγ-,γγεί'λα/ΐο τμιν, try ζ,ί^'ην trf αίώΐ'ίον. 26 Taura έ^/ραψχ νμίν τίερί ται> τύυανάντων νμάς. 27 Και νμεΐς τό χρίσμα 6 ε?.άβετε άη αύτον, εν νμιν μεΐ'ει, και ον χρείαν έχετε ίνα τις δώάσκγ υμάς- αλλ' ως το αϊτό χρίσμα ?ιώάσκει νμάς τίερί τϊάντων, και ο/^^τβές έστι, και, 01^ εσΤί -ψ^ΐ'^ος• κάί καθώς ε&'- δαζεν νμας, μει^ε'ιτε εν αιτώ. 28 And now, little children, 28 Και vvv, Texr/a, (.ιένετε εν REVISED VERSION. from the beginning, ye also shall ■^abide in the Son and in the Father. 25 And this is the promise ' ''which he ''himself ? promised us, ■"the life eternal. 26 These 'things JJ have writ- ten unto you concerning ''those %ho "would "deceive jou. 27 "And Pyou, the anointing which ye 1 received "'from him abideth in you, and ye ''have no need that any 'one teach you : but as the same anointino; teach- eth you "concerning all things, and is ''true, and is no lie, and even as it "" taught you, ye ^shall abide in him. 28 And now, little children, • E. ;-Guyse, Dodd., and the later verss. (except Sharpe). ' See ch. 1 : 7, N. x, &c. The writer thinks of the promise, not so much as something recorded in his own Gospel, 6 : 27 ; 17 : 2, 3 ; as what he heard from the Saviour's lips. ^ The historical reference, suggested in tlie last note, to cer- tain memorable occasions, or at least to the personal ministry of the Saviour while on earth, seems to require that the verb here (as in v. 6 of this chapter, and Acts 20 : 35, where the same kind of reference cannot be mistaken,) should be given in its proper aorist form. — "\V., R. ;-Wakef. •■ For the omission of the E. V. supplement, see W., R. ;- Syr., Yulg., German verss., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat., Carpz., Greenf., Sharpe, Kenr. For the article, see v. 7, N. o, &c. ;-foreign verss. generally, (Pagn., Bcz., ί7/α) ;-Wakef., Mack.. Thorn. See ch. 5 : 20, N. p. For the order, life et., see E. T., :Matt. 25 : 4G ; .John 4:36; 17 : 3 ;-R. ;-Wakef., Mack, {life which [is] ei. ;-this relative construction appears also in Berl. Bib., Thorn.), Murd., Kenr. See ch. 5 : 20, N. p. ' It is not necessary to mark things as a supplement here, any more than in v. 2 ; ch. 1 : 4 ; &c., nor was it so marked in the original edition. ) See ch. 1 : 4, N. p. k See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, &c. 1 See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c. ■» The context (vv. 20, 21, 27) shows that this is a case of the present 'cZe cotiatu, i. e. an endeavour or purpose^ (Buttm. § 137. n. 10.). and so it is generally understood ; as by Whitb., B. and L., Blackw., Beng., Guyse, Dodd. (as above ;-and so Wesl. in the note, Newc, Penn, Barn., Peile), Gill. Moldcnh.. Carpz. (yolunt). Scott, Clarke, Mey. ( icoZ/en ;-and so Stolz. Van Ess), Ros., De W. ° Πλανάω is in E. V. to seduce only here and Rev. 2 : 20 ; in the other two instances in this Epistle and 22 times elsewhere, to deceive.— W., T., C, G.;- Blackw., Dodd., Mack., Newc, Sharpe. ° In addition to the apostolic warning, they had the secu- rity of their spiritual anointing, and union to Christ. See v. 20, N. 0, &c. f A yet stronger case of hyperbaton, De W. thinks, than that in v. 24. But see there N. a, &c. 1 Comp. Gal. 3 : 2, and see v. 7, N. p, &c. W., G. ;-Wakef., Sharpe. See N. w. ' See ch. 1 : 5, N. t. • E. V. translates χρείαν 'ίχιιν: to hare need or lack, 24 times ; in 6 of which the phrase, when accompanied by the negative particle, is, to have no need ;-Λν. {have not n.), R.;-Dodd. {have no necessity), Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Penn {as W.), Kenr., Peile. ' See V. 1, N. b, &c. ° See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. ' The adjective is retained by E. V. in ch. 2:8; Acts 12: 9; -here, by the older English and all the foreign (except Greenf.) verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Penn., Murd., Kenr., Peile. " 'At first, when ye received it ' (previous clause). As the anointing was the same (' τό αντό. idem semper, non aliud atque aliud, sed sibi constans; et idem apud^sanctos omnes.' Beng.), so 'the whole truth' (-John 16: 13 Λαβαν trjv άλιίβΕίαν), into which it evermore guides the Church, is still essentially the 'one faith' (Eph. 4: 5 ^I'a xiait;), universal and unchangeable, of God's elect. See N. q, &c— W., T., G. ;-ATakef., Sharpe ' Lachm. and Theile have μίνιίι as in v. 28, and of this Dust, approves, citing for it A. B. C. 3S THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III. GREEK TEXT. αίτώ" ϊνα otav φανερωθγι, έγομεν Ttappyjaiav, xai ur, αίαχννθώμεν an αυτοί', sv Tyj παροιχτί'α αιτου. 29 sav εί^-?(ΐε 'στ ι δίκαιος ίστι, KING JAMES VERSION. abide in him ; that when he shall appear, we ntiay have confidence, and not he ashamed before him at his coming. 29 If ye know that he is right- eous, ye know that every one tliat doeth righteousness is born of him. CHAP. III. Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God ! therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew him not. 2 Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet xai οντχο έφανερώθη τί έσόμεθα- οι- REVISED VERSION. abide in him ; tliat, wlien he shall 'be manifested, we ^mav have confidence, and not be "shamed away from him, at his coming. 29 If ye know that he is righ- γη'ώσχετε on ττάς ό ηοιον τ/,ν λκαι- '■ teous, ""ye know that every one oavvYiv, εξ αυτού γεγέννηται. CHAP. III. ΊΔΕΤΕ ησταητ,ν άγάητ,ν ^ihaxsv ny^ii' ό TtaTTip, Ινα τεχι>α θεού χλη- θώμεν. δια τούτο 6 κόσμος ον γινώ- ΰκει ίψας, δτί ονχ εγνα αυτόν. 2 άγατΐητοί, νυν τέκνα &εού έσμεν, that doeth righteousness ""hath been ''begotten of him. CHAP. III. Behold "what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called ''chil- dren of God l"^ therefore the world knoweth ""not us, because it knew ''not him. 2 Beloved, now are we * chil- dren of God, and it "^hath not yet ' This verb is .several times used iu this Epistle of the per- sonal appearing of our Lord, and in that relation is always, except here and ch. 3 : 2, rendered in E. V., was manifested. I think it better to retain the passive form in all these instances, not only for the sake of uniformity, but also as suiigcsting the agency and love of the Father (so prominent in the Christo- logy of John) in the second, as well as in the first, coming of the Saviour. Comp. ch. 4: 9, 10; Acts 3: 18, 20; 1 Tim. G: 15. E. V. here follows the Vulg. {apparuerit). — Syr., Germ., Dt, Fr. S. ; - Aug., Pagn., Bez., Tremell., Berl. Bib., Beng., Newc, Greenf., Murd., Peile. See ch. 3 : 2, N. f. ' The ΐχομιρ of our Text is an error of the press for ΐχαμιν. Lachm. and Tisch. give αχΖμιν. ' Άλ αυτοί cannot mean ' before him,' liut, in connection with the verb, indicates the shrinking, under the pressure of inward shame and universal contempt, of the false professor from the glory of Him, whose name he had dishonoured. Comp. Ps. 73: 20; Is. 2: 19-21; Dan. 12: 2; Matt. 25 : 41 (ΠορΕν- (αθι ά.Λ ί>οί); Mark 8: 38; Luke 21 : 36; Rev. 6: 16 (xpv- ■ψατί >;μ-'ϊ{ Mo Λ()οιιώ;<ον). — Dt. (fare hem) ;-Calv. (^piidijiainus ab ejus praesentia), Steph. (ab eo cliscedamus pudefacti), Hamm. in the paraphrase (turned with shame β•οηι him), Greenf. (V3?'7p tt'OJ), Bloomf. (assents to Green's rendering, shrink from him with shame), De ΛΥ. (' mo, pregnant, including the idea of turning away, as αίηχ. άτίό ΛροοώΛοιι Sir. 21 : 22.'). Peile {-put to confusion of face as being cast away from him'). Dust, (who also cites Bez., Episcopius, J. Lange, Liicke) ;-Rob. ("pr. so as to turn away from him'). '' Γίρύιαχιΐί is rendered as an imperative mood in E. V. marg.; -TV., T., C, R. ;-Syr , Latin ver.ss. (except Pagn., Bez.), German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt., It., French verss. ;-Wakef., Newc. I prefer the affirmative construction for the reason assigned by Bez. : • Ubique enim negat se docere imperitos.' See ch. 4 : 2 N. a. ' Scott : ' In all the passages in this epistle' (except once, ch. 5 : 18), 'and in several of the others, the passive perfect is used, which is properly, has been Ac' See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. a, &c. — Fr. S.;-Engl. Ann. (at ch. 3: 9), Mack. ■' This rendering of yfrmu, which is required at ch. 5:1, is equally suitable throughout the Epistle. — E. V. ch. 5 : 1, 18 ; Acts 13 : 33 ; 1 Cor. 4:15; Philem. 10 ; &c. ;-Fr. S. (engendre ;- for ne of other verss ) ;-Calv., Cocc, Carpz., (genitus ;-for na- ius of other verss.), Engl. Ann. at ch. 3 : 9, Scott, ('or, beg.'), Mack., Clarke, Penn, Barn. " The comma here restored by the Amer. Bib. Soc. is not needed, any more than in the other cases of the dependent con- struction of ΛοίαΛο5, where E. V. omits it; Mark 1-1,1; Luke 1 ; 20 ; 7 : 39. It may be added, that the restoration of the comma made it only the more proper to retain the point of ex- clamation, which the Soc. has dropped. — W., T., R. ;-Latin and French verss. (except Castal.), It. ;-TYesl., Mack., Newc, Thom., Clarke. '' The article is omitted by all foreign verss. (except Fr. M.) ; -AVakef., Newc, Thora., Penn, Sharpe, Dav., Kenr., Peile ;- Rob. For children, see E. V. throughout John's Epistles (except here and v. 2), and generally elsewhere ;-German and French verss., Dt. ;-Dodd. and the later English. ' The addition of xai Ιαμίν after χχηθΰμεί' (A. B. C, A'ulg., &c.) is adopted only by Lachm. ■■ The Greek order is kept in both instances by W.. R. ;- Latin verss. (except Castal.) ;-"\Yakef., Mack., Thom. : — in the first instance, by Syr.: — in the second, by T., C, G. ;-It ;- Dodd., Wesl., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. ' See V. 1, X. b. ' See ch. 2: 28, N. j. A passive verb, with or without an adjective, is employed by Syr. ;-Dt., French ver.ss. ;-Aug., Bez., Hamm., Pears., Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Scott, Greenf., Van Ess, Penn, Peile. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III. 39 KING JAMES VERSION. appear what we shall be : but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him ; for we shall see him as he is. 3 And every man that hath this hope in him piirifieth himself, even as he is pure. 4 Whosoever committelh sin transgresseth also the law ; for sin is the trangression of the law. 5 And ye know that he was manifested to take away our sins ; and in him is no sin. 6 Whosoever abideth in him sinneth not : whosoever sinneth hath not seen him, neither known him. 7 Little children, let no man deceive you : he that doeth right- eousness is righteous, even as he is righteous. GREEK TEXT. 8αμεν δέ bti εάν φανερωθγι, 'όμοιοι αύτφ ίσόμεθα, σΤι 6'^όμεθα αυτόν χαθός ίοτι. 3 Καϊ τχάς 6 'έχων tr^v ΐλτύ^α ταίτην έτι αίττώ, αγνίζει εαυτόν, καθωζ έχεινος αγνός έση. 4 ΤΙάς ο τωιών τήν af/apTi'av, και, την άνομίαν ηοιεϊ• και η ajuapTi'a έστϊν ή ανομία. 5 και οίόατε ση εκείνος έφανε ρώ- θη, ίνα τας αμαρτίας τ,μών άργ• και ά^ίαρτί'α έν αιτώ ονχ έση. 6 τίας ό έν αντω μένων, ονχ αμαρ- τάνει- ττάς ό α^ααρτά^ωϊ', ονχ ίώρα- κεν αυτόν, ον^ε έγνωχεν αίτόν. 7 Ύεκνία, μηδείς ηλανάτω νμάς• 6 TtoLav ττ,ν ^ίχαιοσννην, ^ίκαώς έατι, καθώς εκείνος ά'καιός έστιν. REVISED VERSION. been manifested what we shall be, but we know that, when eit shall ""be manifested, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is. 3 And every 'one that hath this hope Jon Him purifieth him- self even as Oe is pure. 4 'Every one that committeth sin "committeth also "violation of law ; "and sin is "violation of law. 5 And ye know that pHc was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is ino sin. 6 '^Every one that abideth in him sinneth not ; ''every one that sinneth hath not seen him, neither known him. 7 Little children, let no 'one deceive you ; he that doeth right- eousness is righteous, even as 'He is righteous. ^ Or, he ;-which personal reference, besides being favoured by ch. 2: 28 and Col. 3 : 4, appears in W , G. (as a supplement), R. ;-Dt (as G.), It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn., Bez., (supply ipse), Calv. (in the comment), AVells, Whitb., Berl. Bib., Guyse, Dodd., Moldenh., Wakef , Mack., Newc, Thom., Scott, Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf. Yet I prefer the impersonal construc- tion as being that of the previous clause, and because, had a change been intended, it would have accorded with John's manner to say, Ixdvoi ; as at vv. 3, 5, &c. So T., C. ;-Germ. ;- Castal., Engl. Ann. (• or, i<'), Grot., B. and L., Beng., Bens., Carpz., Liicke, Mey., Ros., Trol., De ^Y., Stier, Peile. — Syr. and Vulg. are doubtful ; though Tremell. and Murd., All. and Kenr., adopt the personal reference. •■ 'When the mystery of our future being is unveiled, this is what shall be disclosed : '' fVe shall be like AiOT"-vvhatever of glory and blessedness that involves.' See N. f, &c. ' E. v., ch. 2 : 29 ; Matt. 7 : 8 ; &c. ;-R. ;-Dodd. and the later verss. (except Newc). 1 The ambiguity of E. V. is, perhaps, commonly misunder- stood by the English reader as=er tauTij. — E. V., Ps. 119 : 49 (upon) j-SjT. (=bv}, Germ, (zu), Dt. ;-Engl. Ann. ('or, on'), Hamm., Berl. Bib., Moldenh. (as Germ.), Newc. (placeth this h. in him), Mey., All. {diese Hoffmmg aiif ihn setzt), De W., Peile (set on him). The capital Η also would help to guard the reader against mistake. k See ch. 2 : 6, N. 1. > See ch. 2 : 23, N. x. " The correspondence between ό rtotujy and ^otft is preserved by W., T., C, R. ;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez. ;-whose transgreditur is followed in E. Y.), German verss. (except Moldenh., All.), Dt., It., Fr. G.-S. ;-Hamm., Dodd., Mack., Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. " Elsewhere E. V. renders ανομία, twelve times, iniquity ; and once, unrighteovsiuss. Here the allusion to the composition of the term is stronger than either of these English ivords conveys. — Dodd. (Ί choose violation as rather a more express- ive word than transgression, and so answering more exactly to acofit'o.'), Thom., Peile {non-conformily to law). Ανομία (like a|Uapri'a) takes the article as an abstract noun, not as re- ferring to any particular law. No article is introduced in either clause by Λ\., Τ., C, R. ;-Greenf., Murd., Kenr., Peile. Mack., Thom., omit before law ; Penn, before transgression. ° See ch. 1 : 2, N. i. It is in the style of John, that this assertion in the abstract of the essential oneness of sin and lawlessness should be attached to the previous concrete form rather as an additional, cumulative statement, than as an argu- mentative ground or justification. — W., C, R. ;-Latin verss. (except Pagn.. Bez.), German verss. (except Moldenh. and Mey.), It., Fr. S. ;-Wells, Ros., Greenf., Kenr., Peile (yea). ρ See ch. 2 : 6, N. 1. Lachm. and Tisch. cancel ήμων. 1 See ch. 1 : 8, N. z. ■^ Seech. 2:23, N. x. ■ See ch. 2 : 1, N. b, and 4 : 12, N. y, &c. ' See ch. 2 : 6, N. I. 40 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III. KING JAMES VERSION. 8 He that committeth sin is of the devil ; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil. 9 Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin ; for liis seed remainelii in him ; and he can- not sin, because he is born of God. 10 In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil : whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brolher. 11 For this is the message that ye heard from the begin- ning, that we should love one another. 12 Not as Gain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his GREEK TEXT. S ο TtoMV tnv ά/ΐίαρτι'αΐ', ex tov διαβό?Μν εστίν on άτι άρχεις ο ha- βολος αμαγτάνει. εΙς tovTo έφανε- ρώθη ο νιος tov θεού, ίνα λνσ'(ΐ τα ipya tov δίαβόλον. 9 τίάς 6 γεγεννημένος εχ τον θεού, αμαρτίαν ον τΐοιει, otl σηερμα αντον εν avtci μενεί' και οι' hivatai «|Uap- τάνειν, ott εχ του Θεοιί γεγεννηται. 10 εν Toitiu φανερά έΰτι τά tixva toi) θεού χαΐ τα τεχνα τον 8ίαβό?Χ)ν. ΤΙάς δ μη τΐοιών 6ixatoavvy;v, ονχ εστιν εχ του θεού, χαι ό μτ, άγατιών τόν ά?}ελφόν αντού. 11 δτι ανίτ}7 έστΙν ή αγγελία 'ην ηχούσατε απ' άρχης, ϊνα άγατιώμεν άλλήλονς- 12 ον καθώς Κάϊν εχ tov τίονηρού ην, xai έσφαξε τον ά^ελφον avtov• REVISED VERSION. 8 He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth irom the beginning. For this " was the Son of God manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil. 9 'Every one that ''hath been "begotten of God doth not com- mit sin, for his seed ^abideth in him ; and he cannot sin, because he "hath been ^begotten of God : 10 In this 'are manifest the children of God and the children of the devil. ^Every one that doeth not righteousness is not of God, ''and he that loveth not his brother. 11 For this is the "^message that ye heard from the begin- ning, that we should love one another f 12 Not as Cain * was of 'the wicked one, and slew shis broth- " There is nothing for purpose in the Greek ;-R. ;-any for- eign vers. ;-Sharpe (^for this was), ICenr. (for ihis hath the S. of G. appeared). • See ch. 2 : 23, N. x. * See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c. » See ch. 2 : 29, N. d. 1 Seech. 2:19, N.k,&c. «All foreign verss. (except Dt ;-Moldcnh.), and Wakef., translate ^ai^fpci tart before either of the subjects ; Penn and Kenr., after both. ' See ch. 2 : 23, N. x. Here begins a new section, in which the general doctrine of the previous context is applied to the case of loving our brother. This closer connection of the first half of v. 10 with what precedes, and of the second half with what follows, or at least this latter connection, is variously indicated in the editions of Beng., Griesb., Mey., Lachm., Bloomf , Sch. '■ W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Mey.) ;- Dodd., Sharpe {as also), Murd., Kenr., Peile (also). ' E. V. marg. : ' Or, commandment.'' Άγγίλια, which oc- curs nowhere else in the N. T., has both meanings in classic Greek. Here they may be said to coalesce. ■■ The close connection that exists, though in a compressed form, between vv. 11 and 12, is broken up by the punctuation of E. V. — W. and C. have a comma ; T., a colon. Others vary from a period to a comma. ' Liicke: 'Some supply after oi: άγαΛΰμιν, others ηοίΰμιν and the like. But in the first ease there arises an irony un- suitable in this connection ; and in both cases a second supple- ment becomes necessary, to wit, of oj after Κάϊν, which, as the omission of the relative pronoun is in classic as well as N. T. Greek without example, could hardly be justified. Much simpler is it with Grotius to complete the sentence thus : oix ϋιμεν έχ tov rCovrjpoi, χαθώ; Κάϊν ix ■tov Λονηροϋ ^i/.' Better Still Win. : 'Properly, there is nothing to be supplied (βιμεν or ηοίΰμεν would not fit ov), but, the comparison being negligently ex- pressed, the reader easily adjusts the clauses for himself: that we love one another, not as Cain was of the wicked one &c. shall it or may it be so with us.' So also De Vi\, who refers to John 0: 58, and adds that the present place is 'yet more diffi- cult to complete, but for that very reason is not to be com- pleted ... as we should otherwise render the expression clumsy.' In like manner Erasm., Vat., Hamm., Wakef, introduce no supplement. — The relative construction of E. V. appears in Syr., Vulg., and most other verss. f The demonstrative is not used by W., T., G., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Erasm., Pagn., Yat., Bez.) ;-Dodd. and the later verss. (except Newc). ^ Win. : ' In the N. T., more frequently than among the Greeks, aifov &c, appears for the reflexive avroi &c., and the Codd. vary exceedingly in the mode of writing these two pro- nouns. Only the Editors of the X. T. have not generally ob- served this, and so at present less stress can be laid on the N. T. text than on that of Greek authors.' This extraordinary (aitsserordentlich) vacillation is exemplified in this one verse, THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III. 41 KING JAMES VERSION. brother. And wherefore slew he liim"? Because his own works were evil, and his brodier's right- eous. 13 Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you. 14 We know that we have passed from death unto life, be- cause we love the brethren. He that loveth not his brother, abid- eth in death. 15 Whosoever hateth his broth- er, is a murderer : and ye know that no murderer hath eternnl life abiding in hini. 16 Hereby perceive we the GREEK TEXT. καϊ χάριν fh'og εσφαζεν αυτόν; bti τα έργα αντού τΐονηρα ήν, τα hε τον ά8ελφού αυτοί' hixaia. 13 μη θαυμάζετε, αδελφοί μου, ει μισεί υμάς 6 κόσμος. 14 'ϋμείς ο'ώαμεν στι μεΤαβεβή- καμεν εκ Του θανάτου εις την ζωην, όΤί άγατίώμεν τους αδελφούς• 6 μη αγαπών τον ά§ελφόν, μένει εν τώ θανάτω. 1-5 τίάς 6 μισών τόν ά^ελφόν αυ- τού, άνθρωττοκτόνος εστί• καϊ ο'ώατε ΟΤΙ ηάς άνθρίΛΤΧοκτόνος ουκ έχει ζΐύτ,ν αιώνων εν αυτώ μένουσαν. 1G Έν τούτω εγνώκαμεν Την άγά- RE VISED VERSION. er ; and wherefore slew he hiir ? Because s\ns own works were '■wicked, 'but ^his brother's righ- teous. 13 M:irvel not, mj^ brethren, if the world Jhateth you. 14 ''As for us, we know that we have passed 'out of death ■"into life, because we love the brethren : he that loveth not "his brother abideth in death. 15 "Every one that hateth his brother is a Pmankiller ; and ye know that no Pmankiller hath eternal life abiding in him. 16 Hereby ihave we known '' Ποΐ')7ρ05 occurs six timei5 in this Epistle, and here only is translated evil in E. V. But it is of more importance to ob- serve, and to retain, the verbal correspondence between Καίκ ίχ tov jtonjpov ψ and ta f'pya airov Λοκτρρά ήν. They were tne works of his father (.John 8 : 41).— The same word is given in both clauses by W., R. ;-Syr., Latin verss. (except Calv.), Dt.;- Mack., Newc, Thorn., Mey., Greinf., All., Sharpe, De W., Murd., Kenr. ' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. ' 'As it does.' — The indicative mood is retained by W. ;- foreign verss. ;-Mack., Sharpe. ^ Liicke : 'Full of emphasis : ήμιις — in opposition to the dark world full of hatred and devilish fratricide.' Bloomf. : 'We, for our part.' Peile : ' We that are Christ's disciples ;' &c. See ch. 2 : 20, N. p, &c. 1 ' And abide no longer in death' (last clause). — E. V., Matt. 27: 53; 2 Cor. 4 : 6; 1 Pet. 2: 9; &c.;-Germ., Dt.;-Pagn., Bez., Cocc, Beng., Carpz. (e.r;-for Vulg. de), Moldenh., Mey., De W. ■» E. v., Matt. 18: 8,9; 19: 17; 25: 21, 23; 1 Pet. 2: 9; &c. ;-Germ., Dt. ;-Calv., Beng., Carpz., (iw;-for Vulg. ad), Moldenh., Mey., All., De W. " Lachm. and Tisch. cancel τον ά6Λφόν. » See ch. 2 : 23, N. x. ρ While in the N. T. ψορι,ύί occurs 7 times and is always in E. V. murderer, ανθρωΛοχΐόνος (not found at all in the Sept ; the common expression there being ^ovtvtr;! or a participle of φοι<εύω, though in Wisd. 12 : 5 appears fovtv; itself) is met with elsewhere only in .John 8 : 44. There Satan is said to have been ai'SpuHoxr. an' αρχής, as having 'brought death into the world and all our woe' (comp. Wisd. 2: 24: φθόνφ 6ια/3όλου eavatoi εΐατρίθίν fij tov χόαμον ; and Sir. 25 : 24). And so what the writer directly aims at here is, not the expression of a moral sentiment, but (with a conscious reference to the c(ira- position of a somewhat unusual word) didactically to assert, that, as tending to the prejudice and ultimate ruin of the object, hatred of a brother involves a breach of the sixth command- ment of the law (comp. Matt. 5 : 21, 22. Beng. : ' Orane odium est Conatus contra vilam.'). and yet, of course, to express this without any such accompanying extenuation, as is suggested by the modern technical use of homicide, manslaughter. For the same purpose I avail myself of Dryden's word, Ovid. Metam. xv. (cited by Rich.) : ' To kill man killers, Man has lawful power.' With an eye, perhaps, to the present context, an old English writer speaks of ' Kayne the 7nanqueller^-a. phrase which W. also employs at Mark 6 : 27. — W., T., C, G., (manslayer) ;- Syr. (^ti'lJN 7£0p), Latin verss. (homicida), Germ. (7ΌΛ- schlagei•), Dt. (doodslager), It. (micidiale), Fr. S. {homicide ; -for meurlrier of Fr. G. and -M.);-B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Moldenh. (as Germ.), Wakef., Mack., Penn, Murd., {as W.), Scott {a killer of man). Here E. V. follows R., which at John 8 : 44 has mankiller. 1 See ch. 2: 3, N. h. Here the perfect tense is retained by Λν., G., R. ;-Vulg., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;- Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Cocc, Pyle, Mack., Newc. marg., Clarke, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. as it stands in our Text. Bloomf., Lachm., Tisch., have aitov I it because the first aitov here stands for avtov more certainly thrice. As it regards aitov. its use generally in the N. T., and than does the second, that E. V. so renders the one and not the in its present connection with α&Λ^ός m this Epistle, does not other, but meiely for the sake of an easier discrimination. See warrant the emphasis given to it by Wakef., his own ; nor is | Rev. 1 . 5, N. x, β 43 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III. KING JAMES VERSION. love of God, liecause he laid clown his lile lor us : and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren. 17 But whoso hath this world's good, and seeth his brother have need, and shutleth up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwclletli the love of God in him ■/ 18 My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue, but in deed and in truth. 19 And hereby we know that GREEK TEXT. nviv, oTt εκείνος ντύρ τιμών trf '^νχτβ' αυτοί' εΟτ^χε• και 'αμεϊς οφείλομεν [iTtip των αδελφών τας '^νχας τιθεναι. 17 δς ό' άί' εχγι τον (3ιον τον κόσμου, και θεοργι τοι^ ά^ε?^φυ}' αντον χρείαν έχοντα, καϊ χ'λείΰγ τα οηλάγ- χνα αυτοί) απ' αϊτοί', ηώς η άγάηη τον θεον μένει εν αίτφ ; 18 τεκ^'α μου, μη άγατίΰμεν "λόγω μη8έ γλύσαγ, οΛΧ έργω και αλγιθεί€(.. 19 Και εν τούτω γινώσκομεν ότι REVISED VERSION. 'love, because 'He laid down his lii'e for us : 'we also ouglit to lay down our lives for the brethren. 17 But whoso hath "the world's ■'goods, and seeth his brother have need,nnd shultetli up his^^'bowels from liiin, how ^ubidelh the love of Cod in himV' 18 My little children, let us not love in word ''nor ^in tongue, but "in deed and in truth. 19 ''And hereby we know that ■■ ' What love is, and to what lengths of self-sacrifice it can go.' — The E. V. supplement (from Vulg. and Bez.) is avoided by T., C, G. ;-Protestant German verss., Dt., French verss. ;- Aug. (■ Pcrfectionem dilcctionis dicit.'), Erasm. and other Latin verss., Cocc. ('Qualis sit vera charitas definit, sive quoniodo ilia cognoscatur cxplicat,'), Beng., Pjle, Wakef., Newc, Ros., Bloomf., Barn., Peilc. » See ch. 2 : G, N. 1. ι An immediate inference; as in ch. 4:11. ' Debemus igitur ct nos Sec' (Grot, Kos.). The also helps to bring out the emphasis (see ch. 2 : 20, N. p, &c.), and is, accordingly, intro- duced (or its equivalent), though sometimes as a supplement, and sometimes accompanied by other conjunctions, by T., G. ;- Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), It., French verss. (of which the S. has 7ious aiissi nous);-Ou Ό., Carpz., Penn Murd. " Only here, 1 Tim. G: 7 (where the later editions, including the Amer. Bible Soc.'s last, inconsistently mark this as sup- plied), and Rev. 11 : 15, is the article before χόαμος rendered in E. v. («after the Vulg. hujus) as a demonstrative pronoun. This is avoided by R. ;-Syr., Dt., It. ;-Aug., Erasm. and the later Latin verss. (except Castiil.), Beng., Dodd.. Newc, Thom., Mey., (ireenf., De W., Murd., Peile ;-though .several of these employ an adjective for toi χόαμ. ' Elsewhere in E. V. βίο; is either life or living. In the latter sense, or the means of sustaining life, substance, prop- erty, the form good is not now current. — Germ. (Giiter), It. (&ί')ίί), French versi. (iiV/is) ;- Wells, Dodd. (good things -j-so Wakef, Newc.), Moldenh., Liicke, All., (a.f Germ.), Mack., Van Ess and De W. {Lebensgiiter), Pcnn, Bloomf " The figure in ατΟ-ύτ^χνα. is retained, and withojt .supple- ment, by E. v., Phil. 1:8; 2:1; Col. 3 : 12;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Castal. The Germ, verss. and TH. = heart.) \- Dodd., Mack., Scott. Sharpe. Murd., Kenr. It is reduced to compassion by T., C, G. ;-Thom., Penn; to affections, by Wakef. » See ch. 2: 19, N. k, &.c. E. V. translates μίνα 8 times in John's Epistles by dwell. But that word is better lor oixiw and its compounds, as in Rom. 8: 9, 11 ; 1 Cor. 3: IG; 2 Cor. 6: 10; Eph. .3: 17; Col. 1: 19; 2: 9; 3: IG; 2 Tim. 1 : 14; James 4 : 5. Mivu, on the other hand, and especially in John's characteristic use of it, imports not the mere fact of dwelling, considered simply and absolutely; but continuance, perseve- rance, in opposition to change and apostasy. See eh. 2: 19. Comp. also John G : 56, where E. V. has dwell, with John 15 : 4, ic, where it luas abide. Even in .John 14 : 10, where μίνω expresses a relation between the Fatlier and the Son, it at the same time implies that the humiliation of the flesh had induced no change in that relation. — R. {doth . . . abide), Latin verss., except Castal., (manet), Germ, (bleibet), Dt. (blijft) ;-Engl. Ann. ('It cannot abide'), Beng. ('manet. Dicebat, se amare Deum : sed nonjam amat.'), Carpz. (permaneat), Wakef (can . . . remain), Mack., Newc, Scott, Mey. (konnle bleiben), All. (as Germ.), Kenr. (as /}.), Peile (can . . . have taken abiding ■possession) ;-Pass. (• von Horn, an allg. in Poes. u. Pros. . . . bleiben wo man gerade ist, nicht von der Stelle gehen.'), , Bretsch. ('in Johannis scriplis . . . μίνα,ν ϊν tivi, est : in ea con- ditione, in qua quis est, perseverare.'), Rob. (to remain). See ch. 4: 12. N. a. y R.;-Dodd. (or), Wakef. Newc, Tho n., Murd., (and), Mack., Penn. Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. ' Griesb. and the later editors (except B!oonif ) insert τ^ before γλώβ»»;, and this reading (A. B. C, &c.) Beng. also marks as plane pro genuina habendum. I recommend that it be adopted, and translated: witli the tongi/c. German verss., Dt.; -Thom., Peile. Besides these, It., Fr. G. ;-B. and L.. Sharpe, use the article. ° Griesb. and the later editois (except Bloomf) read, on evi- dence which Beng. also pronounces clearly sutfieicut, iv ίργφ xai άλ. I recommend that this reading be adopted, and trans- lated: in deed and truth. λΥ. (in work and tr.). R.;-Ueng., All., Goss., Van Ess, Berl. Bib. and De W. (use mit with this double reference), Peile. '' For the various constructions of vv. 19, 20, including the diiBcult, and not yet satisfactorily disposed of, case of the second oti, see Liicke. Win., De W. It is not necessary to introduce here a discussion, that would not after all affect the version. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV. 43 KING JAMES VERSION. we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before him. 20 For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things. 21 Beloved, if our heart con- demn us not, then have we con- fidence toward God. 22 And whatsoever we ask, we receive of him, because we keep his commandments, and do those things that are pleasing in his sight. 2-3 And this is his command- ment. That we should believe on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as he gave us commandment. 24 And he that keepeth his commandments, dwelleth in him, and he in him. And hereby we know that he abideth in us, by the Spirit which he hath given us. CHAP. IV. Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world. 2. Hereby know ye the Spirit of God: Every spirit that con- GREEK TEXT. ex της αλγιΰείας εσμεν, xai εμτΐροσθεν airtov τΐείσομεν τας καρ&'ας ημών 20 art έαν καταγινώσχγι ημον γ[ καρδ/α, δη μείζων έστΙν ο Θεός Τ/ις καρ&'ας ήμων, χαι γούσχει. ηάντα. 21 άγατίητο'ί, έαν ή καρδία ημών ,μη καταγινώσχΎΐ τιμών, τχαρρησίαν εχομεν τιρός Τυν θεον, 22 και ό έαν αιτώμεν, λαμβώ'ομεν nap' αυτού, δτι τας έντολας αιηΌν τγίροϋμεν, καΐ τα αρεστά ένώηιον αυτοί) τίοίονμεν. 23 και αι"τ>7 έατίν η ένΤολη αΐ'Τοϊ', ίνα τίιστενσωμεν τω ονόματι τον νΐον αντον Ίησον Χρίστου, και, άγατίώμεν αλλτΡίονς, καθώς εδωκεν έντολην ήμίν. 24 xai ό τ-ηρών τας έντοΤυάς αν- τον, εν αντώ μένει, και αντος έν αι'το. και έν τούτω γινώΰχομεν δτι ^ιένει έν ήμίν, έχ του ΤΙνενματος ον τιμίν εδωχεν. CHAP. IV. 'ΑΓΑΠΗΤΟΙ μη ηαντϊ ηνενματι ηιατενετε, aTJXxi δοκιμάζετε τα τίνεν- fiaTa, ει έχ τον Θεού έστιν δτι τίολ- λοί ■ψευδθ7ίρο(|)-/;ται έζελτ^λίθαΰιν εΙς τδν χόσμον. 2 έν τούτω γινώΰκετε τδ Τίνενμα τον ΘεοΪΓ τΐάν ηνενμα δ ομολογεί REVISED VERSION. we are of the truth ; and shall "^assure our hearts before him. 20 For, if "Όμ/• heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things. 21 Beloved, if our heart con- demn us not, ^ we have confi- dence toward God. 22 And, whatsoever we ask, we receive '^from him, because we keep his commandments, and do s^the things that are pleasing in his sight. 23 And this is his command- ment, ""that we should believe on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as he gave us commandment. 24 And he that keepeth his commandir.ents 'nbideih in him, and -"he in him : and hereby we know tliat he abideth in us, by the Spirit ''that he 'gave us. CHAP. IV. Beloved, believe not every spirit, but tiy the spirits whether they are of God : because many false prophets are gone out into the world. 2 Hereby "ye know the Spirit of God: every spirit, that con- ' The marginal note of E. V., ' Gr. persuade,' may better be omitted here, than in Acts 12: 20. ■■ The construction of the first ημΰν here is the same as that of the second ημ,^ν in v. 21, and the English possessive pronoun is supplied as in v. 14. ' W., R. ;-Syr., Latin and French verss., It. j-Wakef., Mack., Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. ' B. v., Mark 12: 2 ; John 5 : 34; &c. ;-"Wakef., Mack., Thom., Penn, Murd., Kcnr., Peile. ^ No demonstrative pronoun is introduced by Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), It., Fr. G. -M.,-S. ;-Aug., Calv, Bez., Grot., Dodd., Carpz., VYakef., Mack., Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile; — though of these the German and Latin verss., Wakef.. Sharpe, Peile, employ a compound relative. '' This is not a direct quotation, but a general summary of the evangelical law. The original edition of E. V., therefore, and nearly all previous and subsequent verss., are right in hav- ing no capital letter here. See ch. 4 ; 21. ' See V. 17, N. x, &c. i Here, as in ch. 4 : 5, 6 ; &c., the antithetical structure secures the due emphasis of the pronominal subject (see ch. 1 : 7, N. X, &c.). I• The reference is to the witness of the personal, indwelling Spirit (Rom. 8 : 9-16). See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.— W. (whom). 1 'To abide with us for ever' (John 14: 16). Comp. the historical time of Gal. 3:2; Eph. 1 : 13. W., T., G. ' See ch. 2 : 29, N. b. Nor is it likely that the yivuexofiiv of V. 6 is a change of mood. — W., R., (is knoicn •,~αΛαν the Vulg. cognoscitnr, which, like the Syr. and It., rests on the reading yivuaxetai., still found in some cursive MSS.), Dt.;-Bcng., Dodd. and the later English verss. (except Wakef., who follows the ^ίνύαχομίν of one copy [see Mill. Prol. 11731. and Penn). 44 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV. KING JAMES VKIiSIOX. fesseth that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh, is of" God : 3 And every spirit that con- fesseth not that Jesus Christ is come In the flesh, is not of God. And this is that sjjirit of anti- christ, whereof ye have heard that it should come ; and even now already is it in the world. 4 Ye are of God, little chil- dren, and have overcome them : because greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world. 5 They are of the world : therefore speak they of the world, and the world heareth them. G We are of God. He that knoweth God, heareth us ; he that is not of God, heareth not GREEK TEXT. 'ίησοϋν Χριστοί^ iv σαρκί έληλνθό'ΐα, εχ τον Θεοϋ εστί. 3 και ηάν τίνενμα δ μ'η ομολογεί tov 'IriOovv Χρίστον ii> σαρχί β?.Υ!λν- θότα, εχ τον Θεού ονχ έστι• καϊ τοϋτύ ί'στί τό του αντί;^ρί'στου, ό (χκ>7κόατε δτί έρχεται, και νιψ εν τω κόσμα έστΙν τ^η. 4 'Ύμεΐς εχ τον Θεού ίστε, τεκνια, καί νενικτίκατε αντονς• 'ότι μείζυν έστΙν ό εν νμίν η ό εν το κόσμφ. 5 Αίτοί εκ τού κόσμου είσί• Sia τούτο εχ τού κόσμου λαλοί'σι, και ό κόσμος αϊτών όχοίει. 6 τΜεϊζ εχ τού Θεού εσμεν ό γι- νώσκων τον Θεόν, άχονει τμών ός ονχ εστίν εχ τού Θεού, ονχ άχονει REVISED VERSION. fesseth "^ Jesus Christ come in ■= flesh, is of God. 3 And every spirit, that ''con- fesseth not ^ Jesus Christ come in f flesh, is not of God ; and this is that sinrit of ^the antichrist, whereof ye liave heard that it ■"cometh, and ' now J it is in the world Jalready. 4 "Ύου, little children, are of God, and have overcome them ; because greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world. 5 'They are of ihe world ; ihcrc'fbre ^ivkat is of the world they speak, and the world hear- elh them : G 'We are of God ; he that knoweth God heareth us ; he that is not of God heareth not us. '' The common construction (Rob., Scliirl., &c.) of ΐ%τ;7,νθόΐα as used for ίΧηΤ-νθίναί, which appears in one or two MSS., is not necessarj-( Win. even denies, that the participle ever stands for the infinitive)-and it injuriously restricts the sense to the fact of the incarnation. — It., Fr. S. ;-Grot. (' Voluit Apostolus hie noraini -Jesu addere hunc titulum, qui venit in carne, quasi diceret, eum dico Jesum qui non cum rcgia ponipa et cxerciti- bus venit, sed in statu humili, abjecto. multisque malis ac post- remum cruci obno.xio. — Pari de causa Apostolus Paulus, cum dixisset a se Christum praedicari, addidit crucifixum.'), Vorst., Pears., B. and L., Wolf, (says of the received reading : 'omnino efBcacior est.'), Moldenh. (den . . . gekommenen J. C), Thom., Scott (as Jiavbig come), Mey. (den . . . Erschienenen), Penn (that J. [is] C. come ;-so Sharpe, is the C. come), Tiol., De W. (als erschienen. Of the other construction he says, that it ' somewhat changes the sense, and lays all the emphasis on iv a. £λι;λ.'), Stier. Ilamm., Whitb., Berl. Bib., Beng., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., adopt a relative construction (J. C. who is come). ' This apostle does not use αάρξ and ij σάρ| indiscriminately. — W., R. ;-It., French vorss. j-Wakef. (marks the as supplied), Thom. ■^ The reading λνιι, tov Ijjs., quoted by Socrates, and followed in the Vulg. (solvit Jesum), is adopted bj' none of the editors, though Liicke and De ^V. suppose that from it came the τόν of the Received Text. The words Xpiarov h a. £λ);λ., are brack- eted by Knapp, Hahn, and cancelled by Griesb., Mey., Lachm., Tisch., Theile. Sch. omits only Xpiatov. ' See V. 2, N. b. f See v. 2, N. c. s Seech. 2:18, N.d,&c. i" The present indicative is retained by W., R. ;-Vulg., Fr. S. ; -Hamm., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Thom., All.. Van Ess, Sharpe, Murd., Ivenr., Peilo. ' There is nothing for ereii in W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M.);-IIamm., More, Dodd., Wesl., Mack, or the later verss. Wakef., omitting rii-, has indeed. > The ^5)j is given last by Mack., Newc, Peile.— Hamm., Wells, AVakef., Newc, Sharpe, Kenr., (ii [he] is). k Beng. : ' Vos, Jesum Christum agnoscentes.' See ch. 2 : 20, N. p, (fee. Here the emphasis is retained by means of the above transposition of the noun in W'.;-Guyse, Carpz., Thom., Penn, Murd. 1 Seech. 3: 24, N.j. " Not : ' things about the world ;' but : ' things having, like themselves, a worldly temper and origin.' Or rather : • their speaking, in matter and manner, impulse and aim, has this character.'— G. (speak they worldly things);-SyT. (=Greenf. ]D), Dt. (uit ;-thus explained in the note : ' That is, things that are from the world, and that accord with the understanding of unregenerate men, or even with their worldly lusts.'). It. (quello che parlam e del mondo), Fr. S. (comme etant) ;-the A'ulg. de mmido is exchanged for e or ea- m. by Erasm., Calv., Vat. ('ex affectu mundi, cujus sunt.'), Aret., Cocc, Beng. ('ex mundi vita ac sensu sermones suos promunt.'); for mundana, by Pagn., Bez., Par. ; for a m.., by Casta!. Grot. (' id est, ti ex ■ioi χόαμον decent et praedicunt mundi affectibus congruentia.'). B. and L. (selim), Dodd. ([as] of), Moldenh. (a»s;-for the Germ, ro»), Wakef., Thom., (suitably to), Mack., Penn, Murd., (from), Mey., Van Ess, (was der If'elt gefalll), Stolz (nach), Kist.j De W., (was [von] d. W. ist). THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV. 45 KING JAMES VERSION. US. Hereby know we the spirit of truth, and the spirit of error. 7 Beloved, let us love one an- other : for love is of God ; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. 8 He that loveth not, knoweth not God ; for God is love. 9 In this was manifested the love of God toward us, because that God sent his onlj'-begotten Son into the world, that we might live through him. 10 Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent his Son to he the propitiation for our sins. 11 Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another. 12 No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one an- 6REEK TEXT. τμών. Έχ tovrov γινώσχομε7> to ηνενμα Tr.g αληθείας και τό ηνενμα 7 'AvaTtyitoi, άγατίωμεν αλλ^ίλοιις- art ri αγάηγι εχ τον Θεού έστι, χαι Ttag ό άγατίων, εχ τον θεού γεγέννη- ται, και γα>ύ/ΰχει τον θεόν S ό μη άγατϊών, ονχ εγνω τον Θεόν δτι ό Θεός άγάτΐη εστίν. 9 Έν τούτω έ(ρχνερώθη ή άγάτΐη τον Θεού εν τμιν, οτι τον ν'ιον αυτού τον μονογείΎ, ά7κατα7.κεν ο Θεός εις τόν χόσμον, Ίνα ζγ,αομΐν hi αντού. IQ έν τούτω εστίν τι άγάηη, ονχ 'ότι τομείς Ύγαΐΐτραμ^ν τον Θεόν, αλλ' δτι αυτός γγάτιησεν ημά.ς, χαϊ άτύ- στείλε τόν νϊον αίτού ί?Μ.σμόν ηερί των αμαρτιών τμων. 1 1 άγαηγιτοί, ει όντως 6 Θεός γ,γά- ητ^σεν ημάς, χαί -^ίΐεϊς οφείλομεν αλ• λτίλους dj/aTtai'. 12 Θεόν οί'^εις τϊώηοτε τεθέαται- έαν άγαηώμεν αλλήλους, ό Θεός εν REVISED VERSION. "By this we know the spirit of truth and the spirit of error. 7 Beloved, let us love one an- other ; for love is of God, and everjr one that loveth °hath been Pbegotten of God, and knoweth God: 8 He that loveth not, knoweth not God ; for God is love. 9 In this was manifested the love of God ''in us, 'that God 'hath sent his ' Son, the only be- gotten, into the world, that we might live through him. 10 Herein is love, not that "we loved God, but that "he loved us, and 'sent his Son ^ a propitiation for our sins. 11 Beloved, if God so loved us, ^we also ought to love one another. 12 No yone hath ''at any time seen God : if we love one an- " The only instance in the Epistle of ix ϊοΰτου, for which, however, Lachm. alone substitutes h tovHji- « Seech. 2:29, N.c, &c. Ρ See ch. 2 : 29, N. d. 1 ' In our case.' Or the expression may refer to an inward revelation of the love of God, consequent upon the incarnation of the Son. Comp. Rom. 5 : 5 and 2 Cor. 4 : 6. — W., R. ;- Latin verss. (except Castal. and Bez.), Dt. viarg. (Gr. iii ons, gelyk ook end. v. 16. of, onder ons.'), Ft. S. viarg. {jparmi) ■- Hamra., Thom., {among), Berl. Bib., Beng., De W., (in [an] uns ;-' i. e. amor Dei,' says Beng. in the Gnom., ' qui nunc in nobis est, per omnem experientiam spiritualem.' And De W. refers to John 9 : 3.), Dodd., Liicke (connects iv ημίν with ί^α,νί^Μθη, and considers it = ί;μίν. But here, as occasionally elsewhere, the version, gegen uns, does not answer to the com- mentary.), Bloomf. (iii respect of us) ;-Win. §31. 6 : ' The love of God revealed itself ra its {an uns), which is certainly different from : revealed itself to us {tins).' In §54. 5 he adds : •1 .John 4: 9 maybe translated: Therein the love of God made itself known in us ; iv ί;μΐν I would not make imme- diately dependent on ο/γάΛη, since in that case we should have ήίν jj|Ut>•.' Green refers to Matt. 17: 12; Gal. 1 : 10 ; 1 Cor. 9: 15; 14: 11. See v. 16, N. 1. ■■ E. v., V. 10; &c.;-German and French verss., Dt., It.;- Sharpe, Murd.), Wakef. {in that), Mack., Newc, Penn, Kenr., Peile {in the fact that). • ' For, in the purpose and result here specified, that mission is permanent and ever operative.' Comp. the aorist of v. 10 (N. v) and again the perfect of v. 14 (N. g).— R.;-German and French verss., Dt., It.;-Kenr., Peile. ' Mack. " See ch. 3 : 24, N. j, &c. ' ' Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many ... He dieth no more.' See v. 9, N. s. ^ There is nothing for the E. V. supplement in W., R. ;- Syr., Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez.) ;-Wesl., Greenf., Kist., Jlurd. An indefinite article, or none, is employed by W., T., C, G., R;-Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Beng., Dodd. and the later En- glish verss.. Greenf., De W. - See ch. 3: 16, N. t; 2 : 20, N. p, &c.; 2 Pet. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. y This rendering of ον&ιΐς (as of μη&ήί ; see ch. 3 : 7, N. s), when used without a substantive, is suitable everywhere, and occasionally is of importance to the sen.se ; e. g. John 10 : 29 ; 16 : 22 ; &c. See Rev. 3 : 7. N. p. &c.— Wakef., Mack., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. ^ @(6v is translated last in the clause by W. ;-It., French verss. ;-Dodd., Thom.. Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. Of English verss. Hamm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl. {because ;-so Thom., Scott, | R. and Peile keep it first. 46 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV. KING JAMES VERSION. Other, God dwelleth in us, and his love is perfected in us. 13 Hereby know we that we dwell in him, and he in us, be- cause he hath given us of his S[)ii-it. 14 And we have seen and do testify, that the Father sent the Son to be tlie Saviour of the world. 15 Whosoever shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God dwelleth in him, and he in God. 16 And we have known and believed the love that God hath _to us. God is love : and he that dwelledi in love, dwelleth in God, and God in him. GREEK TEXT. 'nulv μένει, xai ri ογάτΐη avtov tets- /{ειωμενη εστίν εν r^nv. 13 εν ΐοιτω γινόίΰχομεν ση εν αιτώ μένομεν, χού αιτος εν 'ψίν, 'ότι έχ τον Π,νενματος αυτού 8ε8ίύχεν γψιϊν. 14 Και 'ψεΐς τεθεάμεθα, xai μαρ- τνρονμεν ότι ο TtaTrjp άτΐΐΰταλχε τον ι'ιον G(.dTr,pa τού χάσμου. 15 ος αν ομαΤχίγτ,ΟΎΐ 'at ι 'Ijyfforg εατιν Ό νιος τον θεοΓ, Ό θεός εν αΰτω μένει, χαί αϊτός εν τω Θθώ. 1G Και τομείς εγνώχαμεν xai ηε- τίιστενχαμεν την άγάηην rev έχει ό Θεός εν ήμιν. 6 Θεός άγάτίτη εστί, χαί ό μένων εν τγ άγάτίΥΐ, εν τφ Θεώ μένει, xai 6 Θεός εν αιτώ. REVISED VERSION. Other, God ^abideth in us, and his love ''hath been perfected in us. 13 Hereby "^we know that we "•abide in him, and ''he in us, be- cause he hath given us of his Spirit. 14 'We also have seen, and do testily, that the Father ^hath sent the Son '' as Saviour of the world. 15 Whosoever shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God 'abideth in him, and Jhe in God. IG ''We also have known and believed the love that God hath 'in us. God is love, and he that "■abideth in love "abideth in God, and God in him. ' See ch. 3 : 17, N. x, &c. R. ;-Hamm. (at v. 15), Wells (abides), WesL, Mack., Newc, Thorn., Murd., Kenr. '• Sec 2 Pot. 3 : 7, N. r, &c. Peile : ' There is evidence in us of His love having fully attained its end . . . of our having fully realized His love.' Some (Bens., Moldenh., Wakef.) = is per- fect or complete. ' See ch. 1 : 4, N. p. " See V. 12, N. a, &c. • Seech. 3: 24, N.j, &c. ' ' Tn addition to this experimental assurance (v. 13), ice Apostles have a historical certainty.' See v. 11, N. x, &c. — Aret. ('testes producit oculatos ipsos Apostolos.'), Beng. ('ei Mosmet Sic Joh. 15: 27.'), Trol. ('The mention of see- ing- God suggests the reference to himself and the rest of the Apostles [ vv. 14 sqq.] as eye-witnesses, &c.'), Poile (' Moreover, we his chosen witnesses.'), iScc. ^ See V. 0, N. s. R. ;-German and French verss., Dt., It. ;- Guyse, Dodd., Mack., Thorn., Murd., Kenr. '' See V. 10, N. w. For as, see Fr. S.;-Beng., Mey., AH.. De W. ' See ch. 3 : 17, N. x, Ac. ) See ch. 3 : 24, N. j, &c. i< 'We Christians.' To this 'peculiar people' is especially revealed the love of God, which, first manifested in the mission of His Son (vv. 14, 15), is now also 'shed abroad in their hearts' (Rom. 5 : 5 iv taii χαρδίακ)• See v. 14, N. f, &c. — Aret. ('omnes complectitur fideles.'). Beng. ('et nos. Ana- phora: coll. V. 14. not. Est hic quoque epitasis: quare mox iv ήμϊν proprie valet in nobis.'), Liicke ('■ημηζ, John and his readers ; comp. v. C), &c. 1 See N. k, and v. 9, N. q. The common construction of iv ημίν here and in v. 9 as equivalent to lii ημαζ, though approved by Rob. (who follows Bretsch. in citing also such unsatisfactory cases as Luke 21 : 23 ; 2 Cor. 8 : 7 ; 2 Sam. 24 : 17 Sept.), cannot be justified, 1.. grammatically. 'On the whole,' says Win. 5 54. 5. 'it is in itself quite improbable, that, with a clear conception of dogmatic relations, the apostles should have puz- zled their readers by saying iv for εϊί, or rice versa. At least they were able to write εί; just as easily as the interpreters, who will smuggle in this preposition.' And again Trol. : 'The primary import of iv and lif is so opposite, that the use of the former instead of the latter, as advocated by manj' commenta- tors, seems to be very doubtful ; and indeed it will be found that the verbs implying motion, with which it is sometimes found, generally involve the idea of rest also:' — or, 2., in accord- ance with John's style of doctrine and diction. Comp. w. 12, 13, 15 ; ch. 2 : 5 ; 3 : 17 (for in this last passage also ij άγάΛη toi Θίοΐ may mean that Divine love which appeared in the vicarious death of the cross, v. IC) ; John 17: 26; &c. — W., G., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal. and Bez.), Dt. mars: ;- Hamm. (among us), Bloomf. (allows either construction), Berl. Bib. (in uns ;-and so De W., who explains iv as marking 'the object of the love, and at the same time the medium in which it sliows itself, and as it were dwells. Comp. John 17 : 2G.'), Peile (' the love which God hath set upon us.'). "> See ch. 3 : 17, N. x, &c. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV. 47 KING JAMES VERSION. 17 Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have bold- ness in the day of" judgment: because as he is, so are we in this world. IS There is no fear in love ; but perfect love casteth out fear: because fear hath torment. He GREEK TEXT. 17 Έν τούτω τετελείίύΤαι ή άγά- τΐη μεθ' τ^αών, ίνα τϊαρρησίαν εχωμεν έν τ/7 τμεροί τ% κρίσεως, ση καΟως έχείνός εστί, χαϊ γιμεϊς εσμεν εν τω χόαμω τούτω. 1 S φόβος ονχ εστίν εν τγ άγάτΐγ, αλλ' ri τελεία άγαη-η εζω βάλλει τον φόβον, 'ότι ό φόβος xo7m.qiv εγεν ο REVISED VERSION. "17 Herein "hath ρ love Pwith us been iperfected, that we ""should have 'confidence in the day of judgment, ' because as "He is ' are ''we also in this world. IS There is no fear in love, but perfect love casteth out fear; because fear hath ""punishment: ■■ The connection of thought, on which depend the translation and punctuation of the verse, is this : ' As the end of faith {to ϊίλοί fjj; rtt'dTfuj, 1 Pet. 1 : 9), and the satisfaction of hope (Tit. 2 : 13), so likewise the consummation of love, the other divine element in which the Christian community lives, moves, and has its being, is found only in a fearless, joyful meeting with that Saviour at his coming, whom having not seen we love, and, in loving, are even now changed into the same image, this being the only evidence that we are his, and so a sure ground of our confidence.' Aug. thus expresses it : ' Quisquis fiduciam habet in die judicii, perfecta est in illo charitas. . . Qiiare habemus fiduciam'? Ο,ιάα sicut ille est, el nos sumits in hoc miindo.' Lilcke, thus : ' Therein shows itself the perfecting of our mutual love, that we (or then is our love perfected, when we) can have confidence in the day of judgment, because (o-rt) we (or: in so far, that is, as we, comp. ch. 3 : 9, but especially 3 : 14, where instead of iVa and oft is a double 6rt) so walk in the world, as Christ (has walked, loving the brethren).' And De W., with a larger and truer conception of ^ ayartt], thus: 'Love, proceed- ing from God, manifested in the mission of Christ, taken up into the communion of the faithful, trained after the pattern of Christ, has then reached its mark, whtn, as confiding children to their father, we draw nigh without any fear.' " See ch. 2 : 5, N. k. ρ See N. n. E. V. is almost alone (one or two of the later English verss. and Mey. follow it) in turning μιθ' ημΰν into the possessive pronoun. On the contrary•, the Syr., Vulg., &c., expressly interpret the ο/γάΛη as denoting God's love to us. — E. V. m'ar^.;-W., T. (in ms;-so C, G.), R.;-Syr. (= ^:riV), τ • Latin verss. (?io6iscMOT;-except Pagn. in nobis [so Aug.] and Castal.), German verss (bei Ji'is ;-except Moldenh. in iins. and Lticke ztiiter tins), Dt. (bij ons). It. (inverso noi). Fr. G.,-M.. (envers nous). Fr. S. (par rapport ά nous) ;-Engl. Ann., Hamm., B. and L. (pour nous). Dodd., Mack., (as IV.). Gill ('or, with tis'), Pyle (toward us i-hut cites as parallel Paul's a;opt5 μιθ' νμων.). Wakef., Newc. and Thom. (among us), Sharpe, De W. (• with [among] Jis [2 John 2] belongs to the verb, and marks the Christian community as the province or dwelling-place of love.'). Barn, (■within or in ;is'), Bonar, Comment, on Leviticus, ch. 8, ('He calls it, as if the name, Immanuel, were running in his mind, the love with us; i. e., God's display of love to us, v. 16. in his Son ; which is now our property.'), Murd., Kenr., Peile. =1 E. v., ch. 2: 5; 4: 12; &c.-R. ;-Hamm., Dodd., Mack., Newc, Thom., Penn, Murd., Kenr. ' T., C, G.;-De W. ('iW ΛαμΙιηαίαν χτλ. is dependent on iv ■ίονίψ, and the construction is as John 15 : 8. iVa expresses the work of the ■κ'ΚίΜαΐζ.''), Green (refers for a similar use of iva to ch. 5: 3; 3 John 4.). • E. v., ch. 2 : 28 ; 3 : 21 ; 5 : 14 ; &c. ;-Engl. Ann. (' orjree- dom, or, confidence'). Wells, Guyse, Wakef., Newc, Thom., Penn, Bloomf., Kenr., Peile. ' This is the punctuation of the original edition of E. V., and is better than any thing that has been substituted for it since, whether oft χτλ. be connected immediatel}' with h tovtsj or, as I prefer, with the intermediate clause. See N. n. — All the recent editors (except Mey., Sch.) and very many verss. have a comma. " Seech. 2: 6, N. 1. '«See V. 11, N. X, &c. " ' That is what properly belongs to the unfilial spirit (Rom. 8 : 15, Λνίνμα έουλΕΐ'αί fij φόβον) at the hand of God, and is even now, in the very anticipation itself (φοβερό τΐζ ίχ&οχη xfi- UfQj Heb. 10:27), m a measure realized.' Comp. the use of ΐχΐΛ in Matt. 6:1; John 3: 36; Heb. 10: 35; &c. — Elsewhere χόλοσίί occurs but once, Matt. 25 : 46, and is there in E. V. punishment ; χοχάζομαι, occurring twice, is in E. V. to punish ;- Syr. (the word used is translated in Tremell., irritatio ; P., pavor, to which Castell adds, cum quadam desperatione ; Trost, concitatio, to which Gutbir adds, periculum ; Murd., peril), Vulg. (poenam), Dt. marg. ('of, straffing^), Fr. S. ( punition) ;-Aret. ('consequentes, imo concomitantes poenas'), Berl. Bib., Lticke, De W., (Strafe -,-ίον Luth.'s Pein), Wakef, Scott ('or, punishment'), Lticke ('Fear [before God, in the judgment] rests on the consciousness of deserved punishment, but (Si) the fear of punishment is abolished by a perfected, serene, confiding love. Not, as some would have it, fear is punished, but, fear has in itself punishment, is connected with the consciousi^ss of punishment, xoxaotj, comp. Matt. 25 : 46 ; 2 Mace 4: 38.'), Greenf (;i'Jy), Penn ;-Steph., Scap., Wahl, Pass., L. and S., Rob. 48 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V. KING JAMES VERSION. that fearelh, is not made perfect in love. 1 9 We love him, because he first loved us. 20 If a man say, I love God, and liatetli his brother, he is a liar. For he that loveth not his brotiier, whom he hath seen, how can he love God, whom he hath not seen ? 21 And this commandment have we innn him. That he who loveih God, love his brother also. CHAP. v. Whosoever believeth that Je- sus is the Christ, is born of God: and every one that loveth him that begat, loveth him also that is begotten of him. 2 By this we know that we love the children of God, when we love God, and keep his com- mandments. 3 For this is the love of God, that we keep his commandments ; and his commandments are not grievous. 4 For whatsoever is born of GREEK TEXT. 5έ φοβονμενος ov τετελε/υται fV τγ άγαηγι. 19 fifigig άγατίώμεν aiVoi', oTt αιητός τιρώτος ηγαηησεν τι/ιάς. 20 'Εάν tig eiTtri, "Or ι α/ατιώ τον Θεϋν, χαί τον ά^ε'λφον αΐ^τον μιΟγ, •^ενατγις εστίν ό γαρ μη άγαηων τον ά^ελφον αντον Όν εώρακε, Τον Θεόν όν ουχ εώραχε, πώς δΐυ^αται άγατχάν ; 21 και 'Ται'ΐ>7ν Tr(v ενΤολ%ν εχο μεν απ αύτον, Ίνα ο αγαπών Tor Θεόν, «χατία και τον ά^ελφόν ανΤον. CHAP. ν. ΠΑ2 ό πιστενίόν δτι Ίγ;σονς εστιν 6 Χριστός, εκ του Θεον γεγεννηταν και. τιάς ο άγατιών τόν ^εί'ί'ν^,σΓΧί'Τα αχαττα και τον γεγενντ,μενον αντον. IC 2 εν τοντφ γινωσκομεν οΤι αγοτ τΐώμεν τα τεκί'α του Θεον, οταν τόν θεόν άγατίώμεν, χαί τας έντο'λας αυ- τού ΤΥΐρώμεν. 3 αίτ)7 γάρ ίστιν ή αγάπη τον Θεον, Ίνα τας εντοΤης αϊτού τηροτ μεν χαί αί εντολαί αϊτού βαρειαι ονχ είσίν. 4 'ότι τΐάν το γεγενίΎΐμένον εκ τον REVISED VERSION. ^but he that fearelh ''hath not been ^perfected in love. 19 We love him, because "he iirst loved us. 20 If ''any one say : I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar; lor he that loveih not his brother whom lie hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen ? 21 And this commandment have we from him, "^ihat he who loveth God love ""also his brother. CHAP. V. "Every one that believeth that Jesus is the Christ ''hath been ■■begotten of God ; and every one that loveth him that begat, loveth him also that ''hath been begotten of him. 2 ''Hereby we know that we love the children of God, when we love God, and keep his com- mandments. 3 For this is the love of God, that we keep his commandments ; and his commandments are not 'burdensome. 4 For ''all that ^hath been ''be- " ' And therefore the doctrine of v. 17 holds good.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r, and Lucke under N. w.— W. ;-Sj'r., Latin verss. (except Castal.), Germ. ;-All., De W. Most others give the Si, but either as a mere copula, or as an illative particle. y.Seech. 2:5, N. k. ' See V. 17, N. q. » See ch. 3: 24, N. j, &c. The construction: Let us love him, appears in Syr., Vulg. and its followers, Ar., German verss.. Dt. mai-g.;-Grot., Hamm. (as allowable ;-and so Whitb., Clarke), 15. and L•., Pyle, Carpz., Wakef., Ros., Greenf., Sharpe, Trol. ;- and is explained by De W. thus : ' He exhorts to the love of God, because this is the root of brotherly love. Its connection with the latter he shows in v. 20 as well as in v. 12.' But the closer connection may easily be, as indicated in our Text, and that of Beng., Griesb., Sch., with v. 18, whose general state- ments are here exemplified and confirmed ; as if he had said : ' We, for example, could only have feared God, had not the manifestation and experience of His own prior, sovereign love enkindled ours.' Lachm. and Tisch. cancel the avtav. The former also inserts ow after ίιμίΐί, and substitutes ϋ θιός for »'See2Pet. 2:19, Ν. η. '■ See ch. 3 : 23, Ν. h. ■^ W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd, (also love his br.), Murd., Kenr. " So E. V. in the second clause ; and see ch. 2 : 23, N. x. " See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c. ' So E. V. in the second clause, and see ch. 2 : 29, N. d. •^ E. V. elsewhere (0 times) in this Epistle, when h to-utcj, is thus connected with ynuaxu ;-Wesl., Newc. For ϊηρϊ^μιν, Lachm. and Tisch. read Λοιί^μεν. ' Comp. Matt. 11 : 30 ; 23 : 4 ; Acts 15 : 10.— "W., B., (heavy) ; -Syr. (an in Matt. 2Z: 4), Latin verss. (graria). German verss. (schwei•), Dt. (zwaar), It. (gravi), Fr. S. (pesants) ;-Hamm., Wakef., Bam., Kenr., (as W.), Mack., Clarke, Murd., Peile. < W. (all thing that), T., C, G., R. ;-Syr., Tulg.. Germ., Dt., It. (tut/n (fiello che), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (tout ce qui) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Aret., Beng., Moldenh., Mack., Scott (all that which). All.. Barn, (every thing which), Kenr., Lucke. ' Seoch. 2:29, N.c, &c. " Seech. 2:29, N.d. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V. 49 KING JAMEs' VERSION. God, overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcom- eth the world, even our ihith. 5 Who is he that overcometh tlie world, but he that believeth that Jesus is the Son of God ? 6 This is he that came by water and blood, even Jesus Christ; not by water only, but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that beareth witness, because the Spirit is truth. 7 For there are three that bear record in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost : and these three are one. 8 And there are three that GREEK TEXT. Θεοί», νικά tov κόσμον και ανΤη εστίν ή νίκη η νικήσααα tov κόσμον, ή τϊίστις ημωρ. 5 tig έστιν 6 νικών τόν κόσμον, ει μη 6 τΐιστεύων οΤι Ίγισονς εστιν ό νως τον θεού ; 6 Ουτός εστιν 6 ελθων bt νδατος και αίματος, Ίγισονς 6 Χριστός• ουκ εν τώ ν8ατι μόνον, αλλ' εν tQ vSaTi και τω άίματι• και το ηνενμά έστι το (.ιαρτνρονν 'ότι το ηνενμά εστιν ή αλήθεια. 7 oTt τρεις είσιν οΐ μαγτνρονντες εν τω οίψανίύ, ο ΥΙαττβ, ό Αόγος, και το "Αγιον ΎΙνενμα- και ούτοι οί τρεϊς εν είσι. 8 χαϊ Τρεις είσιν οί μαρτιψονντες REVISED VERSION. gotten ot' God overcometh the world; and this is the victory thai 'overcometh the world, J our faith. ''5 Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that believeth that Jesus is the Son of God? 6 This is he that came by water and blood, ' Jesus ""the Christ ; not "with "the water only, but "with "the water and "the blood ; and ^the Spirit is that which ilestifieth, because the Spirit is truth. 7 For ''ihey are three that 'tes- tify *[in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy "Spirit; and these three are one. 8 And ^they are three that ' ' Did, or has done, so in our case, and alone has power to do so in any case.' The Greek aorist, according to the best usage, does not exclude the last of these ideas, which harmo- nizes the clause as a general statement with the immediate con- text, and requires for its expression the English present. 'All the children of God overcome the world, and the victorious ■weapon of their warfare is their faith.' i W., R. ;-Syr., Latin verss. (except Bez. nempe') ;-Wakef. and Green (at v. 6), All., De W., Murd., Kenr., Peile. Several (Germ., Wakef., &c.) here change the construction into: our faith is &c. '^ A reiteration, in the way of challenge to produce an instance to the contrary, of the general statement of v. 4, ovfi; eativ η νίχη χτλ., accompanied by a more specific description of faith, the spiritual weapon. 1 See V. 4, N. j. " Some MSS. omit the article. But there are other passages, in which ό Xpufoj unquestionably occurs as an appellative, where E. V. treats it as a proper name ; e. g. Matt. 2:4; 22 : 42; Mark 15: 32; John 7: 31, 41, 42; &c.— E. V., v. 1; ch. 2: 22; Matt. 16: 16,20; &c.;-Dt., Fr. S. ;-Dodd., Moldenh., Carpz. (ilium), Wakef, Mack., Thom., Mey., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, De W. (' Ίησ. i Xptsroj is in apposition with the whole clause, so that Ί,^σοΐ; ^οίτο;, and ίΧρισΐόί^ό ϊλθων χΐλ'), Murd., Peile ;-Rob., Green. "Tittm. : 'Idem indicat' (as the previous 8t' ιδ.), 'sedcogi- tatur tantura eadem res diverse modo. Et in ilia quidem for- mula cogitatur causa ipsa, per quara eflectum est, ut venerit, in hac autem cogitatur accidens, quod conjunctum fuit cum ad- ventu sic, ut siraul utrumque fieret et conspiceretur.' Win. § 52. a: 'It is quite common for iv to be used of that, with which one is (externally) provided, which he brings with him; Heb. 9 : 25 ciaijixstai iv αί>αη ; 1 Cor. 4:21; 1 Kings 1 : 25 ; Xen. Cyrop. 2, 3. 14.— Germ., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Guyse, Carpz., Newc, Lticke, Mey., Penn, Peile {under the form of). Most of these and of other verss. make no distinction between the hia and the iv. " E. v., V. 8 ;-Dt., French verss. ;-Wesl., Mack., Thorn., All., De W., Murd. ;-Green. The French verss. and Murd. also insert the article before these nouns in the first clause. Ρ The Greek order and construction of to jtv. are preserved by ■W.;-foreigTi verss. (except the French) ;-Dodd., Thorn., Penn, Murd., Peile. ■! See ch. 1 : 2, N. 1. "■ The tialv is here a simple copula, not a verb of existence. — Foreign verss. generally (except the French, il y en a trois qui) follow the Greek order ;-Penn. • See ch. 1 : 2, N. 1. « The words inclosed within brackets are cancelled by Griesb. and (excepting Knapp, Bloomf., Theile, who bracket them) all the later editors. Liicke asserts, that they are ' demonstrably spurious. No result of modern criticism is more certain than the spuriousness of this passage.' For the evidence on which this decision, now generally acquiesced in, rests, see Clarke. Home, Lticke, De W., Dav. (Biblical Criticism, 1852, Vol. II. pp. 403-426). I recommend that the words be transferred to the margin, as the reading of two or three inferior MSS. ; in which case a comma would be inserted after testify. " See 2 Pet. 1 : 21, N. f. ' See V. 7, N. r. 50 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V. KING JAMES VERSION. Ικ'ίΐΓ witness in earth, the spirit, and the water, and the blond : and these three agree in one. 9 If we receive the Λvitness of men, the witness of God is greater : for this is the witness of God which he hath testified of his Son. 10 He that belicvcth on the Son of God hath the witness in himself: he that believeth not God, hath made him a liar, be- cause he believeth not the record that God gave of his Son. 11 And this is the record, that God hath given to us eternal life : and this lite is in his Son. 12 He that hath the Son, hath life ; and he that hath not the Son of God, hath not life. 13 These things have I writ- ten unto you that believe on the GREEK TEXT. REVISED VERSION. '"testify on earth,] the "Spirit, and tlie water, and the blood ; and ''the three ^agree in one. 9 If we receive the ^testimony of men, the "testimony of God is greater : for this is the "testimony of God ''which he hath testified ''concerning iiis Son. 10 He that believeth ''in the Son of God hath the ■"testimony f (ηίστεναν W Θεω, '^ενατψ' ne- in himself: he that believeth not e God hath made him a liar, be- cause he ''hath not believed "Ίη the "testimony 'which God hath Jtcstified ''concerning his Son. 11 And this is the 'testimony, that God "gave to us eternal life, ° and this life is in his Son. 12 He that hath the Son hath life ; ° he that hath not the Son of God hath not life. tv Tyi γγι, το τίνειψα, κω τό ίίδωρ, χαϊ τυ αϊμα• και οί τρεις εις τό εν ειΰιν. 9 Εί ττ,ν μαρτνρίαν τύι• άνθρώτκον ΤΜμβάνοιυεν, τ, jWapri^p/a του Θεού μείζον εστίν σΐι αντγ} εατϊν τ, μαρ- τυρία τον Θεού, τ(ν μεμαρτνργιχε τχερι τον ν'ιον αντον. 10 ό τΐιστει'ων εις τον νίω> τον Θεον, έχει Tr,v /«αρτυρ/αν εν εαυτω ό μή τχοίγιχεν αιτον, οτι οι τίΐτχιατενχεν εις ΤΟ' /!<αρτΐ)ρι'αΐ', f.r μεμαρτίργιχεν ό Θεός τίερί τοί3 νΐον αυτού. 11 Και αίτη εατ'ιν ή («αρτυρ/α ότι ζωην αιώνων έ&οκεν ψιν 6 θεός• χάι αντν] Ύΐ ζίοτ; εν τω νιω αίτον έστιν. 12 ό έχΐύν τ'αν vii/v, έχει την ζωήν 6 μη έχων τον wor του Θεον, τΫ,ν ζί^,ν ονκ έχει. 1:3 ΤΑΤΤΑ έ^ρα-ι^ΛΧ νμϊν τοις ηι- στενονσιν εΙς τό ovofia του υιού τον 13 These things have I written unto you ^that believe "Ίη the " See ch. 1 : 2, N. 1. ^ Here also this name lias an initial capital in the original edition of E. V. ;-Vulg•., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn., Vat., Tremell., Bez., Aret., Eng. Ann., Haniin., Coco., Wolf., Beng.. Guyse, Dodd., AVesL, Mack., Thom., Scott, Clarke, Penn, Barn.. Murd., Kenr., Peile. Some of these have, ff'aier, Blood; while others, who use no capital, nnderi-tand by riv. the Holy Spirit. y The demonstrative pronoun (which comes from the Vulg.) is not employed by Germ., Dt., Fr. S.;-Peile. • ' Agree in the one' thing or testimony, to wit, that .Jesus is the Son of God (v. 5). Or (and this I recommend to be set in the margin) : ' Amount to the one' already mentioned (v. 6) as that which testifies; that one and the self-same Spirit work- ing all in all (I Cor. 12: 3-11). The former .sense, with or without the article, is the one generally adopted, the E. V. expression of it being borrowed, through G., from Bez. (accord- ing to some editions), and by Bez., from Pagn. ; in unum con- sentiunt. Calv. has in unum conveniunt. • E. v., 14 times out of .37 ; and so for μαριύριον, 15 times out of 19 ;-Ιί. ;-Guy.se, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef , Mack., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Penn, Bloomf (at v. 10), Murd., Kcnr. Most verss. use a cognate substantive and verb here and in v. 10. *■ For ην, Lachm and Tisch. read 6ti. ' See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. • So E. V. renders εί; after ΛιοτΈιίω, 11 times j-W. (inio). G., R. ;-Syr , German ver.-is. (an). Dt., It. ;-Erasni. and the later Latin verss., except Ca.stal., (in Filiiiin •,-{οτ the A'^ulg. Filio), Dodd., Thorn., Greenf., Murd., Kenr. ' See V. 9, N. a. "■ Lachm. inserts tov ^toi before h iavt^. So the Vulg. ^ For ©f9, Lachm. has via. So the Vulg. !■ E. v., John 3 : 18 ; 10 : 27 ; &c. ;-T., C, G., (believed) ;- Dt., It., Fr. G..-M.,-S. ;-Erasm. and the later Latin verss. (except Castal.), Berl.Bib., Beng., Dodd., Mack., Penn, Sharpe (as T.), De W., Peile. E. V. follows the Vulg. I E. v., v. 9 ;-R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Murd., Konr. i See V. 9, N. a, and ch. 1 : 2, N. 1. k See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. 1 See V. 9, N. a. "> 'When He gave CJohn 3: lG,Uuxiv) His only begotten Son.' — W. ;-Sharpe. " The last clause forming part of the divine testimony, the punctuation of the late critical editors (except Sch.), of the original edition of E. V., of the Amer. Bible Soc.'s Revision. &c., is preferred. " W., R. ;-forcign verss. (except Syr. ;-Moldenh., Greenf.) ;- Well.s, Mack., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. Ρ After νμΐν, Griesb., Mey., Knapp, Sch., Lachm., Ilahii, Tisch., read : iVa ciSijti oVt ζωην αίώνίο» tz^^^ [Lachm., Hahn, Tisch. : ζ. ίχ. αιών.], οί rtiativoviti lii to όνομα tov vlov tov ^foi, on the authority of A. B. and many minor MSS. ; Syr., Vulg., &c. I recommend that the following note appear in the margin: 'Or, as many road: that ye matj know that ye have eternal life, who believe in the name nfthe Son of uod.' See V. 10, N. d. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V. 51 KING JAMES VERSION. name of the Son of God ; that ye may know that ye have eter- nal life, and that ye may believe on the name of the Son of God. 14 And this is the confidence that we have in him, that if we ask any thing according to his will, he heareth us : 15 And if we know that he hear us, whatsoever we ask, we know that we have the petitions that we desireti of him. IG If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not unto death, he shall ask, and he shall give him life for them that sin not GREEK TEXT. Θεον, 'ίνα ε'ώητε on ζω -hi' ΐχετε αιώ- νων, χαχ ίνα ταστενητε εις τό όνομα του νϊον τον θεού. 14 Και αύτη εστίν ή τΐαρρησία ην εχομεν τίρος αντον, ότι εάν τι οατώ- μεθα κατά τό θέλημα αντον, άχονει τ^ιών 15 χαι έαν oihai-tsv ση άχονει 'αμών, δ αν αιτώμεθα, οΊ^α^ιεν ότι εχομεν τα αίΤ/ί,ίίατα ά Ι^τήχαμεν τχαρ αντον. 16 ^Έ,άν Τις ihrt τον ά^ελφον αϊτού άίίαρτάΐ'οΐ'τα ά(ίαρτ('αΐ' μη τίρύς θά- νατον, αιτήσει, χαί δώσει αιτώ ζωήν, τοις αμαρτάνουσι μη τΐρόζ θάνατον. REVISED VERSION. name of the Son of God, that ye may know that ye have eternal life, and that ye may believe 'in the name of the Son of God. 14 And this is the confidence that we have 'towards him, that, if we ask anything according to his will, he heareth us: 15 And if we know that he 'heareth us, whatsoever we ask, we know that we have the peti- tions that we 'have "asked "from him. 16 If any "^one see his brother ''sinning a sin '' not unto death, he shall ask, and ^ shall give him life, ^even to them that sin not ■■ E. V. inarg. {concerning), but elsewhere ofton. toicaid. in the same or similar relations, as ch. 3 : 21 ; Acts 24 : 16 ; 2 Cor. 3: 4;-W. {to), R. {toward) -,-^^ΐ. {=)), Vulg. (ad), German verss. (z!<;-except Moldenh., gegen), Dt. {tot), It. {appo), Fr. S. {aupres de) ;-Erasin., Pagn., \'at., Bez., Aret., {apud), Calv., Ros., {erga). Casta]., Cocc, {as Vulg.). Hamm. {as R.), Dodd.. Wakef., Mack, {with), Sharpe, Barn., Murd., Kenr. ' G. ;-Hamm. and Wells (give hears as the common vers.), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack, {hearkeneth;- and so Thom., Penn), Newc, Bloomf., Murd. The Vulg. omits εάν, and so W., R., Kenr., {heareth). ■ • 'It follows that no such prayer (χαΐά to θ(\•ημα, αυτοί) has ever been offered by us in vain, but in answer to it we have, in present possession or in certain reversion, the very blessing sought.' — G. ;-foreign verss. (except Vulg. ;-Pagn., B. and L., Mey. [lias GebeteneJ, All. [(/es Erbetene]) -,-Όοάά., Wesl., Mack., Thom., Penn. " W. ;- Wells, Dodd. and the later English verss., translate αϊϊΕω by the same verb, to ask (except that here Wakef. has, asked for), throughout vv. 14—10. A similar uniformity' is found in the Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Bez., Moldenh., Mey., Greenf., De W. ' See ch. 3 : 22, N. f. Lachm. and Tisch. read art' avtoi. ' See ch. 2 : 1, N. b, &c. » ' Entering into the region and shadow of death, but still within reach of divine grace.' — Fr. S. ;-Calv., Cocc, Beng., Mack., Thom. {committing), Peile. ' E. v., vv. 16, 17 ;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez.), Germ.. Dt. ;- Wakef., Mack., Thom., Liicke, Sharpe, De W., Kenr. ' Aitrjcfi xai δώοΓΕ t (Erasra.) = aitM' δώίί i, he shall, by ask- ing, give ;-the one is tantamount to the other. As God 'speaks, and it is done,' so is it with the prayer, even the intercession, of faith. This construction of the two verbs with the same subject, 1., is the most obvious and natural ;-2., falls in with the tenor of the context, vv. 14-lG, respecting prayer ;-3., affords a striking example of apostolic καβμηαία (v. 14) on that topic ;- and, 4., is in harmony with the usage of Scripture, ascribing to faith and prayer the efficacy and results of the Divine working. Comp. :Matt."9 : 22 ; 1 Tim. 4 : 16 ; .James 5 : 15-20 ; Rev. II : 6; &c. — Erasra. ('Subest et alius scrupulus, quid referatur ad verbum dabi!, Deus an qui petit. Nam et qui impetrat, alteri quodammodo dat.'), Calv. (• Ostendit autem in manu esse re- medium, quo fratres fratribus succurrant. Vitam, inquit, per- eunti restituet. qui pro eo orabit. Quamquam vcrbum dabit referri ad Deum potest: acsi dictum esset : Fratris vitam Deus concedet precibus nostris. Verum idem semper trit sensus, eo usque valere fidelium preces, ut fratrem a morte eripiant. Si de homine intelligas, quod det fratri vitam, hyperbolica erit loquutio : nihil tamen continebit absurdi. Nam quod gratuita Dei bonitate nobis concessum est, imo quod in gratiam nostram aliis conceditur, dicimur aliis dare.'), Zeg. ('Sensus est, Petet . ..et sic petens dabit.''), Vorst., Newc. {shall obtain life for him;-so Ros., precibus impetrare), Liicke (prefers this con- struction), Mey. {er wird dadurch), De W., Peilc (• and give him — or what amounts to the same thing, and God will give him.'). As the ca.se may be considered a doubtful one, I re- commend that the other construction, which has generally pre- vailed, and is still retained by Win., &c., be set in the margin. « This clause, while it again restricts the promise to the class specified, at the same time extends it to the whole of that class. It is, accordingly, to be taken in epexcgetical apposition with avicj, which, however Suaii be construed, refers not to 'him who offers the prayer' (Barn.), but to the sinning and endan- gered brother. Says Scholef. : ' I suppose that the construction Βί&ίομί aoi Ιχιίνφ, I give to you for him, is altogether without a precedent in any Greek author whatever ; and there is no possible reason for fabricating such a construction here.' — There 52 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V. KING JAMES VERSION. unto death. There is a sin unto death : 1 do not say that he shall pray for it. 17 All unrighteousness is sin : and there is a sin not unto death. 18 We know that whosoever is born of God, sinneth not ; but he that is begotten of God, keep- eth himself and that wicked one toucheth him not. 19 And we know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickedness. 20 And we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an understanding, that we GREEK TEXT. εστιν αμα^χία ττρός ϋάνατον ον Ttfpt εκείνης ?^γω iiu ίρωΤ'/σν?. 17 τίάσα ά^ίχία άί/αρτ/'α εστίν και εΰΤιν αμαρτία ού τιρος θάΐ'ατον. 18 ΟΊ^ίΐεν οΤι τίάς 6 γεγεννημέ- νος εκ τον θεον, ονχ αμαρτάνεΐ' αλλ' ό γειψηθεις εκ τον Θεού, τηρεί εαυτόν, και ο τΐονηρός ονχ άπτεται αϊτοί. 19 ο'ώαμεν οτι ίκ τον θεον εσμεν, και ο κόσμος όλος εν τώ ττοι^ρώ κείται. 20 οίδα^ίεν 8έ οτι 6 υιός τον Θεον Τίχει, καί ?)ε8ί.)κεν rif.dv hiai'oiav ίνα γινώσκωμεν τον a^rfiivov• καί έσμεν REVISED VERSION. unto death. There is a sin unto death : ''not for "^that do I say that he shall pray. 17 All unrighteousness is sin ; and there is a sin not unto death. 18 We know that ''every one I that "hath been "^bcgotten of God sinneth not; but he that ^hath been ''begotten of God keepeth himself, and ''the wicked one touchotli him not. 19 ' We know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in Jthe wicked one. 20 ''But we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us ' understanding that we may '' W., E. ;-all foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M. ;-B. and L., Grecnf.) ;-Hamm., Wells, Thom., Peile, translate jtfpi ix-, with or without the oi, before λε'γω. ' The demonstrative force of ίχηνηί is given by R. ;-all foreign verss. ;-Hamm., Wells, Podd., Wesl., Wakef , Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Barn., Murd., Peile. ■iSeech. 2:23, N. X. • See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c. ' See ch. 2 : 29, N. d. ^ The distinctions, which E. V. and others have attempted between the forms i yiyivvri^ivoi and ό yiwrfidi, are either fanciful, or worse. Thus, the E. '\'. variation, borrowed from T., C, G., and suggested by the Vulg. (-omnis. qui natiis est ex Deo, non peccat, sed generatio Dei conservat eum.'), appears in Fr. G.,-M. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Haram., Wells, Whitb., Peile (with this farther difference: 'The born .. .ho that hath been begotteii'). Fr. S. varies only the time {est engendre . . . a ete eng.}. and so Mack., but ince versa (hath been begotten ...is beg.). Equally arbitrary is Beng.'s remark: 'Praete- ritum grandius quiddam sonat, quam aoristus.' Indeed, the only harmless imitation of the Greek is Greenf.'s Hebrew : "h": ΊΙΙ'Χ • . • I'7i2rr'72•— Both participles are translated alike in the Syr., German verss., Dt., It. ;-Calv., B. and L., Dodd., Wesl., Carpz.j Wakef., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe :-Ilob. >■ The demonstrative (adopted by E. V. from T., C, G., and some of the old Latin verss.) does not appear in W., R. ;-Syr., Vulg., German and Fi ench vurss., Dt., It. ;-C'alv., Oastal., Dodd. and the later English. ' E. V. alone supplies any copula. 1 Conip. ό Λονηρός of V. 18, and here the antithetical ίχ tov ©f oi, as well as iv τψ ά•κηθίνζ, of v. 20. — Hei e also the adjective is taken as masculine by Syr., Vulg. (in maligno), German verss. {im Argen [£o.«en,]), Dt. {in het booze), It. {nel ma- lignn), Fr. S. marg. {dans le mediant) ;-Calv., Bez., Aret. (allows this sense ;-and so Gill, Scott), Zeg., Cam., Pise, Owen, Wells, Whitb., B. and L., Wolf, Beng., Guyse, Dodd. (in the paraphrase and note), Wesl., Carpz., Mack., Thom., Widd., Clarke, Sladc, Grecnf (p-^^), Penn, Trol., Bloomf, Scholef, Barn., Jlurd., Peile. ^ 'Strong as is the tyrant of the world, one stronger than he has come for our deliverance.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. — Griesb., Mcy., Knapp, Sch., Lachm., Ilahn, read xai, ah. 1 W. {wit), R. ;-It. {intendimmito), Fr. S. {de V intelligence) ; -Engl. Ann., Wakef and Peile {discernment), Mack., Thom., LUcke {Einsicht ;-so Mey., De W.), Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. is no distinction, as to sense, made in the rendering of the two datives, by Syr., Dt. {'-dengenen [zeg ik]'). It. ('cioe, a quelli'), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (• savoir d ceuw') ; - Erasm., Pagn. and Bez. {' peccantibtis dko^), Calv. {peccanii dice), Tremell. {'eis in- quam'). Vat., Castal. {videlicet peccaniibus'), Cocc. ('nempe mis'), B. and L. ('comma il la donne d totes cen.v'), Dodd., Gill. ('This phrase is only descriptive of the persons to whom life is given by God, upon the prayers of .«aints for them, and not that this life is given to him that prays, and by him to be given to the sinning person.'), Moldenh., Carpz. {ei et omnibus), Wakef {'to those, I say'), Newc. {'for them, I say.' See N. z.), Greenf., Penn (' that is, to those'), De W., Stier, (' namlich denen'), Murd. {'to them., I say'). Peile {^n-ill gire him life, in all cases where). The A'ulg. throws both clausis into one, thus: dabitur ei vita peccanti; and so the Germ., except that it retains the plural rati άμ.. and disregards the αί-τφ. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN. 53 KING JAMES VERSION. may know him that is true ; and we are in him that is true, eve7i in his Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and eternal hie. 21 Little children, keep your- selves from idols. Amen. GREEK TEXT. sv TO) άληθινώ, iv τώ v'ltj avrov Ίυ;- σον Χριστώ, οννός kativ 6 άληθίνός Θεός, καί τι ζί^ή αιώνιος. 21 Ύεχνία, φνλάζατε εαντονς άτώ των ειδώλων, άμ'/ιν. REVISED VERSION. know ™the True One; and we are in "the True One, ° in his Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and "the PLife eternal. 21 Little children, keep your- selves from "ithe idols. 'Amen. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN. KING JAMES' VERSION. The elder unto the elect lady, and her children, whom I love GREEK TEXT. Ό ΠΡΕ2ΒΤΤΕΡ02 'Εκλεκτγι κυ- ρ/α κοΰ τοΙς τέκνοις αύττ,ς, οϋς εγω REVISED VERSION. The elder unto "an elect lady and her children, whom I love " Comp. the E. Y. forms : ' the Holy One. and the Just,' 'the Just One,' &c. (Acts 3 : 14; 7: 52; &c.), and see v. 19, N. j, and Rev. 19: 11. — Syr., Germ, (den Wahrhaftigen), Dt. (den Waarachtige), It. (colui οΛ' e il vero), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (/e Veritable) ;-Calv. {ilium veram), Bez., Cocc, Carpz., (re- rum ilium), Beng. ( Verum), Wesl.. Grecnf., iTiird., Peile {the One that is True . . . the only True One). The Vulg. follows the reading, tbv a.7.rfii.vOv @ιόν. ° There is no supplement in T., C, (who, however, as some others, translate this h by through) ;-Syr., Germ.. It., Fr. S. ;- Erasra., Calv., A'at., Castal., Dndd., Moldenli., Carpz., Mack., Lucke ('The sense is : AVe are in fellowship with the true God through His Sou — or, more correctly and more in the spirit of John's style: so far as we are in His Son.'), Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, De W., Murd. Peile supplies being. " See ch. 2: 25, N. h. Here the article is given by the Ger- man and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Bez. (ilia), Mack., Thom., Murd.j Kenr. Lachm. and Tisch. cancel the η. ρ See ch. 1 : 1 (N. g), 2. — Among English vcrss., the Greek or- der is retained by R. ;-Thom., !Murd., Peile. See ch. 2 : 25, N. h. 1 'All around.' — German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Thom., Sharpe. ■■ Knapp brackets the a^jji/, while the reading that omits it is marked by Beng. as plane gemiina, and is adopted by all the other recent editors (except Bloomf ), as it was by the ancient verss., except the Vulg. I recommend that Ariien be omitted. See 2 John 13, N. s. » Our text follows Mill, as he followed Stephens, in printing 'Kx'Kixt^ with a capital letter. The opinion, however, which Stephens thus indicated, that this was the proper name of the individual addressed (an opinion mentioned [not, as Barn, sup- poses, professed] by Oec. : ίχΧεχΐήν Si, η αΛο toi όνόμαΐοζ, η an'o ΐϊιί rtfpi triv αφιτην ^ιΧοίιμία,ζ. χαλΕΐ, and adopted by Grot., Pricaeu-s. Wetst., Midd.), is disclaimed by Mill, who explains the word as = 'electam, sive ad Ohristi fidem conversam.' Even the more common view among modern scholars (Heu- mann, Beng., Moldenh., Carpz., Lticke, Mey., Ros., De W., Barn., Neander, Dav., Schaff, &c.), which regards xupio as the name, is generally allowed by its advocates to involve some negligence of construction or of arrangement. Certainly Γαί<{ΐ •τφ άγαΛ^ιΐψ, 3 John I, which De W. cites, furnishes no parallel ; and even his other instance from 1 Pet. 1 : 1, lxy.txt(Tli rtopfrtt- 8ήμοΐί, is sufficiently defined by the subsequent genitives, δια- ertopds novtmi, xfK. It deserves also to be mentioned, that either of these interpretations (Electa, Cyria;-as well as Thom.'s Electa Cyria) at once excludes the i-eference of this inscription, "not to the Christian mistress of a family, but to a Church. The ancients,' adds Thiersch (History of the Chris- tian Church, p. 264 ; London, 1852), ' understood it so. And the concluding words. The children of thy sister, &c., are in like manner to be understood of a Church, viz., of that in which John was at the time.' This reference has supporters ahso among the moderns (Hamm., "Whist., AVhitb., Pyle, Michae- lis, Augusti, Hales), and finds some corroboration in the η iv Βαβιιλώκο αννίχλίχΐ^ι of 1 Pet. 5 : 13, where the majority of versions and commentators supplies ixxXrjeLa. The indefinite rendering proposed above, which I find nowhere but in Peile, is at least stiictly grammatical, and assumes nothing but that the writer may have had reasons for suppressing the name of his correspondent, as well as his own. There is diiBculty, more- over, in supposing that the writer meant to distinguish any particular member of the Church as 'the elect lady,' or as the peculiar object of the apostolic love in truth. — Of the editors not already mentioned. Griesb., Knapp, Lachm., Ti.sch., Theile, have ίχ•κ. Ki>p. ; Sch., Bloomf, Hahn, ixx. *tip. The ex- pressed ίγώ (see 1 John 2: 20, N. p) may be = ' I, whoever else may hate (v. 7); I, Christ's apostle; whoni He loved.' This emphasis cannot be given in English without an amplifi- cation, or else by the tone in reading. 54 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN. KING JAMES VERSION. in the truth ; and not I only, but also all they that have known the truth ; 2 For the truth's sake which dwelleth in us, and shall be with us for ever. 3 Grace be with j-ou, mercy, and peace from God the Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of the Father, in truth and love. 4 I rejoiced greatly, that I found of thy children walking in GREEK TEXT. άγατΐο) ίν άληθεία, και ονχ εγώ μόνος, ά>»/1α και τίάντες οι έγΐ'ωκότες την ά?^τ,θείαν, 2 &α T'h' ά?.γ.θείαν ττ,ν μένονσαν εν Υίμιν, χάι μεθ' νψών έσται εις τόν αιώνα• 3 έσται μεθ^ τ,μών χάμς, ε7^εος, εψ/,νη τταρα Θεον τίατρος, και τίαρα Κυρίου Ίησοϋ Χρίστου του υωϋ τον τιατρός, εν αλτι^εία και άγάηψ 4 "Έ,χάρτ^ν Tdav bti εΐρηκα εκ τών τέκνων σον τΐεριτίατουντας εν άλγι- REVISED VERSION. in ^ truth, and not I only, but also all "= who have known the truth, 2 For the truth's sake, which ''abideth in us, and ^with us 'it shall be for ever : 3 eThere shall be with '"us grace, mercy, ' peace, from God the Father, and from the •> Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of the Fa- ther, in truth and love. 4 I rejoiced greatly that I ''have found 'children of thine walking ' The words iv ά•Κηθιία are thus rendered without the article, or else adverbially {truly, sincerely, &c.), or are so explained, by E. v., TV. 3, 4; 3 John 1 marg.,4; Matt. 22: 16 (comp. Mark 12: 14 and Luke 20: 21 in the Greek and E. V.) ; &ο.;- W., R. ;-Dt., It., Fr. G.-M. ;-Oec. («'bo opposes Αγ. iv ά%. to irtijtxaatuf αγατίαν, η-ίόμα-ο,, referring; to 1 John 3 : 18), Pagn., Vat., Castal., Bez., Grot., Wells, B. and L., Borl. Bib., Wolf, ('i. e. αΛηθΰί'), Beng., Pyle, Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Mey. (mit Aufrichtigkeit), Ros., Stolz, Van Ess, Goss., Trol., Sharpe, De W. (though he understands the phrase here, not as in 1 .John 3 : 18, but of love grounded in the Christian truth), Barn., Kenr.. Peilo. ■= For the omission of ihey, see W., T., C, G., R.;-Latin and German verss., Dt. ;-Wesl., Mack., Thora., Greenf., Sharpe, Kcnr. — For who, see Dodd.. Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. •^ Beng. : ' Quae manet. quae adhuc est. Sequitur futurum, erit.^ See 1 .John 3 : 17, N. x, &c. ' The Greek order is preserved in W. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ., Dt. ;-Lucke, Greenf. All. ' The French verss. and Newc. repeat the relative ; but it is better with Win. (§ 64. III. 1.) to consider the construction changed for the sake of a more striking presentation of the thought. So De W. : '%ind sie wird auch eirig heiiinsblei- ben' regarding this as 'more expressive' Ihan the relative con- struction. Sharpe {and may it be), Peile (as it ahall be). See Rev. 1 , 6, N. y, &c. * ' Future for optative, by hebraism,' say Bloomf. and others. Better Win. (§ 41. 6.): 'Never does the future .stand for the genuine optative; in Rom. IC: 20; Phil. 3 : 15; 4 : 7, 19; Matt. 16: 22, the signification of the future is alone admi<.sible.' A like unwarrantable change of mood is found in E. V. 1 Pet. 4 : 11. In the present instance the writer, having set out appa- rently to give the apostolic salutation in the usual optative form, is induced, by the intervention of a confident assertion respecting the perseverance of the faithful in the truth, to ex- press his heart's desire and prayer for them in the way of an equally confident assertion respecting their, and his own. con- tinued enjoyment along with that, and in consequence of that, of all spiritual blessings. — The future is retained in E. V. marg. in Dr. Blayney's and most subsequent editions ;-C.;-Syr., Dt. marg. ;-Erasm., Λ*at., Aret.. Cocc. (• non tam optans, quam ad- dicens. Petrus ut optans loquitur 7(%ηθννθιίη. Paulus ambigue, omittens verbum, ut habeamus occasioncm utrumque cogitandi. Johannes emphasin intcrpretatur exprimendo 'iatai.'), Beng. ('votum cum ailirmatione'), Moldenh., Carpz., Peile (there shall be — an Apostolic greeting, equivalent here to invokes, prays for there to be — grace, (fcc.'). •" This reading is followed by C. ;-Syr., Germ, (as Luth. gave it) ;-Erasm., Aret. (• Se conjungit piae familiae in bonis comrannibus ;'-but, on the ground of the uniform style of the apostolic salutation elsewhere, he thinks that the reading must be incorrect.), Wolf. (' "Katao μιθ' νμΰ>ν. Ita Curcellaeus : at editi plerique omnes μεθ' ημών, et sic script! quoque, ita ut pro altera ilia Millius Lincoln, cod. et Λ^'ε^β. lectiones, tum vero ed. Complut. Vulg. ct Occumenium aflerre potucrit. Praetulerim itaque μίθ' ήμΰι; quod et B. Lutlicrus expressit, imprimis cum eadcra phrasis pro.\ime antecedat, xai μίθ' {;μών 'ίαΤΜ tij τον aiUva. Hoc scilicet respiciens -Joannes eos, ad quos scribebat, certos esse jubet, fore, ut et ipsi in agnita doctrinae salutaris veritate persistant, et gratia mi.sericordiaque divina perpetuo fruantur.'). All the recent editors, however, have νμΰν, and I recommend that this be adopted : you. ' R. ;-Latin and Germ, verss. (except Moldenh., Mey.), Dt., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Carpz., Wakef., Thom., Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. 1 Mey., Lachm., and Tisch. cancel Κυρίου, which De W. also considers ' unjohann.' '■ The perfect tense implies that this cause of joy still existed. Ktihn.'s remark also is applicable : ' By placing in contrast the hist, tenses in the principal sentence to the jirincipal tenses with their conjunctions in the subordinate sentences, the subordinate sentences become more important than the piincipal. — R. ;- German and French verss. (except Mey.), Dt., It. ;-Peile. But all these, except R., translate Ιχάρην either as a present or a perfect. ι Peile proposes this as the English equivalent of the Greek phrase. Dodd., Mack., &c., supply some. But this suggests more strongly perhai)S than does the original, that this lady had other children of a different character. THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN. 55 KING JAMES VERSION. truth, as we have received a com- mandment from the Fatlier. 5 And now I beseech thee, lady, not as though I wrote a new commandment unto thee, but that which we had from the begin- ning, that we love one another. 6 And this is love, that w'e walk after his commandments. This is the commandment. That, as ye have heard iiom the begin- ning, ye should walk in it. 7 For many deceivers are en- tered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver, and an antichrist. 8 Look to yourselves, that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we re- ceive a full reward. 9 Whosoever transgresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God. He that GREEK TEXT. 6ε/'α, καθώς ivtoTijh' ελάβομεν τίαρα Toii πατρός. 5 χαί J'vv ερωτώ σε, κνοία, οί% ως εντολην γράφων ΰοι χαιντ,ν, άλλα r(v είχομεν άτι άργτ,ς. Ίνα αγαηώμεν άλ- λ/ίλοι>ς. 6 και α{'Τ)7 εατίν r\ άγάτΐη, ϊνα τίεριτΐατώΐ-ΐεν κατά τας έντολας αντον. αίτη εατιν τη Ιϊ'Τολτ;, καθώς τχονσατε άη άρχης, ίνα εν αντγ ηερί7(ατ/ίχε• 7 στι Tto/Ojoi ηλάνοί είστ,λθον εις tav χόσμον, οι μη ομαλογονντες Ίη- σονν Χριστοί' ερχόμενον εν σαρκΓ ουτός εϋτιν 6 ηλάνος χαι ο αντίχρι- στος. 8 β7•Α7ίετε εαντονς Ίνα μη ατιο?^- σωμεν ά ειργασάμεθα, άλλα μισθύν ηλήρη άηο/Αβωμεν. 9 πάς ό ηαραβαίνων, χοϊι μη μένων εν ΤΎ1 ^ι^αχγι τον Χρίστου, Θεΰν ονκ έχει• 6 μένων εν τ/ι δώαχγι τον Xpt- REVISED VERSION. in truth, as we "^ received ° com- mandment from the Father. 5 And now I beseech thee, lady, not as "writing a new com- mandment unto thee, but that which we had from the begin- ning, that we love one another. 6 And this is love, that we walk Paccording to his command- ments. This is the command- ment, "ϊ as ye ■■ heard from the beginning, "ithat ye should walk in it. 7 For many deceivers 'have entered into the world, who con- fess not * Jesus Christ coming in " flesh : this is ''the deceiver and ^the antichrist. 8 Look to yourselves, that ^we lose not ^what things we have ^wrought, but ^ receive a full re- ward. 9 "Every one that transgress- eth, and abideth not in the doc- trine of Christ, hath not God : he " The reference is historical, to the ministry of the Lord Jesus, as revealing the truth and will of God. See 1 John 2 : 25, N. g.— ΛΥ. ;-Wesl., Mack., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe. ° W., R. ;-Fr. S. ;-"Wells, West., Mack., Newc, Lucke, Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Peile. ο W., G., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M..-S.;-Pagn., Bez., Aret., Dodd. and the later English verss., Grcenf. ρ See 2 Pet. 3 : 3, N. f. To the English verss. there men- tioned may here be added Wakef.. Mack., Newc, Thorn., Clarke, Penn, Ivenr. 1 Neither the original edition of E. V., nor any other version here collated, except Vat., begins this part of the verse with a capital letter, nor does Vat. himself transpose the tva. The Greek order is observed also by Syr., Protestant German verss. (the y\i\g- having ut quemadmodum), Dt., It., Fr. M.,-S. ;- Erasm., Castal., Bez., Dodd., AVesl., AVakef. (though he gives χαθώζ as a relative), Mack., Newc, Thorn., Greenf., Shavpe, Murd., Peile. ' See 1 John 2 : 7, N. p, &c. • Newc, Barn., Peile. < The reference is rather to the general idea of the incarna- tion, than to any particular manifestation. Hence Occ, Erasm., and Vat., while their versions point to the second coming (the last two changing venisse of the Vulg. into venlurum), yet allow the other interpretation. says Vat. Erasm. thus : ' Potest accipi ut sit praeteriti imper- fecti temporis, qui veniebat ; et potest accipi ut sit futuri, ut intelligamus de Judicio supremo.'' Better Oec. : έιά tovto οΐμαι, οί'-ΐοίς ixpr^oato 'tvj ^i^vrj tav-iiQ δ ήγαΛτ^μΒνοζ^ ερχόμενον ftrtwv, αλλ ovx έχθοντα, ίνα -ΐονς a/x^oripaj ttpjODjUffODj ray τίαρονσιας ίου Κΐ'ριον τάζ εν aapxi ΛιρΛάβ^. So De W. : ' We are not to assume any change of time (Beng.) ; the present denotes simply the idea : J. Chr. as commg in the flesh ; comp. 1 Cor. 15 : 35.' SeelJohn4:2, N. b. ° See 1 .John 4 : 2, N. c. " Seel John 2: 18, N. d, &c. " Lachm. and Tisch. adopt the reading (referred to in E. V. niarg.) of Α., Vulg., Syr., &c. : ά.Λο'κίαηΐε a ιίργάαααθε . . . αΛο- λάβ'ηίί. • See V. 1, Ν. c. Of the verss. here collated. Wells and Newc. alone employ a plural demonstrative ; most have a com- pound relative. y The marginal rendering of E. V., gained, may better be omitted. Comp. 1 Cor. 3 ; 14, 15. ' Syr., German verss., Dt., It. ;-Castal., Hamm., Dodd. and Mack, {may), Wesl., Wakef . Sharpe. « See 1 John 2 : 23, N. x. In this verse Lachm. and Tisch. read rtpoayuv (A. B.) for Λαραβαινω* (Bloomf. has no doubt that ' St. John wrote τίαραγωι-'), cancel the second tov Xpioroi, and transpose thus: xai tov vVov χαί τον natipa. 5ΰ THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN. KING JAMES VERSION. abidetli in the doctrine of Christ, he lialh both the Father and the Son. 10 If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, re- ceive him not into ijour house, neither bid him God speed : 11 For he that biddeth him God speed, is partaker of his evil deeds. 12 Having many things to write unto you, I would not write with paper and ink : but I trust to come unto you, and speak face to face, that our joy may be fuU. 13 The children of thy elect sister greet thee. Amen. GREEK TEXT. στον, οντος και tov τίατερα και r'av νϊον έχει• 10 εί Τίς έρχεται 7ψ)ς νμάς, καχ tavTYiv τήν 6ίοαχγ,ν ον φέρει, μη ?Μμ- βάνετε αίττω' εις οιχίαν, χάι χαίρειν airta μη λέγετε' 110 γαρ λε^ων αντω ;ζαί'ρειν, κοι- νωνεί νοίς έργοις αντού τοις ττονηροϊς. 12 Πολλά εχμν νμϊν γράψειν, ονκ ηβονλή^ην &α χάρτου και μέλανος• άλλα ελτη'ζω ελΒειν τΐρός νμάς, και στόμα τφος στόμα λαλησαι, Ίνα ίη ;^αρα τιμ^ν γι ηε7ΐ?.ηρωμένΥ!. 13 άστίόζετοΛ σε τα τέκνα της αδελφής σον της εκλεκτής, άμτψ. REVISED VERSION. that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, ''the same hath both the Father and the Son. 10 If any '^one "Oometh unto you, and ''bringeth not this doc- trine, receive him not into "^the house, neither bid him 'hail : 11 For he that biddeth him 'hail ^shareth in his ""wicked 'works. 12 Having many things to write unto you, JI would not '' with paper and ink ; 'but I ""hope "to come unto you, and speak "mouth to mouth, that Pour joy may be ^fulfilled. 13 The children of thy elect sister 'salute thee. *Amen. >> E. v., Matt. 5 : 19 ; 13 : 20 ; &c. ;-R. ;-Mack. All the for- eign verss. (except Greenf.) use a demonstrative pronoun. Beng. : ' hie demum.' « See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c. Here the verss. generally clearly indicate the singular. * ' As, no doubt, happens often' (v. 7). Comp. 1 -John 3 : 13, N. j. — The indicative mood is retained in W. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Thom., Murd. ' The pronoun is not supplied in E. V., Mark 13 : 15, &c. ;- W., T., C, G., R. ;-foreign verss. (except the French, and Mol- denh.) ;-Kenr., Dav. ' Akenside {Pleasures of Imagination, i. 492, 496-8) : ' As when Brutus . . . ' call'd aloud ' On TuUy's name, and shook liis crimson steel, ' And bade the fat/ier of his country, hail Ρ AV. (neither say ye to him hail;-comp. E. V., Matt. 20: 49; 27 : 29 ; &c.) ;-Sharpe, Barn, ('do not say to him, hail, or joy') ; -Rob. (to wish well to bid hail). Nearly all verss. avoid the introduction of the divine name. ε Wakcf., Mack, (partaketh in), Thorn, (is a part, with him in), Murd. (is participator in). " See 1 John 3 : 12, X. h. R. ;-Guyse, Wakef. ' E. v., 1 John 3 : 12; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Guyse, Wakef., Thom., Penn, Kenr. i Beng., Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., have Ιβου%:ή$ψ. !■ No verb is supplied in W., R.;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ., Dt. ;-Carpz., Lucke, Greenf, All., De W., Murd., Kenr. 1 For άλλα ϊΤίτάζω, Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.. Lachm., llabn, Theile, read ίΧΛίζω yap (Vulg.). ■" W., R. ;-Dodd. and the later verss. Foreign verss. gene- rally have the word most nearly answering to this. - For ίλθίίρ, Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Theile, give γενίσβαί, which Bloomf. thinks is 'probably the true reading.' » E. V. marg. (comp. Numb. 12: 8; Jer. 32: 4; 34: 3) ;- Vulg., Syr., Germ, (miindtich), Dt., It. (a bocca), French verss. ;-Hamm., Berl. Bib. (von ]\Iund zu Mund ;-so Stolz, All., Kist.), Guyse. Thom.. (by word of mouth), Moldenh., Mey., Van Ess, De W., (as Germ.), "Wakef., Greenf. (Πε-^Ν ΓιΕ), Murd., Kenr. I" Lachm. reads ν^ων (Vulg.). 1 See 1 John 1 : 4, N. q. It is true that in this expressive primary sense οι filling full the verb fidfil is not now in cur- rent use, and it may perhaps be deemed inexpedient to attempt its revival. In that case I recommend that E. V. be retained. ■■ E. v., 3 John 15 ; &c. ;-R ;-Dodd. and the later verss., except Sharpe. • The αμ-ήν is bracketed by Knapp, and cancelled by all the other recent editors, except Beng. and Bloomf, though Beng. also regarded it as certainly spurious. I recommend that Amen be omitted. THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. 67 THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. KING JAMES' VERSION. The elder unto the well-belov- ed Gaius, whom I love in the truth. 2 Beloved, I wish above all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth. 3 For I rejoiced greatly, when the brethren came and testified of the truth that is in thee, even as thou walkest in the truth. GREEK TEXT. Ό ΠΡΕΣΒΤΤΕΡ02 Γαω τώαχα- Λητφ, όν εγω άγαηώ εν άληθεία. 2 Άγατΐητε, τιερί τΐάντων ενχρμαί σε ενο8ονσθαί και ίγιαίνειν, καθώς είοδουταί' ΰου το ^Ι'νχτι. 3 εχάρην γαρ λίαν, ερχομένων αδελφών χάι μαρτνρονντων Gov rrj άλ•ηθεία, καθος σν εν άλ'ηθεία τίερι- τΐατεϊς. REVISED VERSION. The elder unto the "beloved Gaius, whom ^I love in ^ truth. 2 Beloved, "^in all things I ''pray that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul pros- pereth. 3 For I rejoiced greatly, when ^ brethren came and testified ^to ?thy truth, Miow 'thou walkest in J truth. ' E. v., 8 times in John's Epistles, and 39 times elsewhere ;- T., C, G. ;-Syr., Germ, (lieben), Dt, It. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., {dilecto ;-for Vulg. charissimo), Wells, Berl. Bib. and later Protestant German verss., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Greenf., Barn., Murd., Kenr. For the empha- tic εγώ, see 2 John 1, N. a. " See 2 John 1, N. b. ' This explanation of rttpi τΐάνΐαν as equiyalent to concern- ing all things, in every respect, appears in W. (though he renders the Vulg. de by of), T., C., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt. marg., It., French verss. ;-Erasm., Vat, Engl. Ann., Grot., Hamm.'s Paraphrase, Pric, Wells, Whitb., Beng., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc, Thom., Scott, All., Penn, Trol., Sharpe, De W., Barn., Murd., Kenr., Peile;-Rob., Green. E, V. follows Pagn., Bez.. (in pj-imis), Castal. (ante omnia). The Greek order is followed by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt. ;-Berl. Bib., Moldenh., Carpz., Wakef., Mey., Greenf, Stolz, Van Ess, Goss., Sharpe, Bloomf., De W., Murd., Kenr. ■i E. V. marg. ; 2 Cor. 13:7; James 5 : 16 ;-W., R., (/ make [my] prayer) ;-Vulg. (orationem facto), Syr. (as in Matt. 26 : 42) ;-Engl. Ann. ('or, pray'), Hamm., Guyse ('desire and beg of God'), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef, Mack., Clarke, Greenf., All., Penn, Bloomf. ('heartily wish and pray'), Murd., Kenr., Peile. • W. ;-Fr. S. ;-Berl. Bib. and the later German verss. (though some of them insert einige), Wakef (some), Peile. ' The dative after μαρ^υρίω is retained by E. V., John 5 : 33 ; 18 : 37 ; &c., and here by W., R. ;-Vulg., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Berl. Bib., Beng., Mack., Thom., Stolz, All., Kist., Goss., Sharpe, Kenr., Peile. ^ Not merely : 'the truth of the gospel that is in thee' (Whitb.), or ' the soundness of thy doctrinal views,' but : ' thy truthful- ness; the general consistency of thy Christian character, as resting on and pervaded by the truth.' — The paraphrastic en- largement of E. V. is avoided by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. G., -M., (tasincerite), Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn. (integritatem tiiam), Vat., Castal., Bez. (sinceritatem tuam. The same word is employed by Drus., Grot. ;-and so Hamm.'s Paraphrase: the sincerity of thy Christiaji course), B. and L. (voire fidelite), Dodd., Wakef (thy fidelity). Mack., Thom., Greenf (Γ|{η0Χ), Penn, Sharpe, Murd. (thy integrity), Kenr., Peile (thy truthfulness). ■• Perhaps it was not intended by the English Translators (who follow R. = Vulg. sicut) to give the impression, which yet the reader can scarcely help receiving, that the writer here adds his own testimony respecting the outward deportment of Gaius to that of the brethren respecting his faith. But such a representation is not at all borne out by the manner of John, or by the context, vv. 4, 6. The clause is rather epexegetical of the one preceding. For this use of xaSuj after verbs of nar- rating, see Acts 15: 14.— T., C, G.;-Fr. G.,-M., (et comment), Fr. S. ([disanf] comment) ■j-Ca.sXaX. (uti. .vivas). Grot., Ros., (g!7ffui' σου T/j άγάτίγ ενάτίιον έχχληαιας• ονς καλώς ηοιή- σεις προτΐεμ-^^ας άζιως τον Θεοί'. REVISED VERSION. 4 'Greater joy than 'this I have none, to hear ""of my children "walking in ° truth. 5 Beloved, thou Pactest ''failh- fully whatsoever thou doest 'to- ward the brethren, and 'toward 'ihe strangers, 6 'Who have "testified "to thy ^*']ove before ^llie church : whom thou ^shalt do well Ho *set for- ward on their ""way "^in a manner worth ν ot God : ' The arrangtmeiu and tiaiislation of tliis clause are fiom Sharpe. Coinp. E. V. Juhn 15: 13. Here μΐίζοτ. is given before the vtrb by K. ;-Latiii verss., S3 r. ;-Beng., Carpz. { Laeliliam majoren habeo ntillam), Mey., Stolz, All.. Goss., De W. 1 The tovtuv i.s rocoinized in W., G., R ;-Latin and German ver.<;.s. (except Castal.). Syr., Dt. It., Fr. G.. -M. ;-Engl. Ann. Wolf. (who. with Bez., Bcng., &c., would supply ;^αριΙ)ν), Dodd., Wesl.. Mack., Xewc, Ros., Grcenf.. Penn.. Kcnr. ■^ So E. V. translates άχονω followed b}' an accusative, Matt. 24:6; Luke 21: 9; &c. " Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., (are walking). ° Lachm. and Tisch. insert τΤ-. f So rtotf'u is often taken, especially when connected with a neuter adjective. See Pass., s. v., II. — Fr. G.,-M.,-S., ("gis) ; -Pagn., Castal., Bez., Wolf., (agis). Thorn., Λ'an Ess {han• deist -j-so All., Kist., De W.). Trol., Bloomf. The same veib (ίο acl) is employed by Giiyse. Scott, Claike. 1 •Α faithful thing, one befitting thy .standing as mtsTOi, a true believer.' So Oec. : αξιοι» ΛιστοΟ α^δρόί ami others gene- rally. Some, as It. (da [^i-ero] fedde). 'lliora. (as a believer). Mey. (als Ochten Cluislen). Tiol. (as a faithjul man), tieat the phrase Λίατόν noiiis as equivalent to the French idiom. /aire le loi. ' E. v., 1 Thess. 4:10; ic. ;-R. (on... upon) ;-Syr., It., Fr. G.,-M.. Fr. S. (j30!ir);-Pagn., Castal., Biz., Pise, Hamm. (in the Paraph.), B. and L. (as I'r. S.), Dodd., Murd.. Kenr.. (toicarc/s \-i^o Scott and Barn, once in the comment.), Pyle (once in the Paraph.), Wakef., Mack., Thom.. (for). Ros., Peile (in relation tu). • Dt., It., French verss. ;-Engl. Ann. (as one version), Mol- denh, and later German veiss.. Wakef., Mack.. Thorn., Greenf.. Penn. Sharpe, Peile (Λ'ιονε). Lucke's view, that xai cis rov; It'i'ovs stands in epc.xegetical apposition with df τονς OS., is not favoured by the repetition of the proposition and the article; and hence may have come, as a critical gloss, the reading xa.i •toito ItVouf. which, however, has very considerable authorit}•, and is adopted by Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Tlieile. « See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. " E. v., V. 3 J &c. See 1 John 1 : 2, N. I. ' See V. 3, N. f. " See 2 Pet. 1 : 7, N. a. • Peile : ■ ivumov Έχχλταίαί — Angl. in open Church, in open Congregation — is said by the same conventional onii.ssion of the Article, as in classical Greek is the prevailing rule in the use of all such words (aarr^p, μr^τr^f>■, «001.5, ym'ri, ΛΟλι;, dta»OTr,i, X. t. λ.) as expre.-s some well-known and familiar object, and in our own idiom also is of frequent occurrence, as when we say in Town, before Parliament, kc. &c.' y The Greek order, retained by R. ;-foreign verss., except the Dt. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Thorn., Penn, Peile. The Syr. di.>;regards the nponfju^aj ; the Vulg. has benefaciens deduces, as if for *. «otijaas ΛροΛίμ-^ιΐί, the reading of C. ; Germ., dii hast wohl ge- than. as if for x. t'rtot'ijsas, Grot.'s conjectural reading. — Most of the modern English versions have wilt. But the sentence is an authoritative counsel and encouragement in opposition to Diotrephes. ' The participle is translated by an infinitive in It.. French verss. ;-Thom., Greenf.. Kist., Penn, De W., Peile. • It is evident from the context, that what the writer desired in behalf of the wayfarers was ellectual help (romp. Tit. 3:13; &c.), rather than nurely such an honourable escort as Paul received at Miletns (Acts 20 : 38) and Tyre (Acts 21 : 5). The former idea is, accordingly, here included by the critics and lexicons in η^οηίμΛω (as Giot. 'cum viatico dimittere'; Beng. 'dediicens cum coinmeatu'; Bloomf. 'by sending them forward an■ E. Λ'., Acts 15:3; 21:5; &c. ;-R. ;-Wakef , Kenr., Peile. ' E. V. (aft(r C), Wells, Wesl,, and Sharpe, are the only verss. that evade the literal force of the phrase. E. V. has it in the margin; and comp. Col. 1 : 10; 1 Thess. 2: 12. THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. 59 KING JAMES VliKSION. 7 Becnuse that for his name's sake they went forlh, takiiij: nolhinn- of" the Gentiles. 8 We thereti)re ought to i-e- ceive such, that we might be• felhnv-helpers to the truth. 9 I wrote unto the church : but Dlotrephes who loveth to have the pre-eminence among them, receiveih us not. 10 Wherelbre, if I come, 1 will remember his cieeds wliich GREEK TEXT. 7 ίσιέρ γαρ τον ονόματος a^r.?Mor μ/;^εν λαμβάνοντες άηο των sdvijv. 8 ΤΜεΙς ονν οφείλοΐίεν ά7ίο?.αμβά- νειν τονς τοιοίτονς, ινα αυνεργοι γινώμεθα τν; a/JTiQticf.. 9 Έ/ραψα τ^ έχκλτβίψ α?.λ' ό φΛοπρωτει'ων αιτών Αιοτρεψτ,ς οίχ έηιδεχεται ΤΜΟ,ς. 10 bia τοιτο, έαν έλθω, νΛομνν.σω αϊτού τα £ρ/α α ηοιει, 'λογοίς των/;- REVISED VERSION. 7 "Tor ^in behalf of ''ihe name ihev wfni i()riliS, taking noiliing "■from ihe 'Geniiles. 8 JWe therefore ought to ''re- ceive such, that we 'may ""become feUow-°lab(iurers "lor the truth. 9 I wrote ρ unto the church : but "^he who loveth lo 'be fore- most among ihem, Dit)trephes, 'dotii not 'admit =us. 10 "Therefore, if I come, I will "bring to remembrance his "^ Γαρ occurs very often, but is do where else in E. V. ren- "' Sie 1 Pot. 1 : 20. N. w. dei ed becaiisi; except John 3 : 19 ; 10 : 26 ; Acts 28 : 20 ; Rom. » in lendfi ini oiif ργό? Ε. V. refers expressly to the i'pyov in 4: 15. — W., R.;-foreign vtrss. generally ;-Dodd., AVtsl., A^'akef., couipnsition as work liibuur. 8 times out of 13. So hiie W-;- Thotn., Murd. Latin vtrss. (except Pagn.. Casta!.). Dt.. Fr. S. ;-Ilan]m., Beil. • Comp. E. v.. 2Cor 1: 11; 5: 12; 8: 24; Phil. 1 : 29. Bib.. Beng. Dodd. and later English vir^iS. (except Ί horn.), Wakef., Murd., Peile (on 6. of). All., A'an Ess, Bloomf. " Not: 'with the truth.' as Hamm and others, but : 'with the rai>sionary luetlnin on heh:dl of the truth.' — Fr. S. ;-Engl. Ann. ( or /u;'), Syui., Wakif, Newc., Mey.. Stolz, Penn. ρ Lachm. and Tisch. insert η {A. B. C, &c.) after iyp. 1 The Grc'ek order is retained by R.;-Latin Tcrs.s., Syr. ;- Murd.. K« nr.. Peile. ' 'That is alike dear to us all.' The αντοί of a few MSS.. followed by the Vulg.. Syr., &c.. is omitted by Erasm.. Miil, and all the recent editors (except that Hahn l.rarkets it). Midd. indeed sngi:e-ts that, even if aitoi be spurious, the aiticle may be ' used, as frequently happen.s. to signify Ais.' But the single instance, and that a poetical citation, in Acts 17 : 28, would not prove this to be N. T. usage. — Grot. (■ Nomen enim per excel- lentiam, nomen Cliristi, Jac. 2: 7.'). B. and L. 7?iai-g-., Bing. ('Subaudi, ZJei ;'-so Newc), De \V., Pei ' Theie is this litrral reference to the «ρΰτο; in composition Wells supplies "λ^>; \ ^^ foremost or first, in Syr., Dt., Fr. G. -.M.,-S. ;-Beng. (esse primui-y-ioT Vulg primaluni gerere) Scott. Lu lo love, these brethren went out into the heathen wilderness. And shall not we receive them back with a ready welcome, when in the brief intervals of la- bour they seek rest and refreshment in the bosom of the Churchr Comp. Luke 15: 27. 1 E. v., following T., C G , is follosved by none (except AYel!s) in u-ing the impeiftct. All foreign verss. retain the present; though Mill cites two or three MSS. for tlio reading γΐνωμεθα. Syr. ;-Dodd., Car] z., Ros. Greenf.. Peile, trans'ate {;μά; last. ' d', his ecclesiastical supeiior; not even our letter.' t A different word from that in v. 8. — Casta!. Grot.. Ros., {admittit -,-ίοτ \\ι\\:.η:€ pit), Carpz. {curat) Wakef. {allow). Tliom. {regurd), ShaipL- {heedeih). Peile. ° The διά Toiro is cxpres.sed by a demonstrative partic'e in E. v., jMatt. C : 25, and generally elsewheie ;-Gernian verss , Dt., lt.;-Paj;n . Oastal., Bez.. Arer., Dodd.. Gremf., Muid.:— by a prepi'Sition and deinonstiative pronoun with or »i hout a substantive•, in Yiuie. to tin• humiliatii η of the ofendcr, and for the warning of others. This causative force of νηομιμ- vraxu our remember no longer retains. But it is cliarl\ gi\en in E. v., John 14: 20. and elsewhire; and here is eithtr ex- pressed, or more distin -tly than in E. V. imp'ied. in W. T. C, G. R. ;-S\r. (aicord ng to the text of the P. and ihai of L< e) and other foreign verss. ;-Wakef., Mack., Xewc, Thom.. Schulef. 60 THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. KINO JAMES VERSION. he doeth, prating against us with malicious words : and not con- tent therewith, neither doth he himself receive the brethren, and forbiddeth them that would, and casieth them out of the church. 11 Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God : but he that doeth evil hath not seen God. GREEK TEXT. poig φλυαρώΐ' 5ς/<άς• χαϊ μτ, αρκοίμε- νος επί τοιτοις, οντε αι'τος εη^εχεται τονς ά^ελφονς, και τονς βουλομένον; κολνει, και έκ της έκκλτισίας εχ- βάλλει. 1 1 ΆγατΐΥίτε, μη μιμον τό χακον, άλλα τό α/αθόι^. ό άγαΟοσιοίον, εχ rov θεον εΰϋιν ο hi κακοηοιών, οίχ έώραχε τον Θεόν. REVISED VERSION. deeds which he doeth, prating against us with ^wicked words ; and, not ''contented with ''these, neither doth he himself ^admit the brethren, and "those ''who would he "^hinderelh and casteth '' out of ihe church. 11 Beloved, 'do not imitate ''what is evil, but ''what is good. He that doeth good is of God ; shut he that doeth evil hath not seen God. " See 1 John 3 : 12, N. h. The word occurs frequently, but is only here rendered in E. V. malicinus. Nor does this spe- cific sense appear in W. ;-Syr., German verss. (except Mey.). Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Hamm., Beng., Carpz., "Wakcf., Newc, Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Barn. ;-Rob. ('ei'if [the word used in the English verss. here cited], 'hurtful, injuTious, mischievous^ ;-but it is better perhaps to consider the apostle as denouncing the immoral character, rather than the mischicTOUs tendency or results, of these speeches.). ' Mey. and Fr. S. render αρχ. as a participle of the middle (sich begnugend, se contentant) ; many others, by a finite verb. y The pronoun, in a plural or singular form, is retained by "W., R. ;-Latin and French verss., Syr., Germ., It. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Thom., Greenf., Penn, De W., Murd., Kenr. > See V. 9, N. t. • See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, etc. The Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-B. and L., Thom., Mey., All., Penn, Murd. " See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c. ' See 2 Pet. 2 : 16, N. t. Leigh : ' Non significat verbis tan- tum prohibere ; sed vim quandam inhibentem sen arcentem denotat.' The verb to hinder is employed by E. V., Luke 11 : 52; Acts 8: 30; and here by Guyse, Dodd., Wakef., Thom._ Penn, Peile. >■ The veords ix trji ίχχ-κ. Ιχβ. are by many commentators (Carpz., Mey., Ros., Bloomf., Barn., Peile, &c.) understood to mean, that, by denying the strangers hospitalit}', Diotrephes 'compelled them to go elsewhere.' But the opinion is unten- able. Ros. contents himself with saying : ' De excommunica- tione hoc vix intelligi potest ;' and Bloomf. : ' It can hardly be supposed that Diotrephes would excommunicate any one on so frivolous a pretext.' It is suificicnt to reply, that, if Diotrephes was the ' unreasonable and wicked man' (2 Thess. 3 : 2) that he is represented to have been, there is much less difficulty in that supposition than in the fact, that he resisted and disowned an apostle of the Lord, and maintained a position of influence and authority in the church, while doing so : although even of such enormities the Church History of no age since Pentecost (" quid postea non factum V exclaims Beng.) allows us to judge, that there is aught in them scarcely credible (Lucke) or hmdly conceivable (De W.). The whole structure and arrangement of the sentence, moreover, are opposed to this view. Especially is it irreconcilable with the use of ix, not ajto, before the noun and in composition with the verb. Peile's reference to Acts 13:50, for an instance of ίχβάλλω used 'much in the same sense as here,' is plainly nugatory for his purpose. AYe can understand how Paul and Barnabas, having spent some time in a city, might be ' expelled out of it ; but in the present case there could be no expulsion of these strangers from a church, which they had not been allowed to enter. It may be added that this interpretation, at best, changes what is in itself a very vigorous climax into something that sounds like very feeble tau- tology. Yet Barn, says of it : ' That it is the correct interpre- tation seems to me to be evident, for it was of the treatment which they (the strangers) had received that the apostle was speaking.' Rather, the apostle is speaking of the character of Diotrephes and his conduct toward the apostle himself, toward the strangers, and now lastly toward the brethren of his own church. — No pronoun is supplied by W., R. ;-Latin verss.. Syr.; -Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. " R. ;-Latin verss.. It., French verss. except G., (use imitor or a derivative), Syr. (= Greenf. Πίί~η "^N) ;-Engl. Ann. {imitate not ;-so Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf.), Hamm., Beng. {mache es nicht nach). Mack, {do not thou im.), Thom., Clarke, Mey. and later German verss. {ahme nicht nach), Murd. marg. (be not an imitator), Kenr. ' A compound relative is employed by the Vulg. once, and twice in the other Latin verss. (except Castal.) ;-Mack., Thom., Murd. ^ All the recent editors (except Bloomf.) cancel the St. I recommend the adoption of this reading, and the omission of but. Kenr. {I will mind ; with the note appended : 'The Greek verb signifies to remind.' But this is equally signified by the Vulg. commombo.), Peile;- the lexicons. Bloomf. remarks that, 'though authority for this use [the neuter sense] may he want- ing, yet in a writer like St. John that is not indispensable.' In any writer, however, it is very desirable. The avrov stands in regimen with ίά ί'ργα, not (as the German verss., Carpz., and Wakef., imply) with νΛο/ιν^υω. THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. 61 KING JAMES VERSION. 12 Demetrius hath good report of all mejj, and of the truth it- self: yea, and we also bear record ; and ye know that our record is true. 13 I had many things to write, but I will not with ink and pen write unto thee : 14 But I trust I shall shortly see thee, and we shall speak face to face. Peace he to thee. Our friends salute thee. Greet the friends by name. GREEK TEXT. 12 ΑημγιΤ^ίίΛ μεμαρ-τίψ-ηται imo TtavTcuv, xa'i im αντης ττ.ς α^.τβΐίας- και τμύς hi μαρτνρονμεν, και οΊδατε ση ή |ίζαρτυρί'α τ^ιών άληθτ,ς έστι,. 13 Πολλά εΐχον γράφειν, αλλ' ον θε?υίύ hia μέλανος χαί καλάμου Col ypdii/af 14 εληίζίύ δε ευθέως ιδείν σε, xai στόμα ηρος στόμα ?Μλτ,σομεν• 15 Eipr[j^>7 0Όί• ασπάζονται σε οί φίλοί. άσηόζον τονς φίλους κατ όνομα. REVISED VERSION. 12 ''Unto Demetrius "testimony Jhalh been borne by all'', and by the truth itself; 'but "we "also "testify, and Pye know that our '•testimon}' is true. 13 1 had many things ■'to write, but I will not with ink and 'pen 'write unto thee ; 14 But I "hope ''straightway "'to see thee, and we shall speak 'mouth to mouth. >Ί5 Peace be to thee. ^The friends salute thee. "Salute the friends by name. ^ The construction by the dative is retained by W., R. ;- Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr. (= '^SJ), Dt. (αωι D.), It., Fr. G..-M.,-S.;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef., Mack., Lucke, Greenf., Van Ess, Kist., Sharpe, Kenr. ' See 1 John 5 : 9, N. a. R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (use testimonium or a derivative) ;-Dodd. and the later English verss. (except Penn). 1 Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., (redditum, est ;-for the Vulg. red- ditur), Castal. (commendatus est). >• R. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Wakef., Thom., Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn., Murd. (every one), Kenr., Peile. 1 Beng. : ' Si iamen, etsi jam multis ornatus testimoniis sit Demetrius.' See 1 John 1 : 3, N. o, &c. W. ;-Latin verss., except Castal., (sed), Syr. ;-All., De W., {aber), Kenr. " See 1 John 4: 14, N. f, &c. ° Hamm. and Penn, following E. V., are the only verss. that mark also, or its equivalent, as supplied. ° See 1 John 1 : 2, N. 1. Ρ ' You, Gaius, and all likeminded, to whom this letter may be shown.' Lachm. alone reads οίδα;. 1 See 1 John 5 : 9, N. a. ' Lachm. and Tisch. read γράψαι eoi. ' Gr. reed — which I recommend as a marginal note. Latin verss. (calamiim -j-Bxcept that Castal. repeats charta from 2 John 12; in which he is imitated by B. and L.), Syr. (= Greenf. r>ip), Fr. S. 7narg. (le roseau) ;-Stier (Rohr), Murd. marg. <■ Lachm. and Tisch. read γράφε w. " See 2 John 12, N. m. ' In the N. T. tiSiuj occurs 80 times, and is always in E. V. rendered, immediately, forthwith, straightway, with 6 excep- tions (Mark 1 : 30 ; 5 : 36 ; 11 : 2 ; Luke 17 : 7 ; 21 : 9 ; 3 John 14), in all of which the same meaning i.s equally evident, and in two of them is conveyed by E. V. in another form, as soon as. — R. {forihwith);-\ u\g. {protinus), French verss. (bientot) ;- Erasm., Vat., {as Vulg.), Pagu., Bez., (statim), Wakef. (m- mediately). Mack. Of the lexicons, Steph., Scap., Leigh. Suic, SchOttg., Pass., L. and S., do not recognize the sense οι shortly. Rob. gives it here, but shows nothing else for it except Matt. 24 : 29, where E. V. properly has immediately. " E. v., 2 John 12; Rom. 15: 24; &c.;-W., R.;-Vulg. and other foreign verss. (except the later Latin) ;-Dodd. and the later English (except Newc). ' See 2 John 12, N. o. y Pagn., who introduced the division of the N. T. into verses in 1528, numbered this as a separate verse, and has been fol- lowed by all the foreign verss. (except Vat. and Greenf. Castal. begins the verse at αατίάζονΐαΐ αι.) ;-Dodd., Thom., Bagster's Hexapla;-a!l the recent critical editions of the Greek Text. The different arrangement of E. V. (as now commonly printed) is no improvement on the original notation. ' E. v., last clause ;-T., C, G., R. ;-all foreign verss. ;-WelIs, Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. » See 2 John 13, N. r. E. V. and Hamm., following T., C, G., are alone in rendering the verb here by two words, salute and greet ; and all other English verss., except Vi. and Sharpe, employ the former word. 62 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES' VERSION. JuDE, the servant of Jesus GREEK TEXT. ΊΟΤΔΑΣ Ί/ισού Χρίστου δοιΛος, Christ, and brother of James, to αδελφός Ss Ιακώβου, τοις h Θεω them that are sanctified by God i REVISED VERSION. "Judas, ''a servant of Jesus Christ, "^and brother of James, to ''the called, ' sanctified *^in God " A name of frequent occurrence in the N. Ϊ.. but only in this instance abbreviated into Jude, in order probably to distin- guish the writer from the traitor — a point which an evangelist secured by adding to the name, not Iscariot, John 14 : 22, and the writer himself by the clauses in apposition. — W., T., C. ;- Latin and German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Guype, Sharpe. It. has Giuda throughout. Fr. G. and M. have Jude here, and wher- ever in the evangelical history the same person is supposed to be meant (even in John 14 : 22, where the very ambiguity of 'lovSas is that which called for the explanatory ού;^ ΰ Ίβζαριύ- ttjs) ; in other cases they have Judas. >■ The only instance (e.xcept Phil. 1 : 1, where the word is in the plural), in which E. V. prefixes the definite article to the descriptive title of the writer. Here the indefinite article, or none, is used by all foreign verss. (except Moldenh.) ;-Dodd., and subsequent English verss. ' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. Of this 6ε' De W. remarks, that it 'appends another title, different from the one preceding.' It may even be said that the second title is contrasted with the first, as being a more certain identification of the writer ; and so 'i'it. 1:1. In the present case, indeed, it is possible that some- thing more is implied. If this Judas was the same as the one mentioned in JIatt. 13 : 55 and Mark G : 3 among the ' brethren' of our Lord, the antithetical copula might suggest that, no longer 'knowing Christ after the fle.sh' (2 Cor. 5 : 16), he now gloried in the far higher relationships (Matt. 11 : 11 ; 12: 48- 50; Luke 11 : 28) of the kingdom of heaven, gladly merging the distinction of nature in the spiritual fellowship of the brethren, whose one Master is Christ (Matt. 23:8). Or, if we proceed on any one of the other hypotheses respecting his personality, the &ί may be regarded as disclaiming that distinc- tion. While, therefore, the analogy of Tit. 1 : 1 leads me to retain the and of E. V., I recommend that the words : ' Or, hut' appear in the margin. — Latin verss., except Erasm. and Castal.. (auiem. Beng. vera). Syr., Germ. ;-Stier. '' The awkward ναηρον rtporfpov of E. X. is not warranted by the Greek, where x/jytoij is used as a substantive (Erasm. : 'nomen est, non participium.' Comp. Rom. 1: C; 1 Cor. 1: 24), introduced by rots, and qualified by the two intermediate participles. This construction and arrangement are best pre- served in the German of De W. and Stier (den . . . geheilisten und . . . bewahrten Berufenen). But the same construction of the Greek is apparent also (though in several in.^^tances χλ. is not rendered as a substantive) in Syr. (which translates xx. as a participle, and supplies = C^V), Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-S.;- Pagn., Calv., Bez., Par. (' Beza constructionem attendens, quae trajecta est, primo loco collocat vocatos. Hoc namque proprie est subjectum recipiens, ad quos Epistola scribitur: nempe ΙΌ- cati: quos ab adjunctis hucusque explicavit Judas.'), Hamm., Cocc, Wells, Whitb., Moldenh., Carpz., Newc. (supplying brethren after called), Thom., Mey., Ros., Stolz, Greenf., Trol., Peile. Some (T., C, G. ;-Fr. M. ;-Penn), missing the con- struction, do 3'et give x%. first; and others {W.;-B. and L., Dodd., Arn.) have it before Tffjjp. The supplementary and of E. V. is from R. after the Vulg. et vocatis. ' The participial construction here and at ftrjjpi;^. is pre- served in Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Castal.. Bez., Par., Beng.. Moldenh., Carpz., Ilaenl., Ros., Greenf., Trol., De W., Stier, For ί;γιαομ., Beng. (in the Gnom.), Lachm., Tisch., read f^yaΛr^μivoιi (A, B., Vulg., Syr., &c.). f ' What Acts 17 : 28 asserts respecting the natural man, being far more gloriously true of the new creature in Christ Jesus.' The tV, therefore, does not abound (Carpz,), neither is it = «m (Par,, B. and L,, Wolf,, i\Ioldenh., Haeni., &c,). See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. d ; 5, N. w; 2 : 3, N. m.— E. V., 1 Cor. 1:2; 1 John 2 : 24 ; &c. ;-W., T., C, R. ;-Vulg., Syr. (= Greenf. 2), Germ.. Dt. marg., It, Fr. G.,-S. ;-Erasm., Calv. (whom Par. misquotes as preferring per. Calv. allows per, but gives this reason for retaining in : ' Potest enim et hie esse sensus : Quod in se ipsis profani, in Deo sanctitatem habeant.'), Castal., Aret,, Engl. Ann., Cocc, (-plus valet quam ίιά.'). Wits, (-non solum a, sed et in Deo Patrc, ut uniim cum ipso sint, Joh. 17 : 21.'), B. and L. marg.. Dodd., Wakef., Sharpe, De W., Stier, Arn., Kenr., Peile. E. V. follows Bez.j who (as usual) follows Pagn. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 63 KING JAMES VERSION. the Father, and preserved in Jesus Christ, and called : 2 Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied. 3 Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful tor me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith GREEK TEXT. TtaTpi γγιαΰμένοις xai Ίτισού Χριστώ τετηργιμενοις χ7.•ητοις' 2 έλεος νμίν καί ειρήνη xai άγάηη η?^ηθυνθείη. 3 Άγατί-ι^τοί, τΐάσαν anov^hv ττοι- οί'μενος γράφειν νμϊν τίερί ττ^ xoivr.g σωτηρίας, άνάγχην εσχον γρά^^ί REVISED VERSION. the Father, and skept ""for Jesus Christ; 2 Mercy unto you and peace and love be multiplied. 3 Beloved, 'while Jusing all diligence to write unto you ''con- cerning 'the common salvation, "there vi^as °a necessity "that I should write ρ exhorting you to istrive earnestly for the faith * See N. e. The verb rr^piu occurs 75 times in the N. T. (five times in this Epistle), and in E. V. is 58 times rendered io keep ; only here and 1 Thess. 5 : 23, to preserve. 'Wherever, as in this verse, it is used of believers, I prefer to translate it by keep, not so much on the general ground of uniformity, as on account of the large use of that term in the same connection in our Lord's high-priestly prayer (John 17.). The present safety of the Church is the Father's answer to the Son. See Rev. 3 : 3, N. h.— W. ^ llaenl. : ' Dativus subject!, cui fideles Dei provida cura ser- vati sunt.' So the dative after the passive of trfiia is construed in E. v., V. 13 ; 2 Pet. 2 : 17 ; 3:7; and here by G. ;-Vulg. ;- Erasm., Pagu., Castal., Βεζ., Engl. Ann. (• Or, preserved to J. C. Kept by God the Father, John 6 : 39, 40 and 10 : 29, to be presented to Christ blameless at the day of judgment, Eph. 5 : 27 ; 2 Cor. 11 : 2.'), Cocc, Pise, and Vorst. (in eum finem, ut aliquaudo Christo addacantur tanquam sponsa sponso.'), B. and L. ('Corame une Epouse est gardee precieusement pour son Epoux.'), Beng. ('Christo indelibatum servari, laetum . . . Signiticantur salutis origines et consummatio.' His German is/iZr;-and so Stolz, De W ., Huth.), Moldenh., Carpz., Mey., Ros., Stier (' Xot merely, as Luther and many others: kept in Jesus Christ, but: unto Jesus Christ, the Lord and Saviour, as a possession to Him belonging, dearlj' bought, ordained to glory [2 Thess. 2 : 14]. the Bride, for Him kept faithful and pure, and presented unto Him [2 Cor. 11 : 2].'). ' E. v., Matt. 27: 63; Luke 24: 44; 1 Tim. 5: 6;-Newc., Murd. i Thom. and Kenr. employ this verb. The Greek phrase differs from tliat m 2 Pet. 1 : 5. The participial construction is retamed by VV., R. ;-Vu!g., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Engl. Ann. (Or, giaing^), Cocc, Dodd., Mack., Greenf, Penn {in giving). Sharpe, Arn., Kenr. k See 1 John 1 : 1, N. d. 1 After xoivrii Lachra. inserts τ,μΰν (Syr. The Vulg. had read ΰ/χΰι/.). " Gr. / had (comp. E. V., 1 Cor. 7 : 37). This ordinary sen'ie of Χχα appears in W. ;-A'iilg., Syr. (in the usual form = est miht), Dt. ;-Pagn., Calv., Castal., Bez.. Par., Cocc, Penn, Sharpe, Slier, Kenr. Others retain the form of ϊαχον as an active verb of the first person: R., Hamm., Guyse, Mack., Bloomf., using the verb to think; Germ., Mey., All., Λα /iera; Dodd., to judge; Moldenh., OeW., finden; Wakef., Thom., Peile, to find; Haenl.. Ros., ducere; Arn., regarder. Very many of these verss. translate άνά-γχψ by an adjective ; with regard to which, see N. η ; and for the transference of the sub- ject of 'ίαχον to γρά^αι, Ν. Ο. " The word άνάγχη (not xptia. as in 1 John 2 : 27 ; 3 : 17 ; &c.) occurs 18 times, and in E. -V. is rendered thrice by must needs ; once, by necessai~y ; nine times, by necessity ;-Syr. (adopts the Greek term, as in Matt. 18 : 7) ;-B. and L. ([je me trouve dans^ la necessite). Thom. The same strength of meaning (Erasm., Vat.. Beng., employ the phrase, non posse non) is found, in the use of the adjective (necessary, or an equi- valent), in R. ;-Vulg., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Pagn., Calv. ('Acres enim stimulos admovet necessitas. Nisi praemoniti fuissent, quantopere sibi necessaria esset haec cohortatio, poterant ad legcndum esse pigri et resides. Quum vero ex praesenti eorum necessitate se scribere praefatur, perinde est. acsi classicum caneret excutiendo torpori.'), Castal., Bez., Par., Hamm., Cocc, Guyse, Dodd.. Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Haenl., Newc, Clarke, Ros., Gerl., Dav., Arn., Huth. The substantive 7ieed (or an equivalent) is given by W. ;-Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stier, Kenr. " Peile: 'That I shmdd write, very exactly conveys the force of the Greek aorist ypo^at. as distinguished from the more pre- cise present yfa^uv, to write.'' ρ Gr. write unto you exhorting to strive. By a slight transposition, in accordance with Scholef.'s recommendation, we avoid the necessity of repeating the pronoun, and are en- abled to retain the participle (R. ;-Vulg. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Wit?.. Beng. ['τό scribere arete cohaeret cum af/Aorfa?is';-so De W. : ' No comma !'], Dodd., Mack.. Kenr.) and infinitive (W., R.;-Vulg., It., French verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Thom. and the later English verss., Greenf., Gerl.). •i Not the same word as that in vv. 9, 23 ; and in the N. T. found only here. E. V. translates the simple verb thrice, to strive ; thrice, to fight ; once, to labour fervently. And it is true tliat the emphasis lies in the verb, not in the ε jti, which merely points to the object upi-n, about, for which the con- test is to be maintained. ' Ilic valet pro' (Grot.). — W. {sir. strongly) ;-Oodd., Wakef. {str. heartily), Sharpe (strife), Bloomf. {zealously str.). 64 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. which was once delivered unto the saints. 4 For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denj'ing the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ. GREEK TEXT. hiJiv 7ίαρακα?^ν ετίαγωνιζεσθαι τγ άηαζ τίαραΒοθείαγ τοΙς αγίοις τύαΐει. 4 Υία^είΰε^υσαν yup τυνες άΐ'θρω- Ttot, οϊ τΐάλαι τίξιογεγραμμενοί εις τούτο to κρίμα, ασεβείς, triv . του €)εον ήμων χάριν /.ιεταηθέντες εις άσέλγειαν, και τον μόνον ^εστίότην θεον και Κίψιον τιμών 'Ijyffoiv Χρί- στου άρνονμενοι. REVISED VERSION. ■■ once for all delivered unto the saints. 4 For there 'have 'crept in "privily certain men, who ''have been ""before of old "described "for this condemnation, ungodly,'' ^perverting the "grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying •Our only 'Master, God and '=Lord, Jesus Christ. ' The participial construction is retained by R. ;-A'ulg. ;- Cocc, Dodd., Moldenh., Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Scott, Ros., Penn, De W.. Stier, Kenr. English readers, it is probable, commonly understand the once of E. Λ'. as = formerly. But this sense, though here adopted by Pric, Carpz., JMack., Ilaenl., Laurm., Bloomf., Arn., and allowed by B. and L., Barn., is not recognized by any lexicon as belonging to ατίαξ. For v. 5, which has been cited in justification, see N. h; while at 1 Pet. 3 : 20, Mack.'s other reference, the ono| is abandoned as spu- rious by all recent editors. Latin verss. {semel ;-which Bez., Est., Grot., Coco., Beng. ['Particula valde urgens. Nulla alia dabitur fides.'], Ros., understand as asserting the unchangeable- ness of the faith). Germ, verss. (einmal ;-which Moldenh., Stier. Huth., explain as = ein fur allemal), Dt. {eenmaal ;-explained in the Ann. thus : ' That is, it shall never be changed, but shall always remain just as it has once been taught by Christ and the Apostles.'), It. (u7ia volta), French verss. (zwe _/bis ;-explained by B. and L. as = tine fois pour louies) ;-Engl. Ann. (■ Or, once for all, not to be delivered any more'), Guyse, Dodd., Pyle, Thom., Scott, Peile. See also the lexicons, where, among other phrase.s, SchOttg., Bretsch., Wahl, employ semel pro semper; Pass., ein fur alle Mai; L. and S., Bob., Green, once for all; Schirl., einmal fur immer. ' Wakef., Newc., Thom., Penn, Dav., Peile. » The verb comes before its subject in Latin verss.. It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Greenf., De W., Stier, Arn., Peile. " In Gal. 2 : 4 the jtapo in composition is in E. V. rendered once imateares and once privily, the latter phrase being em- ployed also in the parallel 2 Pet. 2 : 1 ;-W. ;-Mack.. Newc, Trol. ' See 2 Pet. 3 : 7, N. r, &c. It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Moldenh., Slack., Thom., Peile {whom we find to have). " ' In prophecy, and by divine judgments inflicted on such as they ; the severity of God in Ilia word and in His providence addressing itself to all His adversaries.' Beng. : ' Par omnium indoles et poena.' The verb τίρογ^άψω occurs (according to the reading preferred in Rom. 15 : 4) four or five times in the N. T., and, except in two instances, the simple literal meaning to write before is transferred to E. V. Those two exceptions are Gal. 3 : 1 and Jude 4, in the first of which the metaphorical sense rests on the ancient custom of writing matters of general inter- est on tablets for public exhibition ; hence, haih been evidently set forth. The same allusion exists, less distinctly perhaps, in the case before us, and is here also rendered by Hamm., Newc, set forth. E. V.'s ordained, which it borrows from G., is, at the best, a questionable interpretation. 'Non innuitur prae- destinatio,' .says Beng., ' . . . sed Scripturae praedictio.' — W. (before written), T., C, ([o/" which it was] wr. afore), R. {pre- scribed) ;-\ \.\\^. {praescripti), S3T. (= Viilg.), Germ, ([row denen..] geschrieben [ist]), Dt. {tevoren opgeschreven), It. (gid innanzi scritli), Fr. G.,-M.. {auparavant eciits), Fr. S. {inscrits) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat.. Par., {prius descripti), Calv., Bez., Wits., Beng., {as Vidg. ;-though Bez.'s earlier editions have descripti), Castal. {designati), Cocc. {ante scripti), ^Vhitb., Pyle, {[(f whom it was] before lor.), B. and L. {[dont la condamnation est] deja ecrite), Berl. Bib., Goss.. {bestimmt beschriebeii). Wolf, {ante adjudicati), Guyse, Wakef., Thom., {{before] written of), Dodd., Murd., {registered), Wesl. {desc. beforehand), Moldenh. {nearly as Germ.), Mack, {before wr.), Scott {as Dodd. or Wesl.), Clarke {prosc7'ibed and condemned in the most public manner), Ros., Trol., {proscripti), Greenf. (l^nDJ), Stolz, De W., ([wr/ier] bezeichnet). Van Ess (αίί/"- gez.), Stier {zuvor beschrieben), Arn. {as B. and L. or Fr. S.), Kenr. {marked out), Peile (described prospectively) ;-Pas. (as Erasm.), Leigh (enrolled, billed, registered), Schottg.. Schleus., Wahl, (as Castal.), Schirl. (as De W.), Green (lo designate clearly). ' Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Hamm., B. and L. marg., Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Penn, Stier, Am., Kenr., Huth. > The substantive is not supplied by T., R., (W. and C, like Erasm., Vat., and Carpz.. attach άβ. to the first clause) ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Penn, Kenr. ' W. (overturn) ;-Oec. (MtraftStrrf 5 άντϊ, toi ^crartoioivtcs, ΛαραΛοιοϋιΤίί), Carpz. (abutuntur), JIack., Haenl., Mey. and All. (missbrauche^i), Kist., De W., Stier, (verkehren). Penn, Bloomf. (abusing), Murd. (ιγΛο/)«γι•.) ;-Schleus., Bretsch., (as Carpz.). Rob., Green, (to tran>fer, pervert, [abuse]), Schirl. (as Meij.). ' Lachm. and Tisch. read χά^ί-ία.. ^ So Hamm., Thom., and Fr. S., retaining the @i6v, construe the ^μ,^ιν. And so it must bo construed (or else thus : ' the only Master, our God and Lord'), in case ΒίαΛόΐτ,ιι be referred to Ίηβ. Xp. ;-a reference, which, though not, indeed, required by grammar, is certainly favoured by the parallel 2 Pet. 2 : 1. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 65 KING JAMES VERSION. 5 I will therefore put you in remembrance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, afterward de- stroyed them that believed not. GREEK TEXT. 5 'Ύηομντ,αοα hk νμάς βονλομαι, είδόχας νμάς άτχαζ τοντο, σΐι ο Κι'ν ρίος "λαον εχ γης hXyxntov σώσας, το δεύτερον τους μη ηιστενσαντίΐς άττώλεσεί'. REVISED VERSION. 5 "ΈαΙ Ι ^vvish to 'remind you, ^you who ''once for all 'know this, J that the ''Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, 'again destroyed ""those "who believed not ;° ■^ ' In stern opposition to the treacherous wiles of these men.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. ? The force of βονλομαι. as a separate verb is brought out more distinctly than in E. V. by T., C, G., (my mind is) ;-all the foreign verss. ;-Hamm., Newc, Thorn., (desire), Guyse, Dodd., Peile, (would), Wesl. (am tcilling), Wakef., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., INIurd. f See 2 Pet. 1 : 12, N. r. Here may be added Guyse, Dodd., Pyle, Thom.j Scott, Bloomf., Kenr., Peile. ^ ' Who are Israelites' (as were probablj' most of those ad- dressed), ' Christian Israelites, well acquainted at once with the sad history and with its solemn import, and whom for that very reason it may be profitable to remind of both, as matters now of great practical interest to you.' For the writer speaks, not of their former knowledge as an objection, but of their present knowledge (see N. i) as a motive, to tlie i'rto/jrjjet;. Calv. : ' Neque enim hie tantum est verbi Dei usus, ut discamus, quae nunquam fuimus edocti, sed etiam ut nos excitet ad ea, quae jam tenemus, serio meditanda, nee torpere nos in frigida notitia sinat.' — The connection of this clause with what pre- cedes is formed in W., R., (by the relative that), T., C, G., (forasmuch as ye) ;-Vu!g. (by a participle in agreement with the previous vas), Syr. (as in the Greek), Dt. (als die gij). It. (chi), Fr. S. (a vous qui) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat, (cum, with a subjunctive), Pagn., Bez., (ut qui), Hamm. (you which), Coco. (vos, qui), Wells, Wesl., Newc, Kenr., (xcho), Beng. (as in the Greek), Dodd. (as you), Moldenh., Gerl., De W., (die ihr), Greenf. (θηΐ)~^1), Stier (als die ihr), Arn. (vous jiiij-'repete avec une certaine empha.se.') For siS. νμ. art. *., Lachm. and Tisch. read liS. iin. rtuVfa (A. B. C, Vulg., &c.). ^ ' It being something which, once known, can never be for- gotten by you.' Dt. Ann.; 'That is, certainly, didy, fully, un- changeably.' See V. 3, N. r. Arn. doubly errs in saying, that άηαξ must here mean une fois dans le temps passe, because 'joint a un participe passe.' See N. i. ' See NN. g, h. Though of the past time in form. eiS. is not so in sense.— E. V., v. 10; 2 Pet. 1 : 12, 14; &c. ;-W., T., C, G., R. ;-foreign verss. (though It., Fr. S., Arn., = have known ; and Castal., B. and L., change the verb into didicistis, avez ete deja insiruits) ;-Hamm., Wakef., Penn, Bloomf., Murd. ' 1 Comp. 1 John 4:9, N. r. W.. R. ;-Dodd. and the later English verss. (except that Sharpe has simply how). ^ For Kvpios, Lachm. reads 'lijsoij (A. B., Vulg., &c.). 1 The writer thinks of the destruction as the second thing in order, the salvation being the first (Engl. Ann., Par., De W., Barn., Stier, Peile, Huth.), or perhaps as the second great na- tional calamity, that in Egypt, out of which the people had just been rescued, being the first (Engl. Ann.). We are not to colour the meaning of words for the sake even of getting rid of an ambiguity. — In E. V. Siiiif poj is always translated by second, and in its adverbial uses, itiircpor, to S., ix Sevtijiov, always elsewhere by the second time, secondarily, again. The same sense is given here by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Calv.), Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. marg. ;-Engl. Ann., B. and L. marg., De W., Barn., Stier, Murd., Peile ('as the next thing that He did;' though he adds as explanatory, straightway, shortly after- wards, incontinently) ;-Pas., Schottg., Bretsch., AVahl, Win. (' the next time [that they needed his helping grace] He refused them His grace and &c.'), Rob., Green, Sehirl. "> See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, &c. ■' See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c. " Beng., Griesb., Mey., Bloomf., have the Greek colon at the end of this verse ; Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Theile, a comma. See V. 6, N. w. But the reading (A. B. C, Vulg., &c.) that cancels ©for, a word which Bloomf also brackets, is marked by Beng. as plane genuina, and adopted by all the other recent editors 'on strong evidence, external and internal' (Bloomf), and with the appro- bation of all the recent critics. I recommend that this reading be followed, and (without questioning the grammatical sound- ness of the translations : the only Master, even our Lord ;- the only Master, and our Lord) that the version stand thus : our only Master and Lord.. — If the Qdv be retained, the fol- lowing, besides those already mentioned, may be cited as applying the whole clause to one person, Jesus Christ : Syr., Ar. P., Dt. marg.. It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Bez., Aret., Par., Engl. Ann., Carpz. ; — and, if omitted, the following: Vulg. (as under- stood by All. and Kenr., the latter appealing to the Greek) ;- Beng., Thom.. Wesl., Clarke, Mey., Penn, Bloomf, De W. (who would be disposed, however, but for 2 Pet. 2 : 1, and especially if ®ίόν is to remain, to have two subjects, which, says Win., the place 'will admit of.'), Barn., Hengst., Dav., Stier, Arn., Peile ;-Bretsch., Translators of Win., Rob. ' See 2 Pet. 2: 1, N. g. ;-G. ;-It. (Padrone) ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. (herum), Hamm., Whitb., B. and L., Beng., Wesl., Thom. marg., Penn, Dav., Arn., Peile. 9 6G THE EPISTLE OF JuDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. G And the angels which kept not their first estate, but lelt their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains under dark- ness unto the judgment of the great day. 7 Even as Sodom and Gomor- rah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the ven- geance of eternal fire. GREEK TEXT. 6 άγγέ^ίΟνς τε τους μη <Τγ;ργ.σαι•- τας τ-τβ' ίαίΛΤωΐ' άρχτ^', άλλα άηολι- Ttai'tag τό ihior οίκητήρωί', βις χρίσίν μεγά'λτ,ς rii-itpag δεσμοις άώιοις ιιτίο ζόφον τετ/,ργ;κεν• 7 ώς Σόδομα και Τόμορρα, χάι αΐ τχερι αιτας τχόΤ^ις, τον ομοιον τοίτοις τρότΐον εχτΐορί'ενσασαι. και απίλθοιι- σαι υτιίσω σαρκός ίτίρας, ηρόκεινται δείγμα, ηνρός αιωνίου διχψ> ντάγρυ- σαι. REVISED VERSION. 6 And Ρ angels "ithat kept not their ''first estate, but lelt their own habitation, he hath 'kept 'with everlasting "bonds under darkness "for the judgment of the great day f 7 "How Sodom and ^'Gomor- rlia, and the cities about them,^ ''having given themselves over in like manner ''as they to fornica- tion, and "gone "^away after 'Other flesh, are set forth lor an exam- ple, ° suffering the vengeance of eternal fire. I' See 2 Pet. 2 : 4, N. q. The άγγίλουί, without the article, marks the race ; toiif xtx., the class ; while μή exhibits that class indefinitely imd precludes, as it were, farther specification : angels, such of them as &c. See Win § 19. 4 ; 59. 4. 1 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. E. V., 2 Pet. 2:4; &c. ;-W. ;- Penn, Murd. Other verss., from Wells down, have who. ' I recommend that the E. V. marg. : ' Or, principality,'' be retained. Versions and commentaries generally are divided between the two meanings. Some (Calv., Dt. and Engl. Ann., &c.) recognize both as legitimate ; others ( Wesl., frst dignity ; Carpz., primam dignitatem ; Bloomf , original dign. ;-a sense which also Stier and Peile would allow) combine the two. " See -Jude 1, N. g. Here, says Huth., ^ΐίττ^ν,χιν stands in sharp opposition to μη ΐτ^^ήααντίαζ.'' One verb, accordingly, is , used for both in the Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Calv., j Λ'αΙ., Cocc, Beng., Wakef (Jceepeth), Greenf., Sharpe {as above), Stier, Peile (hath consigned . . . io be kept). ι Latin verss. (vinciilis ;-no doubt the ablative of the instru- ment), Germ., Dt., It. ;-Guyse, Moldenh., All., De W., Stier, Huth. Not, as Wells : 'for ev. ch. under d. at the judg.' The sen.se of the common construction is sufficiently justified (not- withstanding Iluth.'s objection about Kiinstlichkeit, refiiie- ine7it) by Calv.'s note : ' Quocunque pergant, secum trahunt sua vincula et suis tenebris obvoluti manent.' (Milton, P. L. iv. 75 : 'Which w.ny I fly is hell; myself am hell.') 'Interea in magnum diem extremum eorum supplicium differtur.' " E. v., 18 times out of 20 (the other exception being Mark 7 : 35, string), has bands or io»f/.s;-W., R.;-German verss. (except Mey.), Dt., It. (legami), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (liens) --Oodd.. Thom., Peile ;-Rob. ' See 2 Pet. 2 : 4, N. w. ™ See V. 5, N. o. Here also Lachm., Hahn, Theile, have a comma ; others generally, the Greek colon. » The superfluous emphasis is avoided by W.. R. ;-Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Dodd., Wakef, Mack., Thom.. Greenf, Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. ; all of whom make ως= as. But, in- stead of regarding the particle as instituting a comparison between the doom of the transgressors just mentioned and that of the wicked cities, or (Wolf., Laurm.) as correlative to the υμοίωί of V. 8, it is better to connect it immedi.ately (like the 6ti of V. 5) with υΛομίΎ,ααί. Comp. Mark 12: 26; Luke 6:4; Λο.— Fr. G.,-M., {[ef] r/iie) ;-Moldenh., De W., Huth. f See 2 Pet. 2 : 6, N. c, &c. ^ In most editions (not in the original edition) of E. V. the words, in like jnanner. are erroneously attached to the clause, and the cities about them. The mistake has lately been cor- rected by the Amer. Bible Soc. ," R. (having fornicated . . . going). But It., Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Hamm., use a perfect participle in each instance. Other verss. commonl\• resolve ixTtopv. and αΛίλθ. into finite verbs of a past time with a relative or a conjunction. '' In omitting (for which there is almost no manuscript au- thority) tovioi;, E. V. followed the older English verss. and the Vulg. ' E. v., Matt. 8:31; 19 : 22 ; &c.— W. ;-Tulg. (abeuntes) ;- Calv., Aret., Cocc, Beng., (use abire), Hamm., Stier (abirrten), Huth. (' In arta is expressed the deviation from the right way') ;- Rob., Green, (in connection with οΛιβω, [to go away after], to follow). See the other lexicons, and Rev. 12 : 17, N. r. "■ E. V. marg. (Nowhere else does E. V. translate fVfpo;, which occurs 98 times, by strange.) ;-W., R. ;-VuIg. (alteram), Syr., Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-S. ;-Bez., Par., Wits., Beng., (as Vulg.), Engl. Ann., Hamm., Cocc. and Laurm. (aliam), Wells, Whitb., Gill and Barn. (' Or, other'), Moldenh., Mack., Newc. marg., De W., Stier, Am. ;-Rob. ' To the construction (for which De W. cites Est. and Au- gusti, and which is adopted also by De Sacy, Mey., Trol., Stier, Huth.) of ίίίγμα with rttipof αΐωηον, De W. objects that it leaves δίχψ νΛίχονηα,ι too bare, (Huth., indeed, avoids the ap- pearance of anti-climax only by transposition : ' Those cities are ϋχψ νΛΪχανααι an example of the eternal fire.') and that it does not, after all, exclude the idea of the continuance of the punishment, — that being the alleged difticulty in the way of the common construction. But it deserves to be added, that, i while in no proper sense can the cities be spoken of as a &ιιγμα THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 67 KING JAMES VERSION. GREEK TEXT. dominion, and speak evil of dig- nities 8 Likewise also these filthy S Όμοιος μέντοι xai ovToi ivim- dreamers defile the flesh, despise νίοζόμενοί, σύρκα μίν μιαινονσι, χυ- ριόττιτα δε άθετοι^ί, δόξας & βλασφγ;- μοϋσιν. 9 ό δέ Μί%α'/;λ ο αρχάγγελος, σΐε to δίαβό?Μ διακρινόμενος δίε?^γετο τίερϊ του Μωσέως σώματος, ονχ έτόλ- 9 Yet Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil, he disputed about the body of REVISED VERSION. S ''Vet ^in like manner these ^ dreamers also 'on the one hand defile the flesh, 'on the other Jreject ''government, and 'rail at dignities. 9 ""But Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil he disputed about the body of ' ' In spite of these terrible warnings.' — The /ΐΕκίοι (in omit- ting which E. V. follows the Vulg.. Syr., and most of the pre- vious English verss.) is given as an adversative in E. Λ'., at least 4 times out of 7 ;-and here by G. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;- Bez., Pise, Par., Hamm., "Wells, Wolf, Haenl., Laurm., Mey., Bloomf , Scholef., De W., Stier, Huth. ;-N. T. lexicons, except Bretsch. and Green. ^ W., K. ;-IIaram., ATells, Wesl., Mack., Newc, Penn, Sharps, Bloomf., Scholef.. Murd. (m the same ?«.), Kenr.. Peile. i" In the X. T. £>υΛΜα'ίΌίΐαι (which the Vulg. here omits) occurs elsewhere only in Acts 2 : 17, where E. V. renders it to dream, nor in the present instance is any thing like filthy found in an}' other vers., except perhaps the Syr. (= in som- nio imaginantes. Murd. sensual dreameis), and Fr. G.,-M., {s'etant endormis [dans le vice]). The E. V. supplement seems to have been suggested less by the Greek word, than by the odious elucidations of some of the old commentators (i. g. Oec), unless, indeed, as Peile thinks, the Translators got it from what he calls the ' more obvious interpretation' of Sept. Is. 56 : 10. But the epithet is to be justified by all that fol- lows, and not by αά^>χα, μιαίνοναί alone (De W.j or princi- pally. ' Xotwithstanding the opinion of Carpz., Bretsch., Walil, and Rob., that μ'ίρ . . . Η are here 'merely continuative,' they are rather to be regarded as bringing out the striking, though not unusual, contrast between the debasement and the pre- sumption of these men. Calv. : 'Xotandaautem est antithesis, quum dicit cos carnein contaminare : hoc est, quod minus praestantiae habet, dehonestare : et tamen spernere quasi pro- brosum, quod in genere humano maxime excellit.' The anti- thesis is made only more sharp and strong by the repetition of the &i 'with the same force' (Win.), though it cannot well be given in English. See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. — Latin verss., except Castal., (quidem . . . aiitem or rero). Syr. (has the Greek par- ticles). Germ, (aber), Fr. S. {dhine part . . . et de I'antre) ;- B. and L. (pendant que d'ardre cute), Guyse ('Yea more than that'), Moldenh. (eines Theils . . . andern Theils), Thom. {indeed). L. andS. : 'the two particles may often be ex- pressed by on the one hand . . , on the other'' (einerseits . . . anderseits, Pass.). See v. 10, N. u. 1 Huth.'s explanation of a^ctiiv as here synonymous with xataffiopfiv of 2 Pet. 2 : ID, and as having merely what he calls 'a negative signification,' as opposed to the 'positive'^xas- Φημίίν, rests probably on his view of xvjiiorr;i as denoting the Godhead, more than on the etymology or prevailing use of the word, which expresses not the inward feeling so much as its outward manifestation. It occurs 16 times, and in E. V. is once disannul, once frustrate, once bring• to nothing, once cast off] and 4 times reject. This practical sense is equally suitable here and in the other 7 instances, Luke 10 : 16 ; 1 Thess. 4:8; Heb. 10: 28.— Syr. {as in Luke 7: 30), Fr. S. {rejet- tent ;-and so B. and L., Arn. ;-for nieprisent of the two older verss.) ;-Pagn., Calv., Par.. Cocc, {rejiciunt y-Mul so at first Bez. ;-for the A^ulg. spermmt), Castal. (repudiant), Engl. Ann. (' Gr. depose. Or abrogate'), Berl. Bib., Stolz, De W., Stier, ( ceru'er/en ■,-for Luth.'s verachten), Xewc, Bloomf, Peile, {set at nought), Dav. ;-Pass., L. and S. !< Marg. : ' Or, lordship.'— Έ. V., 2 Pet. 2 : 10 (where see N. a) ;-Mack., Bloomf 1 See E. v., v. 9, and 2 Pet. 2 : 10, N. e. Hamm., Thom., (at' V. 10), Wesl., Mack, {revile i-and so Thom. here, Bloomf., Murd.). " Yet has been used in the previous verse for ^t rroi. — Mack., Murd. For ό Si . .'. ore, Lachm. reads 6tt . . . τόΐι (Β.). rtvpof, the fire itself, by which they were destroyed, may well be regarded as a blazing forth of the rtupoj αίω>/ι.Όυ (even taking the word in its strongest sense), because it was immediately from God, as the minister of His wrath (Gen. 19 : 24 ; Ps. 11 : 6 ; Is. 30 : 33 ; 06 : 15, 16; Rev. 20 : 9); because, as such, it was unquenchable and irresistible (Gen. 19 : 25 ; Ps. 97 : 3 ; Is. 27 : 4 ; 66 : 24 ; .Jer. 49 : 18 ; iMal. 4:1; Mark 9 : 43, &c. ; Heb. 12 : 29 ; Rev. 19 : 3) ; and because of the utter desolation wrought by it (see the passages last cited) ; which desolation, moreover, is expressly set forth (rtpoxfii-rat) as one of the great historical precursors and preluding exhibitions of the fate of the ungodly (Luke 17 : 28-30 ; 2 Pet. 2 : 6, N. g. Comp. 3 Mace. 2:5: Χΰ tO-uj . , . XoSoμL•taζ . . . χα^ίψΤ-ΐζας, Λαρά8ίίγμα iois ίΛΐ/γίνομίνοίί xatau -ίήααί.), and, in so far at least and so long (Ezek. 16 : 53, 55) as it shall be required for that purpose, is perpetual and remediless (Is. 13: 19, 20; -ler. 50: 39, 40; Zeph. 2: 9 [Sept. ti; τόρ αίώια]). On these grounds we may say with Beng. : ^ poena, quam sustinent, est e.vemplum ignis aelemi, ut Cassiodorus loquitur.' without even forcing, as Beng. does, Setyfta and ϋχψ into apposition. 68 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee. 10 But these speak evil of those things which they know not : but what tliey know natu- rally, as brute beasts, in those things they corrupt themselves. 11 Wo unto them ! for they have gone in the way of Cain, GREEK TEXT. μησε χρίση• ετίενεγκεα' βλααφηάα.ς, ά'λΧ είτίεν, ΈπιΤίμτ,ΰαι σοι Κΐ'ρίος. 10 Οίτοί δέ δσα μεν οίχ oihacn βλασφ7;μονσίν• δσα 8έ φυσικώς, ως τα άλογα ζώα, ετύσααντίαι, εν τοι•- τοίς φθείρονται. 1 1 • Οι'αί αντοϊς• σΤι τγ 68ώ tov Κάιν έηορενθησαν, και τγ πλάνγ του REVISED VERSION. Moses, "did not "dare to bring against P/a'/n. *i railing ijudgment, but said : The Lord rebuke thee. 10 But these ^rail at 'whatso- ever things, "indeed, they know not ; but 'whatsoever things they '^natuniUy, as '"'the ''brute beasts, ^understand, in those ^ they cor- rupt themselves. 11 ''Woe ''to them ! tor " in the way of Cain they ^walked, and 'in " Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thorn.. Scott, Barn., Murd. ■> See 2 Pet. 2 : 10, N. b. Guyse, Murd.. Dav., Peile, (use to venture), Dodd., Wakef., Scott, (presume). Mack, (attempt), Tliom. (take the liberty), Penn (dared). Barn. Ρ The pronoun is supplied. 1 The article is not in E. Λ''., 2 Pet. 2:11, nor here in any of the older English ver.s.s. ;-It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Pcile. ' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. k (where, however, sentence should have been credited to Fr. G. and M.). • See V. 8, N. 1, &c. < The indefinite or the distributive force of oeoj (quantus, qtdcunqiie) is almost always expressed in E. V. (Matt. 7 : 12; 14 : .30 ; &c.), and, in the few instances where it is not expressed (Matt. 13 : 44, 40 ; &c.), is cquallj' apparent in the oiiginal. — For one or the other or both cases, W. (what ever th.), R. (what th. so ever) ;-Vulg. (quaecunque), It. (tutle le cose che). Fr. G.,-M., (tout ce que) ;-Calv., Bez., (as Vulg.), Beng. (om- nia, quae), Wesl. (o7/ things wliich), Laurm. (quotquot), Stier ([alles] was ;-and lie remarks, though with an unnecessary qualification: 'For όβα is .scarcely ever, certainly not here, the same thing as the simple ά.'), Arn. (tuutes les chases que), Kenr. (as above) Peile (all th. whereof). " See V. 8, N. i. R. (certcs) ;-Vulg. (quidem) ;-Cocc. (as Vulg.), Dodd., Mack., Laurm. ('6aa μίν et ojo bi sibi invicem opponuntur.'), Kenr. ' The Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt. ;- Dodd., Moldenh., All., Gerl., De W., Stier. " Foreign verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Scott, Clarke, Penn, Peile. » See 2 Pet. 2 : 12, N. m. y So E. V. distinguishes ιχία^αμαί from olSa in Mark 14 : 68. Here also the two words are distinguished in R. ;-Latin and French verss., Syr., German verss. (except Gerl., DeW.), It. ;- Beng. ('Subtilius quiddam notat norunV — οΐδασι), Newc, Ros., Sharpe. ^ W., R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Penn, Bloomf., Murd. » Oval airotj is explained, 1., as simply declaratory of these men's miserable condition, present or future, or both, by Calv. (who makes it especially a forewarning for the sake of others), Bez., Dt. Ann., Cocc, Guyse, Moldenh., Mack., Haenl., Peile; — 2., as compressive of sympathy, by Par. (though he also calls this oOai.' particula grariter et severe increpandi). Grot., Pise, Wakef. (Alas for them ! ;-and so Newc, Thom., Sharpe), Ros. ; — 3., as minatory, by T., C, G., ( Wo be unto them). Est., AVits., Beng. (' Uno hoc loco unus hie apostolus vae intentat.'), Wesl., Scott, DeW. and Iluth. (who include the idea of strong disapprobation). Gill allows any one of these interpretations, and Carpz. appears to combine the second and third. But per- haps the historical time (see N. h and v. 14, N. k) of the verbs following (which are sometimes quite arbitrarily rendered into the present or the future,) is best accounted for, if we view the Οναί avtoif as a cry of horror, on taking in at one glance, from the mount of vision, the whole, dark, swift current of ungod- liness, and its final plunge into the abyss. In Woe, the Amer. Bible Soc. has restored the spelling of the original edi- tion of E. V. It is now also the more common. ^ W. ;-Wesl., Mack., Penn, Murd., Kenr. " The Greek order is followed in all the three clauses by the Latin verss., Syr. ;-Mey., De W., Stier : — in the first and third, by Greenf., Gerl. : — in the second, by All. : — in the third by Murd., Peile. <• In the other four instances, in which rtoptvo^ai occurs in this Epistle and 2 Pet., and 5 times elsewhere, E. V. renders it to walk ;-Peile. For the time, see N. a ;-W. " By many (Dt, It., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Steph., Bez., Par., Est., Hamm., B. and L., Wolf., Moldenh., Laurm., De W., Arn.) t^ Λ7.άν^ is rendered as a dative of cause = by the deception, seduction, &c. (see N. f ). Others (Germ. ;- Haenl., Mey., Ros,, Penn, Sharpe, Huth. ;-Bretsch.) make it = lii ΐην το,άνψ. I prefer to conform it to aicj,, as a dative of the direction in which (Dodd., Mack., Thom., Scott, Stier, Peile ; -Wahl, Rob.). For the order, see N. c. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 69 KING JAMES VERSION. and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward, and per- ished in the gainsaying of Core. 12 These are spots in your feasts of charity, when they feast GREEK TEXT. BaXocOjU μισθον έζεχνθγ;σαν, xai τγ άντιλογια τον Κόρε άτχώλοντο. 12 Ovtoi είσιν εν ταΐς άγάτίαις υμών σπιλά^ες, συνενίύχονμενοι, άφό- REVISED VERSION. the error ''of Balaam for shire they ""rushed headlong, and 4n the gainsaying of JCore they ''perished. 12 These are 'rocks in "your "love-feasts, "banqueting Ptogeth- ' All the authorities first named in N. e (except Hamm., who before μιαθον would supply, not iVexa, as Laurm. says, but apti, with the sense : ' by way of reward or just 'punishment from God'), together with G.;-Cocc., Dodd., Mack., Thom.. Ros., Sharpe, construe thus : ty λχ. tav μιαθοί Βαλ. ; to which Trol. objects that ' the arrangement would then have been τοί jttieSoi Βαλαά /t ; and the clauses on each side o*f the present join the article with the proper name.' With the latter consider- ation, Huth. mentions the ' scarcely tolerable harshness' of this construction, and the ' arbitrary' sense which it attaches to Λλάνη and ίξιχύθηααν. He therefore adheres to the construc- tion of E. V. (= tvixa μιαθον. Or Oec.'s χΙρ6ου{ zafiiu), which appears also in W., T., C, R. ;-Germ. ;-Grot., Cler., Wells, Berl. Bib., Beng., Guyse, Wesl., Wakef., Haenl., Newc, Scott, Clarke, Grcenf.. Penn, Trol., Bloomf., Stier, Kenr. ;-Leigh, Bretsch., Win., Wahl, Rob., Schirl. ^ See 2 Pet. 2 : 13, N. t. E. V., Matt. 20 : 8 ; Luke 10 : 7 ; James 5 : 4;-Mack., Sharpe ;-Rob. ('hire or gain'). ■■ Beng. : ' Ut torrens sine aggere.' — W. {be shed out), R. (have poured out themselves) ;-Latin verss., except Castal., (effitsi sunt). Dt. (zijn zij heneii gestort), Fr. S. (se sont de- 6orrfes) ;-Engl. Ann. (were poured out), Hamm. ('have been p. out or run out'), ^Volf. (effusi ruerunt), Haenl., Ros., (effuso impetu ruunt), Newc. (rushed), Laurm. ('effuso velut cursu se . . . dederunt.'), Mey., Stier, (siiirzen sie [dahin]), Greenf. (1ϊ"1'3), Penn (have run headlong). Trol., Bloomf. (impetuously rush), De W. (haben sie sich ergossen), Barn, (nish tumidt- iiously), Kenr. (have poured themselves out) ;-Bretsch. (effuse ruere), Rob. (to rush into . . . to give oneself up to ;-but the into, to, is not in the verb), Green (to rush headlong &c.) ; &c. For the time, see N. a. If the 7an of E. V. stands for the perfect, it is a grammatical impropriety at variance with the uniform usage of that version elsewhere ; or if, as is more probabli•, the imperfect was meant, there is then a change of the time employed in the preceding clause. ' See N. e and, for the order, N. c. ) I recommend that this form of the name, adopted from the Sept., the popular version of the 0. T. in the apostolic age, be, in this the only instance of its occurrence in the N. T., restored (as has been done by the Amer. Bible Soc.) to its Hebrew propriety : Korah, which appears everywhere else in the En- glish Bible. See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. a, &c. ' For the time, see N. a. > Στίιλάί, in the N. T. artal λίγ., occurs frequently elsewhere (see the classical lexicons) in the sense of a rock in or by the sea. Here that sense accords well with the other four meta- phors of the series, all of them drawn from conspicuous natural objects, and is retained (sometimes with the specification, hid- den, sunken, &c.) by Oec, Phavor., Lightf., Er. Schmid, Whitb., IVetst., Pyle, ΛVakef., Haenl., Thom., Laurm. (see whose Com- ment.), Mey., Ros., De W., Barn., Dav., Peile, Huth. ;-Schleus., Wahl, Rob., Schirl. It is allowed also by Beng. and Carpz. (Corap. 1 Tim. 1 : 19.) The other interpretation has in its favour 2 Pet. 2 : 13, anlxoi (but on this much stress cannot be laid against the prevailing use of a different word, especially as the variations between Peter and Jude are quite as marked as the parallelisms. Zeg., accordingly, thinks that drtaciSfs is perperam scriptum. pro ατίΐχοί.), Vulg., Syr., Ilesych. (μιμιαβ- μίνοί;-λη%. macnlati), &c. It is generally acknowledged, however, that this is the only case where the word can have this meaning, which is, therefore, either assumed, as by Stier, out of Peter's ' kindred word' as more agreeable to the context, or extracted from the proper meaning, 7-ock, by a variety of in- genious methods. Thus, Aret. (and Leigh) : ' ajtiXcis non solum est glarea, hoc est, terrae species quae niaculas facile relinquit' (and it is true that ^ crrtaaj sc. 7^, is used by Theophrastus for argillaceous earth, clay), ' sed est etiam concavum saxum in lit- tore maris, sen lacuum ac fluminum, in quam concavitatem tan- quam in commune receptaculuni sordes aquarum confuunt ;' — Mack. (Scott, Bloomf.) : 'The word ατίαά&ις properly signifies rocks in the sea, which, when they rise above its surface, appear like spots;' — Arn. follows Junius in getting this sense from the rocks as spotted with the sea-foam. Haenl., Lachm. and Tisch. insert oi after fiati' (A. B., Syr., &c.). with Huth.'s approbation. ™ For νμΰν, Lachm. (in the small ed.) and Stier read avtuv (Α., Vulg., Syr., &c.). » Dt. (Uefdemaaltijden), Fr. S. (repas d'amour) ;-Bens., Dodd., Wesl. (feasts of love ;-so Wakef., Barn.), Moldtnh. and later German verss. (Liebesmahle), Mack., Newc, Thom., Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Dav. ;-Rob., Green. ° Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Newc, use this verb here (Wakef., regaling themselves; Peile, make merry), as Dodd., Newc, Thom., do at 2 Pet. 2 : 13, where also I reconjpend that ban- queting be substituted for feasting. For the participial con- struction, see 2 Pet. 2 : 13, NN. u and a. ρ W., T., C, R. ;-De W. (zusammen), Kenr. A few MSS. insert ίμϊν after βννίνωχ., no doubt from 2 Pet. 2 : 13. The word is not adopted by Erasm., Mill, or any of the recent editors, nor is it supplied by (in addition to those just named) the Vulg. (convivantes), S}r. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., (iiiter se conv.), Castal., Beng., (as ^ulg.), Stier (Mitschmausende ;- ' with one another and wherever there is any one like them- selves.'). Huth. allows either sense: with you or with one another. E. V.'s rendering of avvivu>x. is from G., after Pagn. and Bez. (dum vobiscum convivantur). 70 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. wiili you, feeding themselves witliout Tear : clouds thcrj arc without water, carried about of winds ; trees whose fruit with- ereth, without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots ; GREEK TEXT. βας iavtovg τΐοιμαιί'ονΐΐς' νεφέλαι άνυδροι, νηύ άΐΐμ^ν τΐεριψερόμεναι• δένδρα <ρθίνο7ίί.•ψη>α, άκαρτία, δΙς άτίο- Βανόντα, ίκριζωθίντα• REVISED VERSION. er ""without fear, ''tending *tbem- selves ; clouds ' without water, "carried about ''by winds ; trees ""whose fruit williereth, ^unfruit- ful, twice dead, ^uprooted ; 1 All the recent editors, except Haenl. (though in the Coin- vient. he considei'S the matter doubtful) and Sch., connect αψόβωί with ΰννενωχ. ; and so R. (the previous English verss., by separating the adverb from the participles by a comma on either side, leave the reference ambiguous.) j-'Vulg.. Germ. ;- Vat., Castal., Beng. ('colenda sunt convivia sacra. Convivari per se nil vitii habet : ideo sine timore huic verbo annecti de- bet.'). ■\Vakcf., All., Sharpe. De W., Arn., Kenr., Peile. This construction (n'hich is allowed also by Oec. and preferred by Huth., though the latter errs in citing Stier as in favour of it) brings αφόβω^ into correspondence, as regards its relation to αννινωχ., vi"ith Peter's ivtpv^uivTis ϊ" ία'ί Matais aitup. The present clause then contains a charge of irreverent audacity during the feasts; iavtov; Λοιμαίνονΐες, of intense selfishness. ■■ This word occurs 11 times in the N. T., and in E. V. is rendered 6 times, feed ; 4 times, rule ; once, feed cattle. Tn every instance it answers to the Hebrew r>V~\ (the verb here τ τ employed by Greenf., as its equivalent is by the Syr.), which the Sept. frequently translate by Λοιμιχίνω, and of which Ges. says that, when it is used in the sense of mling, ' the image of a flock is often preserved.' It may be doubted, whether in the case of the Greek verb that figure is ever wholly lost, while, by restricting the sense to the feeding department of ' the faithful herdman's art' (Milton. Lycidas. 121), serious damage is not unfrequently done; e.g. Luke 17 : 7; John 21 : IG; Acts 20 : 28 ; 1 Cor. 9 : 7 ; 1 Pet. 5:2. ' no^aiVt».,' says Ger- hard, as cited by Leigh, ' non ad unam tantum pastoralis officii partem, sed ad reliquas omnes jiartes curandi gregem extendi- tur.' So Alex., on the C'V"! <*f 1'^• 28 ; 9 (Sept. Λοι/ιαι/οιι ai- ■tovi) : ' Feed them, not only in the strict sense, but in that of doing the whole dut_y of a shepherd.' Comp. also his note on Ps. 49 : 14, and see Rev. 2 : 27, N. r, &c. — German verss. (ex- cept All.) and Dt. (use weiden) ;-Campb. (at .John 21 : 16), Sharpe {taking care of), Peile (being pastors of), Brown (at 1 Pet. 5:2: act as shepherds) ;-Schottg. (foventes et alentes), Schleus. (curam hahcntes, prospicientes), 'Wahl (nutrio, alo), Rob. (feed, cherish, take care of), Green (nourish, promote the interest of). ' Beng. : 'non gregcm.' Ezek. 34 : 2 may be cited in illus- tration, though it does not appear that Jude referred exclusively or especially to such as held office in the Church. See N. q. > See 2 Pet. 2 : 13, N. x, &c. ;-R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Dodd., 'W^esl., "Wakef., Mey., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, De W., Stier, Alurd., Kenr., Peile. " For rtifii^.. Mill prefers, and all the later editors adopt. rtapa^fpo/ifi'ai (A. B. C, etc.). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : borne along. Newc. (carried aside), Penn (driven al.), Sharpe (carried al.), Peile (dririm past) ;-Rob. (' Pass. pr. to be borne along by. to be borne or carried away, e. g. clouds, Jude 12 . . . i. e. driven rapidly along.' But neither by nor rapidly belongs to the word.). Green (to be swept al.). ' See 2 Pet. 2 : 19, N. 1. " Marginal note : ' Or, of late autumn.' The word occurs only this once in the N. T., and very rarely elsewhere. Its ambiguity arises from the double meaning of both the noun and the verb in composition. According to Pass, (as translated by L. and S.), οΛιόρα is, 1., "the part of the year between the risiiig of Sinus and of Arcturns . . . not so much . . autumn, as our dogdays or at most the end of summer ;' and then, be- cause this was the season of fruit, it stands, 2., for ' the fruit itself, esp. tree fruit ;' — and hence also the verb οΛωρίζω is to gather fruits. Φθίνω, again, is used, 1., intransitively, to decay, wither, and, 2., transitively, to corrupt, destroy. .Joining the two words, each in its first signification, we have ^θινόϋαρον autumn, or, more commonly, senescens auctnmnus et in hye- mem. rergens (Steph., Scap.), tale autumn, the fall of the year (L. andS.); and φβιΐΌΛωριι-ό?, belonging to that season; — which are the only meanings of these compounds that the lexi- cons recognize as classical. In that sense, accordingly, is the adjective taken here, in connection with άχαρΛα, by AV. (harvest tr. without fruit), T., C, (without fr. at gathering time);- Castal. (autumnates infructuosae), Thom. (autumnal tr. with- out fr.), Όάυ. (out. tr. stripped of their fruits) ; and, apart from that connection, by R. ;-Vulg. and its followers generally, Dt., Fr. S. marg. ;-Engl. Ann., Hamm., Cocc, B. and L. inarg., Beng., Moldenh., Haenl. (erroneously cited by Huth.), Mey., Gerl., Barn., De W., Peile ('tr. on the wane — "fallen into the sere and yellow leaf" '), Huth, ;-'\yahl, Rob., Green (au- tumnal, sere, bare), Schirl. The same interpretation is allowed also by Zcg., AVits,, Gill, Laurm., Ros., Trol. ('without leaves' [which is also Wesl.'s version], 'as trees are in autumn'), Bloomf.;- Schleus. The second significations of φθίνα and ortupa, however, appear combined in the use, according to Phavor., of ψθ ΐί'όήωροι• to denote νόαοί ψθίνοναα ότΐώρα; (hence Clarke: galled or diseased i/-. ;-an etymology and sense allowed also by '\Vits., Laurm., Trol. canA'eie(i;-Schleus.), and in Pindar's use of φθιΐΌτίωρίζ. L. and S. do, indeed, mark this last word as a ' pecul. fem.' of φ9ί>ΌΛωμνό{, which they explain to mean autumnal. But in the passage referred to — Pyth. 5. 161, 162: φθινοΛω^ίζ ανίμων χιιμίΐίΐ,α χαίαΛνοά — φβιΐΌΛωρι; evi- dently docs not mean that, but rather the blighting influence THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 71 KING VERSION. 13 Raging waves of the sea, fiiaming out their own shame ; wandering stars, to whom is re- GREEK TEXT. 13 χι''«ατα άγρια θαλάσΰης, ετΐα- φρίζοντα τας ίαντών αισχύνου;,• αστ£- REVISED VERSION. 13 ^Wild waves of the sea, foaming out their own *shame ; wandering stars, ''for "which the ' This phrase, which is often in English poetry applied to the sea or its waves (e. g. Shakspore, Tempest, i. 2: 'the wild waves whist.'), suggests more readily the etymological and fa- miliar sense of oyptoj. — E. V., Matt. 3:4; Mark 1: 6 (the onl}• other instances in the N. T.) ;-Vulg. {feri), German verss. and Dt. (u'iVi/e) ;-Erasm., Pagn , Vat.. Carpz.. (use ef- ferus). Calv., Buz.. Aret., (use efferatus), Casta!, {as V'ldg.) Eugl. Ann. (' Gr. wdd. For the waves roar like wild beasts in the wood.'), Bloomf., Barn, (wild and restless'), Dav., Peile. 'i Gr. shames. But this plural, though not uncommon in the older English classics, is now disused. i" See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. x. Here may be added Wesl., Sharpe, Kenr. ' The analogy of the three preceding metaphors seems to justify this dependence of the relative on ao-rcpfj. A common reference, indeed (according to which the punctuation of E. V. would still be in fault), is to the ααιβίΐί, and this, Laurm. of these wintry blasts, and so it is explained by the best com- mentators of Pindar. Heyne translates thus : 'fructibus-e.vi- tialis ventorum hibet-nus flatus ;' and the most recent editor. Prof. Schneidewin, has the following note : ' οΛώρα, ώρα, auctum- nus, annus dicuntur pro lis quae gignuntur iis temporibus. Jam sensus : Taleas viribus et consilio etiam in posterum, ne ventus bruinalis tibi perdat teniporis_/"nic;»s.' If it be said, that the common version requires the noun to be taken in its second signification and the verb in its first, it may be replied, 1., that this acknowledged secondary meaning of the noun is its meaning in the only place where it is found in the N. T., Rev. 18 ; 14 ; — 2.. that the intransitive use of the verb is by far the more frequent ; — and, 3., that tlie verb retains this in- transitive sense in other analogous cases of composition ; e.g. ^9ivoxa.f>nof. applied by Pindar, Pyth. 4. 471, to an oak from which the trees have been lopped ; and $9ικ)χωλο$, with wast- ing limbs (L. and S.). While, therefore, our present form φβιΐ'οτίωρί.νό; may not, in the one or two instances where it is found elsewhere, bear the meaning here ascribed to it, I concur nevertheless in the remark of Grot. : ' Si usum vocis respicias, dicit arbores auctumnales. Sed magis respicitur itv^oXoyLa vocis, ut dicat eos similes esse arboribus, quarum fructus perit illico.' This sense, moreover, is more in harmony with the design of the writer, which is to describe the characteristic. and inward, spiritual desolation of these wicked men — (Laurm.. accordingly, though undecided in his interpretation, so far even as to indulge in what Bloomf. considers the ' ingenious conjec- ture, that by ^θίνοτΟύμνοί is denoted a sort of useless trees then so called,' yet says he clearly perceives ' tale quid indicari, quod proprie ita esse non debebat, et nemo sanus in autumno ad hiemem vergente fruges aut folia in arbore quacsiverit ;'-a view. in which Bloomf. himself seems disposed to concur, though he errs in attributing it to Hamm.) — and it lays a firmer basis for the dreadful climax whereby he effects that object. Comp. Matt. 13 : 22 ; Luke 8 : 14. Steph. : ' Insurgit autem ibi oratio, et primum δίΊδρα ^θινοΛ. vocat quae proxime absunt a xaprto- φόροί} s. ΤΕλίΟχαρΛοίσι, deinde άχαρΛα prorsus, tertio αηοθ., post- remo ίχριζ.'' G. (corrupt) ;-Syr. (= ]\iurd. whose fr. hath failed. The Syr. verb is the same as is used for άψανίζομίνη in James 4 : 14), It. (appassati), Fr. G.,-M., (dent le fr. se pour- rit), Fr. S. in the text (doiit les fr. pourrissent) ;-Pagn., Bez., Pise, Pai•., (emarcidae), Aret., Carpz., (fnigiperdae), Dt. Ann. (as one explanation), Cler. (' a, corrunipendis fructibus, ut habet Etymologicum Magnum.'), Er. Sehmid, Wolf., (fructus per- dentes), Wells, Newc, (as E. F. ;-which Gill also allows), Berl. Bib. (wurmstichige), B. and L.'s text (as Fr. G.). Dodd. (whose early buddings are withered -,-^ο Scott), Wakef. (that shed their fr.). Ros. ('potius arbores quae producunt marcidos et corruptos fructus.') Greenf. ("723 ''"iZ). Sharpe (withered), Stier (obstverMmmemde). Am. (fetris) ;-Steph. (first gives : e.vtremo autumno marcescentes ;-a combination of the two ideas, which appears also in Erasm., Tat., Zeg., aut. marc. ; Calv., autumni emarcidae ; Suic. ; SchOttg., ' quae non nisi au- tumno .senescente fructus ferunt immaturos et nulli usui futu- res;' Mack., withered aiitU7nnal tr. [to which he joins άχαρΛα, wilhotd fr., in one clause] ; Penn, that wither in the aut. ; — and then adds: ' Vel potius, Quarum ή οΛιόρα φθίνΐί, Quae fructum quidem aliquem ferunt, sed corruptum et marcidum, qui vel succo nutrimentoque deflciente, vel vermibus exedenti- bus ante maturitatem decidit.'), Pas. (emarcidus. wurmstichig), Leigh (as Pagii.). '■ Here perhaps may be intended, not the absence of good fruit, implied in $9«ort., but an utter incapacity to produce any- thing fit to be called fruit. — E. V., everywhere else (6 times) ;- R. ;-Yulg. (infructuosae), German verss., except Mey. and De W.j (unfruchtbare), Dt. (onvruchtbaar), It. (sterili) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat.. Bez., Par., Cocc, (infrugiferae), Castal., Beng., (as Vulg.), Engl. Ajin.. Carpz. and Ros. (steriles), Wakef. (takes ii; along with it : imfr. for two seasons ;-a con- struction which Haenl. also recommends), Newc. (barren), Scott ('wholly unfruitful'), Arn. (steriles), Kenr. ;-Pas., Suic, (as Carpz.), Rob. (unfr., barren), Schirl. 5• Dryden, Ode for St. Cecilia's Day : ' And trees uprooted left their place.' E. V., twice out of 4 times that ixpiifou oc- curs, translates it, to root up ;-Latin verss. (eradicatae ;-except Cocc, e.rstirpatae), Germ, (ausgewurzelte), Dt. (ontworteld). It. (diradicati), French verss. (deracines) ;-Dodd., Thom., (to be {utterly] rooted up). Wakef., Penn, Sharpe, Dav., (rooted up). Mack, (rooted out), Mcy. (eyiiwurzelt), Greenf. (D'li'lE/C), • τ : All., De W., Stier, (as Germ.), Bloomf. 72 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. served the blackness of darkness for ever. 14 And Enoch also, the sev- enth from Adam, propliesied of these, saying, Btihold, tlie Lord Cometh witli ten thousand of liis saints, 15 To execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their GREEK TEXT. ρες Tthxiiritai, οΐς ο ζόφος Του σκότους εις τόν αΙώνα terrj^ritai. 14 ΥΙ^οεψΓ,τενσε hi xca 'ΐονϋοις έβδομος άηό Άδαμ Ένωχ, λέγων, iSov ήλθε Κίψως εν μνριάσίν αγίαις αντον, 15 ηουτ0αι κρίσιν κατά τιάΐ'Τωΐ', και εξελέγζ,αι τΐάντας Τοί'ς άσεβεϊς αυτών Ttepi Ttavtov tuv έργων άσε- REVISED VERSION. blackness of darkness ''for ever ''hath been reserved. 14 "^But ^for these ""also 'pro- phesied Enoch, J seventh from Adam, saying : Behold, the Lord ''came with 'liis hoi}' ""myriads, 15 To "exercise judgment upon all, and to "convict all Pthe un- godly among them of all their ■' See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. z. The tov before aicim is marked by Bloomf. as ' most probably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and cancelled by all the other recent editors, except Hahn and Theile. « See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. a, &c. f ' Not only I, now ; bul &c.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. « Syr. (= *?), It. (a), Fr. S. (poicr) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Cocc, Wolf., Beng., (his [iis] ;-for the Vulg. de his), Engl. Ann. (' Or, ω'), Hamra., Wells, Whitb., Newc, Thorn., Bloomf, (ίο), Moldenh., Mey., Stier, {dieseii). Green, Peile, Iluth. (filr). The demonstrative is given in this order, or at least before the verb and its subject, by E. ;-Germ., Dt., It.. French verss. ;- Erasm., Calv., Vat., Castal., Wesl., Moldenh., Thom., Greenf , All., Bloomf., De W., Arn., Murd., Kenr., Peile. ■■ See 2 Pet. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. Here the xai (overlooked by some) is kept close to ϊοιίΐοΐί by Vulg., Syr., German verss. (except that Moldenh. omits it), Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Calv., Vat., Castal., Bez., Par., Cocc, Wells, Beng. (' non mode antedilu- vianis.'), Wesl., Carpz., Mack., Newc, Ros., Am., Murd., Peile ;- Green. ' The verb is given before its subject by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ., It. ;-Greenf, De W., Stier, Murd. 1 ' Even so long ago were they rtpoytypa^jut'iOi.' (v. 4). — There is no article in It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Greenf , Peile. Wakef and Mack, have the as a supplement. '' 'In "vision.' Another prophetic past; comp. Jude 11, N. a. — E. V. nowhere else makes ^λβοζ» := tp;io^ai (comp. Rev. 1 : 7) ;-R. (is came) ;-Latin verss., except Caslal.. {cen.it ;-explained in the commentaries as praeteritum prufiiliii'o), Dt.. It., French verss. except B. and L., Beng., (= /Z.);-Sliarpe (as B.), Bloomf., De W. (es kam), Peile ('hath come, or came.') ;-Green. 1 The word saints is not readily understood as including angels, who, on the other hand, are not (according to the com- mon explanation) meant exclusively (2 Cor. G : 2. 3; 1 Thess. 4: 14; &c.). — "Ayioj is translated as an adjective by E. V., wherever else it qualifies a substantive, and here, as qualifying μνρίάαίν, by Latin verss.. It., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Beng., Mack., Newc. marg., Thom., Sharpe, De W., Stier, Kenr. Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Barn., Peile, have holy ones. For μνρ. ay., all the recent editors (except Theile) read ay. μνρ. "' Fr. S. ;-lIamm., Cocc, Wolf, Beng., Guyse, Dodd., Mack., Newc. marg., Thom., Mey., Stolz, De W., Murd., Peile. See Rev. 5 : 11, N. v, &c. " Rob. : ' xfitsiv Tioitiv to do Judgment, to act as judge, i. q. xpiVfir, .John 5 : 27; Jude 15.' This idea, rather than that of executing the judicial sentence, is presented in W., R., (do doom, [judgment]), T., C, G., (g-iue _y.) ;-Vulg. (facere judi- cium), Syr., QeimAn verss. (Gericht zu halten), Dt. (om ge• rigt te houden). It. (far giudicio), Fr. G. (donner jitgement), Fr. M. (juger), Fr. S. (exercer j.) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Cocc, (facial j), Pagn., Bez., Par., (ferat j.), Castal., Pise, (j. e.v- erceat), B. and L., Arn., (as Fr. M.), Carpz. (judicaturus), Mack, (pass sentence), Peile (bring j. to bear). ° The Greek verb occurs in the N. T. onlj' here, and twice in the Sept. for -"'DVi (Is. 2:4; Mic 4 : 3 ;-E. V. rebuke ; Alex. decide). Here Barn, rejects convince, but errs in saying that convict is 's3'nonymous' with it, in the sense of 'satisfying a man's own mind of the fact that he has done wrong.' In mod- ern use, at least, the idea of detection, exposure, is much stronger in the latter word than in the former. — Dodd., Wesl., Wakef. (convict clearly), Mack., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf ('not to convince, or even merely to convict, but, in a fuller sense, so to convict as to bring the convicted to judgment, and the execution of judgment upon him.'), Alurd., Peile (call to strict account). For ίξ(λ., Mey., Lachra., Tisch., read ίλίγξαί (A. B., &c.). ρ Gr. their ungodly ones — Germ, ihre Gottlosen. The rela- tive construction, introdui;ed by Erasm., and adopted also by T,, C, G. ;-Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., appears in no other foreign vers., nor in W., R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Penn, Murd., Kenr. In his last edition Tisch. re- stores the ai-eZjv, which is cancelled by Mey., Lachm., Hahn, after A. B. C, Λ^uIg., Syr., &c thinks, is required hy the rovroij of v. 14. But it is better to bus, arboribus, fiuctibus, sic jam stellis errantibus sua additur regard the demonstrative there as a resumption of the oiroi descriptio.'), Wakef, Am., Murd. In foreign verss. the rela- of V. 10, which is twice again indignantly repeated in vv. 16, j tive. like the olj, is in itself iimbiguous; but the punctuation 19. — W. ;-Castal. (gives aat. . . . titrfi. in one clause ;-and so geneially corresponds to that of E. V. (as does that of nearly the text of Lachm., Tisch., Theile), Hamm. ('and to such stars as these eternal darkness is reserved.'), Beng. (' Ut modo nubi- all other editions of the text), so favouring the construction proposed. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 73 KING JAMES VERSION. GREEK TEXT. ungodly deeds which they haA-ej^a'ag αντών ων γ,σέβι^ΰαν, και τΐερι ungodly committed, and of αΙΙ^ηάντων τον σχλτ,ρών ων ε^^κύ^γιααν their hurd speeches which ungodly ^α^' ^{^tov άυαρτωλοι άαεβεΐς. sinners have spoken against him 16 These are murmurers, com- plainers, walking after their own lusts ; and their mouth speaketh greatswelling words, having men's persons in admiration because of advantage. 17 But, beloved, remember ye the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ ; IS How that they told you there should be mockers in the 16 OuToi' ειαι γογγνσται, μεμι]^ί- μοιροι, xata τας έτΐίθνιΐίας αντών τχοηευόμενοί• καί το στόμα αντών "λαλεί νηί^γκα, θανμάζοντες τίρόσω- Tta, ωφελείας χάξΐιν. 17 νμείς δί, άγατίητοΊ, μντ,σθτιτε τών ργιμάτων τών τίροειριημίνων ντίο τών άτϊοστόλων τον Κυρίου τ,ι,ιών Ιησού Χρίστου• 18 οτι έλεχον vt-dv, 'ότι εν εσχάτω χρόνα έσονται εμτίαϊκται, κατά τας REVISED VERSION. ideeds of ungodliness "'wherein they 'were ungodly, and of all the hard 'things which ungodly sinners "spake against him. 16 These are murmurers, com- plainers, walking "according to their own lusts ; and their mouth speaketh great swelling words, ^admiring " persons ^for profit's sake. 17 But ''ye, beloved, ^be mind- ful of the words which were spoken before *by the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; 18 How •'they told you, "^that ''in the last time there ^shall be 1 Except that αί-ίΰυ is sometimes (Tulg. [according to the interpretations of W.. K., Kenr., &c.]. Germ. ;-Greenf., Sharpe. Stier) put in regimen with άσφιίαί, and sometimes (It., Fr. S. ;- Calv., B. and L., Am.) neglected, the above construction is ob- seryed by the verss. just referred to, and by Cocc, Mack., All. ■• For ώ)>, by attraction for a, see Win. § 32. 1. W. (by which), R. (xchereby) ;-Vulg. {quibus), Germ, (damit) i-DeW. {woniit). Stier {as Germ^, Kenr. {as R.). • See 2 Pet. 2 : G, N. i. For the time of the two verbs, see V. 14, X. k. Or the aorists of this verse might be given as pluperfects ; see 2 Pet. 1 : 16, X. g. ι R. ;-It. {cose) ;-Dodd., IVesl., Mack., Thorn., Bloomf., Arn. {choses), Kenr. The Latin and most German verss. and Greenf. supply nothing, or give αχί^η^Ζν by a substantive. » See 2 Pet. 3 : 3, N. f. ' This or some other simple verb (such as uorship, flatter, honour, respect, or their equivalents) is used, either in the finite or participial form, by λΥ., R ;-nearly all foreign verss. ;- Guyse, Wakef., Mack., Xewc, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. : — a noun {admirateurs, Schmeichler, admirers), by B. and L., Van Ess, Rob. " There is nothing for meti's in W., R., (thodgh T.. C, G., translate jtpoa. by men) ;-any foreign verss. (Germ, makes rtpoff. das Anselien der Person ; Fr. S., les personnes appa- rentes ; B. and L., tout ce qui a quelque apparence ; AH., Stolz, den Menschen [Ijeuteyi] ; DeW.. persOnlichem. Ansehen; Am., les gens) ;-Guyse, Dodd., Wakef. and Xewc. (have nf men as a supplement), Mack., Thorn., Penn, Murd. (^people), Kenr. ;- Rob. « See E. v., Tit. 1:11 and Rom. 3 : 1 (the latter being the only other instance of ώφίλίΐο) ;-R. {for gaine sate) ;-Vulg. {quaestus causa ;-for which other Latin verss. substitute utili- tatis gratia [Cocc. causa^), Germ, {iiin Kutzens willen), Dt. {om des voordeels wil), Fr. G.,-M., (use proflt) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Xewc, Thom., Penn, Murd., Kenr., {for the sake of gain [Peile, of what they gain]), Moldenh., Stier, {[des] Nutzens halber). All. («)» des Gewinnes willen), Sharpe {for gain's sake), Be W. {des Vortlieils wegen). y See E. v., v. 20, and 1 John 2 : 20, X. p, &c. Here the pronoun is kept in its Greek position by W., T,, C, G., R. ;- all foreign verss., except the Dt. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Thom. {as for you), Penn, Murd., {do ye). Sharpe, Kenr. ' E. v.. 2 Pet. 3 : 2 ; 2 Tim. 1 : 4 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., ex- cept Casta!, and Cocc, {memores estate [Erasm. esiis ; which Calv. allows]) ;-Moldenh., Stier, {seid eingedenk), Mey. {moget ihr eing. bleiben), Kenr. « See 2 Pet. 2 : 19, N. 1. >> Comp. 1 John 4 : 9, X. r. Here that is omitted by Wakef., Xewc, Sharpe ;-Aow, by Mack., Penn. ' W., T., C, G., R. ;-Vulg. {quoniam. Other Latin verss. employ the future participle) and other foreign verss., except Mey. ;-Dodd., Wakef. and later English verss., except Sharpe. ■* Mey., Lachm., Tisch., read in hxarov [rol] χρόνου (A. B. C); Me}'., with Huth.'s approbation, following B. C. in omitting the article. ' R. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt.j-Hamm., Dodd., Wesl. and Penn {will). Peile. 10 74 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. last time, who should walk after their own iingodl}- lusts. 19 These be they who sepa- rate themselves, sensual, having not the Spirit. 20 But ye, beloved, l)uilding up yourselves on vour most holy iiiitli, praying in liie Holy Ghost, 21 Keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mer- cy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. GREEK TEXT. tavtCiV έτίίθνμίας τίορευόμενοι των ασεβειών. 19 OtW είσιν οι άτχοΐιο^ίζοντες, "φνχικοί, τΐνενμα μη έχοντες. 20 ί'μεϊς L•, άγατίητοί, Τγ αγιιο- τάτ'/ι νμυν ηίατει εηοιχοδομονντες εαυτούς, εν ΐΙνενμαΤί 'Αγία τίροσεν- χόμενοι, 21 εαυτούς εν άγάτίγ Θεον T'/;pr;- σαΐε, τίροβδεχόι,ιενοί το έλεος τον Κνρίον τ,μύν Ίτ^αον XpiffToi', εΙς ζίύτ:ν αΐώνίον. REVISED VERSION. mockers, 'walking ^according to their own ''lusts of ungodliness. 19 These 'are they who -"sepa- rate, ''animal, 'having no spirit. 20 But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on jour most holy faith, praying in the Holy ""Spirit, 21 Keep j-oursclves in the love of God, "waiting ibr the merc}^ of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eter- nal life :» ' The participial construction is retained bj E. V., 2 Pet. 3 : Z■,-^y., E.;-Yu\s., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Gastal., Cocc, Wits., Dodd. and the later English verss., Carpz., Greenf. ^ See 2 Pet. 3 : 3, N. f. *■ Oorap. V. 15, N. q. Here the grammatical relation between ίΛιθνμίας and ασφαΰν is preserved by Germ., Dt. marg., It., Fr. S. ;-Calv., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Scott, Greenf., Kist., Sharpe, Stier. ' T., C, G., R. ;-Dodd. and the later verss., except Mack, and Peile. ) Engl. Ann. : ' Themselves, as Heb. 10 : 25. Or, others, as 2 Pet. 2:1,2; Acts 20 : 30 ; 2 Tim. 3 : 6.' The former sense is, of course, adopted by such as follow the reading of B. C. and Vulg., anoS. ίαυτοΐί (Griesb., Knapp, Ilaenl., Sch., Hahn, Theile ;-thoiigh Griesb. and llaenl. regard ίαν-τονς as question- able.). Even the reading of our Text (and of Beng., AVetst., Matth., Mey., Lachm., Bloomf , Tisch.) may be taken (as it is by Grot, Schuttg., Moldenh., Iluth.) with the reflexive' force, which transitive verbs do sometimes bear (see Win § 39. 1.). But it more naturally suggests a more general interpretation, which is given by T., C, G., (makers of sects) ;-Germ. {Rotten machen), Dt. 7narg. ;-the Alexandrian Clement, Oec, Erasm., Vat., Est. ('Potest absolute sunii. Si-paranles, id est, qui sepa- rationem faciunt tam in coctibus quam doctrina.'). Pyle (make separations), Laurm., Mey. (die Trenmaigsstijter), Trol., Tan Ess (Spallungen verursachen), Bloomf., De W. (Trennungen veiiirs.), Dav., Peile, (cause separations) ;-Schleus. I pur- posely use a phra.se, which, like the original, admits of either sense. '' Ψνχιχόζ is in E. V. rendered sensual also in .James 3 : 15, elsewhere (1 Cor. 2: 14; 15: 44. 40) natural. In every one of these cases it marks the subject in its relations to the ■^νχή anima (hence Fr. S. everywhere : de Paine, aijant I'ame, η''αι /ant φιε I'ame), as distinguished from to yivtlfia, and in all of them it is translated ani7nalls (animale, animal) by the Latin verss. (except that Castal. has humana in Jame.s), It. (except here), Fr. M. (except here and in James) ;-Hanim., Newc, (except 1 Cor. 2: 14 ; the only place where Fr. G. has it). Mack., Clarke, Penn, Sharpe (except here). So Whitb. and Wakef. here and in 1 Cor. 15 : 44, 46 ; Dodd. and Thorn., in 1 Cor. 2 : 14 and 15 : 44, 46 ; Wells, Schleus., Scott, Trol., Wahl, Bloomf, Murd., Rob., Green, in 1 Cor. 15 : 44, 46. I recommend that .^νχι,χόζ be everywhere rendered as above. Of German verss., Luth. here has Fleisch- liche; others, Sinnliche, Seelisclie, Thierische. 1 This clause furnishes the condition (μτ,) and proof of that which precedes; q. d. ■ they are .\νχι.χοί, not being ΛνινματιχοΙ ' (1 Cor. 2: 15; 3: 1; 14: 37; Gal. 6: 1). The Λΐ^ιίμα. thus standing opposed to ■^χτι, and wanting the article, is best taken subjectively, as the •γΐ'^ινιιημίνον ix tov Λνινματος Λνιΐμα (John 3 : 6). It may even include, according to λ'υη Me} er's remark (cited and approved by Stier), the rational spirit (v. 10, us τα άλογα ζΰα). Ε. V. follows G. and R. — AY. (not hating sp.), T., C.;-Germ. (die da keinen Geist Imhen), Calv. (K\nima hie spiritui, hoc est, renovationis gratiae opponitur.'), Grot. (■ Jac- tant se miras habere inspirationes, at nullas habent.'), B. and L. (quHl n'lj ait rien de spirituel en eua:), Wakef., Penn, ([being] without a sp.), Greenf. (ΠΠ Cnb l''N), Barn. (-The Holy Spirit or the spirit of true religion'), Ilengst. (see Offenb. II. p. 45.), Slier (die Geist nicht haben), Arn. (n'atjant rien de spirituel). Peile (having no spirituality), Iluth. ('the higher spiritual life wrought by the Holy Spirit'). Comp. Rev. 11 : 11, N. z. See 2 Pet. 1 : 21, N. f. 12 : 36 ; 23 : 51 ; and to Acts 23: 21; Tit. 2: 13 " E. v., Mark 15 : 43 ; Luke 2 : 25 these I recommend that Luke 2 : 38 ; be conformed ;-German verss. (use aufwarten, ei-u:arten, har- ren), Dt. (verwachtende), French verss. (\en'\ attendant) ;- Sharpe. Murd., Dav. ° Beng. : ' Qui sibi jam consuluit, consulat aliis.' This con- nection (see also v. 22, N. s) between vv. 20, 21 and vv. 22, 23. is indicated as above by It. and Fr. G. A .semicolon is employed by Fr. S. ; a comma, bj' Castal. and Thom. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 75 KING JAMEs' VERSION. GREEK TEXT. REVISED VERSION. 22 And of some have compas- 22 xai ονς μεν ελεείτε Siaxfuvo- Ρ22 And "ion some, ''indeed, sion, making a difference : (.tsvoi- •liave compassion, 'while con- tendinn; ; 23 And others save with fear, 23 ους δέ iv φόβφ σώζετε, εκ του P23 "Έη! others save "in fear, ρ It must be allowed that Dr. A. Clarke does but state the truth, though he appears to do it somewhat impatiently, when he says of 'this and the following verse,' that they 'are all confusion, both in the MSS. and Versions ; and it is extremely difficult to know what was the original text. Our own is as likely as any.' Beng. (in the Gnomon), Lachm. and Tisch., after A. B., Vulg., read thus: xai ovf μιν ίχίγχαε (Β. έλίαΤί) διαχρα'ομίνονζ, oCj 6i αύζεΐι ix rtvpo; άρΛάζονΠζ. oi; δέ iXiate (Beng. ΕλίΕΐϊί) h φόβφ, jutsowftf χτλ. ;-and so Huth., whose criticism compare with that of Haenl., Laurm., De "W., Stier (note on pp. 114, 115) ; and see N. t. 1 E. v., everywhere else;-T. ;-Dodd. and the later verss. (except Penn, for). ' See V. 10, N. u, ινάμινο; been used, on the contrary, for Siaxpivai, it would have been a case in point; the fact being that, wherever in classic or sacred Greek this sense is imques- tionable, the verb is in the active voice. 'Nunquam sumitur,' says Est., speaking of the middle form (in a note, cited by Leigh, on Kom. 14: 23), 'pro disceniere, aut dijudicare; sed ubi haec signiflcatio occurrit, verbum activum est Siaxpiveiv, ut Matt. 16: 3; Acts 15 : 9; 1 Cor. 4: 7; 11: 29,31; 14:29;' and hence it is, we may suppose, that other explanations have been sought: — Erasm., to Calv.'s amazement, taking διαχρινόμι- νοί in the passive, cum dijndiramini (and so Vat., dum dijudi- cabimini) ; Bretsch., Wahl, and Rob., in the middle, and inter- preting: vos ab iis separantes, separating yourselves wholly from them. But, in the first place, this sense of the midd. δίο-χρίνομαί is rare, in the Sept. and N. T•. without example ; and, secondly, it is quite unsuitable to the context. It does not harmonize with iT-tiift, and, in connection with v. 23, it implies a discrimination in favour of the worse class of transgressors. The new view proposed above (which since the former edition I have found indicated by SchOttg. : ' διαχριΐΌ^οί, discepto. ju- dicio contendo . . . Jud. v. 9. 22.') has these points in its fa- vour: — 1., It takes the word in a familiar acceptation, as used in classical Greek from the beginning ; - in the Sept., Jer. 15 : 10; Ez. 20 : 35 ; Joel 3 : 2 ;-in the N. T., Acts 11 : 2 ;- and by the writer of this epistle himself, v. 9 (for although Laurm. says: 'fiiaxpiVftr hie alia venit potestate, quam v. 9,' he assigns no reason for the opinion, and comes to no decision of his own as to what the word does mean.) ; — and, 2., so under- stood, the phrase serves at once as a remembrancer of the main object of the epistle, v. 3 ; as a transition from the unmingled denunciation of the previous context to these counsels of re- lenting grace ; and as a warning against permitting even Chris- tian compassion to abate the vigour and persistency of their contention with sin. ° Not: by appeals adapted to produce fear (Barn., &c.), but: in a. spirit of fear, ' with conscientious solicitude for the Church's salvation and your own' (De W.). So it is understood also, or at least it is translated as above, by the Vulg. (in ti- more) and its followers; by such other verss. generally, as adopt the Vulg. reading (see X. p) ; and by Castal. (religiose), Zeg. {'cum tiniore interim et circumspectione'). Dt. marg., Engl. Ann. (as an allowable interpretation ;-and so Ilamm. ; Pric. ' Vel . . . festinantes et trepidantes, eorum ritu qui aliquid ex flamma rapiunt, salvate eos : eittov, ut loquitur Artemidorus ;' Haenl. [though he thinks Iv ^ό^<^ probably a gloss] and Ros., who, without naming Pric, help themselves to his note ; Scott), 76 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. KING JAMES VERSION. pulling them out of the fii'e ; hating even the gai'ment spotted by the flesh. 24 Now unto him that is able to keep you from liilling, and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory Λvith exceed- i'lgjoy, 2-5 To the only Avise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, GREEK TEXT. Ttupog α^ηόζσρ^ες, μιΰοϋντες και thv άτώ της σαρκός έβηιΤχύμένον χ^ιτώνα. 24 Τώ δέ 8υναμ£νω φνλάζαι αν- tovg άτιταίστονς, και στ^ΰαι κατε- νώτίιον της ^όξνις avtoi άμωμους h άγαΧλιάαει, 25 μόνφ σοφφ Θεώ acMnpL 'ψαν, ?)όζ,α και μ£γα?Μ(ΐννγι, κράτος και REVISED VERSION. "snatching them out of the fire, hating even the garment spotted by the flesh. 24 "But unto him ^who is able to keep ^them from falling, and to ^set ^them "in the presence of his glory faultless with exceeding joy. 25 "'Unto the only '^wise God our Saviour, ■' glory 'and majes- ' Elsewliere (12 times) E. Λ''. renders aprtoifco to take by force, catch, catch awaij, catch 7i.p, j)liick -,-Ι,αίιη verss. (rapicntes), Dt. {en grijpt), Fr. S. {ravissant;-ioT arrachant of the other verss.) ;-Engl. Ann., Hamm., Berl. Bib. and the later German verss. (use reissen ;-for Luth.'s rucken), Guyse {pluck), Dodd. and the later English, Grecnf. (uses the hiphil of the verb, whose hophal is in the parallel Amos 4 : 11 and Zcch. 3 : 2 translated by E. V. plucked) ;-and see the lexicons. " 'After all mj' exhortations and your efforts (alike vain without the divine blessing), "not unto us, not unto us" (Ps. 115 : 1), but &c.' Sec 2 Pet. 1: 5, N. r. Vf.;-Latin and Ger- man verss., Syr. ;-Peile. » See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c. Guyse, Dodd. .and the later verss. (except Newc). See Rev. 1 : 5. N. v. ' Excepting Beng., Bloomf., Tisch., all the recent editors, for ovTOiJi, read i^oif (C. G., Vulg., Syr., &c. — A. has ^ιμϋζ.). 1 recommend that this reading bo adopted: you, but that the margin contain this note: 'Or, according to some copies, //ie»;.' De W., indeed, insists upon αί-ίούζ as the harder reading, .and explains it thus: " Them- — the readers, from whom the author soaring in devotion as it were turns away (just as at parting he gives them no salutation), and speaks in the third person ;' a view, which Iluth., who prefers νμαί. deems 'very improb- able,' but which is better than to take aifoiij as standing for ίανίούί (Bez.), or as referring ' ad improbos peccatores' (Par.: ad seductores ; Iluth. himself : to the last named, ovi if) 'eo sensu, ut sint mali peccatores, tamen de emendatione non esse desperandum quousque vixerint' (Aret.), or as used elliptically for v^af airoiij (Camerarius. Peile suggests that this — 'not simpl}• νμίίζ — may 'possibly' be the true reading: your selves.''), or simply for νμίζ (Beng.). Such a change of person, admis- sible in any language, is common enough in Hebrew ; and in the N. T. Rob. notes as instances of it the use of this pronoun η Matt. 23 : 37 ; Luke 1 : 45 comp. 44 ; Rev. 5 : 10 comp. 9 (according to th^ reading of the recent editors; see there N. o.) ; 18 : 24 comp. vv. 22, 23.— Wesl. has them after keep, and supplies yoii after present. ' The only instance, out of 19, in which a transitive form of Ιατημί is translated present in E. V. Generallj', and always in cases like the present, .set is the word used ;-R. ;-Latin verss. {cotistituere, statiiere, sistere), Syr. (= Murd. establish), Ger- man verss. and Dt. {stellen ;-except Moldenh.. machen, dass ihr stehen kOnnet) ;-EngI. Ann. {make you stand), Laurm. {stare facio), Greenf. (~ι,^5;Π^), Penn {as .Murd.), Sharpe {place), Peile ;-Rob. {cause to stand, set, place). » Elsewhere (4 times) E. Λ''. translates xativ., in the sight of, before -f-Ot. (roor). It. {daranti), French verss. {deva7it;-cs- cept B. and L., en [sa glorieuse] presence) ;-Erasm. and other Latin verss. {in conspeciu ;-for the Vulg. ante conspectum, which E. V. and the previous English verss. follow. Cocc, ILaenl., Ros., have coram.), "Wesl., Wakef., Newc. (S^ore ;-and so Thorn., Murd.), Mey. (ror), Greenf {KB'^), Penn, Sh.arpe {in the sight of), De W. {Angesichts), Barn. (= B. and L.), Kenr. ;-Rob. ('δί»/θΓβ, in the presence of '), Green (m the pr. [sight] of). The immediate connection of χατιν. with βτηααι. is preserved by TV. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), German verss. (except All.), Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Sharpe. ^ As in V. 24. W., R., {to . . . to ;-and so Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Thom., Penn, Kenr.), Wakef, Sharpe and Murd. (do not repeat the preposition), Peile. ° The word aofci (which probably came, as Mill thinks, from Rom. 10: 27) is marked by Beng. as plainly spuriou.s, by Bloomf. as 'most probably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and is cancelled by all the other recent editors (A. B. C, &c., nearly all the ancient verss., &c.). I recommend that wise be omitted. ^ The reading, which inserts here the words, Sia 'itjaov Xpifffoi ioi xvpiov ί!μΰν (A. B. C, &c., VuIg., .Syr., Ar., &c.) is marked by Beng. as per codices frmior, and is adopted by all the other recent editors, except Bloomf 1 recommend that this reading be followed, and translated : through Jesus Christ our Lord. For the omission of the supplemental be, see the Latin verss. (except Bez., Par.), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Moldenh. (would supply, if any thing, kommt zu. See N. h), Greenf, De W., Kenr. ;-also Rev. 1 : 6, N. d, &c. ' This xai is cancelled by Mey., Lachra., Tisch., Theile. Cocc. ('in timore, ut non simus securi, scientes Salanam vigi- lare et in omnes nocendi occasiones intentum esse.'), Wesl. {'with a jealous fear, lest yourselves be infected with the disease you endeavour to cure;'-and so Clarke), Penn (wjVA dread), Sharpe, Bloomf {anxiously), Am., Peile (a» filled with apprehension for them), Huth. THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. 77 KING JAMES VERSION. ilominion and power, both now and evei•. Amen. GREEK TEXT. εξουσία, και νυν και εις Ttavtag τονς αιώνας, άμήυ. REVISED VERSION. ty, fstrength and sauthoritj, '• both now and 'unto J'all the ages. Amen. ' It is not doubted that xpatoi and itovaia. may often be properly translated apart as they are in E. Λ''. But here, com- ing close together in one doxology, they should be allowed to retain each its own leading significance. — E. V. translates χρ. 8 times out of 12 by strength, might, power -,-Όί. (kracht), French verss., except S, (/o?re) ;-Bcz., Par., Wits., Beng., (robur), Engl. Ann. (' Or, strength^), Guyse, Wesl., (might), Mack., Greenf. ('iy), All., De W., (Macht). Stier (Kraft). See Rev. 1 : 6, N. f. ^ See N. f. E. V. translates £5. 29 times by αί;?7)ο?-ίΪ2/; twice, rigid ; onco, jurisdiction; once, libertij -j-Vulg. (potestas), It. (podesta), Fr. S. (autorite) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Y&t, Par., Cocc, Beng., (as Vidg.), Bez. (at first potestas; afterwards, auctoritas), Engl. Ann. ('Or, auth.^). Grot. ('Addidit -Judas ίξοναίαν, agnoscens in Deo non potentiam tantum, sed et jiis imperandi.' This phrase is employed also by AVits.), Pears. Q aiUhojity, or power pmpcrly potestative'), Guyse, Wesl., Mack, (right), Greenf. (ρίΟ^ϊ'), All., DeW.,Stier, (Geicaii;- for Luth.'s Macht). See Rev. 2 : 26, N. p. ■■ Here the words, Λρό rtm>r6i roi aiupo; (A. B. C, &c., Vulg. &c.), are inserted by Mey., Lachni., Sch., Hahn, Tisch., Theile;- an addition, which would require us, as De W. .suggests, to supply ίβΐί (1 Pet. 4 ; 11. See N. d), and from which may be derived the liturgical formula : as it was in the beginning. ' See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. o. ' Αΐύΐ', according to Aristotle's derivation of it from aft thai, (aih Civ), strictly means unlimited duration, eternity. and is often used in that sense in the N. T. ; e. g. v. 13 ; 2 Pet. 2: 17; 3 : 18; &c. It is also employed to express a specific period, and what pertains to it, as life, lifetime, gene- ration, age, era ; and hence the frequent occurrence in various combinations of the plural aiCvti. as popularly equivalent, in the ever incomplete sum of them — (Milton's ages of hopeless end) — to the one infinite αιών, which is then conceived of as ό aiCiv tCiv αΙώνων. But these meanings perhaps exhaust the significance of the word as found eithtr in sacred or classical Greek ; it being at least very questionable, whether the sense, material world, universe, Avhich does not properly- belong to it (any more than to its cognates, the Latin aevum, the German ewig, or the English ever), is required even in Heb. 1 : 2 ; 11 : 3. It seems evident, moreover, that E. V. is not justified in so generally — (for neither here is its practice uniform ; .see Eph. 2:7; 3 : 21, which is still very confusedly rendered : and Col. 1 : 26, where the ytviai even are not, as in Eph. 3 : 21, made to disappear)— substitutmg for the Scriptural representation of evcr-iiowing aeons, or dispensations, the idea of an absolute, undivided eternity. See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. p, and Rev. 1 : 6 N. g.— W. (all worlds of loorlds ;-' worlds' being here, as in R. all worlds evermore, = Weltzeiten, world-periods. See Rich. s. V.) ;-VuIg. (omnia secula seadorum), Syr. (= Jlurd. in all ages), German vcrss. (alle Ε wigkeit;- except Stier, alle Ewigkeilen), Dt. marg. (alle de eeuwen), It. (tutti i secoli), French verss. (tons les siecles) ;-Erasm. and later Latin vcrss. (omnia sec), Engl. Ann., Hamm. (all ages ;-!md so Dodd., Wesl., Mack, Nesvc, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile), Greenf. (Q^pbi'v-Ss). 78 REVELATION. ■THE REVELATION OF JOHN THE DIVINE. KING JAMES' VERSION. CHAP. I. The Revelation of Jesus Clirist, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass ; and he sent and signified it by liis angel unto his servant John : 2 Who liare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. GREEK TEXT. CHAP. I. ΆΠΟΚΛΛΥΨΙΣ 'Ιησού Χρίστου, ην ίδωκβν αύτω 6 θίοί, δβΐζαι T0L9 δούλοΐί αύτοΰ α del ■γζνίσθαι Ιν ra^ei, kcu Ισημαν€ν ατΓοστίίΧας Sia τοΰ άγγβλου αντον τω δουλω αύτοΰ Ιωάννη, 2 by (μαρτύρησε τον λογον τοΰ θίοΰ καΐ την μαρτνρίαν Ιη- σοΰ Χρίστου, όσα τβ εΙδέ. REVISED VERSION. CHAP. I. The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to show unto his sen'ants things which must''" come to pass short- ly, "^ and ^sending he signified ^ by his angel unto his servant John,'• 2 Who ^testified the Λvord of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ, ''and ^whatsoever things he saw :'' • It is agreed on all hands that this inscription, which varies unpleasantly from the title assumed in the opening of the book itself, is of no canonical authority. 'Antiquus ille quidcm est,' says Beng. of the lilidus ab hominibiis praefi.rtis. 'sed dubita- tiones de scriptore Apocalypseos, longo post seculum apostoli- cum intervallo ortas ; Theologique cognomen et in ecclesiam introductum et Johanni tributum ; et alias Apocalypses nescio quas, a quibus haec vera discerneretur, praesupponit . . . Johan- nis nomine vcteres Apocalypsin vcram a tot apocryphis voluere discernere.' Griesb., accordingly, prefixes simply ΑΠΟΚΑ- ΛΪΨΙΣ (Heinr. : ' Nam in hac una voce sibi constant, in reliquis omnibus mirifice variant MSS.'), and so Sch., Treg., 'Words, This example is followed also by Fr. S. (Apocalypse) ;-Sharpe ( The /?ei'.), Stu., Lord, ( 7'Λβ Apoc), &c. I recommend that the title be : REVELATION. " The indication of time here is emphatic, as appears from its repetition in v. 3, and elsewhere, as well as from the arrange- ment of the clause. Comp. Rom. IC : 20. — The Greek order is preserved in W., R. ;-Latin and French verss. (except Castal.), Syr., It. ;-Greenf., Woodh., Treg., De W. ' The first two verses being designed mainly to announce the divine origin of the prophecy, and the successive steps in the process of its conveyance to the Church, the punctuation of our Greek Text, which many (Beng,, Lachm., Sch,, Hahn, Treg,, Words,, Tisch., Theile) follow, is to be preferred. All the old English verss,, including the original edition of E, V., have a comma at the end of v. 1. ' The participial construction is retained by AV., R, ;-Vulg., It. {avendola inandata), Fr. G..-M.,-S. ;-Hamm., Cocc., Vitr., Dodd., Woodh., Stu., Lord, Treg, (having sent), Murd, (by sending), Kenr,, Barn. '' Whether Ιαημανιν has its object expressed in j-v of this verse, or in ό'οα ilSi of v, 2, or whether the object is to be sup- plied by a pronoun for άΛοχάλιιψι;, or for S Ssl γενίαθαι,, or, lastly, whether the verb is used absolutely, are questions, some of them at least, more difficult than important, into which we need not enter, A translation, especially of the divine oracles, ought not to be more explicit and determinate than the original. — No object is supplied by W,, T., C, G,, R, ;-Vulg,, Syr, ;- Erasm,, Vat,, Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Ros., Greenf., Lord, Kenr. ' See 1 John 1 : 2, N. I. E, Λ^, ch. 22 : 16, 20, being the only other instances in this book ;-W. (bare leitnessing to), R. (hath gire7i testimony to) ;-Brightm., Wesl,, Newc, Thom., Treg., Kenr,, (hath [thus] test.), Hamm, (had test.), Wells (has borne wiiJiess to), Daub, (witTiessed), Dodd,, Penn (bare testimony to), Murd. (bore witness to). ' The ft. which is found nowhere else in this book, except in a questionable reading of ch, 21 : 12. is wanting in 'A, B. C. α 27, ,3 7. γ 8. Compl, Vulg, Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Erp, Slav,', and is cancelled by all the recent editors, I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted. ^ See Jude 10, N, t. A compound relative (vhatsoerer, u-hatever, quaecunque) is employed by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.) ;- Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr., Barn, >■ This punctuation suggests, as the main ground of the bless- edness asserted in v, 3, all that h.is just been declared respecting the origin and communication of the prophecy. REVELATION. 79 KIXG JAMES VERSION. 3 Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this 25i"ophecy, and keep those things which are written therein : for the time is at hand. 4 John to the seven churches which are in Asia : Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come ; and from the seven Spirits Λvhich are before his throne ; GREEK TEXT. 3 μακάριοι ό άναγινωσκωρ, και OL uKOVovrei tovs λογονί τηί ττροφητίίαί, και τηροΰντε^ τα Ιν αντί] γβγραμμ^να• ο γαρ Kaipos ϊγγυί. 4 ^Ιωάννηζ ταΐί (τττα (κκλη- σίαΐί ταΐί Ιν ττ] Ασία• χαρίί νμίν καΐ βίρηνη άπο του ο ών καΐ ό rju καΐ ό Ιρ•χομζνος• καΐ άττο των ίτΓτα ττνίνματων α Ιστιν Ινώ- •κιον του θρόνου αυτού• REVISED VERSION. 3 Blessed is he that readeth, and the)' that hear, the Λvords of 'the prophecy, and keep -ithe things therein written; for the time is ''near. 4 John to the seven churches 'which are in Asia : Grace " unto you and peace from him, "who is, and "who was, and "who "Cometh ; and from the seven ^Spirits ifhat are before his throne ; ' T., C. ;-Germ., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Grell. and Wesl. (mark the demonstrative as supplied), Beng., Herd., AVoodh., Mey., Greenf, Sharpe, Lord, De \Y., Treg., Hengst. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. i Newc, Lord, {the th. wr. in it), Greenf., Sharpe and Stu. {the th. wr. therein), De W. {das in ihr Geschriebene). Many others, retaining the relative construction of the \'ulg., drop the demonstrative pronoun. k E. v., Matt. 24 : 33 ; .tc. i-VT., R., {nigh) ;-Latin verss. generally (j>/Ope), German verss. {nahe), Dt. {nabij), It. {vicino), French verss. (/jrocAe) ; - Brightm., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Bloomf , Stu., Lord, Treg. (as W.), Murd. 1 The words which are are not in the original edition of E. Y. - E. v., Rom 1 : 7 ; 2 Thess. 1 : 2 ; 1 Tim. 1 : 2 ; 2 Tim. 1 : 2; Tit. 1: 4; Philem. 4;-W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., It.;-Erasm., Vat, Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Greenf., All.. Lord, De W., Murd., Kenr. ° See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f The toi before ό Civ was intro- duced, Beng. says, by Erasm. It is cancelled by all the recent editors, except Matth. " As Stu. intimates, ό ΐ(:χόμενοζ = ίΟΠ ; but it is not neces- T " sary in English any more than in Greek or Hebrew, in order to get the future sense, to introduce the future form. And even if, according to the assertion of De W. and others (which, how- ever, Hengst. denies), these participles stand for ΰ ίαόμινοί, still the idea of absolute futurity, the near as well as the remote, is best given by the present tense of the substitutes. See ch. 2 : 5, N. V and 1 John 2 : 18, N. e.— Syr., Germ., Fr. S.;-Brightm. {' Cometh, or is in coming, as if a present-future thing, that I may so call it. For that which is coming is not yet present, neither yet is it altogether absent. It is therefore far more significant than if he had said, he that is about to come, as it is commonly translated.' The first edition in English of Bright'ra.'s work was printed at Amsterdam in 1(515, four years later than E. Λ^.), Cocc, Beng., Wesl., Herd. (/ίθ)η))ίί ;-which he illustrates by adding ' kommt und kommt — conwth and Cometh.' So on T. 7 : ' Beholdj He cometh ! He cometh ! is the substance of the book, its innumerous trumpet-voice.'), Till., Kell., {the coin- ing one), Mey., Hengst. Ρ The Amer. Bible Soc. now prints this word, spirits (with- out a capital), not because it was so printed in the original edition of 1611, but as the result of the Society's application of the following rule: 'The word S/j/Hi ... everywhere is made to begin with a capital when it refers to the Spirit of God as a divine agent ; but not when it denotes other spiritual beings or the spirit of man' {Report on the History and Recent Col- lation ^-c, p. 24). My belief that the Society's interpretation of the term in the present instance is erroneous, though it agrees with Rob.'s (who does not oven recognize any other meaning as possible than that of ' the seven archangels'), and that it weakens and darkens the sublimest formula of benedic- tion to be" found in Scripture, leads me, in accordance with the same rule, to retain the orthography of previous editions. That Tiii' frtTa ΛΐΊνμύ-ίι^ν of this verse is a mystical designation of the Holy Spirit, has been the prevalent opinion in the Church from the beginning, except when the text has been perverted to the uses of superstition. Nor, in very many cases, is it an indication that a writer did not hold it, that he does not use the initial capital. The older verss., e. g. W., T., C, paid little or no regard to the above rule, nor is it strictlj' followed even by living authors. Thus, Lord has ' spirits.' and his comment is: 'The seven spirits are the Hi ily Spirit.' But in favour of the capital, or of the view which justifies it, may also be cited from the great cloud of witnesses the following : — G. ;-Dt. Ann. (• By these seven Spirits must here be understood the Holy Spirit.' See the entire note.), It., Fr. G.,-M. (It is true that the Amer. Bible Soc.'s edition of 1852, which is the one that I have used, has esprits, as the Romauist De Sacy also has. But as it appeared unlikely that M., who followed the Society's rule in the printing of the word, had held the view thus indicated, an opportunity has been sought of consulting the original Utrecht edition of 1G96, and there it is Esprils, with a note appended in vindication.), Fr. S. ;-Aug. ('Septenariura numerum Sancto Spiritui quodammodo dedicatum commendat Scriptura, et novit Ecclesia.'), Bede (' Unum spiritum dicit .septiformem, quae est porfectio et plenitudo.'), Junius, Laun., Gom., Par. (to 80 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. 5 Ami from .Jesus Christ, irho is the fliithful Witness, and tlie First-begotten of the dead, and the Prince of the kings of the earth. Unto liim that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, 6 Aud hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father j GREEK TEXT. 5 και άτΓΟ Ιησοΰ Χρίστου, ό μαρτνζ ο ττιστος, ο ττρωτοτοκοΐ €Κ των νεκρών, και ό άρχων των βασιλβων τηί γης• τω άγαττη- σαντί ημάς, καΐ λουσαντι ημάί άτΓΟ των αμαρτιών ημών ev τω αίματι αΰτοΰ• G καΐ ϊτΓοΊησίν ημάζ βασιλείς και lepels τω θ(ω καΐ ττατρΧ REVISED VERSION. 5 And from Jesus Christ, ■■ the fiiithi'ul Witness, ' the 'First-bom "from the dead, and the Prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him "who "loved us, and washed us from oui" sins in his '' blood. 6 And ''he ^ made us "kings and priests unto ''his God and ' Nothing is supplied in S3'r., It.. Fr. S. ;-Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Dodd., Wesl., Wakcf., Woodh., Pcnn, Sliarpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De AY. For the emphatic ό . . . o, see 1 John 2 : 7, N. o. Syr. (repeats the pronominal substitute for the article, as in De D. : ille testis, ille fidelis. Murd. : the W., the F.), Fr. S. (/e temoin, le fidcle). A demonstrative pronoun is employed by Pagn., Casta!., Bez., Briglitm., Cocc, Vitr., Wakef., Ros. ' The conjunction is not supplied in W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Luth., Ilengst.) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc. Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. ' Πρωΐόϊοχοί is the Sept. rendering of ~lO^ (Greenf.'s word here, as its cognate occurs in the Syr.), which in E. V. is never first-begotten. — E. V., in the parallel Col. 1 : 18 and every- where else (6 times), except in this instance and Heb. 1:0;- R. ;-Germau and French verss., Dt. ;-Zeg. (jirimiis partus), Brightra., Engl. Ann. ("Or, first brought forth''), Haram., D.aub., Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Till., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. ;-Leigh, Pass., L. and S., Rob., Green, Schirl. " So E. V. in Col. 1 : 18, and the few verss. that here follow this reading. But ίχ (probably introduced, as IMill and others suppose, from Col. 1 : 18) is wanting in Ά. B. C. α 24. β 6. y 10. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arr.', and is rejected by all the recent editors, except Bloomf., who, though he says that there are 'strong grounds' against it, 'yet inclines to suspect that John wrote' it, and so prints it in brackets. I recommend that it be omitted, and that tuv νεχρΰν stand, as in E. V. : of the dead. ' See Jude 24, N. x, &c. R. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. " The original edition of E. Λ". had hath loved, and the same tense is still retained in v. G. But the reading ayartuvti — ('ut indicetur perpetua dilectio,' Grot.) — of A. B. C. ' α 22. β 0. γ 10,' is adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be followed : loveth. ' See 1 John 3 : 12, X. g. E. V., v. 6 ; &c. ;-W., C, R. ;- foreign verss. (except that Erasm. and Vat. change the Vulg. s»o into ipsius) ;-Brightm., Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Stu.. Lord, Barn., Murd., Kenr. For ^.οίιααντι arto, Lachm., Treg., Theile, read λνοα^ϊ/(Ά. C. 6. 7. 12*. 28. 36. 69. Syr. Slav. MSS.') ίχ (' A. C. 12 28. 36. 38. Er.' Also Beng.). >' ' A Hebraistic resolution of the participle into the finite verb,' says De W. But this change of construction is not a mere arbitrary, useless imitation (nor is it, indeed, exclusively Hebraistic. See Tittm., pp. 213 — 216.), but serves to render more direct and emphatic the solemn announcement to the suffering Church of God of her high calling and marvellous destiny. See ch. 2 : 20, N. j and 2 John 2, X. f. — Sharpe, De W., Treg. ' The entire result of Christ's mediation is viewed as already become historical. See ch. 5 : 9, 10, NX. 1, n, p. — E. V., v. 5 (see there N. w) ;-^^Γ., T., C, G. ;-Daub., Wakef, Herd., Mey., Sharpe, De W. ' Mill pronounces βαβιχήαν, for βααί^ιΐί, the genuina lectio ; but, with the exception of Bloomf, who has βααίΧιίαν [χαί], all the recent editors give /SaiatiW instead of βααΛηί xal, and this reading is supported by Ά. C. α 27. β 4. γ 8. Compl. (Vulg.) Λ;η. Harl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that the version be changed accordingly, thus : a kingdom, priests. ^ Very many follow Grot, in taking xal as exegetical : God even his Father ; and this is an allowable translation. I prefer the other construction as conveying more fully the precious truth, that the relations of the Church to God are not only established by her Lord and Saviour, but have their ground and security in his own relations to God. Comp. ch. 3 : 21 ; John 20 : 17 ; 1 Cor. 3 : 21-23 ; &c.— Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., AVakef , Newc, Goss., Penn, Gerl., Sharpe, Treg., Kenr. whom De \V. errs in attributing the opinion, • septem virtutes providentiae Dei ;' this being a modification which Par. censures in another.), Engl. Ann., Durh., Cocc, Owen, Cham., Bp. Bur- net, Grell., Pool, Marck, Braun., Budd., Vitr., Schottg., AYolf , Beng.. Stapfer, Lowm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Gill, Moldenh., AVoodh., Scott, Crol., Allw., Jones, Pye Smith, Dr. John Dick, Bloomf., Penn, Gerl., Ell., De W., Treg., AVords., Hengst., Kell., Murd. Others, who do not here recognize the personal Spirit, yet avoid the introduction of inferior natures. Thus, Grot. (' multiformem Dei providcntiam'), Eichh. (' a Jehova, natura perfectissima'), Heinr. ('virtutes sen predicata summi numinis'), Ew. (' A'im divinam in terra se exserentem'). 1 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11. N. f. J> J-^ REVIS&D VERSION. to him he glory and dominiou for ever and ever. Amen. 7 Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him : and all kindi-eds of the eai'th shall wail ))ecause of him. Even so, Amen. 8 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith REVELATION. 81 GREEK TEXT. αυτόν αυτω η οοςα και το κράτος £ί? TOVS αΙώνας των αΙωνων. άμην. 7 '/δου €ρχ€ται μβτα των ve- φβλών, καΐ οψΐταί αντον ττα? οφθαλμοί, καΐ οίτινβΫ αντον i^e- κίντησαν κα\ κοψονται eV αύτον ττασαι αϊ φυλαΐ τηί yiji- νοΛ, άμην. 8 Έγώ ei/LAi το Α κοα το Ω, REVISED VERSION. Father, ""unto him"* *the glory and ""the 'power ^unto the ages of the ages. Amen. 7 Behold, he cometh with ""the clouds, and every eye shall see him, and they ' who pierced him ; and all Jfhe ''tribes of the earth shall wail because of him : 'Yea, amen. 8 ■"! am "the Alpha and "the Omega, ° beginning and " end, ' See Jude 25, N. b. ■> See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. 1 and Jude 25, N. d. The supplement assumes what is far from being certain, that the clause expresses merely a wish, and not also an affirmation Ccomp. Matt. 6 : 13 ; 1 Pet. 4: 11 in the Greek), and it tends rather to obscure the antithetical structure of vv. 4-6. ' Grace unto you and peace from Jesus Christ : Unto him tiie glory and the power.' — E. v., ch. 7: 10; &c. ;-Latin verss. (except Bez., Par.), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Daub. (' to him belongs. This expression is only affirm- ative, as all the rest before and after.'), Mo'denh. {kommt zu), De W. {ihm [ist, gehOrt]), Greenf., Hengst. (see his Comment.), Kenr. See also ch. 5 : 13, N. d. ' See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. m. Where the article occurs thus in the doxologies of Scripture, it may bo regarded as connecting these laptures of adoration and joy with their exciting cause, to wit, the processes and issues of God's working in creation and providence. Here the Church hastens to lay at the feet of her Lord the very crown, which He has just placed on her head. — Dt., It., French verss. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Woodh., Thom. (omits the second article), Greenf., Kist., De W., Uengst. See ch. 7 : 10, N. g and 12, N. n. ' See Jude 25, N. f. E. V., ch. 5 : 13, and five times else- where ;-Dt. (kracht), Pr. G.,-M., (force), Fr. S. {pouvoir) ;- Pagn., Bez., Pise, Par., (robiir). De D. (potentia), Engl. Ann. ('Or, might, or strength'), B. and L. (puissance), Berl. Bib. (Starke), Beng. (Kraft), Wesl. (mighl), Greenf. (is), Van Ess, De W., (Macht), Sharpe, Bloomf., Kell., Murd., Barn. (' literally strength . . . here the strength, power, or authority which is exercised over others.') ^ See Jude 25, N. j. Here also the original construction is preserved by W.;-Latin verss. (except Castal., who changes in secuta secidorum to in perpetiia secula), Syr., It., French verss. ;-Thom., Clarke, Greenf., Sharpe. I recommend, how- ever, that for ever and ever, as being nothing more than the familiar English equivalent of the Hebrew formula and its Greek imitation, be retained throughout the book, while the literal version may stand in the margin. '■ E. v.. in the five other analogous instances of the use of the plural »{φΛαι, even where, as in Mark 13: 2ΰ; 1 Thess. 4 : 17, there is no article in Greek ;-R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., AUw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Words., Kenr. ' In the original edition of E. V. also was not marked as supplied ; but nearly all other verss. are satisfied with trans- lating xai as copulative, and, or as intensive, even. For who, see 2 Pet. 2:11, N. f. ) E. v.. Matt. 24: 30;-W., R. ;-It., French verss., Brightm., Wells, Daub., and the later English verss. (except Words.). k E. v., 25 times out of 31 ;-R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., French verss. ;-Brightm. and later English verss. (except Words.), Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh., (StUnime -,-ΐοτ Geschlech- ter of the other verss.), Greenf. ' E. V. has yea or yes 26 times out of 34 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. (etiam), other foreign verss. (except Greenf. ■jax) ;- Dodd., Wesl., Thom. and Murd. (yes). Clarke, Stu., Lord, Kenr., Barn. (' not the expression of a wish that it may be so, as our common translation would seem to imply, but a strong affirm- ation that it will be so.'). "■ The grammatical rule about the emphatic pronominal sub- ject (see 1 John 2 : 20, N. p, &c.) is not disregarded in this book, nor should it be overlooked by the interpreter. The translator has often no other convenient way of indicating it than by a change of type — the expedient of Tvcg. and others. Έγώ here, and in v. 17, is plainly the ijs of Jehovah. Bloomf.: 'The articles before A and Ω have, as Dr. Wordsworth observes, a restrictive sense, showing that Christ is the only Author and Finisher of all things.' Tliey are preserved in all the modern foreign verss. (except Greenf. Beng. omits the second) ;-Pears. (' With the article so much elsewhere stood upon.' by the So- cinians). Daub., Dodd., Wesl., 'Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Scott, Lord, Treg., Words.. Kenr. ° Of verss. that admit this clause, Fr. S., Berl. Bib., Herd., have no article. For end, see E. V., ch. 21:6; 22 : 13 ; &c. (nowhere else has it ending) ;-W., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd.. AVakef, Thom., Kenr. But the clause, άρ;^^ xai ft'j.of, is wanting in ' A. B. C. α 23. /3 G. y 9. Compl. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Slav. MS.' ; is marked by Bloomf. as ' most probably, or cer- tainly, an interpolation ;' bracketed by Knapp among the e rationibus criticis delenda ; and rejected by all other recent editors. I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the words beginriing and end be omitted. 11 82 REVELATION. KIXG JAMES A'EKSION. ' the Lord, which is, and wliich was, and whicli is to come, the Almiglity. 9 I John, who also am jOur brother, and companion in trib- ulation, and in tlie kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. 10 I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, 11 Saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last : and, AVhat thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the GREEK TEXT. άρχΐ] καΐ τβλος, Aeyet ό Kvpios, ό ών και ό ή^ και ό ίρχομα^οί, ο παντοκράτωρ . 9 ^ Ιί-^/ω Ιωάννης, Ό και aSeX- φο9 υμών καΐ σνγκοινωνος (ν rrj θλίψΐί, KOU Ιν TTj βασιλΐΐα καΐ ύτΓομονϊ] Ιησοΰ Χρίστου, 4γβνο- μην Ιν ττ] νήσω Trj καλουμβντ] Πάτμω, δια τον λογον τον θβοΰ καΐ δια την μαρτυρίαν Ίησοΰ Χρίστου. 10 βγβνομην iv Πνευματι iv τη κνριακτ) ήμ(ρα• καΐ ήκονσα οττίσω μου φων7]ν μίγαλην ώ? σαλτΓίγγοί, 11 λβγούσηί, Έγώ ίίμι το Λ και το Ω, ο ττρώτοί καΐ ό βσχα- τοί• κα], ' Ο βλβ7Γ€ΐί γραψον eiy ΚΕΛ•Ι8Εϋ ΛΈΚ5Ι0Ν. saith the Lord," Pwho is, and Pwho ΛνΒ8, and pwIio ''cometli, the Almighty. 9 "Ί John, ^ j'our brother ^also, and 'fellow-partaker in "the tiuli- ulation, and ''in tlie kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. 1 I was in the 'Spii'it on the Lord's day ; and '"^I heard behind me a "loud voice as of a trumpet. 11 Saying: >Ί am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last ; and : What thou seest, write in a book, and send '■ unto " The reading xiiptoj ό θιό; (not ό θιόζ, as Barn, supposes) is sustained by Ά. B. C. α 24. β S. γ 12. Compl. Tulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.', and received by all the recent editors and commentators. I recommend its adoption: the Lord God. Ρ See2Pet. 2:11, Ν. f. 1 See V. 4, N. o, &c. ' Here the tyu (see 1 John 2 : 20, N. p, &c.) serves the pur- pose of a more solemn identification, like the is^n ijx of Dan. 8 : 15 ; &c. For the omission of who am, see W., T., C, R.;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. (Luth. and Moldenh., like the Syr., expre.s the article), Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Wesl., Wakef., Nevrc, 'Woodh., Greenf , Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. Others have it as a supplement. ■ The xal is wanting in A. B. 0. 'a 27. β 5. y 11. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' ; is bracketed by Bloomf. ; and rejected by all the other recent editors. In accordance with this reading, I recommend the omission of the word also. ' In the three other places where this noun occurs (Rom. 11 : 17 ; 1 Cor. 9 : 23 ; Phil. 1 : 7) E. V. renders it parlakest with, partaker with, partakers i-U. (partaker) ■,-Yu]g. (particeps), Syr. (= particeps vester), Fr. 51. {φά participe), Fr. S. (prir- itCipa/iZ) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret, {as Vulg.), Cocc, Eichh., Ew., (use comors), D;rab., Penn, Kenr., (partner), B. and L. (as Fr. M.), Dodd., Thorn., (as R.), Wakef. (sharer with you). "Woodh. (fellow-sharer), Goss. (Miltheilnehmer), Stu. (in the Comment.), Lord, Treg., Words.. Murd. (partaker with you) ; -Wahl (■ qui una cum aUis particeps est'). L. and S. (partaking jointly), Rob. (joi/it-partaker, ciiparlner), Green (one who partakes jointly, a coparticipant, copartner). Here E. V. and others follow Pagn., socius. " If ij θ\ί•^ίί be not construed with 'ij^eoi XpiufoJ, the article would still point to a particular trial, well-known to the readers. But see N. v. — Foreign verss. ;-uaub., Wesl., Thorn. (this) ; and to these must be added all who follow the reading referred to in N. v. ' The words ίν r^ are wanting in Ά. B. C. α 23. β G. y 5. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Erp.' ; are marked by Bloomf. as ' most probably, or certainly, an interpolation ;' and rejected by all other recent editors. I recommend the omission, and that the text stand: the tribtdation and kingdom. '■'' See ch. 17 : 3, N. m. For the repetition of the pronoun see W. ;-Dt., French verss. ;-Brightm., Daub., Wakef., Woodh. and later English verss. (except Words.), De W. * E. v., 13 times in this book, and always elsewhere, when connected with voice ;-Wiikof , Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Penn, Stu., Lord, Barn. ' For the article before Alpha and Omega, see v. 8, N. m. But the words, 'Κγώ ίίμι to A xai to Ω, i jtpiiroi xai i ΐαχαϊοί, xai, are cancelled by all the recent editors on the au- thority of ' A. B. C. α 24. βδ.γβ. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Sl.iv. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the words, / am . . . last ; and, be omitted. '■ W., R. ;-Latin verss.. Syr. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. REVELATION. 83 KING JAMES VERSION. seveu cliurclies which are in Asia ; unto Ejjhesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. 12 And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks ; 1-3 And in the midst of the se\'en candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. GREEK TEXT. βίβλίον, Koi 7Γ€μψον rais ίτττα ίκκλησίαΐ9 rais Iv Ασία, ety "Εφίσον, καΐ ei? Σμνρναν, και ei? Πίργαμον, και els θνάτίίρα, καΙ eh ^apSets, καΐ eli Φιλaδeλ- φetaι', /cat els AaoSiKeiau. 12 Kal eTrearpey^a βλe^ΓeLV την φωνην TjTis iλaλησe μeτ e'/zoG" καΐ eTnarpeyj/as ei8oi> eTrra Xv)(yias xpvacis, 13 καΐ iv μeσω των e -πτα Χνγνιων ομοιον νΐω άνθρωπου, ev8e8vpevov ττοδηρη, καΐ Trepi- eζωσμevov irpos toIs μαστοΪ5 (^ωνην -χρυσην REVISED VERSION. the se\'en churches ^which are in Asia, unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. 12 And I turned to see the voice that ''spake with me ; and ""having turned, I saw seven golden ""lamp-stands, 13 And in the midst of the seven ""lamp-stands ""one like "' a son of man, clothed with a gar- ment down to the ""feet, and girt Ground 'at the ^breasts with a golden airdle ;'' ' The words iatj iv Ασία are wanting in Ά. B. C. α 28. β 7. y 6. Compl. Am. Harl. Tol. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P.', and are rejected by all the recent editors. (Hengst., indeed, recognizes them in his translation, but probably through an oversight ; just as in the commentary he censures Ew. for rejecting the trtfa of this clause, and yet omits it himself. Bloomf. also in- cludes, in the allowable and universally received changes in the reading of this verse, the exclusion of the ίατά before ίχχτ.. ; but in that he is mistaken.) I recommend that the words, which are in Asia, be omitted. '' Bloomf. : ' I am wholly unable to account for Griesbach's retaining ίλόλι^υΕ, except on the supposition of the same care- lessness and inadvertence too observable in his editorial revision throughout the Apocalypse.' All the other editors substitute Ιλάλί I, on the authority of ' B. C. α 20. β 4. γ C. Compl. λαλίΐ Α.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : was speaking-. For having in the next clause, see Newc Penn, Stu., Murd., {when 1 had turned), Lord, Treg. ' See 2 Pet. 1 : 19, N. s. Av;t'''» i^^'^ form is of the later Greek for χνχνιίον or ^.νχνονχο;) is used by the Sept. for the niisa (Greenf.'s word here) of the Tabernacle, on which rested the seven ni^3, lamps. Among the Greeks also the lamp, ' when small and without a foot, was commonly set on a sup- porter or lamp-stand, τ^χνίον, ΧνχνιΙον' (Pass., s. v. ί,ύχνοί). So Steph. : Basis hjchni ; and Areth. : ο;^ί;ι«α μόνον ιοί \νχνον oj ΐχΐί το φώί• The word may be everywhere rendered as above. — Daub, (lamp-sconces), Dodd. ('lamps on their stand.?'), Clarke, Penn, Home, Ell., Stu., Dav., (lamps), Newc, Till., Woodh. and Allw. (Jamp-bearers), Hengst. (Lumpen), Barn. (light-stands, lamp-stands) ;-Bloomf (in his N. T. lexicon), L. and S. See ch. 18 : 23, N. y. It is not necessary to mark one as supplied, any more than in Matt. 3:3; &c. ^ The unto is omitted by Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord. Murd. The resemblance asserted is not to ' the man Christ Jesus.' as John had known him while on earth, but generally to the human form. 1. The former interpretation implies a personal recollection and re- cognition, that seems not to accord with the tone of the vision; — 2,, we find that, with the exception of John 5 : 27, for the peculiarity of which see Midd. in loc, in all the numerous in- stances (upwards of 80) in which the Saviour assumes this designation, as well as in the single undoubted instance (Acts 7 : 50) in which it is applied to Him by another, the Greek has the article, ό νιος toi aveflurcov ; — and, 3., the case is strictly parallel to Dan. 7 : 13, where no personal recognition can be meant (comp. ch. 10 : 5, 10, 18), although E. V. there also adds the Christian comment by ils way of printing Son. — E. V., Heb. 2:6 (the son) i-Yxi]^. (Jilio i-m the case of ό vioj toi άνθ. it has i^iYiMs), Germ., Dt. wiajg•., It., Γγ. G. (m?i homme; -and so M., and the marg. of B. and L.), Fr. S. (un fils d'homme) ;-Vat. (giving the Vulg. as Pilio, changes it to βΐΐο, and appends the note, 'i. e. humini.'), Engl. Ann. (' Or, a son of man . . . that is, like a man.'), Cocc. (is doubtful), Titr., AYolf. (who also cites Calov and Gataker), Btng., Wesl., Moldcnh., Sym., Campb., Eichh., Wakef. (a man), Thom., Heinr. (homini; -and so Ew.. Ros.), Greenf, All., Penn, Stu., Ell. (at ch.l4: 14), Lord, De W., Hengst, Barn. ;-Bret!5cli., Wahl, Rob., Schirl. ' C, G. ;-Brightm., Guyse, Sym., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Bloomf., Stu. (in the Comment.), Lord, Kell.. Murd., Barn. ;-L. and S., Rob., Green. f Most verss. neglect either the rtt pi or the rtpoj ; yet the two are not synonymous (Bloomf.; who says that ' rtpof toii μαατοΐς is for rtfpi to, ατήθη.'). Comp. ch. 15 : 0. N. g. — W. (girt at), R. (aboid near to) ;-Latin verss. {\prae-\cinctum ad), Syr. {^= De D. jii.Tta), Dt. (omgoord. an), It. (a), Fr. G.,-M., (d I'endroit de), Fr. S. (pres rfe);-B. andL. {an dessous), Beng. (umgiirtet bei), Wesl., Treg., (about at), Moldcnh. (oben gegen), Greenf. (bv), Lord (at), De W. (umg. an) ;-the grammars and lexicons. ^ Germ. (Brust), Dt. (borsten) ;-Berl. Bib., De W., (Briisten), Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Jley., All.. Hengst., (as Germ.), Wesl., 84 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. 14 His head and his hairs n-nr white like wool, as white as snow ; and his eyes ivcix as a flame of fire ; 15 And his feet like nnto fine GREEK TEXT. 11 ^ δβ κίφαλη avrov και αϊ τρί\(9 XevKou ωσει epiov λβνκον, ώ? γιωρ' και οί οφθαλμοί αυτοΰ ώί φλοζ πνροί• 15 καΐ οί ΤΓοδίί αυτοΰ όμοιοι REVISED VERSION. 14 'Bnt his head and J hair xvere white as ''white wool, as snow ; and his eyes ' as a flame of fire ; 15 And his feet like '"hurnish- ' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. Jlost verss. render &i, but treat it as a simple copula, w liercas it also serves to mark transition to the supernatural features of the vision. — Latin verss. (autem). Syr. (= De D. autem), Germ, (aber) ;-Moldenh., Dc W., Ilengst., (_as Germ.), Daub. I The original edition of E. V. does not maik the pronoun as supplied. It is omitted by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Pt. ;- Brightm., Wells, Berl. Bib. (rfi'e Haare ;-so Beng., Moldenh., Stolz), Wesl., Wakef., Thorn, {the h.), Lord, Kenr. For the translation of αϊ ΐρίχΐζ by a singular noun, may be cited E. V., oh. 9 : 8 his, and ϋ times elsewhere ;-Germ., Syr.. Bt. j-Wesl., IVakef.. Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Hengst., Murd. ;-Rob., Green. ^ Afvxaf is attached to ΐ'ριον (comp. Ezck. 27 : IS), so as to leave also ώ{ χιών in direct connection with τ,ινχαί. by W., T., C, G., R. ;-all foreign vers.s. ;-Hamm., Wells, Wcsl., Wakcf., Woodh., Newc , Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr. ;-all the editors. E. V. seems to have been misled by the punctuation of Bez.'s earlier editions: candidi iit lana, alba tanquam nix. 1 The supplement is not repeated by W., R. ;-Latin and Ger- man verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt. ;-Wesl., Wakef, Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd, ■" For the omission of mito, see v. 13, N. d. Χαλχολιβαι-οΓ, a word which occurs nowhere else but in this book, has been variously interpreted as denoting, L, some kind of λι;3αιο; (Rob. and Green err in making this an oxytone.), xt^xotihr^i, frank- incense of a deep colour. So a Greek writer cited by Salma- sius, Hamm. {amber), Ew., L. and S. The same view is given as a possible one by Areth., Engl. Ann., Lowm., Green; — 2., some kind nf xa-Kxaf : (1.), brass like λι'θαιο;. So Erasm., Aret., Pas.. Beng., Moldenh. (from the colour he translates, aes album, Prinzmetall), Zull. (who finds in the word a sort of enigmatical paraphrase of the Sept. rfktxtfov of Ezek. 1 : 4, 27 ; 8:2; that being the name in Greek both of a gum, and of a metal said to be compounded of four parts gold and one part silver, or, according to Suid., of νίχψ xai XiSfi'a. The latter also expressly defines ;ι;αλ3£ολ. as ilbof rp^ixtpov ΐιμιύΐιρον χρναον ; and to this De W. assents as substantially correct.) ;-(2.), brass from Λι'βανο;, Lebanon-brass ; a derivation analogous to that of orichatcum, mountain-brass, by which, or its equivalent anriclialcum (for the variation probably originated in miscon- ception *), the Λ'ulg. and some Latin commentators render our word. So Areth. (as another meaning), Syr. (De D. : ' Vidctur interpres χατ-χο-κΐ^ανον sumpsis.se pro acre e monte Libano allato, vel pro acre candidissimo et nitidissimo, quod fuerit instar mon- tis Libani, qui circa altissima juga media etiam aestate nivibus tectus procul spectatur.'), Aeth., Steph., Brightm., Dt. (Ann. ; for the vers, has blinkend koper), Daub, (as one derivation), iichiMg., 3ou^s;-{?k), fluid, smelling brass, as if from λ£ΐβω. So Schwartz cited by Wolf, (who also leans to the same opin- ion), "Woodh. ; and akin to this is the derivation from χτ,ίβανος (Salmasius, accordingly, writes χα'κχοχχίβανον), as if furnace- brass ■,-{A.), vhite ('alboque orichalco,' Virg. Aen. xii. 87.), bright, shining brass (which readily suggests the idea o( in- candescence, ω{ in χαμίνψ ΛίΛνρωμίνοι), as if the term were a hybrid, from pb. [133^ ^° Suic, Bochart, Grell., Daub, (as another derivation). Eicldi., Bretsch.. Hengst. (who pronounces this ' the only legitimate derivation.'), Barn, (somewhat inaccu- rately : ' probably compounded of χα^χός, brass, and λιβαιό;, ichiteness, from the Hebrew lab, to be white.'). Heinr., who, like Ziill., thinks that .John made the word for his own use, suggests several of the above sources, and adds : ' vel ab alia re nescio qua, quae forte menti obvcrsabatur.' On the whole, notwithstanding Hengst.'s confidence, the etymology of ;^αλχολ. must be left as in doubt — a crua: grammaticonim (Grell.) — and for this reason, or to avoid periphrasis, the word itself has been transferred by Erasm., Vat., Castal., Bez., It., Cocc. (whose note is : ' ut aes candens et thus limpidum sive perspicuum'), Vitr. ; or translated generally, with little or no attempt at .spe- cification, .as iu E. v., by W., R., {latten), T., C, {bra.^s), Germ., All., {Ajessing), B, and L. {Pairain le plus fln), Beng. {lauterstes Erz), Stolz, Van Ess, {Erz), Goss. {edelstes Me- tall), &,c. Meanwhile, all agree that the phrase corresponds to the }>hp nan: (Greenf.) of Ezek. 1:7; Dan. 10 : 6, or to the * I find that Trench also ( On the Study of Words ; New- York Ed. p. 102) mentions aurichalcnm as an example of false orthography resting on a mistaken etymology. Suic, however (and see Steph. s. r. iVoypos, p. 717 D.), derives both forms 'ex obs. ai>|jo; splendor, ab lix splendere, et χα-κχόζ•' and Gcrl., Stier, and others, with reference perhaps to aurich., here give Giildenerz, as Herd., Mey., Kist., had given Silbererz. Sym., Newc, Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Barn., {breast), Wakef., Woodh., Penn, Bloomf., Lord, Treg., Kenr. ;-L. and S. '' The punctuation of the Text is not without its use in con- veying an intimation of the rapidity of glance, with which the rapt seer realized the several parts of the ' glorious Apparition' (Milton, P. L. xi. 211). The same thing is further indicated by the elliptical and participial construction of vv. 14-16. See 2 Pet. 2 : 13. N. u. REVELATION. 85 KING JAJIES VEKSIOX. brass, as if they burned in a furnace ; and his voice as the sound of many waters. 16 And he had in his right hand seven stars : and out of his mouth went a sharp two-edged sword : and his countenance was as tlie sun shineth in his strength. 17 And when I saw him, I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me, saying unto me. Fear not ; I am the first and the last : IS I am he that liveth, and was dead ; and behold, I am alive for evennore, Amen ; and GREEK TEXT. χαλκολιβάνω, ώί Iv καμίνω ττί- πνρωμ€ΐΌΐ• και ή φωνή αυτού ώί ώωνη ύδατων ττολλών 16 και ίγων iv rfj Se^LO. αντον χίΐρί aarepas βτττα- και (κ του στόματος αύτοΰ ρομφαία δίστο- μθ9 οξβΐα ξκτΓορβυομ^νη• και -ή οψΐί αύτοΰ, ώ? ό 7;λίθ? φαΐνβί iv τη δυναμα αύτοΰ. 17 ΚαΙ οτ€ βίδον αύτον, trreaa ■προς TOVS ττόδας αύτοΰ ώ? νβκρος- καΐ i^Γ€θηκ€ την δβξιαν αύτοΰ χ€Ϊρα eV iμe, λίγων μοι, Μη φοβοΰ. eyco βίμι ό ττρώτος και ο ίσχατοί, 18 κα\ ό ζων, κα\ iγevόμηv νβκρος, και Ιδου ζων βίμι (Is τους αΙώνας των αΙωνων αμήν και REVISED VERSION. ed brass, as if they "glowed in a furnace ; and his voice as the "voice of many waters ;p 16 And he had in his right hand seven stars ; and out of his mouth ^proceeded a itwo-edged sharp sword ; and his coun- tenance was as the sun shineth in his strength. 17 And when I saw him, I fell at his feet as dead ; and he laid his right hand upon me, saying ■'luito me : Fear not ; Ί am the first and the last, IS *And 'the lix-iug one, and I was dead, and, behold, I am alive "unto the ages of the ages ; ° XliTtvfafthoi, (not Λvξιoύμtvoι, 2 Pet. 3 : 12) iv χαμίνψ indi- cates one eft'ect of the fire, as ΛίΛν^ιωμίνον ix rtupo;, ch. 3 : 18, does another. — German verss. (use the word glilhen), Dt. {gloei- den) ;-Engl. Ann., Thom., Stu., Treg., (use the word to glow \with fireY), Cocc, Vitr., {excandefacti). Woodh. (burned brightly). ° E. V. has in like manner noise for the second ίι•ίρ of Ezeli. 43 : 2, but not in Dan. 10 : C. See also Rev. 14 : 2; 19 : 6 ; Ps. 93 : 3 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Cocc), Syr., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Berl. Bib., Beng., Dodd., West., Woodh., Greenf., Kist., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. See ch. 18 : 22, X. x. ρ See V. 13, N. h. 1 E. v., 4 times in this book and 6 times elsewhere ;-R. ;- Latin verss. (use e.riVe or prodire). Syr., It. (usciva), French verss. (sortait) ;-Daub., Treg., {proceeding), Wakef., Guyse, Stu., Murd., (use to issue), Woodh. (coming forth), Kist., De W.,(ging hervor), Lord, Words. (■ proceedeth, present tense . . . The objects described are eternal, and their actions contin- uous.' But John is not discoursing of eternal verities, but nar- rating what he saw at that moment. See ch. 9 : 18, N. e). See ch. 9 : 17, N. y. The Greek order of the adjectives is retained by Dt., It.;-\^at., Castal., Be/., Cocc, Bierra., Beng., Woodh., Greenf., Kist., De W., Hengst. ' The μοί is wanting in A. B. C. 'a 22. β 8. γ 9. Compl. Vulg. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.', is bracketed by Knapp among the e rationibus crilicis delenda, and rejected by all the other recent editor.s. I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the words, 7nito me, omitted. On nearly the same evidence, all (except Bloomf.) substitute f9jjxt for έΛίθ., and all reject (except Knapp, who brackets) χείρα. For εγώ, see V. 8, N. m, lie. ' I, who wear this human form ; I, and none else.' • I find no reading that warrants the omission of xaL < R. (α?ίΐ•β) ;-Vulg. (n'nts), Syr. (= Greenf. inn), German verss. (d^.r Lebendige), Dt. marg. (de levende) ;-Erasm., ^'at., (as Vulg.), Aret. (ille vivens), Jones. Sharpe, Treg., Lord and Kenr. (the Living). ' See V. 6, N. g, &c. iaiZJn of Ezek. 1 : 4, 27 ; 8:2. the two being identified by most though not by Hengst., who admits only the first reference ; and who, because hhp means primarily to be light as opposed to heavy, infers that Vsp in that connection means light as op- posed to dark, and here translates, Lichterz. ' Das Lichte,' he says, 'stellt sich als leichter dar als das Dunkle, wie das Scharfe als leichter als das Stumpfe, Pred. 10 : 10.' While this can scarcely be accepted as satisfactory, there still remains reason enough to believe that ' these allusions are surer guides' — to the meaning, if not to the etymology — 'than grammatical con- jectures' (Daub.). The true notion appears to be that given by Steph. in these words : ' Denique hoc esse creditur quod Dan. 10. et Ezech. 1. hhp dicitur, i. e. Refulgens : a consequent! tamen, cum proprie Politum ac tersum declaret ;' and in this, as regards bbp, agree E. V. (burnished, polished), Gusset., Ges. (who explains the ba of bairn in the same sense), Xork (polirt, glatt, abgerieben ;-baian, polirtes Erz), Stu., &c. ; and, as regards ;^α7.χολί(3ανο»', Ges. (as if ^ xa%xo%inafov aes splendi- dum'), Stu. (polished brass), Rob. ('lit. smooth or burnished brass.'). S6 REVELATION. KING JAMES ^ VERSION. have the keys of hell and- of death. GREEK TEXT. 6^ω Tas κλξΊί του αδου καΐ τον θανάτου. REVISED VERSION. "ameu ; and "■''I have the keys of 'hades aud of death. " The αμήν is wanting in A. B. 0. ' 36. 38. Er. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Ar. P.', is bracketed by Bloomf.. and rejected by all the other recent editons except Matth., though he too omits it in the version. I recommend its omission. " W. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wakef., "Woodli. and later English verss. (except Lord). » 'The English word JleW, says Alex, (on Is. 14: 9), ' . . . corresponds in etymologj- ' — (being derived by Ges., like the German Hulle, from HuMe, hollow ; by others, from the Anglo-Sa.von helan, to cover) — ' and early usage, to the Hebrew word ' bixii (here employed b}»• the Syr. and Greenf., and derived by Cres. from ϊχώ = hsO, to hollow out), for which the usual Sept. equivalent is αδι;; (commonly derived from α privative and liilv) ; and he explains bisia as ' meaning first a grave or individual st-pulehre, and then the t^rare as a gene- ral receptacle, indiscriminately occupied b3' all the dead without respect to character.' Ca.npb., on the contrary, asserts and, as I think, proves (Diss. 6. P. 2.), that ' the word grace, or sep- ulchre, never conveys the full import of the Hebrew sheol ' — (that signification is not mentioned bj' Ges. or Nork) — 'or the Greek hade^, though in some instances ' — (those in which the expression, the grace, might be employed tropicallj^ for the stale of the dead) — "it may have all the precision necessary for giv- ing the import of the sentiment.' Nor, setting aside what may be alleged from the English versions of the Bible and the Apostles' Creed, am I aware that any evidence has been pro- duced, or can be, of the use of hell in either of the senses above ascribed to bixa. But, even if the Engli.sh word had been so understood in ancient times, that would not justify its retention, when, as Alex, says, and Lightf. said the same thing nearly 200 years ago, it is ' now appropriated to the condition or the place of future torments;' any more than the knave of the Lord (to »ise Lightf.'s own illustration), of some old translations, is now to be preferred to servant of the Lord, although of knave it is true, not only, as of hell, that it is a ' strong and homely- Saxon form,' but also that it was u.sed for servant as late as Drj'dcn. Again, it is said bj' Alex, (on Is. 5 : 14), when speaking of the German IlOlle and the English hell : ' The idea of a place of torment, which is included in their present meaning, is derived from the peculiar use οι ii&irf (the nearest Greek equivalent) in the book of Revelation.' And so Hengst. (onch. C: S), after asserting, in the face of Acts 2: 27, 31 (not to mention v. 24, where, lion'cvcr, D. Syr. Vulg. Erp. Copt. Polycarp, &c., read ίίδου.) and (according to the common reading) 1 Cor. 15 : 55, that ' the word Ilades in the N. T. occurs only in reference to dead sinners,' adds: ' This usage' (Ilades = the place of torment) ' pre- vails especially in the Revelation ; comp. ch. 1 : 18 ; 20 : 13.' To present the ground.?, on which I dissent from these statements, would lead farther into the region of interpretation and dogma, than might here be proper. Be it only observed, that while, with the single exception of 1 Cor. 15 : 55, E. V. alwaj's (10 times) translates αδ);{ by hell, it was judged proper at Rev. 20 : 13 (cited by Ilcngst. as one of the strongest passages in favour of his view), and nowhere else, to set grave in the margin. Nor can it well be supposed that in the next verse the word changes its mean- ing. Yet to that verse Campb. appeals as ' another clear proof from the New Testament, that hades denotes the intermediate state of .souls between death and the general resurrection . . . Whereas, if we interpret ίίΐιηί, hell, in the christian sense of the word, the whole passage is lendered nonsense. Hell is represent- ed as being cast into hell.' So Cam. (on Matt. 10 : 18), having said : ' V'ocem aSiyj nusquam in Scriptura (unicus modo locus escipiatur' — he refers probably to Luke 16: 23, which yet is no exception ; Ilengst.'s assertion. Die Offenb., I. p. 339, that ' to be in Hades and to be in torment appear there as insepar- ably connected,' being wholly unfounded. Much the better infer- ence from that very passage is, that the two conditions are se- parable.) ' infernum significare', observes that in Rev. 20 : 14 it cannot be so taken without absurdity, 'quasi vero infernus in in- fernum dejiciatur.' And the same objection is urged by others. Finally, while vindicating the use of hell at Is. 14: 9, Alex, re- marks : • The modern English versions have discarded the word hdl as an equivocal expression, requiring explanation in order to be rightly iniderstood. But as the Hebrew word Sheol, retained by Henderson, and the Greek word Hades, introduced by Lowth and Barnes, require explanation also, the strong and homely Saxon form will be preferred by every unsophisticated taste, &c.' But, 1., it is no small advantage that hades docs not at once, and inevitably, convey• an utterly false meaning. Jlell does so ;* and thi.s, and not that it is equivocal, is the real objection ; — 2., the latter word, being thus readily and universally taken in one sense, does not even suggest the necessity of explanation ; — 3., when an explanation of hades is wanted, it can be got in Webst.'s English Dictionary : 'Hades. The region of the dead, the invisible world, or the grave ' (the last phrase being added as synonymous with the other two) ; — and, 4., as a familiar, perhaps the prevailing sentiment in theological literature from the beginning has been, that frequently, even in the New Testa- ment, oiSjjs does not denote either the grave as the receptacle of a dead body, or the place of torment, so not ' the modern English versions ' merely, but English writers for more than * Accordingly, religious bodies in this country find it neces- sary, in printing the Creed, to interpret the article : He descend- ed into Hell. Thus, the Prot. Episcopal Church : ' Any Churches may omit the words, He descended into Hell, or may, instead of them, use the words. He went into the place of de- parted spirits, which are considered as words of the same mean- ing in the Creed ;' and the Presbyterian Church : ' That i.s, he continued in the state of the dead, and under the power of death, until the third day.' EEVELATION. 87 KING JAMES VERSION. 19 Write the things thou hast seen, and the which things GREEK TEXT. 19 rpaxj/ou a eiSei, καΐ a REVISED VERSION. 19 AVrite '' the things which thou ^sawest, and "the things y The olv, here inserted by A. B. C. ' α 25. β 7. y 9. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.,' is adopted by all the re- cent editors. I recommend that this reading be followed: Write therefore. Beng. : ' After John is raised up, the com- mand to 'Write is with emphasis repeated, and the interrupted discourse of the Lord continued.' So De W. : ' Agreeably to the above command, v. 11 ;' and Ilengst. : ' Thy fear being now re- moved, do what I have enjoined.' ' That is, at the first ; before his senses and spirit were over- powered by the glory. — E. V., v. 20 6is;-IIerd., Mey. Most English verss. follow E. V. in the rendering of il&c; in vv. 19, 20. Of those that do not, Stu., Treg., Kenr., agree with R., Germ., Dt., It., French verss., Beng., Moldenh., All., Hengst., in giving it in both verses as a perfect; Dodd. and Woodh., in both as a present ; Wakef., sawest in v. 19, seest in v. 20. » Hengst. : ' He is to exhibit the inward condition of the seven angels and of the seven churches, as is done in the seven epistles.' Others (Laun., Eichh., Ileinr., Ew., Stu., De W., Barn.) understand by ά ιίαί the interpretation of 5, tlSti, q. d. ' what they signify.' For this, says De W., ' v. 20 and its con- nection with V. 19 are decisive ; ' and so the rest. But as still more decisive against it may be alleged, 1., the opposition be- tween ά iiai and α μίτ-λει γίνεαθαί ; — 2., the embarrassment thrown into the construction by making 5 uSii the subject of iiei and not of μίλΧίί ; — 3., the consideration that the principal object in the vision, the person of the Saviour, is not referred two centuries, or so long as the B. V. has existed, have very often in those instances preferred to employ the term hades, or some periphiastic substitute, such as the i7ivisible world, the invisible state, the state of separation, the mansion of the dead, that, especially, in which the soul exists, while the body is in the grave. There is no dispute aboat this being the ordinary classical, or at least post-Homeric, usage ; and that it was also the Jewish idea in the days of the Apostles is plain from what Josephus says (Bell. 2. 8. 14.) respecting the Sadducees : Ψνχηί ti ΐήν Sia/to«Jv, xai fas χαθ' α,Βον ■ίιμωρίας xai ίψα{ άναίροΰαι, and (Aiit. 6. 14. 2.) of Samuel's soul being called £5 ciSoi), as well as from his formal discourse on this topic. The patristic views may be seen in Pears. Art. 5. ' Neither of these terms' (bisiu and ο.&ηξ), says Knapp (Christ. Theol., trans- lated by '\7oods), ' is used in the scriptures to signify exactly the grave, still less the place of the damned ; nor are they used in this sense by any of the fathers in the first three centuries.' As examples even of a later date, from the Latin and Greek churches, may be cited Ambrose : ' "At^jjs signifioat locum invi- sibilem defunctis praeparatum ' ; and Andreas : "Aihr^i &c ίόχοζ 'η/χίν aftfijji, riyovv αψαντίζ xai ttyrwa-rOj, ύ tas -^νχο,ζ ημίάν εντενθΕν ίχίημονβα{ δίχόμιΐ'ος. Of the many English writers, again, who employ hades as an English word, for which we have now no suitable counterpart of Latin or Saxon origin, may be named Hamm. (see note on Matt. 11 : 2-3), Lightf. (who defines it: the place and state of all souls departed), Jer. Taylor (' The word li^aSov' in the Creed '.signifies indefinitely the state of separation, whether blessed or accursed ; it means only the in- visible place.'), Howe (see Discourse on our text. ' Hades . . . the unseen world . . . we, with a debasing limitation, and, as I doubt not will appear, very unreasonably, do render hell.'), D.aub., "Whist, (in his translation of .Josephus), "Wesl., Campb., Till.. Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Treg., Kell., Barn. Very many others, who do not retain the word, understand it here in the same sense ; as Fr. S. (da lieu invisible) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bez., Par., Vitr., (inferorum ;-for the Vulg. inferni), Castal., Eichh., Ileinr., Ew.. (orci), Grot., Ros., (status post mortem. See also Grot.'s note on Luke 10 : 23.), Beng. (does not change Luth.'s Uolle, but explains ' the mild [glimpfliche] Greek word,' for which it stands, as denoting 'generally the state of the dead, as to the soul, whether they have gone thither in peace or under wrath.'), Lowm. (separate stale of departed soids), Dodd. (the unseen world), Thom. (the mansion of the dead), Scott, Mey. (Schat- tenreich), Stolz, Gerl., (Todtenreich), Kist. ( Unterreich), De W. ( Unterwelt), &c. ; while it is rendered the grave, das Grab, in the English Ann. (as one meaning), Moldenh., Wakef., Newc. (whose marginal note is: ' Gr. Hades, q. d. the invisible state.'), Clarke, Jones, Penn, Lord, &c.,-Pas. (orcus,sepulcrum, Satanas), Leigh (see his statement), Suic. (locus inferorum, inferi, sepulcrum, orcus), Schleus. (here and ch. 20 : 13, 14 : ' orcus, die Unterwelt, das Schattcnreich, das Reich der Tod- ten.'), Bretseh. (' orcus. inferna, i. e. locus subterraneus, tene- bricosus et tristis in infimis locis terrae positus, in quern ani- mae post mortem omnes descendere, ibique inclusae teueri puta- bantur, quern vere seriores Judaei in paradisum et gehennam [vid. Luc. 16 : 23.] diviserant.' He excepts Rev. G : 8, there personifying hades into dominus inferorum.), Wahl (in his general statement, and on Rev. : 8, agrees with Bretsch., but thinks that in Matt. 11 : 23 the word means ivfima, and in Matt. 16: 18 and Luke 16: 23, ' ex metonym. totius pro parte,' hell.), Rob. ('in later Gr. writers put for Pluto's domain, the infernal regions, Hades, Orcus, the abode of the dead.' He explains the Jewish usage as answering to this, and leaves the reader to infer that the same general sense is found also in the Nejv Testament, though in that connection he says no more than that ' in N. T. α,&ηί is represented as a dreary prison with gates and bars.' He personifies Hades in 1 Cor. 15:55; Rev. 6: 8; 20: 13, 14; and considers it 'put in antithesis with ό oipawis for the lowest depths, Matt. 11 : 23 ; Luke 10 : 15. Once meton. the abyss of Hades, Gehenna, Luke 10: 23.'), Schirl. (im X. T. das Todlenreich, der Aufenthalt der Todten vor dem jiingsten Gerichte, Ofters das Bild der Vernichtung und Zerstorung.'). The reading -toi βανά-του xoj, tov abov, of A. B. C. 'a 24. β 6. y 8. Compl. Verss.,' is adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be followed : of death and of hades. The first is the door, or inlet, to the second. 8S REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; 20 The mysteiy of the seven stars which thou sawest in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches : and the seven candle- sticks which thou sawest are the seven churches. CHAP. II. Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write : These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walk- GREEK TEXT. I elai, Koi a /xe'AAet γίνεσθαί μβτα ταντα• 20 το μυστηρων των ίτττα άστίρων ών etSe? eVt τψ Septus μου, KOL τα9 ίπτα λνχρίαί τας χρυσίχί. οΐ ίπτα άστερε?, άγγβλοί των ΐτττα Εκκλησιών elar και αι βΤΓτα λνχνίαι ά? etSey, ετττα e/c- κλησίαί βίσι. CHAP. II. ΤΏ άγγβλω τψ 'Έφβσίν7]9 ίκκλησίαί γράψον, TaSe Aeyet ό κρατών TOVS ε'τττά aaTepas Jv r^ Ltars in his right hand, ''he that REVISED VERSION. which are, and the things which shall "Όοπιβ to pass <^after these ; 20 The mystery of the seven stars ■'wliicli thou sawest ''on my right liand, and "those seven golden Hamp-stands. The seven stars are the angels of tlie seven churches ; and ^the seven "lamp- stands which thou sawest are ■"seven churches. CHAP. II. Unto the angel of the =Ephe• sian church write : These thing; saith he that holdeth the seven » See 2 Pet. 1 : 20, N. w, and comp. E. V., ch. 1 : 1. W., R., (be done). T., C, (be falflled), G. (come) ;— Vulg. (fieri), Germ, verss. (geschehm), Dt. (geschieden), French verss. (ar- river) ;-Erasm., Xat, Cocc, Hoog. ad Vig., (use fieri), Ilamm. (as G.), Vitr. (eventura), Guyse, EII. (happen), Stu., Kenr.. (take place), Treg. ' E. v., Luke 5 : 27 ; 10 : 1 ; &c. ;-W. (after these things), R. ;-Latin verss., except Castal. and Vitr., (post ha-ec), Syr., Dt. (na dezen), Fr. S. (apres celles-ci) ;-Hanim., Wells, Ell., Kell., (after tliem) , Wesl. (at ch. 9 : 12 : as fV.), MoUlenh., Herd., Mey., Stolz, Goss., De W., (tiach diesem), Woodh., Lord, Barn, (as iV.). ■^ For Cjy, Bang., Lachm., Treg., Words., read ovi (' A. C. 8. 12. 46. 80**. 88. Er.') John's ϊρ ty 8f|iot avtov at v. 10 suggests the idea of in his power, at his absolute disposal, or in the shadow of his hand (Is. 51 : 16) ; whereas the Saviour's own t!ti f^s δίξια; μον (for which Lachin. alone substitutes iv ty όίξια ^ov) = resting on me, upheld by me. In ch. 2: 1 ip fj biiid recurs as more suitable to the xparui», and the authorita- tive message. It. (sopr-a), Fr. S. (snr) ;-C'occ. (super), Clarke, Stu., Treg., Words., Barn., (upon), Sharpe (at), Hengst. (auf) ;-Wahl (at/f), Rob. (' on or ire the hollow of &c.). See ch. 2 : 17, N. u ; 5 : 1, N. a ; &c. ' See V. 5, N. r, &c. Brightm. (in the last clause), Vitr. (ilia), "Wakef. (these ;-having rendered ίΙΒις, seest.). ' See V. 12, N. c, &c. ^ Instead of at inta ■Κνχνίαί, ' A. B. 0. α 9. β 4. γ 6.' read αί ΧνχνΙαί αΐ srtia; and the words aj tlbti are wanting in Ά. B. C. α 21. β 5. 7 6. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I re- commend that these changes, ailopted by all the recent editors, be followed in the version, thus : those seven lamp-stands. For those see N. e, &c. '" W. ;-Germ. ;-Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Stu., De W., Words., Kell., Uengst. In like manner W. ;-Germ. ;-Beng., Wesl., Stu., Words., Ilengst., employ no article in rendering ayyrtot of the preceding clause, while Newc. marks the article in both cases as supplied, and Herd, and Lord orait it only in the former. But, as ' the article can be omitted before a specifying genitive ' (De W.), so whatever we understand by the ayyiXoi, the super- scriptions of the epistles show that there was but one to each church. » Nearly all the Latin verss., that follow this reading, render it Ephesinae. But ii» Έφΐοφ is sustained by A. B. C. ' α 20. β 7. y 9. Vulg. (Syr. Arr.) ίχχτ.. Έ^ία<^ Compl.,' and adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be followed : church in Ephesus. '' E. v., ch. 3: 7;-Latin and German verss. (except Moldenh.) give the second ό as they do the first ;-Dodd., Woodh., Thora., Penn, Stu.. Lord, Kenr., (he who . . . who), Wesl., Newc, (that). to, except incidentally, in the explanatory v. 20 ; — 4., nor were the other ' things that .John had seen — seven lamp-stands, and seven stars in the hand of the Saviour — designed to represent the condition of the seven churches . . . things then actually exi.sting in the seven churches ' (Barn.), but the churches them- selves with their angels ; — and, 5., the fact that the two chap- ters (2. 3.), intervening between the description of what had been seen (vv. 12-10) and the symbolic future (eh. 4. to the end), are occupied with things present. Aret., accordingly, I whom De W. cites as in favour of his view, hesitates between it (' et quae sunt. h. e. typos visionis, et interpretationem prae- ! cipuarum partium.') and the more common reference ("vel, quae I sunt scilicet ad candelabra, h. e. Ecclesias, scribenda.') De W. himself feels the difBculty, but does not solve it by saying, that under α ilSii xai a nat are included, not only ch. 1 : 12-20, but, ' in some measjre as the sequel thereof,' the two subsequent [ chapters also. It is better to regard the latter half of v. 20 as I merely the necessary link between the α εϊ&ε; and the ά ciai. REVELATION. 89 KIXG JAMES VERSIOJi. etli in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks ; 2 I know thy works, and thy labour, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil ; and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not ; and hast found them liars : 3 And hast borne, and hast patience, and for my name's sake hast laboured, and hast not fainted. GREEK TEXT. δΐζιά αύτον, ό πβριττατων eV μίσω των €7Γτα λυχ^νιών των γ^ρυσων 2 018α τα epya σον, και τον κοτΓον σον, και την νττομονην σον, και Ότί ού δννΎ] βαστασαι κακούς, καΐ €7Γ€ΐρασω τονί φασκοντας eivai άττοστολονί καΐ ονκ ίΐσΐ, καΐ €vpe9 avTovs ψβνδίΐί, 3 καΐ ββαστασαί καΙ νττομονην e^fiS", κα). δια το όνομα μον κ€κο- ΤΓίακας καΐ ον κ€κμηκαί. REVISED VERSION. walketh in the midst of "=the seven golden ''lamp-stands : 2 I know thy works, and thy ''toil, and thy patience, and «'that thou canst not bear '^evil men, and s hast tried '"those 'who Jpre- tend to be apostles, and JJthey are not, and hast found them liars, 3 And hast borne, and hast patience, and for my name's sake hast ''toiled, and hast not 'been wearied out."" ' See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. ; and, for lamp-stands, ch. 1 : 12, N. c, &c. ^ For xortos E. V. has weariness at 2 Cor. 11: 27 ; for χοΛον; or -ov Λαρεχειν, always to trouble j-W. {travail) ; Syr. (= Greenf. bas), It. (/aiica) ;-Pisc., ('laborem cum sensu molestiae con- junctum'), Brightm. ('wearying or toilsome labour'), Par. (■ sudore et molestii.s plenum '), Herd., Mey., Goss., Van Ess All., Kist., De W., (Miilte --for Luth.'s Arbeit), Eichh. ([Novi, quid praestiteris]. quibus sub molestiis), Ew. (laborem defa- iig-aJiiei»), Ros. ('laborum, et quidem gravium '), Stu., Kell., Murd., Barn, (trouble) ;-Pas. (labor molesms), Pass. (Anstreng- ung, schwere Arbeit), and the other lexicons. " W., R. ;- foreign verss.;- Brightm., Daub, and the later English (except Words.). ' W., R. ;-Latin verss. (malos), Syr., German verss. (die Busen ;-De W. and Ilengst. omit the article.), Dt. (de kwaden), It. (i malvagi), French verss. (les mechants) ;-Brightm., Wesl., AVakef. ('the wicked''), Woodh., Clarke, Sharpe, Lord (t/ie w. ;-and so Murd., Kcnr.). ^ E. v., V. 3;-T., C, G., R.;-Germ., It.;-Daub., Beng., Moldenb.. Herd., Wakef., Thorn., Stu., Hengst. The comma also, which in the original edition of E. V. stood at the end of the preceding clause, is more favourable to this rapid enumera- tion of particulars than the semicolon, or colon (Amer. Bible Soc.'s late revision), of subsequent editions. For irtufdau, says Bloomf., trtf (.'paiaj has been ' adopted by the recent editors on the strongest authority of MSS.' (' A. B. C. α 26. β 6. y 8. Compl.'). >> See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b. Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Penn, Stu., Treg., Kenr. ' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ' In the other three instances of the occurrence of ^a ττρωτην άώηκα^. 5 μνημονβυί ουν TTooev e/cTrcTT- 5 Remember therefore from wlience thou art fallen, and re- ^^/cay, km μβτανοησορ, και τα pent, and do the first works; - >r / = ^\ or else I will come unto thee,':/''»™ fP^" ^'^'^T'^^" ? '' /'''' quickly, and will remove thy [ερχοΜαί σοί ταχυ,^ και κινήσω candlestick out of his place, ex- την Χυγιήαν σου ί /c του τόπου αυτψ, iav μη μ^τανοηστβΫ. 6 '^λλά τοΰτο εχεί?, otl μισβΐς τα ί'ργα των Νικολάίτων, α κάγω μισώ. 7 Ό βχων ούί άκουσατω τι το Πνεύμα Xeyei τοις ΙκκΧησ'ιαίί• cept thou repent G But this thou hast, that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolai- tanes, which I also hate. 7 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches ; To him that - W., R. ;-foreign verss.,-Brightra., Wesl., Wakei'., Woodh., I'hoiii.. Clarke, Shai-pe, Lord, Murd. {yel), Kenr. ■' The object is not anj'tliing to be supplied, but the clause. Oti xfK. — Vulg., German verss., TJt., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat.. Brightm., Hamm., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Wesl, Woodli., Clarke, Kenr. Sev- eral supply this ; Lord, \t. Pagn. introduced allqidd. ρ All the verss. referred to in N. o, and others ;-Rob., &.C. 1 The word ajarttjv here denotes not the object of love, but the emotion itself. See Matt. 24 : 12. — Aret. (' άφίΐ]μ.ί idem est, quod remitto, indulgeo, laxo.'), Engl. Ann. (hast abated somewhat &c.), Grot, (multum remisisti), Hamm. (j-emitled), Daub. (' not quite forsaken, but remitted and moderated &c.'). B. and L. {cles relache de), Dodd. (' Inst the zeal and fervour of), Wakef., Bloomf. (-lit. let go [parted wilhj), Barn, ('remitted, or let down') ;-Leigh (ίο abate of the fervency of &c.), Wahl (■ich lasse iiach, viiniis iutendo [ut chordam, habenas]'). Green (to relax•, suffer to become less intense). ■■ See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. The commending grace of the Saviour shines (as again in v. 6) even in His rebuke. ' That signal and by me well remembered first love of thine'; which is thus also brought into sharper contrast with the declension that followed. Comp. v. 19, N. c. — Grot., Ros., (■ illam adeo ferventem'), Bierm. (litam illam primam). • This yVom might stand for the tx in composition, which Bloomf., however, brackets as ' most probably, or certainly, an interpolation.' Matlh. says that it comes from Andreas. The other reading, nintuxai (A. B. C. 'a 21. β 6. y 6.'), is marked by Beng. as ' inprimis consideratu dignam, aequalem lectioni REVISED VERSION. 4 "But I have ° against thee, I'that thou hast «let go 'thy first love. 5 Remember therefore ^frorn whence thou 'hast I'alleu, and repent, and do the first works ; "but if not, I " come luito thee "quickly, and will remove thy "^lamp-stand out of '"its place, ''unless thou repent. 6 But this thou hast, that thou hatest the ^works of the ^Nicolaitans, which I also hate. 7 He that hath an ear, let hira hear what the Spirit saith unto tlie churches : To him that textus ;' is said by Bloomf. to rest ' on very strong external authoiity, confirmed by internal evidence ;' and is adopted by all the other recent editors. I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, tlie word from be omitted. Brightm., Dodd. and Thorn, (from what), Wakef., Newc, A\Oodh., Clarke, Sharpe, Stu., Loid, Treg., JNIurd.. Kenr. t AV. ;-Brightm., Thom., Penn, Stu.. Lord, Treg., Murd. " See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r and E. Ύ., John 14 : 2 ;-R. ;-Vulg. (sin autem), Syr., German verss. (wo [aber^ nicht), Dt. (en zoo 7iiet), It. (se non). Fr. S. (si nan) ;-Erasm.. Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., Vitr., Eichh., (sin minus), Brightm., Wesl., Wakef., (if not), Cocc. (sinvero), Bierm. (si autem non), Stu., Lord. Slurd. (or if not) ;-Vig. ('communiter verti debet, sin minus.''), &c. ' See ch. 1 : 4, N. o, &c. W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Bierm., Vitr.. Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef. (am coining ;-and so Woodh., Treg.), Mey., Van Ess. Kist., Goss., Lord, De W., lienr., Dav. Mey.. Lachm., Tisch., cancel the ■ία.χύ ('A. C. Vulg. [not Harl.] Copt. Aeth.'). " See ch. 1 : 12, N. c, itc. — For its, see Hamm. and later verss. (excei)t Words.). » R. ;-Dodd., We.sl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu. and Kenr. (at v. 22), Lord. y See 2 .John 11, N. i. E. V., 19 times in this book, out of 22 ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Penn, Lord. Barn. Jlost other ver.ss. use the same word as in vv. 2, 5. ' The name is so spelled in the original edition of E. V. ;-'!'., C, G. ;-niost of the modern verss., and the Amcr. Bible Soc.'s revi.sed edition. sake, and hast not become weary. For this rendering of *f*ort. | ic.), Berl. Bib. (ermattet), Beng., Moldenh., De W., Hengst., (ίχοΛ.) in this reading, I refer to E. V., John 4: C (being \ (miide [ge-']worden), Woodh. (been w. out), Mey., Van Ess, u-eaii'ec/) ;-Vulg. defecisti), Syr. (= Greenf. H'^sb? ;-for which (ermuden), Sharpe (art weary), Stu. (art w. out), Treg. (hast Murd. has fainted ; but De D., fatigatus es.) ;-Brightm. (been ] been w.) ;-lexicons generally. REVELATION. 91 KING JAMES VERSION. overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of Grod. 8 And unto the angel of tlie church in Smyrna, write ; These things saith the first and the last, which was dead, and is alive ; 9 I know thy works, and trib- ulation, and povei-ty, (but thou art rich,) and I know the blas- GREEK TEXT. Τω νίκωντί δώσω αντω φαγΐΐν e'/c του ζνλον τηί (,ωηί, ο Ιστιν Ιν μίσω τον τταραδβίσου του θ€θΰ. 8 Και τω άγγίλω τη? βκκλη- σίας Σμυρναίων γράψον, Ta8e Xiyei 6 -πρώτο? καΙ 6 έσχατος, by lyiviTO νβκρος• καΙ βζησ€ν• 9 Οίδα σου τα βργα καΐ την θλΌ\ην καΐ την πτω-χ^ίίαν ττλον- σ-£0? 8e el• καΐ την βλασφημίαν REVISED VERSION. overcometh, "to him will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in "the midst of the paradise of " God. S And unto the angel of the church ""of the Smyrneans write : These things saith the first and the last, ''who was dead, and •'lived : 9 I know ''thy works, and trib- ulation, and poverty ^ (but thou art licli), and s the ''railing 'of " • And to none other.' The advantage, in point of distinct- ness and emphasis (Rob.), of thi.s use of αΰτ•ό{, is sometimes preserved by E. Ύ. (v. 26; ch. 1: G; JIatt. 12. 36; &c.) and sometimes, as here, it is lost (Matt. 25: 29, itc). John 15: 2 is an example of both methods. In the present instance ανϊφ is translated apart fiom, and after, tcj, vix., by Syr., German and French verss., Dt. ;-Cocc., Vitr., Daub., Matth., WooOh. ; and so by Stu. at v. 17. • Instead of μΕίφ ιοί TtapaSct'ootJ. the readinsr ϋ^ τϊαραδίίβφ (' Α. Β. C. α 20. β 6. y 6. ΎηΧξ,. Aeth. Syr. Slav. MS.') is adopt- ed by all the recent editors, except Bloomf, who yet acknowl- edges that the authority for it is ' very strong,' and, while he marks μίαι^ as ' most probably, or certainhj, an interpolation,' is singular in connecting it with ■ea ;(αραδ{ΐ5αι — an arrangement, in favour of which he cites no evidence except what he calls, without explaining his meaning, the 'internal.' I recommend that the now generally received text be followed : in the par- adise. >■ The addition of μον after ©foi (' B. α 26. β 5. y 7. Compl. Yulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr Erp. Slav. MS.') is edited by Beng., Matth., Griesb., Mey., Knapp, Sch., Words., Tisch. I recom- mend that the words, of my God, be set in the margin as the reading of many copies. Comp. ch. 3 : 2, N. g. " G. {of the Smyrnians) ;-the Latin verss. that followed this reading (Smyrnaeorum), Brightm. But the reading, ίν 'ΣμΰρΐΎ; ([Α. h Σμνρνηζ], Β. C. ' α28. β 7. y 8. Corapl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.'), is adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be followed : in Smyrna. ■5 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. " The Speaker, in asserting the fact, intimates also the spon- taneous power, of His own resurrection ; Acts 2 : 24. Comp. Rom. 14 : 9 ; especially according to the reading of nearly all the recent editors, ατίίθανε xai ϊζηαιν. Stu.: 'The shade of meaning as well as the expression, in our text, assigns both the death and the return to life to the past time.' — Germ, {ist le- bendig geworden), Dt. {\weder\ levend is geworden), It. (e tomato in vita), Fr. G.,-M., (est retourne en vie), Fr. S. (a re- pris la vie) ;-Vat. (via^it ;-addiug the note : ' vel, vitas redditus est, aut revixit.'), Castal., Cocc, Grot., Bierm., (revixit). Par. {rixit;~hwt errs in supposing it to express a life in death.). Daub. {•ϊζτ,υίν is put for u.viζr,aίv■,^-ΆwΛ so Moklenh., Ros.), Bcng., Hengst., {as Germ.), Wakef. {came to life again). Newc. {'lived agam'), Stu. {revived), Lord {has rev.), Treg. {hath lived). See ch. 13: 14 (E. V. and N. w); 20: 4; John 11: 25. Comp. the frequent use of η;π, as in 1 Kings 17 : 22 ; Job 14 : 14. The inquiry of .Job in this' place (where B. Λ'', supplies again) was answered in John 11 : 25, and the answer is now confirmed by the resurrection-life of the Lord himself. ' Beng., Lachm., Treg.. Tisch., cancel the words ta I'pya xai ('A.C. 19.47. Vulg. Copt. Aeth '), and for τίΧούα. δε all the re- cent editors substitute άλλα Tt-Koia. (Ά. B. C. α 28. β 8. y 9. Compl.'). To this verse the Araer. Bible Soc. has applied the rule of omitting parentheses not inserted by the Translators, where ' they only mar the beauty of the page, without adding any thing to the perspicuity,' or where ' they have the force of com- mentary ;' the former consideration being that which probably governed the decision in this instance. But the exquisite beauty of the gracious unrfcrtone is thus impaired, if not destroyed. Nearly all editions and verss. have the parenthesis. The Soc.'s insertion of a semicolon after rich, in place of the comma of the original and many subsequent editions, serves merely to favour the superfluous supplement of the next clause. There is not even a comma in G. ;-Pagn., Oastal., Par., Cocc, Herd., Mey., Words., Hengst. ;-or in the Greek text of Hahn, Theile. ^ The verb is not repeated in any foreign version, nor by Brightm., Daub., Wesl., Wakef., or any later English version (except Penn, Treg.). >■ Against, not God (Wahl, Rob.) but, the angel ; as is clear from the reference and design of the whole verse. See 2 Pet. 2 : 10, N. e.— E. V., Ephes. 4:31; 1 Tim. 6:4; Jude 9 ;-Pro- testant German verss. {Lastenmg ;-the Vulg. and its followers using a verb), Dt. {lastering), Fr. S. {paroles ofenscmtes) ;- Hamm. {co7itumely). Grot., Ros., {maledicta gravissima), Cocc. ' est calumnia ilia, &c.'), Ramb. {coiivitia, quibrts proscinderis), Wesl. {reviling), Eichh. {maledicentiam et criminationes), Thom. {slander). Sharpe {evil speaking). Stu. (in the Comment. : ' defamatory accusations'), Lord (fcdse accusation), Murd., Kenr. I 93 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. phemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but arc the synagogue of Satan. 10 Fear none of those things which thou slialt sufler. Behohl, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, tliat ye may be tried ; and ye shall have tribulation ten days. Be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a ciOwn of life. 11 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; He that over- cometh, shall not be hurt of the second death. 12 And to the angel of the church in Pergamos write ; These things saith he wdiicli hath the sharp sword with two edges ; GREEK TEXT. των Χΐγοντων Ιουδαίους eivai ίαυτονί, καΐ ουκ elalu, άλλα συναγωγή του Σατανά. 10 ΛΙηδ^ν φοβοΰ α μελλεί? ττάσγβίν. Ιδου /^ε'λλεί βαλίΐν (ξ υμών Ό διάβολος ety φυλακην, Ίνα 7Γ€ΐρασθητ€• καΊ e^ere θλίψιν ημβρων δβκα. γίνου πιστοί άχρι θανάτου, κα\ δώσω σοι τον στ€- φανον της ζωής. 11 Ό βχων ούς άκουσατω τι το ΤΙνβΰμα λΐ'γει ταΐς ίκκλησίαις Ο νικών ού μη άδικηθτ] εκ του θανάτου του δευτέρου. 1 2 Ιναι τω άγγελω της εν Περγάμω εκκλησίας γραψον, Τάδε λέγει ό έχων την ρομφαίαν την δίστομον την οςεΐαν REVISED VERSION. •ithose J'who say Jthat they are .Jews, and Jthey are not, but "^ the synagogue of Satan. 10 Fear 'not at all "the things which thou slialt sutler. Behold, the devil shall "cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried ; and ye shall have "a tribulation ° of ten days. "Be iidthful unto death, and I will give thee Pthe crown of life. 11 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith ' unto the churches : He that over- cometh, shall inot be hurt "iby the second death. 12 And ■'unto the angel of the church in Pergamos write : These things saith he ^who hath 'the "two-edged sharp sword : J For those, see v. 2, N. h, &c. ; — for ιοΛο, see 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f; — for the insertion of that, see v. 2, N. j ; — for the inser- tion of they, see v. 2, N. j j. k Syr. ;-Castal., Bez., Par., Cocc, Bierin., Vilr., Beng., WesL, Stu., Lord, Do W., Words. 1 For μη&ίν, Lachm., Trog., Words., Hengst., read μή (' A. Β. C. 8. 49. Aeth.'). The former, if retained, is to be construed ad- verbially, as often both in classical Greek and the N. Ϊ. E. V., the older verss.. and some others, follow the 7iihil horum of the Vulg. — Fr. S. (we . . .nulkment) ;-Wakef., Stu. Castal., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Daub., B. and L., Beng., Herd., Thorn., Mey., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, treat ^ujjSfV as an adv. " Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Castal., Cocc, Bierm.. Vitr.. {quae), Daub., Wakef., Thoin., Lord, (what), Beng., De W., Hengst. (was), Dodd, Greonf. (ΐώχ-ΓΧ), Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Trcg., Murd. ■■ For βα^ίϊν, Sell., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., read βctλλί^^ ('A. C. ο 8. β 2. y 3.'). The Greek genitive is not used in- dependently to express duration. Dt., It. (has no article), Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Er.ism. and subsequent Latin verss. (change die- bus of the Vulg. to dierum). More (the affliction of), Daub. (affliction of). Berl. Bib., Wakef (a distress of) ;-Schleus., Bretsch., Wahl, Rob. The reading ■ημίραζ (' Β. α 17. β 5. y 5.') is edited by Beng., Matth., Words. " Though no change is here required in the translation of the imperative, this is not to be considered an exception to the gen- eral use of yiVojuai (.see 2 Pet. 1 : 20, N. w). It is rather one of its best illustrations. This angel had been, and was, faithful ; but he had not become, or sho2cn himself (Cocc. praesta te), faith- ful unto death. See ch. 3 : 2, N. c. For the omission of ihuu, see T., C, G. ;-foreign verss.;-Daub.. Wakef, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. ρ Ε. v., James 1 : 12 ;-G., R.;-foreign vcr.ss. ;-More, Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Till., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr. 1 For oi μr,. see ch. 3: 12, N. j;— for bij, see 2 Pet. 2: 19, N. 1. ■■ E. v., in five out of the seven superscriptions ;-Treg. W., R., Dodd. and the later verss., have to throughout. In the present instance of minute variation, E. V. follows T., C, G. • So the original edition of E. V. ; and see 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. ' See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o. acutum ilium). " For the order, see ch. 1 : 16, N. q. 11, N. Bez., Par., Vitr., (ilium ancipitem, (art slandered), Barn, ('reproaches; harsh and bitter revil- ings') ;-SchOttg., Bretsch. ' The reading ix των λεγόιίων (' Α. Β. C. α 21. β 5. γ 0. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Slav. MSS.') is adopted by all the recent editors, Bloomf. excepted, though he too now says of it, that it ' rests on very strong external authority, confirmed by internal evidence. It is a peculiarly Hellenistic idiom for ajto, on the part of I recommend that this reading be followed, and that ex be rendered as by Bloomf. Let it also be observed, that this reading favours the construction of r^r βλα.ιφ. with οοί (the railing- against thee ; and hence the periphrasis of the Vulg.i blasphemaris ab), and confirms what has been said above of the propriety of the parenthesis, and the impropriety of the supplement. EEVELATION. 93 KIXG JAMES VERSION. 13 I know thy works, and where thou dwellest, even where Satan's seat is : and thou holdest fast my name, and hast not de- nied my faith, even in those days wherein Autipas ivas my faithful martjT, who was shiin among you, where Satan dwelleth. 14 But I have a few things against tliee, because thou hast there them that hokl the doctrine GREEK TEXT. 13 Ο'ώα τα έργα σου και ττοΰ κατοικβίί, οττον ό θρόνος του Σα- τανά, και κρατ€Ϊΐ το όνομα μου, και ουκ ηρνησω την τηστιν μου και ev Tois ijpepais ev als Λντιττας ό μαρτυί μου ό ττιστοί, ο? άπβκ- τανθη Trap ύμΐν, οττου κατοικεί ό Σατανάί. 14 ^λλ €χω κατά σοΰ ολίγα, OTL 6^€£$• €κεί κρατούνται την REVISED VERSION. 13 I know "thy works, and where thou dwellest, " wliere "Is "the "throne of Satan ; and thou '"holdest my name, and ''didst not deny my faith even in >the days Avhereiu ^was Antipas "that faith- fid ''witness of mine, who was ""killed among you, where Satan dwelleth. 14 But I haA'e ^ against thee a few things ; 'that thou hast there %ome that hold the doc- ^ Beng., Mey.. Lachm., Treg., Tisch., cancel the words to. ipyo 501) xai. on the authority of" A. C. 38. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Slav jNISS.' Comp. V. 9, N. f. For the omission οι even, see W.. R.;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. (except Mey.). Fr. S. ;-Erasm.. \a.t.. Castal.. Cocc, Bierm., Yitr., AVcsl.. >Yakef.. Sharpe. Lord. Kenr. In the same clause, the verb is introduced as above by It., French verss. ;-Cocc., Titr.. Penn, Kenr. : and the Greek or- der of the substantives is retained by W., R.;-Latin verss. (ex- cept Castal.). Syr., Dt., It., French verss. :-Daub., Beiig.. Dodd. and later English verss. (except Sharpe, .Stu.. Words.). Greenf.. All., De W. For throne, comp. John 12: 31; 14: 30; 10:11; Eph. 2 : 2 ; 6 : 12 ; &c. (■ High on a throne of royal state . . . Satan exalted sat.' Milton. P. L. ii. 1, 5.) E. V. 54 times out of 61 ;-G. (the other verss. of this class follow the Vulg. serfes) ;-Syr. (= Greenf. nBb), Dt., Fr. S. ;-Pagn. and later Latin verss. (Castal. solium). Brightm., Engl. Ann. ("or. thr.'). Hamm., Daub, and later English verss. (except Word.-;.), B. and L.. Beng. and later German verss. (except Hengst.). See ch. 4 : 4, X. m. " E. v., frequently ; see especially w. 1, 14, 15 ; Mark 7 : 3, 4,8; Col. 2: 19; 2 Thess. 2: 15 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. (use tenere; except that Bez. at last substituted retinere). German verss., except Moldenh. and Mey., (haltst [an]), Dt. (hoiidl);- Sharpe and Kenr. (at ch. 3 : 11), Lord. * W. (deniedst) ;-Wakef., Newc^. Penn, Lord (wouldst not deny), De W. {rerleu^netest). ? The demonstrative is not in Tulg. Am.. German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Aret., Cocc, Bierm., Wesl.. Matth., Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Stu,, Lord, Treg, (marks those as supplied). See N. z. ' The omission of ψ (Moldenh. would supply ίμαρΐνρτ^βι or oix ^ρντ^αατα. The latter supplement is suggested also by Eichh.; whose notion, however, about the ellipsis betraying intense grief [srarissimi doloris]. the utterance of the Speaker being inter- rupted by a deep-drawn sigh [suspi/iuni e.v imo pectore duc- tum}. is utterly unsuitable and profane,), the form ό μάρΐνς μου ο Tiiatii, and the main purpose of the address, which is to de- termine the character, not of Antipas, but of the angel, favour the construction by apposition, q. d. • in the days of Ant.. my &c.' And such is the construction of the Vulg., Ant. testis mens fidelis (as explained by W., R. ;-All., Kist., Kenr.), and other foreign verss. ;- Grot., Wakef.. Woodh., Treg. Of these verss. a few follow the reading adopted by Mey., Lachm., Treg., which omits the words h olj, on the authority of Ά, C, Vulg. M.S. .4?», Harl. Copt.;' very man}- disregard the oj, so making 'Air. the immediate subject οι αΛ(χτάι•θ-η ; Cocc, Bierm., Hengst., following the received text, supply no verb to 'Avt. '■ The Speaker, as it were, lingers on the recolleciion. See V. 4, N. r and 1 John 2: 7. N. o,.&c. — T., C, (af.w. of mine) ;- Syr. (following the reading, ό Λιατόί μου. of Ά. C. 14. 92.', now preferred by Treg., = De D. ille testis mens, ille fidelis mens, though compressed by Murd. into, myf. U'.);-Pagn., Bez., Par., {martyr ille meusfid.), Castal. {fidus ille t.meus), Vitr. (t. ille mens fid.) » In 3 instances (Acts 22 : 20 ; Rev. 2:13; 17 : C), out of 34, E. V. has martyr; Bez. having sought to justify the change oi testis (Vulg.. Erasra., Vat.. Castal.) to martyr (Pagn.. Par.) on the ground of an alleged ' communis usus, ut Martyres pe- culiariter dicantur, qui non oris modo confessione, sed etiam suo sanguine Christi doctrinam sanciverunt,' But this usage belongs to a later time than the X. T,, where it may be doubted whether in a single case μάρτνί be equivalent to Blutzeuge — the eccle- siastical μά(ι-ίνφ. Subsequent Latin verss., accordingly, here restore testis, as Wes!., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf,, Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr., do the witness of W., T., C, R. Syr. (as in Matt. 26 : 60), German verss. (Zeuge), Dt. (getuige). It. {testimonio), Fr. S. (iimo»i);-B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Greenf. (is). ' E. v., 55 times out of 75, and in this book 11 times out of 15 ;-Lord (put to death), Treg. See ch. 9 ; 15, N. m. ^ The Greek order is retained by W.. R.;-Latin verss., Syr., Fr. S.;-Woodh., Herd., Mey., AIL, De W. ' See V. 4, N, p. Here the oti, bracketed by Treg,, is can- celled by Lachm, and Tisch. (' C. Am. Tol. Harl* Copt. Syr.'). ' Not rovj xfatovvtai- The diffeience is variously provided for, in W. (inen holding) ;-Latin and German verss. (All. Ei- nige), Syr,, Dt., It. (di quelli), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., {en as Ιά);~ Β. and L. {des gens), Wakef., Xewc, (such as), Bloomf., Stu., Words. 94 REVELATION. KING JAMBS VERSION.• of Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumbling-block before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to com- mit fornication. 15 So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate. 16 Repent ; or else I will come unto thee quicklj-, and will fight against them with tJie swoi'd of my mouth. 17 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches : To him that overcometli will I give to eat of the liidden manna, and will GREEK TEXT. ΒιΒαγτην Βαλααμ, os βδίδασκβν τω Βαλακ βαΧβΐν ακαρδαΧον ίνωτΓίον των υιών Ισραήλ, φαγβίν ίΐδωλοθυτα καΐ τφρνίΰσαι. 15 οΰτωί ϊχ(ί5 και συ κρα- τοΰντας την δίδαχΐ]ν των Νικο- λαϊτών Ό μισώ. 1G Μετανοήσαν el δβ μη, ίρ'χομαί σοι ταχύ, και ττολίμησω μ€Τ αυτών ev τη ρομφαία του στοματοί μου. 17 C^ €•χων ούζ άκουσατω τι το Πνίΰμα λβγει ταΐί ΙκκΧησιαις• Τω νικώντι δώσω αύτω φαγίΐν άτΓΟ τοΰ μάννα του κβκρυμμβνου. REVISED VERSION. tiine of Balaam, who taught ^for Balak to cast a stumbling-block before the children of Israel, to eat ""idol-sacrifices and ' commit fornication. 15 So J'thou also hast 'some that hold the doctrine of 'the 'Nicolaitans, ""which thing I hate. 16 Repent ° ; "Init if not, I Pcome unto thee quickh^ and will fight iwitli them with the sword of my mouth. 17 He that hath an ear, let hini hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches : To him that overcometh, ^to him will I give *to eat of 'tliat hidden manna. ^ B. V. answers to the reading of the Received Text; as usually given, thv Βαλ., for wliich tlie reading of our Text has been sub- stituted by all the recent editors, except Matth., on the authority of Λ. C. II.' Erasm. and Mill had h τφ Βαλ. (' 18. 92**.'), in the matter or history of B. (T., C: in B.). Against the common understanding of t^ 'Box. as a Hebraism (Heinr., De W., &c.) for t'ov Βαλ. it m.ay be objected, 1., that this construc- tion is exceptional also in HiOiren-, though Deut. 33 : 10 and IIo.s. 10: 12 show that llcngst. errs in calling Job 21 : 22 the 'only exception'; — 2., that it is without example elsewhere, in the Sept. or the N. Ϊ.; John himself connecting hihaaxa with the accusative of the person taught in v. 20 of this chapter, thrice in his 1st epistle (ch. 2: 27), and 5 times in the gospel ; — 3., that tlic ;\Iosaic narrative does not intimate that this counsel of Balaam was addressed personally to Balak, but imjilies. as llcngst. thinks, the contrary ; .see Numb. 24 : 25 ; 31 : 16 ; — and. 4., that tlic dalimis commodi is of peculiarly frequent occurrence in the original story ; see Numb. 22 : 6 ; &c. Accordingly, the ■f9 Βαλ. here has been so taken by Grot. (' docuit Madianilas in usum ct ad precos Balaci regis.'), Beng. {dem Bid. zu lieb). Moldeuh. {dem Bal. zu gnl), Storr (in gratiam BuL). Van Ess {zu Gunsten Bal.). Ilengst. {J'tir den B.). Stu. allows that this • makes a good sense,' and ' is not a strained exegesis.' Mod- ern verss. generally, and the Amer. Bible Soc, have restored the 0. T. form of the name. See ch. 7 : 6, N. o. ii German verss. {dcr Gotzen Opfer, or more frequently, Golzenopjh•), Dt. (afg-odemffer) --Βκτνα. {idolothytd), Wakef., Greenf. (qi^-31"'X: which in E. V. is always Jezebel. The latter form is, accordingly, introduced by E. Y. in this the only place where the name occurs in the N. T., instead of the Sept. and Vulg. orthography, adopted by the previous English verss. I recom- mend that the example of E. V. be followed. See ch. 7 : 6, N. o. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. The reading ^ λί- yovea (Ά. C) is adopted by all the recent editors, except Matth. and Words., who prefer ij λίγα (" Β. α 26. β C. y 5. Compl,'). Neither change would ail'eit the version. 96 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. bel, wliich calleth herself a pro- phetess, to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornica- tion, and to eat tilings sacrificed unto idols. 21 And I gave her space to repent of her fornication, and she repented not. 22 Behold, I will cast her into a bed, and them tliat commit adultery with her into great trib- ulation, except they repent of their deeds. GREEK TEXT. την λΐγουσαν βαντην προφητιν, δίδασκβίν και. Ίτλανασθαι e^ovs δούλους, iropvedaaL και εϊδωλό- θυτα φαγύν. 21 Και ίδωκα αυττ) γ^ρονον \να μβτανοηστ] e'/c της iropveias αύτης, και ου μ€Τ€νο7]σ€ΐ'. 22 ιδού ϊγω βάλλω αύτην ety κλινην, και τους μοι^βυοντας μίτ αυτής (Ις θλίψιν μίγαλην, lav μη μίτανοησωσιν e'/c των Κργων αυτών^ REVISED VERSION. calleth herself a prophetess, Jto teach and J'deceive my servants to commit fornication and '' eat 'idol-sacrifices. 21 And I gave her "time "that she might repent °of lier forni- cation, and she Prepented not. 22 Behold, , "'hold till I come. 26 And he that overcometh. ' The Greek order is preserved by R. ;-foreign verss. (except It., Fr. G.,-M. -S.) ;-Woodh.. Murd. y Newc.'s by the pestilence and Stn.'s by deadly disease not only weaken, but unwarrantably restrict, the Hebraism, which rather includes whatever is deadly. See ch. 6 : 8, N. o. ' ' I, whom so many in them despise and dishonour.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. For who, see 2 Pet. 2:11, N. f. ■ The universality of the prerogative is strengthened by the omission of the article ; g. d. ' even hearts, all hearts.' W. ;- Syr.;-Beng., Herd., Thorn., Mey., Greenf., All., Stier. De >V., Murd. Yv'akef. and Newc. use the article before each noun (as do also It.. French verss., Stu.). but in both cases as a supple- ment. ' For νμΰιν ixaat■ On the authority of A. B. C. 'a 19. β 7. y 6. Compl.', the to is cancelled by all the recent editors, except Bloonif., who brackets it as being ' considered, with some probability, an in- terpolation.' In the Supp. also, he says that the other reading rests 'on very strong external authority,' but adds: 'yet in- ternal evidence is in favour of the word, and the use here of the article would be very suitable, considering that Όνομα here de- notes, not name, i. e. appellation, but attribute, what is ascribed to a person or thing as a quality. And such is the sense of the term in Herodot. iii. 8 [80], oiro^a navtuv ζάλλιβϊοΐ' ΐχιι, iaovo- μίψ.'' Evidently, however, in Herodot. the 7iame is used for the thing, which is, therefore, put in apposition with it; whereas it is not the attribute or quality, to wit, life, that is ascribed to the angel, but the name of it, and this concession is instantly followed by a denial that he had aught beyond the name, that is, the credit, reputation ; or a personal name (such as Zosimus, Vitalis, &c.) that might 'be derived from life' (Beng.) ; or the name of Christ, the Prince of life (Gerl.), or the ' significant ofBcial name' (Hengst.), either of which carried with it a presumption, that whosoever bore it must be ' alive unto God.' There being thus no internal evidence whatever to oppose to the external, I recommend that the version stand as E. V. : a name. ' See ch. 2 : 10, N. o, &c. Castal. {praesla te), Cocc. (e.riste), Beng., Gerl., De W., Hengst., {werde), Scott (become). The Syr., Grell., Ew., Greenf., and several of the Germ, verss., as Moldenh., Herd., Mey., (De W. in 1839), &c., translate by the imperative of the main verb ; = awake. "" Woodh., Lord. The circumlocution by means of a relative and finite verb is avoided by W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Hamm., Wakef., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. ' Except Beng. ('ίμιΜ,ίν), and Matth. (ί'^ίλλί? άτίοβάλλειν. Β. and man}' cursive MSS. The Compl. has fftrtfj.), all the recent editors give ΐμιλλον (' A. C. 12. 28. 34. 35. 36. 38. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Erp.' I recommend that this reading be followed : were ready ; that is, ' when I interposed.' f See 1 John 1 : 4, N. q. E. V., Matt. 3 : 15 ; Acts 14 : 26 ; 2 Cor. 10 : 6 ;-W., R., (full) -.-Latin verss., except Casta!., (plena), Dt. (iOZ;-marg. vervult), Fr. S. (accomp/ies) ;-Hamm., Beng. (erfullet), Dodd., Clarke, (filed up), Sharpe, Lord (per- fectly performed), Kell. (filled), Kenr. (as W.). ^ All the recent editors add μου afier ©foi, on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 27. β 7. 7 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp.' I recommend that this reading be followed: my God. Comp. ch. 2 : 7, N. b. ^ See Jude 1, N. g. While in this book the word occurs 11 times, and, except in this instance, is always in E. V. to keep, nowhere else is it, as here, to hold fast ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. ([ob-]serva), Syr. (as in Matt. 19 : 17), Dt. (bewaar), It. (serva), French verss. (use garder) ;-Beng., All., De W., Hengst., (be- wahre), Wakef., Newc, Treg. (obse-rve -,-Ά-αά so Murd., Kenr.), Words. Of these and other verss. many follow Bez. in render- ing the preceding Λω? by a compound relative (quae) and here supplying a demonstrative (ilia). ' The present is employed by E. V. for the aor. subj. with i6.v μή, ch. 2 : 5, 22 ; &c. ; and here by W., R. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-Guyse. Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Mey.. All., Penn, De W., Kenr. 1 E. v., last clause ;-Dodd., Woodh. Most others have the same form of the preposition in both cases. See ch. 10 : 2, N. g. This first ini at is bracketed by Knapp, Treg., and cancelled by Lachm., Tisch., on the authority of ' A. C. 12. 28. Vulg. MS. Harl.* Tol. Copt. Arm. Slav. MSS.' For the em- phatic ov jiw;, see v. 12, N. j. 100 REVELATION. KIIVG JAMES VERSION. 4 Tliou hast a few names even in Sardis wliich have not defiled their garments ; and they shall walk with me in white : for they are worthy. 5 He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment ; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name be- fore my Father, and before his angels. G He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churclies. 7 And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write ; These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, lie that hath the key of David, he that open- eth, and no man shutteth ; and shutteth, and no man openeth : 8 I know thy works : behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it : for thou hast a little strength. CfREEK TEXT. 4 ' Εγβίί ολίγα ονόματα kou iu Σάρδεσιν, a ουκ (.μόλυναν τα ιμάτια αυτών καΐ ττίριτνατησονσι μβτ βμοΰ ev λβυκοΐί, οτι αξιοί (Ισιν. 5 Ό νικών, ούτοί ΊΤ€ριβαλ(ΐ- ται ev Ίματίοΐζ λΐυκοΐί• καΙ ου μη βζαλίίψω το όνομα αυτού Ικ τη9 βίβλου της ζοοης, και ϊ^υμο- λογησομαι το όνομα αυτού Ινω- ΤΓίον τού ττατρος μου καΐ ΐνωττιον τών αγγέλων αυτού. 6 Ο ίχων οΰ? ακουσατω τι το Πνεύμα λβγβι ταΐί €κκλησίαις. 7 Acct τω άγγβλω τηί iv Φι- λαδΐλφβία (κκλησίαί γράψον, Ta8e Aeyet ό ayios, ό αληθινοί, 6 (χ^ων την κλείδα τού ΑαβΙδ, ό ανοιγων και ουδβΐί κλεκι, καΐ κλε/εί κα\ ούδίΐί avoiyer 8 ΟΙδα σου τα epya• 18ου δε- δωκα (νωτΓίον σου θυραν aveco- γμ€νην, και ούδίΐς δύναται κλίΐσαι αύτην Ότι μικράν ϊχ€ΐ9 δυναμιν, REVISED VERSION. 4 '' Thou hast a few names 'even in Sardis, which have not defiled their garments ; and they shall walk with me in Λvhite : for they are worthy. δ He that overcometh, "'the same shall be clothed in white "'garments ; and I will "not blot out his name "trom rhe book of life, "and "I will confess his name before my Father, and before his ancrels. 6 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churclies. 7 And "unto the angel of the church in Philadelphia write : These things saith he that is liol}', he that is true, he that hath the "key of DaΛ'id, he that open- eth and no Pone shutteth, and ihe shutteth and no Pone openeth : 8 I know thy works : behold, I have ■'given before thee an "opened door, 'and no 'one can j shut it ; for thou hast a little ^ All the recent editors commence the verse with αλλ' (Tisch. άλλα), on the authority of A. B. C. Ό 28. β 5. Conipl. Tulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this read- ing be adopted : Bui. 1 All the recent editors omit χαι, on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 28. β 6. y 4. Corapl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recom- mend that this reading be followed : names in S. " For oirci, Lachm. and Treg. read oiruj (' A. C. α 15. β 2. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Ar. P.'). For garments, see E. Y.. i V. 4, and 29 tmics elsewliere ;-R.;-Penn, Sharpc, Stu. (vestments), \ Lord. Treg. Several have clothes or robes. For oi μή, see j V. 12;N.J. ■■ For from, see W. ;-Dodd., Wakef. and Lord (who also omit the first out). Newc, Woodh., Penn, Stu., Murd., Kenr. R.;- More, Wesl.. Sym., Thom., Sharpe, Kell., omit the first out. For and, see 1 John 2 : 20, N. j, &c. For ϊξομο7.ο•γΐ;αομαί, all the recent editors have ό/ίολογ^5ω (A. B. C. ' α 20. β 7. y 3. Compl.'). " See ch. 2: 12, N. r. For χ•κιΐ&α, all the recent editors have χί,ιΐν (A. B. C. ' α 25. β 3. Compl.'). ρ 'Nohand whatever, of man orange!.' See ch. 5 : 3, N. e and 1 John4: 12, N.y. — Foreignverss.generally;-Howe, Wesl., Newc. Thorn.. Scholef. at v. 8, (7io7ie), Wells, Wakef., Woodh., Penn (?!0 one . . . none), Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. Among the other va- rieties in the reading of this verse, on which MSS. and editions are divided, A. B. C. and 38 cursive MSS., for the first χλη'ίΐ. have χλείβΕΐ (Matth.. Lachm.. Treg., Words., Tisch.) ; B. and 30 cur- sive MSS., for orotyft, have ojoi'lit (Matth., Words., Tisch.). 1 See ch. 1 : G, N. y, &c. ' A word rather of grace, than of power ; the latter being specially implied in άνίαγμίι•);ι•. — W. (gave), R. ;-Yulg., Syr., Germ., Dt.;-Erasm., Vat., Aiet., Ilamm., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr.. Daub., Beng., Wesl., Grcenf, Lord, De W., Ilengst, Kenr. (Pagn. introduced propositi; T., set.). ' 'Opened in the e.xercise of my official prerogative' (v. 7). Comp. Acts 7:56. I recommend that avf^ft. be always rend- ered as a participle. — The participial form is preserved by W., R., (a door opened) ;-T)t.;-Bcrl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Woodh., Greenf.. Kist., Lord and Words, (as U'.), De W. Others (Fr. C.-M.j Heinr., All.) make biSuxa uifGjy/t. = I have opened. ' All the recent editors have rjv instead otxai, on the authority of A. B. C. Ό 28. β 8. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and in con- nection with the Hebraistic addition, avrijv, translated: which. For o)ie, see v. 7. N. p, &c. REVELATION. 101 KING JAMES VERSION. and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name. 9 Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say the}• are Jews, and are not, but do lie ; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. 10 Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, whicli shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. GREEK TEXT. Koi Ιτηρησα^ μου τον λογον, και ουκ ηρνησω το όνομα μου. 9 18ου δίδωμι e'/c τηί συναγω- γηί του Σατανά των λβγοντων βαυτους 'Ιουδαίου? eivai, κα\ ουκ ela)v, άλλα ψίυδονται• Ιδου ποιήσω αύτουί 'ίνα ηξωσι kcu ττροσκυνησωσιν βνωττιον των ττο- δών σου, και γνώσιν οτι €γω ηγαττησα ere. 10 'Οτι €τηρησα9 τον λογον τη? υπομονή? μου, κάγω σ€ τη- ρησω εκ τη? ωρα? του πειρασμού της μβλΧουση? ίρχ€σθαι eVt τη? οίκουμίνη? όλη?, π€ΐρασαι του? κατοικοΰντα? βπι τη? γη?• REVISED VERSION. strength, and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name. 9 Behold, I "give out of the synagogue of Satan, ^those ''who say ''that they are Jews, and ^they are not, but do lie ; behold, I will make them to come and s'do homage before thy feet, and ^ know that ^I have loved thee. 10 Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from ''that hour of "^trial, which sliall come "On the whole world, to try dwell "On the earth. 'those 'who " The Saviour withholds no good thing from His faithful str- vant, but opens the riches of His liberality, to him that hath still giving (comp. ch. 11 : 3, N. i), grace before, now glorj' ; even the necks of his enemies (comp. Josh. 10: 24; Ps. 18: 40; Is. 45: 14; 60: 14.). 'The very synagogue of Satan, whence issues noihing but contempt and threateuings, I give to be, and will yet make, a source' (ix. Comp. the "p of .Judg. 14 : 14) 'of triumph.' It is questionable, whether the promise regards the conversion of some of these deceivers (according to the com- mon understanding, on which mainly rests the partitive con- struction of ix τη; aw. . . . ruv %iy-), and not rather simply the humiliation of them all. — W. (shall give to thee of), R. (will give of) ;-Vulg. (daho de), Syr. (= De D. do e.v). Germ. (icerde geben aus), Dt. (geef [u eeyiigen'] iiit), Fr. S. {[fen~\ donne de) ;-Erasm., Vat., Bierm.. {as Vtdg.), Pagn., Bez., Par.. (pTaebebo eos qui sunt ex), Aret. (do eos qui sunt), Brightm. (give out of), Cocc. (do quosdam ex), Vitr. (do ex), Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh., (gebe aus . . . etliche), B. and L. (m'en vais voiis donner quelques u?is de), Guyse ('will give you victory over'). Dodd. (icitl give those [u-ho ave] of), Wakef. (am giving [thee some] of), AVoodh. (give [unio thee] those of). Thorn, (give thee some of), Greenf. (b ^ηχ [γκτ] = this will 1 give to, or in respect to, the synagogue &c.), All. (will dir etliche geben). Penn (will give [to thee] them of). Lord (give of). Hengst. (gebe aus), Murd. (will give them of), Kenr. (as JR.), Barn. (give). A present tense is used for δίΒιομι by others (as Herd.. Mey.). ' Here *ών %ιγ. stands in apposition with trjs aw. See ch. 2: 1, N. b. For who, see 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. " See ch. 2 : 2, N. j. » See ch. 2 : 2, N. j j, &c. ' For ifjufft, τίροαχννήαααίν, Lachm., Treg., Tisch., have ί-ξοναι, ί<ρο(ΐχνΐ"ήαον(ΐιν (Α. C. and a few cursive MSS.). Our word worship, by which E. V. uniformly render.s nfoaxwiu. is not now in common use to express marks of respect (particularly the oriental ninci'iii [Greenf], bowing down, prostration, mak- ing or doing obeisance. Wherever this last phrase occurs in E. v., the Sept. has «poffxurEio.) paid to our fellow-mon. — Syr. (= Murd. do obeisance), It. (sUnchineranno), Fr. G.,-M., (se prosterner) ;-Castal. (veneratum), Berl Bib. (fussfallig ehren), B. and L. (se jetter), Moldenh., Herd., Mey., (niederf alien), Campb., Alf., &c., (at Matt. 2: 2), Wakef. (pay homage), Ros. (prostenii). All., De W., (fallen), Stu., Lord (fall). Barn. ( fall prostrate) -j-Bretsch., Wahl, Rob. The adorent of the Latin versions answers well to ttpoax. '■ Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Stu., Treg. ; of whom all except Stu. and Treg. omit also the previous to. ' 'I ; although, and all the time that, they have hated thee.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. i* Gr. the hour of the trial. But the dependence of t^s μιτ.- "Κονβη; on ώρα5 is in English more strongly indicated, and the loss of the second article at the same time compensated, by means of the demonstrative. So Wakef. All the modern for- eign verss. express the second article. ' E. v., 1 Pet. 4: 12;- Wells, Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Lord. Most other verss. use a word cognate with the subsequent verb ; e. g. W., T., C, R., Hamm., (tempt- ation . . . tempt). ^ For on, in one or the other or both instances, see R. ;-Xewc., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. See ch. 5, 7, N. a. For the whole, see E. V., ch. 12 : 9 ; 16 : 14 ; &c. ;-R. ;- German verss. (der [c/era] ganzen), Dt. (de g-eA.eeie);-Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kenr. • Seech. 2:22, N.s,&c. 102 REVELATION. KING JAMES \ΈΚ5Ι0Χ. 11 Behold, I come quickly : hold that fast whicli thou hast, that no man take thy crown. 12 Him that o\-ercometh, will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out : and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which conieth down out of heaven from my God : and Iicill write upon him my new name. 13 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. 14 And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the creation of God; GREEK TEXT. 11 I8ov (ρ-χ^ομαι ταγυ• κρατίΐ Ό €χ6ί$•, iVa μ7]δβΙί λάβτ] τον στβ• φανον σου. 12 Ο νικών, ΤΓΟίησω αύτον στυλον iv τω ναω του θεού μου, και βζω ου μη βζβλθϊ] βτι, και γραψοί €7Γ αύτον το όνομα τοΰ θ€οΰ μου, καΐ το όνομα τη9 ττό- λβωί τοΰ θ€θΰ μου, τηί καινηί Ιερουσαλήμ, η καταβαίνουσα βκ τοΰ ουρανού άπο τοΰ θεοΰ μου, και το όνομα μου το καινον. 13 Ο ΐχων οι)? άκουσατω τι το Πνεύμα λέγει ταΐϊ εκκλησίαΐί. 14 ΚαΙ τω άγγελω τη9 εκκλη- σίας Λαοδικε'ων γράψον, Τάδε λέγει ό Άμην, Ό μάρτυς ό ττιστος καΐ αληθινός, η άρχη της κτίσεως τοΰ θεοΰ• KEVISED VERSION. 11 ""Behold, I come quickly: ehold Bwhat thou hast, that no •"one take thy crown. 12 'He that overcometh, I will make 'him a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall Jnever go out more ; and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, "Of Hhe new Jerusalem, wliich ''''descendeth out of heaven from my God, and ' my new name. 13 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. 14 And unto the angel of the church ""of the Laodiceans write : These things saith the Amen, "the faithful and tnie Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God: '' The I'Soi) is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the au- thority of A. B. C. Ό 20. β 6. Comp]. Yulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Syr. Erp. Slav. MS.' I recommend that Behold be omitted. ^ For hold, see ch. 2 : 13, N. w :— for what, see ch. 2 : 25, N. i. '■ See V. 7, N. p, etc. ' Oomp. ch. 2 : 7, N. zz. ' Per ilium hiatum constructionis, lectori quasi oxpendendum relinquitiir, quanti a Deo aestimetur animus masculus, et hostibus spiritualibus superandis intentus' (Kamb.). ' By the construction : He that overcometh. to him, the overcoming, being set free from immediate connection with what follows, stands prominently out, and appears as the indis- pensable condition of participation in the promise' (Hengst. at ch. 2 : 7). Comp. E. V., Prov. 19 : 21 ; 20 : 10, 12; &c.— The force of the absolute nominative is preserved,and the personal pronoun retained in the second clause, by E. V., ch. 2 : 26 ;-R. ; -foreign verss. ;-Brightm., "VVesl., Woodh., Stu. ) W. (ho viore go out), R. {go out no more) ;-It. (pion uscird max piu fiiori), Fr. S. («'en sortira plus jamais) ;-Brightm. {neither shall he go forth any more), Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Thorn., {as JR.), B. and L. {n'e7i sortira jamais), Wakef. {go thence no more), Woodh. {out of it he shall never more depart), Clarke {go no more out for ever), Penn {not go out from [it] any more), Stu. {as fV.), Lord, Treg., {never more go out), Kenr. {not go out any more). But no version combines the terseness and the energy of the Greek emphasis, which carries with it an absolute negation (ov) of the idea, first suggested as it were independently in the ί'|ω, that in any pos- sible contingency {μ-ή) Christ's conqueror should go out ever- more (tVi)• Comp. ch. IS : 7, N. g and 14, N. e. '' Nothing is supplied by W., T., C, R. ;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez., Par. : id est), Syr., Germ, verss., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., AVesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Lee, Kenr. — The article is expressed by W., G. ;-Brightm., Daub, and later English verss., as well as all the foreign ;^the case also, by W. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M.) ;-Xewc., Woodh., Stu., Murd. kk E. v., ch. 21: 10; &c. ;-R. ;-Lord {descends), Treg., Murd. See ch. 10 : 1, N. a. The reading ^ χαταβαίνοναα is substituted by Mill and all the recent editors for ^ χαναβαίνιι of the textus receptus. 1 Nothing is supplied by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, i\Iurd., Kenr. The main emphasis is not on the μοϋ (Thom., Van Ess, Penn: mine ojcn), but on io xaivov. See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o. Syr. (= De D. nomen meum illud novum ;- not, as Murd. : my own new iiame), German verss. {meinen Namen, den neuen). ^ All the recent editors adopt the reading. L• haoSixsia. re- ferred to in the margin of E. V., and sustained by A. B. C. ' α 28. β 9. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recommend that it be followed : in Laodicea. " Seech. 1: 5, N. r, &c. REVELATION. 103 KING JAMES VERSION. 15 I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot : I would thou wert cold or hot. 16 So then, because thou art lukewarm, and neitlier cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth : 17 Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked : 18 I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that GREEK TEXT. 15 Οίδα σον τα ^ργα, on ovre ψνχροί• ei, ovre ζίστοί• οφβλον ψνχροί βίηί, η ζίστοί• 16 οΰτωί ΟΤΙ ^^Xiapos• el, καΐ 0VT6 ψυχροί οντ€ ζεστός, μβλΛω σε ίμίσαί βκ τον στόματος μον. 17 οτί Aeyets", Otl ττλουσιοί ίίμι, /cat ΤΓβττλοντηκα, καΐ ονδβ- νος ■χ^ρβιαν ίχοο, και ουκ οίδαί otl συ ei ό ταλαίπωρος κα\ iXeeivof, καΐ ΤΓτωγρς καΐ τνφλος καΐ γνμνος. 18 σνμβονλίυω σοί άγορασαι Trap Ιμον γρνσων ττβττνρωμένον REVISED VERSION. 15 I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot : I would thou °wert cold or hot. 16 "So, because thou art luke- warm, and neither cold nor hot, I Pam about to Pvomit thee out of my mouth.'' 17 Because thou sayest : I am rich, and ''have become rich, and have need of nothing ; and know- est not that Hhou art Hhe wretched and "2>itiable one, and poor, and blind, and naked ; 18 I counsel thee to buy of me gold ^purified *by fire, that " For ilrji, all the recent editors have ^5 (' C. α 23. β 7. y 2. Compl.'). Nowhere else does E. \., in rendering οντ•ω{, in- troduce then (comp. Rom. 1:15; Heb. 6 : 15) ;-nor is there anything for this addition in Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Beng., Wesl., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, De W., Treg. (thus), Murd. Many follow Vulg. Sed quia. Newc. marks then as supplied. ρ For a?» about, see E. V., eh. 10 : 4 (comp. ch. 3:2); Acts 3:3; 18 : 14; 20: 3 ; Heb. 8 : 5 ;-Syr., Fr. S. (vais) ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Cocc, Vitr., (futurum est, tit), Brightm. (it will come to pass that), Wakef. (am going), Newc. (will soon). Woodli., Thorn., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd. The Vulg. has incipiam. For vomit see R. ;-Latin verss. (use the verb, evomo). It. (vomitero), French verss. (use the verb, vomir) ;- Stu., Murd., Kenr. Comp. Milton (Of Reformation in Eng- land) : • That queazy temper of lukewarmness. that gives a vomit to God himself.' Others quite unnecessarily soften the expression into cast (W.;-Dodd., Newc, Lord), 7iauseate (Woodh.), spit (Shaipe). 1 This punctuation, lately adopted by the Amer. Bible See, sets off V. 17 as the protasis to v. 18. Hengst.'s objections, that 'so long a sentence does not suit the excitement proper to the discourse here. And this sort of periodical diction is in general little adapted to the Hebraistic style of the Apocalypse,' are not valid. The structure of Prov. 1 : 24r-31 (vv. 29, 30 being sim- ilarly connected with v. 31,) is a sufBcient answer to both. On the other hand, the construction which Hengst. adopts, and which makes v. 17 the ground of the charge in v. 15, is too in- tricate, while it also breaks up a parallelism of equal solemnity and force. ■■ He prides himself, not only in his present prosperous con- dition, but also in the course of conduct that has so resulted. That the second clause is nothing more than a Hebraistic repe- tition of the first for the sake of emphasis (Daub., Stu., Hengst., Barn.) is not proved by Hos. 12: 9 (8), to which Hengst. ap- peals as decisive. For, even though Tilira be taken as equi- valent to the Sept. ΛεΛλοντΊ^χο (Ε. V. / am become rich ; Hengst. ich bin reich geworden ; &c.), and not to Λλοιί^ω; ύμι (Luth. ich bin reich; ic), it is still true, that what immediately follows : 1^1 i^x ^nxs•: (Ε.Λ'. / have found me out substance), has special reference to the personal skill, by which Ephraira claims to have secured these advantages. Conip. Ezek. 28 : 4, 5. — R. (enriched) ;-Vulg. (locupletatus), Syr. (=: I)e D. ditatus sum), Dt. (verrijkt geworden). It. (sono airichito), Fr. S. {mes richesses se sont accrues) ;-Erasm. and subsequent Latin verss. (as De D.), Daub., Woodh., Newc, Penn, ([α?ϊΐ] grown wealthy), Bcrl. Bib., Gerl., (bin reich geworden), Beng., De W., Hengst., (habe mich bereichert). Dodd., Wesl., (have enr. myself). Wakef., Thom., ([am] become leealthy), Stu. (have become w.), Lord, Barn., (am enr.), Treg. {have become enr.), Kenr. (have grown w.) For oiSii /ός in the next clause, Lachm., Treg., Tisch., have oi&ev ('A. C. 12.'). • 'Thou, the boaster; thou thyself, and not that neighbour whom thou dost secretly despise.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. — Latin verss., using a finite verb, express the pronominal subject; Beng. and Treg. indicate the emphasis by the way in which they print the pronoun ; Stolz (selbst). ' ' All the distinction thou hast among thy brethren, lies in quite the opposite direction.' — It. (quel) ;-Grot. (' idque in summo gradu, quod indicat appositus articulus.'). Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., Herd., Goss., Mej'., Bloomf, De W., Hengst., Treg., Words. All the recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf., insert ό also before i^teivof (A. B. 'a 17. β 3. Compl.'), and Beng., Stolz, Treg., De W., Words., translate accordingly. I recommend that this reading be adopted : the pitiable. " Ά fit object of pity ; not, as thou dost vainly fancy, of ad- miration and envy.' — Brightm., Daub., (pitiful), Hamm. (pit- eoiis), Grot., Ros., ('ut omnium misericordiam commovere de- beas.'), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Lord, Bloomf., Barn. ' See ch. 1 : 15, N. n. Germ, (durchldutert), It. (affinato);- Hamm., Treg., (refined), B. and L. (purifie), Beng., Hengst., 104 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. thou mayest be rich ; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eye- salve, that thou mayest see. 19 As many as I love, I re- buke and chasten : be zealous therefore, and repent. ϋΟ Behold, I stand at the door, and knock : If any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. 21 To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, GREEK TEXT. e/c TTvpoi, Iva ττΧουτησης, και Ιμάτια λ^νκα, 'ίνα ττίριβάλτ], και μη φανίρωθττ} η αΙσχυνη τηί γυμ- νότητας σον καΐ κολΧουριον ey- χρισον τους οφθαλμούί σον, Ινα βλίτΓτΐί. 19 €γω οσουί eav φιλώ, e'Aey- χω κα\ τταιδξνω• ζηλωσον ουν και μετανοήσαν. 20 1 8ου (στηκα eVt την θυραν και κρούω• lav τΐί άκουση της φωνηΐ μου, καΙ avoi^rj την θύραν, ίίσβλενσαμαι ττροί αύταν, καΐ δβι- ττνησω μβτ αυταυ, και αυτοί μ€Τ Ιμου. 21 Ο νικών, δώσω αυτω κα- θισαι μ€Τ epov ev τω θρονω μου, ώ? κάγω ίνίκησα, και Ικαθισα REVISED VERSION. thou mayest be rich ; and white ^garments, that thou mayest >clothe thyself, and ' the shame of thy nakedness "not be mani- fested ; and "anoint thine eves with eye-salve, that thou mayest see. 19 "Ί, as many as I love, I rebuke and chasten : ''be zealous, therefore, and repent. 20 Behold, I stand at the door, and knock : if any "^one hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. 21 "Ήο that overcometh, I will 'give unto him to sit ^down with me ein my throne, '' as I also • See T. 5, N. m. ' Πίριβόλι; is translated as a middle verb by all the German verss. (except Moldenh.), B. and L., Wakef., Greenf. (laabn), Stu. » Nothing is supplied by Syr., German verss., Dt., It. ;-Cocc., Vitr., Wesl., Wakef., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Kenr. ' ' In the day of manifestation.' Comp. Mark 4 : 22 ; 1 Cor. 4: 5; &c. ; and see 1 .John 2: 28, N. y, &c.— Germ, {nichl of- fenbar werJe), Dt. (niet geopenhaard worth). Fr. S. {ne suit ■pas manifesLee) ;-Boz. (changed appareal of previous verss. and of his own previous editions to manifeslafiat ;-and so Cocc, Vitr.), Beng., Gerl., Hengst., (ra. offenbaret werde), Moldenh., Mey., All., De W., (as Germ.), Penn (;nof be made manifest). Trog. {may not he manifested). For tyxpinov in the next clause, all the recent editors read ί^χρίπαί or -Γσαι (A. 0. and 6 cursive MSB.), except Matth. and Bloomf, who give ίνα ίγχρίαγι (^^ cursive MSS. B. has iVa ίγχρίαίΐ.). ^ See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. ' Such is my way of dealing with those / love;' so dilferent from the Laodicean self-tlattery. Thus graciously also docs the Lord seek to save His servant from misinterpreting the severity of the previous address, as wtll as to enkindle the zeal of reformation. The emphasis of the f'yii belongs to the statement as a whole, not, as Treg. marks it, exclusively to the latter clause For frxueoi• Matth. Mey., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Tisch., Theile, read ?ι;λίχΐΕ (A. B. C. •a 17. β 4 γ 1.'). ' See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c. " See V. 12, N. i, &c. ' E. v., ch. 2: 7, 17, 2G, 28 ; Matt. 20: 2.3, &c. (in this book alone ΒίΒωμι is found 57 times, and only here and ch. 19 : 8 is it in E. V. to grant) ;-W., R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Stu., Lord, Treg., JIurd., Kenr. '' E. v., in the last clause ; and often elsewhere ;-Dodd. ^ The German, French, and modern English ver.'^s. (except Treg. and Words.), translate tV ici epov as if it were ixi toi θρόνου. But the mvariable occurrence of Uie latter phrase in the same connection elsewhere (13 times in this book. In Matt. 19 : 28, E.V. renders it once improperly, in the throne.) is .sufficient reason, besides the iv ftf'a^ roi βρόΐΌν of ch. 4 : G ; .5 : C, for pre- serving the present peculiarity. Nor, even according to English idiom, is the expression of E. V. ' a strange kind of language,' as Sym. alleges, but may be regarded as more strongly indi- cative of rest, security, and fulness of possession. (Comp. Shakspere, 3 Henry I'J. i. 1 : ' Shall I stand, and thou sit in my throne V and iv. 3 : ' See him seated in the regal throne ;' kc.) I- See ch. 2 : 27, N. v, &c. (as Germ.), Wesl., Herd, {gelautert ;-and so Mey., All., De W.) Newc, Woodh., Greenf. (ηίΐ^}, Penn, Lord, Kenr. " Or, Old of 'That ex never stands for iv is certain' (Win.). Here it is taken to denote the means, by Germ., It., French verss. ;-Pagn., Casta!., Bez., Aret., Brightm., Par., Haram., Grot., Vitr., Wolf., Beng., Wakef., Ew., Penn, Stu., Lord, De W. (though he allows the other sense), Hengst., Kenr. ;-Bret."ch., AVahl, Rob. : — the source, by Syr. (= De D. e.r), Dt. ;-Erasm., Vat, Cocc, Bierm., (ex), Treg. (from). REVELATION. 105 KING JAMES VERSION. and am set down with my Fa- ther in his throne. 22 He that hath an ear, let him liear what the Spirit saith unto the churclies. CHAP. IV. After this I looked, and be- hold, a door was opened in heaven : and the first voice which I heard, was as it were of a trum- GREEK TEXT. μ€τα τον irarpos μου ev τω θρονω αυτόν. 22 Ό ίγων ου? άκουσατω tl το ΊΤνβΰμα Xeyet τα?? 4κκλησίαΐί. CHAP. IV. ΜΕΤΑ ταΰτα elSou, και Ιδου θνρα ηνβωγμίνη ev τω ουρανω, καΐ ή φωνή ή πρώτη, ην ηκονσα ώ? σαλτΓίγγοί λαλονσηί μ€τ REVISED VERSION. overcame, and 'sat down with my Father ^in his throne. 22 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. CHAP. IV. After "these things I ''saw, and behold a door "= set open in heaven, and ""that first voice, which I heard '' as of a trumpet ' E. v., Matt. 13 : 48 ; Luke 4 : 20 ; &c. ;-W. (^sat), T., C, R., (have sitlen) ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., {con- sef/;';-for the Vulg. sedi), AVesl. (in connection with, have over- come), Lord {as >!'.), Treg. {Iiare taken my seat), Murd. G.;- Pagn., Bvz.. Par., Wakef., Neivc, Thorn., use the present : sit, sedeo, am sitting. Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., have am seated. ' All ihat he had seen and heard, up to this point. — E. V., ch. 7 : 1 ; 18 : 1 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G., -M., -S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Par., Daub., Dodd., We.sl., Newc, Woodh., Till., Allw., Stu., Lord (omitting things), Treg., Kenr., Barn. ^ 'More lit.,' says Stu., ^ I perceived ; βλετίω more appro- priately means to look. Yet the sense here seems evidently to require an e.xpression, which indicates the action of looking in order to perceive.' It may rather be said, that this idea of active, inquisitive curiosity is excluded, and that less b3• the word used than by the whole .=!pirit of the occasion. The thing asserted is, the continued exercise of the power of ecstatic vision, as in the Hebrew njm ιηΐϊΐ (Greenf.'s phrase here). — W. ;- Latin verss. (CT'di;-except Castal., who also omits χαί ιδού: ani- ■niadverti), German verss. {sake ;-except Moldenh., hatte ein Gesicht). Dt. {zag), It. (vidi) ;-Hamm., Daub. ('John uses it [eZSov] upon a fresh sight of some matter somewhat different from the former, as a mere transition.'), B. and L. (but omitting xai, iSov : vis), Dodd., WesL, Treg., Barn. ° The construction is the same as that of fiafi with an absolute noun, the noun being sometimes, as here, accompanied by a par- ticiple (so Greenf. here), and merely points, as it were, directly at the object in question. Comp. ch. 6: 2, 5, 8 ; &c. — The sub- stantive verb is not supplied by R. ;-Vulg., Syr., It., Fr. S. ;- Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Till., Mey., Stu.. Lord, Treg., Words. ; and of these the following also translate ψιψγμ. (Beng., Matth., Griesb., Sch., Lachm., Bloomf., Words. : άνιψγμ.) not as an adjective (T., C, G., R. ;-Newt., Herd., Wakef, Mey., Bloomf, Ell.), but as a participle, suggest- ing that the door, instead of being accidentally open, or always open, had now been opened for a special purpose : Daub., Bong., Wesl., Till, {set o^)e?i ;-which obviates the ambiguity in, a door opened.), Stu., Lord. Treg.. Words. See ch. 10: 2, N. d. "^ See ch. 1: 5, N. r, &c. E. V. assumes that the voice is called the first, in reference to other voices that followed ; and this interpretation Barn, defends as ' the most obvious and probable,' while he allows that 'it is certainly possible that the Greek would admit of the construction indicated above. But, 1., John had as yet no reason to expect that other voices were to follow ; — 2., that some unknown voice sounded like a trumpet, is something by no means so suitable to form the main thought, as that the person, by whom John was now to be introduced to the heavenly region, was none other than lie, on whose glory he had already gazed, and whose names of majesty and power had been proclaimed in his hearing. The trumpet-voice (ch. 1 : 10) was the means of this identification ; — 3., the easiest and most natural, and therefore, in connection with the preceding remarks, the only admissible construction is that, which, dis- pen,sing with the necessity of supplying the copula, brings η ψωνη . . . λί'γονσα, by means of xai, into the same dependence, in which SiJpa ήνΐ(ι>γμίνη stands, on the iiov. Comp. ch. 6 : 2, and Matt. 3: 17. — This reference of {; τίρώίη appears distinctly (often by translating rjxmea as a pluperfect,) in Syr. (=: vo.v prima ilia), German verss. (except All.), Dt., It. (ancora qiiella), Fr. G.,-M. ;-Castal. (ro.vque ilia pr.), Bez., Par., Engl. Ann. (' Or, and the former voice''), Grot., Cocc, Ros., (ilia), Wells, Vitr., Daub., B. and L., Dodd., Wesl., Eichh., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Till., Allw., Bloomf, Ell., Stu., Lord, Kell. The copula is not supplied before ώί, by G.;-foreign verss.;- Wells, Daub., AVesI., Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe, Bloomf, Stu., Lord. Nothing is supplied before λίγουσα (or, according to A. B. 'a 20. β 4.' and all the recent editors, λίγων) by G., R.;-Latin verss., Dt., It., Fr. G. and -M. ([me] dit), Fr. S. ;-Wells, Daub., B. and L. {as Fr. G.), Beng. and later German verss. (except Hengst.), Wesl., Wakef, Newc. and Words, (have and as a supplement), Woodh., Thom., Allw.. Greenf, Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. : and, of these. R. ;-Vulg., It., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Daub., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr., also retain the participial form. For as, see ch. 2 : 18, N. z. E. V., ch. 1 : 10 ; &c. ;-W. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Till., Allw., Penn ('as thaV), Sharpe, Bloomf, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. See ch. 6 : 1, N. d. 14 106 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. pet talking with me ; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be here- after. 2 And immediately I was in the Spirit : and behold, a throne was set ill heaven, and one sat on the throne. 3 And he that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone : and ihei-c ivas a rainbow round about the throne in sight like unto an emerald. 4 And round about the throne were four and twenty seats ; and upon the seats I saw four and GREEK TEXT. ξμοΰ, λέγουσα. Αναβα ώδε, kou δίίζω σοί α δβΐ yeveaOai μίτά ταΰτα. \ 2 Καϊ evdews βγΐνομην iv] ττνίνματι• και 18ου θρόνος ϊ'κίίτο eV τω ουρανω, και eVt τον θρόνου καθημβνο^' 3 καΐ ο καθημ€νθ9 ήν ομοίος ορα(Γ€ί XtOcp ιαοΊτώί καΙ σαρδίνω• καΐ ίρΐί κνκλοθβν του θρόνου ομοιοί opaaeL σμαραγδίνω. 4 ΚαΙ κυκλοθβν του θρόνου θρόνοι ί'ικοσι καΐ τβσσαρβξ• /cat eVi Tovs θρονουί βίδον τούί βίκοσι REVISED VERSION. ^speaking with me, ''sajnng : Come up hither, and I vdll shew thee things which must be *^after these. 2 And immediately I was ^iu the Spirit : and, behold, a throne ^had been set in heaven ; and •■on the throne 'one Jsat ; 3 And he that sat was "Ίη ap- pearance like a jasper and a sardine stone ; and there was a rainbow round about the throne, ■Ίη ajipearance like ' an emerald. 4 And round about the throne ivei-e "'four and twenty "thrones ; and upon the "thrones "I saw ' B. v., ch. 1: 12 and generally elsewhere ;-'W., R. ;-foreign verss. (as in ch. 1 : 12) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn.. Till., Penn, Bloomf., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. Seech. 17: 1. N. c. (Conip. Shakspere, Macbeih, v. 6 : ' Make all our trump- ets speak ;' and jNIilton, Hymn on the Nativity : ' The trumpet spake not to the armed throng.') f See ch. 1 : 19, N. c. ^ For the expression in the Spirit, see ch. 17 : 3, N. m. ' Besides its simple .signification, this verb [χΰμαί. Hie] must also be regarded as a Perfect Passive oi τίθημι' (Buttm.); and in this view ϊχίίμτ^ν becomes a pluperfect. Comp. John 2:0; 19 : 29 ; 20 : 12 (E. V. had ίαίη).— Latin verss., except Casta!., (use the plup. pass, of pono), Dt. (er was een froon gezet) ;- Castal., B. and L., Till., Greenf., Lord, Words., (render txn-to by a perf. part, pass.), Brightm. {there was a throne set), j\Iol- denh., Herd., Mey., Van Ess., All., Goss., De W., (stand), Hengst. (/a^,--the word denoting, he thinks, that the throne rested on the Cherubim). *' This order is retained by the Latin iind German verss., Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Woodh., Sharpe, Treg., Kenr. Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read ira, τον θρόνον (Α. Β. 'α 20.' β 5.'). ' See ch. 1 : 1.3, Ν. c. 1 The participial form is retained by very many ; but often at the expense of the resonance in v. 3. * Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Sym., AVakef. (appeared . . . with [the] appearance), Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn (to sight . . .in sight), Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. (like the app.), Kenr. (in sight), Barn. ;-Rob., Green (appearance, aspect). — The preceding ψ is cancelled by all the recent editors (except Mey., Knapp, Hahn, Theile), on the authority of A. B. and 7 cursive MSS. ; and for the subsequent aapiiV^, all (except Bloomf.) reail σαρδι'φ (A. B. 'a 26. β G. y 3. Compl.' Some of these have aaf&dif.). ' E. v., in the first clause ; and sec ch. 1 : 13, N. d. ■" Excepting Matth. and Bloomf., all the recent editors cancel the'xaJ before ΐίαα. (bis) on the authority of A. B. ' α 12. β 5 Compl. xh.' Er. (and several MSS.).' Bloomf. inconsistently brackets only the first χα,ί, as being ' absent from most of the best MSS. and probably from the margin.' The evidence is the same in both cases. I recommend that the now generally re- ceived reading be adopted, and that in both cases tlx. τίαα. he translated: twenty-four. Beng., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Hahn, Theile, write tlie two numbers in one: (ίχοβίΐίαα. Lachm. fol- lows A. : ^pororj Ηχοΰΐ tf σσαραί* xai ϊλΙ ΐονζ ΐίχοοί -Γίσσαραί θρόνοι)} Λρεδβ. χΐ%. See ch. 5 : 8, Ν. e. " See ch. 2: 13, Ν. v. The injurious variation in rendering θρόνοζ in this verse began with some of the old verss., as Vulg. (sedis . . . sedilia . . . thronos ;-W., R. : seat . . . [small] seats . . . thrones) and Syr. But the spirit, which may have led to it, (avowed apparently by Vat. : ' diversa voce usi sumus propter evidentiam.') of cautious limitation in describing the ' eternal glory' of the redeemed, is quite foreign to Scripture. In the promises and disclosures of this book especially, they are even set forth as the αννθ^ονοί &iui. — yArwHiS or a derivative is employed throughout by Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Bez., Brightm., Par., Hamm. and later English verss. (except Words.), Oocc, Vitr., B. and L., Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Gerl., De W. ; and many others at least observe uniformity. " All the recent editors reject ilSov on the authority of A. B. ' α 20. β 3. Er. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, but, in order to mark the change of construction, would leave / saw in italics, as a supplement, extracted from the Lbm of v. 2. See Win. § 64. 3. 1. The tovi following is also cancelled by all the recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf., on the authority of 'A. α 11. Er.' and the ancient verss. already cited in this note. I recommend that, in accordance with tliis reading, the word the be omitted. REVELATION. 107 KING JAMES VEHSION. twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment ; and they had on their heads crowns of gold. 5 And out of the throne pro- ceeded lightnings, and thunder- ings, and voices. And th:rc were seven lamps of fire burning be- fore the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God. 6 And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal : And in the midst of the throne, and round about the GREEK TEXT. και τβσσαραί ττρ^σβυτβρονς κα- θημβνονς, ΤΓβριβίβλημβνονς iv Ίματίοΐί XevKOLg• και €σχοι> εττι τα? κβφαλάί αυτών στίψανον! χρνσοΰί. 5 ΚαΙ 6Κ του θρόνου €κτο- ρίΰονταί άστρατταΐ καΐ βρόντου καΐ ψωναί- καΐ eVra λαμτταδεί ττυ- pos KaLopevaL Ινωττιον του θρόνου, αϊ ΐίσι τα €τττα ττνβυματα τυϋ θβοΰ• 6 κα\ ΐνωτηον του θρόνου θά- λασσα υαλίνη, όμοια κρνσταλλω. Kai iv μ^σω του θρόνου καΐ κύ- κλω του θρόνου τίσσαρα ζώα γί- REVISED VERSION. "the four and twenty elders sit- ting, clothed in white Pgai-ments ; and ithey had "iupon their heads ■■golden crowns. 5 And out of the throne ^pro- ceed lightnings and 'thunders and voices; and there "are seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven ^Spirits of God ;™ 6 And before the throne ^ a ^glassy sea like ^ crystal ; and in the midst of the throne, and ^around the throne, '•" four ''living ρ See ch. 3 : 5, N. m. 1 All the recent editors cancel the ΐαχον, on the authority of ' A. α 28. β 8. Compl. Er. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.,' except Bloomf., who marks it as 'most probably, or cer- tainly, an interpolation,' adding in ihe Supp. that -internal evi- dence is quite against it, though external authority is not strong.' I recommend that it be omitted, and that eti^wovi be construed as 7tp£(j3vffpovs, without, however, repeating the supplement: and upon their head^ •αί xai β^ονία-ί (A. B. 'a 23. p 6. y 2. Compl.'-to which might have been added, of the old verss., at least the Vulg., Syr. ^ De D. vo.v tonitriium, and Ar.), except Bloomf., who says that, while the change rests on ' strong external authoritj' . . . internal evidence seems rather in favour of the other order. But this needs explanation, which is not given. See ch. 11 : 19. I recommend that the transposition be made : voices and thunders. For ihunders, see E. V., 6 times out of 10 in this book ;-R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thom., Scott, Stu. (voices of thunder), Lord, Murd., Kenr., Barn. ;-Rob., Green. " Here, as in w. 3, 4, the time of the verbal supplement is best determined by that of the finite verb immediately pre- ceding. — All the Latin verss. (except Par., stabant), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Herd., Woodh., Greenf., Words., supply nothing. Berl. Bib., Wesl., De W., Hengst., translate xaio^ivM as a present finite verb. Oomp. γ. 7, Ν. b. ' Here also the Amer. Bible Soc. has removed the capital let- ter. Comp. ch. 3 : 1, N. a, &c. " The semicolon at the end of v. 5 preserves the continuity of what pertains especially to ' the throne,' and saves the necessity of multiplying supplements in v. 6. — These supplements are avoided by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm.. Vat., Cocc, Daub., Herd., Woodh., Greenf., Treg.. Words., Hengst. Many others have only the first; Stu. and Murd., only the second. All the recent editors insert ύ? before βάλοσβα, on the authority of A. B. ' 28. β 6. y 2. Compl. Ύχχ\^. Copt. Syr. Erp.,' except Bloomf., who, while acknowledging that it ' is probably gen- uine,' adds as usual, that ' internal evidence is rather against it.' But see ch. 15 : 2. If Bloomf. meant to suggest that the word might have been introduced here from the latter text, the ob- jection is of no force against the admitted preponderance of ex- ternal authority, joined to the fact, that a plentiful use of this particle is one of the most marked characteristics of the book. I recommend that the reading be adopted, and that the words, as it were, be inserted after throne. ^ The adjective is retained here by Latin and German verss., Dt. ;-Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Ell., Lord ; and at ch. 15 : 2, also by W., T., C, G. ;-Brightm. (who has it here in the Comment.). (Comp. Hor., Carm. iv. 2 : ' Vitreo . . . ponto;^ and Milton, P. L. vii. 619 : ' The clear hyaline, the glassy sea.'') r See ch. 1 : 13, N. d. » Woodh., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe (round), Stu. (at ch. 5 : 7), Treg., Murd. » Syr. (= Greenf. ni«n), Fr. S. (etres vivants) ;-Engl. Ann. (• or, living wights'), Hamm., Wells. Daub, (wights), Berl. Bib. (lebendige Dingen), Lowm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl.. Gill, Newt., Moldenh. (leb. Personen), Herd., Stolz, Van Es.s, Kist., Mey., (Lebendige), Sym., Wakef., Newc, Thom. (animate beings), Clarke, Scott, Allw., All. (lebende Wesen), Jones, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Lord, De W. (■ Thiere oder lebendige We- sen'), Treg., Words., Lee. Scholef., Kell., Barn, (living beings). 108 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. throne, icerc four beasts full of eyes before aud behind. 7 And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the foiuth beast w(is like a flying eagle. 8 And the four beasts had each of them si\ wings about him; and thtij were full of eyes within : and they rest not day GREEK TEXT. μοντα οφθαλμών ϊμπροσθίν /cat οττισθεν. 7 Kou το ζώον το Ίτρώτον Όμοιοι' AeovTi, και το devTepov ζώορ ομοι- ον μοσχω, καΐ το τρίτον ζώον tj(Ov το ττροσωτΓον ώί ανθρωττοί, και το τίταρτον ζώον ομοιον αζτω τΓβτωμβνω. 8 καΙ τίσσαρα ζώα, ev κα& eavTO, eiyov άνα τττίρνγαξ Ιζ κνκλοθίν, και βσωθβν γζμοντα οφθαλμών, καΙ άναπανσιν ουκ REVISED VERSION. creatures full of eyes before and behind. 7 And the first ''living creature Hs like a lion, and the second ''living creature like a calf, and the third ■'living creature ''hath ■^the face as a man, and the fourth ''living creature ^'is like an eagle flying. 8 And * four ''living creatures, ^each one by itself, ^had six winEfs ;'' round about and within Hh Ψ full of eyes ; and they ^ For living creature, see v. 6, N. a. For the present tenses, see v. 5, N. u. Syr. (though De D. has habebat for = est illi; and Murd.. the preterit throughout.) ;-Beri. Bib. (is<)i Wesh (is, 3 times . . . hath). Nothing is supplied, and ίχον is rendered by a participle, by W., R. j-Yulg., Fr. S. ;- Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Woodli., Words. ' The article limits the resemblance to that part. — Dt., It., French verss. ;-Bcng., Woodh. {the aspect), Alhv., Trcg., Kenr., (the face as of a man ; according to the reading, ij ανθ^ύιΛον, of Ά. 11. 13. oG. Λ'ulg. Copt. Syr. Arr.,' and edited by Lachm., Hahn, Treg., "Words., Tisch., Theile.), Jones, Penn, Sliarpe, {the face of a -man ; according to the reading, άι^βριότίον, of B. and Ό 15. /3 5.' and edited by Matth., Griesb., Mey., Sch.), De "\V. (=Treg.). Bloomf ('would now edit [uj] άΐ'βρώΛον ;' thus leaving of recent editors only Beng. and Knapp for άιβρωτίο;. '' nftujusK^ (or, as all the recent editors read, here and else- where, Λίΐομ.) is not merel}' 'epith. ornans, quod aquila volatu eminet' (Eichh. ; and so Barn.), but indicates that the wings were ' out.spread,' as in the act of flying, in accordance with the cherubic posture in the tabernacle and temple (Ex. 37: 9; Is. G: 2. Comp. Ezek. 1 : 9, 11, &c.).—W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. (= aquilae qui volat;-Matd. an eagle when flying), Fr. M. (un aigle qui vole), Fr. S. {un aig. qui etend les ailes) ;-B. and L. (ime aig. qui v.), Greenf., Lord, Kenr. " All the recent editors, except Bloomf., insert τά, on the au- thority of ■ A. 9. 3 5. Syr.' I recommend that this reading be followed : the. ' See V. 6, N. a. * For the order, see R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr. ;- Daub., Herd., Mey., Stu., De W., Treg., Words. For by itself, see Dt. (foor zich zelcen), Fr. G. (ά part) ; Pagn., Bez., Par., Grell., {per se), Cocc, Vitr., {pro se), Berl. Bib. {fur sich selbst). But the reading iV avtuv {' A. B. α 10. /3 3. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav, ed.') is substituted for avto by all the recent editors, except Matth. (he has simply εν ' α 15. β 5.,' and, according to Words., B.) and Bloomf. Also the reading ίχον (Treg. and Tisch. give ΐχων, on the authority of A. and 6 cursive MSS.), instead of ιίχον, is sustained by ' B. α 15. β 2..γ 2. Comp!.,' and adopted by all the recent editors, except Bloomf. I recommend that the readings, h airCJv and Ιχον or ίχων be followed, and, in connection with the distributive άΐ'ά, translated : each one of them having. For eacli one, see T., C, G., R. ;-Stu. : — for translating 'ίχορ by a participle, see Fr. S. ;-Woodh., Stu., De W., Words. This last change, in connection with that recommended in N. i, requires a comma after wings. ^ For this reference of χνχλόθιν, it may be said, 1.. that, as- suming ΐχον or tziuv and γίμοναιν (Ν. i) to be the true readings, the structure of the whole verse is simplified ; — 2., that the other arrangement does not harmonize with the cherubic ap- pearances before referred to, v. 7, N. d ; — 3., and might have pre- cluded the Seer's minute observation of the other features (vv. G, 7), which first caught his eye ; — while, 4., the construc- tion proposed is apparently required by the 'ΐμηροσθίν xai οΛιαθιν of V. 6 ; — and. 5., is that adopted by Vulg. (according to the test, senas, et in circtdtu, followed by W., AH., Kenr. ;-B. having prefei-red the reading, senas in circuitu, et, which appears also in the Sixtine edition of 1590). Fr. S. ;-Grot. ('Alae enim sex . . . non possunt esse in circuitu.'), Hamm., Beng. and the later editors, except Matth. (though he follows it in his version), Sch., Words. Even if xvxx. were construed as in E. V., it would be well to omit the supplemental him, and so leave room for Areth.'s understanding of the word, as describing the position, not of the wings, but of the living creatures themselves (ού τΰν Λ-ίιρνγων, άλλα tup tcaadpuv ατάαι,ν). For round about, see E. v., vv. 3, 4; 5: 11 ;-W. {all about), R.;-ILimm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Treg., Kenr. ' I recommend that the reading yi^ovaiv, adopted by all the recent editors on the authority of ' A. B. α 20. β 7. y 4. Compl.,' be followed, and translated : they are full ; but, if the changes recommended in NN. g and h be made, then that the version stand thus : are round about and within fidl of eyes. EEVELATION. 109 KING JAMES VERSION. and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy. Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come. 9 And when those beasts give glory, and honour, and thanks to him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever, 10 The four and twenty elders fall down before him that sat on the throne, and worship hhn that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying, 11 Thou art worthy, Ο Lord, GREEK TEXT. eyovaLU ημβραί και νυκτός, Xe- γοντα, Αγιοί, άγιος, αγως JS-v- pios ο 0eo9 ό παντοκράτωρ, ό ην και ό ων κοί ό βρχομβνοί. 9 Και όταν δώσονσι τα ζώα δόζαν και τιμήν και (ύχαριστίαν τώ καθημίνω ΙττΙ τον θρόνου, τω ζωντι €19 τουί αιώνας των αιώνων, 10 7Γ€σοννται ο'ι βϊκοσι καΊ τβσσαρβς ττρβσβυτβροι Ινωττιον του καθημίνον eVi τον θρόνου, και Ίτροσκυνοΰσι τω ζωντι et? τους αΙώνας των αιώνων, καΐ βαλ- λουσι τους στέφανους αυτών Ινω- ΤΓίον του θρόνου, λίγοντ€ς, 11 "Αζιος el, Kvpie, λαββΐν REVISED VERSION. Jhave no rest day and night, Jsay- ing : JHoly, hol}^ holy, ''the Lord God ''the Almighty, 'who was, and 'who is, and 'who "cometh. 9 And when "the living crea- tures "shall glory, and honour, and thanks to him that Psitteth on the throne, who liveth ■lunto the ages of the ages, 10 The ■'four and twenty elders ■■shall fall down before him that 'sitteth on the throne, and ■'shall worship him that liveth 'unto the ages of the ages, and '■they cast their crowns before the throne, saying : 11 Thou art worthy, "0 Lord, ) This work of praise being itself their sabbatism. — E. Λ^. marg. ; ch. 14 : 11. Here also the Greek construction by means of a verb and an accusative is retained by W., T., C, R. ;-Vulg., German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt., Fr. G. ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Daub., Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. ;-Rob. For ■Kiyovta, all recent editors (except Bloomf.) read ■Ktyovtii (A. B. 'a 21. )3 5. 7 2. Er.'). The oiyto; is re- peated 9 times in 'B. α 17. β 3. Oompl. Arm.' ^ Syr. (= De D. Dominus Deus ille Omnipotens), Germ. (Gott, der Herr, der Allmachtige). Dt. {dc Heer God, de ΛΙ- magtige), It. (ίϊ Signore Iddio, I'Omnipotente), Fr. G..-]\I., (le Seigneur Dieu ioiit-puissanf). Fr. S. (/e Seigneur Dieu, le Tout- Puissant) -y-^QZ., Grell., Vitr., {as De D.), Hamm. (L. G. the ruler of all things), Daub., Thorn., Treg., Words., Kenr., (L. G. the Aim.), Beng., Moldenh.. ((hr H., G., der Allm.). "Wesl., Herd. {G. der //., der Allbeherrscher -,-ΆΤίά so May., ex- cept that he inserts a comma also after Gott), Wakef. (marking the first article as supplied). Woodh., All. {as Germ. ;-and so De W., Hengst.), Lord {L. the G. Aim.). 1 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. For the double repetition of the relative, see E. V., ch. 1 : 4, 8 ;-W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German and French verss.. Dt., It. ;-Erasm., Vat, Casta!., Grell., Daub., Wesl., Wakef.. Woodh., Thorn., ΑΙΙντ., Lord, Treg., Kenr. ■» See ch. 1 : 4, N. o, tc. " The ilia of the Vulg. has been followed by the Syr. ; the old English verss. ; the Latin verss. (except Castal., Cocc.) ; and in later times, excepting Roman Catholic verss., only by Wells {these), Daub., Newc. For living creatures, see v. 6, N. a. " The finite verbs of vv. 9, 10 are commonly explained as in the Hebraistic future of customary action, and translated into the past or present time ; which is better than AVin.'s reference of them to the subsequent visions. But the future form is to be retained, as further intimating, that this accordant and simul- taneous worship is the blessed and unchangeable law of the eternal sanctuary. Thus it ' ever shall be.' — Syr., Fr. S. ;- Hamm. {shall give), B. and L. marg., Thom. {are to prostrate themselves ... and to worship). Daub., Grcenf. (iia'i), Sharpe {shall give . . . will fall down . . . will worship), De W., Dav. ;- Win. ρ R. ;-Syr., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd. and Lord {sits), Wesl., Herd, and later German verss., Wakef., Woodh., Thom. {is seated), AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Treg., Words., Murd. E. Ύ. follows Pagn., Bez., &c. {insidebat). •> See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c. ' Here also (comp. v. 4, N. m) all the recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf., cancel the xai after six., on the authority of A. B. 'a 8. j3 4. Compl. xS.' Er.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted, and that είχ. tiaa. be translated : twenty-four. For shall, see V. 9, N. o. ' See V. 9, N. p. ' See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c. " Other editions of the received text, and all the recent editors, have βαλοΰαί. I recommend that this be adopted : shall cast. ' For Kvfiic (Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.). Beng. has Kiipw ύ^ε6ίήμων{^α5.βΖ. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Erp. Slav. MSS.'), and Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, have ύ Kiipioj xoU 6 @c6i {]μων Ά. Β. ο 23. β 5. γ 4. Compl. Am. Syr. Ar. P.'). Bloomf. also now thinks that the authority for the common test is ' too slender to be relied on.' If, however, neither of the variations is adopted, I should still recommend that the margin contain this note : ' Or, as many copies read : our Lord and God.' It deserves to be noticed, that ' α 24. β 5. y 4. Compl. Syr. Ar. P.' add ο oyioj, and for this Words. cites also B. 110 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. to receive glory, and honour, and power : for thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created. CHAP. V. And I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the back side, sealed with seven seals. 2 And I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice. Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof? 3 And no man in heaven, nor in earth, neither under the earth. GREEK TEXT. την οοζαν και την Τίμην και την δνναμιν Ότι συ ίκτισας τα τταντα, καΐ δια το θβλημα σου βίσΐ καΙ ΐκτίσθησαν. CHAP. ν. ΚΑΙ βίδον ΐτη την δεξιαν του καθημίνου errl τον θρόνου βιβλίον γβγραμμβνον ίσωθβν και οττι- σθβν, κατ€σφραγισμ€νον σφρα- γΐσιν €ΤΓτα. 2 ΚαΙ βίδον ayyiXov Ισχυρον κηρύσσοντα ψωνη μβγαλη, Tis βστιν άζΐ09 άνοΐζαι το βιβλίον, καΐ λΰσαι τας σφραγΐδαί αύτοΰ ; 3 καΙ ούδβίΐ ηδυνατο ev τω ούρανω, οϋδί iiii τηί γηί, ούδί REVISED version. to receive ^"the glory, and '^the honour, and '^the power : for "thou 'didst create all things, and ^because of thy ^will they "are, and were created. CHAP. v. And I saw "upon the right hand of hira that sat on the throne a book written within and on the ""back, sealed ""up with seven seals. 2 And I saw a ''mighty angel proclaiming ''with a loud voice : AVlio is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof? 3 And no *one Svas able in heaven,'' nor ^on ""the earth, 'nor " For the articles, see ch. 1 : 6, N. e, &c. ' Thou, the Crea- tor; Thou, and none else.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &o. » The temporal reference of txtiaa; and ίχΐίαθηααν is the same, and both have been often translated by the perfect. But It is better to preserve the historical force, as E. V. does in the latter instance.— E. V., ch. 10 : C ; Mark 13 : 19 ; .ice. ;-W. {made.fi) ;-Fr. S. (creas) ;-Sharpe (creaiedsl), Lord. y ' The sole ground of the existence of the universe is the existence of a divine volition.' This is commonly, but unneces- sarily, regarded as one of the exceptional cases, in which διά vrith the accusative denotes (he means. — E. Y., Matt. 13 : 21 ; &c. ;-T., C, G.,• {for thy wiWs sake) ;-A^ulg. {propter), Syr. ;- Erasm., Pagn., Par., Cocc, Ros., {as Vulg. ;-Daub. censuring those who, as Bez. and \'itr., changed this into per), Beng. (ron deines IVillens icegen), Treg., Murd. ;-A\'in. (' On closer in- spection on account of [um. . . . willenl suits quite well.'). " E. v., always so elsewhere (63 times), except Eph. 2 : 3, where the plural is, desires ;-W., T., C, G., R. ;-foreign verss.;- Dodd., Wes!., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Scott, Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Kenr., Barn. ' All the recent editors have ηααν (Ά. Β. α 17. |3 4. y 3. Vulg. Copt. Arr. Slav. MS. Georg.'). I recommend that it be adopted: were. 'God willed, and the universe was; was, as a creature.'' For ίχΐίπθηηαν does not denote continuance in being (Beng., Wesl.), nor is it synonymous with ηααν (Eichh.), bat ' explains and renders more intensive the afiirmation' (Stu.). * Beng. : ' He presented it openly, to give it to whosoever should be worthy.' Comp. ch. 1 : 20, N. d, «tc— Syr. ;-Pagn., Casta!., Bez., Aret., Grot., (ad;-but see v. 7, f"x), Brightm. (• at or upon'), Daub, {on), Beng. {aiif), "Wakef., Sharpe, Murd., {at), Slu., De W. (' ini may here and 20 : 1 be taken strictly'-ai//), Hengst. (' Properly : toward the right hand. Comp. the ετίί in like manner in ch. 3 : 20 ; 15 : 2 ; 20 : 1 ; JIatt. 27 : 29, where the other reading ir ty Sihi is merely ex- planatory.') j-Wahl (' an, bey, zu, Lat. ad'), Rob. (' upon, i. e. in'). ^ W., R., {without) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Penn, Kenr., {us W.), Wakef. Thoni.. Scott and Allw. (o?i the outside), Sharpe, Stu., Lord ;-Rob. ' German verss. {versiegelt), Dt. {verzegcld) ;-Pagn. and later Latin verss. {obsignatum ;-for the Vulg. signatum), Woodh., Bloomf. (sealed down), Treg. {firmly sealed), Words.;- L. and S., Rob., Green. Of these, it is true, the foreign verss. and Woodh. make no distinction between the compound verb here and the simple one at ch. 10 : 4. •^ E. v., 5 times out of 7 in this book ;-IIamm., Wells Daub., Dodd., Wakef, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Jones, Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg. Before ψωνί;, all the recent editors insert h (A. B. ' tt 20. |3 .5. γ 2.'). " Grot. : ' Nulla res vivens.' See ch. 3 : 7, N. ρ ; &c. W. ;- foreign verss. generally ;-and modern English, from Daub, down ;-herc avoid the restriction of E. V. f The verb is translated before iv τφ οϋρ. by R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Beng., Moldenh., Woodh., Greenf , Treg., De W., Words. After οΟρακφ, Matth., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Words., add άνω (Β. ' α 18. β 5. Copt. Syr. Ar. P.'). ^ Syr., German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Brightm., Daub. (M^07i;-and so Dodd., Wakef, Woodh.), Newc, Thoni. and the later English verss. ^ Dt., It., French verss. ;-Daub., Beng., Sloldenh., Wakef, Newc, Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Lord, Treg., De W., Murd. ' R. ;-Daub., Wakef, Woodh.. Thom., Penn, Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Murd. (or), Kenr. REVELATION. Ill KING JAMES VERSION. was able to open the book, neither to look thereon. 4 And I wept much, because no man was found worthy to open, and to read the book, neither to look thereon. 5 And one of the elders saith unto me. Weep not : behold, the Lion of the tribe of Juda, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof. 6 And I beheld, and lo, in the midst of the throne, and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been slain, having seven horns, and seven eyes, which are GREEK TEXT. ύτΓΟκάτω rrjs yj??? άνοίζαι το βί• βλίον, ονδζ βλβτΓβιν αυτό. 4 Και βγω βκλαων ττολλα, OTL ούδεί? αζίΟΫ βνρβθη άνοίζαι και άναγνώναι το βιβΧιον, ούτΐ βλίτΓ€ΐν αντο. 5 καΐ ety e'/c των ττρβσβντίρων Ae'yet μοι, Μη κλαΐβ• ιδον ivi- κησβν ό λβων ό ών Ικ tyjs φυλής Ίοΰδα, ή ρίζα Δαβίδ, άνοίζαι το βιβλίον, /cat λΰσαι τα? ίτττα σφραγίδας αύτου. 6 ΚαΙ ίίδον, καΐ ιδού iv μβσω τοΰ θρόνου καΐ των τβσσαρων ζώων, και iv μβσω των ττρβσβυ- τβρων, άρνίον ίστηκος ώ? ϊσφα- γμβνον, βχ^ον κβρατα (τττα καΧ οφθαλμούς ίπτα, ο"ι ίίσι τα βτττα REVISED VERSION. under the earth, to open the book, neither to look thereon. 4 And JI, I wept much, be- cause no "One was found worthy to open 'and read the book, neither to look thereon. 5 And one of the elders saith unto me : Weep not : behold, the Lion ™that is "from the tribe of "Judah, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and Pto loose the seven seals thereof. 6 And I "^saw, and "'behold, in the midst of the throne ' and of the four 'living creatures, and in the midst of the elders, "a "Lamb ^standing "as if it had been slain, having seven horns, ^ and seven eyes, which are the 1 ' As for me.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. in, &c. — Latin verss. (ego), Fr. S. (moi^je) ;-Treg. (marks the pronoun as emphatic). " See V. 3, N. e, &c. 1 All the recent editors cancel the words, »ai άκαγί'ωΐ'αι, on the authority of ■ B. α 23. β 6. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. An.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the words and read be omitted. " E. v., John 18 : 37 ; &c. ;-T. (being) ;-Syr. (= De D. ille qui [est]), Germ.. Dt., It. (marking the verb as supplied), Fr. G., -δΐ. -S. ;-Pagn. (ille ;-and so Bez.. Par.), Xat., Castal., Brightm. (that), Cocc, Vitr., (ille, qui est), Beng., Dodd. (icho )'s;-and so Woodh., Thom., Allw., Lord), Moldeuh., Greenf., Treg., De W., Hengst. Of these many follow the reading adopted by all the recent editors, which cancels the Civ, on the authority of A. B. Ό 28. β 7. y 3. Compl. Vulg.' " Comp. John 7 : 41 ; &c. Syr. (= Greenf. -a), Dt. (uit) ;-' Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., (ea?;-for theVulg.de), Beng., Moldenh., Gerl., Stier, De W., (aus ;-for Luth.'s von). ' E. V.'s Greek genitive has been exchanged for the Hebrew name by Guyse, Dodd. and the later English verss. (except Treg., Words.), and the Amer. Bible Soc. See ch. 7 : 6, N. o. ρ All the recent editors cancel the xictat, on the authority of Ά. B. α 27. 3 8. y 3. Compl. Verss. exc. Vulg. ed. and Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and that the version stand thus : book atid the &c. •> Seech. 4: 1, N. b. ■■ E. v., 25 times, out of 30, in this book ;-R. ;-Wakef , Thom., Kenr. ;-and so, at ch. 6 : 5, Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Stu. But Bloomf. brackets, and all * the otlier recent editors cancel, the words xai ί&ού, on the authority of B. ' α 26. β 8. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and that the words, and behold, be omitted. « The comma has been removed by the Amer. Bible Soc. ί See ch. 4 : 6, N. a. " The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt, It., French verss. ;-Brightm., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Sym., Newc, Woodh., Mey., Greenf., Jones, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W-, Words., Hengst.. Kenr. " Berl. Bib., Beng., Herd., Mey., (Lammlein), Wakef. (/iiViZe lamb). But this etymological strictness is not favoured by ch. 13 : 11, and the Sept. Jer. 11 : 19 (for iaas). " The participle is retained by W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt. •,-Brightm., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Newc, Woodh., Greenf, Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Word?., Hengst., Kenr. ' For as if, see Buttm. § 144, n. 14; Kuhn. J 312. 6 ; Rob. s. V. ώ•;, 2. a ; &c. T., C, G., (as though) ;-Lalin vcr.cs., except Cocc. and Vitr., (tanquam) ;-Brightm., Sharpe, (as T.), Wesl., Wakef , Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Bloomf, Stier (wie wenn), Murd., Kenr. y This comma, which the Amer. Bible Soc. has removed, is justified by the gender of the subsequent relative, without even insisting on the more common interpretation, which restricts the relative clause to the όφβαλ^ον;. * In the 2d ed. of his Translation, Treg. adopts the reading of Α., which, omitting xai ilSov, gives xai iSoii xai. 112 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the eartli. 7 And he came and took the book out of the right hand of him that sat upon the throne. S And when he had taken the book, the four beasts, and four and twenty elders fell down be- fore the Lamlj, having every one of them haqis, and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints. GREEK TEXT. rod Oeoi πνεύματα τα άττεσταλ- μίνα «if Ίτάσαν την γην. 7 Kcu ήλθΐ, και ΐ'ιληψβ το βίβλίον e'/c της δβζίΰί τοΰ καθή- μενου (τη τοΰ θρόνου. 8 καΐ ότ€ ί'λαβζ το βίβλίον, τα τέσσαρα ζώα καΐ οΐ (Ικοσί- τίσσαρβς ττρβσβυτίροι ΐττεσον ΙνώτΓίον τοΰ άρνίου, βχ^οντίί e/ca- crrof Κιθάρας, καΐ ψιαλας χρυσάς γίμονσας θυμιαμάτων, αϊ βίσιν αϊ ττροσβυχαί των άγιων REVISED VERSION. seven ^Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth. 7 And he came and "took "the book out of the right hand of him that sat "on the throne. 8 And when he ''took the book, the four ''living creatures and ■•the "twenty-four elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one '' harps, and golden ^bowls full of ''incense, 'which are tlie prayers oi' Jthe saints. ' Here also the Amer. Bible Soc. now interprets and prints as in ch. 3 : 1 (see there N. a, &c.). ' This £ίλ);φΕ is mentioned by Win. (§ 41. 4) as the onl j example in the N. T. of a perfect used piecisely as the narrative aorist. But see ch. 7: 14; 8: 5. Bloomf. brackets, and Matth., Mey., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., Theile, cancel, the words tu βιβλιΌχ, on the authority of ' Λ. α 24. β G. y 2. Harl* Am* Aeth. Arm.' For on, see ch. .3 : 10, N. d. E. V., ch. 4 : 2 ; &c. ;-Brightm., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Words., Murd.. Kenr. ■" The same tense as in v. 7 appears in Syr.. Germ. ;-Castal., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Thom., Mey., All., Sharpe, Slu., Lord, Treg., Words., Hengst., Murd. ' See ch. 4 : 6, N. a. ■' B. v., ch. 4 : 10 ; &c. ;-R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Wells and later English verss. (except Sharpe). The E. V. is somewhat relieved in the revised edition of the Am. Bible Soc. by the removal of the comma after beasts (so Ilamm., Kenr.). • See ch. 4: 4, N. m. T., C, (xsiiii.) ;-Daub., Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Treg., Words., Kenr. ' E. v., ch. 20 : 13 ;-G., R. ;-forcign verss., except Syr. and Greenf. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef. (each ;-and so Sharpe, Stu., Treg.), Lord, Kenr. For χιβα'ρα;, Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile have χιθάραν (A. B. '» 19. β 5. y 2. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Erp.'). ^ In classical G reek ψιάλι; is ' a broad, βαΐ, shallow cup or bowl, esp., a drinking- bowl or bowl for libations, the Lat. patera' (L. and S.). In the Sept. it commonly stands for ρ'ιΐΏ (Greenf.'s term here), which is defined by Ges., Fiirst, &c., ' vas unde spargitur (sanguis victimarum), pliiala s. patera sacri- βοα' (Rob.: a sacrificial boid, basin). ' . . . De cratere vini Am. G : 6' (Rob. : a wine-bowl) ; and is always in E. V. rendered, boxol (Num. 7 : 13, &c.) or basin (Ex. 27 : 3 ; &c.). To this usage our English vial (Johns., Rich. : ' a small bottle') does not answer. — Latin verss. (phialas ;-the ph. being described by Facciolati and Forccllini as ' poculi genus in superiori parte latius : et fere ex auro, aut alia pretiosa materia.' Grot. : ' Hie aiitem intelliguntur paterae' [the word used also by Ew., Ros.], ' in quibus erat thus et suffimenta alia.' Aret. thuribuld), Syr. (transfers the Greek word, and Murd. renders it, cjips ;-which is objectionable only as suggesting the ideas of smallness, and a shape ' more deep than wide' [.Johns., Webst.]), German verss. (Schalen), It. (coppe) ;-Engl. Ann. (-an allusion to the censers of perfuming pots used in the tabernacle and temple.'), Daub., B. and L. (coupes), Lowni. (has censers and cttps ;-and so Guyse, Dodd., Scott), Kewc, Thom. (cups), Jones ('a kind of goblet or basin'), Bloomf (' Not vials, but cups, pateras, something like our dishes'), Stu. ('bowls or goblets, having norc breadth than depth.' He has bowls in the version.), Tieg., Kell. (' cups, or basins^), Bonar, Comment, on Leviticus, (' bowls of the altar, or the like'), Barn. (' The idea is always that of a bowl or goblet.') ;-Rob. ('a bowl, goblet, broad and shallow, Lat. patera^). Green (a bowl, shallow cup, patera), &c. ^ ©vfitafia, by which the Sept. habitually render the ITi'ya^ (Greenf.'s word here, and this in E. V. is always incense ; except in three instances, perfume) of the O. T., and which, in the N. T., occurs four times in the plur. in this book, and twice in the sing, elsewhere (Luke 1: 10, 11), is always, except here and ch. 18 : 13, translated in E. V. by incense. The plural (more common also in classical Greek) may in this case, and in the parallel ch. 8 : 3, 4, correspond to the variety of spices (Q-^aD, Ex. uO: 34; «See. Comp. 1 Tim. 2: 1), that entered etj τψ am- θίβίν tnv eaiittajuarof (Sept. Ex. 25 : C). In number and etymo- logy, profumi (It.), parfims (French verss.), perfiimes (Dodd.), answer well ; but, like odours (Vulg. odoramenlortim), they do not so readily suggest a religious use, and the re-appear- ance in the heavenly sanctuary of the Levitical symbol (Ps. 141: 2; MaLl: 11; Acts 10: 4). So Areth. thinks th&t βνμιά- μο.τ:α, not apii/iafa, is used as ί%αΐμίζονία ϊό ί'α^α ϊ^5 χαθ' ημΰν δίχαία; του θίοί όργ^{. — Ε. V. marg. ;-German ver.ss. (Rauch- werlc) ;-Beng. (mancherlei R.), Dt. (reukwerks) ;-Pagn., Bez.. Par., {suffituum), Castal., Cocc, Vitr., (use suffimenta), Lowm., Wesl., Wakef., Newc. marg., Woodh., Thom., Ew. (thuribtcs), Allw., Jones, Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg. ;-Rob. ' The antecedent is the ψιάλαί, as John saw them, γιμούααζ θνμιάματί^ν, and so representing the prayers of the saints, not only as abundant, but as united. This reference is adopted by REVELATION. 113 KING JAMES VERSION. 9 And they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation ; 10 And hast made us unto our God kings and priests : and we shall reign on the earth. 11 And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne, and the beasts, and the elders : and the number of them was ten thousand times GREEK TEXT. 9 και α8ονσιν ω8ην καίνην, λίγοντβς, "ΑξίΟί ei λαβΰν το βι- βλίου, και ανοΐζαί ras σφραγίδας αύτοΰ• οτι Ισφάγης, καΐ ηγορα- σα? τώ θίω ήμάί iu τω α'ιματι σου, e'/c πάσης φνλης καΐ γλώσ- σης /cat λαον καΐ βθνονς, 10 καΐ βτΓοίησαί ημάς τω θίψ ημών βασιλβΐς καΐ ϊβράς- καΐ βασίλβυσομζν eiri της γης. 11 Kcu eiSou, καΐ ηκουσα φω- ρην αγγΙΧων τΐοΧΚών κυκΧοθίν του θρόνου καΐ των ζώων καΐ των REVISED VERSION. 9 And they ''sing a new song, saying : Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof; for thou wast slain, and 'didst redeem us to God by thy blood out of every "tribe, and tongue, and people, and nation ; 10 And "thou "didst make "us unto our God Pkings and priests, and Pwe shall reign PPover the earth. 11 And I ^saw, and I heard ■'a voice of many angels ^round about the throne ' and the "living κ A'ulg. Am., Sjr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Wells, Daub.. Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl.,Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., "Words., Hcngst. The old English verss. follow the common test of the Viilg. 1 ' In dying.' See ch. 1 : 6, N. ζ ; and comp. 2 Pet. 2 : 1. W. (again houghtesl) ;-Herd., Kist., Mey., De W. Others, as Wakef., Thorn., Treg., and many foreign veiss., make the cliange on the previous verb : thou hast been slain, and hast &o. - See ch. 1 : 7, N. k. " Not only deliverance, but glory. Comp. ch. 1 : 6, N. y. The pronoun is repeated by Dt., French verss. ;-AVakef., Newc, Treg., Murd., Kenr. For didst make, see v. 9, N. 1, &c. ° All the recent editors have avtovi for ήμοί, on the authority of Ά. B. ο 27. /3 8. y 5. Conipl. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. JMS.' I recommend that this reading be followed: them. 'The intentional change,' remarks Hengst., ' is to intimate, that the elders come into view, not as individuals, but merely as representatives of the church.' Perhaps it may even be said, that, reverting to the scene of the redemption, and looking out thence over the ruined eartli, they lose, as it were, the sense of their own personality in the wide and effi- cacious purpose of the Saviour. Comp. Jude 24, N. y. ρ For βαβιΧίίζ, Laclim. and Tisch. have βααΛήαιι {• A. Vulg. Copt.'). Comp. ch. 1 : 6, N. a. The reading βααΛίύβομίΐι is given up by all the recent editors, of whom Matth., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words.. Tisch., adopt βαοίΧινουαιν, on the author- ity of A. B. 'a9. β 4. y 2. Compl. Syr. Copt. Ar. P. Slav. MS.;'— Beng., Griesb.. Knapp, Mey., Sch., Hahn, Theile, βαοΛίναοναίν, on the authority of 'a 12. β 4. y 2. Am. HarV The internal evidence, as well as the external, being in favour of the prophetic present, as the more difficult reading, and as a natural explana- tion of ίΛοίηΐίαζ airoii; βαβΛί^ί. I recummeud that βαοΛίνοναιν be followed in the text : they reign ; and that the words : • Or, according to some copies, they shall reign.^ be set iu tlie margin. PP So, after words of authority and rule, ijti always may, and often must, be rendered.— E. V., ch. 2: 26; 9: 11; 11 : 6; 14 : 18 ; 16:9; 17 : 18 ; &c. ;-Vulg. (super terram) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Aret., Par., (as Vulg. ;-changed by Castal^ Cocc, Vitr., into in terra), Beng., Van Ess, Hengst., (iiber ;- and so De W., Win., &c., at Matt. 2: 22; &c.), Wesl., Stu., Kell. ;-Rob. (at Matt. 2 : 22 ; ic). See the grammars and lexicons generally on ini in this relation. 1 Seech. 4:1, N.b. ' German verss. (except that Herd, and Mey. have no ar- ticle), Dt, Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Wakef. » All the recent editors read χϋχλφ (A. B. 'a 24. β 9. y 4. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be followed, and translated : around. See ch. 4 : 6, N. z. t The genitives, τΊον ξ'ύωΐ' χολ iuv Λρίσβ., are under the government, not of ^uvr;v'(W., R. ;-Castal., Dodd., Bloomf., Stu., Kenr. ; of whom W., R., Kenr., probably misapprehend the Vulg.), but of χύχλψ. In vv. 9, 10 we have the song of the redeemed; here, the angelic antiphony ; followed, v. 13, by the general chorus. — The commas ai'e removed by Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Treg., Words. " See ch. 4 : 6, N. a. Aret., Par., Wells, De W., Kell., Hengst. ; but the last errs in asserting for it a grammatical necessity, against the familiar rule of both the Greek and the Latin grammar^ that the relative may be drawn into the gender and number of the explanatoiy substantive in its own clause; e. g. Mark 12: 42; Gal. 3: 16. J Foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Daub, and the later English. 15 114 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. ten tliousand, and thousands of thousiiuds ; 12 Saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was shun to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strcnjith, and honour, and glory, and blessing. 13 And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying. Bless- ing, and honour, and glory, and power, be unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb, for ever and ever. 14 And the four beasts said. Amen. And the four cmd twen- ty elders fell down and wor- GREEK TEXT. Ίτρίσβυτίρων και χίλίαδε$• ^ιλια- δωι>, 12 λ€γοι>τ€9 φ(ι>νγ) μβγαλτ], ' Αζιον ΐστι το άρνίον το ΐσφα- γμίνον λαβύν την δυναμό και Ίτλοΰτον και συφίαν και Ισχνρ καΐ τιμήν καΐ δοζαι/ καΐ βύλογίαν. 13 ICai τταν κτίσμα ό ϊστιν Ιν τω ουρανω, και Ιν τη γη, και ντΓΟκατω τηί Ύη9, και ΐττΐ τηί θαλασσηί α Ιστι, κοα τα eV αντοΊς πάντα, ηκονσα λ(γονταί, Ίώ καθημίνω €7Γ4 του θρόνου καΐ τώ άρνιφ η ίυλογία καΐ η τιμή καΐ ή δόζα καΐ το κράτοί eiy τους αΐώναί των αΙωνων. 14 Και τα τβσσαρα (Joa eXe- yov, Λμην και οϊ ύκοσιτίσσα- p€S ττρίσβυτβροι kireaav, καΐ REVISED VERSION. creatures ' and the elders, " and thousands of thousands, 12 Saying with a loud voice : Woi-thy 'is the Lamb that *hath been slain to receive *the power, and riches, and Avisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing. 13 And eveiy creature ^that ''is in heaven, and >1η the earth, and under the earth, and such as are ^on the sea, and all "things that are in them, heard I saying: ''Unto him that sitteth ''on the throne, and unto the Lamb,'' ^the blessing, and ""the honour, and 'the glory, and "=the power, 'unto the ages of the ages. 14 And the four ^living crea- tures said : Amen. And the •■twenty-four elders fell down, ' I recommend that the reading of the Elzevir text, and of all the recent editors, which here inserts the words, xai ψ ο αριθμοί airuir μνρίά&ΐ! μν(ΐίά&ων, be followed, and that the ver- sion stand thus: elders; and the number of them was myriads of myriads, and thousands of thousands ; . For myriads, see ch. 9 : IG, N. s, &c. " It., French verss. ;-Bcng. {das sich hat schlacliien lassen), Moldenh., AH., Trcg., De W. For the, see v. 13, N. e and ch. 1 : 6, N. e, &c. ;-Dt., It. and Fr. S. (have the article before each noun), Daub., B. and L. {as Fr. S.), Beng., AVesl., Woodh., AUw., Words., Hengst. ^ After every, E. V. commonly has thal;-W. {each creature that), R. The ietlv is cancelled by Matth., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. 'a 18. β 5. Vulg. MS. Tol. Copt. Arr.' y All the recent editors read Μ trji yijs, on the authority of A. B. Ό 27. β 7. Compl. Vulg.' I recommend that this read- ing be adopted : o)i the earth. ^ E. v., ch. 7 : 1 ; 10 : 2 ; &c. ;-Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Moldenh., Newc, Woodh., AH., Treg., Stier, De W. ('The sea-creatures are thought of, that live more on the surface than in the deep ;'- a better suggestion than that of Rob. after λ\Ά\\\ : ' on the bottom of the sea, in the deep.'). But neither is it necessary to exclude, as De W. intimates, these sailing on the sea ; especially as the following clause, xai ta iv aitols rtivia, makes up what had been left deficient by the double ίτίί. Hengst. supposes that clause to have been added for the purpose of including, in this choir of the universe, the smaller along with the greater parts of creation. " The gender of rtavta is expressed by Germ., Dt, It., French verss. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., Brightra.. Dodd., Moldenh., Herd., Wakef , Newc, Wooilh., ADw., Sliarpe, De W., Treg., Words. The reading rtuiia; ('a 16. β 3. Compl.' — to which may be added the Vulg.) is edited by Beng., Matth., Knapp, Mey., Tisch. ; while that of B., rta'ira χαϊ rtovra;. appears only in WOrds. '' The Greek order is retained by E. V., ch. 1 : 5, 6 ; Jude 24, 25 ; &c., and here by W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd. and the later English, except Newc. and Penn. " See V. 7, N. a, &c. ■■ See ch. 1 : C, N. d, &c. R. ;-Latin verss. (except Vitr.), Fr. S.;-B. and L. {apparlient), Wesl. (is), Jlo'.denh. {kommt zu), Greenf, Lord, De W. {^sei, oder ist, gebuhrt'). Ivenr. ' See V. 12, N. w, &c. Dt., It, Fr. S.;-B. and L., Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Woodh., Tliom., Greenf., Allw., De W., Words. f See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c. s See ch. 4 : C, N. a. ^ See V. 8, N. e, &c. But Knapp brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel, fixofft-rtaeapfs, on the authority of Ά. B. α 28. β 8. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. .4m. Tol. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and twenty four omitted. REVELATION. 115 KING JAMES VERSION. shipped him that liveth for ever and ever. CHAP. VI. And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thimder, one of the four beasts, sa)aug, Come and see. 2 And I saw, and behold, a white horse : and he that sat on him had a bow ; and a crown was given unto liim : and he went forth conquering, and to conquer. 3 And when he had opened the second seal, I lieard the second beast say, Come and see. 4 And there went out another GKEEK TEXT. ττροσβκννησαν ζώντι eiy tovs αΙώ• vas των αιώνων. CHAP. VI. (ίδον ore TO ΚΑΙ eioov ore ηνοι_ άρνίον μίαν e'/c των σφραγώων, κα). ηκονσα evoi Ικ των τεσσάρων ζώων λβγοντοί, ώ? φωνή! βρον- τής, ' Έρχου και /Βλεττε. 2 Κα\ βίδον, καΙ Ιδον ίτττΓΟ? XevKos, καΐ ό καθημβνος eV αντω €χων τοξον καΐ ί8οθη αυτω στέ- φανος, καΐ βζηλθβ νικών, καΐ 'ίνα νικηστ]. 3 ΚαΙ οτβ ηνοι^Ε την δβντί- ραν σφραγίδα, ηκονσα τοΰ δίντβ- second seal, I heard the second Jliving creature ''saying : 'Come REVISED VERSION. and worshipped 'him that liveth 'unto the ages of the ages. CHAP. VI. And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the ^ seals, and I heard "One of the four "^living creatm-es sajnng, ''as the "voice of thunder : 'Come and see. 2 And I saw, and behold a white horse, and he that sat ^ipon him ''having a bow : and ethere was given unto him a crown : and he went fortli con;- quering, and ""that he might con- quer. 3 And when he ' opened the ρου ζώου XtyovTOs, Ερχου καΐ βλβ7Γ€. 4. Και Ιζηλθβν άλλο? ΐτητος and see. 4 And there went ""forth ano- ' See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c. But here also Knapp brackets, and I (A. B. C. and from 26 to 34 cursive MSS.) all the other recent editors cancel, the words ζΰνϋί li; iovi ch. 4 : 1, N. c, aiuivai τϋν αιώνων, on the authority of 'A. B. C. α 27. β 8. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Hart* Copt. Syr. (Arm.) Ar. P. Slay. MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, the verse ending thus : and worshipped. -For having, see ' All the recent editors insert Ι^τά, on the authority of Ά. Β. C. ο 25. β 3. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.' I recom- mend that this reading be followed : seven seals. >> The order, ^'xotiso ivoj, is retained by all other verss., except Newo. ' Seech. 4: 6, N. a. "i See ch. 4 : 1, N. d, &c. W. ;-Hamm., "Wells, Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc. (marks it were as supplied), ΛVoodh., Thorn.. AUw., Stu. {like), Lord, Kenr. ' See ch. 1 : 15, N. o, &c. For ^ui'^j. all the recent editors read fuiij (except Treg. ^wyj, who cites Ά. C. ο 25. β 7. Compl. [Syr. Arr.].' Words., for ^uvq, cites A. B. C). For βλίΛε, Beng. (who also omits xai), Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Bloomf., Words., edit iSs (B. 'a 17. β 7.'), while Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Tisch., Theile, add nothing after "Έ.ρχον, on the authority of Ά. C. α 9. β 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Erp.' f E. v., ch. 19 : 14 ; &c. ;-R. ;-Daub., Guyse, Woodh., Allw., Stu.. Kenr. For ire avta. here and in vv. 4, 5. all the recent ^ E. v., v. 4 ; &c. The Greek order is followed closely by Vulg., Syr., It. {gli fu data &c.), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (i7 liti fut donne &c.);-Pagn., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Biei-m., Vitr., Dodd., Greenf., Stu. and Treg. (at v. 8) ;— and with diflerent degrees of approximation by many others. ^ The form of the original is preserved by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except B. and L., Herd.. Jley., Greenf., AH., De \f.) ;- Scott, Allw., Stu., Lord, Words., Kenr. The E. Ύ. might be taken to mean simply, that he was about to conquer ; whereas he went forth for that pm-pose. See ch. 8: 6, N. p, &c. ' E. v., V. 1 ;-Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), Fr. S. ;- Castal., Cocc, Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Lord, Treg., Words. J Seech. 4: 6, N. a. k E. v., V. 1 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh.. Allw., Greenf.. Treg., Kenr. 1 The words, xai βλίΛι, are bracketed by Bloomf, and omitted by all the other recent editors, on the authority of ' A. B. 0. α 25. β 7. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Syr. Arm. (Erp.).' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the verse end with, Come. ™ E. v.. V. 2; &c. ;-R. ;-Brightm., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, editors (except Bloomf. at v. 4) and the Compl. have ϊλ αυτόν \ Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. 116 REVELATIOIJ. KING JAMES VERSION. horse that was red ; and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they shouhl kill one another : and there was given unto him a great sword. 5 And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third heast say. Come and see. And I heheld, and lo, a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand. 6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, GREEK TEXT. TTvppos' Kcu τω καθημίνω Ιττ αύτω 4δοθη αύτω λαβΐΐν την el• ρηνην άτΓο της y^s, κα\ ίνα αλλή- λους σφάζωσί• καΐ 18οθη αυτω μα•)(αίρα μβγαλη. 5 iTat ore rjvoL^e την τρίτην σφραγίδα, ηκονσα του τρίτου ζώου λβγοντοί, ' Ερ•χου και βλβττί. Και ΐίδον, KCU Ιδου ίΤΓΤΤο? μβλας, καΐ ό καθημίνοί Ιττ αύτω ξ'χων ζνγον iv TYj xeipl αύτοΰ. 6 /cat ηκουσα φωνην iv μβσω των τβσσαρων (^ωων λβγονσαν, REVISED VERSION. ther, " a red horse ; and "to him that sat Pupon him, ^to him "lit was given to take peace ifrom the earth, and that they should ■■slay one another ; and there was given unto him a great sword. 5 And when he ' opened the third seal, I heard the third 'liv- ing creature "saying: "Come and see. And I "saw, and "behold a black horse, and he that sat ''upon him ''having a 'balance in his hand. 6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four ^living crea- tures, ^saying: A ''chcenix of " Nothing is supplied by W. (amther red horse). R. {another horse, re(/);-Latin verss., Syi•., Fr. S. ;-I5rightm. and Kenr. {as W.). Herd., Wakef., Thorn., Mey., Gi-eenf., All., Sharpe {as R.), Lord, Treg., De W., Murd. " The participle is kept first by R. ;-forcign verss. (except Fr. G and M.) ;-Daul)., Wesl., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe, Stii., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. Ρ For upon him, see v. 2, N. f. For expressing the αϋτ-ω, see oh. 2 : 7, N. zz. R. (/le that sat thereon, to him) ;-Syr. ;- Erasm., Vat. in the SchoL. Cocc, Bierni., (sedenli . . . ei), Beng., Woodh., Allw., Stu. <> Nothing is supplied by W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., German verss. (except Herd., INIey.), It., Fr. S. ;- Wells, Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh.. Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu.. Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr. ΓοΓατίό, Matth,, Griesb., Knapp, Sch., Lachm., Hahn, Bloomf., Treg., AVords., Tisch., h.iTc ix (B. C. 'a 20. β 0. Compl.'); while Beng., Mey., Theile, admit neither preposition ( A. and 4 cursive MSS.). ' E. v., always (9 times) elsewhere, e.\cept ch. 13: 3;-W.;- Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.. Thorn., Penn, Stu., Treg., Kenr. Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read α^άξαυαι,ν ('A. C.'). ■ See V. 3, N. i. ' Seech. 4: 6, N. a. ° See V. 3, N. k. For β7Jrte (which Bloomf. alone of recent editors retains), Matth., Grie.sb., Sch., Words., have Ιδι (Β. ' α 15. β 6.' Matth. also omits the subsequent xai fiSoi•, on the au- thority of B. 23 cursive MSS. [the same, with two exceptions, as those which read iSs.] Vulg. Aeth. Slav. MSS.) ; while Beng., Knapp, Mey.. Lachra., Hahn, Treg,, Tisch., Theile, have simply 'EpiSov (Ά. C. α 11. β 2. [&80.] Compl. Copt. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). ' See ch. 4 : 1, N. b. " See ch. 5 : 6, N. r. » See V, 2, N. f. y Seech. 4: 1, N. c. ' E. V. often uses this word so in the 0. T., as in Job .31: C; &c. ;-W., R. :-Brightm., Hamm., Stu. and others, (in their notes), Wakef., Woodh {yoke ;-and so Crol., .Jones), Thom., Allw., Penn, Lord, Murd. ;-L•. and S., Rob., Green. " For living- creatures, see ch. 4 : C, X. a j^for saying, see V. 3, N. k. ■^ ' Into the common version of the Old Testament, several oriental .and other foreign names' of weights, measures and coins 'have been admitted, which are explained in the margin. Hence we have shekel, ephah, bath, homer, cor, and some others. This, however, (for what rea.son I know not.) has not been attempted in the New Testament' (Campb.). And on our pre- sent passage he remai'ks : ' It is evidently the intention of the writer to inform us of the rate of this necessary article, as a characteristic of the time whereof he is speaking. But our ver- sion not only gives no information on that head, but has not even the appearance of giving any. which the word chcBnix would have had, even to those who did not understand it. But to say a measure, without saying what measure, is to say just nothing at all. The word penny here is also exceptionable, being used indefinitely, insomuch that the amount of the declaration is, a certain quantity of wheat for a certain quantity of money. This suggests no idea of either dearth or plenty ; and can be ch.iracteristica! of no time, as it holds equally of every time. In this case, the original term, notwithstanding its harshness, ought to be retained in the text, and explained in the margin.' With regard to the penny, however, Dodd.'s remark is the juster, but it only strengthens the case against the common version : ' This may seem, to an English reader, a description of great plenty ; but it certainly intends the contrary' — the chani.v being a man's daily allowance of food, and the denarius his d?.y's wages (Matt. 20 : 2). I recommend that the explanations be given in the margin thus : ' A choenix is about one quart ; a denarius, about fifteen cents.' — Both terms are transferred by Syr. ; and so It., Fr. G.,-S., (though it is true that danajo, and denier REVELATION. 117 KIMG JAMES AVERSION. and three measures of barley for a penny ; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine. 7 And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the foui'th beast say, Come and see. 8 And I looked, and behold, a pale horse : and his name that sat on him was Death, and hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fom-th part of the earth, to kill GREEK TEXT. XoLVL^ σίτου δηναρίου, καΐ rpeis ■χοίνίΚ€ί κριθηί δηραρων και το βλαίον και τον oivov μη άδικησΎ]^. 7 Και οτβ ηνοιζβ την σφρα- γίδα την τίταρτην, ήκουσα φωνην του τβτάρτου ζώου λίγουσαν, ' Έρχον καΐ /SAcTre. 8 ΚαΙ eiSov, καΐ ιδού ΐττποί χλωροί, καΐ 6 καθημίνο^ Ιττανω αυτοΰ, όνομα αυτω ο θανατοί, και 6 Λδη? άκολουθ€Ϊ μβτ αυτοΰ• καΐ βδόθη αύτοΐζ ζζουσία άτνοκτΰ- RE VISED VERSION. wheat for a ''denarius, and tliree "'choenixes of ''barley for a ''dena- i-ius ; and "'the oil and the wine ** hurt thou not. 7 And when he * opened the fourth seal, I heard *'the voice of the fourth ''living creature "^say- ing : eCome and see. S And I ""saw, and behold a pale horse, and 'he that sat J'upon him, 'his name ' Death, and ''Ha- des 'followeth with him. And ■"there was given unto ""them power "to kill over the fourth ' The Greek order is retained by T., C, G., R.;-Latin and German verss.. Syr. ;-Daub., Woodh., Al!w., Stu., Lord. Words. •^ Nothing is supplied by W., R, ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub. {Ihou shall not hurt), Wesl., Thorn., Sharpe, Kenr., (^huri not), Wakef. (hici-l not thou), Xewc, Woodh. and Lord {thou, mayest not injure), AUw. {shalt thou not injure), Penn {harm not), Stu. {thoii must not injure), Words. » See V. 3, N. i. ' For living creature, see ch. 4 : 6, N. a. For saying-, see V. 3, N. k. Instead of %iyovaav, all the recent editors read Xlywros (A. B. C. 'a 20. β 6. y 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.'), and Beng., Matth., Grie.sb., Tisch., at the same time cancel, as Treg. also now brackets, ψίύνψ, on the authority of B. C. ' α 20. β 4. Copt. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.' ' For βλίΛί (which Bloomf. alone of recent editors retains) Matth., Griesb., Sch., Words., have l&i (B. Ό 18. β 4.' Matfh. also omits the χαί tlSov of v. 8, on the authority of B. 21 cursive MSS. [the same, with 3 exceptions, as those which here read ίδί.] Vulg.) ; while Beng., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Treg.. Tisch., Theile, have simply "Ερχον {' A. C. α 8. β 4. Compl. Am. Erp.'). " Seech. 4:1, N.b. ' See ch. 4:1, N. c, and ch. 3: 12, N. i. The two clauses, ό xa9. xtx. and m. αύτ•. xr%., are kept distinct, and in the Greek order, by R. ;-Yulg., Syr., Germ., Dt. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Mor., Bierro., Vitr., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Greenf, Lord, Be W., Hengst. ; — and, of these, Vulg., Syr. ;-Erasm, Vat., Cocc, Mor., Bierm., Vitr., Greenf., supply no copula be- fore ό Θο>•. The very abruptness of the construction may not be without significance. (Milton, P. L. ii. 787-789 : ' I fled, and cry'd out Death ; 'Hell trembled at the hideous name, and sigh'd 'Prom all her caves, and back resonnded Death.') 1 R.;-Daub., Woodh., Allw., Stu., Kcnr. t See ch. 1 : 18, N. s. 1 The reading r,xoXoieu (' B. C. ο 20. β 7. y 2. Vulg. Aeth. Arr. Slav.') is edited by Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey, Sch., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Theile. But αχοχουθίΐ is retained (on the authority of 'the larger part of the MSS. [incliidmg the Alexandrian], confirmed by the Pesch. Syr. Aversion,' says Bloomf. ; who speaks everywhere of the Peschito as includ- ing this book, the Second Epistle of Peter, and -Jude.) by Beng., Bloomf., Tisch. ; and it is translated as an historic present by Erasm., Vat., Castal., Aret., Hamm.. Cocc, Daub., Beng., Wesl., Newc, Allw. There may even be a farther propriety in the use of it here, where the relation symbolized is not inci- dental, but one existing by an unchangeable divine appoint- ment, like that in Hebrew 9 : 27 : άπ;α| άΛοθανιΙν, μεΐά Si -toito xfiaii- I recommend, however, that the following note appear in the margin : ' Or, as many copies read, followed.'' '" For the order, see v. 2, N. g. For αώΐοίς, Beng., Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Bloomf., Tisch., read avt^ ('B. α 25. β 6. y 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav.'). " All the recent editors read, ini t. tit. t. y^j OTfozr., on the authority of ' A. B. C. α 28. β 8. y 3. Compl.' I recommend that this order be observed in the version : over the fourth part of the earth to kill. [which last is employed also by M., B. and L.], like the Denar of Berl. Bib., Herd.. Stolz, Kist., Goss., Mey., Van Ess, Win., De W.. Hengst., are living words, and, as .such, not strictly equivalent to their original, denarius) ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. (use ch. along with the Vulg. den.), Moldenh., Woodh. and Lord (with chanices for the plural). Thom. {deniar). Ell., ilurd. :-Rob., Green, and the other lexicons. Cheenix is trans- ferred also by More ; — denarius, also by Xewc, Greenf., Sharpe, Kenr. ; — while the former is variously rendered by W.. hilibre ; R., two pounds ; Kenr., two measures ; after the Vulg. bilibris ;- Ilamm. {quart), Berl. Bib. {Masschen), Beng. ( Vierling). Newc. {small measure), De W. {Metze): and the latter, by Beng. and All. {Zehner). For χριθί^. Lachm., Treg., Tisch., Theile, have χριβων (Ά. C. 12. Syr.').' 118 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. witli sword, and with liunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth. 9 And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: 10 And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth ? 11 And white robes were giv- GREEK TEXT. ναι ίπΐ το τέταρτον της γης Ιν ρομφαία καΙ ev λιμω κα\ Ιν θα• νάτω, KOU ύπο των θηρίων της 9 KoLL οτ€ ηνοιζβ την ττίμπτην σφραγίδα, (Ιδον ύττοκατω του θυ- σιαστηρίου τας ψυχας των (σφα- γμένων δια τον λογον του θίοΰ, και δια την μαρτυρίαν ην (Ιχον, 10 καΐ ΐ'κραζον φωνί] μ€γαλΎ), λ€γοντ€9, Εως ττοτί, ό δβσττοτης ό άγιος και ό αληθινός, ού Kpiveis καΐ €κδικΐΐς το αίμα ημών άττο των κατοικουντων βττί της γης ; 1 1 κα). ίδοθησαν ΐκαστοις στο- REVISED VERSION. part of the earth \ut\\ sword, andwith hunger, and with "death, and Pby the iwild beasts of the earth. 9 And wdien he ' opened the fifth seal, I saw inider the altar the souls of 'those ' slain for the word of God, and for the testi- mony which they "had. 10 And they ''cried with a loud voice, saining : ^Until when, Ο "Lord ^the holy and "the true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood ^ou ^those that dvΛ'ell on the earth? And ^there 11 "were given " Many (Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Herd., Mey., AUw., All.. Bloomf., El!., Stu., Kell.. T!o}>.. &e.) render edvatoi here, pestilence. Pest. But see ch. 2 : 2.3, N. y, and Hengst. in loc. ρ Ε. Υ., ch. 9: 18; &c. The change of preposition is ob- served by Syr., Germ., Dt., It. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. (except Castal.), Hamm., Beng., AVesl., TTakef., Woodh. and AUw. (under), Thom., Sharpe, Bloomf. {hy the means or in- strumentality o/"), Stu., Lord. Treg., De W., Words, {by means of), Hengst. 1 The specific sense of θτ^ίον (comp. Sept. Deut. 28 : 2G ; Ps. 79: 2; Is. 18: 0; Jcr. 7: 33; &c.) is given by Syr., Dt. It, Γγ. G.,-M. ;-Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., B. and L., t)odd., Wesl., Moldcnh., Wakef., Newc. Thom., Mey., Allw., All., Penn, Ell., Stu., Lord, De W. (in the note), Murd., Barn. ■■ See V. 3, N. i. ■ See ch. 2 : 2. N. h, &c. ι The participial form is retained by W. {men slain) ;-Vulg., Syr. (with a relative prefix), It {degli uomini uccisi) ;-Erasm., Tat., Castal., Aret., Cocc, Bieim., Herd, and Mey. (der Ge- schlachteien), Greenf. Other ver.ss. variously determine the relation of time : were, have been, had been, slain. " The testimony was Christ's (ch. 1 : 2, 5, &c. ; John 3 : 32, &c.) ; Ihey had it in trust (1 Cor. 9 : 17 ; Gal. 2 : 7 ; 1 Thes.s. 2:4; &c.). There is even large authority, ' B. α 24. β 6. y 2. Comp!. Syr. Ar. P.,' for the reading juopivpiW tov αγνίου, followed by It. ;-Andr., Areth., Matth. and Words. — E. V., ch. 12 : 17 ; 19 : 10 ; &c. ; 1 John 5 : 10 ;-W., T., C, R. ;-Tulg., Syr. (= testimonium Ag-ni quod illis erat ; not, as Murd., testimony to the Lamb which was with them), Germ., Dt., It, Fr. S. ;- Erasm., Vat., Castal., Aret., Hamm. {had had), Cocc. Bierm., Vitr., Beng. {gehabt hatten), Greenf. (nni ΐώ»), De W., Hengst. The tuebantur of Pagn., Bcz., Par.. (G. maintained) seems to have given currency• to the other view, which is, in- deed, held by some, as Vitr., who do not allow it to modify the version. ' For ϊχ^αζον, all the recent editors read ixpalai" ('A. B. C a, 25. β 5. Compl.'). The ϊως ytiti = ϋϊΝ" 12 of Ps. 13 ; &c ; and is here answered by the ίω; of v. 11. Latin verss. {usque- quo or quousque ;-except Castal.'s Ciceronian quousque tandem), Syr. {= Greenf. ir^-ir = De D. usque quando), Dt. marg. {tot wanneer toe), It. {infino a quando), French verss. {jusques a quand) ;-Lord, Kell. " Sec 2 Pet. 2 : 1, N. ξ. == Syr., It.;-Wells, Thom., Allw. But all the recent editors reject (except that Bloomf. merelj- brackets, as 'most probably, or certaiidy, an interpolation') the b before α•κτβ., on the au- thority of A. B. C. ' tt 17. β 6. Compl.' I recommend that this reading be followed : and true. Daub., Woodh., Penn. Lord, Treg., Words., express the first article ; and the want of it, or of both, is in the German verss. and Murd. compensated by means of the personal pronoun {du — thou), and in Fr. G.,-M. ;- Pagn., Vat., Bez. and later Latin verss., Brightm., B. and L., by a relative construction {qui es, which art). y For a.!to, Matth., Mey.. Lachm.. Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., read ix (A. B. C. 'a 26. β 4. Compl.'). For those, see ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c. » For the order, see v. 2, N. g. ' For ίίόθηηαν . . (ΤτΌλαϊ Xtvxai, all the recent editors read εδόθη . . ato%ri %ίνχή (Ά. Β. C. ο 28. β 7. [β 8. for βίολή %(νχή] y 3. Compl. Syr. Arm. Erp.'). I recommend that this reading be followed: was given ... α lohite robe. EEVELATION. 119 KING JAMES VERSION. eu unto eveiy one of them ; and it was said unto them, that they shouki rest yet for a little season, until their fellow-servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they wax, should be fulfilled. 12 And I beheld when he had GREEK TEXT. λαΐ λβνκαί, καΙ ίρρίθη αυτοϊζ Ίνα άνατταύσωνται en χρονον μικρόν, έωρ ον ττληρώσονταί και οΐ συν- δονλοί αυτών κα\ οί α8βλφοι αυ- τών, οΐ μξλΑοντίί άτΓοκτίίνίσθαί ώί καΐ αυτοί. 12 ΚαΧ elBov οτβ ηνοιζε την REVISED VERSION. unto ''eveiy one of them *white robes, and it was said unto them that they should rest 3fet "= a little ''time, until their fellow-servants also and their brethren ''shall ful- fil iV, ^who 'shall 1)e killed as they ifalso ''themselves.' 12 And I Jsaw when he ^ ^ The reading ίχάαΐοΐζ is rejected by all the receut editors, of whom ilatth., Griesb., Sch., Bloomf., I'isch., give aitoif ('B. α 14. β 3. [& 31] Compl. Arm.') ; Beng., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words.. Theile, aiioif ίχάαΐψ {' A. C. α 11. β 4. y 3. [Vulg.]'). I recommend that the latter reading be followed, and translated: them every one. Comp. ch. 5 : 8. and see eh. 2: 23, N. a;-W. (for each soul . . . to them) ;-German verss. (except Herd.), French verss. ;-Castal., Wesl. {to them, to every one), Treg. {them severally). ' For the omission of for, see E. V., ch. 20 : 3 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;- Daub., Dodd., 'Wakef.. Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Kenr. The μιχρόν, rejected by the other recent editors ('B. α 25. /3 6. γ 2. Compl. Ar. P.'), is retained by Lachm., Hahn, Treg. ^ E. v., John 5 : C ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., TVesl., Newc, Woodh.. Allw., Ptnn, Lord. = Greek writers, it is true, often employ the future middle, especially of pure verbs, in a passive sense. But whether this usage is found in the N. T. (Acts 15 : 22 ; 1 Cor. 10 : 2 ; Gal. 5 : 12) is doubtful. Here it is not necessary. ' The martyrs should rest yet a little time, until their brethren also, still left on tlie field of conflict, shall fulfil it for themselves — in their own ap- pointed way — not resting, but suffering.' And. accordingly, Luth. (yoUends dazv, kamen), Cocc. (plene acceda7it -,-Άπά in the Comment., ' implerent, nempe suum agonem, vel, se plene associarenf), Stu., Rob. ('n^ifp^uorfat sc. tw xatpw v. χρόνον^), retain the active or the middle force. This reading, however, is almost destitute of manuscript support, and has been rejected by all the recent editors, of whom Beng., Knapp, Mey., Hahn, Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., "Words., Theile, give τίΧηρωθΰαι (Ά. Ο. 29. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr.') ; Matth., Griesb. (to whom Rob. errs in assigning TtKrifueortai, as he does in citing Λλί;ρω- θώ(τι as the Rec), Sch., Tisch., 7ίί.ηρώβωιΐί (' Β. α 28. β 5. Erp.'). The former is with reason objected to by Hengst., as scarcely yielding a satisfactory sense ; the common explanation both of this reading and of χληρώβοντίαί, lentil the completion of their number (Steph., Engl. Ann., Grot., Grell., Daub., B. and L., Wolf., Beng., &c.), and that of Vitr., — of their afflictions, being harsh and unexampled. De "W.'s note is: ' ηληροναθαι either simply vita defungi, comp. ■ίεΧ(ίουαθαί\>Ί&&. 4: 12 (13), or with the additional sense of a moral perfecting, comp. Heb. 11 : 40 ; 12 : 23 ;' and, while the place referred to in Wisd. gives no countenance whatever to the first of these interpretations, the second is suggested also by Areth., after Andr.: μα.χρο$νμ.ζίν ^X?^ f'^li 'fwi' αδελφών τ'£λ£&ώσ£ωί xtXEvovtai, 'ίνα μη χ^ρίζ αΰ-ΐων ϊΕλ£ΐω9ώοι, χοΐά tov θείον 'ΑΛοβΐολον (in allusion to Heb. 11 : 39, 40). But, besides the substitution here of ΐ£λ£ΐόω for τΐχηρόω, the place just cited, taken strictly, shows, not that departed saints are to rest till the living are perfected, but that they themselves do not attain their ■ti'Ktiuaif apart fi'Om the latter, but, as the apostle speaks, vice versa, in 1 Thess. 4 : 17, ά^α αΰν aitoli. On the other hand, Bloomf.'s objection to τίΧηρώααΰί. (to which he allows 'very strong external authority,') that ' one may justly require some, proof that such an idiom as this use of the active *Λλ);ρ. in a passive sense ever existed,' is readily obviated by taking the word in its own active sense, as Matth. thinks may be done (' Quid, si post Λληρώπωοιν ex superioribus intelligatur aiiroi'. ήγουν τον jtpoi'Oi' τον μιχρόν, ut sit, usque dum conservi eortim compleant tempus illud parvum. Ncc enim hoc adeo absurdum videtur.'), and as is done by Bretsch. ('intellige τον δρό,ιιοί', vel τον χρόνον.'),^3.\Λ ('abest τον xaipbv α,ύτΰν.'), De W. ('ihren Lauf vullendet haben wtir- den'), Hengst. (' we are to supply : their course or their icork.'). But the ellipsis assumed by De W. and Hengst. is abrupt and without example, whereas the xai subjoined to ΛΧηρ. (the verb being necessarily changed,) sufficiently justifies the supplement proposed above. I recommend, therefore, that the reading ΛΧηρι^βωΰί be adopted, and translated thus : ' should fulfil it ;' and that the margin bear the following note : ' Or, as other copies read, should he fulfilled.^ This change would requiie, should be killed, in the next clause. — The verb TfKrjp. is trans- lated in connection with its subjects by AT., R. ;-nearIy all foreign verss. ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Stu. f For who, see Dodd., We.sl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, JIurd., Kenr. Excepting Beng., Matth., Bloomf., all the recent editors have αΛοχτίννιαθαι. ^ For this idiomatic repetition of the xai, see Win. § 57. 4, and ch. 2: 27, N. v, «Sbc. W.;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Engl. Ann. (' Or, as themselves also were'), Beng., Herd., Mey.^ Lord, Treg., De W. >> See 1 John 1 : 7, N. x, &c. Pagn., Castal., Bez., Par., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., (ipsi ;-for the Vulg. illi), Engl. Ann. (see N. g), Wakef., Treg. (marks tliey as emphatic), De W. ' Nothing is supplied by W., R.;- foreign verss. ;-Daub., Wakef., Thom., Penn, Lord, Kenr. i Seech. 4: 1, N. b. k See V. 3, N. i. 120 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. opened the sixth seal, and lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood : 13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig- tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. 14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled to- gether ; and eveiy mountain and island were moved out of their places. 15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and GREEK TEXT. σφραγίδα την ίκτην και l8ov σασμοί μΐγαί eyevero, κα\ 6 ηλιοί iyivero yueAa? ώ? σακκος τρίγινοί, καΐ η σ€Χηνη iyevero ώ? αίμα, 13 καΐ οΐ άστίρβΐ του ουρανού eireaav els την γην, ws συκη βαλλΐΐ τουί ολυνθους αύτηί, ύπο μΐγαλου άνεμου σειομβνη• 14 καΙ 6 ουρανοί ά7Γ€χωρίσθη ώ? βίβλίον βίλίσσομβνον, καΐ ττάν 6ρο9 καΐ νησοζ ίκ των τόπων αύτων ίκινηθησαν 1ΰ καΙ οΐ βασιλβΐ^ τηί γη^, καΐ οί μβγιστανβί, καΐ αϊ ττλου- σιοί, και οϊ χ^ιλιαρχ^οι, και οΐ δυ- REVISED VERSION. opened the sixth seal, and, 'be- hold, there was a great earth- quake, and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the ° moon became as blood, 13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, " as a fig-tree casteth her "untimely figs, Pbeing shaken ^by a 'great wind ; 14 And the heaven 'was part- ed as a scroll 'rolling up ; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places ; 15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the "rich, " and the chief captains, and the 1 See ch. 5 : 6, N. r. But all recent editors cancel ίδοϋ, on the authority of B. C. 'a 26. β 8. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Till. Harl.* Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MS.'— 'very strong authority,' says Bloomf., who thinks tlie word ' was probably introduced from the parallel passages.' I recommend that it be omitted : and there was. " The reading, which inserts ολη after ή αΛψη, is marked by Beng. as one ' quae per codices firmior sit lectione textusj nee tamen plane certa,' but all subsequent editors have adopted it, on the authority of • A. B. C. α 17. β 8. y 2. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. BIS.' I recommend that it be followed, and translated : whole tnooii. " W., R. ;-Syr., Dt., It., French veiss. ;-Cocc. {id ;-for sicut of others), Daub, and later English verss. (except AUw., Treg., Words.), Beng. and later German verss. (u'ie;-for Luth.'s gleichwie, and De W.'s sowie). " Or, winter-figs. See the lexicons, in voc. ; also Rob., s. v. evxrj. The Sept. have the word in Cant. 2 : 13 for n'^JQ. I' DodJ. The participial construction is retained also by It.. French verss. ;-Cocc., Bierm., Vitr., Herd., Wakef , AVoodh., Mey.. Van Ess, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Hengst. 1 See2Pet. 2:19, N. 1. ■■ E. v., John 6: IS, and generally elsewhere; always in this book, except in connection with xpavyjj or f ukjj ',-Vi., R. ;- Daub., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Kenr. ■ Not necessarily μ ο-ψίω? (Schleus. and Ros. after Grot.). Bretsch.'s explanation also, partes di.'icissae et convolutae hie describuntur (and so Bloomf. : ' the heaven . . . was parted off, or separated in the midst, and the part removed ;', and Rob. : ' the heavens parted asunder . . . i. e. the heavens were rent and the parts rolled away') is needlessly specific, and possibly erroneous; the word expressing nothing more than that the heavenly expanse was sundered (in old English it might have been, with the same meaning, was departed) from — perhaps its fastenings, like a tent (comp. Job 9:8; Ps. 104 : 2 ; Is. 40 : 22; 42: 5 ; 44: 24). or as when an outstretched scroll is let go. — Vulg. {recessit). Syr. (= De D. separati sunt), German verss. generally (entwich;-A\\. wich zuruck), Dt. (is weg• ge- weken), It. {si ritiro), French verss. {se retira) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat.. Castal., Sleph., Aret.. {as Vulg. ;- which is better than Bez. and Par. abscessit, or Cocc. and Bierm. amotum est), Wakef. {ran itp), Thorn, {recoiled), Treg. {was separated from its place), Murd. {separated). Comp. N. t. ' The comparison is not, as it has been frequently explained, to the disappearance, either of the contents of a scroll that has been roiled up, or of the scroll itself, but to the process of rolling. Comp. N. s. — Dt. {dat toegerold wordt), Fr. G.,-M., -S., {que Pan [i/fi'o/i] roide) ;-Erasm., Vat., {qui circumvolvi- s), German verss. (an), Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Daub., "VTakef., Woodh., AUw., Siu., Treg., Murd., {upon), Wesl., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Ell. (at ch. 9 : 4), Lord, Kenr. ^ Latin verss., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Berl. Bib. and later German verss. generally, Wakef., Woodh., Greenf., Lord, Treg. ' Vv. 4-8 are not so much a historical statement of what John saw, or even of what took place, as an echo of what he lieard. And this, together with the blessedness and the solem- nity of the act. is best brought out by the construction and ar- rangement of the original ; which are, accordingly, adopted by W., R. (except that it turns the Vulg. signati of v. 4 into a finite verb) ;-Vu!g., Syr., Germ, (nearly as JR.), It. (except that it supplies Mera di after the first clause of v. 4), Fr. G., -M., {nearly as Germ.), Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn. (except that he supplies erant to ohsignata in v. 4 ;-and so Bez., Par., B. and L.), Cocc, Grell., Vitr., Beng., Woodh. {as It.), Greenf. (except that he reverses the order in τν. 5-8), Mey., All., Do W., (treating the participle throughout as a noun), Treg., Hengst. (as Germ.). For the form of the indefinite article in V. 4, see 2 Pet. 2 : 14, N. f. i It is not necessary, in rendering the numeral sign of the Text (which all recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf., ex- change for mimeral words) into our most common verbal ex- pression, to murk and as supplied. (Treg., indeed, adopts the reading of 'C. ο 7. Compl.,' which inserts xai after έχατόν.). — R., Wells, Daub., Wesl., Lord, (omit and in both cases), Dodd., Wakef., ^\'oodh., Thom., AWw., Sharpe, Treg,, Kenr. Comp. ch. 4 : 4, N. m and 14 : 1, N. g. I" The singular is retained by W. (every lineage), R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Stu., Lord (the whole race), Treg., De ΛΥ., Words., Murd., Kenr. 1 See V. 4, N. i. In vv. 5-8 ία^ραγιομίνοι is cancelled, in every instance except the first and last, by Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of A. B.C.'» 22. β 6. γ 3. Compl. Vulg, MS. HarL* Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. ;' and in the two exceptional cases Matth. has ίβψιιαγιβμίΐΌ.ι (Β. Ό 12. β 4.' and in v. 5 'y 2.'). ° See ch. 5 : 5, X. o, &c. REVELATION. 123 KING JAMES VERSION. sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thou- sand. 6 Of the tribe of Aser ivere sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Nephthalim icere sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Mauasses were sealed twelve thousand. 7 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Is- sachar were sealed twelve thou- sand. 8 Of the tribe of Zabulon wer'c sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Joseph zvere sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin ivcre sealed twelve thousand. 9 After this I beheld, and lo, a great multitude, which no man GREEK TEXT. 5ey βσφραγίσμίροί' ΐκ φνλη9 ' Ρονβην, φ χίλίάδε? Ισφραγι- σμίνοί• €Κ ψνληζ Γαδ, φ -χιλία- δΐί Ισφραγίσμίνοι• G e'/c φνλη9 Άσηρ, φ χιλια,- Ses ίσφραγίσμβνοί• e/c φνλη^ Νίφθαλα,μ, φ χιλιάδί? βσφρα- γισμβίΌί• e'/c φυλής Μανασση, φ' χίλίαδε? βσφραγίσμβροί• 1 €Κ φνληζ Συμεών, φ χείλια- δε? ζσφραγισμίνοί• e'/c φυλής Λζϋϊ, φ χιλιαδΐς βσφραγισμβ- VOL• e'/c φυλής Ισαγαρ, φ yi- λιαδξς Ισφραγίσμ^νοί' 8 e'/c φυλής Ζαβουλων, φ ■χι- λιάδες Ισφραγισμίνοι• €κ•φνλης Ίωσηφ, φ χιλιάδες βσφραγι- σμβνοι• e'/c φνλης Ββνιαμιν, φ χιλιάδες Ισφραγισμενοι. 9 ΜΕΤΑ ταΰτα βίδον, και Ιδου όχλος ττολυς, οι/ άριθμησαι REVISED VERSION. twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Reuben, twelve thousand sealed; of the tribe of Gad, twelve thousand sealed ; "G Ofthetribeof "Aser, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of pNephthalim, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of 'Manas- ses, twelve thousand sealed ; ■•7 Of the tribe of 'Symeon, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Levi, twelve thousaud sealed ; oi' the tribe of 'Isachar, twelve thousand sealed ; "S Of the tribe of "Zabulon, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Joseph, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Benjamin, twelve thousand sealed. 9 After "these things, I 'saw, and ^behold a great multitude. ° See V. 4, N. i and v. 5, N. 1. » 'It is to be regretted,' remark the Amer. Bible Soc.'s Com- mittee on Versions, in their Report on the late Revision, ' that, in respect to persons already known in the Old Testament, the translators did not retain their names in the form in which they had thus become familiar. Instead of this, they have often introduced the personages of ancient Jewish history under names modified, and sometimes disguised, by transmission through the Greek tongue. . . The principle adopted in such cases has been the following: When such names occur singly in the narrative, and there would arise no marked difference in the pronunciation, the form in the Old Testament has been restored.' In the spirit of this rule, and as "itix became 'Acujp by necessity, there being no Greek representative of la, sh, I re- commend that here and at Luke 2 : 36 the Hebrew form be restored : Asher. — T., Daub., Moldenh., Gerl., Lord, Hengst., (Asser), Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Campb. (in Luke), Newc, Woodh., Murd. {Ashur) ;-Rob. ρ See N. o. Νιφθαλύμ (Gen. 35: 25) being but one of sev- eral Sept. forms (Νίφβαλει Gen. 30 : 8 ; Νεφθαλί Gen. 46 : 24 ; Ν{φθαλι,'ί<. livings 4: 15) for "ipi^i, I recommend that the 0. T. name be restored here and Matt. 4 : 13, 15 : Naphtali. — Dodd., Wesl., Campb. (in Matt.), Newc, Lord, Murd. German verss., Guyse, Woodh., Penn, (Naphthali). 1 See N. o. The Sept. uses two forms of the nominative, Mavaaarj (Gen. 48; 5) and Mavaaaijs (2 Kings 20: 21) for nirsa. Here, though not at Matt. 1 : 10, the Amer. Bible See. has restored Manasseh. I recommend that it be done in both places. — W., Daub., {Manasse). Dodd., Wesl., Campb. (in Matt.), Wakef.. Newc, Woodh., Penn, Lord, Murd. ' See V. 4, N. i and v. 5, N. 1. • See 2 Pet. 1: 1, N. a, &c. W., T., C.j-Fr. S.;-Erasm., Cocc, Mey. All others, including E. V., applj' the principle cited in v. 6, N. ο ; which I also recommend to be done: Simeon. t See V. 6, N. o. This name is given Vith one s by W., T., C. ;-Erasm., Bez. (in some edd.), Whist., Wells, Beng., Lowm., Wakef., Allw., Gerl.:— Germ., Dt., Cocc, Moldenh., Mey., De W., Hengst., follow the Chethibh (Issaschar or Isaschar) : — all others, including E. V. here and in the 0. T., take the Keri, which I also recommend : Issachar. " See V. 4, N. i and v. 5, N. 1. ' Both here, and at Matt. 4: 13, 15, the Amer. Bible Soc. has restored Zebulim, in accordance with the principle of v. 6, N. o. I recommend that the change be adopted in both places. — G., Lowm., Guyse, Wesl., Newc, Lord, Treg., (Zebidon), Dodd., Campb. (in Matt.), De W. and Hengst. (Sebidon). " See oh. 4 : 1, N. a. » Seech. 4: 1, N. b. ' See ch. 5 : 6, N. r. 124 REVELATION. KING JAMES VEUSION. could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands ; 10 And cried with a loud voice, sa3ang. Salvation to our God whicli sittetli upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. 11 And all the angels stood round about the throne, and (thovt the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worsliippiid God, 12 Sajang, Amen : Blessing, and glory, and w^isdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and GREEK TEXT. avTov ovSeli ηδυι/ατο, e'/c τταντος tUvovs Koi φυλών καΙ λαών και γλωσσών, ίστώτβς Ινωτηον τον θρόνου και ενώπιον του άρνίου, 7Γεριβίβλημ€νοί στολα? λευκαρ, καΐ φοίνικίί iv ταΐζ γ^ρσίν αυτών 10 καί κράζοντας φωντ] μβ- γαλτ], λίγοντΐ9, Η σωτηρία τω καθημίνω eVi του θρόνου του θβοΰ ημών, /cat τω αρνιω. 11 Α at τταντβί οί άγγίλοι ίστηκίσαν κύκλω του θρόνου καΊ τών ττρεσβυτίρων καΐ τών τεσσά- ρων ζώων, καΐ ίττεσον ενώπιον του θρόνου eVt ττροσωττον αυτών, καΐ -προσίκυνησαν τω θίω, 12 ?\.βγοντβς, Λ μην η ευλο- γία KCU ή δοζα και ή σοφία και η ευγαριστια καΐ η τιμή καΐ ή KEVISED VERSION. whicli no 'one «could number, of ^'eveiy nation, and -tribes, and ''peoples, and tongues, "standing before the throne, and before the Lamb, 'clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands ; 10 And 'crying with a loud voice, saying : ^The salvation '■unto him ''who sitteth on the throne of our God, and unto the Lamb. 11 And all the angels stood 'around the throne ) and i the ciders and the four '■living crea- tures, and 'they fell before the tluOue "'upon their '"face, and w^orshipped God, 12 Saying: Amen. "The bless- ing, and "the glory, and "the wisdom. and "the thanksgiving, ' See ch. 3 : 7, N. p, &c. » For ^&vv., Beng., Matth., Lachni., Treg., Words., Tisch., rear! iSiv. (A. B. C. 'a 10. β 4. Compl.'). '' The variation in the number oitOvovi and φυλώΐ', in which Bcng. and Hcnsst. find .something worthy of note, is observed also by Syr., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Coco., Vilr., Thom., Stu., Lord, Treg. Others, as B. and L., Dodd., Wakef., AVords., make all the four nouns singular. The rest follow the Vulg. ' See eh. 1 : 7, N. k. •^ E. v., ch. 10: 11; 17: 15. Elsewhere, by disregarding the niiniljer, E. V. sometimes hides or obscures the meaning. Thus, comp. Luke 2: 10 (rtairt r^ λαφ, to all the people = Israel) with V. 31 (τίάνΐων ■ίων λαών, of all the peoples, i. e. on earth, includ- ing the two divisions specified in v. 32) ; Acts 4 : 25 (λαοί.', peoples), 27 (λαοΐί Ισραήλ, peoples of Israel = the tribes gathered to- gether at the Passover) ; &c. An oversight of kindi-ed influence pervades the common English version of the 0. T. — W., R. ;- foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Daub., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kenr. « See ch. 4: 1, N. c, &c. W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt. ;- Erasm.. Vat., Cocc, \'ur., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Alhv., Greenf., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Hengst., Kenr. Matth. and Words, edit iarura; (B. 'a, 14. β 4.'). Bloomf. marks Λζ^ίβιβτ.τιμίΐΌΐ. as 'a reading thought to need alteration,' and all the other recent editors do alter it to ΛίξιφιβΧημίνονς. on the authority of A. B. C. Ό 21. β 5.' The case would then depend on the iliov. See Win. § 35. 3. and ch. 14 : 14, N. o. f Castal., Cocc, Dodd. But all the recent editors, except Mey., read χράζουαι,. on the authority of A. B. C. ' α 27. β 7. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Arm. Arr. Slav.' I recommend that this reading be followed: ihey cry. See ch. C: 16, N. z. ^ ' That which has been wrought for us.' See ch. 5 : 1.3, N. e, &c. — Dt., It, French verss. ;-Berl. Bib.. Beng., Wakef. (this;- and so Thom., Penn), Newc. (our), Woodh., Allw.. Stolz, Ell., Lord, De W., Kell., Ilengst. ^ E. v., in the next clause ; &c. But, instead of this Erasmian reading (comp. v. 3, N. f ). the Elzevir text and all the recent editors have, ί-φ &εΣι ί;μΰΐ' ΐφ χαθημίνψ ixi i. θ. I recommend that this be adopted, and translated : mito our God who sitteth on the throne. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. — For on, see ch. 3 : 10, N. d, the white robes "who are they, and whence came they ? 14 And I said unto him : »Sir, s^thou knowest. And he said nxnto me : These are they nvho '■come out of 'the great tribula- tion, and '^they ' washed their robes and made 'their robes white in the blood of the Lamb. See 2 Pet. 2: 11, X. g. E. V., ch. 5 : 12, &c.;-W., R. ;- Germ. {Starke). Dt. {sterkte). It. (forza), French verss. (force) ;-Castal. (iv'res), Pagn., Bez., Par., Cocc, Vitr., (robur). Benj., Moldcnh., Herd., Mey., De W., Hingst., (ns Germ.)^ Dodd., Wesl., Kenr. Grot., Hengst.. and others, note how nearly identical the nouns here are with those in the doxology of ch. 5 : 12. The only change is the substitution of ιύχα^κίΐία for TfKovtoi. and this was done, Hengst. thinks, for the sake of independence (' zur Bewahrung der Selbststiindigkeit'). Or it ma}' be, that the effect is here put for the cause, the riches of the divine liberality being answered by the thanksgivings of the creature. ρ See ch. 1 : 6, N. d, &c. 1 See ch. 1 : C, N. g, &c. The final a^j-i/ is bracketed by Knapp, Treg., and cancelled by Mey., Lachm.. Tisch., Theile, on the authority of ' C. 28. 36.' ■■ The Greek order is preserved by R. ;-Latin and French verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., Herd., Woodh., Stolz, Goss., Mey., AUw., All.. Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd. * See 2 Pet. 2: 11, X. f. W., R. ;-Brightm. {who;-anA so Dodd., Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.) TVells, Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Pcnn, Treg. ' E. v., v. 9, and 9 times m this book, out of 12;-'W., R. ;- Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom. {clad), Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. ° E. v., V. 9 ; &c. ;-W. ;-Dodd., Stu.. Kenr. See ch. 11 : 3. N. k. * 'Those that are thus distinguishable.' — R. ;-Syr. (^DeD. hisce). Dt. ;-Vitr. {illis), Daub., Beng., Wakef. {those), AUw., Greenf., De W. " E. v., Matth. 12 : 48 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;- Wells and later English verss.. except Sharpe and Treg. * Excepting Bloomf. and Theile, all the recent editors insert (Lachm.. in brackets) μου after Kijpif. on the autliorit)' of B. C. •a 20. β 6. y 2. Compl. Tulg. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : Afi/ lord. In this address Beng. sees a step to the unlawful worship of ch. 19 : 10 and 22: 8. But it is not necessary, with Hengst., to regard it as equivalent to the divine name, i5"is, in which sense the use of it, if so understood, would have been checked by the elder. Greenf.'s ij-is is sufficient, and the like discrim- ination appears in the Syr. ' ' Thou, who iiskcst these questions ; thou, not I.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. • B. v., in the first clause ; &c. ;-T. ;-Woodh.. Allw. ' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, X. f. » Syr., Dt., Fr. S.;-Cast.al., Aret., Cocc, B. and L., Beng., AYesI., Jloldenh., Wakef. {are coming). Greenf.. Ell. {are to come), Stu.. Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Kell., Hengst. £ V. and others follow the Vulg. ■= See 1 John 2: 7, N. o, &c Dt., It., French verss. ;-Steph., Aret., Vitr., (ilia), Berl. Bib.. Daub., Beng.. Moldenh., Herd., Wakef {that), AVoodh., Scott, Mey., Allw., Penn, Sharpe. Ell.. Lord, Treg. (though with a hesitancy, which is not justified by the reference to ' νΛομονίι and all similar words.' Comp. the anarthrous use, Matt. 24: 21; Mark 13: 19; &c). De W., Words, (who also cites Tertullian's 'ex ilia pressura magna.'), Scholef., Kell., Hengst. 1 See ch. 1: 6, N. y, &c Dt., Fr. S.;-Bnghtm., Beng., Wesl., Penn, Ell., Murd. ' ' Before entering into it.' — The aorist form is observed by W., T., C, G.;-Bnghtm., Herd., Mey., Sharpe, Ell., Lord;-alI of them, however, except 'the last two, turning ΙρχόμινοιϊηΙο the same tense. E. V. follows R. ' The words, οτΌλάί oAtuv {tai at. our. B., accordino• to Treg.) are cancelled by all the recent editors, except that Bloomf. would merely bracket them. In their place, Beng., 126 REVELATION. KING JAMES' VKRSION. 1-5 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple : and he tliat sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. 16 They shall liimger no more, neither thirst any more ; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. 17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them GREEK TEXT. 15 δια τούτο elcriu ^ι/ωτηον του θρόνου του θίοΰ, και λα- τρίυουσιν αυτω ημέρας και pvktos iv τω ναω αντοΰ- και ό καθημβ- V0S ίττΐ του θρόνου σκηνώσίΐ ίττ avTovs• 16 ου ireLvaaovaiv stl, οΰδβ 8ίψησουσιι> βτι, ούδ€ μη ττίση €7Γ αυτούς ο ήλιος, οΰδε πάν καύμα' 17 Ότι το άρνιον το άναμβσον του θρόνου ττοιμανβΐ αυτούς, κα\ 6δηγησ€ΐ αυτούς eVt ζώσας ττηγας REVISED VERSION. 15 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple : and he that sitteth on the throne shall ^tabernacle 'over them. 16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more ; 'neither shall the sun 'fall on them, nor any heat ; 17 For the Lamb ''that is in the midst of the throne shall "tend them, and shall lead them ^ Χχψόΐύ (from βχψή. -which in E. V. is always in this book, ch. 13 : G ; 15 : 5 ; 21 : 3, renderorl iahernacle ; and so elsewhere, 17 times, except Luke 10: 9.) is, 1.. to pitch a tent; and, 2., to dwell in a tent, or, as in a tent. The ^rst sense is here, and nowhere else (except in Fr. S., which uses the phrase, dresser la tenie, throuahout), adopted by It., Fr. S. ;-Engl. Ann. (as one meaning). Dodd., Thorn., Goss., Sharpe, Stii. But this use is unexampled in the Sept. (Ιβχψ'ααεν iv 'Σοίόμοΐζ in Gen. 13 : 12. to which Schleus., Bretscli., and Rob., appeal, not being equi- valent to B^p-i? br!Si> The arfosxijriocrai of V. 18 would be a better, (hough an indirect, reference.), and, as is generally a,grecd, elsewhere in the N. T. ; whereas in the second senile oi dwelling &c. it is found in Sept. Judg. 8: 11, in tlie other old Greek vcrss. (Aquila, Symmaohus, Theodotion) of Ex. 24: IC; 25: 8; Job 11: 14; 38: 19, and, according to general consent, wherever else it occurs in the N. T. (John 1 : 14; Rev. 12: 12; 13 : 6 ; 21 : 3). The Dt. overschaduiven {marg. : ' Of, bywonen, Gr. ene hut, of, tabernakel over lien zyn, of, maken.') ; Aret. obumbrabit; Engl. Ann. (as one meaning) overshadoic \ Grot. erit vice Tabernaculi. proteget; Vitr. rimbrncido suo proleget ; B. and L. couvrira comme nn Pavilion ; Herd., Moy., Hiilte sein; Van Ess ist das Zelt; Treg. be a covert (which he con- siders the only 'admissible' rendering); are inferences, not translations. The word tabernacle is proposed not only as being more literal, but also as suggesting the idea of the fulfil- ment of the 0. T. type ; Ex. 25 : 8, 9 ; 29 : 43, 45 ; 40 : 34 ; &c. Corap. 1 Kings 6 : 13 ; S: 27; Ps. 68: 18; Ezek. 37: 27; &c. — "Wesl. {have his tent), Kist. {in seincm Ileiligthum wohneri), Lord {dwell in a tent, Kell., Hengst. {zelten), Barn. ('The meaning hero is, that God would dwell among them as in a tent, or would have his abode with them.') ;-Rob. (' In N. T., to dwell as in tents, to tabernacL•'). ^ 'For shelter and defense' — the. liti here answering to the Heb. hs after ρώ, )ii, &c. Comp. Ex. 40: 35, 36, 38; Deut. 33 : 12;"ls. 4 : 5^ 6 ; 25 : 4, 5 ; Ezek. 37, 27 ; &c. ; also 2 Cor. 12 : 9; 1 Pet. 4: 14.— W. {on) ; R.;-Vulg. {super), Syr. (= hs )!.•>. Here also De D.'s proteget, and Murd.'s protect, are merely inferential. The verb is the same as in John 1: 14, where Murd. renders it, tabernacled.), German verss. {iiber), It. {so- pra), Fr. S. (siir) ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, {as Vtdg.), Daub., Dodd. {upon}, Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Ileinr. (•pro μετ' aitiov c. 21, 3. fortius h. 1. dioitur {λ airouf.'), Sharpe, Stu., De W. (' over them, as the sublime object of their worship, and as their mighty guardian'), Treg., Kell., Kenr.;- Wahl ( in vel svper'), Rob. {as Dodd.). ' For the force of οΟδέ μτ,, see ch. 3: 12, N. j; ' ΤΓ., R. ;-Vulg. {cadet), Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S.;- Erasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Vitr., {as Vtdg.), Pagn., Bez., Par., Grell., {tncidel), Daub., Dodd., Penn, Stu., Kell., Murd., Kenr., Barn.;-Wahl, Rob. The ns;! of Ps. 121: 6; Is. 49: 10, has here been imitated b}' Fr. G.,-M., {frappei-a) ;-Castal. {feriet), Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Allw., Sharpe, Lord, {strdee), Greenf. k B. v., ch. 5: 12;-W.; Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Thom., Stu., Lord., Kenr., {who), Newc, Sharpe, Treg. For ανάμιβον, all the recent editors have ανά μίαον. 1 See ch. 2: 27, N. r, &c. W. {govern), R. (rM?e) ;-Vulg. {reget), German vcrss. and Dt. (weiden) ;-Erasm. (with the note: 'sive reget more pastor uin'') and Vat. (with the note: 'tcI, instar pastoris. diriget'), {as Vtdg.), Hamm. {•rule them, or be their shepherd'), B. and L. {sera leur Pasteitr), Berl. Bib. {als ein Hirl weiden), Wakef. {tend them like sheep), Newc marg., Treg., {be their shepherd), Woodh. {rule them like a shepherd), Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu. {lead ;-translating the nest verb, guide). Lord {guide), Kenr. {as R.), Barn. {exercise over tliem the office of a shepherd). Matth., Griesb. (according to Theile), Knapp, Mey., Tisch., Theile, Bloomf (in case at. ait. were rejected), insert nothing, on tlie authority of B. (according to Words.) 'a 19. β 6. Aeth. Arm. Erp. ;' — Griesb. (according to my cd.), Uahn, Sch., Lachm., Treg., AVords., insert avtds, on the authority of ' A. 10. 12. 19. 37. 46. 49. 91. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this last reading be adopted : them. REVELATION. 127 KING JAMES VERSION. unto living fountains of waters : and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes. CHAP. VIII. And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. 2 And I saw the seven angels which stood before God ; and to them were given seven trumpets. angel came 3 And another and stood at the altar, having a sfolden censer ; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should ofler it with the GREEK TEXT. υδάτων, καϊ βζαλξίψεί 6 Oeos TTOLV δάκρυον άττο των οφθαλμών αυτών. VIII. CHAP, ΚΑΙ οτ€ ηνοίζβ,την σφραγίδα την Ιβδόμην, (γβνβτο σιγή iv τω ούρανω ώ? ημιωριον. 2 ΚαΙ βΐδον του? βτττα άγγβ- λουί, ot βνώτΓίον του θβοΰ βστψ κασι, καΐ εδόθησαν αύτοΐί βτττα σάλτηγγες. 3 και άλλος άγγελος ήλθε, καΐ εστάθη εττί το θνσιαστήριον, έχων λίβανωτον χρυσοΰν καΐ εδόθη αύτω θυμιάματα ττολλα. Ινα δώση ταϊς ιτροσευχαΐς τών REVISED VERSION. unto "living fountains of waters, and God shall wape away "every tear "from their eyes. CHAP. VIII. And when he ' opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven "about half an hour. 2 And I saw the seven angels •"stand before God, and 'unto them 'who ^there were given seven trumpets. 3 And another angel came, and stood at the altar, having a golden censer, and there was given unto him much incense, that he should *give it Ho the "> With the exception of Matth., all tlio recent editors read fu^s, on the authority of A. B. 'a 25. β 7. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Arm. Erp.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and, with jtijyas νίάτων, translated : fuuntuins of waters of life. Comp. ch. 21 : 6 ; 22 : 1, 17. " The singular is retained by W. ;-Latin verss., Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Dodd., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Mey., Alhv., Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr. For arto, all the recent editors (except Matth.) read ix (A. B.C. 'al4. /3 5.'). ' See ch. 6 : 3, N. i. '' This ώί is in W.. as ; in R., Woodh., Lord, Treg., as it were; in Daub., Wesl., Penn, Stn., Barn., about; in Dodd., Wakef., Thorn., Scott, Sharpe, for about. ' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ^ E. v., ch. 3 : 20 ; &c. ;-(W., T., C, G., R., follow the Yulg. vidi . . . siantes) ;-French verss. ;-Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par.. Cocc:. Grell., Vitr., Beng., Moldenh., Newc, Mey, Stu., Treg., De W., Words., Hengst. ;-the grammars and lexicons on the use of 'datrixa, and ία•(ήχείν as an intransitive present and imperfect. See Dan. 10: 13; Luke 1: 19 (Greek and E. V.); &c., and comp. Tobit 12 : 15. = See ch. 6 : 2, N. g. Here the main point is, the giving of the trumpets to these angels ; not, the distinction thereby conferred on them. Comp. ch. 19 : 8, N. j. ' E. v., ch. 6 : 8 ; &c. ;-Treg. ^ E. v., in the previous clause ;-W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., It. ;-Erasm., Vat., Ilamm., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Bloomf , Stier., Treg., Hengst., Barn. The E. V. variation is after Pagn., Bez., (offeiret), T., C, G. ^ i; The dative of companionship with avv omitted, here assumed by E. V. and many others after Pagn. and Bez., is found more readily in the classics (especially in military nar- ratives, with such words as cr-rpafijj, vavui, &c. ; or when accom- panied by avtoi in the same case), than in the N. T. An instance in connection with a verb of giving has not been produced from any quarter. 2., The dalire of manner (Stu., Rob.) or circumntances (Stu.) cannot here be anything dider- ent from the dative of companionship. 3., The dative of ad- vantage is applied by Vitr. (' Mi g-ratiani precum sanctorum . . . ut orationibus sanctorum bonum conciliaret odorem et fragran- tiam'), Wolf, Wakef. (/or;-and so Thorn., Treg.), Ew. (m commodum precum), Mey., De W., {fur). Hengst. objects, (1.), that, according to ch. 5:8,' the incense is the prayers.' Bufc~ it is not said, that the evy-iafiata, of ch. 5 : 8 is the same thing as the θνμ.ίάμα.χα Λοίχά here given to the angel, and the absence of the article rather implies the contraiy ;— (2.), that ' the juxtaposition of the incense and the prayers is suitable to the earthly, not the heavenly, sanctuary.' To this the answer is, that the description of the latter rests on the arrangements of the former ; Luke 1 : 10 ; — (3.), that it is ' unscriptural to re- present the prayers of the saints as needing the recommenda- tion of angels.' But this assumes, what is very questionable, and is not at all required by the construction, that the angel does not act representatively, or that he represents angels (Hengst. himself understands the angel of ch. 7 : 2 to be Christ; and so at ch. 10: 1; 14: 17; 18: 1 ; 20: 1.), and that the• m,uch incense given to him is the incense of ch. 5 : 8, or denotes angelic intercession. — A better objection than any of these would be, that, in the present connection, this ex- planation is somewhat forced and artiflcial. 4., Hengst.'s own assertion, that, but for the necessities of the vision, rdj 128 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. 4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with tlie prayers of the saints, ascend- ed up before God out of the angel's hand. 5 And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the ea/th : and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake. 6 And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound. GREEK TEXT. άγιων τταντων iiri το θυσιαστή- ριοι το γ^ρυσοΰν το ΐνωττιον τον θρόνου. 4 και ανίβη Ό καττνοί των θυ- μιαμάτων ταΐί ττροσβυχ^αΐί των αγίων, €κ χ^βιροί του αγγέλου, ίνωτΓίον του θβοΰ. 5 /cat ξ'ιληφεν ό άγγίλος το λιβανωτον, καΐ ΐγ€μισ€ν αύτο Ικ του ττυροί του θυσιαστηρίου, και ββαλεν eii την γην και ΐγενοντο ψωναί καΐ βρονται κα\ άστρατταΐ καΐ σεισμοί. 6 Ken οι €7Γτα άγγβλοι βχ^ον- re? Tas βτττα σαλττιγγαί, τ^τοιμα- σαν εαυτουί Ίνα σαλττισωσι. REVISED VERSION. prayers of all 'the saints upon tlie golden altar which )is betbre the throne. 4 And the smoke of the in- cense ''for tlie praj^ei-s of the saints ascended i out of the an- gel's hand "'before God. 5 And the angel took the cen- ser, and filled it "from "the fire of the altar, and cast ^ unto the earth : and there were voices, and 'Jthunders, and lightnings, and an earthquake. 6 And the seven angels ^hav ing the seven trumpets prepared themselves, 'that they sound. might ' It., French verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf.. Ell., Stu., Lord, Tng., De W., Murd., Kenr. 1 This is not so much information respecting what was now seen, as an additional specification of the altar, and rests on Lev. IG : 12, 13 ; &c.— E. V., ch. 9 : 13 ;-'W., G., R. ;-Latia and French verss., Dt. ;-Brightm., De D., Beng., Wesl., Jloldenh. {stehtt), Thorn., All., Kenr. E. V. follows T., C. ' ' Incense belonging to, designed for ;'-the case here answer- ing to \ with the latter of two nouns in construction. Hengst. refers to Gen. 9 : 5. But neither the preposition there, nor the dative here, is intended, as he thinks, to express or imply iden- tity. In the present instance Win, and Hob. find a dative of advantage. See v. 3, N. h. — No such supplement as that of E. V. is found in W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except that It. has dati out of v. 3) ;-Daub. and the later English. ' R. ;-Brightm., Dodd. and the later English verss. generallj', either have no up, or use went in connection with it. " This is put last by "W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. " It is true that verbs of filling are sometimes followed by ix and the genitive of the thing with which = ya xba. But that is not the common construction in either language, and is not elsewhere employed by John after γιμίζα (ch. 15 : 8 ; John 2 : 7 ; 6 : 13) or yi^c.-W., R., (of) ;-Vulg. (de), Syr. (= •]» ;- De D. ex) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Zeg.. Cocc, (as Vidg.), Bez., Vitr., (e.v), Brightm. (out of). Engl. Ann. (' Gr. of. Or, oat of), Ilanim., Daub., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. " W., R. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-Brightm., Engl. Ann., Ilamui., Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Herd., Wakef., Newc, AVoodh., Thorn., Allw., AH., Kist. Penn, Sharpe, ρ The grammatical ambiguity is not relieved by it, and Stu., accordingly, supplies tlie fire. But no supplement is needed, and none appears in AV. ;-Latin verss.. Syr. ;- Woodh., Lord, Kenr. See ch. 14 : 19, N. j. For unto, see E. V., ch. 1:11; 6 : 13 ; 12 : 13 ; &c. ;-R. (on) ;-Gerraan verss. (ai/f;-exce-pt Kist., zu . . . kin), Dt. (op), French verss. (s! ^ ύ'\ καιομζνον (ρληση ei? τηι/ οαΑασ- σαν και eyevero το τρίτον της θαλάσσης αίμα. 9 κα). ατΓίθανξ. το τρίτον των κτισμάτων των Ιν τη θαλασσή, τα βχοντα ψυχας, και το τρίτον των ττλοίων δΐίφθαρη. 10 ΚαΙ ό τρίτος αγγβλος (σάλτησβ, κα\ ίττβσβν etc του ού• burnt up. 8 And the second angel sound- into the sea : and the third part of the sea became blood ; 9 And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died ; and the third part of the ships were destroyed. 10 And the third angel sound- ed, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters ; 11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood : and the REVISED VERSION. 7 'And the first "angel sound- ed, and there "was hail, " and fire, " mingled ^with blood, and 'they ΛνβΐΈ cast ^unto the earth: ' and the third part of "the ti'ees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up. 8 And the second angel sound- ed, and as it were a great mount- ain burning with fire was cast into the sea : and the third part of the sea became blood ; 9 And the third part of the I creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died ; and the third part of the ships ""was destroyed. 10 And the third angel sound- ed, and there fell 'from heaven a great star, burning as '^ a lamp, pavov αστήρ μβγας καωμβνος^ ως ^^°^ -^ ^^jj ^^^^ the third part of λάμπας, και ΐττβσίν ein το τρίτον \ the rivers, and upon the fountains των ΤΓΟταμών, kcu βττ). τας ττηγας of 'the waters : των υδάτων, 11 /cat το όνομα τον αστ€ρος 11 And the name of the star λβγβται'Άψινθος- καΙγίν€ταιτο\^^ called ^ Wormwood : and the ' I find no other Text that omits the copula. T., C. " All the recent editors cancel (except that Knapp merely brackets) this oiyyAos, on the authoriiy of A. B. 'a 27. β 5. Compl. Vulg. MS. Harl* Tol. Syr. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word angel be omitted. ' E. v., vv. 1, 5 ; kc. ;-Fr. S. {il y eut) ;-Hamm., Daub., B. and L. {as Fr. S.), Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh. (werej-and so AIlw., Lord, Treg.), Thorn., Penn, Stu., Murd., Kenr. For- eign yerss. retain the singular. " This punctuation, which is that of It. ;-Yat., Bierm., Moldenh., Murd., serves on the one hand to justify the pre- ceding was as singular by position, and, on the other, to indi- cate the reference of the participle to both nouns. » All the recent editors insert h before αΐμ.. The number of ιβλήθη answers to the subject in the neutor plural form sug- gested by μίμιγμίνα. Or: '/i, the horrid mixture, was cast.' J See V. 5, N. p, &c. » Here all the recent editors insert the words, xcU to tpitov ■trjs γηί χαϋχάη (Α. Β. ' α 26. |3 7. y 5. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this read- E. V. follows I ing be adopted, and translated : and the third part of the earth was burnt up , . » In the apocalyptic earth. See v. 10, N. e.— Foreign verss. ;- Brightm., Hamm., Daub, and the later English verss. " E. v., V. 7, &c. The singular is used also in Vulg., Dt., It., French verss. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Daub., Beng., Herd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Greenf., Stolz, Kist., Goss., All., Van Ess, Gerl., Ell., De W. The other reading, Ικ^θάρηααν (Ά. α 5. β 2. Compl.'), is approved by Mill, and edited by Beng., Knapp, Mey., Hahn, Lachm., Treg., Tisch., Theile. But E. V. probably followed T., C, G. ' The Greek order is retained by Latin verss., It., Fr. G., -M.,-S. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., Stu., Treg., De W., Words., Murd. Ί Seech. 4: 1, N. d, &c. « See V. 7, N. a. Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-B. and L. marg., Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Words. The article is omitted by Erasm., Mill, Treg. f Before "A^-. the article ό (A. B. 'a 23. β 4. y 3. Compl.') is inserted by all the recent editors, except Bloomf., though he also thinks it ' probably genuine.' The Elzevir Text and all the recent editors insert tuv ihatuv after ίό Hfitov. I recom- mend that the reading be followed : of the waters. Yl 130 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. third part of the waters became wormwood ; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter. 12 And the fourth angel sound- ed, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars ; so as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone not for a third part of it, and the night like- wise. 13 And I beheld, and heard an flying through the midst of hea\'en, saying with a loud voice. Wo, wo, wo, to the inhab- iters of the earth, by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound ! angel GREEK TEXT. τρίτον els άψίΐΌον, kul '/wWol άνθρώττων άττ^θανον 4κ των υδά- των, oTt ϊτΓίκρανθησαν. 12 Και ό τ€ταρτοί ayyeXos βσάλτΓίσβ, καΙ βττληγη το τρίτον του ηλίου καΐ το τρίτον τη9 σε- ληνηζ καΐ το τρίτον των άστίρων, ίνα σκοτίσθ^ το τρίτον αυτών, και ή ημ€ρα μη φαίντ) το τρίτον αύτης, και ή νυζ ομοίωί. 13 Καί ξίδον, καΙ ηκουσα evos άγγβλου 7Γ€τωμίνου iv μβσουρα- νηματί, XeyovTOs φωνρ μεγάλη, ΟύαΙ, ούοα, όύαΐ τοις κατοίκοΰσιν €7Γί της γη9, (Κ των λοιττών φω- νών τη? σαλτΓίγγος τών τριών αγγέλων τών μελλόντων σαλ- ττίζειν. REVISED VERSION. third part' ^becomes wonnwood, and many '■ men died of the waters, because they were made bitter. 12 And the foiu-th angel sound- ed, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars, 'that the third part of them 'might be darkened, and the daj' 'should not shine for •the third part of it, and the night likewise. 13 And I ""saw, and Ί heard angel ""flying "in "mid-heav- an en, saym ar with a loud voice ; pWoe, rwoe, pwoe, to "those who dwell on the earth, ■■from the n-emaining voices of the tiiimpet of the three angels «who "are about to sound. ^ The present tense is employed by Fr. S. ;-Λ'αΙ., Newc, marg., Woodh., AUw., Stu. The other reading, εγίναο (A. B• Ό 26. β 6. y 2. Com pi.'), is edited by Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words, (though pi-obably through oversight, as he has the present in his note, and in his version.), Tisch. ^ All the recent editors insert tuv before ανθρ-, on the au- thority of A. B. 'a 19. β 6. Compl.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and translated : of the. See v. 7, N. a, &c. It, Fr. G.,-M. ;-Beng., AVoodb., Thom., Allw., Penn, Lord, DeW. ' The proper telic force of the ΐκα is presented by Dt. (opdat . . . zou . . . zoii), Γι•. S. (qfin que) ;-Daub. (that . . . might . . . might), Woodh. {so that . . . should . . . might), Allw., Words., (so thai . . . should . . . shoidd), Penn {tliat . . . might . . . shone), Stu., Treg., (in order that . . . might . . . might), Lord (that . . . should ... should), De W. ('damii [Zweck des Schlagens; nicht so dass, Vitr.] es verfinstert wUrde . . . der Tag nicht scheinei'). The reading ^ai'jj (φάν^) is edited by Matth., Bloomf.j Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. ' α 20. /3 4. γ 4.' ) Ε. v., 4 times in this verse; &c.;-W., T., C, G., R. ;- Germ., Dt.. It., French verss. ;-Hanim., Daub., Wesl., Moldenh., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom.. Kist., Mey., Allw., Lord, Treg., De W., Hengst., Murd., Kenr. ' See eh. 4 : 1, N. b. 1 E. v., ch. 5 : 11 ;-Dt. ;-Daub., Woodh., Allw., Stu., Lord. ■" For άγγίλου, all the recent editors have actoi (of which• Mill also approved), on the authority of 'A. B. α 23. β 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. ed. in m.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : eagle, and that the follow- ing note appear in the margin: 'Or, as a few copies read, angel.' See ch. 4: 7, N. d. " E. v., ch. 14, 6;-bt., It.;-Engl. Ann., Cocc, Berl. Bib., Beng.. Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., AUw., Greenf.. Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words. ° Berl. Bib. (Mittel-Himmel), Wakef., Stu., (mid-air), Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf. and Treg. (the m.). Ell., Lord, Words. ;-L. and S., Green, (mid heaven, mid-air). Γ See Jude 11. N. a. 1 Elsewhere in this book (10 times) the participle χαϊοι*. with its article, and in connection with ιλΙ or h, is in E. V. rendered : them (they) that (which) dwell. ;-W. (men that dwell) -,-Όοάά., Allw., (those that d.), AYoodh., Stu., Lord (those dwelling, Treg., Kenr. ■■ Syr. (^Greenf -,τί ;-De D. a), Dt. (ran) ;-Erasm., Vat., (e;-for the Vulg. de), Pagn. and later Latin verss. (a), Engl. Ann. ('Or, from'), Hanim., Woodh., Penn, Lord,De W. ('eig. her von'). ' Comp. E. v., ch. 3: 2;-Dt. (overige) ;-Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., (reliqiiis -,-ίοτ the Vulg. ceteris), Ilamm., Treg., Kenr., (rest), Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., All., Stier, De W., («ftrig-en ;-for Luth.'s andern). Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord,^Words. • See 2Pet. 2:11, N. f. " For are about, see ch. 3 : 16, N. ρ and 10 : 7, X. y, Sec. A'ulg. (uses the fut. participle), Syr. (:= Greenf. ci^nr), Fr. S. (iOni);-Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Hamm. (ready), Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg. REVELATION. 131 KING JAMES VERSION. CHAP. IX. And the fiftli angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth : and to hhn was given the key of the bottomless pit. 2 And he opened the bottom- less pit ; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace ; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3 And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth : and unto them was given power, as the scoi-pious of the earth have power. 4 And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree ; but only those men which have GREEK TEXT. IX. CHAP ΚΛΙ 6 πεμπτοί ayyeXos εσαλ- TTitre, KoiX el8ov άσπρα €Κ του ουρανού πβτττωκοτα els την γην, καΐ (.^όθη αύτω η κλβΐί του φρέα- τος τηζ αβύσσου, 2 καχ ή'νοίξζ το φρβαρ τψ αβύσσου. καΧ άν4βη καπνοί εκ του φρίατοί ώ? καττνοζ καμίνου μβγάληί, καΐ ύσκοτίσθη ο ijXios και ο άηρ €/< του καπνού του φρέατος. 3 Καΐ €Κ του καττνοΰ βζηλθον άκρ'ώΐζ as την γην, κα\ ί8οθη αύταΐί έζουσία, ώ? βχουσιν ξζου- σίαν ο\ σκορπιοί τηζ γης' 4 καΐ (ρρβθη αύταΐί 'ίνα μη άΒικησωσί τον χ^ορτον της γης, ούδζ πάν χλωρον, ούδβ πάν 8ev- δρον, el μη τους ανθρώπους μο- νούς οίτινες ουκ βχουσι την σφρα- REVISED VERSION. CHAP. IX. And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star ^fallen from heaven unto the earth : and Hhere was given 'unto him the key of the "^ pit of the 'abyss. 2 And he opened the ' pit of the ^abyss : and there ""ascended ' smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace, and the sun 'was darkened, and the air, ''by the smoke of the pit. 3 And > out of the smoke there came "forth locusts "unto the earth, and "there was given unto them power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. 4 And it was "said unto them, that they should not hui-t the gi-ass of the earth, pnor ''any green thing, fnor mny tree, but ■■the men =only 'who have not ' Not : while ' falling' (Wesl.). The force of ΛίΠ-ύωχ. is more or less clearly expressed, sometimes by means the men seek death, and shall 'not find it ; and «they shall idong to die, and death "shall flee irom them. 7 And the '^likenesses of the locusts were like ■* horses prepar- ed unto battle ; and ■'upon their heads, ' as it were crowns ^like gold ; and their faces, ' as the faces of men ; 8 And they had hair as the hair of women ; and their teeth were as ^ of lions ; =as 9 And they had breastplates iron breastplates ; and the " See ch. 7 : 3, N. g, &c. ' Seech. 8: 2, N. e, &c. " See ch. 8: 2, N. f. For βαυαι-ιοβώβι, Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., read βαΰανιαθ^ήβοΐΐαι, (' A. 12. 36. 38.'). > Dodd., Wakef. and the later English verss. (except Stu., Treg.). » ' Thus toraiented.' Here, and throughout the rest of this ch., the article before ανθ. refers to those sj)ecified in v. 4, and should therefore he allowed to retain its definite force. — E. V., at V. 20;-modern foreign verss., except Greenf. ;-TVesl., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Ell., Lord, Murd. (at τ. 18) ;-Kob. Comp. ch. 16 : 8, N. o. ' All the recent editors, on the autlioritj» of A. B. Ό 26. /3 6. Compl.', substitute for ονχ the emphatic negative ov μ•ή τ= by no possible means. See ch. 3 : 12, N. j, &c. For (ίρψαναιν, Beng., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., read dfuaiv (A. and 8 cursive MSS.). ' W., R. ;-Dt., French verss. ;-Dodd., Moldeuh., Thorn.. All., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. ' ^ Set their mind on it, as their only refuge.' — German verss., except De W., (begehren), Dt. {begeeren) ■y-Ca.staX., Vitr., ( cu/Jieni ;-for the Vulg. desiderabimt), Cocc. (concupis- cent), Thom. {earnestly desire), Stu., Murd. For ήιινξααι, Lachra., Treg., Tisch., read φινγιι (A. and 4 cursive MSS.). ' Milton, P. L. i. 673 : ' The likeness of a kingly crown.' I recommend that o^ojwjua be so rendered at Rom. 1 : 23; 5 : 14. — E. v., Rora. 6: 5; 8:3; Phil. 2: 7;-W. {likeness) -,-ΤίοΜ. {as W.), Penn, Treg. Other verss. have form, forms, figures, appearances, thus dropping the etymological relation (pre- served in Vulg., Syr., Erasm., Vat.. Bierm.) between the noun and the following adjective. "i For the omission οί unto, see E. V., in the next clause; and ch. 1: 13, N. d. For upon, see ch. 6: 16, N. b, &c. ' W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ. ;-Erasm., Vat., Pagn. (wants the second copula ;-and so Bez., Par., Lord), Hamm., Wakef., (want the first), Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Beng., Herd., Woodh., Mey., Greenf, Stu., Do W., Hengst., Kenr. For όμοιοι zpft^v, Matth. reads 6μ. ;tpviot; Griesb., Knapp, Jley., Sch., Words., simply χρναοί (Β. '25. β 5. y 3. Compl. Ar. P. Slav. MS.'). f R. ;-Syr., Germ. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., Brightm., Daub., Beng., Woodh., Greenf, Lord, Hengst. Others (Fr. S., Penn, Stu., De AT., JIurd.) supply a demonstrative pronoun ; while others, as E. V., follow the Vulg. ^ E. v., in the next clause ; and see ch. 4 : 1, N. d, &c. " Seech. 2: 27, N. s. REVELATION. 133 KING JAMES VERSION. and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle. 10 And tliey had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails : and their power was to hurt men five months. 11 And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name ApoUyon. GREEK TEXT. ΤΓΤίρυγων αυτών ώί φωνή αρμά- των ϊτπτων τΓολλών τρβχ^οντων els 7Γολ€μον. 10 καΐ βχονσιν ονρας όμοιας σκορπίοίί, κα). κέντρα ην iv ταϊί ovpais αυτών καΧ ή βζουσία αυτών άδίκησαι τονί άνθρωττονζ μη ν as ττβντβ. 11 ΚαΙ €•)(ουσιν εφ αυτών βασιλέα τον ayyekov ty]s αβύσ- σου• όνομα αυτω ΈβραϊστΊ Άβα8δων, καΙ iv Trj Έλληνικτ] όνομα ίχει Λ7Γ0?^υων. REVISED VERSION. sound of their wings was .as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle ; 10 And they 'have tails like J scorpions, and "-stings were in their tails ; and their power icas to hurt 'the men five montlis. 11 "And they ""have "over them "a king, " the angel of the labyss ; diis name 'in Hebrew, t Abaddon ; "and in the Greek' "he hath "the name ApoUyon. ' Syr.. Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Daub., Beng.. Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Newc. marg., Woodli., Thom., Mev., Allw., Penn, Sharpe. Stu., Stier, Lord (at v. 11), Treg., De W.. Words., Ilengst. E. V. and otbers follow the Vulg. ) See oh. 1 : 13, N. d. *■ Of the verss. which follow this reading, the Greek order is observed by the Vulg. and its translators, Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Beng. (though he omits ψ, and supplies sind), Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Stu., Lord. Pagn. introduced eranlqite aculei. But, for the reading of our Text, xai xivtpa . . . a8ιxr^ΰat^ Matth. has xai xsvtpa. xai iv fatj ονροΛζ avtuiv t;^ouciti' ftoufltar tov άδ. J Sch., Lachm.. Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, have xai xivfpa: {xivipa,) xai iv tal{ σύραί; avtuv rj i^ovala aituv (Sch. tov) άδ. Treg. presents the evidence thus : ' xai in place of ψ, and the following xai omitted, A. 17. Vulg. MS. Syr. Erp. (xai α 4. β 2.) xtr.• xai in t. ovp. air. Ιξοναίαν ΐχονβί (ioi) Β. α 21. β 5. Comp!.' I recommend that the margin contain this note: ' Or, as many read, and stings; and in their tails [is] their power &c.' I See V. 6, N. y, &c. " The xat is bracketed by Bloomf , and eancelled by all the other recent editors (except Beng.), on the authority of A. B. ' α 23. (3 7. y 2. Compl. Oopt. Ar. Slav. MS.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted. For ίχονΰίν, Matth., Mey., Sch., Tisch., read ίχονααι (Β. 'α 21. β 3. Compl.' For have, see v. 10, N. i. ° The Greek order is found in W., R. ;-Latin and German verss., Dt. ;-Wesl., Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. For iqi' ait., Beng., Matth., Treg., Words., Tisch., read ΐτί ait. (A. B. 'a 16. 3 4. Er. Compl.'). ° Many (Dt., etc., Fr. S., Hengst.) translate this as = for a king, as king- ; and the only objection to this is that, according to Prov. 30 : 27, the presence of a king in the case would rather be mentioned as another peculiarity, than as something that might be taken for granted. ρ There is no supplement in W., R. ;-any foreign version ;- Wells, Dodd., Wesl, Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. 1 See V. 1, N. e. ' The relative construction, introduced by the Ύ\ύ<;., is avoided in Dt., Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Woodh., Mey., Allw., Greenf , Sharpe, Stu., De W. ' E. v., John 19 : 20. In the same chapter E. V. has twice, in the Hebrew ; elsewhere, in the H. tongue ;-W. {by H.). R. ;- Latin verss. and Syr. (use an adverb), Germ, {niif ebriiisch), Dt. (in het H.), It., French verss. ;-Beng., Herd., Mey., Greenf., All., (use an adverb), Wesl. {in the H.), Moldenh., De W., Hengst., {as Germ.), Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. ;-Rob., Green. ' There is no copula in the Latin verss. (except Castal. and Vitr.), Syr. ;-Greenf., De W. » SeelJohn2:20. N. o, &c. ' Of the verss., that do not translate iv τ§ Έλλ. by an ad- verb, the following do not supply the omitted noun, though several neglect the article: W., G., R. ;-Syr., Germ., It., French verss. ;-Cocc., Daub., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Stier, Lord, Treg., Hengst., Murd., Kenr. * The solecistical construction of E. V. is found nowhere else, and may have been at first but an error of the press, though it is still retained by the Amer. Bible Society. » The possessive pronoun is not found in the older English or in the foreign verss. (except Greenf ) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord. In the Vulg. this verse is enlarged by the addition of the words, latine habens nomen E.vterminans; to which W. again adds as a supplement the English explanation, that is a destroyer. 0., omitting, of course, the Latin clause, imitates it {that is to say: a destroyer) ; as do also, though commonly by way of marked supplement, Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bez., Par., Herd., Newc, De W. Instead of thus appending the interpretation, Lord substitutes it for the Greek name. I recommend that it be given in the margin : ' That is, Destroyer.' 134 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. 12 One wo is past ; and be- hold, there come two woes more hereafter. 13 And the sixth angel sound- ed, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God, 14 Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates. 15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men. GREEK TEXT. 12 Ή ouou η μία άπηλθ^ν Ιδον ('ρχονται en δυο ούαί μετά ταντα. 13 ΚΑΙ ό e/cro? αγγελοί βσαλτησε, και ηκυνσα φωνην μίαν e'/c των τεσσάρων κέρατων του θυσιαστηρίου του γ^ρυσοΰ του Ινωτηον του θεοΰ, 11 λεγουσαν τω εκτω άγγελω οί είχε την σαλττίγγα, Λΰσον τουί τέσσαρα? άγγελουί του? δε- δεμενουί ετη τω ττοταμω τφ με• γαλω Έύφραττ). 15 ΚαΙ ελΰθησαν οι τέσσαρες άγγελοι οι ητοιμασμενοι εΐί την ωραν και ημεραν καΐ μήνα και ενιαυτον, ίνα άποκτεινωσι το τρί- τον των ανθρωττων. REVISED VERSION. 12 'The first ^woe is past : ' behold, there 'come ''3'et two woes '^after these things. 13 And the sixth angel sound- ed, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God, 14 Saying to the sixth angel 'who had the trumpet : Loose the four angels '*that 'have been bound 'by '='that great river Eu- phrates. 15 And the four angels were loosed, '■that 'had been prepared for 'the hour, and ' day, and " month, and • year, 'that they should "kill the third part of "the men. y For this Hebraistic use of jl; as an ordinal (comp. ch. 11 : 14), see E. v., Matt. 2S : 1 ; &c. ;-It., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Wells, Daub., B. and L., Berl. Bib., Moldenh., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn.. Allw., Penu, Stu., Lord, Words. For woe, see Jude 11, N. a. » The conjunction (introduced by the Vulg.) does not appear in the Syr., German verss.. Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Cocc.. Wells, Vitr., Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., AIIw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., IMurd. For ΐ^χονΐα,ι, is substituted ΐξιχιτίαι (' A. α 16. β 5. Compl. Copt.') by Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch. ; not, as Bloomf. says, 'by all the recent editors.' " E. v., Matt. 12: 46; &c. ;-W., C, R. ;-foreign verss. (ex- cept B. and L.) ;-Daub., Dodd. {yet other). Wesl., Wakef. {two more are yet), Woodh., Thom., Alhv., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd.. Kenr. (still). •• See ch. 1 : 19, N. c. Words, reads, Svo oial• xai μασ, ■ΤαϋτΌ ό 'ixtoi xt%. (Β.). " See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. For 5{ ιΐχι, all the recent editors read ό ίχαν (Ά. Β. α 27. β 6. y 3. Compl.'). But, instead of construing this as a vocative, Thou that hast (Words.), we should class it with the other, and kindred grammatical ano- malies of this book, and still translate as above. 1 See ch. 7 : 13, N. s, &c. • Ell., Lord, Treg., Words. Comp. v. 15, N. i. ' Drus. : 'Hie έτΰ valet by super, i. e. juxta, secus, prope.' E. v., John 5: 2;-Syr. (^ Greenf. is), German verss. (an;- except Moldenh., bei), Dt. (bij). It. (in su), Frencli ycths. (sur), Pagn., Castal., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Grell., Vitr., (ad ;-for the Vulg. in), Hamm., More, Daub., Wakef., Newc. Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Words., Kell., Murd., (at), Dodd., Ell., Lee (upon), Stu. ε Gen. 15: 18; Deut 1: 7; Josh. 1; 4. See 1 John 2: 7, N. o. E. v., ch. 14 : 8 ; 17 : 18, &c. ;-Dt. (de groote rivier den Etifraat), Fr. S. (le grand fleiive de I'Euph.) ;-Bez., Par., (illiid), Brightm., B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Words. " Seech. 7: 13, N. s, &c ' Comp. V. 14, N. e. Here the participle is translated as a pluperfect by Vulg. ;-Erasm., A^'at., Castal., Cocc, Grell., Vitr., Moldenh., Lord, Treg., Words. ' ' The precise period set.' — Dt., It. (qudV era), French verss. ;-EngI. Ann. (' Or, at the time appointed by God'), Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Crol., Allw., Greenf., Gerl.. Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Lee, Kell., Hengst., Keru-. '' The repetition of the article before each noun (French verss., Jloldenh., Greenf., Gerl., Stier), is grammatically allow- able, but in English unnecessary. ' See ch. 8 : 6, N. s, &c. Cocc, Eichh., Heinr., connect this clause with ίτ,νθηααν ; Aret, Wells. Esv., Ell., Stu.. De W•• with ^rotjuas/ifVot, which I prefer ; Allw., with ώρα» . — R. (that they might) ;-Dt. (opdat zij . . . zouden) ;-Bez., Par., (iit occidant;- for III occidereiit of Vulg., &c.), Dodd., Thom., Allw., Lord, (as R.), Stu. (are prepared . . . that they may), Treg. ■» See ch. 2: 13, N. c R.;-Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Treg., Kenr. " See V. 6, N. y, &c REVELATION. 135 KIXG JAMES VERSION. 16 And the number of the army of the horsemen -were two hundred thousand thousand : and I heard the number of them. 17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breast-plates of fire, and of jacinth, and brim- stone : and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions ; and out of their mouths issued fire, and smoke, and brim- stone. 18 By these three was the GREEK TEXT. 16 Koi b αριθμοί στρατευμά- των Tcu ΙτΓΤΓίκοΰ δυο μνριαδβί μυριάδων καΐ ήκουσα τον αριθ- μόν αυτών. 17 Και οΰτωζ ΐΐδον τουί «ττ- ΤΓΟϋ? iv Trj bpaaei, και τους καθη- μίνουζ 67Γ αυτών, ίχοντα? θώρα- κας ττυρίνους καΐ ύακινθίνου^ καΐ ββιωδεις• κα\ αϊ κβφαλαΐ των ΐτητων ώ? κβφαλαΐ λεοντών, καΐ €Κ τών στομάτων αυτών εκττο- ρευεται ιτΰρ και καπνοί καΐ θείον. 1 8 ΰττο τών τριών τούτων άττε- RE VISED VERSION. 16 And the number of "the parmies of the 'cavaliy 'was two 'mjTiads of myriads : 'and I heard the number of them. 17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and "those -who sat on them, having breastplates "fieiy, and "hyacinthine, and 'like brimstone : and the heads of the horses ivere as the heads of lions, and out of their mouths yproeeedeth fire, and smoke, and brimstone. IS 'By these three 'were '■kill- ° Before arpat., all the recent editors insert ■iuv (A. B. ' α 23. β 6. Compl.'). ρ Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Aret., Cocc, Yitr., Daub., Berl. Bib., Bang., Wakef., Newc, Woodh. (troops), Thom., Allw. (forces). Greenf., Ell., Stu., Lord, De W. {Schaaren), Treg. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. ■i Dt. (ruiterij), It. (cavalleria), Fr. S. (cavalerie) ;-Daub., Penn, (horse), Herd., Mey., De W., (Reiterei), Woodh., Thom., Allw., Lord. ' W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub. and the later English. ■ See Jude 14, N. ra, &c. Sjr. (= Greenf. niail rias^), Fr. S. ;-Cocc., More, Daub., Dodd., JSTewt.. Herd., Newc. marg., Woodh., Thom., Clarke, Mey., Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Barn., Murd., Kenr. Comp. Ps. 68: 17, in the Heb. For δνο fitip., Matth. reads μυρ. (Β. "α 25. β 4. γ 2. Compl. Αγ. ρ. Slav. MSS.') ; Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read Si,e-(Sva-) /ivptaSfs(-A. 11.12. 36.'). « All the recent editors cancel this xai, on the authority of A. B. Ό 25. β 4 Compl.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, and be omitted. (• I the number heard? Milton, P. L., vi. 769.) ° For those, see ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c. ; — for wfio, see ch. 1 : 5, N. T, &c. ' IluptVovf is translated by an adjective in W., T.. C, G. ;- Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm., Hamm., Wakef. and Barn, (red), Ell. (of fire-cohur, fire-like), Bloomf. (flam- ing, flashing fire, radiant), Stu., Lord;-Rob. (fiery, fiam- ing, glittering). Green (shining, glittering). " ' taxivOivovi is translated by an adjective in the Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm. (of purple colour). Hamm., Wakef., (blue), Stu. (dark-red). Lord, Barn. ;-the lexicons (all of which explain it as an adj. of colour). (Milton, P. L. iv. 301: ' hyacinihin locks'). * As the other two epithets, so θειώδείξ, compounded of flfiov (always in E. V., brimstone) and dSoi, describes, not the ma- terial of the breastplates (Rob. made of sulphur), but their appearance. Woodh., accordingly, renders, cf the colour of fire, of hyacinth, of brimstone. And so Fr. M. : de coideur de feu. <^-c. — T. (brimstony; — the word used also by Ben .lonson, in a passage formed on the above description, and cited by Rich., s. v.: 'his habergions Brimstony, blue, and fiery;' — habergions being the phrase heie for Supaxaj. of the older English verss.) ;-Germ. (schwefelichte), Dt. (sidferverwige) ;- Brightm. (of brimstone colour), Beng., Moldenh., Hengst., (as Germ.), Herd., Mey., All., (schwefelfurb), Hamm., Wakef. and Stu. (yellow). Van Ess (schwefelfarbige), Stolz. De W., (schxcefelgelbe), Ell. (sulphu7--like), Stu. (if a sulphureous hue), Treg. (like unto brimstone) ;-L. and S. (brimstone like). y For the verb, see ch. 1 : 16, N. q, and E. \., ch. 11 : 5 ;— in which last place the piesent tense is retained by E. T., as it is here by W., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S.;-Cocc., Titr., Beng., WesL, Herd., Newc. marg., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw.. Penn, Bloomf., De W., Treg., Words., Hengst., Kenr. Comp. v. 18, N. e. '■ For νΛΟ, all the recent editors read ana (A. B. C. 'a 27. β 6. y 8. Compl.'). After tpiHv they all insert Λληγϊάν (A. B. C. ' α 22. (3 7. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Arm. Slav.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and trans- lated : plagues. ' A plural verb is given in connection with the word part, by E. v., Acts 23: 6; 1 Cor. 15: 6; and is here retained with the same, or a similar, collective noun in the singular, by Syr. ;- Cocc, Lowm., Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, De W., Murd. ^ For this order, see R. ;-foreign verss. generally;- Woodh., Allw., Stu. 136 REVELATION. KING JAMES' VERSION. third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brinrstone, which issued out of their mouths. 19 For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails : for their tails were like unto sei-pents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt. 20 And the rest of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and GREEK TEXT. κτανθησαν το τρίτον των άνθρω- ττων, 4κ τοΰ TTvpos και εκ τον καπνού καΐ €Κ τον θξίον, τον ίκΤΓορβνομίνον βκ των στομάτων αυτών. 19 αί γαρ ϊζουσίαι αντών iv τω στοματι αντών elo-r αΐ γαρ ούραΐ αντών ομοιαί 6φ€σίν, εχου- σαί κβψαλαί, καΐ iv ανταΐί άδι- κονσί. 20 ΚαΙ οι λοιΤΓοΙ των ανθρώ- πων οϊ ονκ άττεκτανθησαν iv ταϊς ττληγαΐί τανταίί, οντβ μ€Τ€νοησαν iK των ίργων τών γίΐρών αντών, Ινα μη ττροσκννησωσι τα δαιμο- REVISED VERSION. ed the third part of 'the men, by the fire, and ''by the smoke, and "iby the brimstone, which 'proceeded out of tiieir mouths. 19 For ftheir ^powers ^are in their mouth^ : for their tails "are like " servients, and i-have heads, and with these "-do they hurt. 20 And the rest of the men, 'who were not killed by these plagues,' yet repented not lOf the works of their hands, 'that they 'should not worship -the >= See V. 6, N. y, &c. * All the recent editors, except Bloomf., cancel the second and third ix, on the authority of A. B. (C. wants the third) 'tt 25. β 7. Compl.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, by be omitted in both instances. « For the verb, see ch. 1 : 16, N. q, &c. Words., with Bloomf. 's approbation, uses the present issuelh, as being 'ranch more e.Ypressive here and in ver. 17, as shewing the perpetual agency and the divine power of Holy Scripture.' But this is to subject the version, not to the grammatical construction, but to an unusual (and, as I suppose, a strangely erroneous) inter- pretation. The ixjiofiivitai of v. 17 is simply the historical present, and for that reason, and no other, should be so rendered. But the relation of foi έχΛο^ίνομύΌν to αΛιχ^άνθηβαν requires, that the participle be allowed, what it so often carries in it, the simultaneous force of the imperfect. Comp ch. 1 : 16, N. q. ' Vat, Cocc, Zeg., Vitr., (po/esia/es ;-though the last three reject this reading), Dodd,, Thorn., Scott, Allw. But for αί . ίξουΰίαί aiitup, all the recent editors, (except that Bloomf,, apparently through oversight, retains ούΐώ»,) read {j . tjouijca tCjv irijtav, on the authority of ' (τΌΛων A.) B. C. α 27. β 7. Corapl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav.' I reco.mmend that this reading be followed, and translated: the power of the horses. ^ For (isi.{v), all the recent editors read iati, xai ev rats oipai; avtuv ('the MSS. &c. just cited [exc. 2,]'. See N. f.). I recommend that this reading ba adopted, and that the version stand thus : is in tlieir mouth, and in their tails. ■■ The finite present precedes and follows are and have. "W., K. ;-Syr., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Titr., B. and L., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Herd., ΛVakef., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., All,, Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Words., Hengst., Kenr. Many of these, indeed, give a participial rendering of ΐχουβαί ; but this in Engli.sh makes the reference doubtful, un- less we at the same time adopt Thom.'s transposition: their tails having heads are like serpents ; which, again, might seem to limit the resemblance, more strongly than the original does, to the fact of the tails being headed. For the omission of unto, see ch. 1 : 13, N. d. For do they hurt, see W. (they noien), G., R., (they hurt) ;-Brightm., Newc, Penn, Kenr., (as G.), Dodd., Woodh,, Lord, (they injure), Wakef,, Thorn,, (they do l_the] mischief), Allw. (do they inj.), Stu. (they do harm). ' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ' The original edition of E. V. has a comma here ; and so have other verss., that yet follow the reading ovti (for which Matlh., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch,, Lachm., Trcg,, Words., Tisch,, read ού (' C. α 20, β 4, Compl,'). The omission of the comma tends to prolong the relative construction, and to intro- duce an anacolouthon at v.'21. Lee, indeed, regards oi λοίΛοί as a nominative absolute. But for out's followed bj' χαί, see Mark 5:3, 4; John 4: 11; 3 John 10. k Seech. 2: 21, N. o. ' ' Whatever effect these plagues had on them (see v. 6), it was not such as to involve a change of practice.' On the other hand. Win. and De W., and perhaps Dodd. and Stu. (that they might not E. v.. Matt. 5 : 48 ; 20 : 28 ;-Dt. {gelijkermjs), It. {nella maniera die) ;-Treg., De W. (so wie). ' The supplement in E. V. came from the Vulg. (quemad- modum cum). There is nothing for it in Syr., German verss. Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc. Grell.i \"itr., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thorn., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, AYords. 1 All the recent editors, as well as our Test, have the article αί. which is wanting, here and in v. 4. only in Erasm. and three cursive MSS. k This verb occurs very often in the N. T., and is generally rendered in E. V., to speak ; never, ίο utter, except in these two verses; and that the thunder-voices were articulate, is plain from V. 4. The construction is that of a verb with a cognate accusative. Conip. Matt. 2 : 10 ; Mark 3 : 28, in the Greek and in E. V. — W., T., C, G., R., (spake their voices) ;-Latin verss. (locuta sunt . . . voces suas), Syr. (= Latin rerss.), Germ. (redeten . . . ihre Stimmen), Dt. {spraken . . . hunne stemmen ;)- B. and L. (use parler). Beng., Moldenh., De W., Hengst., {as Germ,.), Herd., Mey., All., (sprachen . . . ihre St.), Sharpe (as W.), Words. 1 See V. 3, N. k. But all the recent editors cancel, except that Knapp merely brackets, the words tas φωνά; ίαυΐων. on the authority of • A. B. C. α 28. β 5. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am.. Tol. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. SISS.' — evidence, Bloomf. acknowledges, 'so strong' as to obviate the suspicion, which he would otherwise 'be inclined' to entertain, 'that the words were cancelled for the sake of removing a tautology.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the words, with their voices, be omitted. ■" All the recent editors cancel μοί, on the authority of ■A. B. C. ο 23. βΰ. γ2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Ilarl. Tol. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that, in ac- cordance with this reading, the words, unto me, be omitted. - Comp. ch. 5 : 1, N. c. E. V., ch. 22 : 10, and 21 times else- where ;- Wakef , Lord, (though they do not distinguish the compound verb at ch. 5:1), Words. " E. v., ch. 1: 19, &c. ;-W. (what things), R. ;-Latin verss. (quae), German verss. (was). It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Dodd., Sharpe, Lord, (what), Wesl., Wakcf (as W.), Penn (the [words} which). Ell., Murd., Kenr. ρ See V. 3, N. k. For tavta, Matth., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, read aira (A. B. C. 'a 20. β 5.'). 1 See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ' See V. 1, N. a. E. V.. ch. 7 : 1 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Brightm., Engl. Ann., Daub, and the later English ver.ss. (except Words), B. and L., Greenf For on, see ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c. ■ All the recent editors insert ΐήν διξιάν after ανΐοϋ, on the authority of 'B. C. α 27. β C. y 3. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. .\rm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that the reading be adopted, and that the word right be introduced before hand. ' See ch. 1 : C, N. g, &c. REVELATION. 139 KING JAMES VERSION. ed heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the and the things which sea, „.... — ....X.Q. are therein, that there should he time no longer : 7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall hegin to sound, the mystery GREEK TEXT. τολ' ουρανον καΐ τα ev αντω, και την γην και τα βρ avTrj, καΐ την θάλασσαν καΐ τα iv αύτη, Οτι γρονοί ουκ €σται eTL' 7 άλλα iv ταΪ9 ημβραΐί ttjs φωνηί τον ίβδομον άγγβλον, όταν /Λ€'λλι; σαλττίζβιν, καΐ τίλβσθη REVISED VERSION. who created "the heaven and the in it, and the earth and it, and the sea and the things ' in it, that ''the time sliall not be yet, things the things 7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he ■^should 'be about to sound, ^'and " E. v., ch. 20 : 11 ; &c. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Thorn., AUw., Sharpe (the heavens), Ell., Sta., Treg. ' The relative supplement (_that are) of E. V. is after the Vulg. (quae sunt), &c. There is nothing for it in Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Sharpe, Lord, Murd. For in it, see W., R. ;- Dodd., Penn and Lord (in the second instance : zcpon [o?i] it), Murd., Kenr. (in the second instance). " XpoiOs here has been understood to mean, 1., time as op- posed to eternity (Areth., Ribera. Marck, &c.). But nowhere else, in sacred or profime authors, does the word carry this idea, nor does it accord with the subsequent representations of the prophecy (ch. 11: 1•5 ; 20: 7): — 2., a mystical period of 1111 ( '/a ) years (Beng.. Wesl.), or of 360 (Bickersteth, Birks), or of the full " 1260 days,' ' time, and times, and half a time,' or ' forty-two months,' of ch. 11 : 3 ; 12 : 6, 14 ; 13 : 5 ; Dan. 12 : 7 (Gill). But this also is entirely without precedent, and does not rest securely on the analogous use of xatpcJs (ch. 12: 14; Sept. Dan. 7 : 25 ; 12: 7) : — 3., = ό zi'°>'°S} iind then iVt must be rendered yet, as yet, (Ft. S.;-Daub., Lowm., Newt., Newc, Scott [as one meaning], Crol., Ell. [who explains the omission of the article by Jlidd.'s rule, P. 1. ch. 3. ξ 3., respecting cases of construction with the substantive verb] , Lord, Barn.) ; the time, whose approach is proclaimed, or assumed, throughout this book and by the whole strain of prophecy from the beginning, and for which all creatures wait with earnest expectation: — 4., delay (Brightm., Par., Grot., Hamm., Cocc, Vitr., B. and L., Gill [as allowable], Jloldenh., Herd., Eichh., Wakef., Thom., Clarke, Heinr., Ew., Mey., Allw., Ros., Jones, Gerl., Scholef., Bloomf, Stu., Treg., De W., Words., Kell., Ilengst.). The third interpretation is favoured by the readings of our Text, according to which ΐΛ^αθγι in v. 7 most naturally depends, wath liivKri, on οίο*. But all the recent editors have here oixiti la-eai (A. B. C. 'a 24. β 7. y 3. Compl.') and, in the next verse, itiXeeOri {' A. 0. α 22. β 5.'). I recommend that these readings be followed, in which case the fourth interpreta- tion of χφόνοί, ( though rather implied in the whole clause in its connection with other pai-ts of the book, such as ch. 2 : 10, 21 ; 6: 10, 11 ; 9 : 5, 12, 15, than immediately expressed by the noun itself,) is to be preferred, as furnishing a sense more suitable to the splendour and majesty of the scene, as well as illustrative of the gracious condescension of the Lord toward the weakness of His suffering servants. The version might then stand thus : time there shall no longer be; But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, tchen he should be about to sound, is also finished the mystery of God, &c. The xai may be considei-ed Hebraistical ly redundant (comp. Luke 2: 15 ; James 4:15) or conversive, and so xtu, ti'K. or xai ittx. = ttxtaeriairai (the reading of Areth.) or tan tiXt αύτο, ΐττίκρανθη ή κοιλία μου. 11 Έ^αΙ λ€γ€ΐ μοι, Ael σβ ττα- λιν ττροψητίΰσαί βττΐ λαοΐί κα). ϊθνβσί καΐ γλωσσαΐί καΙ βασι- λβΰσί ΤΓολλοίρ . XI. CHAP, ϋΤαι ΐδοθη μοι κάλαμος ομοιοζ ραβδω, λeyω^', Έγβιραι, κα\ μέ- τρησαν τον ναον του θβοΰ, καΐ REVISED VERSION. little book. And he "saith unto me : Take, ' and eat it up ; and it shall make Jbitter thy belly, but ήη thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey. 10 And I took the little book out of the 'hand of the angel, and ate it up ; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey ; and, "when I had eaten it, my belly was "made bitter. 11 And he "saith unto me: Thou must pagain prophesy 'of many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. CHAP. XI. And there was given me a reed like " rod, ^he sajnng : Rise, and measure the temple of God, " Vat., Castal.. Cocc, Beng., Wesl., Wakef., Newc. Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe. Ell., Stu., Treg., De W., Words. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. ' E. v., Matt. 26 : 2G ; &c. ;-Syr., Germ. ;-Pagn., Casta!., Bez., Par., Cocc, Grell., Wells, Titr., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Ell., Lord, De W., Hengst., Murd. 1 The Greek order is kept by Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., It., Fr. G. ;-B. and L., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Greenf., Lord, De W., Kenr. k The Greek order is kept by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M., Herd.) ;-Daiib., Dodd., Woodh., Tliom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr. I R. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. " W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd. and the later English (ex- cept Newc, Words.). Nowhere else does E. V. render ore as soon as, except Luke 15 : 30. " The verb is translated as such (^ was made or became bitter, was imbitlered, &c.) by E. V., v. 9; ch. 8 : 11 ;-R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ., Dt., It., Fr. M.,-S. ;-Daub., Beng., Herd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Stu.. Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst.. Kenr., Barn. ° See V. 9, N. h. For λίγ», Matth., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read λίγουοι. (A. B. 'a 18. β 4. Am. HarV). f The τΐάτ,ιν is given before the verb by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Castal., Greenf.) ;-Dodd., Newc, Lord, Murd. 1 The sense of apud, with, among (not coram, as Pagn., Bez., followed by E. V. and others), might rest upon Acts 28: 14. But it is more obvious, and has a larger usage to sustain it, to regard the clause as indicating the oVject, the wide range, of the prophecy itself. Comp. John 12: 16; Heb. II: 4; the Hebrew construction, 1 Kings 22: 8, 18, fe X23rn (to which the Syr. and Greenf. here correspond) ; Is. 37 : 22; &c. So here Fr. S. (swr);- Castal., Homb., (supei•), Grot., Ew., Ros., (de), Hamm. (of). Wells, Wesl., Wakef., (concerning), Beng., Moldcnh., Herd., Mey., Stier, De W., Hengst., (uber), Stu. (respecting), Murd. (upon) ;-Wahl, λΥίη., Rob., Schirl. » See ch. 1 : 13, N. d. '' 'The giver.' The reading, xai ctetrjxei ο άγγϊλο; (Β, [χο£ let. ο άγγ.] 'α 7. [and 14.] Compl. Syr. Arm.'), followed by E. V. and others, is rejected by Mill and all the recent editor.s, and was perhaps introduced from Sept. Zech. 2: 3; 3: 6 (-5). Areth. construes xiyuv with χάλαμος. But the participial usage of the book justifies us in treating it as a nominative absolute. — W., T., C, R., and others, follow the Vulg. et dictum est mihi (though the Cod. Am. has dicens), Germ, (und sprach) ;-Vat. (a dicente mihi), Wells, Wesl., Sharpe, (and he said). Beng., Hengst.. (as Germ.). Moldenh., Jley., (niit dn Worten), Herd. (die Slimme sprach), Newc. ([the angel] saying), Woodh., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., (.raying), Ew. (hisce cum ver- bis). Stolz (mit dem Befehl), Ell. (and the angel said), Stier (sprechend), De W. (indem man sagte), Ebr. (imd gesagt). 142 REVELATION. KIXG JAMES VERSION. measure tlie temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therehi. 2 But the court which is with- out the temple, leave out, and measure it not ; for it is given unto the Gentiles : and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. 3 And I will give poiuer unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a tliousand two hund- red and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. 4 These are the two olive- trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth. GREEK TEXT. TO θυσιαστή pLOu, καΐ tovs ττροσ- KVvovvTas iv αντω• 2 Koi την αύλην την 'ίσωθίν του ναοΰ εκβαλί (ζω, και μη αύτην μ€τρησΎ)ί, Ότι βδοθη τοΓ? (θν^σι• και την ττολιν την άγίαν ττατησουσι μηναί τβσσαρακοντα δυο. 3 ΚαΙ δώσω τοΪ9 δνσΐ μαρ- τυσί μου, καΙ -κροφητ^υσουσιν ημζρας -χιΧιας διακόσια^ βζηκον- τα, ΤΓβριβ^βλημβνοι σακκου^. 4 Ούτοι €ΐσιν αΐ δυο iXaiai, καΐ δυο λυχ^νίαι αΐ ενώπιον του θβοΰ τηί γηί βστώσαι. REVISED VERSION. and the altar, and ■^those '^who worship therein : 2 ''And the court which is "within the temple 'cast out, and measure it not ; for it is given unto the Gentiles : and the holy city shall they ^tread forty - two mouths. 3 And I will give ' unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hund- red and Jsixty days, clothed i-with sackcloth. 4 These are the two olive- trees and ' two "lamp-stands, "which 'stand before the 'God of the earth. ' For those, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, &e. ; — for who. see ch. 1: 5, N. V, &c. ■• SeelJolm2:20, X. o, &c. ' I recommend that the reading 'ίξωθιν, which the Elzevir Text and all the recent editors substitute for the Erasmian ίβωθίν. be adopted, and translated : without. ' 'As profane.' Comp. the -^Vrn of Dan. 8: 11.— This full force of the word appears in E. \. marg., and often elsewhere ;- W., T., 0., G., R. ;-VuIg. {ejice). Syr. (using the same word as in Matt. 8: IC), Germ., Dt. marg., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat, Par., TIeinr., {as Vulg. ;-one of the rare occasions on which Par. dif- fers from Bez., who had here adopted Castal.'s e.rclude). Brightm., Engl. Ann., Ilamm., Cocc. and Vitr. (projice). Wells, Daub., Beng., Dodd. (throw), Wesl., Moldenh., Herd., Woodh., Crol., Ew., Greenf , Goss., All., Ell., Stu., Treg., Words., Kell., Hengst., Kenr., Barn., Ebr. ^ 'Both as occupants and oppressors.' Comp. the Sept. Is. 1: 12; IG: 10; 2(i: G. — Latin vcrss. (calcabimt -,-ΐχοογί Castal., conculcabunt) , It. {caldie.ranno') ;-'WeKl., Eichh. (;jro- fanis pedibus permearunt), Campb. (at Luke 21 : 24), Woodh., Ew. (' Ttaftif, δ•ίΊ, de gressu festuoso et strepente sanctitatem loci hand curantium.'). Greenf. (uses the verb o^n of Is. 1 : 12), Lord, De W. {ireten ;-for the zertreten of other German verss.). Words. >> See ch. 5 : 8, N. e. Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Sharpe. Lord, Kenr. Before 6iJo Lachm. and Tisch. insert*ai;(A. B. 'alO. β 3.'). ' Not power merely, as in v. 6, but all that is needed for the efBcient discharge of their perilous office. Whatever they are called to spend for their Lord, their Lord will first supply ; and, in consequence of that, and on the strength of that, l/iey shall prophesy. The streams of grace shall be ever flowing in on them from the divine fountains, and, out of the abundance of the heart, they shall speak. Comp. ch. 3 : 9, Ν . u. Jlany, in- deed, (Castal., Grot., Vitr., &c., Ebr.) suppose that we have here a simple Hebraism = Iwill give, command, cause them to pro- phesy. But the form of the original is presej-ved by W., R. ;- Vulg., Syr. (though the sign of the dative serves also for the accusative, that is no reason for supposing, with De D. and Murd. [dabo duos testes ineos; I will give my two witnesses; so Luth., ic?i will meine zween Zeugen geben]. that the inter- preter meant to change the Greek construction.). It. (supplies di profetizzare) ;-Erasra., Vat., Aret. (' Dabo non atrium, nee templum, sed othcium docendi, &c.'), Brightm., Cocc, Vitr. (to whom Ebr. errs in assigning the supplement, civitaiem. That is Bez.'s interpretation [dabo illam}, which Vitr. rejects as not to be endured— ;/ere)irfa non est.), Beng., Herd., Woodh., Thorn., Greenf., Gorl., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Stier, Treg. (with endow for &ύβω), Hengst., Kenr. ) W., T. and 0. (Ix.), R. ;-Daub., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. E. V. follows G. 1= See ch. 7: 13, N. u. W., R.;-Latin verss. (the ablative without a preposition), German verss., Dt., It. (_di), French verss. (de). 1 Before Siio all the recent editors insert oi (A. B. C. Ό 19. β G. Compl.'). For iuruoat. they all (' perhaps rightly,' says Bloomf) have htutis (A. B. 0. Ό19. j3 4.'), and all change @(oi to xnpiov (A. B. C. 'a 27. β 5. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arr.'). The second of these variations presents a con- stnictio ad sensum, that does not affect the version. The other two I recommend for adoption : the . . . Lord. "' See ch. 1 : 12, N. c, &c. " The oi refers both to ίλοΓαι and ΐ.νχνίαι, not exclusively to the latter, as E. V. may seem to intimate : but the original REVELATION. 143 KIXG JAMES VERSION. 5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their ene- mies : and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. 6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy : and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. 7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the GREEK TEXT. 5 KCLL el Tif avTOVi OeXr) άδί- κησαι, ττνρ ίκττορβυβταί εκ τον στοματοί αυτών, και κατβσθιβί τους ίγθρους αυτών καΐ βΐ tls αύτους θβλτ} άδίκησαι, ούτω Sei αύτον άποκτανθηναί. Ο Ουτοί βχ^ουσιν Ιζονσίαν κλβΐσαι τον ούρανον, 'ίνα μη βρ€• χτ] υίτος Ιν ημβραίί αυτών τη9 προφητείας• και βζουσίαν ί'χου- σιν 67Γ£ τών υδάτων, στρεφειν αυτά eh αίμα, καΐ ττατάζαι την γην πάση πληγή, οσάκις eav θβ- λησωσι. 7 ΚαΙ όταν τελε'σωσί την μαρ- τνρίαν αυτών, το θηρίον το άνα- REVISED VERSION. 5 And if any "one °will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their ene- mies ; and if any "one -will rhurt them, ithus 'must he be killed. 6 These have power to shut heaven, that "no rain fiill 'in the days of their "prophesying ; and 'they have power over "the waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with «every plague, as often as they will. 7 And when they shall have finished their testimouA', the " See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, (Sec. For βΐλι;, all the recent edi- tors (except Mey.) read ei%ti ([A. in the first instance] B. C. more than 20 cursive MSS. Compl.). ρ De W. pronounces this an ' intolerable (unertrdglich) re- petition,' and at once substitutes Bcng.'s artoxtili'ai. But as this reading is almost utterly destitute of authority, so it really subverts the structure and meaning of the whole verse, intro- ducing (and that only in one contingency) an application of the lex talionis, in place of the stern justification, by means simply of an emphatic reiteration, of the severity by which the Lord would shield the inviolable sanctity of His witnesses (1 Chron. 16: 22; Zech. 2: 8). and of which they themselves had just been, and are now again (οντω), represented as the instruments. 1 See 2 Pet. 3 : 4, N. g. E. V., ch. 9 : 17 ; 18 : 21 ; &c. ;-ΤΓ., R. (so) ;-Latin verss. (sic or ila), Syr., Germ, (also), Dt. (alzoo), French verss. (ainsi) ;-Beng., De W., Hengst., {as Germ.), Dodd., Lord, (as R.), Wesl., Wakef , Woodh., Penn, Sharpe, Treg., Slurd. The adverb is kept in its place by ΛΥ., Τ., C, G., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Dodd., Woodh., Thom., Alhv., Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. ' The Greek order is preserved by "W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Dodd., Woodh., Mey., Allvv., All., Treg., De W., Murd., Ebr. ■ See ch. 7 : 1, N. a, &c. All the recent editors read μη iito; βρ^Χν C ^• ^• C. α 20. β 6. Compl.'). Dt. (geen regen regene) ;- Berl. Bib. (kein Regen regne), Beng. {es ketneii R. gebe), Dodd. (no rain shall be showered down), Wakef. (tio r. shall conie down), Stolz (k. R.Jalll), De W. (k. R.falU). In addition to these, the following translate ifroj βίίίχ^ by a noun and per- sonal verb: Syr. (^=pluviapluai) ;-Castal. (pluai imber), Cocc. (pluat pluvia), Vitr. (riget terrain pluvia ;-aud, bating the supplement, this is closest to the Greek), Woodh. (rain may not fall), Penn (r. fall not), Sharpe (the r. rain ?ioi). Stu., Murd., (tlie r. shall not fall), Ebr. (nicht R. sich ergiesse). E. V. and others follow the Vulg. t For Iv ήμίραΐζ all the recent editors substitute iaj ημί^ας (' A. B. C. α 25. j3 5. y 2. Compl.'). I recommend that this read- ing be adopted, and translated: during the days. So for aitHiv trjs Λροψ. all, except Bloomf., read τί-ί rtpo^. ^ituv (A.B.C. al5. βό. Compl.'). >■ E. v., 1 Cor. 14 : 6, 22 ; 1 Thess. 5 : 20 ;-Dt. (profetering) ; Castal., Cocc, (vaticinationis), Wesl., Wakef. (teaching). Thorn., Scott, Greenf (iixi:?, the word in Ezra 6: 14, and there rendered by the Sept., Λροφ>;ί fi'a, and by E. V., prophesying) ;- Bretsch., Wahl, Rob. ' W., R. ;-SyT., Dt., French verss. ;-Brightra., Dodd., Herd., Wakef, Newo., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., Penn, Stu., Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. E. V. follows T., C, G. " R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Hamm., Daub, and later English verss. (except Lord). See ch. 14 : 18, N. a. " A singular form is employed by W., R. ;-foreign verss., except Moldenh. and Gerl. ;-uodd., Wakef, Newc, AYoodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. Before naay) all the recent editors insert h (' A. C. α 21. β G. y 2. Compl. Er.'). edition has a comma after candlesticks as well as after trees. — The definite participial construction is here (as generally else- where in E. V.) replaced by the relative, in R. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-Cocc., Daub., Btng., Dodd., Moldenh., Wakc-f, Woodh., Thom., Allw., All., Penn, Gerl., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Hengst., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. 144 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. 8 And their dead bodies shall lie iu the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified. 9 And they of the people, and kindi-eds, and tongues, and na- tions, shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall GREEK TEXT. βαίνον (Κ τήί αβύσσου ττοιησίΐ πόλβμον μβτ αυτών, καΐ νικησίΐ αύτουί, καΊ airoKTevel αυτούς. 8 και τα πτώματα αυτών eVt TYjS ττλατβίαί ττολεω? τηί μεγάλης, ■ητΐ9 καλβΐται -πνευματικών Σό- δομα κα\ Αίγυπτος, Όπου και 6 Κύρια ημών βσταυρώθη. 9 και βλβψουσιν Ικ των λαών καΐ φυλών καΐ γλωσσών και ίθνών τα πτώματα αυτών ήμίρας Tpeii καΐ ήμισυ, καΐ τα πτώματα REVISED VERSION. ''beast that ascendeth out of the "abyss shall make war "with them, and sliall overcome them, and 'shall kill them. 8 And their 'remains shall ^be 'on the 'broad place of 'the great city, which is ^called spiritually Sodom and Egj^t, where also "■our Lord was crucified. 9 And 'men of the 'peoples and ktribes and tongues and na- tions 'shall see their "'remains three days and "a half, and "shall » Here, and throughout the remainder of the book, θηρίον answers to the niipi of Dan. 7. (Sept. θηί>ίον). As neither term always bears the specific sense which the former retains in ch. 6 : 8, so, in the case of the apocalyptic θηρία, the name seems to intima'.e their general bestial appearance, ratlier than their ferocity. Comp. Tit. 1:12; and Heb. 12 : 20 with Ex. 19 : 13. ' See ch. 9 : 1, N. e. ' Seech. 2: 16:N. q. I- W.;-Germ., Dt.;-Beng., Ell., Lord and Murd. (will), Ilengst. Many express the auxiliary only in the case of ' In the N. T. Λΐϊόμα occurs only in this context, jMatt. 24: 28 (E. Y. carcase), and Mark 6: 29 (E. V. corpse). Its radical meaning, that which is fallen, ruin, wreck, explains the reading to ατΰμα (A. B. 0. α 19 [21, at v. 9]. β 5. Copt. [Slav., here]), which has been adopted here, and in the first instance of V. 9, by all recent editors. This reading Lord and 'Words, render, ώ•αά Imdy, which, however, the English idiom does not allow ; whereas the term proposed above, while it comes nearer the etymological idea, suits equally well the singular and the plural forms. It is employed by 'Woodh. ^ Fr. S. ;-Grot., Berl. Bib., Beng., 'Wesl. ('perhaps hanging on a cros.s'), Woodh., Thorn.. Stu., Ebr. {ist). E. 'V. and many others follow the Vulg., jacebunl. ' Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L. f Always, except in this book, ΛΧα -tsla is in the N. T. found in the plural, and means streets. But here where the singular is used (not, as Vulg. &c., in plateis), with the definite article, and that in connection with a great city, it is equivalent to the 31Π1 (Greenf's word here, and for which ΛλαίίΓα often stands in the Sept.) of Neb. 8 : 1 ; Job 29 : 7 ; Is. 59 : 14 ; etc., the/oram or open place of public resort. — Syr. (= De D. vicum lalum, except that vicum is supplied. The Syr. term is a form of that used in Matth. 7 : 13 for wide.), Dt. marg. (ruimte ;-and see the note). It. (piazza), Fr. S. (grandc p/ace) ;-Castal., Cocc, (foro). Daub, (great place), B. and L. (place), Beng. (Plaiz), Woodh., Alhv., Sharpe (open square). Ell., Lord (at ch. 21 : 21 ; 22: 2), Words, (broad-way). The lexicons commonly define the word by via latior, to which Schleus. adds latum spatium. Rob. ' a broad way, wide street in a city.' Before «όλεω?, Beng., Matth., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words.. Tisch., insert τηζ (Ά. C. tt 19. β G. Compl.'). ^ The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-Latin (except Vitr.) and French verss., Syr., Germ. ;-Wesl., Wakef , Newc, Woodh., Greenf., Treg., Hengst., Keni-. '' For ■ημΰν, ail the recent editors (except Bloomf.) sulistitute αντΰν, Ά. Β. C. a 24. β 6. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' — -evidence much larger than what Bloomf. very often, and twice already in this verse, deems sufficient. I recommend that the change be adopted : their. In death, as in life, the witnesses ai'e conformed to their Lord. Matt. 10 : 25. Comp. V. 12, N. f. ' The E. Y. they may have come from the Erasmian οΐ before ix tuiv ίθνΰν. — W. (some) ;-A'u!g. and Syr. (supply nothing), Germ, (etliche), Dt. (de menschen), It. (gli iiomini), Fr. S. (il y en aura . . . qui) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Par., Vitr., homi- nes), Engl. Ann. (' Or, some ... for all could not come to see them ; see ch. 5 : 9 and 7 : 9.' This supplement of ΐινίς is adopted also by Grot., Cocc, Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Thorn., All.; Sharpe, Bloomf, Treg., Murd. marg.), Dodd. (per- sons), Herd., Mey., De W., (viele), Greenf, Lord, Keur., Ebr., (as Vulg.). 1 See ch. 7 : 9, N. d. k See ch. 1 : 7, N. k. 1 All the recent editors read βλίΛονσιν (A. Β. C. 'a 26. β 6. Compl.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the word, shall, be omitted. ° See V. 8, N. c. » See 2 Pet. 2 : 14, N. f. " Lachm., Treg., Words., read a^iovst (Tisch. άφιοναιν) on the authority of A. C. and 3 cursive MSS. But the change of tense might imply that, as the refusal of the rites of burial was intended to put yet more dishonour on the Lord's 'slaughtered saints,' so it sprang also from the satisfaction felt bj' their enemies in gazing on their remains. REVELATION. 14-5 KING JAMES VERSION". not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. 10 And they that dvrell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another ; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth, 11 And after three days and an half the Spirit of life ft-om God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet ; and great fear fell upon them which saw them. 12 And they heard a great voice from heaven, saying unto GREEK TEXT. αντων ουκ άφησουσι τβθηναι els μνήματα. ] Ο κα\ οί κατοικοΰντΕί βττΐ της γης• γαροΰσιν βττ αντοΪ9, καΙ βυ- φρανθησονταΓ και δώρα 7Γ€μψου• σίν άλΧηλοίί, ότί otroi οί δυο ττροψηται ϊβασανίσαν τουί κατοι- κούνται fVi της γης- 1 1 ΙναΙ μβτα τας Tpeli ημέρας καΐ ήμισυ, ττνίΰμα ζωηί βκ του θΐοΰ βίσηλθβν eV αϋτονς; καΐ βστησαν eVt tovs ττοδας αυτών, και φόβος μβγας kireaiv ίττι τους θβωροΰντας αυτούς. 12 καΐ ηκουσαν φωνην μβγα- Χην e'/c του ουρανού, λυγούσαν REVISED VERSION. not suffer their premains to be put "iiuto 'sepulchres. 10 And they that dwell •οη the earth 'shall rejoice over them, and "shall make merry, and shall send gifts 'to one an- other; because these two pro- phets tormented "those that dwelt on the earth. 11 And after 'the three days and J'a half the ^spirit of life from God entered ^nto them, and they stood upon their feet ; and great fear ''fell upon Hhose who 'beheld them. 12 And tliey heard a ■'loud voice from heaven, saying unto ρ Here, again, the change of number suggests the decent respect to be paid in bui ial to the individual bodies, which, in that relation, are no longer thought of as a promiscuous Λίΰ/ία. 1 Daub., Newc. Alhv., Sharpe, Treg. "■ For μντιμ.ο.τα. all the recent editors substitute μχτ,μα. (' A. B. α 2G. 3 5. Conipl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav, μνημιΐον C. 30.' Words, cites the uncials thus: 'μνήμα Β. in A. lacuna est intir ΐίβψαί et xoiocto fere literarum. μνήμιον C). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : a se/rdlchre. E. Y. u.>;es grave for μνήμα only this once out of 7 times, and for μνημιιον 8 times out of 42 ; in the other instances, tmitb or sepulchre ;- 11. (monuments) ;-Himm. (tombs, monuments). Daub, (the sepulchre), Wakef. (tombs), Newc, Penn, Sharpe. (a tomb), Wood!)., Stu., Lord. Tieg., Words, (a monument). • See ch. 5 : 7, N. a, ic. ' All the recent editors give χαίξιοναίν (" A. β. C. α 25. β 7. Compl.') I recommend that, in acconlance with this reading, the word, shall, be omitted. " See V. 7. N. b. Lachm., Hahn, Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., read ti^faivovtai (' A. C. 1 2. 28. 36. iv^favoivtai, 14. Er.'). But comp. Phil. 1 : 18. Here as in v. 9, the change of tense intimates that the second thing mentioned is the result of the one preceding. The making merry and sending gifts to one another are the ways, in which they shall proceed to manifest their joy. ' Dodd., Wakef., Stu., (each other), Daub., Wesl., Thorn., Lord, Treg., Murd. " See ch. 2 : 2, X. h, &c. ' Syr. (= De D. hos), Dt., Fr. G. and -M. (ces), Fr. S.;- Engl. Ann. ('Or, those'), Coco, (illos), Wells, Beng., Wesl., Herd., ΛΛ'akef. and Murd. (these), Newc. Woodh., Thorn., Mey., Allw., Penn, Gerl., Sharpe, Eli., Tieg., Stier, De W., Hengst., Kenr., Ebr. J See 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f. ' See Jude 19, N. 1. That rtvti\ua ζωής is here = f^n nil, Ger. 6: 17 ; 7 : 15 ; (so Sept. in both placts, and Grecnf. here) &c., appears from the ett'ect that followed. That it does not designate the Holy Spirit, is the view of the Latin verss. (at least Vitr. alone gives Spicitiis, with a capital S. Castal. vitali spirilu), Syr. (= Greenf.). Dt. (een geest), Fr. S. (mi esprit) ;- Engl. Ann., Beng. (ein Lebensodem), Moldenh. (der Athem), Herd., Mey., De W., (Lebensgeist), Wakef., Treg., (the breath), Woodh. (a sp.). Thorn, (a breath), Heinr., Crol., A'hr., Penn, Gerl. and Ebr. (ein G.), Ell., Stu., Kell., Murd., Barn., the Amer. Bible Soc. ;-the lexicons. * The reading in airouj is rejected by all the recent editors, of whom Beng., Treg., give aitoli (C. and 4 cursive MSS.) ; Matth., fi'i ανϊούί (' Β. α 17. β 4.') ; Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Lachm., Hahn, Bloomf., Word.^., Tisch.. Tbeile, iv avroif (A. and 2 cursive MSS.). ■* For ΪΛίΠΐν, all the recent editors (except Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.) read ('perhaps rightly,' saj-s Bloomf) ϊηίΛίαίν (• A. C. α 12. [& 13.] Compl.'). Fur those who, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, &c and 2 Pet. 2, 11, N. f. ' E. v., V. 12 ; &o. ;-Dt. (aanschouwden) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Par., Cocc, Vitr., (use spectare;-!or the Vulg. videre), Berl. Bib. (anschauelen), Beng. (at v. 12, schaueten), Dodd. (looked upon), Wakef. (tlie beholders), Woodh., Lord, (those beholding), Thom., Allw., Ell., Stu.;-the lexicons. «i See ch. 1 : 10, N. x. 19 145 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud ; and their enemies beheld them. 13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand : and the remnant were affrighted, and gave, glory to the God of heaven. 14 The second wo is past ; GREEK TEXT. αντοΐί, Αΐ'αβητ€ ώδΐ. Και avi- βησαν ei? rou οϋρανον iv rfj vt- φ^λ-ΐ], και ίθίωρησαν avTovs ol εχθροί αυτών. ό Js^aL €v iKiLvr] τη ωρα eye- veTO σ€ΐσμοί μίγαί, καΐ το δίκα- τον τηί ΤΓολβωί ίττεσβ, καΐ αττε- κτανθησαν Ιν τω σίίσμω ονόματα ανθρώπων χιλιάδες ίτττα' και οί λοιττοΊ (μφοβοι iyevovTO, και ΐ'δω- καν δο^αν τω θίψ του ουρανού. 14 Η ουαι η δβυτβρα άττηλ- REVISED VERSION. them : 'Come up hither. And they «went up to heaven in 'the cloud ; and their enemies beheld them. 13 And ^in that hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and ''there were 'killed in the earthquake Jnames of men seven thousand : and the M-est 'became '"afraid, and gave glory to the God of heaven. 14 The second "woe is past ; ■ • The verb is the same in both cases ; but our idiom scarcely allows. Ascend hilhtr [here]. And (hey ascended (Woodh., Lord). Still it is desirable to retain something of the resonance of the original, the ascent itself being the exact and instanta- neous response, as it were the echo of the voice. — R. ;-foreign verss. use the ,vame word, except Dt. (koml herwaaris op. En zij voeren o;;) ;-\Vesl., ^Vakef., Newc, Pcnn, Kenr, For άνάβτ,η. Lachni., Tiloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., read iva^att (Ά. C. 20. 30. 42.'). ' As before (v. 8, N. h) in their life and death, so now in their glorification, the witnesses are as their Lord, Acts 1 : 9. For them lie sends His own chariot. Or, if the reference, which Midd. required, must be found in this book, it will be ch. 10: 1. — Dt, It., Fr. S.;-Daub., Berl. Bib., Herd.. Wakef, Woodh., Thom.. Mey., Allvv., Greenf, Ell., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Ilengst., Ebr. ' For Ό^'τo αϊ βααιΧηαί. all the recent editors read iyin^to η βοίιλΕ ι'α (■ Α. Β. C. α 27. β 6. Compl. Terss.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : the kingdom . . . is become. <> See 1 John 3: 17. X. u. E. Y. and the older verss. follow the Vulg. hiijiis, which is unsuitable for voices in heaven, and is not imitated by Syr., Protestant German verss., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh.. Thorn., AUw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd. ■• The noun is not repeated by any of the older English verss. ;-an}' foreign version (except B. and L., Fr. S.) :-Brightm.. Hamm. and Daub, (adopt the form above from the older verss.), Woodh. {^Anointed' s), Lord {MessialCs), Kcnr. • See ch. 1 : C, N. g, οβοιιμ(Ί<οι$ as two general designations, each comprising the two clas.ses appended to it. — The sign of the dative is omitted before toli ay., by T., C, G., R. ;-Wesl., Stu., Murd. : and repeated before rot j ί^οβ., by T., C, G., R. ;- Wells, Daub., Dodd., AYesl, Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Murd. ' For those, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, «ic. ; — for who, see ch. 1: 5, N. V, &c. and2Pet. 2: 11, N. f. i Germ, (omitting the second article ;-and so Herd., All.. De W.), Dt., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Beng., Moldenh., Wakef.. Woodh.j Mey., AUw., Greenf., Treg., Hengst., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. See ch. 13: IG, N. b. I• In the repetition, ϊφ να.ψ, (which Β. and L. seem to have reckoned an inelegance, as they at once exchange it ibr y ) there is an emphasis, which both the position and the oOroi strengthen. 'In God's innermost sanctuary, where He himself abides, there is laid up the ark of His covenant.' — t^ ναό, is kept in its place by W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M., -S. ;-Beng., Dodd., Moldenh., Herd., Newc, Woodh., Mey., AUw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. 1 For covenant, see G. ;-Dt., It.. Fr. G..-M.;-almost all the verss. and commentaries belonging to this division of the au- thorities, together with the lexicons. Of the Englisli ver.^s. Words, alone retains testament ; and Hengst., while he adopts the same word from Luth., vindicates the sense of Bund. For the oiroi after διαβ., Matth., Griesb.. Sch., read τοί xvflmi, which, or simply xvfimi, is sustained by B. Ό 26. (3 5. Compl. Aelh. perhaps.' '" For thnnders, see ch. 4: 5, N. t. The words xai αιιαμός are cancelled by Tisch., on the authority of • B. α 20. β 4. Compl. Arr.' Dodd. (adding to thyself as a supplement), Wesl., Wakef. (for taking), Sharpe, Treg., Kenr., Ebr. {genonimen). • 'Shown Thyself as King, begun to reign.' Seech. 19: 6, N. d; and comp. Ps. 93: 1 ; 96: 10; 97: 1 ; 99: 1, in all of which places the Hob. has ηϊτί ; and the Sept., (βαοίχιναί. — Stu. and Lord do not repeat the hast. ΚΕΛΊΕΣΑΤΙΟΝ. 149 KIXG JAMES VERSIOX. CHAP. ΧΠ. AxD there appeared a great ■wonder in heaven ; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of tweh'e stars : 2 And she, being with child, cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. 3 And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold, a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. 4 And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth : and GREEK TEXT. CHAP. XII. Kcii σημίΐον μίγα ώφθη iv τω ονρανω, γννη πΐριβίβλημβ^ΐ] τον ηλιον, και ή σίληιη] ύττοκατο) των ΤΓοδων αύτης, και eVt τη9 κεφαλής ; αντήί στΐφανοί αστέρων δώδεκα• 2 κοΛ L•' γαστρί ί)(ουσα, κρά- ζει ώδίνονσα, καΙ βασανι^ομβνη Τ€Κ€Ϊν. 3 Και ωώθη άλλο σημβΊον eV τω ονρανω, και Ιδον δράκων μ€- yas ττυρροζ, βχων κβφαλα? βτττα και κβρατα δίκα• καΐ eVi τα^ κε- φάλας αύτον διαδήματα Ιτττα• 4 και η ουρά αυτοΰ συρβι το τρίτον των αστέρων τον ουρανού, κσΧ ίβαλβν avTOVs ds την γην. REVISED VERSION. CHAP. XII. AxD * a gi"eat -sign 'was seen in heaven ; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and =on her head a crown of twelve stars ; 2 And ^ being with child she 'crieth, 'travailing, and pained , to ^brinsr forth. I ° 3 And there 'was seen an- other 'sign in heaven ; and be- hold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and J upon his heads seΛ"en 'diadems; ! 4 And his tail 'di-ags the third ' part of the stars of heaven, and "it ° cast them "unto the earth. ' The Greek order is kept by W.. R. ;-Vulg., Syr.. Fr. G.. -M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat.. Hamm.. Cocc. Vitr.. Daub., Wes).. Herd., Wakef., Xewc, AYoodh.. Thorn., Mey.. Penn, Sliarpe. Stu., Lord, Treg., De T7., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. ^ E. V. marg. ; ch. 15 : 1 ; and generally ;-"W.. R. ;-foreign yerss. (except Castal.. B. and L. In the margin the latter have signe.) ;-Brightm., Hamm.. Daub.. Dodd.. AVesL. Woodh.. Thom., Scott. AIlw. marg., Sharpe, Ell., Lord, Trench (see Holes on the Mirticles, pp. 10-13.), Murd.. Ivcnr. ' For uas seen, see E. Y.. ch. 11 : 19 ; 1 Ccr. 15 : 5-8 :-Dt. ;- Hamm., Daub.. Beng.. Wesl., Woodh., Thom.. Allw., Sharpe, Lord, Treg.. Murd., Ebr. For on, see ch. 5 : 7. X. a, &c. ^ Of those who retain the participle, the subject is put next to its verb by R. j-TVesl., TYoodh., Thom., Perm. Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.. Kenr., Ebr. ' The present tense is employed by \\. ;-Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Brightm., Beng., Wesl., Matth., Woodh. {cries out). Thom., Treg., {crieth out), Sharpe, Lord (cries), AVords., Ebr. Matth., Sell., Lachm., read Χχ^ιαζίν (• «poit ν Β. ο 7. (3 2. ϊχραζίν C. α 20. 3 8. Compl. Vulg. ed.' [Am. has : et damans . . . cru- ciatur.'\ 'Syr. Aeth.'). Lachm. also prefixes xal (Ά. C). ' For travailing: without in birth, see R. ;-Brightm., Hamm. and Dodd. {in travail). Newe. {being in t.), Sharpe, Treg., Murd. {and travailed). ' E. v., TT. 5. 13; ic. ;-Brightm., Xewc, Wood., Lord {de- liver), Murd. {bringing- f.) ;-Rob. " See V. 1, N. c. ' See T. 1, X. b. > The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-roreign Terj-s. ;- Daub.. Dodd., Wakef.. Woodh.. Thom., Alhv., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord; Treg., Murd.. Kenr. ' The distinction, which some regard as of symbolical signi- ficance, between Sia6r;ua and ατίψανος. is here observed in trans- j lation by TY.. R. ;-Laiin and Fnnch verss., Syr., Dt.. It. ;-Daub., Berl. Bib.. Beng.. We^l., Moldenh., Herd., "Wakef., AYoodh., Mey., Stolz. Van Ess. Ell., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr. ;- the lexicons. 1 On Acts 14: 19 Valckenaer has this note: '•'ojciir est Quo- modocunque trahere, αίφιιν vero 3ιαιω{ έλχ£ΐι•.' And Tittm., p. 58: 'Simplex avfititi raris.sime reperitur apud scriptores grae- cos, nisi ubi notio violcntiae in trahendo adjuncta sit.' E. V. retains the proper force of the word in John 21 : 8 ; Acts 8:3; and should have done so also in Acts 14 : 19 ; 17 : 6. — It. {sfras- cinaca), Fr. M. (enlrainait) -,-Β. and L. {entraina), Berl. Bib., Beng., (use schleppen). Wakef., Thom.. {dragged). TYoodh. {draiceth along), Penn (sicept away), Stu., Murd., {drew along), De VT. {raffte). Words, {sweeps). Bam. (• the main idea here is undoubtedly that of pov:er.'), Ebr. {rafft). The present tense is retained by Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat.. Daub., Beng.. Wesl., Newc. marg., Woodh., Treg., Words., Hengst., Ebr. ° The pronominal nominative is inserted by Fr. S. ;- Woodh. {he), Kenr. ° The auxiliary did is not found in W., T., C, G., R. ;-Dodd., Wesl. {casteth). Wakcf., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn. Sharpe, Stu.. Lord. Murd.. Kenr. • For unto, see ch. 8 : 5. X. p, &c. ; — for who. see 2 Pet. 2 : X. f. 11. 150 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. the dragon stood Ijcfore the wo- man which was ready to be de- livered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. 5 And she brought forth a man-child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron : and her child was caught \ψ nnto God, and to his throne. 6 And the woman fled into» the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that GREEK TEXT. ICrxi 6 8ρακωι> ίστηκίν ίνωτηον τηί yvvaLKOs τηί μελλούσης re- κ€Ϊν, ίνα 'όταν τίκ^, το τ€κνον αντηζ καταφαγί). 5 καΐ €T€Kfv νΐον appeva, ό? μΐλλίΐ ■ποιμαίνίΐν -πάντα τα ίθνη ev ραβδω σιδηρσ.• και ηρπασθη το τίκνον αύτηϊ ττροί τον Oeov καΐ τον θρονον αυτού. G Kcn ή γυνή ίφυγΐν ei? την ζ'ρημον, οτΓου βχ€ΐ τόπον ητοι- μασμβνον άπο του Oeod, 'ίνα €Κ€Ϊ REVISCD VERSIOX. And the dragon stood before the woman "who was pabout to ibring forth, 'that, "when -she ^brought forth, 'he might devour her cliild. 5 And she brought forth a "male child, who ns to "tend all •the nations with >an iron rod: and lier child was caught 'away "to God and i• his throne. G And the woman fled into the wilderness, 'where she liath a place prepared ""by God. that ρ See ch. 10: 7, N. y, &c. DotM., WaUcf. {soing), Newc, ■Woodh., Alhv., Penn, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. 1 See V. 2. N. g. ■■ The Greek construction is retained by W., R. ;-Latin and German verss. (except All.), Syr., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dodd.. West., "Waktf.. Newc, Woodh., Thora., Alhv., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. ' The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-Latin and German verss. (e.xcept All.), Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., AYakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., AIIw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. — For when, see W., R. ;-foreign vcrss. ;-Dodd. and the later English (e.^ccept Sharpe, Words.). Nowhere else does E. V. render ora^ as soon as. except John 16: 21. Comp. ch. 10 : 10, N. m. There, as here, E. V. follows T., C, G. ' The substitution of a passive verb for rtxij, in which E. V. follows T., C, G., appears nowhere else, except in Ilamm., Wells, Sharpe, Words. " Lit. η son, a male. Comp., in the Ilebrew, Is. 66 : 7 and Jer. 20 : 15. The l:t 13 of the latter place U here followed by the Syr. and Grccnf. — Latin verss. (βΐίιηη masadu7n i-exccpt Castal., Cocc, Vitr. /. viarem). Germ, {einen Sohn. ein KimbUin). Dt. {mamielijken zoon). It. (figliunl maschin). Fr. G. (enfant male), Fr. M. (fis), Fr. S. (/., male);-B. and L. (as Fr. G.), Beng. {mannlichen Sohn), Jloldcnh.. De W., (S.), Herd., Mey., {S., den Knaben), Wakef. {son), Newc, AVoodh., Thoin. (masculine son), Stolz (S., das miinnliche Kind), Kist. (/r, einen S.), Goss. (mdnnl. K.), All. (S., ein M&nn- lein). Penn, Lord, Ilengst. (as Germ.), Murd., Kenr., Ebr. (in his Comment, follows the le.rl. rec. ; but in the version, einen S., ein .Mannliches. he adopts Lachm.'s reading, vlon apatf [' A. C.']) ;-Rob. » The present tense of μίM.l•ί is retained by It.. Fr. G.,-M., -S. ;-Daub., Benj.. Woodh., Thom., AUw., Lord, Trcg., Do AV., Kell., Ebr. ' See ch. 2 : 27, N. r, &c. Ilengst. : • Instead of the bniisinff the seer, after (he LXX., has tending. Not at all through mistake or caprice. In the original passage itself allusion is made to the tending, the word which signifies: Thou wilt bruise, diflering not in the consonants, but only in the pronun- ciation, from: Tltoti wilt tend. By means of this significant allusion, as if it were. Thou will, tend to pieces (zer-iceiden), it is intimated that the proper ofBee of the Anointed i.s to tend (P.••'. 78: 71, 72). but that upon their smful- Before τόΐ' Ορόν.. all the recent editors insert rtpoj (.\. B. 0. 'a 24. β 3. Coinpl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted : to. ' After 'ϊχίΐ, all the recent editors (except Lachra.) insert (Treg. in brackets) the word ixd (A. B. 'a 25. β 5. Compb Slav. MSS.'), thus forming a Hebraistic pleonasm similar to that in V. 14; ch. 3 : 8 (X. t) ; 7 : 2, 9 ; 17 : 9 ; &c ■> See 2 Pet. 2: 19, N. 1. REVELATION. 151 KING JAMES VERSION. they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and three- score daj^s. 7 And there was war in heav- en : Michael and his angels fouoht against the dragon ; and the dragon fought and his angels, 8 And prevailed not ; neither was their place found any more in heaven. 9 And the great di-agon was cast out, tliat old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, whicli de- ceiveth the whole world : he was GREEK TEXT. τρίφωσιν αύτην ήμίραί χίλιαί διακοσίαί ί^ηκοντα. 7 Kou lyiviro ττολίμοί eV τω ονρανω• ό Μιχαήλ και οΐ άγγελοί αΰτον ίΤΓολίμησαν κατά τον Spa- κοντοί, καΙ 6 δράκων (ττολβμηαβ, καΐ οι αγγζλοι αύτον, 8 και ουκ Ίσχνσαι/, οντ€ tottos (υρ^θη αυτών '(τι Ιν τω ονρανω. 9 καΙ ξβληθη ό δράκων 6 μβ- γαί, ό οψΐί ό άρχαΐοί, 6 καλου- μβνοί Διάβολος, καΐ ό Σατανάί, ό ττλανών την οίκουμίνην ολην, REVISED VERSION. 'there they should ^nourish her a thousand two hundred a7id ^sixty days. 7 And there was war in heav- en : "i Michael and his auicels '■fought 'against the dragon, "" and the dragon fought and his angels. 8 And Jtliey prevailed not, Jneither was their place found any more in heaven. 9 And nliat great dragon was 'cast, that old serpent, '"which is called the devil, and Satan, "who deceivetli tlie whole world, he « The adverb is kept hufoie t!ie verb by R. ;-Latin and Ger- man vers?., S3M-., Dt.. Fr. S. ;-Woodh. (^Ihey should there) Sharpe, Stii. {they might there). Loid, Trpg. Others, rendering Tpiipuati' by a passive construction, introduce the adveib be- tween the auxihar)• and the main verb. ' E. v., v. 14; Acts 12: 20; James 5: 5 ;-German verss. (use enidhren), It. (.•>•/« nudrita), Fiench verss. (use iiourrir) ;- Castal., licz., Dru>., Giot , Ho-:., (use alere for the Vulg. pasco). Cucc, Vitr., (u-i-e nulrire). Dodd., λVakef. (to be supported). AV'oodh.. Thorn., Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Barn. s See eh. 11 : 3, N. j. ^ Except Matth,, who has Λολιμήααι, ('Β. ο 21. β 5. Aeth, Syr. Arr,'), all the recent editors, for ίπύκίμηβαν, give τοί TtoXifijjaai,. on the authority of A. C, nine cursive MSS.. and Compl. ; and this latter reading I recommend for adoption. Ew. and Ziill. find in it an imitation of a Hebrew use of tht infinitive with h prefixed, to denote appointment, obligation = pugnandum erat; and with this Stu. agrees; his own alter- native (to supply ώφθ)} from vv. 1, 2) yielding no light. Beng. and Ileinr. supply ξαον = omnes et toti intenti erant in pug- nam; Lucke, iyiyovro (out of iyimo) = appeared, came. Win. thinks it pnib.ablc, De W. certain, that the text is cor- rupt; the former, indeed, suggesting, that Michael and his angels might po.ssibly be reg.iided as introduced parcntheticall3'. and iyivito ΛΟλίμο{ as then taken up again in the form roi /(ολ. A.ssuming the correctness of the text, I prefer to construe ΰ Μ. και at οίγγ. ίνίοΰ as ab.solute nominatives, with the participle of the substantive verb understood ; Michael and his angels belonging to. being on the side of, roi χολ. «τλ. = Michael and his angels figliting, &c., which I propose for the version; and in that case I recommend that tlie punctuation be changed to a comma after heai:en. and a semicolon after the first dragon. — Syr. (has the Heb. construction, to which Ew. re- fers) ;-Berig. (hallen zii streiten), AVoodh. (for to fght), Sharpe, Lord, {^fighting), Treg. (/o war). ' Excepting Bloonif., all the recent editors, for χαΐά, have μίχά (Ά. Β. C. ο 20. β 5. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated: with. See ch. 2: 10, N. q. ) The change of number is marked in W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Casta!.), Germ.. Dt., Fr. S. ;-Brightra., Engl. Ann., B. and L., Dodd., Herd., Newc, Greenf., All., Pcnn, Kenr., Ebr. The reading ϊηχναιν (• A. α 22. β 3. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Erp.') is adopted by all the recent editors, except Bloomf, Lachm., Tisch. For ovti, all the recent editors give ovhi (A. B.C. 'a 18. β 5. Compl.'). ^ See 1 John 2: 7, N. o, &c. E. V., next clause ;-W., R. ;- Latin verss., Syr. ;-AVakef., All. (jener), Kenr. ' Except in this verse. E. V. nowhere adds out to the proper meaning of βάλλω. See v. 13; Ac. ;-.?yr. (as in ch. 19: 20; Matt. 17:27), Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-IIamm., Cocc. (conjeclus;-iOr projectus of the other verss.), Berl. Bib., Beng., Kist., De "W., Hengst., (geworfen ;-for Luth.'s ausgewoifen), Kewc. (maiks out as supplied), Ebr. (gesliirzl) i-Roh.. &c. Comp. ch. 18: 21. N. q. Here the first ϊβλτ,θη does not of it.self form a com- plete statement, the announcement of the direction in which the dragon was cast being .suspended, until his personality is deter- mined, and the idea of coming peril (v. 12) enhanced, by refer- ence to his names, and (brmer history, and present working among men. Hengst., indeed, cites v. 10 as evidence of the completeness and independence of the first clause, assuming that the true reading there is ϊβ^,τ^θη (■ A. B. C. α 22. β C) j which, however, has not been received by Griesb. or Sch. •" The relative construction is adopted b}• E. \. in the next clause; &c. ;-AV., R. ;-foreign verss. (e.fcept Fr. G.,-M.,-S., Beng., Greenf.) ;-Wcsl., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord. Treg., Murd., Kenr. ' See2Pct. 2:11, N. £ 1-52 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. 10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strengtli, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ : for the ac- cuser of our brethren is cast down which accused them before our God day and night. GREEK TEXT. ββληβη eii την γην, και o'l άγγε- λοι αντυν μβτ αύτοΰ (βληθησαι>. 10 Α'αί ηκονσα φωνην μίγα- Xi]v λίγουσαν ii> τω ούρανω, "Αρτι lyiviTo η σωτηρία καΐ ή 8ΰναμΐ5 καΐ η βασιλ€ία τον θίοΰ ημών, καΐ ή εξουσία τον Χριστον αντον• οτι κατεβλήθη Ό κατηγοροζ των αδελφών ημών, 6 κατηγορών αντών ενωτηον του θΐοΰ ημών ημέρας κα). νυκτός. 11 κοα αυτοί ενικησαν αυτόν δίά το αίμα του άρνίου, και δια τον λόγον της μαρτυρίας αυτών, και ουκ ηγάττησαν την ψυχην αυ- τών άχρι θανάτου. 12 δίά τοΰτο εύφραίνεσθε 11 And they overcame him b}^ the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony ; and they loved not their lives unto the death. la Therefore rejoice, ye heav- » E. v., V. 13 ; &c. See ch. 8 : 5, N. p, &e. ρ All the recent editors have in t^ oip. λί'γ. (A. B. C. 'a 17. β G. Conipl. Vorss.'). I recommend that this reading be followed : in heaven saying: . 1 Foriign verss. -Daub., Dodd., Wcsl., Wakef., Woodh., Thom. and Jlurd. (have only the second article), Alhv., Penn, Sharpe and Stu. (have only the first), Ell., Lord, Treg., Words. ■• See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. h. E. V. generally, and always else- where in do.xologies ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., ^yoodli., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Jlurd. • Or the genitives toi ©foi and τ•οί Xpioroi may be con- strued with iyivito, as in ch. 11: 15. For authorily, see ch. 2: 20, N. p, &c. Latin verss., except Castal., (potestas). Syr. (= De D. potestas = Greenf. r^a-a"a), It. {podcsta), Fr. S. {mitorite) ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., MoUienli., Stolz, Van Ess, Kist., Mey., De W., Ebr., {Gewalt;-ioT Luth.'s AiacAi), Dodd., AVakef., Woodh. (^mle), Thorn., Penn, Ell., Stu. and Murd. (daminion). Lord, Treg. t The form χατ!;γωρ (' A.'), which Bong, marks as plane genuina, is adopted by other recent editors, except Matth., Blooraf , Words. For χατιβλτβη, see v. 9, N. 1. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. " 'Even they, whom Satan accused, were themselves made partakers of the divine triumph.' See 2 Pot. 1: 14, N. z, &c.. and 1 John 1 : 7, N. x, &c.— Vulg. (et ipsi), Syr. (= et illi), It. {ma essi) ;-Erasni., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Vitr., (e^ Vulg.). Pagn., Bez., Par., Eichh., (sed ipsi), Castal. (illi). Brightm., Wakef., Newc. (but they), Herd., Mey., (Ste sc4bst), Treg. {and they). OL REVISED ■VTERSIGN. was 'cast "unto the earth, and his angels were 'cast witli him. 10 And I heard a loud voice I'saying in heaven : Now is come ifhe salvation, and ithe 'power, and the kingdom »of our God, and the "autlioriry "of his Christ: for tlie 'accuser of our brethren 'is cast down, 'who accused them before our God day and night. 11 "They, -too, overcame him, ""because of the blood of the Lamb, and ""because of the word of their testimony; and they loved not their 'life unto " death. 12 Therefore rejoice, 'yeheav- °" E. \., Matt. 13: 21 ; 17: 20; &c.; and in this book comp. all the places, in which διό is followed by the acci:sative (as ch. 1: 9; 2: 3; 4: 11; C: 9; &c.), except the present text, and ch. 13: 14;-W. (/or) ;-Vulg. (propter), Syr., Fr. G.,-M..-S., (a cause de) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Drus., Par., Grot., Cocc, Grell., Ros., (as Vulg.), Engl. Ann. ( Or, fur'), Daub, (in the Comment.), Beng. (von wegen;-to which Ilengst. assents as more e.vact than diirch, and also cites Beng.'s note : ' This blood purified the brethren from all sin, and so the accuser could in nothing more gain an advantage over them . . . The word they believed, and, because they believed, tliey also spoke and gave testimony to it and suffered all for it ; 2 Cor. 4 : 13.'), Treg. ;- Win. § 53. c, Rob. See ch. 13 : 14, X. n. Here E. V. follows T., C, G., R.;-Bez. (per). ' The singular is found in Vulg. Cod. Am., Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. ;-Daub., B. and L., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., AUw., Bloomf., Stu., Lord, Treg., Jlurd. " 'To the last extremity, (<εαίΛ, the love of the disciple and the fidelity of the witness overcame the love of life, and of all its interests.'— Wells, Daub., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Midd., Allw., Penn, Sliaipe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Jlurd., Kenr. " Unto the death,' may no doubt be defended agninst Midd. as an English idiom (Bloomf) ; but it is not required as a translation of azf»• θανάτου. » The ye ought not to be marked as supplied, it being no more than an equivalent for the idiomatic article. Only JIaith. and Treg. omit (his first ot. on the authority of B. C. • α 15. β 4.' — Ε. v.. next clause ; &c. ;-Gciman veriis., Dt. ;-modern English verss., except Penn and ATords. Comp. ch. 15 : 3, N. o. REA^ELATION. 153 KING JAMES \'ERSIOX. ens, and ye that dwell in them. Wo to the iuliabiters of the earth, and of tlie sea ! for the devil is couie down unto j-ou, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. 13 And when the di-agon saw that he was cast unto the eartli, he persecuted the woman whicli brought forth the nvau-c/ii/d. 14 And to the woman vi^ere given two \\'ings of a great eagle, that she might Hy into the wild- erness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent. 1-5 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood, GREEK TEXT. ovpavo\ Koi 01 iu αντοΐί σκηνοΰν- re?, ouat TOL^ κατοικονσι την γην και την θάλασσαν, ότι κατ(βη ό διάβολος TTpof υμάς ίχων θνμον μίγαν, εΐδώ? οτι ολίγον καιρόν 13 Και οτ€ eiSev ό δράκων οτι (βληθη eli την γην, έδιωξε την γυναίκα ητίζ βτβκί τον appeva. 14 Και Ιδοθησαν Tij γυναικι δυο πτ€ρνγ€ί τον άβτοΰ τοΰ μβ- γάλον. Ίνα ττίτηται eiy την ϊρημον €ί? τον τοτΓον αυτηί, Όττου τρέφε- ται βκβΐ καιρόν, και καιρούς, και ήμισυ καιροί), άττο ττροσωττου τοΰ οφεως• 1•5 Κα\ (βαλβν ό οφΐί οττ'ισω TTjS γυναικός e/c τοΰ στόματος REVISED VERSION. ens, and ye nvho 'tabernacle "therein. "Woe to 'those Hvho "iniiabit the earth and the sea ! tor the devil is 'gone down unto you, having great wrath, ""know- iug that he hath ' little time. 13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman 'that brought forth the ^male child.. 1-4 And '"there were given to the woman ' two wings of 'the i great eagle, that she 'should fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the ser- pent. 15 And the sei-pent cast ' after the woman out of his mouth y Dodd., Thorn., Stu., Lord, Kcnr. • See ch. 7: 15, N. g-. and 13: G, X. a. Fr. S. {dressez vos tenlcs) ;-Engl. Ann. (dweU as in a tent), Cocc. {tabenmcuhmi incolilis), Berl. Bib. {Hiitien habt), Ew. (■vcrbum libro huic peculiars do iis qui sccuro in coelo commorantur ; in coelo enim dti uuinen praescns tugurii instar est ipsos in tuguriis mino- ribus habitantcs tegcntis et munientis.'). Kell.. Hengst. ('eig. Zelteii'), Ebr. (Hiitten haben). Others, as Brightm., advert in like manner to the etymological meaning. • E. v.. ch. 13: 12; &c. ;-R. ;-Germ.. Dt, Fr. G. (j/:-and so M., S.) ;-BerI. Bib., Herd., Woodh., Mey., All., Sharpc, Stu.. De W., Hengst., Murd. {there). For xi'oe. see Jude 11, N. a. I» See ch. 8 : 13, N. q, &c., and 17: 2, N. k. But all the re- cent editors cancel the words, rot; xaxoixovai, on the authority of A. B. C. • Vulg. Copt. Aeth, Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.,' and (except Treg. and Lachni.) change τψ y^v xaj. ΐψ Οάλασιοί' into T^ yrj xai Tyj Oa^aady (' B. α 22. β ΰ. γ 3. Compl.'). I re- commend that the words, those who inhabit, be omitted, and that the sign of the dative be repeated before the sea. " The voice was in heaven. Comp. E. V.. ch. 4: 1 ; 11: 12. — R. (descended) ;-Latin verss. (desceiidit), Syr., It. (disceso). French verss. (descendu) ;-Wakef., Thorn., Van Ess and Kist. (hinab fuhr), Mey., De W., {hinabgestiegen), Greenf. (11''), Lord. ^ The participle is retained by W., R. ;-Vulg., Dt., It., French verss. -i-Erasm.. Tat., Castal., Cocc, Daub., Wakef., Newc, AVoodh., Thom., AUw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr., Ebr. ' There is nothing for b2U in W.. R. ;-fore;gn verss. generally ;- Ilamm., Daub., Xewc. and AUw. (mark it as supplied), Woodh., Stu., Murd. ; — nor is the indefinite article found in W. ;-Gernian and French verss., It. For little, see E. Λ'., Janios4: 14; &ο.;- VV., R. ;-foreign verss., except Castal. ;-IIamm., Daub., Wesl,, Thom., Penn. Also, at ch. 17: 10, Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Stu. f See 2 Pet. 2: 11, X. f. ^ See V. 5, N. u. ■• See ch. 8: 2, X. c, &c. Here the Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., It.;-B. and L., Dodd,, Wesl.. Greenf., Treg., Ebr. Others put fir.st the subject of the verb. ' Before δνο, Beng.. Lachm.. Treg., Bloomf, Words.. Tisch., insert αϊ (Ά. C. 12. 27*. 28. 3G.'). I recommend the following marginal note : ' Or, as some read, the two wings.' For the definite article before great eagle, see Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Cocc. Ollnis). Daub., Bcrl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Mohlenh., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Midd., Clarke, Sto!z, Penn. Bloomf, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., AVords., Hengst., Jfurd., Kenr. Ebr. 1 W. ;-Dt. ;-Pagn., Par., Grell., (i-o/ei;-for rolaret of the other verss.). Lord, Words, (may). '' Bloomf. marks the reading here as needing alteration, and all other recent editors do change the order to ix toi ατόμ. avt. on. riji yvv. (A. B. C. 'a 20. β 7. Compl. Verss.'). I recom- mend that this reading be followed: out of his mouth after the woman. 20 154 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. after the woman, that he might cause her to he carried away of the fiood. 16 And the earth helped the woman ; and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the com- mandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. CHAP. XIII. And I stood upon the sand GREEK TEXT. αυτού ύδωρ ώί ττοταμον, Ίνα ταυ- τηι> ΤΓΟταμοφορητυν iroLTjarj. 16 καΐ Ιβοηθησ^ν η γη rjj γυναικι, και ηνοίςεν η γη τυ στόμα αύτη?, καΐ κατβττίί τον ττο- ταμον ον efiaXeu ό δράκων (κ του στόματος αύτοΰ. 17 ΚαΙ ώργίσθη ό δράκων βττΐ ττ) γνναίΚί, κα\ άττηλθί ττοιησαι ΤΓολίμον μβτα των λοιττών τού στΓί'ρματοί αύτηί, των τηρουντων ταί ivToXas τον OeoD, καΐ ΐχον- των την μαρτυρίαν του Ιησού Χριστού. 18 Kca Ισταθην eVt την αμ- μον τηί θαλάσσης. CHAP. XIII. Καΐ ίΐδον (Κ της θαλάσσης REVISED VERSION. water as a 'river, that he might cause "'her to be carried away ■"by the "river. 16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the "river which the dragon cast out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon was Pen- raged '"about the woman, and went 'away to make war with the 'rest of her seed, 'who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony "of Jesus Christ. "18 And Ί *was set upon the sand of the sea. CHAP. XIII. "And 'Ί saw a 'beast ■'ascend- 1 E. v., 6 times in this book out of 8 ;-T., C, G. ;-foreign verss. ;-IIamm.. Daub., Nevrc, Woodh., Thorn.. Sharpe. Stu.. Lord, Words., JIurd., Kenr. (in the lust clause, and in the next verse). "" For ΐα-ύίην, all the recent editors (e.\cept Bloomf.) read avtr,v (•Α. Β. C. α 25. β 5. Coinpl.'). For by, Fee 2 Pet. 2: It), K. 1. " See N. 1. Many hei-e unnecessarily change the word. • See V. 15, N. 1. ρ See oh. 11 : 18, N. d. Fr. G.,-M., (irrite) ;-Daub. (angered), Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Mey. (ergrimmle •,-ατιΛ so Kist., De W.), Tenn, Stu., Murd. 1 The irti (wanting in C.) presents the woman as the ground and occasion, not as the immediate object, of the dragon's wrath. Comp. Matth. 18: 13 ; Mark 3:5; &c. ; and see Win. 5 52. c. — Syr. (= is), German verss. (κδβΓ ;-escept Moldenh.. aiif), Dt. {op) ;-Wakef., Thom. and Stu. (at). ' See Jude 7, N. c. Foreign verss. (except Castal., who' changes abiit to m'O ;-Bodd., Wesl. and Sharpe (forth). AVakcf. (back). Newc. (departed), Woodh., Allw., Penn (aicay from [hery), Stu.. Lord (on). Words., Kenr., Ebr. (unneces- sarily changes hin of the other verss. into fort). • See ch. 11 : 13, N. k. « See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. " All the recent editors cancel the words tov and Χριβϊοί, on the authority of A. B. C. ' α 25. β 6. γ 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' ing be adopted : of Jesiis. 1 recommend that this read- ' The arrangement of this verse, as an independent statement belonging to ch. 12., aro.se from the reading ίαταθη. approved by iMill, and edited by Lachm., Treg., Words., Theile, on the authority of ' A. 0. 92. Vulg. Aelh. Syr. Arm. Ar. P.' The other editors retaining ίαΐά$ψ>. which is approved also by Ew., De W., Hengst., Ebr., I recommend that the words be attached to the first verse of the next chapter, as in E. V. " Germ, (trat). It. (mi fermai), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (me tins);- Engl. Ann. (■ Or, / \cas set'). Cocc. (constilutus sum), B. and L. (m'arreiai), Berl. Bib. (wurde gestellet), Beng.. De W., (as Germ.), Eichh. ('Joannes in littore maris collocatur.'), Wakef., Thom., (was placed), Woodh., Alhv., Stu. in the commentary, (was stationed). All. (stellte sich), Hengst. (ward gesteUt), Ebr. (.'itli him ? 5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and 'blasphemies ; and 'there was given unto him power to "do forty - two months. ρ Erasm., \'at.. {udiniratio fuil in uidversa (eiru). But for our Erasmian U-xt only 3 cursive MSS. are cited, aud, according; l_v. all the riiceet editors liavc, ολ?; ή γ^ ("Α. C), and. along: n-iih th.it. ίθαίμαπιν of 15. and the Elzevir (except Lachm. and Treg.. ϊΟανμύαθη A. C. ϊθανμαΰΐύθη). I recommeni] that these readings be ailopted, and that the version stand thus: the whole earth wmidered. For the whole, sec E. V.. ch. 12: 9; IC; 14; &c. ;-Vu1g. {un versa), Uerman verss., ])t. ;-Castal.. Aret.. Cocc, Vitr.. (use toius;-UiS rest, as I'ulg.), Hamm., Dodd.. Wesl., WakeC, Woodh., Thoni., AlKv.. Penn, Bloomf., Stu., Lord For earth, sec all verss., English and foreign (e.\cept T., C, G. ;-Brightm., WeD.s, Newc.j Words. Ilamm. and ,SLu. land). '> All the recent editors have -ry ifiaxovti (' A. Γ.. C. α 26. β G. γ 3. Compl.'), and all, except Beng.. tC, θηί,ίψ (Β. C. 'α 20. J3 C. Compl.'). Comp. v. 8, N. h. ' For oj, all the recent editors (except Matth.. who gives ΐψ δίδωχότι, on the authority of ' B. α 25. ;3 3. Compl.') have ότ•ί (■ A. C. 12. 34. 3.i. 36. 46. ' Vulg. M.•^. Am. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Erp. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted: because he gave. • All the recent editors insert the article, xr^v (• A. B. C. α 24. β G. Compl.'). I recommend its adoption: the. For aii- thorittj, see E. V., v. 2; Ac. and ch. 12: 10, N. s, &c. « See ch. 1:13, N. d. ° All the recent editors, except JIatth. and Bloomf., here in- sert xai (A. B. C. =a 11. β 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Slav.'). I recommend the adoption of this reading: And who. ' For β>.ααφημίαί, Beng., JIatth., Tisch., read β7.αΐ!ή>ημίαν (Β. 'α 20. β 6. Compl. Vulg. MS.') ; Lachm., Treg., β%ά<,φημα (• A. 12. 28. 34. 47.') For the order in the next clause, see E. Λ^, in the first clause ; &c., and ch. 8 : 2, X. e, &c. '" 'As he spak(.' Λ'erse 6 explains the speaking; v. 7, the doing. This elliptical use of rtott'u, where the object is to be supplied from the context, Hcngst. (and so Cocc. and others) compares to that of n'-V in Ps. 22: 31 ; 37 : 5 ; 52 : 9 ; Dan. 8 : 12, 24; 11: 7, 30, to which passages of Dan. he thinks there is here an allusion. Comp. also 2 Cor. 8 : 10, 11 ; Eph. 3 : 20.— W., Ϊ., C, G.. R. (itO/A);-Vulg. (facere), Syr. (= laj^), Dt. (om \zulks] ie (/(/e/i);-Erasm.. Vat.. Cocc, Vitr., ( fa- ciendi), Pagn., Castal., Buz., Par., Grcll., {agendi), Brightra. (•So much of the honour of the beast; now of his power of blaspheming and doing. Of both which it is first said tliat there was power given him, and then followeth the execution thereof in blaspheming at the sixth verse, and in doing at the sevcnt'n.'), Moldcnh. ('fsolche.s] zu Ihun [oAer, es zu trei- 6fin]'). Eichh. (supplies toita), Woodh. (bracketing Λοιηύαι, renders it, to cuntimte in action), Scott (practise), Stolz, Mcy., (virken), Kist. (schalten). Goss., Van Ess, (seiti JVesen zu trciben), Allw. (translates as Woodli.}, All. (.so zii thun), Penn, Ell., Tieg., Kenr.. {act), Sharpe, Stu. {do [his own will]), Lord {do [it]), De W. ('sein Wesen zu treiben, oder zu handeln uberhaupl'), Ilengst. (thini ;-and tliis, he thinks, stands opposed to tlie λοίδϋΐ'), Murd. (> that dwell 'on the earth shall worshij) ''him, whose "names 'have not been written,' in Jthe book of life of the Lamb Jslain, ' fioni the foundation of tile world. y W. (into), T.. C, G., R., (κη/ο) , -Latin verss. (in, with the ace. ;-except Pagn., Bez., Par., ad), Syr. (= De D. arf). German verss. (zn). Dt. (toO i-Brightm. (as T.). B. and L. {pour blasphemer). Dodd. (to utter bl.), Wakcf.. 'WooJh.. Tlioin.. AlUv., Stu. • Lachm., Bloomf.. Treg., Word.?., Tisch., ruad β^Λβ^τ,μία.^ (' A. C. 18. 34. 35. Tulg. ed.'). For those κΗο.^ see eh. 2 : 2. N. h, &c.. and 1 : 5, N. v. &c. • See ch. 12: 12, N. z, Ac. There E. V. renders axr;vr,. ta- bernacle. (Spenser, Epilhalaminn, 421, 422, of those who should mount tip to high heavens' haughty pal ices: ' And, for the guerdon of their glorious merit, ' May heavenly tabernacles there inherit.') ^ The words, Και «δ. . . . vixr^aai avfov's•, are cancelled by Lachm. after Ά. C. 12. 14. 02.' ' For the order see ch. G : 2, N. g. For tinto, see E. V., first clause. &c. ;-W. (to) ;-Daub., Dodd., Woodh., Penn, Lord, (as »'.), Ell., Treg. a See ch. 12 : 10, N. s, &c. • See ch. 7 : 4, N. k. ' See ch. 1 : 7. N. k. • All the recent editors here insert xal ■κα.όν (• A. B. ο 23. β 5. y 2. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS. [C. xai λοοι)?]'). I recommend that this reading be adopted : and people. ^ For ra ονόμα-τα., all the recent editors have tb όνομα (' A. B. C. α 20. β 4. γ 2. Compl. Copt. Syr. Arr.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that, in order to prevent am- biguity, the version stand thus : shall uor^hip }iim thai direll on the earth, whose name hiilh &c. Of those who thus render ciiO/ta by a noun singular, Penn tran.siatos npoaxvv. αντ. at the end of the verse ; Woodh. and Sharp.• interpose they before whcse ; Lord has the order hei e |)! oposed ; Tr> g.. now adapting the reading of C. of ov yty.. editi'd a'so by Lachm. and Tiicli.. .supplies he before irhose. For aita. all the recent editors read aitov (A. B. C. •α 18. ,3 5.'). Comp. v. 4, N. q. After oco^ua, Lachm. and Tisch. add aitoi (Ά. C). ' For 071. see ch. 5 : 7, N. a,, Ac. For have (hath) been, see B. and L.. Wakef. at ch. 17 : 8, Treg. The construction by hyperbaton of ά,Λο χαταβολ^ί χόαμον with yiyportrat. is fa- voured by a comparison of ch. 5 : 12 with 17 : 8, and such texts as Eph. 1 : 4, and is adopted bj' Syr. (according to the punctua- tion of ail the editions), Dt. (according to the punctuation. The note mentions both references, without deciding between them.). Fr. S. marg. ;-Areth., Castal., Zrg., Est., Grot., Ilanim., Morns, Vitr., Daub., B. and L., Bcng., Dodd., Wesl. (in the note), Moldenh., Wakef., Nenc, Thom., Scott, Heinr., Ew., Ros., Jone.s, Gerl., Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Treg.. De W., Kell., Heugst., Ebr., the Amcr. Bible Soc. Others, as Engl. Ann., Cocc, Wolf (whose note mentions other names on either side), follon' the example of the Dt. Ann. 1 For ty βι'βλοί. all the recent editors read ta βφί.ία ('■ A. B. ο 16. β 2. Compl. βιβλία, C). Before sjijiay^. all the recent editors insert (Bloomf, in brackets) roi (A. B. C. Ό 25. β 5. y 2. Compl.'). I recommend that this readuig be adopted, and transhited: tliat hath been slain. See ch. 5 : 12, N. w. Here the participle is rendered by a finite verb by Vulg., Germ., Dt., It. ;-Erasm., Vat., Hamm., Daub., B. and L„ Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn,, Scott, AUw., Ail,, Penn, Ell,, Stu,, Lord, Hengst,, Kenr. 153 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSIOX. 9 If any mau have an ear, let liim hear. 10 He that leadeth into cap- tivity shall go into captivity : he that killeth with the sword, must be killed with the swoixl. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. 11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. 12 And he exerciseth all the GREEK TEXT. 9 El tls ε'χεί ους, άκονσατω. 10 ΈΊ TiS αίχμαλωσίαν σννα- γ€ί, €t? αί'χμαλωσιαν υτταγα• ei τΐί iv μαχαίρα άττοκηνύ, 8(1 αυ- τόν iv μαχαίρα άττοκτανθηναι- ώδε ΐστιν ή ΰττομονη και η ττιστίί των άγιων. 11 Kou βίδον άλλο θηρίον άναβαΐνον e'/c της γης, καΐ είχε Κ€ρατα δυο Όμοια άρνιω, καΐ ελα- λεί ώί δράκων. 12 και την €^ουσιαν του ττρω- RE VISED VERSION. 9 If any "One 'hath an ear, let him hear. 10 ""If any °one "gathereth °a captivity, finto captivity he ■"goeth : "if any "one 'shall kill with the sword, 'with the sword 'must he be killed. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. 11 And I "saw another '■beast "'ascending out of the earth, and he had tv\O horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. 12 And 'all the ^ authority of t See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c. 1 "W. ;-roreign verss. (except Vitr.) ;-"\\'eIIs, Daub.. Dodd., Thorn., Penn, SUi., Lord, Trcg., Murd. See ch. 14 : 9, N. t. ■" The Greek construction is retained by E. V., v. 9 ; &c. ;- Syr.. Protestant German verss., Dt., It.. Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Paj;n. and later Latin verss., Brightm., Ilamni., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Ew., Alhv., Penn, Sharpe, Slu., Lord, Treg., Murd. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. {Qui in cap- tivitaiein). - See 1 John 2: 1, N. b, &c. " The verb ovrdya occurs C2 times in the N. T.. and, except in 12 instances, is always in E. V. rendered, gather, gather together, assemble, assemble together. The noun αίχμα.%ωαιο. is found only here and Eph. 4 : 8, in which last place the ex- pression, 'Ιίχμ.α^Δχίναίν αίχμαλωοίαν, is taken from the Sept. translation of Ps. 68 : 19 (18), i3ia ΓΛ^ώ where, again, as commonly explained. i3"r (E. V. captivity) is used collectively for α bndi/ nf captives. • Thou hast captured a captivity, i. e. taken captive a multitude of enemies' (Alex.). In the same concrete .sense, •'Z.'n. like ni=ia and η^Λ. is of frequent occurrence in the Hebrew Scriptures, and in the Sept. αΙχμαΧυ^αία., as their (ircek equivalent; e.g. Numb. 21 : 1; Is. 20 : 4, in both of which places E. V. has prisoners in the text, but captivity in the margin of the second. Comp. also E. V. Jer. 29 : 22, and especially Ilab. 1 : 9 they shall gather the capiivity = φ^Α"; ■^ηώ = Sept. αννάξίί α.1χμα.\ωαίυ.ν. — Dt. Ann. ('Gr. leads to- gether the capiivity, i. e. a multitude of captives') ;-Erasm. (note : caplivitatem contrahil). Vat. {captivitatem contraxerit), CaslsX. {captivos abigit), Steph. ('Ad ver. Captivitatem con- gregal: i. e. quos ducat captives'), Hamm. (gather togetlier a captivity), Cocc. (captivitatem colligit). Daub, (gathers into c), Berl. Bib. (Gefangene zusammentreiht), Beng.. Ilengst., (Gefangene ziisammenbringt), Wakef. (gathereth prisoners together to enslave them), Newc. marg., Bloomf., (collect a number of captives), Thorn, (gathereth [pi-isoners] for c), Heinr. (' Αίχμα^ωιίαν prius pro αίχμαλώ-ίον;, qui fftivoyo^tat, congregantur, coguntur in carcerem. ut uno die ad supplicium duci pos.sint.'), Ew. ('captivorum turbam [hoc enim est aij^^ta- λωβι'α ex hebraismo, quern nonnulli evitaturi f 15 inseruerunt ante αϊχμ.] cogit.'), Ros. (•Αί;ί^. hie dicuntur captivi, ut Tffptfo/iij circiimcisos signifieat.'), Stu. (' Literally, leads or conducts away an assemblage of exiles.'), De W. (' eig. zusammen- treibt) ;-the lexicons. For αί;);ίΐαλωσιαν avvayti, ti's αίχμα7.ω- πίαρ ντίάγίΐ, Matth. reads Ιχιι αΐχμ-, iri. ('α 17. β 3. Compl. Slav. MS.') ; Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read ii( αίχμ•, (is αΧχμ. νΛ. (Ά. Slav. MS. f is αΐχ. iit. B. 28. .38.'). There are many other variations. Bloomf.: 'The true text can onl3' be obtained by a more careful collation of MSS. Meanwhile. I think it will turn out to be what is found in a few cursive MSS.. confirmed by the Pesch.' (?) ' Syr. and Vulg. Λ'ersions, as also Irenaeus and Primasius, Ei' tii sis αΙχμαΧωαίαν artaytt, fi's αίχμ. irtayfi.' Ρ The Greek order is retained by Latin verss., Syr. ;-Woodh., Thorn., Greenf., Bloomf., Lord. ' The present tense is retained by R. (Vulg. .4»;. has vadit) ;- Dt., Fr. S. ;-Erasra. and later Latin verss. (except Pagn., Par.), Hanini., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Ew., Allw., Bloomf., Lord, Trcg., De W., Words., Hengst., Ebr. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. ed. (radet). ■■ The future tense is retained by R. ;-Latin verss. (except Cocc), Dt.;-Daub., B. and L., Newc, lYoodh., Thom., Allw., Treg., Kenr. M.atth. and Tisch. cancel aHoxtinl ('a 10. β 4. Slav. MS.'). Lachm. reads artoxtairii. • Άτίοχΐο,ρθϊ-ναι is translated last by the Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Thom., Lord, Treg. ι See ch. 11 : 5, N. r. « Seech. 4: 1, N. b. ' See ch. 11 : 7, N. y. " Seech. 13: 1, N. d, &c ' The Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;- Stu., De W., Ebr. » See V. 4, N. s, &c. REVELATION. 159 KING JAMES VERSION. power of the first beast before him, and causetli the eai-th and them whicli dwell therem to worship the first beast, M^hose deadly wound was healed. 13 And he doeth great won- ders, so that he maketli fire come down from hea\'en on the earth in the sight of men, 14 And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth b}^ tlie means of those miracles wliich he had power to do in the sight of the beast ; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast. Lov ττασαν ττοΐίϊ βνωτηον GREEK TEXT. τον θηρί{ αύτον- και ττοιεΓ την γην καΐ τουί κατοίκοΰνταί ϊν avTrj 'ίνα. ττροσ- κννησωσί το θηρίον το πρώτον, ου 4θ€ρα7Γ€υθη η ττληγη του θα- νάτου αύτοΰ' 13 καΙ TTOiei σημβΐα μβγαλα, ίνα καΐ ττυρ ττοιτβ καταβαίνειν βκ τοΰ ουρανού €£? την γην βνωτηον των ανθ ρωττων . 1-4 και ττΧανα τουί κατοικούν ταΫ βττΐ τη9 "γηί, 8ια τα σημΰα α ϊδοθη αύτω ττοίησαι ΐνώττιον τοΰ θηρίον, λίγων Tols κατοικοΰ- σιν ίττΐ τηί γηί, ττοιησαί e'lKova REVISED VERSION. the first beast he exerciseth be- fore him ; and ^he "maketh the earth and '■those "who dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose 'stroke of death was healed. 13 And he doeth great '^signs, ■•so' that 'even 'fire 'he maketh °to ""descend from heaven 'unto the earth Jbefore men." 14 And 'he deceiveth "those "■who dwell on the earth, "be- cause of -the psigns which 'iit was given unto him to do 'before the beast, saying to "'those "who dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the • The pronoun is repeated by W., T., C, G., R. ;-Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Criglitm., B. and L., Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Mey., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. ' E. v., ch. 3 : 9 ; &c. ;-\Τ., R., (made) ;-Dodd. (makes), Stu. " For those who, see ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c., and 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. ' See V. 3, N. o. ■■ See ch. 12: 1, N. b. For ίνα, xai Λνρ, Matth., Griesb., Sch., Words., B"loomf., read xai Λνρ ίνα (Β. 'α 21. β 3. γ 2. CorapL' Bloomf. errs in calling this ' the text. rec.'). ' W., R., (also) ;-Latin verss. (etiam ;-except Cocc, Λ'ΊΙγ., et), Syr. (= De D. etiam), Germ, (auch), Dt. (ook), It. (an- cora), Fr. G.,-M., (mime) ;-Beng., Jloldenh., Herd., Mey., Hengst., Ebr.. (as Germ.), Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., All, (so- gar;-a,TiA so Van Ess, Kist.), Penn, Stu,, Lord, Treg,, Murd,. Kenr. (as R.). ' The word «Jp is translated in its place before the governing verb, by the Latin verss,, Syr,, Dt, ;-Beng,, All., Ebr. For rtoij . . . ουρανοί, Slatth., Sch., Words,, Bloomf,, read ix tov oip. χαταβοΜ,'νι; (Β. [-ti] 'α24, g4, Compl, Vulg,' This ref- erence to the Tulg,, however, is erroneous ; as Bloomf. also errs in calling this reading 'the text, rec,'); Griesb, reads έχ toi ovp, χαίαβνι ; Knapp, Lachm,, Hahn, Treg,, Tisch,, Theile, read rtot^ £x 'toy ούρ, χαΐαβαίνείν (Ά, C. 28, 34. 35. 38,'). 5 Ε. V,, ch, 3: 9; ic,;-W,, R, ;-Brightm,, Daub,, Wesl.. Newc, Woodh,, AUw,, Sharpe, Stu,, Lord, Treg,, Kenr. "■ Seech. 10: 1, N. a, &c. ' See ch. 8 : 5, N. p. W. (into), R, ;-Latin verss. (in with the ace. ;-except Castal., ad), Fr. G. (en) ;-Dodd,, Wesl,. Wakef.. Sharpe, Stu., Lord. (to). The reading ini (B, ' α 18, β 4, Complj') is adopted only by Matth. ) E. v., 32 times out of 36 in this book ;-Germ, (var), Dt. (voor), Fr. G,-M,.-S,, (devant) -j-Cocc, Vitr,, (cora?». ;-instcad of the Vulg,, in compectu), Beng,, Herd,, Mey,, Hengst., Ebr., (as Germ.), Dodd,, Woodh,, Lord, Murd, ^ According to the punctuation of our Text, and that of all the recent editors, except Theile, the construction with Iva. cannot extend into the next verse. The verss, also in general restrict it to rtoiij, 1 See V. 13, N. k. ■" See ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c., and 1 : 5, N. v, &c. ° See ch. 12: 11, N. uu, W. (/or) ;-Latin verss,, except Castal., (propter). Germ, (wn . . . icillen), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (d cause de) ;-Daub. (by reason of), Beng., Hengst., (as Germ.), Treg. (in consequence of), De W. (ire^en). " The demonstrative is not found in W., R,;-any foreign version ;-Dodd,, Wesl,, Woodh,, Thorn,, Allw,, Penu, Sharpe, Stu,, Lord, Treg,, Kenr. Ρ See ch. 12 : 1, N. b. 9 E. v., V. 7, &o. To the Church of God it is no small con- solation to be thus frequently reminded, that the power of her mightiest enemies to deceive and to destroy is precisely — neither more nor less than — that which is allowed them by her own Almighty Friend, and that, like the waves of the sea, they live and move under the strong control of that divine word: 7'hus far, and no farther. Comp. 1 Kings 22 : 22 ; Job 1 : 12 ; 2 : 6 ; Luke 4:6; John 19 : 11, — The common sense of &ίδωμι is given here by W,, R, ;-all foreign verss, (except Moldenh,, B. and L,) ;- Dodd,, Wesl,, Newc, Woodh,, Grcenf,, Penn (aie granted) Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. ' See V. 13, N.j. For 0', Lachm,. Words., Tisch., read oj (A. B. C. '28. 34 35. [36?] 92.'). 160 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION• which had the wound by a sword, and did live. 15 And lie hnd power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not wor- ship the image of the beast should be killed. IG And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads ; GREEIC TEXT. τω θηρύύ ο ί'χίΐ τηΐ' ττΧηγην τηί μαχ^αίραί καΐ ίζησί. 15 ilat (δοθη αύτω δοΰΐ'αι τννΐνμα ττ] (Ικοι^ι του θηρίου, ίνα και λαληση η βίκωι/ τον θηρωυ, και τΓΟίησττι, υσοί αν μη ττροσκυ- νησωσί την ίΐκονα του θηρίου, ίνα άτΓοκτανθώσι. 1G Α at TTOiet τταντας, tovs μικρόν! και τουί μ^γαλονς, κα). τουί ττλονσιουί καΐ τουί τττωχουί, καΐ TOVS €λΐνθ(ρονί καΐ τον! δούλου!, ίνα δώση αύτοίί -χάραγ- μα ίττί τη! χ€ίρο! αυτών τη! δί- ζια!, η eVt των μβτώττων αυτών. "it was given unto give 'breath unto the REVISED VERSION. beast, 'which 'hath the 'stroke "of 'the sword, and "lived. 15 And him to image of the beast, that the im age of the beast should both speak, aud cause 'that as many as 'should not worship 'the im- mage of the beast "should be killed. 16 And he 'causeth all, '' the small and Hhe great, 'and '■the rich and '■the poor, 'and 'the free and '■the bond, 'that "Ίιε should give them a mark 'on their right liand or 'on their 'foreheads, ■ ' The scar still remaining.' Seev. 3, N.ni. — W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., \'at., Beng., Woodli., Sharpe, Lord (has), Treg•., De W., Words., Ilengst., Kenr., Ebr. The reading ιΐχι (Β. 'α 25. β 5. y 2. Compl.') i.s. among the recent editors, adopted only by Beng. .-.nd Malth. ' See V. 3. N. o. " Λν.. T., C G., B. ;-Vu!g., Syr., It.. French vers=.;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr., Dodd., Woodh., Thorn., Mey., Allw., Stu., Lord, Kenr. Ebr. ' E. Λ'., V. 10; itc. Hengst. thinks that there is even a special reference to ch. 12: 7 — 'the sword of ^lichacl' (ΛΙίΗοη, P. L. vi. 250). B. ;-foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Da>ib., Dodd., Wosl, Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Word.'., Kell., Kenr. " See ch. 2: 8, N. e. W.;-Dodd., Wes!., Wakef., Nosvc, Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Stu. (revived), Lord. » See V. 14, N. q. y Έ.\. mai-^.'-Vnlg. (spiiitum), Syr. (= Grcenf. nn). Germ, (den Geisl), Dt. {eenen geesl), It. (npirilo), Fr. G.,-M., (line nme), Fr. S (un esprit) ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Vitr., (use spiiiliis) ;-Engl. Ann., Hanini., Daub., Beng. (eineti Odem), Dodd., Wesl., Gill (' Or, breatlC), Moldenh. (Athem), Wakef., Thorn., All., Sticr, (eineii G.), Gerl., De W.. Ilengst., Ebr., ( το -χάραγμα, η το Όνομα του θη- ρίου, η τον αριθμόν του ονόματος αυτόν. 18 Ώδβ η σοφία ΐστίν. ό βχων τον νουν, ψ7]φισατω τον αριθμόν τοΰ θηρίου• αριθμός γαρ άνθρω- που ΙστΙ, καΐ ό αριθμός αυτού CHAP. XIV. ΚΑΙ elSov, καΐ ιδον άρνίον βστηκος iiri το ορός Σιων, και μβτ αυτοΰ βκατον τ^σσαρακοντα- Τίσσαρβς -χ^ιλιαδβς, βχ^ουσαι το όνομα τον ττατρος αυτόν γεγραμ- μίνον eVt των μίτωττων αυτών. REVISED VERSION. 17 And that no *^one "should be able to buy or sell, 'but he that Jhath the mark, ιόγ the name of tlie beast, or the num- ber of his name. 18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath 'the understanding count the number of the beast : for it is "a man's number ; and his number ii "666. CHAP. XIV. And I 'saw, and ''behold 'a. Lamb ""standing Hipon the mount «Sion, and with him ^a hundred 'and forty - four thousand, having "the name of his Father written 'on their foreheads. ε See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c. •■ Latin verss. (posslt or possei ;-escept Castal.), Syr., Ger- man verss. (kann or konne ;-except Moldenh.), It. (polesse), Fr. G.,-M., (poiirait). Fr. S. {ptiisse) ;-Brightm., Kenr., (can). B. and L. (put), Dodd.. Wakef. and Words, (inay be able), Newc, Woodh., Allw., Stu., Murd., (might be able), Lord, Treg. (be able.) See ch. 14: 3, N. o. ' See ch. 2 : 17, N. w. ' The time is that of rcoiii in v. 16. W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal. and Cocc, who in the previous verse had intro- duced the imperfect), Syr., German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wakef, Woodh., Thorn., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr. I" This )J is marked by Bloomf. as ^most probably, or cer- tainly, an interpolation,' and cancelled by all the other recent editors, on the authority of A. B. C. ' α 25. β 6. γ 2. Am. ΤοΙ. Syr. Αγ. P. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and the word or omitted. Lachm. also, for to ov., reads xov omfiatoi (' C. Vulg. MS. Tol. Syr.'). ■ The tov, bracketed by Bloomf., is rejected by all the other recent editors, on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 20. β 5. Compl.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the omitted. " Germ, (eiiies Menschen Zahl), Dt. (een getal eens men- schen). It. (numero tViionio), French verss. (un noinbre d'homme) ;-Beng., Moldenh., All., Hengst., (as Germ.), Herd. (Menschenzahl), Woodh., Crol., AUw., Lord, (a number of a man), Stu., De W. (eine Menschen- Zahl), Ebr. (eine Zahl eines Menschen). " Treg. : ' We know from Irenaeus that this number was expressed in Greek letters, ^If'.' Hengst. : ' It appears also from this, that, where the number is written out, the gender of the numerals is given differently, sometimes ϊξακόοιοι, some- times tiaxaaia,.' (C. ίξα.χ6αιαι, Uxa c| [χι-ζ']-) The letters are given in B., and in the editions of Griesb., Mey., Bloomf., Hahn, Tisch. ; and this is imitated, as above, by Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Vitr., Herd. (• χΙ{ [600]'), Woodh., Thom., Greenf (in Hebrew let- ters), Ell., Stu., Treg., De W., Lee. ' Seech. 4: 1, N. b. " See ch. 5 : 6, N. r. ' All the recent editors insert t6 (A. B. 0. ' α 19. β. 4. Copt. Syr. Arr.' I recommend that this reading be adopted : the. ■i See ch. 5: 0, N. w. For iatr,xi<;, Beng., Treg., Tisch., read iatui (7 cursive MSS.) ; Lachm., Words., Bloomf., iat6i (Ά. C. Er.'). • For upon, see ch. 3 : 3, N. j, &c. 1 recommend that the Hebrew form of this name be adopted throughout. See ch. 7 : 6, N. 0.— Germ. ;-Engl. Ann., Moldenh., Mey., Ell., Stu., Lord, De W., Hengst., Murd., Amer. Bible Soc, Ebr. f See 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f. ^ See ch. 7 : 4, N. j, &c. Here the and is inserted as above, by T., C. ;-Daub., Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Scott, AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. i» Brightm., Dodd., Wakef., Thom. But all the recent edi- tors for ϊό ovojua, have to oro^a aitoi xai to Όνομ.ο, (Ά. Β. C. α 26. β 7. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be followed, and translated : his name and the name. Comp. ch. 3 : 12 ; 22 : 4. ' Seech. 7:3, N.g,&c. 21 162 REVELATION. KING JAMES A'ERSION. 2 And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder : and I heard the voice of hai-pers harping with their harps : 3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four Ijcasts, and the elders : and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty atid four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth. 4 These are they which were not defiled with women ; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whither- soever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first-iruits unto God and to the Lamb. GREEK TEXT. 2 /cat ηκονσα φωνην ίκ τον ουρανού ώ? φωνην νιάτων πολ- λών, και ώί φωνην βροντηί μβ- γαληί• καΐ φωνην ηκονσα κιθα- ρφδών κιθαριζοντων iv τοις κιθά- paLS αντών. 3 καΐ αδονσιν ώ? ωδην καινην ίνωτηον του θρονον, καΐ ϊνώττιον των τβσσαρων (^ωων καΊ των irpe- σβντΐρων καΐ ovSeli ηδυνατο μαθΐΐν την ωδην, el• μη at ΐκατον τ€σσαρακοντατ€σσαρ€9 χιλιάδίί, 0L ηγορασμίνοι αττο τηί γηί. 4 Ούτοι βίσιν οϊ μ€τα γνναι- κών ουκ €μολυνθησαν• τταρθίνοι γαρ βισιν. ούτοι eiaiv οι ακολον- θοΰντβί τώ άρνιω οττον αν ντταγη. ούτοι ηγορασθησαν άττο των άν- θρωττων, άτταρχτ] τω θβώ και τώ άρνίω' REVISED ΛΈΚβΙΟΝ. 2 And Ι heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of ■> great thunder : and ^a voice I heard of harpers harping with their harps : 3 And they 'sing 'as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four "diving creatures, and the elders : and no -one "was able to leara pfhe song, but the hundred and forty - four thou- sand, 'who "had been redeemed from the earth. 4 These are they 'who were not defiled with women ; for they are "virgin. These 'are they 'who folloAV the Lamb, whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, ' a firstfniit unto God and " the Lamb. 1 E. v., ch. C: 1;-R. ;-It., Fr. S. ;-Dodd., AValief., Woodh.. Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.. Hengst., Murd., Kenr., Eljr. k For a, see E. V., first clause ;-Dt., Fr. G.;-M.;-B. and L., Wakef. But, instead of φανψ ^χονοα. all the recent editors have ή φωιιη ηιι rjxovaa ώ{ (Α. Β. C. 'α 28. β 6. γ 2. Corapl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. .Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that tliis reading be adopted, and translated : the voice u/iich I heard [tcos] as. 1 See ch. 5 : 9, N. k. The ΰς, bracketed by Bloomf., is cancelled by Beng., Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Words., Tisch., on the authority of B. Ό 24. β 4. Corapl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ann. Arr. Slav. MSS.' " See ch. 4 : 6, N. a. ■■ ' No angel even.' See ch. 5 : 3, N. e, &c. ° See ch. 13: 17, N. h. Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Lord, Treg., Murd. ρ W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. (except Sloldenh., dieses), It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Alhv., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. 1 See ch. 7 : 4, N. j, itc. •• See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ■ 'According to a previous vision.' See ch. 7: 4. — It. (sono stati), Fr. G.,-JL.-S.. (ont ile);-Cocc., Moldenh., Thom., All. (warden sind), Stu., Treg. (Jiave been). ι See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. • Neither in the N. T. nor in the Sept., but only in the late and ecclesiastical usage, does Λα^θίνος occur as a noun mascu- line; and, therefore, Bretsch. {virgineus), Wahl {castas, iin- maculalus), Rob. (though in translating he retains the phrase of E. v., and merely appends as explanation: 'i. e. chaste, pure'), Green {chaste), Schirl. {jungfraidich), regard it here as (what it often is in classical Greek) an adjective, = «ap- θίνιος. A similar latitude obtains in the case of the Latin virgo, the Italian virgine, and the French vierge — the words here employed by the verss. But as E. V. virgins cannot be an adjective, so the old English use of the terra as a noun mas- culine is now quite obsolete. Syr. (here forms the plural with a ma.sculine termination, instead of the more usual feminine ; = "ibina instead of niblna. Ew., indeed, asserts that ' vel a ,1^i"na serins masculinum Ϊ^ΙΓΞ Judaeis Syrisque formatum est.') ;-Beng. {jitnge Gcsellen), Wakef., Thom., {pure as vir- gins), Mey., Kist., De W., Ebr., (as Schirl.), Sharpe {have never been married), Lord {pure). ' The ei'et'v before ol ax. is cancelled by Beng., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, on the authority of ' A. C. Er. Vulg., Arm., Slav.' None of the foreign verss. and few of the English supply a participle at αΛαρχ^,• The following supply nothing : V\"., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Gieenf., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr. 'ATtapxri is translated by a singular noun with the in- definite article by Haram., Daub., Berl. Bib.. Beng., Wakef. {a frstfrnits), AVoodh., Penn, Lord {a first offering), Treg. " R. ;-Dt. ;-Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Thotn., Allw., Stu., Murd., Kenr. REVELATION. 163 KING JAMES VERSION. 5 And in their mouth was found no guile : for they are without fault before the throne of God. 6 And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, hav- ing the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, GREEK TEXT. 5 και iu τω στοματι αυτών οϋχ βνρβθη δόλο?• άμωμοι γαρ ίίσιν ΙνώτΓίορ του θρόνου του θβοΰ. 6 ΚΑΙ βίδον άλλον αγγίλον ΤΓΐτωμξνον iv μβσουρανηματι, βνοντα βύαγγβλίον αΐωνιον, βυαγ- γβλίσαί τους κατοικοΰντα$ ί'ττί της γης, KCU πάν ΐ'θνος καΐ φυλην καΐ γλώσσαν και λαον, REVISED VERSION. in their mouth was 'guile ; 'for they are 'before the throne of 5 And found no 'faultless God. 6 And ^flying in '■mid-heaven, having 'an everlasting gospel, to ''declare the glad tidings ■'unto 'those 'who 'dwell on the earth, and funto every nation, and ^tribe, and tongue, and people, I saAv another angel ' For 6όλο{. all the recent editois have 4f C5os (A. B. 0. ' α 28. β 7. 7 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Sjt. Aim. Arr.'). I re- commend that this reading be adopted, and translated : lie. The yap is cancelled by Lachm., Treg., Words.. Theile, on the authority of ' A. C. 12. 17. A'ulg. MS. Hari: 7 E. v., Jude 24;-Daub., Dodd., Penn, Sharpo, Stu., {blame- less), Newc, Woodh., Lord, (spotless). Most foreign verss. use an adjective. ' All the recent editors cancel the words. iViJrtioc roC Bfovov roi ©Eoi, on the authority of Ά. Β. C. ο 27. β 7. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Harl Tol. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I re- commend that this reading be adopted, and that the words, before the throne of God. be omitted. * See ch. 4: 7, N. d. For the participial form, see ch. 10: 1, N. a, &c. " See ch. 8 : 13, N. o. ' The gospel, namely, recited in v. 7. That there is an hour of judgment appointed, and that ' God,' the Creator, 'is Judge himself (Ps. 50: C), this, accompanied as it has ever been with the call to repentance, and the provisions of grace, is good news; has been proclaimed as such from the beginning (-Jude 14 ; Gen. 18: 25; 1 Sam. 2: 10; P.<;. 75 : 7 ; 94: 2; 90: 10-18; 98 : 7-9 ; Eccl. 3:17; Joel 3:12; Matt. 25 : 31, &c. ; John 5 : 22 ; Acts 17: 31 ; Rom. 2: 16 'the day when God shall judge . . . according to my gospel;' James 5: 7-9; iScc ) ; and pervades, with its issues and influences, the ages to come. It may well be called, therefore, tiayyt^tw αιώνιοι'. — W.. T., G. ;-German verss. (except Herd.) ;-Wesl., Campb. ('What the angel had to promulgate is not called to fOayy., as the word is almost uniformly used when referring to the Christian dispensation, but simply tOayy. ; not the gospel, the institution of Christ — not that which is emphatically styled the good news, but barely good news. It is styled aiunoi/ everlasting, with the same propriety, and in the same latitude, as things of long duration, or of permanent consequences, are often in Scripture so deno- minated.'), Wakef., Woodh., Thorn, (everl. glad tidings), Midd., AUw., Greenf.. Bloomf. (though his translation o( aiunov, universal, is peculiar to himself, and finds no warrant in the more common mistake respecting aiuv. See Jude 2-5, X. j.), Ell., Ebr. (understands iioyy. to mean the general gospel of, salvation, and explains the indefiniteness on the ground that this gospel was now for the first time preached to these heathen nations.). ^ See ch. 10: 7, N. z. After tuayy. (not, as Bloomf. say.s, 'before'), the preposition irtJ is inserted by Lachm., flahn, Treg., Words., Tisch.. Theile, on the authority of A. B. C. 34. ' For those who, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, ic, and 1 : 5, N. v, &c. For xa-eaix.. Mill approves, and all the other recent editors (except Hahn) read χαθ-ημίνον; (Β. C. ' α 20. β 4. Compl. Vulg. Slav. MSS. r. xa9>j. t. xatoix. Er.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted: sit. Comp. Matt. 4: 16. Here also the expression, Daub, thinks, ' shews the present state of the idola- trous nations. To sit npon the earth, is to be in a state of great affliction.' Ebr. ' The expression xatoixoivn; τψ' y^v is avoided.' ' E. v., previous clause ;-Newc., Treg. But all the recent editors (except Bloomf.) here insert ira (A. B. C. 'a 27. β 5. Compl. Vulg. Syr. Slav. MSS.'). Assuming the correctness of this reading, De W. considers that the principle of uniformity requires the same preposition before του; χαΟημ. ; and on no other principle, it would appear, Bloomf. remarks : 'I should prefer to receive it either in both cases, or, as I have heretofore done, in neither.'' But, 1., the evidence is fur stronger for the second ϊλΙ than for the first ; stronger even than for χαθημίνονί, of which Bloomf, however, approves ; — and, 2., in this book uniformity of construction seems to be rather shunned than sought; comp. vv. 9, 11 with ch. 20: 4. See also v. 19, N. k; ch. 13 : 16, according to the reading recommended in N. f ; 14: 9; 18: 12. N. o; &c. Bloomf. adds, but without explana- tion: 'And, indeed, internal evidence is strongly against each insertion.' It is true that nowhere else is fiayyfXi'i'u construed with £Λι, but always with the simple dative or accusative of the person to whom. Twice (Gal. 1: 16; Eph. 3:8) it is followed by iv, among; twice (2 Cor. 10: 16; 1 Pet. 1: 25; — as sometimes also xr^fvsra^) by fij, marking e.rtent, or local direction. If, therefore, the ini before niv be genuine, (and I recommend that it be adopted as such.) it is not to be regarded as redundant, but as denoting the local relation of the angel, and the downward direction of his proclamation. It may Ki-l REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. 7 Sa3-ing with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him ; for the hovir of his judgment is come : and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the iountains of waters. 8 And there followed another angel, saying, Bahylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. 9 And the third anijel fol- GREEK TEXT. 7 Xiyovrrx eV ψωνβ μΐγαλτ], Φοβηθητ€ τον θίον, καΐ Sore αύτω δο^αν, οτί ηλθβν ή ωρα τηί κρίσεως• αυτού• καΙ ττροσκυνΊ]• (rare τω ττοίησαντί τον ούρανον και την γην καΐ θάλασσαν καΊ 7Γηγα9 ύδατων. 8 Ιναι άλλοί άγγβλοί ηκολον θησ€, λίγων, ' Ετησΐν «ττβσε Βα- βυλων ?; ττολίί η μεγάλη• ότι €κ του οίνου του θυμού τηί πορνείας αύτηί 7Γ€7Γ0ΤίΚ€ πάντα ά'θνη. 9 Α αί TpiTOs άγγελος ηκολου- REVISED VERSION. 7 '■Saying with a loud voice : Fear God, and give ''him glory ; for the hour of his judgment is come : and worship him that made 'the heaven, and 'the earth, and j sea, and ■> fountains of waters. 8 And ^ another angel follow- ed, saying : 'Fallen, fallen is Ba- bylon, ""that great city ; -for °of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, she ^hath 'given all 1 nations to drink. 9 And ' a third angel followed '' For ■Kiyovta, all the recent editors read λίγων (A. B. C. Ό 25. /3 G. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Slav. MSS.'). In the next clause the Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-forcign verss. generally ;-Daiib., Wakef., Woodh., Lord. Kenr. ' E. v.. ch. G : 14 ; 20 : 11 ; Ac. ;-Dt., It., and French verss. ;- Beng. and later German verss. (except Herd.), WesL, Woodh.. Thom., All\v., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. 1 T., C, (have only the first article) ;-Germ. (only the Recond);-Daub.. Beng., Wesl., Ilengst., (as T.), Dodd. {as Germ.). Wakef.. Lord, Treg., Ebr. Beng. and the later editors (except Laohm., Hahn) have ■ίψ before βάχαββαν. on the authority of A. B. 'a 21. β 7. CompL' ^ The Greek order of the verb and its subject is followed by W., R. ;-Latin, German (except Moldenh.), and French verss., Syr. ;-Brightm., Daub, and later English verss. (except Words.). The word itiif fpo; is inserted before, or after, άγγίλο5, by all the recent editors (except Griesb., Sch., Blooraf ) on the following authority : ' A. B. α 17. β 5. Syr.' have it before άγγ. ; 'C. ο 8. β 2. Compl. Copt. Arm.' have it after. I recommend that the margin bear this note : ' Or, as many read, another, a second angel.' Comp. v. 9, N. r. ' The verbs (or verb :-Matth. and Treg. omitting the second irt., on the authoiity of ' B. C. α 18. β G. y 2. Copt. Aeth. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.') arc translated before Βαβ., by (!. (It is/., it is /), Pv. ;-fureign vcr.ss. (of which the It., De W., Ebr., have the form proposed above : Cadnta, caduta e ; Gefallen, gef alien ist. Herd, and Mey. : gpfallen ! gefallen .') ;-IIamm., Daub., (She isf., she is/.), Dodd. (as G.), Woodh. (She isf. ! B., the great [ β.], isf. .'). Thom. (It isf !—B. isf .'), Lord (She hasf, great n. hasf), Treg., Words., Murd. Comp. the Ileb. Is. 21 : 0. " All the recent editors nji-ct (except that Bloomf merely brackets) the words r; rtdxtj, on the authority of ' A. B. C. α 25. β 7. V 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I re- commend that this reading be followed, and that the version stand : Btibylon the great. See ch. 10 : 10, N. 1. ° "Oti is in E. V. treated 51 limes in this book as a causal conjunction, and in 39 of these it is rendered bj' for. In other cases, as where oti introduces the protasis (ch. 3: 10, 16, 17; &c.), OUT for will not answer; nor should I here adopt it, except for the sake of avoiding an ambiguity that otherwise arises out of the sub.sequcnt tran.sposition (N. o). — T., C, G.;- Woodh., Stu. Beng. and Matth. cancel the oVt ( B. Ό 15. β 6. y 3. Compl. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'), and, instead of it, Lachm., Ilahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, read >;' (Ά. C. 26. 33. 34. 35. 38. 50**. Λ"ulg. Aeth. Syr.'). " These genitives are translated before Ttf rtor., by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm., Beng. and later German verss., Woodh., Allw., Stu. r The Greek time is retained by the foreign verss. (except De W.) ;-Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Stu. 1 Eight times out of 15 this verb is in E. X., to give drink or give to drink, and only in 1 Cor. 12: 13 is it rendered as here ;-Λν. (gave d. to) ;-Vulg. (potavit), Syr. (as in Matt. 25 : 35), German vei.ss. (o-eiraiiAei ;-except Moldenh. and De W., who use the phrase, gebe7i zu irinJcen), Dt. (gedrenkt), It. (dato here), Fr. S. (donne a b(iire.);-Eraiim., Vat., Aret.. (vse potare), Pagn., Bez., Par., (potandum praebiiit), Vitr. (poian- dum dedit), Kenr. (gai-e . . to dr.). The idea of compulsory drinking does not belong to the word. See the lexicons. Excepting Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., all the recent editors insert ra before ΙΟνη (A. Β. C. 'α 10. β 3. y 2. Comp!.'). ■■ For rpitoi άγγίλοί, all the recent editors have άλλο{ ayyjXof ■ipitoi (A. B. C. ■ α 24. β 0. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. 7b/. Copt. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : another, a third angel. Comp. V. 8, N. k. — For a, see Dt., It., French verss. ;-Daub., Wells, Newc, Stu., (another third), Beng. and later German verss., Wesl. and the later English. be translated, over. — E. Λ""., ch. 13: 7;-W. (on), R. (npon);- Vulg. (super), Syr. ( bs) ;-Herd.,- Mey., Hengst., (uber. Hengst. cites Job 36: 33 as analogous.), Ew. (as Vulg.). Kist., Van Ess, (unter). Stu. (among) ;-AVahl (per, unter), Rob. (upon, over, towards). « See ch. 1 : 7, N. k. REVELATION. 105 KING JAMES VERSION. lowed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his marls, in his forehead, or in his hand, 10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his in- dignation ; and he shall he tor- mented with fire and brimstone GREEK TEXT. θησεν avToils, Xeyow eu φωντ) μβγαλ-ρ, ΈΊ ns το θηρίον ττροσ- Kvvet Kcu την εικόνα αύτον, και λαμβάνει γαραγμα βττΐ τοΰ μετω- ΤΓου αντοΰ, η εττΐ την χεΐρα αύτοΰ, 10 Και αυτοί ττίεται εκ τοΰ οϊνον τον θυμον τοΰ θεού, τον κεκερασμενον άκρατον εν τώ ΤΓΟτηρίω τηί οργής αντοΰ, και βασανισθησεται εν ττνρ). κα\ θείω REVISED VERSION. them, saying with a loud voice : If any "one Hvorsliippetli the beast and his image, and 'receiv- ^th "a marls, 'on his forehead, or 'upon his hand, 10 «Even he shall drink of the wine of the wi-ath of God, which 'hath been J^mixed un- mixed ήη the cup of his indigna- tion, and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone 'before • See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c. ι See ch. 13: 9. X. 1. Here applies the common rule re- specting ft with the indicative in the protasis, followed al^o by an indicative in the conclusion ; e. g. Matt. 19 : 10, where the disciples do not formally express any sceptical doubt, but, taking for granted (since such is the case) the truth of their Lord's doctrine, venture on a practical inference. So here ; not : In case he should, but: As sure as he does. AV. (fakelh);- German verss., Dt., It.. Fr. S. ;-Castal., Cocc, B. and L., Treg. For r. θηρ. rtpodx., all the recent editors read rifoax. t. θ);ρ. (A. Β. C. Ό 19. /3 8. Compl.'). " ' However slight or secret ;' or simply : ' one of the many.' — AT., R., (use the definite article) ;-Latin verss. (supply nothing to the noun), Germ., Dt., (as iV.); Fr. S. ;-Beng., Dodd. (as ΤΓ. ;-and so Mey., Greenf., All., De W., Ebr.), Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Hengst. ' See ch. 13 : 16, NN. e, f, &c. " The xai does not belong to Ttittai. he shall also, or even drink (so at least it is transposed in the Dt.. Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;- Brightm., Beng., Wesl., Lord, Ebr.) ; nor to ix toi otioti, of this wine as well as of that, v. 8 (Par., Moldenh. The former, after Pagn. and Bez., transposes thus : Bibet hie quoqtie. and remarks : ' Biberunt vinum illud : bibent etiam vinum hoc' But, though the antanaclasis is evident, it is not effected by the xtu'.); nor yet, in the proper connection with aOroi (see 2 Pet. 1 : 14, K. z. &.C.), does it imply, he as well as others (Wells, as well as the Romish idolaters ; B. and L., aussi-bien que la Bete ; Ew., non minus quam Roma; De W., wie Babel und die Volker). It is used, as the Hebrew ι often is, to introduce a certain result of the protasis, and it strengthens the already emphatic aitoi (see 1 John 1 : 7, N. x, &c.) ; q. d. ' In the very person of each particular transgressor shall this sin meet its inevitable doom.' — Yulg. (ei hie), Syr. (= De D. etiam ille), It. (anch' egli) ;-Erasm.. Vat., (as Vulg.), Aret., Ew., (et ipse), Cocc, Vitr., (etiam ipse), Daub, (and the same), Herd., Jley., All., (auch er \_der] wird trinken), AVakef. (then shall he), Dodd.. Treg., 'Words., Murd., Kenr., (he also ;-Treg. marking the pro- noun as emphatic). Woodh., AUw.. Greenf. (sin bj ΧίΠ), Stu. (' the very same, xai adverbial and intensive.'), Ell. (he too). " ' God's judgments, like the portion of His children, are already prepared' (Matt. 25 : 34, 41 ; Ps. 7 : 12, 13 ; &c). Sea ch. 5 : 12, N. w and 2 Pet. 2 : 17, X. a. y 'Judgment without mercy; mixed with all wrathful ingredients for the sake of increasing — unmixed with au^ht that might reduce — its strength;' — an allusion (which, together with the oxymoron, is lost in E. V.) to the two ancient methods of treating wine. The description rests on Ps. 75 : 8, as the peculiarity of the phraseology does on the Sept. version : "Ort Ttotrfiiov iv χιιρί Kupiov, ά,ναυ άχράΐον Λλ^ρί} χεράβματο;. The senses given in E. V. to χιράνιιυμι here and ch. 18 : 6, the only places where it occurs in the X. T., find no warrant in the Sept. (see Prov. 9: 2, 5; Is. 5: 22; 19: 14), and very little, if any, in classical usage (see Steph., Scap., Pass., L. and S.). SchOttg., therefore, in defining by misceo alone, is more ac- curate than the later X. T. lexicons. — W., R., (mingled with clear [pare] wine) ;-Vulg. (mistum . mero), Syr. (= De D. mixtum . -merum), Dt. marg. (ongemengd ingemengd), It. (mesciuto tutto puro) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Castal. (mi.v- tum, merumque), Aret. (nienim mi.vtuni), Grot. ('Hie potest proprie sumi, ut intelligatur merum mixtum herbis veneni- feris.'), Hamm., Wells (unmured [with water and] viLved with [gall]). Daub. (mi.red s/rojig- ;-adding in the Comment.: 'literally mixed unmixed^), Dodd. (-tempered with various ingredients of wrath, without any mixture of mercy'). Gill Xewc. marg., Kell., (mi.red without mixture), Xewt., Wakef. (jpure wiJte tempered with drugs), Woodh. (the imbittered powerful wine). Thorn, (mi.red up unadulterated), Greenf. (ηΟΏ xsa ηιβκίι). All. (stark gemischt). Ell., De W. Qunge- mischt . . . eingeschenkt isf, eig. gemischt'), Words, (mixed without water), Hengst. (gemischt unvermischt. In a note he says : ' Even if viix could really stand for potir out. this would still be improper here on account of the άχροτου follow- ing. For the mi.red and tinmLred evidently form an enig- matical contrast. Finallv, in the parallel 18: 6, the signi- fication to pour out is not suitable.'), Kenr. (mingled with pure wine), Ebr. (ungemischt gemischt). For in, see nearly all the same authorities. ' For before, see ch. 13: 13, N. j. For tuv ay. ίγγ.. Lachm. and Treg. read ayy. ay. (' C. 38.'), and Tisch. reads tC^v ayy. (Ά. 26. A'ulg. MS. Copt.'). IGG REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. in the jiresoiice of the holy an- gels, and in the presence of the Lamb : 11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever : and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and \vhoso- ever receiveth the mark of his name. 12 Here is the patience of the saints : here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. 13 And I heard a voice from heaven, saying unto me. Write, Blessed arc the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth : Yea, saith the Spirit, that thej- may rest from their labours ; and their works do follow them. GREEK TEXT. ΙνωτΓίον των άγιων άγγίλων, καΙ (νωπιον τον αρνίον 11 και ό κατννος του βασα- νισμού αυτών ανάβαινα eli αΙώνας αΙωνων καΐ ουκ ϊχ^ουσιν άνατταν- σιν ήμΐρας καΐ νυκτοί οϊ ττροσ- κννούντΐί το θηρίον καΐ την άκονα αύτοΰ, και et tl? λαμβανβι το ■χάραγμα τον ονόματος αύτοΰ. 12 ' fJSe υπομονή των άγιων Ιστιν ώδε οϊ τηρούντ€ί ταί Ιν- ToXas τού θ€ού καΐ ttjv ττίστιν Ιησού. 13 Ι^αι ηκουσα φωνή! e/c τού ουρανού, λίγουση^ μοι, Γραψον, Μακάριοι οϊ ν€κρο\ οϊ iv ΚυρΙω ά7Γθθνησκοντ€ί άτταρτι. Λ^α), λβγίΐ το Πνΐύμα• ϊνα ανατταν- σωνται tK των κοπών αυτών τα be 'ίργα αυτών ακολούθα, μίτ αυτών. REVISED VERSION. the holy angels and 'before the Lamb ; 11 And the smoke of their torment "ascendeth " unto ages of ages ; and they have no rest day '■and night, who worship the beast and his image, and 'if any one receiveth the mark of his name. 12 Here is ""the patience of the saints ; ''here, thej^ 'who keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. 13 And I heard a voice from heaven, saying funto me : Write : Blessed arc the dead ^who die in the Lord ^ henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that 'they may rest from their 'toils, 'but their works '' follow 'with them. » For άναβ. iii aiuvaf αιώνων, all the recent editors (except Bloomf.) read fij ai. ai. άναβ. (Ά. C. a IG. β 6. y 2. Corapl.' lii aiCiva αϊώνοί ά. C.)• For tlie omission of up, see ch. 8: 4, N. 1. For unto ages of ages, see ch. 1 : G, N. g, &c. *• E. v., ch. 4: 8 ;-R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss., Dt. ;- Erasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Vitr., Daub. (or;-and so Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thom., AIlw., Sharpe, Murd.), Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. E. V. follows Pagn., Bez., &c. ' The form of the original is preserved by E. V., τ. 9 ; «fee. ;- W.. R. j-Latin rerss., Germ., Dt. ;-Beng., Moldenh. (wenn einer), Newc, AVoodh., Stu., De W., Ilengst. '' Before νΛομ., Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., insert -ή (A. B. C. Ό 21. β 2.'). The second ώδε is rejected by all the recent editors on the authority of ' A. B. C. α 20. β 6. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Slav, ed.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word here be omitted. Of those who follow the common text, the substantive verb is not supplied by Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., Coco., Vitr., Thorn., AUw. • Dodd., Wesl., Newc. and later verss. ' AH the recent editors cancel the μοί. on the authority of ■A. B. C. α 20. j3 5. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recommend tliat, in accordance with this reading, the words, ^into me, be omitted. • Sce2Pet. 2:11, N. f. >• T., C, G., (hereof iei•) -,-Όοάά., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Sharpe, Lord (as 7'.), Kell., Murd., Kenr. ;-Rob. (from now on ;-like the von nun an of the German verss.). ' For αναΛαύαωνταί, Lachm. and Tisch. read ava!tar,aovtai (Ά. C Bloomf. regards this as 'evidently a mere slip of the pen.'); Treg. and Words., avartaiaovtai (B. '16. 28. 30. 32. 36. 50. Er.' Tliis. Bloomf. thinks, is 'not improbably the true' reading.). For toils, see ch. 2: 2, N. d. On Ilesych.'s 'ix χότίων. ix τΰιν άδιχιΰι•,' Ernesti's note is: 'cf. Apoc. 14: 13 et Mai. 2: 13. Eodem modo glossae MS. in 12 proph.' ' 'Their toil (1 Cor. 15 : 58, xorcoi) has not been in vain in the Lord, though nothing now remains of it but its results (τά ί'ργα) and reward.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r.— T., C. ;-Erasm.. Vat., Cocc, JNIoldenh., AVoodh., Ew., AUw., Stu. (moreover), De W. For it, Lachm., Treg., Words., have yap ' A. C. 18. 20. 38. Vulg. Syr.'). " AY., T. (shall), C, G., R. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Pcnn, Sharpe, Lord, Kenr. 1 'As an attendant train; so speedy is their recognition and reward.' (Comp. Milton's xiv. Sonnet: — ' Thy works, and alms, and all tliy good endeavour, ' Stay'd not behind, nor in the grave were trod,' [or, as it originally stood in MS., 'Straight follow'd thee the path that saints have trod,'] ' But. as Faith pointed with her golden rod, ' Follow'd thee up to joy and bliss for ever.') REVELATION. 167 KIXG JAMES VERSION. 14 And I lookeil, and behold, a white cloud, and npon the cloud one sat like unto the Sou of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. 15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud. Thrust in thy sickle, and reap : for the time is come for thee to reap ; for the harvest of the earth is ripe. 16 And he that sat on the GREEK TEXT. 14 Kou eiSou, Koi l8ov ν^φίλη XevKT], Koi eVt την νζψ€ληΐ' καθή- μενος ομοιοί νϊω άνθρωπου, βχων eVt της κεφαλής αντον στίφανον ■χρνσονν, κα\ eV ττ] χειρι αυτού δρβπανον οςυ. 15 καΐ άλΛος άγγελος εξηλθβν εκ τοΰ ναού, κραζων εν μεγαλτ) φωντ) τω καθημενω ετη της νεφέ- λης, ΙΙεμψον το δρεττανον σου, καΐ θερισον, οτί ήλθε σοι ή ωρα του θερίσαι, ότι εζηρανθη ό θε- ρισμος της γης. 16 ΚαΧ εβαλεν ό καθήμενος REVISED VERSION. 14 And I "saw, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud -one °sat like ρ a son of man, ha\Ting on his phead a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. 15 And another angel came ■jforth out of the temple, ciyiug with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud : -iSend thy sickle, and reap ; for the diour •of the reaping is 'for thee come ; for the harvest of the earth is "dried. 16 And he that sat 'upon the "" See ch. 4: 1, N. b. " See ch. 1 : 13, N. c. • See ch. 4: 2, N. j. All the recent editors have χαβγιμ-ινον ofioto* (A. B. C. Ό 19. β 7.'), except Bloornf. ; though in his Supp. he says, that the change is made ' perhaps rightly, since internal evidence' (in addition to 'many MSS.. Versions, and Fathers.') 'is rather in its favour.' Even this reading Win. is inclined to take for a nominative neuter = soniething like a man. But it is much better to class it with the other mixed constructions of this book. See ch. 7 : 9, N. e. ρ See ch. 1 : 13, N. d. For trjs χιφαλης, Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read την χιψα-κψ (• Α. ο 6. [& 28. 29.]'). ' Έοτ forih, see ch.9: 3, Ν. m, &c. The verb, τύμτίω, occurs 81 times in the N. T., and, except here and in v. 18, is always in E. V. rendered, to send, just as the parallel JIark 4: 29 is the only instance, out of 133, in which οΛοί-ΤΕλλω is rendered otherwise than by seyid, send out, forth, away. In the exceptional cases it was supposed necessary to assume, that in the action described the immediate object was still retained in the hand. But the assumption is not necessary, and greatly injures the sense. As the rod in Ps. 110: 2, and the sword in Matt. 10 : 34 ; Jer. 9:16; &c., so here the sickle is conceived of as a missile, a messenger, executing a commission (Ps. 148: 8; Is. 55: 11. Comp. also Matth. 24:31 with Joel 3: 13).— W. ;- Latin verss. (ynii/ej-Castal. and Ew. innnitte), Syr. (lacks the address of the angel in this verse, but in v. 18 uses the same word as in Matt. 10: 16), Dt. {zend), Fr. G.,-M., {jette), Fr. S. (enxoie);-}i. and L. marg. {encoyez), Daub., AUw., {se^id in), Berl. Bib., Mey., Ilengst., Ebr., (sende), Beng. (schick), Woodh. (send forth), Greenf. (R^d, the word in Joel), Ell. ;-the lexi- cons generally (Rob. explains the word here by to send forth, though he adds: 'i. q. to thrust in'). ■■ See 1 John 2: 18, N. b, and comp. Matt. 24: 36. ■ It. {del mietere) ;-Castal., Bez., Aret., Cocc, Vitr., {me- tendi). Daub., Wakef., (rf reaping), Dodd., Woodh., (o/ thy reaping; including the aoi), Sharpe. Matth., Griesb., Sch., Bloomf., retain the tov, which the other editors, on the author- ity of A. B. C. ' tt 9. β 5. Er.,' omit. ' The σοί belongs as a daticus commodi exclusively to ^χθε, and is so construed by Dt., Fr. S. ;-Erasm. and the later Latin verss., De W. (in 1839). But the pronoun is marked by Bloomf. as ' inost probably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and by all the other recent editors it is cancelled, on the authority of A. B. 0. ' tt 24. β 5. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Arr. Slav.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and the words, for thee, omitted. " The verb, ξηραίνω, occurs IG times, and in Έ. V. is trans- lated in ch. 16: 12; Mark 5 : 29 ; 11 : 20, to dry up ; elsewhere, except in this instance, to pine away, wither, wither away. Comp. Luke 23 : 31, and, in the Sept. and E. V., Job 18: 16; •Jer. 23 : 10 ; Ezek. 20 : 47 ; IIos. 9:16; Nah. 1:10; Luke 23 : 31. Ebr. here renders by gereift ist, but acknowledges that the word nowhere else bears that sense.— E. V. marg. ;-R. (dry) ;- Latin verss. (ar«i? ;-except Cocc, siccata), Germ, (durre ge- worden), Dt. marg. (dor, droog geworden). It. (secca) ;-Engl. Ann. ('Or, dried; or, withered''), Hamm., B. and L. marg. (seche), Beng. (as Germ. ;-and so De W., Hengst.), Herd., Mey., All., Goss., (dilrr), Newc. marg., Stu., Kenr., (as R.), Ell. The idea of ripeness is an inference, and is not expressed in any lexicon, except Schleus., Bretsch., Rob., Green. ■• E. v., V. 14; &c., and see ch. 7: 1, N. b, &c. For χψ v., Lachm., Treg., Words., read tr,i νιφί-κη; (' A. 16*. 36. 47.' iij V(^i>.'rj B.). _Syr. (=adhaerent cum. The verb is that used in Acts pagnent. Gt. suivent avec eujr'), Wakef., Woodh..Thom. and 8: 29, Join thyself; Rom. 12: 9, Cleave; &c.), Dt. ;-Castal., 1 Murd. (accompany), Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Words., Cocc.. (eos comitantur), Hamm., Daub., B. and L. Caccom- \ Hengst., Ebr. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. 16S REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. cloud thrust iu his sickle on tiie eartii ; aud the earth was reaped. 17 And another angel came out of the temple \vhich is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle. 18 And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire ; and cried with a loud cry to liim that liad the sharp sickle, saying. Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth ; for her grapes are fully ripe. 19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered tlie vine of the earth, GREEK TEXT. iirl την νίφίλην το Bptiravov αύτοΰ eVl την yrjv, καΐ ΐθζρίσθη 17 Kou άλλοί αγγίλος ^ζηλ- θίν €Κ του ναού τον ev τω ουρανω, βχων καΐ αυτοί δρίττανον όςν. 1 8 καΐ άλλο? αγγβλο^ 4ζηλθβν βκ του θυσιαστηρίου, ΐ'χων (ςου- σίαν eVt του ττυροί, καΐ ίφωνησΐ κραυγή μίγαλη τω ίχοντι το 8pe- ττανον το οζυ, λίγων, Ιΐ€μψον σον το δρβττανον το οξν, καΐ τρΰ- γησον τους βοτρναί τψ γης, ότι ηκμασαν αϊ σταφνλαΐ αντης. 1 9 Και ββαλ€ν ο αγγΐλος το δρίπανον αντον et? την γην, καΐ ϊτρνγησβ την άμττβλον της γης, REVISED VERSION. cloud "cast his sickle «upon the earth, aud the earth was reaped. 17 And another angel came yforth out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a shai"p sickle. 18 And another angel came ^forth 'out of the altar, 'having power over »the fire, and ''he 'called with a loud 'cry to him that had ''the sharp sickle, say- ing : «Send "^thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of ' the earth ; for 'her grapes are fully ripe. 19 And the angel ^cast his sickle ''unto the earth, and gath- ered 'the fruit of the vine of the " In contrast with the τίίμ-^ον, ΐβαλιν marks the ready and strong assent of the Angel-reaper to the call and representations of V. 15. Comp. V. 15, N. q and ch. 2 : 24, N. g.— W. (setd) ;- Latin verss. (misi7;-exoept Casta]., iinmisit ; Cocc, coii/ecii), Syr. (same word as in ch. 19 : 20), Dt. (zund), Fr. G. -M.,-S., (jeta) ;-Daub. (cast in), Woodh., Ell. (ihrexr). » See N. V, &c. Daub., Wesl., Woodh., AUw., Stu. ί See ch. 9 : 3. N. m, &c. » For forth, see ch. 9 : 3, N. m, &c. For out of, see E. V., vv. 15, 17, 20 ; ch. IC : 7 ; &c. The same phrase is used as in V. 15, by R. (forth from), Vulg. (e.vivit de), Syr.. Germ. (alls), It. (usci fuor del) Fr. G. -M..-S., (sortit de) ;-Erasm., Vat., (e.vicit de), Castal. (ex), Brightm. (censures Bez.'s ab [which Bez., as usual, adopted from Pagn.]. and explains oid of by ch. : 9), Moldenh., Wakef. (here only has. oiU of), Woodli. (as R.), Penn (out from), Ell. (Observe ix, not arto'), Hengst. ('ascending from the base, where, according to ch. 6., lie the souls of the martyrs. . . . Yarn is Kwald's attempt to substi- tute υοη [from] for aiis [out of].'). E. V. follows W., T., C, G. • For having, see E. V., vv. 14, 17 ; ic. ;-Fr. G.,-JI.,-S. ;-Bez., Par., Cocc, Vitr., Dodd., AVakuf , Woodh., Thorn.. Alhv., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. The reading ό ϊχίΜΐ (Α. Ο.) is adopted only by Lachm. and Tisch. For the article before ^re (whether the fire of the altar, ch. 8 : 5, N. ο ; or the element of fire, comp. ch. 11 : 6. N. w), see R. 'j-foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Daub, and later Enghsh verss. (except Wesl., Newc, Treg.). •> W., R. ;-Germ., Dt, French verss. ;-Dodd., Wakef,, AVoodh., Thorn., Mey., AUw., AH., Pena, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr. ' When φωΐ'ε'ω has the accusative after it, it is always in E. V. to call, or call for. The present is the only instance of its being followed by the dative of the immediate object. Protestant German verss. (rief), Fr. S. (parla);-Oauh., Dodd. (called owfc-and so Woodh., AUw.), Newc, Stu. Many others avoid using a cognate verb and noun for ifJiv. χρανγζ. In having the same verb for ϊφύνηαε here and χράζων in v. 15, E. V. and the older ver.ss. follow the Vulg. For χρανγχι, Lachm. and Treg. read ψων^ (Ά. Β. 38. Vulg. Aeth. Arm. Ar.'). Ί SeelJohn2:7, N. o, &c " See V. 15, N. q. ' The Elzevir Text and all the recent editors insert the words, riji ά-μΛίτ^ον, before t^j y^;. I recommend that this reading be adopted: of the vine. For avr^s, Tisch. reads -riji γη; (Β. 'α 17. β 7. Aeth. Syr.'). Bloomf also is 'now in- clined to receive' this reading ; but he errs in attributing it to Lachm. ^ See V. 10, N. w, &c. I" See ch. 8 : 5, N. p, &c. ' This is not a supplement, but is involved in the Greek verb, the specific sense of which is given iu the Latin verss. by vindemiavit ; It., rendemmio ; French verss., vendangea ; Daub., reaped; Stu. (including the noun), harvested the vineyard- fruit; De W. and Ebr., herbstete. — W. (grapes of), T., C, G., (the gr. of);-Di. (de rfnaren ;-marking this as supplied) ;- Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, (as T.;-T)odd. and Penn marking as supplied), Moldenh. (die Trauben). REVELATION. 169 KING JAMES VERSION. and cast it into the great wine- press of the wrath of God. 20 And the wine-press was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the wine-press, even unto the horse-bridles, by the space of a thousand and six liundred furlongs. CHAP. XV. And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvellous, seven angels having tlie seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God. 2 And I saw as mingled with it were a sea fire : and of glass them that had gotten the victory GREEK TEXT. Koi ββαλ^ν eti την λψον του θυμού του θεοΰ την μ^γαλην. 20 κα\ ίττατηθη ή ληνοί ίξω τηί ττόλβω?, και βζηλθβν αίμα e'/c Trjs ληνοΰ α.\ρί των χαλινών των ΐτΓττων, ατΓΟ σταδίων χιλίων ίζα- κοσίων. CHAP. XV. ΚΑΙ βίδον άλλο σημβίον iv τω ούρανώ μβγα κα\ θαυμαστον, άγγβλουί βτττα, ίχ^ονταί ττληγας ίτττα τάί βσχάταί, otl iv αύταΐς βτβλίσθη 6 θυμοζ τον θβον. 2 ΚαΙ eiSov ώ? θάλασσαν ύαλίνην μβμιγμίνην ττυρί, κα\ τους νικώντας e'/c του θηρίου καΐ REVISED VERSION. earth, and cast ' into 'the great winepress of the wrath of God. 20 And the winepress was trodden 'without the city, and 'there came "'forth blood out of the winepress " unto the "bridles of the horses, ρ a thousand "^ six hundred furlongs roif. CHAP. XV. And I saw another sign in heaven, great and "wonderful, seven angels having the seven last plagues ; for in them "-was 'finished the wrath of God. 2 And I saw as it were a ■•glassy sea mingled with fire, and 'those «who 'were victorious 1 Not the vine, but the •(ρύγη. Comp. ch. 8 : 5, N. p. No- thing is here supplied by W. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.) Syr. ;-Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Hengst., Ebr. '^ See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. For την μιγάχψ, all the recent editors read tov μίγαν (Λ. Β. 0. 'α 20. β 5. Compl.'). See v. 6, Ν. f. 1 For t'Jo, all the recent editors read ίξωθιν (A. B. C. Ό 24. β 8. Compl.'). In the next clause, the Greek order of the verb and its subject is retained by the Latin and French verss., It. ;-Beil. Bib., Beng., Moldenh., Woodh., AUw., Greenf., Stu., De W., Hengst., Ebr. "■ See oh. 9 : 3, N. m, &c. " E. v., ch. 2:10; &c. ;-'W". {till to), R. {up to) ;-Brightm. {to), Sym., Wakef., Newc, Thorn.. Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr., {as R. ;-aiid so Words., who also retains even. But the direc- tion is determined, not by the preposition, but by the noiins follovfing.). ° W. {the br. o/" Λ,.) ;-Brightm., Daub, {horses bridles), Dodd., TVesl. {horses'' bridles ;-and so Sharpe, Lord, Murd., the Amer. Bible Soc, Kenr.), Sym., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., AUw., Penn, Stu., Words. ρ The άτίό in this construction marks distance from. Comp. John 11 : 18; 21 : 8, and see Win. 5 05. 4. and the lexicons. — R. {for) ;-Beng., Herd, and later German verss., {tausend sechshundert Siadien iceit), Dodd., Stu., {at the distance), Wakef., Thom., Lord, Murd., Kenr., {as R.), Newc, Woodh., AIlw., Words., {for the space), Penn {to the distance). 1 R.;-foreign verss. (except Sjt., Moldenh., Greenf.) ;- Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Sharpe, Lord, >Vords., Kenr. " W. ;-Brightm. {admirable), Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Lord, Barn., Murd., Kenr. *■ Syr. ;-Hamm., Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Thom., Mey., Kist., Sharpe. Treg. {hath been), De W. ' E. V.,ch. 10: 7; 11: 7; 20: 5; John 19: 30; &c ;-W. {ended), T., C, G., {fulfilled), R. {consummate) ;-Haram. ('or, finished^), Daub., Dodd. {coinpleted --ani .so Woodh., Allw., Treg.), Wesl. {as T.\ Wakef., Thom., Penn, Stu. {ac- complished), Lord, Murd. and Kenr. {consummaied). Ί Seech. 4: 6, N. x. ' See ch. 2: 2, N. h, &c, and 1 : 5, N. v, &c. f As often used, νιχΰ> = / am a victor = / have conquered. But vixi^ptaf here is not the participle of the present (Par. ' vic- toriam reportant ;' Hengst. ' den Sieg- behalten.'' The latter adds: 'It is the coiif/Mermg•, not such as Λαΐ'β conquered, that are spoken of, with reference to the present of the Seer, when the victory is still in progress ;'-and so Ebr.), biit of the imper- fect, with reference to tliov. Grammatically, therefore. E. V. can be defended. But it is better to come closer to the form of the original. — W., R., {overcame) ;-Dt. {de overwinning hadden), Fr. S. {etaient vainqueurs) ;-Bez., Cocc, Vitr., {vic- toriam reportabant), Beng. {siegeten), Dodd., Kenr., {as iV.), Wesl. {gained the victory), Wakef. {escaped unconquered), Thom., Stu. {came off conquerors), Bloomf. {came off victors), Lord. Castal., Mey., Win., Sharpe, De W., &c., treat tov( vex. as a substantive, without regard to time. 22 170 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. over the beast, and over his image, and over liis mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, liaving the harps of God. 3 And they sing the song of Moses the setvant of God, and the song of tlie Lamb, saying. Great and marvellous are thy works. Lord God Almighty ; just !ind true arc thy ways, thou King of saints. 4 \Vho shall not fear thee, Lord, and glorify thy name ? lor thou only art holy : for all nations GREEK TEXT. e/c της et/coiO? αυτού και eVc τοΰ χαραγμο.τοί αϋτοΰ, e'/c τοΰ αριθμόν τον ονόματος αντον, ίστώτας fVi την θάλασσαν την ναλίνην, ί'χον- τα9 κιθάρας τον ΘεοΟ. 3 καΐ αδονσι την φδην Μω- σεω? δούλοι» του θίοΰ, και την ωδην τοΰ άρνίον, λεγοντβς, Me- γαλα και θαυμαστά τα epya σον, ICvpie ο θβοί ο παντοκράτωρ• δίκσ,ιαι και άληθινα\ α'ι οδοί σον, ό βασιλβυς των σ.γιων. 4 Τίί ου μη φοβηθτ} σβ, Kvpie, και δοςαση το όνομα σου ; οτι μονοί Όσιος• οτι τταντα τα ί'θνη REVISED VERSION. "from the beast, and ^from his image, and "-IVom his mark, -fiOm the number of his name, 'stand- ing Jby the ''glassy sea, having 'harps of God. 3 And they sing the song of Moses 'the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying : Great and 'wonderful «7-e tliy works, "Ό Lord God "the Al- mighty; "righteous and true are thy ways, "thou King of ''flie isaints. 4 Who shall not fear 'thee, Lord, and glorify thy name? for ihou only art holy : for all ^ The construction vixu ix, unexampled elsewhere, is com- P'lrcd by Grot, to Victor ah Aurorae populis ; by yVaU and Win. to the common vicloriam feme ex. But it is better taken for a Hebraistic constructio praegnans, including de- Iherance and victorious separation from ; and hence several of the translations in N. f. — Syr. (= -^-q), Dt. (wm) ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr., {de), Pagn., Castal., Ccz., Par., {ex), Newt. {[had escaped victors] from) Ew. {[sujieriores recedu7it]a), Stu., Lord, De λΥ. and Ebr. {von), Bloomf., Treg., Hengst. (• strictly : out of the beast. This construction, quite unusual elsewhere, points to the circumstance that, before lh« victory, they were in the beast's power, and is explained by ch. 11 : 7.' lie also cites Ps. 22 : 22 [21].) ;-Rob. i" Bloomf brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel, the words ix ιοί ;tapay/iaros aiitoi, en the authority of ' A. B. C. tt 24. β 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the words, from his mark, omitted. ' Seech. 10:5, N. r, &c. 1 ^yhether the historical parallel is 'the molten sea' of the temple (Jlede, Cuninghanic, &c.) or, as is more commonly and, I think, correctly suppo.sed, the triumph at the Red Sea, βχ. 15., trti must here be used as at ch. 3: 20; 8: 3; &c. — G. {at) ;-Ar. (= prope). Germ, {an ;-not aif, as Moldenh., Goss., AH., after the Vulg. super), Dt. (aan ;-not op) ;-Pagn., Bez.. Par., {apud), Brightm., Engl. Ann. and Scott (Or, o/'). Grot, ('sicut monies stant circa mare'). Daub., Beng. (as Germ. ;-and so Mey., De W., Ilengst., Ebr.), Dodd., Wesl. {as i?.;-and so Wakef, Thorn.), Gill and Ell. ('or rather, by'), Newc, Bloomf, Scholef ;-SchOttg. {apud, prope ;-and so Schleus., adding^M.rZa), Bretsch. {ad), Wahl {an, bei). Others (Stu., Ac.) explain the sea as denoting the pavement or tioor, on which, they tiiink, rested 'the throne itself of God,' together with the surrounding worshippers. And, the case being a doubful one, I recommend that the words: "Or, upon,'' be set in the margin. ^ Fr. S. ;-Br!ghtm., B. and I,., Moldenh., Wakef., Newc.• (marks the as supplied), Woodh., All., Sharjie, Stu., Ell., Stier, Lord, De W., Words.. Kenr. 1 Before δούλοιι. all the recent editors (except Matth., Griesb., Sch., Bloomf., Tisch.) in.sert roi (•Α. a8. [& 12.] Compl.').-— For wonderful, see v. 1, N. a. "■ E. v., eh. 11 : 17; &c.;-It., Fr. G.-M.;-B. and L., Daub., Dodd., Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Lord, Treg., AVords., Kenr. ° For the, see ch. 4 : 8, N. k. For righteotts, see 2 Pet. 2: 7, N. j, &c. E. Λ^ elsewhere (4 times) in this book ;-Do(ld., Wesl., Newc, Treg. ° An allowable compensation for the Greek iiliom, =r= Sj tl ΰβαβ. Seech. 12: 12, Ν. X. ρ See ch. 5 : 8, N. j and 12 : 5, N. x. ■5 For άγιωι•, all the recent editors (except Theile) read tflj'UJi' (Ά. B. α 27. β 9. 7 3. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' Theile errs in citing this a^ the text. rec). Matth., indeed, has αγίων, but evidently by an oversight, as in his note he concurs in Beng.'s strong condemnation of that reading, which arose, Matth. also thinks, from the scholium of Andr. : ■full/ . . . δβίως rtoXirfvaa/iipav. I recommend that the reading Ιθνΰν be followed, and translated : nations. Still another read- ing, which Mill regarded as omnino genuinam, is aiJjvuv {' C. 18. Vulg. Syr. Arm. ed. in m. Erp.'). ' The as is cancelled by Lachm., Ilahn, Mey., Treg., Tisch., Theile, on the authority of ' A. B. C. 12. 14. oG. 47. 92. Er. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Aeth. Arm.' REVELATION. 171 KING JAMES VERSION. shall come and worship before thee ; for thy judgments are made manifest. 5 And after that I looked, and behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened : 6 And the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in j)ure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles. 7 And one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of GREEK TEXT. ηζουσι, και ττροσκυνησουσίν ϊνω- TTLOV σον OTL τα δικαιώματα σου ίφανίρωθησαν. 5 Και μ€τα ταύτα eiSof, και Ιδου -ηνοίγη Ό vaos της σκηνής του μαρτυρίου iu τω ούρανω• 6 και ί^ηλθον οι ίτττα άγγελοι βχοντβς τας ετττα ττληγας, (κ του ναοΰ, €ν8(8υμ€νοι Χινον καθαρον και λαμττρον, και ττίρίζζωσμίνοι irepl τα στήθη ζώνας γρυσάί. 1 και ev e/c των τεσσάρων ζώων βδωκβ τοις ΐΤΓτα άγγβλοις (τττα φιάλας -χβυσάς, γεμουσας του REVISED VERSION. ■the nations shall come and wor- ship! before thee ; 'because thy "judgments nvere «manifested. 5 And after 'these things I '■saw, and, 'behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testi- mony in heaven was opened : 6 And the seven angels 'hav- ing the seven plagues came •■forth 'out of the temple, clothed in "linen pure "and 'bright, and "■girt -^round ^about ""the breasts with golden girdles. 7 And one of the four 'living creatures gave unto the seven angels seven golden J'bowls, full ' For oetoj. Matth. reads aytoj (' B. a 26. β 7. γ 2. Comp!.') ; and, for rtavta ta ίθνη^ he reads jtavtii {'B. a 21. β 7. Ar. P.')- For the article, see ch. 12 : 5, N. x. ' This clause seems to present the manifestation of God's judgments as the occasion and cause of the universal worship (comp. Is. 26: 9; &c.), rather than of the confident anticipation regarding it just expressed ; whereas what God is in himself, μόνοί οαιοξ, is the immediate ground of the interrogative chal- lenge in the beginning of the verse. — Castal. (guofZ ;-insteail of nam, which he uses in the two previous clauses ; and the reason of the change is still more clearly determined by his changing also the indicative mood of other Latin verss. into the sub- junctive, paiefacia. sint.), Moldenh., De "W., (ηνίΙ•-ίοι• the denii of the other clauses), Stu. (also rendering the second ort. truly), Lord, Murd. {since ;-in the previous clauses, because), Kenr., Ebr. (renders the triple oVt, deim . . . also dass . . . iceil). " ' Judicial acts' = QiaS'Sa, Is. 26 : 9. ' See N. t. « Seech. 3: 18, N. a. &e. » See ch. 4 : 1, N. a. y Seech. 4: 1, N. b. ' All the recent editors ' A. B. C. α 27. β 9. Compl ί8ον, ■ Syr. on the authority Arm. Slav. MSB.' cancel , Aeth recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version stand thus : and the temple. " The participial clause identifies the angels ; which is yet more clear in the reading, οί (χονίις (' Α. C. α 2. β 8. Compl.'), adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that this read- ing be followed, and translated : who had. — The participle is kept in immediate connection with its noun, by W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd. and the later English (except Words.). t See ch. 9 : 3, N. m, &c. " Matth. and Tisch. cancel the words tx toi vaoi, on the authority of ' B. ο 19. β 4. ;' Matth. also inserting the words οί ήααν, on the authority of 'B. α 17. β 7. y 2. Compl.' " The Greek order is observed by W. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., It., French verss. ;-Daub., Greenf. But all the recent editors cancel the xai before ^.αμΛρόν, on the authority of ' A. B. C. α 16. β 7. Er. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Syr. Arr. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version stand thus: pure, bright linen. For xtVo»•, Lachm. reads %ίθον (' A. C. 38**. 48. 90. Tulg. MS. Am. Slav. MSS.'). Comp. Ezek. 2S: 13; and Slilton: 'Zeal, whose sub- stance is ethereal, arming in complete diamo7id, ascends his fiery chariot.' {Apol.for Smect. sect. 1.), And again in P. L. vi. 109,110: ■ Satan, with vast and haughty strides advanc'd, ' Came towr'ing, arm'd in adamant and gold.' ' E. \., ch. 22 : 16 ; Acts 10 : 30. This idea of lustre is given by T., C, G. ;-Syr. (see Michaelis ad Castell.), Protestant German verss. (the Vulg. having candido) except Herd., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Brightm., Bez., Grot., Cocc, Vitr., B. and L., Daub., Dodd., Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. f The participle is kept in its place, and translated as de- pendent on άγγΕλοϋ, by \V., R. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Daub., Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu,, Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. For the form of the participle, see E. V., ch. 1 : 13 ;-Daub., Wesl,, TToodh,, Stu., Kenr. ^ Comp. ch. 1 : 13. All the verss. referred to in.the first half of N. f express one of the Greek prepositions ; only the Dt. (omgord om), Jloldenh., Mey., Do ^y., Ebr,, {umgiirtet um), express both. h E. v., ch. 1 : 13 ; kc. ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;- Daub., Berl. Bib., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Allw., All., Stolz, Kist., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Kenr., Ebr. ' Seech. 4: 6, N. a. ) See ch. 5 : 8, N. g. 172 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. God, who livetli for ever and ever. 8 And the temple vsras filled witli smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the filled. seven angels were ful- CHAP XVI. And I lieard a great voice out of the temple, saying to the seven angels. Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath God of upon the earth. 2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth ; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and υροη tliera which worship- ped his image. GREEK TEXT. θνμον τον θίοΰ του ζώντος eiy τους αΐώναί των αΙωνων. 8 και βγβμίσθη ό ναοί καττνοΰ e/c TTJs δόζηί τον θβον, καΐ ΐκ τηί δνναμΐωζ αντον• καΐ ούδΐΐί ηδννατο elaeXOelv eiy τον ναον, αχρί τβλεσθώσιν αΐ k -πτα πληγα\ των €7Γτα άγγζλων. CHAP. XVI. ΚΑΙ ηκονσα φωνής μεγάλης ίκ τον ναού, λβγονσης τοις Ιτττα ayyeXoLS, Υτταγβτί, και βκχ^εατ€ τάς φίαλαί τον θνμον τον θΐον ei? την γήν. 2 ΚαΙ άττηλθβν 6 ττρώτος, καί e^e'^ee την ψιάλην αντον ί'ττι την γη ν και iyeveTO βλκοί κακόν καΐ ΤΓονηρον €ί? τονς αναρωττονς τονς βχ^οντας το -χάραγμα τον θηρίον, και TOVS τη ecKOVt αντον ττροσ- κννοννταί. REVISED VERSION. of the wi-ath of God who liveth "unto the ages of the ages. 8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no 'one was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels "should be "finished. CHAP. XVI. And of the I heard a "loud voice *out temple, saying to the Go, and pour out the ' bowls of the wrath of God ^into the earth. seven angels 2 And the first went ""away, and poui'ed out his ''bowl 'upon the earth ; and there ^came an "evil and grievous sore 'uijon the men 'who had the mark of the beast, and ' Λvho worshipjjed his " See ch. 1 : G, N. g, &c. 1 See ch. 5 : 3, N. e, &c. "" It. (fossero), French yerss. (fiissenl) ;-Hamm., Beng. and De W. (tcdren), Woodh., Allw., Lord. ° See V. 1. N. c. " See ch. 1 : 10, N. x. Matth. and Tisch. cancel the words ix Toi vaoi, On the authority of ' B. ο 18. β 5. Syr. (in some copies). Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' •> Except in this instance, indyu is always (5 times) in this book, and generally elsewhere, rendered in E. V., to go;-W. (Go ye), R. ;-Latin vcrss. (He), It. (^Andale), French verss. (.li/ez) ;-Dauh. (^o on), Dodd., Wesl., AVakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn.. Pcnn (as W.), Sharpe, Stu.. Lord, Treg. and Murd. (g-o furih), Kcnr. ' Before φιάλαί. all the recent editors (though Bloomf. thinks that 'internal evidence is rather against it') insert ΪΛΐά ' A. B. C. a, 20. β 7. Vulg. Syr. Arm. Arr.' I recommend that this read- hig be adopted : seven. For bowls, see ch. 5 : 8, N. g. Ί Comp. ch. 13 : 13, N. i, &c., and v. 3, N. 1. W. ;-Latin verss. (in, with the accusative), Syr. (= Greenf. 2), It. (ne);- Sharpe {on to). Trcg. • Seech. 12: 17, N. r, &c. < Sec ch. 5 : 8, N. g. For iai, Matth., Sch., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., read tij (A. B. C. 'a 19. β 7. Vulg. Syr. Ar. P.'). I recommend that the words: "Or, as many read, into,^ appear in the margin. ° Comp. 2 Pet. 1 : 20, N. w. E. V. rather excludes the idea of an eruption from within. — W., R., {was made) ;-Latin verss. {factum est ;-except Castal., affecti sunt homines), Syr. (== Greenf. Ti^), Germ, (ward), Dt. {werd), Fr. G. {fut faite), Fr. S. {y eut) ;-Daub., Words., (became), Berl. Bib., Beng., Van Ess, Goss., {kam), Dodd., Stu., Treg., Murd., (was), Wesl., AVakef., Woodh., Thorn., Mey. {as Germ. ;-and so All., Hengst.), Ew. {ortum, est, venit), Ell. {broke out), Lord, De W. and Ebr. {enl.s-taiid), Kcll. {ensued), Kenr. {as R.). ■^ E. v., generally; never, as here;-Syr., Protestant German verss. (use 6o6"e ;-e.\cept Ebr., schlimmer), Dt. {kicaad), Fr. G., -S., {mauvaise) ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., except Castal., {malum ;-for the Vulg. saevum), Engl. Ann., Wakef. and Newc. {bad), Woodh., Lord, Barn, {evil, bad). ' Here the more suitable proposition is irti (A. B. C. 'a 21. β 0. Syr. Arm. Arr.'), adopted by Beng., Matth., Sch.. Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch. For loho, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ! The worshippers of the image are not a distinct class from those who bear the mark ; ch. 13 : 15-17; 14 : 9. — Neither the pre- position nor the demonstrative is repeated by the German verss., Dt. ;-B. and L., Daub., Wesl., Stu., Lord, Murd. Castal., Cocc, Vitr., retain the participial construction in both clauses; Bez., Par., Bierm., Dodd., Matth., omit only the preposition. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. REVELATION. 173 KING JAMES VERSION. 3 And the second angel poni- ed out his Λ'ϊαΐ npon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man ; and every living soul died in the sea. 4 And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters : and they became blood. 5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righ- teous, Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus. GREEK TEXT. 3 Kcu 6 Sevrepos αγγίλοί e'^e'^ee την φίάλην αύτοΰ ei? τ?;^ θάλασσαν κα\ ΐγβνβτο αίμα ώ? ueKpov, και ττάσα ψυχή ζώσα άπίθαί'ίν Ιν rfj θαλασστβ. 4 KaL 6 τρίτο9 άγγελοί e'^e^ee την ώιαλην αυτού €is του? ττοτα- μονί καΐ els• τάί ττηγάί των υδά- των καΐ βγζνβτο αίμα. 5 ΚαΙ ηκουσα του αγγ€λου των υδάτων λίγοντοί, Αικαιοζ, Κΰρΐ€, €1, ό ών καΐ ο ην και ο οσιοζ, ΟΤΙ ταΰτα βκριναί' REVISED VERSION. 3 And the second "angel pour- ed out his ''bowl linto the sea ; and it became "■ blood as of "one dead ; and every "living soul died ° in the sea. 4 And the third "angel poured out his pbowl 'into the rivers and "into 'the fountains of "the waters ; and 'they became blood. 5 And I heard the angel of the waters "saying: "Righteous, "O Lord, art thou, ^who art, and I ^who wast, ^even ^the Holy One, because thou 'didst adjudge 'these things. '^ Knapp brackets, and Beng.. Mey., Lachm., Treg., Words.. Tisch., cancel, the word ayyAoj, on the authority of • A. C. 18. Vuig. US. Am. Tol. Aeth.' For bou-l, see ch. 5 : 8, N. g. ' See T. 1, N. d, &c. W. ;-Latin verss. (in, with the ac- cusative), Syr. C= Greenf.'s a), Germ., Dt., It, Fr. S. ;-Daub., Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Stu., Treg., Ilengst. "■ Not in appearance merely. — The us is kept in its own place, and αίμα translated without an article, by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez., Par.), Syr., German verss. (except AH.), Dt, It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dodd., "Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kell., Murd., Kenr. - For one, see ch. 1: 13, N. c. E. V., Mark 9: 2G;-R.;- German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Thom., Penn (marking it as sup- plied). Lord. For ζΰβα (which Sch. cancels, according to ' α 19. /3 4. Slav. MSS.'), Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, read fu^s (Ά. C. Syr.') After artie., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, insert ta ('A. C. Syr. Slav. MS.'). ° Kn. brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel, the word άγγίλοί, on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 18. β 6. Vulg. Aeth. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this read- ing, the word angel be omitted. Ρ See ch. δ : 8, N. g. 1 See V. 3, N. 1, &c. Lachm., Treg., Words., cancel the second ttj, on the authority of Ά. C. 10. 43. 49. 91. Compl. Copt' ■■ E. v., ch. 8 : 10 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Herd., Mey.) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. ■ Seech. 8: 10, N. e, &c. <■ Notwithstanding De W.'s negative, a comparison of vv. 3, 4 with ch. 8:8-11 demands this construction. The singular Ιγίνίίο is no objection, it being quite common, both in Greek and Latin, for the verb to take the number of a predicative substantive. The reading iyivovto (' A. 36.') is edited by Lachm. " See ch. C : 3, N. k. ' The adjective retains its emphatic position in W. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., ATesl., Herd., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Murd., Ebr. " The word Kvptt is marked by Bloomf. as ' most probably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and cancelled by all the other recent editors, on the authority of A. B. 0. 'a 25. j3 6. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version stand thus : Righteous art thou. ' See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. y Allw. But all the recent editors cancel the xal, on the authority of ' A. B. C. α 25. /3 7. y 3. Compl. Vulg. Arm. Slav. MS.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word even be omitted. * Of Bez.'s reading, ό ίαάμινοί, followed in E. V., Words, says : ' In nullo quod sciam Codice invenitur i ia., quam lec- tionem' [quae lectio?] 'ex Bezae recensione in Versionem Anglicanam iramigravit.' Comp. ch. 11: 17, N. a. The before ostos is bracketed by Bloomf., and cancelled by Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., IVords., Tisch., (not, as Bloomf. says, ' by all the recent editors ;') on the authority of ' A. B. C. α 19. β 5. Syr. Arm.' " Moldenh. (gerichtlich beschlossen hast), Penn, Lord, {hast adjudged), Sharpe (judgecht), Ebr. (Urtheil gesprochen ^asi);-Wahl, Schirl., {[decernol, beschliessen, verordnen), Rob. (to determine on, to decree), Green (to resolve on, to decree). » Seech. 4: 1, N. a. 174 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. G For they have slied the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink ; for they are worthy. 7 And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so. Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments. 8 And the fourth angel pour- ed out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire. 9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphe- med the name of God, which hath power over these plagues : GREEK TEXT. 6 OTL αίμα αγίων και προφη- τών ίζΐχ^βαν, καΐ αίμα αύτοΐί ίοωκαί TTietv αςιοι γαρ eiaL. 7 ΚαΙ ηκουσα αλλυυ ίκ τον θυσιαστηρίου, λβγοντοί, JVa), Kvpie ό Oeos ό τταντοκρατωρ, άληθιναί καΐ δίκαια', αϊ κρίσίΐ^ σου. 8 ICal 6 τέταρτος άγγελος e'^e^ee την φιάλην αύτοΰ eVi τον ηλιον και 18οθη αύτω καυματίσαι τους ανθρώπους Ιν ττυρί- 9 καί ίκαυματισθησαν οί άν- θρωποι καΰμα μ€γα, καΐ ββλασ- φημηο'αν το όνομα του θβοΰ του eyovTOS βζουσίαν «Vt τας REVISED VERSION. 6 For they "^poured out the blood of saints and prophets, and thou ''gavest them blood to drink ; 'for they are worthy. 7 And I heard 'another out of the altar ^saying: '•Yea, Ό Lord God 'the Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments. 8 And the fourth i-angel pour- ed out his ibowl upon the sun ; and "it was given unto "him to scorch "the men with fire. 9 And pthe men were 'scorch- ed with great ■'scorching, and ■^they blasphemed the name of God, 'who 'had ° power over ' Comp. E. T., Jer. 18 : 21 ; Zeph. 1:17. ' Their sin fuinislied the t^'pe of its own punishment.' Comp. ch. 18 : 6 ; Gen. 9:6; Is. 49 : 26 ; Ezek. 35 : 6 ; 2 Cor. 5 : 10. This affinity between the offence and the retribution is vividly suggested in the Greek by the use of the same verb in describing both, as well as by the correspondent position of either αί/ία. And tlius, through- out the ch., "W. employs the phrase, lo shed out (so T., C, in vv. 3, 4, 6) ;-Latin verss., effundere (except Matth., who has here the umy\e fuderuni), Syr., = Chald. sid; Fr. S., verser;- Dodd., Woudh., to your fortli or oiU; Thorn., Sharpe, to pour out. German vers.s. change giessen or ausgiessen to vergies- sen ; and similarly tlie Dt. The historical time is retained by W., T., C, G.;-Brightm., Wakef., Thorn., Sharpe. See ch. 17:2, 17, NN.j, w. "^ Sharpe, Ebr. Lachm., Treg., Words., read δίδωχαί ('A.C.'). ' All the recent editors cancel the yap, on the authority of A. B. C. ' α 25. β 8. y 3. Compl. Tol. Copt. Slav. MS.' I re- commend that, in accordance with this reading, the word for be omitted. f All the recent editors cancel the words, άλλου ϊχ, on the anthoiity of Ά. B.' (Words, says that B. has ϊχ, not άλλον) ' C. α 26. β 7. y 2. (Compl. ix). Vulg. MS. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the words, another out of, omitted. The altar itself is then personified, as a spectator stirred with sympathy in the joy and adoration of its own avenged martyrs. « See ch. 6 : 3, N. k. " See ch. 1 : 7, N. 1. ' Seech. 15: 3, N. m. 1 Seech. 4:8, N. k. k All the recent editors cancel the word άyγfλos, on the au- thority of A. B. C. 'a 12. β 3. Vulg. MS. Tol. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word angel be omitted. " See ch. 5 : 8, N. g. '" See ch. 6 : 4, N. q. There E. V. marks power as supplied. " Dt. ;-Hamm., Cocc. Marck, Titr., Daub., Dodd., Moldenh., Thorn., Crol., Lord, Treg., De W., Barn., Ebr., refer αί-τφ to ^'λιo^ ; Beng. objecting, that ΙΒόθη is more appropriate to the angel, and Hengst. appealing to ch. 7 : 2 and 4 (6) : 8, as still more decisive. But the point is a doubtful one, and I recom- mend that the note: 'Or, it,' be set in the margin. " Comp. ch. 9 : 6, N. y. Here the reference is to those de- scribed in v. 2. — Foreign verss. ;- Wells, Wes!., Woodh., Thorn, (at V. 9), Allw., Penn. Ell., Lord. Γ See V. 8, N. o, &c. t A noun cognate to the preceding verb is emplo3'ed by Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt., It. ;-Haram. (scorched greatly or a great scorch'), Berl. Bib., Herd., Stolz, Mey., Sharpe (scorched with a great scorch), Treg. (as above), De W., Ebr. ■■ French verss. ;-Beng., Moldenh., Wakef., Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Ell., Lord, Kenr. After ϊβλααφ., Matth., Sch., Tisch., repeat οί avepuitot ('B. α 22. β 6. Compl. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.'). ■ See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ' The participle here does not state a general truth didacti- cally, but assigns the historical reason of the blasphemies. The men were conscious that God was the Author of their suffer- ings. Comp. Is. 8 : 21. Hence Castal.'s qui haberct. — T. ;- Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., All., Ell., Kenr. " Before (ξοναίαν, the Compl., Beng., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., insert τψ (.\. and 6 cursive MSS.). REVELATION. 175 KING JAMES VERSION. and they repented not to give him glory. 10 And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast ; arid his kingdom vs^as full of darkness ; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, 11 And blasphemed the Gotl of heaven, because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds. 12 And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates ; and the water there- of was dried uj), that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared. 13 And I saw three unclean GREEK TEXT. ττληγαΫ ταύτας, καΐ ου μίτίροη- σαν δοΰναί αύτω δοςαν. 10 Και 6 ττίμπτοί αγγβλοί e'^e'^ee την φιαλην αύτοΰ iin τον θρόνον του θηρίου• και iytveTO ή βασιλεία αύτοΰ ^.σκοτωμένη• και ίμασσώντο Tas γλωσσαί αυ- των e/c του ττονου, 11 καΐ ^βλασφήμησαν τον θεον του ούρανοΰ e/c των ττονων αυτών καΐ e/c των βλκών αυτών, καΐ ου μ€τενοησαν εκ: τών βργων αυτών. 1 2 Καί Ό €KTOs αγγβλος ^ζίχ^^ την φιάλην αύτοΰ eVt τον ττοτα- μον τον μίγαν τον Έυφρατην καί βζηράνθη το ύδωρ αύτοΰ, ίνα βτοιμασθΓ] ή οδοί τών βασιλέων τών άτΓΟ ανατολών ήλιου. 13 ΚαΙ βίδον ίκ τοΰ στόματος REVISED VERSION. these plagues, and they repented not to give him glory. 10 And the fifth '■angel poured out his "bowl upon the ''throne of the beast ; and his kingdom >became ^darkened; and they ^gnawed their tongues for "tbe pain, 11 And blasphemed the God of heaven because of tlieir pains and ''because of their sores, and repented not 'of tlieir "works. 12 And the sixth 'angel pour- ed out his 'bowl upon ^that great river, ''the Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings 'who are 'from the i-rising of the sun might be prepared. 13 And I saw, ' out of the ' All the recent editors cancel the word ciyyfXo;, on the au- thority of A. B. C. ' α 18. β 6. Vulg. JIS. Am. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word angel be omitted. " See eh. 5 : 8, N. g. » See ch. 2: 13, N. v, &c., and comp. Ts. 94: 20. ' W., R., {%cas made dark), Ϊ., C, G., (waxed dark) ;- Vulg. (factum est tenebrosum), Syr. (= Vidg.), German verss. (ward [wurde] verfinslert), Dt. (is verduisterd gewor- den), It. (divenne lenebroso), French veTSS. (devint [B. and L., tout] tenebreux) ;-Castal., Titr., (obscuratum est ;-other Latin verss., as Vulg., except that Cocc. has tenebricosum), Daub., Newt., (became fvll nf d.), Dodd., Wcsl., Wakef., Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Ell., Lord, Treg., (was darkened), Newc, Woodh., Allw., Penn, Words, (was filled with d.), Jlurd. (became darkness), Kenr. (became dark). ' The imperfect (kept gnawing) is expressed by Syr., It., French verss. ;-Pagn., Bcz., Par., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Wakef. (kept biting). For ίμααβ., Beng., Lachm., "Word.?., Tisch., Bloomf., read ί^ιαβώνΐο ('A. C. α 7. β 2. Er.'). • It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Beng., Woodh., AUw., Penn, Ell.. De W., Words. '' The second ix is expressed by Syr., Germ., Dt., It. ;-Vat., Cocc, Daub., Beng., Wosl., Moldenh., Woodh., Thoni., Allw., All., Lord, De W., Hengst., Ebr. ' Seech. 2:21, N.o. ' Seech. 2: 6, N. y, &c. ' All the recent editors cancel the word αγγιΧο;, on the au- thority of A. _B. C. 'a 19. i3 4. Er. Vulg. MS. Am.. To!. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this read- ing, the word angel be omitted. f Seech. 5:8, N.g. • See ch. 9 : 14, N. g, &c. W. (that i!k), R. ;-Latin verss. (except Caslal.), Syr. ;-Wakef., Words., Kinr. >■ Dt., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Wakef., Treg., De W.. Ebr. This rov is wanting in B. and is cancelled by- Beng., Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch. ' Dt. (die [komen zullen]), It. (die [vengono]), Fr. S. (venant) ;-Castal. (qui essent), Pagn., Bez., Par., (adventan- tium), Hamra. (which are), Daub, (uhich come), Berl. Bib., Beng., (die . . . sind), AUw., Lord, Treg., Words, (who come), Ebr. (die [kommen}). J W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. M., B. and L.) ;-Hamm., Daub, and the later English veiss., except Sharpe. " See ch. 7 : 2, N. d. Matth., Mey., Treg., Words., etlit avaioxijij on the authority of B. C. Ό 22. β C This reading is approved by De W., but condemned by Ilengst., who also imitates in his version the received text : Apfgdngen. 1 According to the Erasmian reading of our Te.-it, ixjtofcviaeai (recently edited only by Beng. and Mey., though approved by Ew. as unice verum). the construction must pnjceed as indicated above : il&ov Λνινμα•ία ϊχΛορινιαθαι ix ioi ατόματοξ, and the clause είβί γαρ . . αημιϊα is a parenthetical explanation or justi- 176 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth, and of the whole world, to gather them to tlie battle of that great day of God Almighty. 15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. GREEK TEXT. τοΰ δράκοντας, και βκ του στό- ματος του θηρίου, καΐ e/c τοΰ στόματος τοΰ ψίυδοττροφητου, ττνβυματα τρία ακάθαρτα Όμοια βατράχοις• 14 6ίσί γαρ πνεύματα δαιμό- νων ΤΓΟίοΰντα σημίΐα Ικπορ^υ- ίσθαι βπΐ τους βασιλβΐς της γης καΐ της οίκουμβνης Όλης, συνα- γαγΐΐν αυτούς €ί? ττολβμον της ημέρας βκεινης της μίγαλης τοΰ θβοΰ τον τταντοκρατορος. 15 Ίδου ίρ)^ομαι ώς κλβτττης. μακάριος ό γρήγορων, και τηρών τα ιμάτια αύτοΰ, Ινα μη γυμνός ΤΓβριπατη, κα\ βλ^πωσι την άσχη- μοσυνην αύτοΰ. REVISED VERSION. mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false pro- phet, three unclean spirits "like ti-ogs,• . , 14 '(For they are " spirits of -demons, '' uncleanness of her fornication, 5 And upon her forehead = a name written : ^ Mystery, Babylon the great, the mother of "«the 'har- • See cb. 7 : 13, N. t. ■ Comp. ch. 7 : 13, N. u. &c. For «op^vpa xat, χοχχίνψ, all the recent editors read Λορψνροίψ xai χόχχινον (■ Λ. Β. α 20. β 6. Λορφνραΐ' χαί χόχχίνο» αϊ. β ο. y 2. Compl.'). ♦ See V. 3, Χ. p. ν,\ (red). G. (crimson). R. ;-Brightm.. Daub, and later English yerss. (except Words.). " E. v., marg. ;-W. (overgilt), Q., R. (gilted) ;-Latin verss. (inaiirata j-CastaX. deanrata), Syr.. Germ. (iibergoJdet), Dt. viarg. at ch. 18 : 10 (■ Gr. vergmtdt, of. vergidC) ;-Engl. Ann., Beng. (as Germ. ;-and so Herd., Mc_v., De AV., llengst.), Sharpe, Murd., Ebr. (rergohlet). See Rob. and the other lexicons. (Shakspcre, March, of Veil. ii. C : ' I will . . . gild myself ' With some more ducats.') For xfva<^ all the recent editors read zfvuiat (' A. B. α 10. β 5.'). ' W.. Τ.. C. R. ;-VuIg. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, ^Voodh., Allw., Lord, De W., Ebr. For χ^να. Tio-t., Bung., Matth., Lachni., Sch.. Ilahn, Treg., Word.^., Tisch., read nor. χρνα. (A. B. ' α 17. β δ.'). ' Ε. Τ. renders αχάθαρτοί by unclean, 28 times out of 30; and ixaSafaia, which occurs everywlicre else as the noun, always (10 times) hj uncleanness -j-W . But for aza9apr>;TOs (a form found only in this instance), all the recent editors read •ri άχάβαρτα ir^i ('A. B. α 20. j3 8. y 3. Compl.'), thus com- bining (.«ce ch. 14, C, N. f) the Hebrew construction (v. 3, N. r) with the Greek. Wolf., indeed, would govern τά άχάο. by i';tovaa immediately; Stu., through an appo.sition with ηοΐήριοι• ; while Words, would supply fiSoc. I recommend that the reading be adopted, and that ra άχό9ορι•α be trans- lated: iJie uncleannesses — a plural which occurs in E. V., Ezek. 30 : 29. It. {deW immondizie) ;-Beng., Van Ess, Goss., De W., ([den\ Unreinigkeiten), Woodh., Stu., Lord, (Ihe impurities), Pean (the f.Uhinesses), Gerl., Hcngst., Ebr., ([den\ Unsauher- keilen). ' This construction, which connects τό ov. wija the ΐχοναα of V. 4, appears (or, at least, nothing is supplied) in W., 11. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ., Fr. S. ;-Berl. Bib., Bong., Moldenli., Newc, AA'oodh.. Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Words., Hengst., Ebr. " Many, as Fr. G.;-Areth., Vat. (in the version). Aret., Brightm.. B. and L., Eichh., Woodh., Heinr., Bloomf.. Treg., De W., Barn., Ebr., put Μυαί^ριο»• in apposition with ovojua, = a mysterious name. This is much better than Stu.'s con- nection of it as an adverbial accusative with •/Έ-^ραμμίνον, = mysteriously written (though Barn, allows that also). But, 1., while the Apocalypse is full οι μναχγ-^ια, in no other instance does the narrator herald one as such : — 2., supposing the in- scription to have included 'Mv^tr^iov. an explanation was thus formally invited, which is furnished in v. 7 ; and the interpret- ing angel is then to be considered as talcing up the very word, and as personally (έγώ) confronting the difficulty which it an- nounced : — 3., as the angel uses it, the term is attached not to the name, but to the woman herself and her equipment : — 4., in that reference it might very well characterize her origin, nature, history, and destination. Graciou.^ly to know the evil — 'the depths of Satan' (ch. 2: 24) — 'the mystery of iniquity' (2 Thess. 2: 7) — this, not less than the knowledge of good, requires heavenly teaching, and • an unction from the Holy One' (1 John 2 : 20) : — and, 5., even if not intended to be thus itself descriptive of the woman, Mvntrfiiov might yet stand in the inscription as a sort of prelude or index to her name ; some- what like Ώδί η σοφία iativ in ch. 13 : 18. The capital letters of E. V. here, and in ch. 19:10; Matth. 27 : 37 ; Mark 1.5 : 20 ; Luke 23: 38; John 19: 19, were adopted. Barn, thmk.s, by our Translators ' for the sole purpose of denoting that it iras an inscription or title.' But they may have meant also to re- present to the eje the probable uncial form of the original. No such imitation, however, is found here in any edition of the Greek text ;-tho older English verss. ;-foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Brightra., Ilamm., Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Sharpe, Ell.. Lord. Murd.. Kenr. ^ R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub. Sharpe, Treg., Words. Wakef.. Thorn.. Allw.. Penn. ' The marginal variation of E. V., fornications, rests on the Vulg., Ar., and the text of Arelh. (rtopifiiii') but is of no manuscript authority. What Sch., again, mentions as the Constantinopoutan reading, jtoprior, fornicators, has been re- ceived by Matth. alone of the recent edilois, and followid by Daub, and Fr. S. REVELATION. 181 KING JAMES VERSION. ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. 6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martjTS of Jesus : and when I saw iier, I wondered with great admiration. 7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel "? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten homs. 8 The beast that thou sawest, was, and is not ; and shall as- cend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition : and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, (whose names were not written in the book of life irom, the foundation of the world,) GREEK TEXT. ΤΓορνών και των β8βλνγματωι> τη9 6 Και eiSou την γυναίκα μβ- θύουσαν e/c του αίματος των αγίων, καΐ e/c του αίματος των μαρτυρούν Ίησοΰ• κα\ ^θαύμασα, Ίδων αύτην, Θαύμα μβγα. 7 ΚαΙ dwe μοι ό ayyeAoy, Διατί ίθαυμασας ; ίγω σοι ίρω το μυστηριον τηί γυναικός, και του θηρίου του βαστάζοντος αύ- την, του ίγρντος τας ίτττα κεφά- λα? /cat τα δίκα κέρατα. 8 θηρίον ο etSe?, ήν, και ουκ βστι, καΙ /χε'λλεί άναβαίνειν €Κ της αβύσσου, κα\ €ΐς άττωλειαν ύτταγβιν και θαυμασονται οΊ κα• τοικοΰντβς eVt της γης, ων ου γζγρατΓται τα ονόματα 6ττι το βι- βλίον της ζωής άττο καταβολής REVISED VERSION. lots and ''of of the earth. 'the abominations 6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the 'witnesses of Jesus ; and ^ I wondered, when I saw her, with great ''wonder. 7 And the angel said unto me : Wherefore didst thou 'wonder? JI will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that kbeareth her, which hath the seven heads and 'the ten horns. 8 "The beast "which thou sawest, was, and is not, and "is to ascend out of the "abyss, and go into perdition : .and they that dwell on the earth, pwhose "names "have not been written "in the book of life from the foundation of the world, psliall wonder, 'seeing the beast. ^ W.;-Newc., Woodh., AUw., Penn, Stu., Murd., Kenr. • R. ;-Dt., It., French verss.;-Beng., 'Wakef., Newc, Woodh.. Thom., Allwr., All., Penn, Sharpe. Treg., De ΛΥ., Words., Hengst., Murd., Kenr. f Seech. 2: 13, N. b. ^ The ίθαύμ. is kept first by R. ;-Latin (except Castal.) and German vtrss., Syr., Dt. ;-Dodd.. Wakef., Woodh., Greenf., Lord, Treg., Kenr. •^ A noun cognate to the preceding verb is employed by W. ;- such Latin and German verss. as do not use an adverb, Syr., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Newc., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kenr. ' E. y., TV. 6, 8; ch. 13: 3 ;-W. ;-Wtlls, Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. ! See 1 John 2: 20, N. p, &c. The pronominal subject is expressed in the Latin vers.?., Syr.. Greenf., and marked as em- phatic by Treg. For what the emphasis involves, see v. 5, jS\ a. ' E. v., 23 times out of 27 ;-W., T., C, G. ;-Stu., Lord (bears). Murd. 1 R. ;-Syr. (= De D. ilia), Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Bcng., Dodd., AVesl., Moldenh., Newc, Woodh., Allvv., Treg., Hengst., Murd., Ebr. ■" All the recent editois prefix to (A. B. 'a 24. β 7. Compl.'). ° W., R. ;-Biightm., Daub., Dodd., Wr.xl., ΛV;lkef., Xewc, Woodh.. Thnm., ΛΙΙ«•.. S;u., Lord, Murd., Kerr. ο For i.? lo, sec ch. 10: 7, X. y, &c., and 12: 5, X. v. For abyss, see ch. 9 : 1. X. e. ρ This order is followed in R. ;-It., French verss. ;-Dodd., ATesl., Wakef., 'i^ewc, Thom., Penn, Lord, Murd., Kenr. The parentl^esis, by which E. V. (after T., C, G.), and most of the English verss. that follow the same order, seek to avoid a slight imbiguity thence arising, has been removed by the Amer. Bible Soc. Most of the foreign verss. are able to adopt the Greek inversion, and in that way bring the antecedent and relative clauses together. For θαv/xc^βo^^•α^. Lachm. and Tisch. read 9αΐ);«αο9;^σοΐ'ΐαί (' A.'). " For to. όχό/ιοία, Slatth., Lachm., Sch., Treg., Words., Tisch., read ro wo^a ('A. B. ο 15. β 5. Copt. Syr. Erp. Slav. MS.')• Comp. ch. 13 : 8, X. h. For have been, see ch. 13 : 8, N. i. Lachm. has ovx fyiypartio (A. ούχ ίγίγραΛΐαί). ' This γράψίΐν ίτΰ (=^2 SHS Is. 8: 1, &c.) is imitated by Syr. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Ebr. • For the change of verb see E. V., 13 times in this book out of 16 ;-W., R. ;-foreign vcr.-s. (except Bez., who at first had the Vulg. videntes, but afterward changed it into cernenles) ;- Brightm., Dodd., Wakef., Thorn., Allw.. Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. For the participial form, see AV., R. ;-Latin and French verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Biightm., Dodd., Wakef. (at seeing), Woodh. (beholding), Lord, Kenr. But all the recent editors liave β-λίτίόΐ'των (• A. B. α 21. /3 7. γ 3.') — a genitive, not de- pendent, a-i Win. suggests, on ihe previous ui•. but (which lie also allows) absolute, as in MaU. 1: 18; Luk^• 8: 20). I ro- ■ ommend that this reading be adopted, and translated: when they see. 1S2 RE\^ELATION. KIXG JAMES VERSION. when they beliohl the beast that ■was, and is not, and yet is. 9 And here in the mind which hath wisdom. The seven lieads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth. 10 And there are seven kings : five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come ; and when he cometh, he must con- tinue a short space. GREEK TEXT. κόσμου, βλίποντίί το θηρίον hri r]u, και ουκ ΐστι, Kainep βστίΐ'. 9 ωδ€ ο νοΰί ό €•)(ων σοφίαν. αϊ ίτΐτα κβφαλαί, ορη elalu ίτττα, οτΓου ή γυνή καθηται eV αυτών. 10 Kca βασιλβΐί ίτττά elaiv οΐ TrevTC eireaav, και ό eiv Ιστιν, ό άλλο? οϋττω ήλθβ• και όταν ΐλθτ], ολίγον αυτόν 8et μξϊναι. REVISED VERSION. 'that he was, and is not, "though he is. 9 ' Here is the' "raiud "that hath wisdom. The seven heads are 'seven mountains, >on which the woman sitteth ; 10 And 'they are seven kings ; "the five are fallen, 'and "the one is, ' the other is not yet come ; and, when he 'is come, he must continiie a 'little 'while. ' E. v., the older vtTSS. generally, and a few of the modern, follow the Viilg. in treating ότι as a pronoun; but, of recent editors. Bloomf. alone prints it as such, 6, ti. It is translated as above, that is, as a demonstrative conjunction, by Germ. ;- Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Woodh., Stu., Lord, Ilengst., Ebr. ;- Wall], Rob. : — as a causal conjunction, by Vulg. Am. (quia) ;- Fr. S. {parce. q>ie) ;-Thom., Treg., (because). ' B. α 18. β G.' have ότι ψ ■to Or^lov (edited b}' Matth.), and to (his correspond the verss. of Castal. (videnies belluam fuisse), AVakef. (Ihat the beast was). Dc W. (dass das Thier war.). " E. Ύ. so renders χαιΛιρ everywhere else ;-Germ., Dt., Fr. G..-S. ;-Castal., Aret.. llaram. (although it be), Cocc, B. and L., Dodd., Eiclih. (would so render this reading ;-and so AVoodh., Ew.), Thorn, (although ijideed it is) ;-the lexi- cons. But all the recent editors (except Theile) read xai rtaffotai (' A. B. α 24. /3 6. y 2. Compl.' 6 cursive MSS. have xai Ttaptariv) ; and it is also true, that, except in this in.stance, xaiftip is always construed with a participle, expressed or im- plied. Jloreover, in this repetition in one verse of the history of the beast, xai Λαριαΐαι seems to be the necessary counter- part of the μίνΚίί αναβαίνην. The reappearance of the bea^t ■was a simple futurity, at the time of the vision ; at the time of the wondering, it would be a present fact ; — a change of rela- tion, which some verss.. that follow this reading, fail to express. I recommend that the reading be adopted, and translated : and shall be present. Beng. (und zugegen sein wird). Woodli. (would so render this reading), Ew. (^aderil, adv^nief). Bloomf. (and yet he will be at hand). Treg., De AV. (und da seyn 7drd;-a.nd so Stier, Ebr.), Hcng.st. (und wieder da seyn wird). ' E. v. and a few of the older verss. follow the A'ulg. in pre- fixing the copulative, for which there is no warrant in any edition of the Greek text. " The interpretation given of this clause by Rob. and others: ' Here is the deep or hidden sen=e,' takes yoDj in a sense un- exampled in the N. T. or Sept., and ΐχων σο^ιιαι/ in a sense for which there is no example anywhere. The meaning rather i.s, as in ch. 13: 18: 'Here is a problem for wisdom, the spiritual intelligonco.' Some would even attach to the iJ8f its occasional force of hither, q. d. ' Let the wise mind attend to this.' ' T., C, G., R.;-More, Dodd., Wesl., TTakcf., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord. ^ For opj; ίίΰΐν ίτίτά. • the recent editors,' says Bloomf., ' on strong grounds' (A. B. 'a IG. β 5. Compl.'), 'read ίτίΐα opjj iiai'(v). In the next clause, Woodh., All., Lord, translate verbally: ichere . . . upon [on] them. But see ch. 12: G, N. c, ic. ' That this clause furnishes another explanation of the trtra χίφ. (rather than, as Ilengst. would say. an epexegcsis of opj; frtra), and is therefore to be clo.sely connected with v. 0, is the view of nearl}• all verss. and commentators. The pronominal subject is expressed by T.. C. G.. R. ;-Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Engl. Ann. (as one rendering), Hamm., Wells, Daub., Wesl., Gill, Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Scholef., Words. ; — and omitted, the clause being then preceded bj' a comma or a semi-colon, in the German verss. (Herd, and Mey. omit also the verbal copula.), Woodh., Allw.. Lord. Kenr. Often, indeed, the clause forms part of V. 9, which then ends with a period. * ' The first five ; the one after them ; and the other, that completes the number.' — Syr. (employs the demonstrative ar- ticle). Dt., It.. Fr. G.,-M."-S. ;-Berl. B)b.. Beng., Moldenh. (Fiinfe derselben . . . der ei.ne). AVooclh. (fire of them . . . one if them), Sharpe, Treg., De W., AVords.. Hengst., Kenr., Ebr. ' Bloomf. brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel, the και, on the authority of A. B. ' a 2G. β C>. Compl. Vulg. ed. Syr.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted. = Syr., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Vat., Castal., Cocc, Titr., B. and L., Daub., Beng.. Wesl., Herd., Matth., Wakef., Woodh., Jley., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.. De W., Ilengst., Ebr. •' E. v., previous clause ;-W., R., (shall come) ;-Latin verss. (veneril). Dt. (zol gckomen zijri), It. (sard vemilo). Fr. G., -M.,-S., (sera renu) ;-"\Voodh., Thorn, and Lord (hath [has] c). All. (gekomvten), Treg. (shall hare c), De W. (icird gek. scin). Ilengst., Ebr., (gelc. isl), Kenr. • Seech. 12:12, N.c. ' W., R., (time) ;-Brightm., Dodd. (as ΙΓ. ;-and so Newc, Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Jlurd., Kenr.). Wakef., Penn, (mark while as supplied), Thom. REVELATION. 183 KIXG JAMES ΥΕΚΒΙΟΛ'. 11 And the beast that was, GREEK TEXT. 11 Koi TO θηρίον ο ην, και ουκ and is not, even lie is the eightii, ^'^^^^ ^„1 αυτοί ογδοόί βστι, και and is of the• seven, and o'oetli . - <■ / , ■, , . / j.^. ° €Κ των ΐτττα ίστι, και €ί? αττω- luto perdition. , , Xeiav υτταγβι. 12 And the ten horns which 12 Καίτάδίκα ΚΕραταάΐίδί^, thou sawest are ten kings, wliich : ^^'^^^ βασιλείς άσιν, οίτινβς βασι- have received no kingdom as yet ; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. 13 These have one luind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. Xeiau οϋττω βλαβον, «λΑ' ϊζουσίαν ώί βασιλβΪ9 μίαν ώραν λαμβα- νουσι μ(τα τον Θηρίου. 13 οντοι μίαν γνωμην βχ^ουσι, κα). την δυναμιν κα\ την ϊζονσιαν Ιαντων τω θηριω διαδίδωσουσιν. 14 These shall make war with 11 ούτοι μβτα τον άρνίον ττο- the Lamb, and the Lamb shall χ^μησονσι, /cai το άρνίον νικησίί overcome them: for he is Lord . ν r, τ^,',^„ ,-.,„,^,,. l^^'^, ,. , , , T^. i-, • 1 αυτούς., οτι Jivpios κυρίων βστί οί lords, and King oi kings ; and x-^-vC ,/ v. they that are with him are called, , και ^ BaaiKevs βασιλβων^ και oi^ and chosen, and faithful. I μβτ αντον, κλητοί kou βκλβκτοι I καΐ πιστοί. ' It., Fr. G. -M.,-S. ;-\Vakef., Stu., Lord. Hengst., Ebr. >■ See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ' For not yet. see W., G., {yet . . . not). R. ;-foreign verss. (except Beng., nicht. He and Lachm. follow Erasm. in read- ing, for ονΛω. the simple ov* ['A. Vulg. MS. Erp. Slav.']);- Brightm., Dodd. and the later English (e.\cept "Wesl. [who follows Bong.]. Sharpc, Words.). The indefinite article is employed, in rendering βαιΛ., by Brightm., Wakef.. Newc, Thorn., Penn, Lord, De W'., Treg., Ebr. ) W. ;-German verss. (except Moldenh.), Fr. G. -51. ;-B. and L.. Dodd., Stu., Treg., Murd., Kenr. κ See ch. 13 : 4. N. s, ■ T7., R.;-Gerra., Dt. ;-Dodd., Allw., Pcnn {xoill), Words., Hengst., Kenr., Ebr. ' E. v., ch. 18 : 8 ; in ch. 8 : 7, Matt. 3 : 12, and 2 Pet. 3 : 10, to burn zyjj-Vulg. {conc.remabunt), German verss. {verhren- nen), Dt. (verbranden), Ft. S. (^consumer oni) ;-Erasra., Yat., Grell., {as Vulg.), Pagn., Bez., Aret., Par., {e.rurent), Castal., Grot., Cocc, (comburent), Briglitm., Wakof., {burn [her] ti]>), Daub., Woodh. {burn [tier] utterly -y-and so AUw., Words.). For the Erasmian reading, xovaovatv, only 2 cursive MSS. are cited. " The common sense of διδω^ι is here retained by W., R. ;- Latin and German verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt. ;-Dodd., Greenf. For the time, see ch. 16: 6, N. c, &c. \V. ;-Wakef. The ten kings had not appeared at the time of the vision, v. 12. But the speaker, after prophetically tracing their career, looks back, and historically accounts for it. ' German verss. (except Ebr.) ;-Daiib.. Dodd., Wesl., Thorn., Stu. 7 λν., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Thorn., Penn. Shavpe, Stu., Lord, Tieg., Murd. • W., Γι., {do) ;-Vulg. {faciant), German verss. {tkun). D(. {doen), It. {eseguire). Fr. G.,-.VL, {/aire), Fr. S. {e.ixrAUer) ;- Erastn., Pagn., Vat., {as Vulg.), Castal., Bez., Par., Vilr., E\v., {exsequantur), Ilamm., Daub., Newc, Shavpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kcnr., {as ΙΓ.), Cocc. {faci-re). B. and L. {as Fr. S.), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef.. Thorn., {e.vecute) Woodh., Alhv., Penn. SeeN. b. ' The same noun as in v. 13 (see N. m) is used twice in this verse by Syr., Germ., Dt. (but with this note: 'Or, counsel [raad^ as above, v. 13, and here in the next clause.'), Fr. S. ;- Cocc, Beng., Wakef., Woodh., Treg. {mind), Ilengst. The first γνάμ7;ν here is in W., that that is pleasant to him ; R., that which pleaseih him (after the Vulg. quod placitiim est illi ;-and so Erasm., Pagn., Vat. This was changed into quod ipsi visum est by Bez., Par., Vitr.) ;-Hamm., Daub., Murd., pleasure; B. and L., desseins; Guyse, ΐβΏΏ, purpose; Dodd., Wesl., Thorn., sentence; Scott, counsel, purpose, viind: — the second is in It., coiisiglio ;-Fr. G. and -M., dessein ;-Erasm., Vat., veluntaiem ; Hamm., decree or edict ; Dodd.. Murd., pur- pose; Thorn., Penn, design; AUw., Lord, counsel. See N. b. I" See N. z. In this instance Daub., Dodd., Woodh., AUw., have perform. In rendering the clause, xai Λοι^σαι μιαν γνώμτ^ν (which, though strongly su.spected by Mill of having been transferred from v. 13, and though now bracketed by Treg., Lachm. alone of recent editors omits, on the authority of ' A. Vulg.'), E. V. and some other verss. follow Pagn. and Bez., ut consentiani. But, according to the use of Ηοίη!ΐα.ι in the pre- ceding clause, it is rather the acting out of the agreement formed previously (v. 13), that i.s here meant; and the very baldness of the repetition, at which many stumble, only the more rividly teaches, that in the self-willed confederacies of the wicked there sits paramount the will of ,\et another Allj'. un seen, unoonsulted, but higher than they' (Eccl. 5: 8 ; Ps. 82: 1, Acts 2: 23 ; 4: 27, 28 ; &c.). For the reference of αντοΰ to to θηρίοιι (Zeg., BeuT.) is certainly evroncoiLs. De W., indeed, ask-i whether one can prop rly speak of God's γιύμη. espvciall)' in minu'diate connection with that of man. But the Sept. Ezra 6: 14 is a clear case in point. ' T.| C. G., {for to) ;-forei;.:n ver.ss. penerally ;-Danb.. Dndd., We.sl., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. REVELATION. 185 KING JAMES VERSION. unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. 18 And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth. CHAP. XVIII. And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power ; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of dev- ils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every un- clean and hateful bird. GREEK TEXT. αυτών τω θηρ'ιω, αχρί τβλβσθ^ τα βήματα τον θβοΰ. 18 ΚαΙ ή γυνή ην et'Ses", β'στιν η ττόλΐί ή μβγάλη, η βχουσα βα- σιλβίαν eVt των βασίλίων της CHAP. XVIII. ΚΑΙ μετά. ταντα elBov αγγβ- λον καταβαίνοντα e'/c του ουρανού, ίγρντα ί^ουσίαν μ^γαλην καΙ η γη βφωτίσθη €κ τη? δόζης αύτον. 2 καχ ί'κραζεν ev Ισχυϊ, φωνρ μβγάλη, λίγων, ' Έττβσίν εττεσε Βαβυλων η μεγάλη, κα\ βγίνζτο κατοικητηριον δαιμόνων, και φυ- λακή iravTos ττνβυματοί ακάθαρ- του, καΙ φυλακή τταντοί ορνΐου ακάθαρτου κα\ μεμίσημβνου• REVISED VERSION. the beast, until "the words of God • be finished. IS And the woman 'whom thou sawest is that great cit}^ which ^hatli kingship over the kings of the earth. CHAP. XVIII. •And after these things I saw "an angel "descending from heav- en, having great 'authority ; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 2 And he cried "mightily with a «loud voice, saying : 'Fallen, fallen, is Babylon the great, and is become ^a habitation of ''de- mons, and ^a hold of every 'un- clean spirit, and a Jhold of every unclean and ''hated bird. '' For τα. Ιιήματα., all the recent editors read oi λόγοι (" A. B. a2G. β7. Compl.'). • For the change of verb, see ch. 15:1, N. c. For the change of tense, see "W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin vcrss., German verss. (except Beng., Moldenh.), It., Fr. G.,-M..-S. ;-B. and L. (fussent), Daub., Thom., (are), Dodd., Wakef., Sharpe, Kenr. But all the recent editors read ΐΛισθηαονΐαι, (Ά. α 8. γ 2. Compl. ;'-escept JMatth., who has ϊίλΕ σθώοιν ' Β. α 18. β 7. y 2.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated: shall be finished. f See 2 Pet. 2: 11, X. f. "^ W., R., {hath kingdom) ;-Vulg. (kabet regnum), Syr. (= [(.•»/] est regnum). Germ, (das Reich hat). Dt. (het kuningi-ijk heefl), It. (Λα il regno), Fr. G.,-M.. (a son rcgne), Fr. S. (a le royaume) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., Cocc, {as Vulg.), Castal. {regnum . . . oblinens), Hamm., Daub., {hath the kingdom), Vitr., Ros., {habet iinperium), Beng. {das Kuiiigreich hat), Moldenh. {kunigliche Herrschaft hat), WaUef. {hath rule), Nevvc, Woodh., Stii., Murd., {hath do- minion), Thoin. {hath sovereignty), Greenf. {= Syr.), Lord {has empire). Treg. {hiildelh sovereignty), De W. (' Herrschaft, Oder Konigthum hat''), Ilengst. {das KOnigthum hat), Kenr. {hath a kingdom), Ebr. {hat das Konigreich). • The xcu is cancelled by Matth., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., AVords., Tisch., on the authority of A.*B. 'a 17. β 0. Copt. Syr. Slav. MS.' Before a.yyi%ov, all the recent editors insert άλλον (• A. B. α 17. β 5. y 2. Compl. Er. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. S^r. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. After ayytXov ο 8.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version stand as in E. V. : another. " Seech. 10: 1,N. a, &c. ' Seech. 12: 10, N. s, &c. " For £1- ίπχνί, ψ^νΫι μιγάκΎ;, all the recent editors, except Beng. and Bloomf., read tV Ιοχυιια, ^ωνγι (Ά. α 13. [& 13.] y 2 Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. ϊαχ. φα. Β. α 9. β 3.'). Beng. retains the received text, except that he omits the 'preposition. Bloomf. : • I cannot, without strong reasons, consent to part with an expression so Hellenistic and in the manner of St. John as h Ιαζ^ι- I suspect that St. John wrote ίχραξιν ev iaxm, and that the words ίαχιψα fuvr; and fuv^ (Ufy. came from tlie Scholiasts. I now find that in ϊαχνϊ must have been in the copies of St. Jerome' (the Vulg. ed. having in fortitudine) ' and of Tichonius.' And so ilengst., who also cites Sept. Ps. 29 : 4. « See ch. 1 : 10, N. x. ' See ch. 14:8, N.l. ^ The indefinite article, or none, is found in E. V., last clause ;-the foreign vcrss. (e.\cept Fr. G.,-M., B. and L.);- Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn, and Murd. (once), Alhv., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words. " Seech. 9: 20. N. n. ' E. v., last clause ; and see ch. 17 : 4, N. y ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Pagn., Castal., Bez., P.ar., Vitr.) use the same svord in both clauses ;-Brightm., Daub, and the later English verss. (except Words.). 1 On φνλαχή Rob. remarks: 'In N. T. trop. of Babylon as the watch post, station, haunt of demons and unclean birds, 24 186 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. 3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth liave committed fornica- tion with her, and the mercliants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. 4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues, GREEK TEXT. 3 oTi e'/c τοΰ OLvov τον θνμον τη? TTOpueiai αυτής ττΐττωκΐ τταντα τα €θνη, και οί βασιΧίϊς τη9 γηί μ€Τ αύτηί ΐττορν^υσαν, καΐ οΐ ΐ'μτΓοροί τηί γης e/c της δνναμΐως τον στρηνονς αντης ζττλοντησαν. 4 Κσΐ ηκονσα άλλΊ]^ φωνην €κ τον οϋραρον, λίγουσαν, 'Έζβλ- θ€Τ€ €ζ α!;7"?7? ό λαός μου, Ινα μη σνγκοινωνησητβ ταΐς άμαρτίαις αντης, kcu ίνα μη λάβητβ €κ των ττληγών αντης• REVISED VERSION. 3 For 'of the wine of the vvi-ath of her fornication -'have all "the nations "drunk, and the kings of the earth ρ committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth ibecame rich ■'irom the 'power of her 'luxury. 4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying : 'Come 'forth out of her, my people, that ye "have no fellowship with her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues ;♦ 1 The words ix . . . aitijs are translated before the verb and its subject in all foreign verss. (except the It. and French, Greenf.) ;-Treg. The words toi olvov are cancelled by Lachm., Treg., Words., on the authority of ' A. C. Yulg. MS. Am. Tol. Aeth.' " The order of Germ. ;-Beng., Moldenh., De W.. Hengst. ° Seech. 12: 5, N. x. ° For rti'rtuxf, Jlatth. and Words, read ΛίΛώχασί(•α15.β2.'); Lachm., Hintuxav {'A. 0. Copt. Aeth.'); Treg., who at first gave rtertuxaffi, in the second edition of his version translates nijttaxav, or Λιιίίώχααι (Β. 'α6. β4.'). Three cursive MSS. and the Compl. have ntTtatixs. ρ See ch. 17 : 17, N. w, &c. W. (did) ;-Herd., Wakef., Mey. 1 See ch. 3 : 17, N. r. For the time, see N. p, &c. R. ;- Herd., Wakef., Mey. ■• W., T., C, G., (o/);-Vulg. {de), Syr. (= Grecnf )-q), Ger- man verss. (von ;-except All.), Dt. (ziit), It. (del), French verss. (rfe) ;-Erasm., Vat., Grell.. (as Vidg-.), Brightm. (of), Cocc. (e.r), Berl. Bib. (aus), Wakef, Woodh., Ew. {oh), Lord;- Schuttg., Scleus., (as Cocc), Rob. • 'Her mighty luxury.' Nowhere else in the N. T. has iwofnj the sense here assigned to it in E. V. ; nor is delicacies, at least as now used, equivalent to the Vulg. deliciarum. — E. V. marg. {-power) j-'W., R., {virtue), T., C, G., {of her pleasures) ;-Vulg. {virtutc deliciarum ejus), Syr. (transferring orpijtOv's, which word it uses also in 1 Tim. 5 : G, is here ren- dered by De D., potenlia lu.vus ejus), Germ, {ihrer grossen ]Voltusl), Dt. {ki-acht van hare weelde), Fr. M. {exces de son luxe), Fr. S. {puissance de ses delices) ;-Erasm., Vat., Grell., {as Vulg.), Bez., Grot., Vitr., Eichh., Heinr., Ros., (use lu.riis for <5rp.;-Ew. lu.ruriae•, Wahl lu.vuriei), Aret., Cocc, (potentia lasciviae ejus), Brightm. {as T.). Hamm. (power of her pride), B. and L. {as Fr. ΑΙ.), Daub., Beng. and Moldenh. {ihrer machtigen Schwelgerei). Dodd.. Newc, Thom.. Allw., Stu., Ell., Murd., Barn., {ah. of Mr lu.xury [luxuTiesy), GiU ('or, lu.Turif), Herd., Mey., (ihrer Wollusl Machi), Wakef. {gains of her wantonness), Woodh. (ab. of her insolent lux- iiry), Sto!z, De W., Hengst.^ (Macht ihrer Ueppigkeit), Goss., All., (ihre grosse Uepp.), Lord, Kenr., (strength of her luxntry), Treg. {power of her del.), Ebr. {Kraft ihrer Ueberfillle) ;- Schuttg. (potenti luxtt ipsitis), Schleus. (nimio luxu ipsius), Rob. ('abundance, vastness, of her luxury and proud volup- tuousness'), Green (here defines atp. : wantonness, lu.vury, voluptuousness). Comp. v. 7, N. c. ' For ίξίλθίπ, Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., read ΙζΛθι (Β. C. Ό IC. /3 4. ίξέλθατι A.'). For forth, see ch. 9: 3, N. m, &c. » E. v., Eph. 5: 11. In Piiil. 4: 14, the only other place where this verb occurs, and where, as here, it is construed with the dative of the thing, E. V. renders it. communicate wiihy- Treg. {may have no f with). " Instead of the comma of previous edition.^;, or the colon of the original edition, the Amer. Bible Soc.'s late Revision closes this verse with a period, somewhat to the injury of the con- nection. That Babylon's cup of iniquity was now full, and ready to overflow into the fires of wrath, is mentioned (v. 5) as the special and urgent reason why God's people should leave her without delay, even as Lot was hurried out of Sodom on the morning of her overthrow. No Greek text has a pe- riod. Excepting Bloomf., all the recent editors give the last clause thus : xai ix rCiv τίΧ. ait. iVa μή λάβ. (Α. Β. C. 'α 20. β 6. Compl.'). where they resort and hold their vigils, Rev. 18 : 2 bis. Comp. Is. 34, 11 sq. Jer. 50: 39; 51: 37. Others i. q. hold, den, cage, in which they are imprisoned . . . but less well.' Neither hold nor den, however, when found in such a connection, carries with it the idea of imprisonment. — E. V., previous clause ;-Germ. (Behaltniss), Dt. (beteaarplaats). It. (prigione) ;- Beug., Moldenh., Hengst., {as Germ.), Newc. {haunt), All. {Aufenthalt), Penn, Kenr., De W. and Ebr. (Gefdngniss). The same word is used in both clauses by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G..-M., B. and L.) ;-Newc., Woodh., Penn, Sharpe, Ell.. Lord, Murd., Kenr. k Fr. S. {deteste) -,-Βϊγ]. Bib., Moldenh., Stolz, Van Es.s, Goss., De ^V., Ebr., (verliassten). Herd., Mey., {gehasseten), Woodh. {abominated), Sharpe, Lord. REVELATION. 187 KING JAMES VERSION. 5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath re- membered her iniquities. 6 Reward her even as she re- warded you, and double unto her double according to her works : in the cup wliich she hath filled, fill to her double. 7 How much she hath glori- fied herself, and lived deliciously, BO much torment and sorrow give her : for she saith in her heart, GREEK TEXT. 5 oTL -ηκολουθησαν avTrjs al άμαρτίαι άχρι. του ουρανού, και Ιμνημον€υσ€ν 6 Oeos τα αδική- ματα αύτη?. 6 άττόδοτβ αύττ) ώ? κα\ αυτή άττίδωκβν ύμΐν, καΐ διττλωσατε amy δίττλά κατά τα ίργα αυτή?• Ιν τω ττοτηρίω ω ΐκβρασε, κερά- σατε αύτΎ] διττλοΰν. / οσα εόοςασεν (αυτί]!/ και εστρηνίασε, τοσούτον δοτέ αυττ] βασανισμον καΐ ττενθοί' οτι εν ΤΎ] καρδία αύτη? λέγει, Καθημαι REVISED VERSION. 5 For her sins have ^"followed unto heaven, and God hath re- membered her iniquities. 6 "Render unto her '■as she also ''rendered mnto you, and double "unto her double accord- ing to her works : in the cup which she "mixed, 'mix unto her double. 7 How much she " glorified '■herself and 'lived luxuriously, so much torment and sorrow give her ; for ""in her heart she saith r"* " E. v., always elsewhere (91 times) ;-T., C, (^gone vp) ;- Dt. {[de eene op de andere] gevolgd), Fr. G.,-S.. (se . . entresuivis) ;-Brightm., Engl. Ann., (give the above as the literal rendering, which the former then changes into are Tieaped up), Par. (retains Bez.'s accuinulata . . pertigerunt, but in the commentary e.vplains ηχοτ.. by consemia sunt in- vicem), Oocc. {sequnta sunt. q. d. creverunt ordine se invicem sequentia et catenae more inter se colligata peccata ejus.'), Grell., Vitr., {as Bez.). Bcrl. Bib., Dodd., Gill ('Or have fol- lowed unto heaven ; one after another, in one age after another, until they have been as it were heaped up together, and have reached the heavens.'), Wakef. (accompanied iher]);-'Roh. But, for ήχολονθηβοΛίί Mill approves, and all the recent editors adopt, exotXriSriuav (A. B. 0. 'a 27. β 5. Compl. [Vulg.] Copt. Aeth. Syr. [Arm.] Arr. Slav.'). I recommend that this reading be followed, and translated: have accumulated — (the only Babel-tower, Gen. 11 : 4 comp. with E. V. Ps. 16: 2, that fallen man succeeds in building) — as this perhaps gives the idea better than any merely etymological equivalent. Grot, (coacervatae sunt), Daub, (^have cleaved up), Gill {^have cleaved, or glued . . . her sins as it were soldered together, and stuck fast to her, and being joined and linked together made a long chain, and reached to heaven, and cleaved to that, and cried for ven- geance.'), Eichh. (' adhaeserunt quasi perpetui comites.' He re- gards the construction as pregnant, thus : clave to her, and went with her, as in ch. 14: 13 ;-and so Heinr., Bloomf. But Scrip- ture does not represent sinners as going to heaven to be judged.), Stolz (thiirmteii), Mey., Ebr., ([es] haben sich gehduft). Van Ess (hauften sich auf), Greenf. (lysn. Comp. Jer. 51: 9.), Ros. (uses, and, as usual, without naming, Grot, and Eichh.), Penn {are heaped up). Lord, Treg. {'■have been builded together, or, have adhered to one another'), Hengst. (' a preg- nant construction for : they reach to heaven and adhere to it ;'- and .sp Wahl, probably Rob., Schirl. Hengst. finds 'a quite similar breviloquence in the use of this verb' in Sept. Ps. 43 : 25; 118: 25; Lam. 2:2; Zech. 14: 5; Baruch 1: 20, and re- marks : ' The sticking fast of guilt to heaven is an aggravating mark of its greatness ;' but the idea itself is a harsh one, and without example elsewhere in Scripture. ■ ' Th' ethereal mould ' Incapable of stain would soon e.xpel ' Her mischief, and purge off the baser fire, ' Victorious.' Milton, P. L., ii. 139-142.). ' "W. {yield . . . yielded), R. {render . . . hath rendered) ;- Latin verss., except Castal., {reddite . . . reddidit), It. {rendete il cambio . . . ha fatto), Fr. G.,-M., {rendez . . . a fail) --B. and L. (as Fr. G.\ Daub., Dodd. {give . . . has given). Wakef., Newc. {as R. ;-and so Woodh., Stu., [has]. Thorn., Allw., Penn, Kenr.), Lord {give . . . gave). y For as she aho, see ch. 6 : 11, NN. g, h, &c. ' The ifilv is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the authority of A. B. C. '"o 20. β 5. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Aeth. S3'r. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the words, unto you, omitted. • This second av*J is cancelled by Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of ' A. C. 2. 8. 9. 14. 19. 92. Vulg. Slav. MSS. For mixed, mix, see ch. 14 : 10, N. y. The historical time is employed by E. V. in the first clause, and in w. 14, 15, IG, 19, 23 ; &q. ;-W., T., C. ;- Herd., Wakef., Thorn., Mey., Sharpe. ^ For the omission of hath, see v. C, N. a. For Ίαν-ίψ, Matth., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read ανίψ (A. B. C. 'a 10. β 2.'). ' Comp. V. 3, N. s. T., C, G.. {Heed wantonly) ;-It. (e lus- suriata) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Par., Grot., Grell., Heinr., Ros., {lu.ruriata est), Vitr. {{quantum} sibi . . lu.vus dedit), Lowm., Thorn., {[ill full proportion to] her . . luxury), Guyse {[in proportion to] . . her luxurious way of living), Dodd. {lived in luxury), Gill {Hived deliciously; in a very luxuriant man- ner'), Wakef. {[according ίο] her . . hixuries), Newc, Woodh. {wantoned in luxury), Ew. {bi.vu difflidt), Ell., Lord. '' The Greek order is retained hy W. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;- Beng., Ebr., {sie in), Herd., Woodh., Mey., Lord, De W. After λε'γίί., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., add ott, (A. B. C. ■a 24. β 5. Compl.'). 18S REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow. 8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterl_y burned with fire : for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her. 9 And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning, 10 Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas ! that great city Babyloii, GREEK TEXT. βασίλισσα, /cat χήρα. ουκ εΙμί, καΐ ττίνθοί ου μΐ] ϊδω. 8 Ζΐίά τοντο iv μία ημ^ρο. η^ουσιν αϊ ττληγαΐ αυτής, θάνα- τος κ>Μ ττίνθος και λιμός• και ev ττυρί κατακανθησβται• οτι Ισχυ- ρός Κύριος 6 θβος 6 κρίνων αυτήν. 9 ICa\ κλαυσονται αύτην, και κοψονται €7Γ αύττ] οι βασιλείς της γης, οι μίτ αυτής ττορνίυ- σαντ€ς καΐ στρηνιασαντβς, Όταν βλίττωσι τον καττνον της ττυρώ- σ€ως αυτής, 10 άτΓΟ μακρόθεν ίστηκοτες δια τον φοβον του βασανισμού αυτής, λέγοντες, Οϋαί, ουαι, η REVISED VERSION. I sit • queen, and 'widow I am not, and ^sorrow I shall ^never see. 8 Therefore ""in one day shall her plagues come, death, and 'sorrow, and famine; and 'with fire shall she be utterly burned : for 'mighty is the Lord God who 'judgeth her. 9 And the kings of the earth, who "with her " committed ibr- nication and lived -luxuriously, shall pweep "for her, and *''wail 'over her, when tliey ' see the smoke of her burning. 10 Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying : Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, • Not, ' a queen among queens ;' but, " superior to all others.' Divom incedn reginn (Virgil, Aen. i. 40.). Comp. ch. 17 : 18 ; Ps. 29 : 10.— It., Fr. G. {[comnuf] Heine), Fr. M. -S., {en reinc);- B. and L., Daub, and Stu. (as queen); Beng., All., De W., Hengst., {als Kunigin), Kenr. f For widow I am not, see R. ;-Vulg. (vidua non sum), Syr. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, (as Vulg.), Beng. {eine JViltwe bin ich nicht;-and so, but without the eiue, Herd., Kist., Mey., All., De W., Ebr.). Many others repeat the prononiina! sub- ject, and translate ovx by an adverb. * The Greek order of the noun and verb is retained b}' R. ;-Latin verss. (e.\ccpt Vitr.), Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt. ;-\Voodh., Kenr. For oi μή, see ch. 3 : 12, N. j, &c. It is here rendered adverbially by \V., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), It. (jiore . . giammai), Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Dodd., Newc, Woodh. (never), Thorn., Alln•. (by no means), Greenf.. Penm Sharpe, Kenr. >■ The order of iv ,αια ij/t. is preserved in W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Beng. (xcerdtn an Einem u. s. w.), Dodd., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., De SV., Murd., Ebr. Comp. E. V., vv. 10. 17, 19. ' E. v., V. 7 ; ch. 21 : 4;-T., C, G. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., AUn•., Lord, Kenr. All foreign verss. use the same word as in v. 7. 1 The Greek order is retained in R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Ger- man verss. (Moldenh. sie wird mil u.s. \v.), Dt. (= Moldenh.) ;- Woodh., Greenf. k Seech. 5:2, N.d. 1 For xpivuii, all the recent editors read xpiVoj (A. B. C. ' ο 19. β 5. Compl. Vulg. MS. Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading, which Mill also approves, be adopted, and translated : ^Wg-ed ; — that is, before the destruction, which is now regarded as accomplished. " This order is observed in Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Treg. ■■ See v. 7, N. b, &c. " ' See V. 7, N. c, &c. ρ Ε. v.. vv. 11, 15, 19, and always (36 times) elsewhere. See Matt. 2: 18, where χχαίω is followed, as here (and as ovir to weep is often construed in poetry), by an accusative ;-W., T., C, G., (heweep) ;-Latin verss. (_^eoiin/ ;-except Castal., de- plorahunt; and Vitr., dpflebunl), Syr., Germ, (beweinen), Dt. (beweeneii), French verss. ;-Beng. and later German verss. (weinen), Wesl., Wakef., Greenf., Stu., Murd., Kenr. For χΧαύαονταί, Matth.. Knapp, Mey., Sch., Treg., Words., Tisch., have χτ^αύαονύΐ ('B.C. α 25. β 4. Compl.'). Bloomf regards this as 'probably true.' 1 All the recent editors cancel αύΐψ, on the authority of ' A. B. C. ο 21. β 5. Compl. Vulg. Coiit. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version stand thus: weep and wail. * !■ E. v., ch. 1 : 7. Comp. also Luke 8 : 52 ; 23 : 27 ;-W., R., (bewail themsehes), T., C, G. ;-Treg. ' E. v., V. 11 (in both places Treg., Words., Tisch., [and here Matth.] read ϊλ ανΤ);ΐ') ;-W. (on), R. (upon), T., C, G. ;- Latin ver.s.s., except Castal., (super), German verss. (iiber), Dt. (over), Fr. G.,-M., (sur) ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Treg.. Kenr. 1 Beng., Wesl., Wakef.. Newc, Thom., Mey., Penn, Sharpe, De W., Words., Hengst. * This accidental interruption of the alphabetical series is retained on account of previous references to subsequent notes. REVELATION. 189 KING JAMES VERSION. that mighty city ! for in one hour is thy judgment come. 11 And the merchants of tlie earth shall weep and mourn over lier ; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more : 12 The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine viOod, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble, GREEK TEXT. ττόλί? ή μ€γάλη Βαβυλων, η ΤΓΟ- λι? η Ισχυρά, ort eV μια ώρα ηλθ^ν ή κρίσΐί σον. 11 ΚαΙ οί βμτΓοροί τηζ γηί κλαΐουσι κα). ττενθοΰσίν eV avry, OTL τον γόμον αυτών ούδβΊί άγο- paCii ονκίΤί' 12 γομον χρυσού, και αργυ- ρού, και λίθου τιμίου, καΙ μαργα- ρίτου, και βΰσσου, και πορφύρας, και σηρικού, και κόκκινου• καΐ ττάν ζύλον θυινον, και ττάν σκίΰος βλβφάντινον, καΐ ττάν σκβΰοί €κ ζΰλου τιμιωτατον, και χαλκού, και σίδηρου, καΙ μάρμαρου. REVISED VERSION. that mighty city ! for ήη one hour thy judgment ''came. 11 And the merchants of the earth ' weep and mourn over her; for no "one buyeth their "lading any more ; "12 "Lading of gold, and of silver, and of precious "stone, and of "pearl, and 'of fine linen, and of purple, and of silk, and of scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all ' ivory 'furniture, and all 'furniture of most precious wood, and of brass, and of iron, and of marble. ^ The £1• before μια, bracketed by Blooraf.. is cancelled by all the other editors, on the authority of • A. B. C. a 26. β G. Compl. Vulg. Slav. MSS.' ήτ-θιν. Tiiey might have seen it come. Comp. v. 16, N. ρ and Jude 14, N. k. ' Here the fLiture becomes present; in vv. 17-19, historical. E. V. (following the older English and many foreign verss.) removes the middle stop in the transition. But the reading. χλαύαουαι xai 7ί(νθήαονΐ!ΐ.ι> (Β. 'α 21. β 5. Vulg. Arr.' The Syr. might have been added.), is adopted, and that only in part, by Matth. alone of recent editors. — Fr. S. ;-Erasra., Vat., Hamra., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Wakef., Nevrc. (marks shall as supplied), Woodh., Mey., Allvv., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., \Vords., Heugst., Ebr. " See ch. 3 : 7, N. p, &c. » The Sept. (Ex. 23 : 5 ; 2 Kings 5 : 17) use γόμο;, from ■γΐμω to be full, for a burden generall}'. But the strict classical meaning of a ship's lading appears in the only other passage of the N. T. where the vpord occur.?, Acts 21 : 3. Nor is the sense vierchandise, provided by the N. Ϊ. lexicons for tlie present case, necessary or proper, except under the special notion of freight ; and this the word merchandise does not convey. The merchants are arrested on their voyage, while yet ' oft' at sea' (Milton, P. L. iv. 161), by the sight of the conflagra- tion ; or, if they are supposed to have already landed at a re- mote part of the coast (v. 19), their cargoes are still unbroken. — Syr. (= De D. onus), Dt. marg. {^ schipvracht, of, lading') ;- Hamm. {freight), Berl. Bib., Ros., Ilengst, (Ladung), Daub., Dodd. in v. 12 (ladings), Heinr. {Schiffsladung -j-which De W. also gives as the proper sense), Murd. (cargo). For the omission of the article at the beginning of v. 12, see R. ;-Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Mey., AIlw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, De W., Words., Kenr., Ebr. ° The alternation in vv. 12, 13 between the genitive case under tlie government of γόμον, and the accusative in apposi- tion, though disregarded by the Vulg. and many otliers, is to be noted as, at the least, a characteristic of style (see ch. 14: 6, N. f, &c.). It is preserved throughout by Dt. ;-Era.sm., Pagn., Vat, Casta!., Cocc, Grell., Vitr., Moldenh., Penn, Scliolef., Treg., Hengst. ; and partially by Brightm., Hamm. and other.<. ρ See ch. 17 : 4, N. x. 1 W., T., C, R. ;-Vulg. ;-Erasm., Vat.. Aret., Cocc, Grell., Vitr., Daub., AVesl., Woodh., Allw., Stu., Lord, Kenr. (Milton, P. L. ii. 3, 4 : ' Or where the gorgeous east with richest hajid 'Show'rs on her kings Barbaric pearl and gold.') For jUapyaptVou, Lachm. edited formerly lUapyaptVac; (' A.'), now μαργαριΤαί (' C). ■■ Except Beng. and Bloomf., all the recent editors have βναβίνο,, (-A. C. α 22. β 5.'). • There is nothing for mariner here, or in the next clause, in W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., (every ;-and so, in the first in- stance, Stu., who in the second has all), Newc, Woodh., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Hengst., Murd., Kenr. E. V. follows T., C, G. Έλεφόί'ί. is rendered by an adjective in Dt. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., Wakef., Newc, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Ebr. Herd, and Mey. (Elfenbeingeralh [-rathe]). ' Here αχίνοζ is taken in the more general sense, wliich E. V. ascribes to it in Matt. 12: 29; Mark 3: 27; Luke 17: 31.— Latin verss. (use uas ;-which, however, like the term employed by the Syr., and Greenf.'s ibs, is of wider application than our vessel), Fr. M., (ineubles, in the first instance), Fr. S. (meuble) ;- Daub., Lowm. ('all curious manufactures'), Herd., Mey., (see N. s), Woodh., Thom. (wares), Heinr. (vasa et utensilia), Allw., Stolz (i?em^e;-and so Kist., Van Ess, De W., Ebr.), Stu. (in the second instance), Hengst. (' Then follow materials for gorgeous furniture, and furniture made out of gorgeous materials.' Equally general is Barn.'s explanation.). 190 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. 13 And cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and franiiincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men. 14 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from thee, and all things which were dainty and goodly are departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more at all. 15 The merchants of these GREEK TEXT. 13 Koi Κίναμωμον, και θυμιά- ματα, καΙ μνρον, καΐ λίβανον, κα\ οίνον, καΐ eXaiou, καΐ σ^μ'ώαλίν, KCU σΐτον, καί κτήνη, και πρό- βατα, κα\ Ιππων, και βίδών, καΙ σωμάτων, και ψυχας ανθρώπων. 14 και Ί] οπώρα τηί ϊπιθνμιας τηί ψνχτϊί σου απηλθΐν απο σοΰ, και πάντα τα λιπαρά και τα λαμ- πρά άπηλθίν άπο σοΰ, καΐ ουκίτι ου μη βύρησι^ί αυτά. }5 Οι ϊ'μποροι τούτων οΊ πλου- REVISED VERSION. "13 And cinnainon, " and 'in- cense, and "ointment, and frank- incense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and 'cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots, and of >bodies, and souls of men. 14 And the fi-uits 'that thy soul lusted after «have departed from thee, and all ""the dainty and "the 'bright things ''have de- parted from thee, and 'never, never more ^shalt thou find them. 15 The merchants of these " Excepting Matth., all the recent editors here insert (with the approbation also of Mill) the words xai ίμωμον, on the au- thority of Ά. C. 6. 11. 12. 17. 19. 34. 35. 35. Vulg. MS. Am. ΤυΙ. Syr. Aeth. Slav. MSS.' The omission in many MSS. is accounted for from the resemblance to the χινάμ. preceding. I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : a7id amomum. So Daub., Beng., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Clarke, Ell.. I)e W., Ilengst., Murd. ;-the lexicons. It is rendered by Moldenh. and Mey., Balsam; Sharpe, g^jii^er ; Stu., fj'agranl. spice; Lord and Treg., spice; Words., amomus (?), Ebr., Geictirz. ' See ch. 5 : 8, N. h. " The singular is retained by R. ;-Latin verss. (use ungtien- χ^ρυσω κα). λιθω τιμιφ καΐ μαργα- ρίταΐ5' ΟΤΙ μια ωρα ηρημωθη 6 τοσοντο9 irXovTOs. 17 ΚαΙ ττα? κνβξρνητης, και REVISED VERSION. things, ''who '■became rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and ■mourning, 16 JAnd saying: Alas, alas, that great city, ''which was cloth- ed 'with fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and ""gilded with ■"gold, and precious "stone, and pearls ! "for in one hour pwere made desolate so great riches. 17 And every "pilot, and "-all « See2Pet. 2:11, N. f. ^ See cli. 3 : 17, N. r. ' E. v., 7 times (in 4 of which it is coupled as here with «λαι'ω) out of 10;-W.. R. ;-Dodcl., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord {lamenting), Treg., Murd. {will mourn). Kenr. ' Except Matth. and Griesb., and Knapp who brackets, all the recent editors cancel the xai, on the authority of A. B. C. ' α 11. β 5. Copt. Syr. Arr. Slav. MS.' k R.;-Daub,, Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. 1 See ch. 7 : 13, N. u, &c. ■» See ch. 17 : 4, N. w. For ;tpi>(joj, all the recent editors (except Bloomf.) read χφναίψ {λ. Β. Ο. and 2G cursive MSS.). The previous iv i.s also bracketed by Treg., and cancelled by Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Words., on the authority of A. B. 'a 19. β 4.' ■> See ch. 17 : 4, N. x. " Of the recent editors, Words, alone attaches this clause to V. 17 ; but he agrees with many others in separating it from what precedes merely by a comma. Comp. vv. 10, 19. ρ Comp. E. v., v. 19; ch. 17: 16; Matth. 12: 25; Luke 11: 17 (the only other places where ί^ημόα occurs). Here also the passive of a transitive verb is employed by R. {to make des.) ;-German verss. {verwiisten, verlieeren, zu Gnmde rich- ten, Derorfera ;-except Herd., All.), Dt. {verwoesten), It. {di- slruggere), Fr. G. {mellre d neant), Fr. M. {dissiper), Fr. S. {devaster) ;-Yat. and later Latin verss. {desolare, depoptdare, vaslare), Dodd., Woodh., Treg., {as R.), Wakef., Newc, Thom., Stu., Murd., {to [idterhj] lay waste), Greenf. (ΟΏώ), Lord {to destroy). Syr. uses the same word as in v. 19, &c., = 3ΊΠ ; Wesl., to become des. ; Allw., to come to desolation. For the time, see v. 10, N. k. etc. Wakef., Mey. For the order, see Latin verss., Syr., Germ., Fr. G.,-M. ;-B. and L., Beng., Mey., Greenf., Hengst., Ebr. The emphasis lies quite as much on the idea of the riches themselves, just enumerated, as on the great- ness and suddenness of the desolation. For the construction of riches with a plural verb, see B. V., everywhere else ;-W., G., R.;- Wells, Dodd., Wesl., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. ■! In Ezek. 27 : 8, 27, 28 the Sept. render inn (Greenf.'s word here) by χυβίρνή-ίτ]! (Jon. 1 : 6, by rtpuptvs) ; E. V., by pilot. This officer may here be prominently mentioned, as one stand- ing on the look-out. — Latin verss. (use gubernator ;-except Castal.), Dt. (s ώί μυλον μίγαν, και ΐβαλίν 6ί? την θάλασσαν, λίγων, Ούτως ΰρμηματι βληθησΕται Βα- βνλων η μςγαλη ττολις, καΐ ου μη €{>ρίθη ΐΤΙ. 22 και φωνί] κιθαρωδών καΐ μουσικών καΙ αυλητών κα). σαλ- ΤΓίστών ου μη άκουσθη ev σοΙ ί'τι, και ττα? τβχνίτης πάσης• τίχνης ου μη βυρίθη ev σο\ ΐ'τι, καΐ ψωνη be found in thee "more, and the "voice of a millstone shall "never be heard in thee "more ; REVISED VERSION. 21 And a mighty angel took up a stont; like a great "millstone, and cast " into the sea, saying : Thus with "violence shall ρ be ■■cast Babylon 'the great city, and -never shall 'she be found "more. 22 And the voice of liai-pcrs and "musicians and " pipers and trumpeters shall 'never be heard in thee 'more ; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft," shall 'ever μύλου ού μη άκουσθη ev σοί ΐ'τι, 23 και φώς λύχνου ού μη φανΎ) 23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in ,'„ ^„•; ;c, . ^ a ^ a ' ., , ,, . /.,, , •, 1^^ <^0L eTi, και φωνή νυμφωυ και, thee ; and the voice of the bride- / , , ν ,^ n- ^ ^ » and the groom and of the bride shall he\^fl^H>^^f^ μη ακουσθη ev σοι eTi I OTL 01 €μ7Γοροί σου ήσαν οί μίγι 23 And the light of a ^lamp shall niever shine in thee nnore, voice of ' bridegroom and " bride shall 'never be heard ° For μνΧον, Lachm.. Treg., Words., read ξύλινοι• (' A. Vulg. Copt. Syr. ed. /ινλιχοι/ C). For the omission of it see ch. 8 : 5, N. p, &c. ' Literally : a rush. W. has birr; Daub., rushing. I• The Greek order of the verb and .subject is retained by the Latin and French verss., Syr., Germ.. It. ;-IIerd.. May., Gruenf., Sharpe, De W., Hengst., Ebr. 1 Not : subverted, overthrown (according to "Wahl's definition here, everto; or Rob.'s, 'to cast dovn, to overthrow, i. q. χατα- /3βλλω.'), but: cast into the depths of perdition; the same term, that described literally the symbolic act, being now figuratively applied to the subject of the prophecy.— Nowhere else does E. \. add duicn to the proper meaning of βάλλω (comp. ch. 12: 9, N. 1); nor is that specification added here by W. {sent), Ϊ., C, G., R. (iAroicn) ;-Latin verss, (though .some change the Vulg. mittere into projicere or conjicere), Syr., Germ, (verworfen), Dt. (geworpen), It. (giltata), Fr. G ,-M., -S.. 0/ee;-and so B. and L. /iiuro-.) ;-Bnghtra. (cast out), Bcrl. Bib., De W.. Hengst., Ebr., (gewoifen), Beng. (hinge- schmissen), Guyse, Dodd. and Woodh (hurled [awai/]). Greenf., Sharpe (as li.). Pcnn, Stu., Lord, Treg., (cast down). ' German verss., Dt.. It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dod.l., Wesl., TToodh.. Pcnn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. Other verss. follow the Vulg. ilia. • See ch. 3 : 12. N. j, &c. ' This insertion is justified by the change in the construction. — W. (it) ;-French verss. (except that S. has : on ne la trouvera plus) ;-Kenr., Ebr. " Dt.. Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., All.. Stu., translate μουαιχΰν, zangers. Sanger, siiigei-s ; and that is " perhaps' the meaning here, in the opinion of Rob., Green. Barn., and others. Hengst., on the contrary, translating χίθα^ιψδΰ^ Citherstinger (harp-singei-s ; ch. 14 : 2), refers μο-υαιχΰν generally to players on instruments, of whom two classes are then specified. The sign of the genitive is omitted before pipers by Daub., Wesl., Wakef , Sharpe, Stu.. Lord. Treg., Murd., Kenr. Newc, Thom., Penn. repeat it before each of the nouns. E. V. follows T., C, G. ' See ch. 3 : 12, X. j, &c. " There is nothing answering to the E. V. supplement in W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except the French: de quelque metier que ce soit) ;-Dodd. and the later English verss. (except Words.). ' See ch. 1 : 15, N. o. "W. ;-Vulg., Germ., Fr. S. marg. ;- Erasm., Vat.. Aret., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Grell., Vilr., Beng., Herd., Me}'., Greenf, All., Ilengst. J See 2 Pet. 1 : 19, N. s, &c. W. {lantern), R. ;-It., Fr. S. ;- Uamm., Daub., B. and L., Dodd., Herd., Wakef, Newc, AVoodh., Thom., Greenf, Stolz, All., Goss., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, De W., Kenr. Comp. Prov. 13:9. • See ch. 3 : 12, N. j, Ac. * It. ;- Woodh., Thom. and Jlurd. (a brideg. and br.), Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Treg. (repeats of). The indefinite article is twice used by Dt. ;-Wakef.. Allw., Ebr. from her (Wakef) or brj her. But the common interpretation is better, which construes it Hebraistically with the verb. Comp. ch. 19 : 2 ; Sept. P.s. 119 : 84 ; Heb. and Sept. 1 Sam. 24 : IC; &c. -For upon, see Dodd., Woodh., Allw., Treg. REVELATION. , 195 KIXG JAMES λΈΚ8Ι0Ν. heard no more at all in thee ; for thy merchants were the great men of the earth ; for hy thy sorceries were all nations de- ceived. 24 And in her was found the blood of jirophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth. CHAP XIX. And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying; Alleluia : Salva- tion, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God : 2 For true and righteous are his judgments : for he hath judged the great whore, which GREEK TEXT. σταν^ζ της γη?, Ότι iv τβ φαρμα- κβία σον ίττλανηθησαν τταντα τα ίθνη. 24 Kou Ιν αύτϊ] αίμα ττροφητών KOU άγιων ΐΰρεθη, και πάντων των 4σφαγμ€νων εττΐ της γης. CHAP. XIX. ΚΑΙ μίτά ταντα ηκουσα φω• νην όχλου ττολλοΰ μβγαλην Ιν τω ουρανώ, λβγοντος, Λλληλονϊα• ■ή σωτηρία καΐ η δοςα καΊ η τιμή καΐ ή δυναμις Κυριω τω θβω ημών 2 ότι αληθινοί Kcu δικαιαι α'ι κρίσεις αντοΰ- οτι βκρινβ την ΤΓορνην την μβγαλην, ήτις ίφθίΐρΐ REVISED VERSION. in thee 'more : for thy merchants were the great men of the earth ; for by thy ''sorcery ' were de- ceived all Hhe nations. 24 And in her ' the 'blood of prophets and of saints was found, and of all that ^had been slain ''on the earth. CHAP. XIX. ■And after these things I heard •■ a 'loud voice of ''a great mul- titude in heaven, 'saying : Alle- luia ! 'the salvation, and 'the glory, ^and 'the honour, and 'the power, ''unto the Lord our God ! 2 For true and righteous are his judgments; for he ' judged the gi-eat Jharlot, ''that 'corrupted ■• The Greek word occurs elsewhere in the singular only in Gal. 5 : 20, and there E. V. renders it, witchcraft. The singular number is here retained by T., C. ;-Syr., German verss., Dt. ;- Coec, Woodh., AIlw., Sharpe, Stu., Treg. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. (veneficiis). ' The Greek order is retained by T., 0., G. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ. ;-Beng., Wakef., Greenf., De W., Hengst., Ebr. 1 See ch. 12 : 5, N. x. • The Greek order of the verb and subject is retained by W. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ. ;- Woodh., Lord. Beng., Herd., Mey., AIL, liave gefiinden ; Hengst., erfunden warden ; Ebr., erfunden, at the end of the first clause ; Moldenh., erfunden, at the end of the verse. ' Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Bloomf., Tisch., Theile, read αί>οία (Β. Ό 20. β 0. CompL Arr. Slav. MS.'), = Cia^, Ps. 5 : 7, &c. s See ch. 9 : 15, N. i. WesL, Wakef., Lord. "■ See ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c. • All the recent editors omit the x αύτω• Ότι ήλθβν ό γαμοί του αρνιού, και ή γυνή αυτού ητοίμασ^ν ίαυτην. 8 Καΐ βδοθη avTrj Ίνα π€ρι- βάληται βυσσινον καθαρον και REVISED VERSION. Alleluia ! for the Lord 'God Hhe 'Almighty ''reigneth. 7 Let us 'rejoice and ^exult and give ^the ""glory to him ; for the marriage of the Lamb 'came, and his wife 'prepared herself,' 8 And ) it 'was ''given to her that she should be iclothed "'with fine linen, "pure and "bright. For * After Θίόί, the word ήμΰν is inserted by Matth., Griesb., Knapp. jVIey.. Sch., Treg. (in brackets), Tisch., on the authority of B. 'a 25. β 6. Compl. Vulg. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' ^ Seech. 4: 8, N. k. ' E.V.. elsewhere (9 times) f-W. ;-Daub., GuysejWesl.jWakef., Newc, Clarke, Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Kenr. '' Gr. reigned = began to be and act as King. See ch. 11 : 17, N. c. — Here the perfect tense is employed by W., G., R.. {halh r.) ;-all foreign verss. (except B. and L., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., All.), but commonly in some phrase implying that the reign has j ust begun ;-Stu. {has become king ;-' or we may trans- late it, as is usual, has r.'), Lord (has r.), Treg., Kenr., (as W.). ' E. v., 42 times out of 74 (see especially Matt. 5 : 12) ;-W. {joy we) ;-Brightm., Dodd.,Wakef., Thom., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd. ' Comp. E. v., Matt. 5 : 12 ; 1 Pet. 1 : C ; 4 : 13. Latin verss. {exultemus)y Fr. G.,-M., (^tressaillons de joie) ;-B. and L. {faisons eclater notre joie), Dodd., Herd. (^jauchzen;-3,xxa so Mey., Ebr. Comp. Gill, at v. 3 : ' They repeated their hallelu- jah, or gave one spiritual huzza more.'),Wakef. {be exceedingly glad), Thom. {exult with joy), AIlw., Greenf. (b"'j:), Lord. Murd. Lachm. and Tisch. read ά/γαλΧιωμεν xai δύσομιν (Α.). ^ See ch. 1 : 6, N. e, &c. German verss., Dt., It. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw. ^ In the other IC instances, in which ίόξα occurs in this book, E.V. renders it glory ; and only 5 times honour, out of 151 in- stances in which it occurs elsewhere ;-W., R. ;-Latin and French verss.. It. ;-Daub. and the later English verss. (except AVords.). ' The change of tense in v. 8, as given in E.V. and most other verss., and the full pause at the end of v. 7, were probably in- tended to set off V. 8 as an additional statement made by the seer in his own person ; — a design, which some (as Newc, Penn. Treg., Ebr.) still more clearly indicate by their use of cjuotat*Dn- marks. But in the 20 other instances in which ϊ&όθη, ίδόβι^υαι», occur in this book as so used, they contain a record of what transpired in vision, the party at least, to whom the gift was made, being actually present ; whereas the first mention of the appearance of the heavenly Bride is in ch. 21 : 2, 9, 10, and there John beholds her ή-ίοιμαϋμίνην, of whom the voice here says that she ■ήτοίμαικν ίαυπίν. I therefore regard v. 8 also (except- ing [ Woodh., Thom., AIlw., do not except] the explanatory clause at the end) as spoken by the voice. The occasion of the great joy and triumph is, that the marriage of the Lamb came, and that there was then a prompt and simultaneous manifestation of the reverent fidelity of His wife (Matt. 25: 4, 7, 10), and of the rich, abiding grace of Him who loved her from the beginning (Eph. 5 : 25-27). See Jude 14, N. k, &c.— W. {came . . . made ready . . . is given ;-the second expression being adopted by T., C, G.);-Dt. {is gegeve7i), It. {e stato dato), French verss. {a He donne) ;-Beng., Moldenh., (ist gegeben), "VVakef (is giveji), Woodh., Thom., Allw., {halh been granted -j-which Ell. also allows, as suggesting 'one of the joyful subjects of .song to the hymnists.'). The seventh verse ends with a colon in G.;- Wakef , Penn ;-and in the Greek Text of Griesb., Words. : — with a semicolon, in Mey., De W. : — with a comma, in Castal., Beng., Moldenh. ;-and in the Greek Text of Beng., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Theile: — without any point, in Thom. In the other 6 instances, in which ίΐοιμάζ^ occurs in this book (see especially ch. 21: 2), E. V. renders it to prepare; and so 23 times out of 33 elsewhere. The same verb, or its cognate equivalent, is here employed by R. ;-Latin verss., Fr. S. ;-Guyse, Dodd., AVoodh., Allw.. Stu., Lord, Kenr. ' The emphasis lies in the antithesis between ήιίοίμαβίν ίανίψ and ίδόθη airij. See v. 7, N. i and comp. ch. 8 : 2, N. e, &c. — The Greek order of iS. aurg is retained by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr. ;-Dodd., Wesl.. Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Thom., Greenf, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. t See ch. 3 : 21, N. e. 1 See ch. 7 : 13, N. t. ■» See ch. 7 : 13, N. u, &c. ■■ For ptire. see E. V., ch. 15 : 6; 21 : 18, 21 ; 22: 1 ; and 13 times elsewhere. The same word, or its cognate, is here used by T., C, G. ;-It., French verss. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. (except Bez., munda ; though in the earlier editions he also used purus), Brightm., Dodd., Newc, Woodh.. Scott, Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg. For bright, see ch. 15 : 6, N. e. For χαθ. xai ■Καμπ-, Beng., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Tisch., Theile, read %αμΛ. χαθ. (' Α. 7. 91. 92. Vuig. MS. Am. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Slav. MSS.' ; Matth., Griesb., Sch., Words., read λα /t?*. xai χαθ. (Β. 'α 21. |3 4. Compl. Vulg. ed.'). 198 REVELATION. KING JAMES ΛΈΚβΙΟΧ. fine linen is the righteousness of saints. 9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed arc they which ai'e called unto the marriage- supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. 10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me. See thou do it not : I am thy fellow-servant, and of thy GREEK TEXT. λαμπρόν το γαρ βύσσινον, τα δικαιώματα (στι των άγιων. 9 Και Ae'yet μοι, Γράψον, Μακάριοι οι ei? το δβϊττνον του γάμου τοϋ αρνιού κεκλημΐνοι. Καΐ λίγβι μοι, Ούτοι οΐ λόγοι αληθινοί βίσι του θίοΰ. 1 ΚαΙ €7Γ€σον ίμττροσθβν των ΤΓοδων αύτοΰ ιτροσκυνησαι αντω• κα\ λβγίΐ μοι, ' Ορα μψ σΰνδου- λο? σου βΐμΐ καΐ των αδελφών REVISED VERSION•. the fine linen °is the Prighteous- ness of "the saints. 9 And he saith unto me : Write : Blessed are they ■'who 'have been called unto the < sup- per ol' the marriage of the Lamb. And he saith unto me : These "are "the true "words of God. 10 And I '^fell 'before his feet to worship him. And he 'saith unto me : See thou do it not : I " For iati -ίων ά /y., all the recent editors (except Griesb., Sch.) read tCav ay. ia-tilv] (A. B. Ό 17. J3 5. Compl.'). ρ For this plural form, see E. V., Is. 64 : 6 ; Ezek. 33 : 13 ; Dan. 9: 18; and repeatedly elsewhere in the margin. W. (jus- tifyings), K. {juslifications) -j-L^tm yens, {juslificationes;- except Castal., rirtutes; and Vitr., juslitiae). Syr. (:= rrpis). Dt. (regiraardiginakinge7i -j-marg. reglnaardighcilen), It. {Vopere giuste), Ft. G.,-S.. {juMifications) ;-Brightm. (allows R.), Engl. Ann., Hamm. (^ordinances j-so he renders &ίχαίωμα, also at Rom. 2 : 26 ; 8 : 4 ; in addition to E. V. Luke 1 : 6 and Heb. 9 : 1, 10. The Sept. in like manner often employ Six.. where E. V. has statute, ordinance ; comp. Ex. 1.5 : 25 ; 2 Kings 17 : 34, 37 ; Ezek. 11 : 20 ; 43 : 11 ; &c. Here Hamm.. suppos- ing moreover Tiir ayluv to be used as in Heb. 8:2; &c., finds the explanation of the whole phrase in Lev. 16: 3, 4.), B. and L. {bonnes muii-es), Beng. {Rechte), Dodd., Wakef , Newc, Thorn., (righteous acts [actions]), Gill (' righteousnesses or justifica- tions'), Stolz (Tugendeti), Penn, Kenr., (as it.), Stier (Ge- reclitigkeiten), Hengst. (Rechtthaten), Murd., Ebr. (Gerech- iigkeitserfiillungen) . 1 See eh. 5 : 8, N. j. ■■ See2Pet. 2:11, N. f. • Comp. ch. 14: 10, N. x, &c. Moldenh., Wakef., Treg. ' The construction and order of the Greek are retained by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (excepting Castal. 's order and Vitr.'s construction), Syr., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Beng., Herd., Kist., Greenf., Gerl., Lord, Stier, De W., Murd. ° For fiai rov Θιον, Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tiscb., read *. ©. dai[v] (A. B. ' α 16. /3 5.'). ' For άλ)?θιΐΌΐ.', Beng., Lachm., Words., Tisch., read oi άλ. (Α.); and this Bloomf. is 'now iuclined to receive, considering that internal evidence is in its favour, and that the article is required by propiiety of language.' But see 1 John 5 : 20, according to the common reading, which, saj'S AVin. (§ 19. 1. a), 'is by no means to be disregarded, since the later writers began in such a case to omit the article.' The ,^b^ence of the article, however, in the present instance is prfibubly that which led to the following variatious in the intcrpi elation of this clause : Vulg. (haec verba Dei vera sunt [and so Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., A''itr.] =: W., G., R., Kenr., these tcords of God be [are] true = French verss. [except Fr. S.] ces paroles de Dieu, sont veritables), Syr. (=: De D. Jiaec verba mea vera Dei [verba] sunt ; which is somewhat more exact than Murd. tfwse my [sayings'} are the true words of God), Germ, (diess sind xoahrhaftige IVorte Gotles) -j-Aret. ('sermones isti Dei veri sunt . . . duo praenuntiat, primum, quod veri sint, deinde quod Dei sint ;'-wliicli may have suggested Hengst.'s ' diese Worte sind wahrhaftig, [siud Worte] Gottes''), Brightm. (' These true words are the words even of God himself ... It is no strange matter to say, that the words of God are true ;'-and so Cocc. hi sermones veri sunt Dei, and Ziill. (' diese wahrhaften Worte sind Gottes [Worte]'). Stolz, Van Ess, Mey., (wahrh. Gottes- worte [-sprilche]). Ue W. {'diese Worle sind [die] wahrhaften [Worte] Gottes ;'-adding, however, that, but for the parallel ch. 21 : 5, Beng.'s explanation were to be preferred: Das sind die wahrhaften Worte Gottes ; ' that is,' says De W., ' the truth of God's words now shows itself ; oitoi being then the subject, as in 20: 5; Luke 24: 44, and pointing to the results mentioned in the immediate context.'). " E. v., 12 times out of 17 in this book, and generally else- where ;-W., G., R. ;-Latin verss. {verba ;-except Castal., dicta ; and Cocc. sermones). Syr. (as in v. 13), Germ. ( Worte), Dt. (woorden). It. (parole), French verss. (/ji/i-o/es) ;-Brightm., Dodd., Moldenh. (as Germ. ;-and so Herd., Kist., Gos.s., All., De W., Hengst., Ebr.), Wakef. and the later English verss. (except Sharpe, Words.). E. V. follows T., C. » For tTtitsov. Beng., Lachm., Treg., Words.. Tisch., read Xitisa. (' A. α 8. |3 2. Er.'). y E. v., ch. 22: 8, and 40 times elsewhere out of 47 (no- where else, a/) ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. (nn/e ;-except Castal., ad; and Cocc, coram), Syr., Germ, (ιόγ [z7i»] zu [seincn Fiissen']), Dt., It. (= Germ.), Fr. S. ;-Bnghtm., Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Wakef, Newc, AVoodh., Mey., Allw., All., Penn, Gerl., Sharpe, De AV., Treg., Hengst. (as Germ.) Kenr.. Ebr. • E. v., v. 9 ; kc. See ch. 10 : 9, N. h. REVELATION. 199 KING JAMES VERSION. brethren that have the testimony of Jesus : VForship God : for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy. 11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse : and he that sat upon him mis called Faithful and True, and in right- eousness he doth judge and make war. 12 His eyes wei-e as a flame of fire, and on his head tvere many crowns ; and he had a name vsritten, that no man knew, but he himself. 13 And he ivas clothed with a vesture dipped in blood : and GREEK TEXT. σον των βχοντων την μαρτυρίαν τοΰ Ίησοΰ• τω θβω ττροσκυνη- σον η γαρ μαρτυρία τοΰ Ιησού eVri το ττνβΰμα τήί ττροφητβιας. 11 ΚαΙ (Ιδον τον ονρανον άνβωγμίνον, καΐ Ιδον Ιττττο? λβν- /cof, καΐ 6 καθημ€νο9 (ττ αυτόν, καλούμΐνοί πιστοί καΐ αληθινοί, /cat iv δίκαωσνντι Kpivei κα\ ττο- AejLter 12 0L δε οφθαλμοί αυτού ώί φλοζ ττυρος, κα\ eVt Τ7]ν κεφαλήν αυτού διαδήματα ττολλα• εγων όνομα γίγραμμενον Ό ουδείί οιδβν €1 μη αύτοί• 1 3 /cat ΤΓβριβεβλημίνοί ϊματιον βββαμμίνον αίματί• και καλείται REVISED VERSION. am •a fellow-servant "with "thee, and ""with thy brethren that have the testimony of 'Jesus : wor- ship Grod ; for the testimony of 'Jesus is the spirit of prophecy. 11 And I saw heaven "Opened, and behold a white horse,» and he that sat upon him, ' called Faithful and True ; and in right- eousness he 'judgeth and ^maketh 12 "Έηί his eyes were as a flame of fire, and 'upon his head iverc many 'diadems ; i he had ^ a name written, that no 'one "knoweth, but he himself;" 13 And he was clothed with a "garment pdyed iwith blood ; * The construction by means of a personal pronoun is re- tained by W. ;-Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Scott, Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, De W., Trcg., Kenr., Ebr. Of these, Thorn., Sharpe, Treg., employ the definite article in rendering evvS. *■ W. (in the first instance) ;-Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Thom. (q/";-and so Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kenr. But this introduces a slight ambiguity.), Scott {to), Allw., Greenf. (i). That tuv άδίλφών (is not governed by άς understood, as might be in- ferred from E. Λ'. and others, and as is clearly expressed by a corresponding supplement in T., C, G., Pagn., Eichh., Wakef , ZuU., Gerl., Ebr.; though Ebr.'s Comment, proceeds on the other construction ; but) depends, like aov, upon aivhcns^oi, is variously represented also in Fr. G.,-M., Ell., Words., by the repetition of awS. ; in Moldenh., All., by its transference to the end of the sentence ; and in Fr. S., by the substitution for it of the demonstrative pronoun. ' The first tov is cancelled by Beng., JIatth., Mey., Lachm., Treg., AVords., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. 'a IS. β 5. Compl.;' and the second tov also by the same (except Matth.). on the authority of A. B. '12. 14. 10. 36. 91. 92. Er.' In both instances Bloomf. pronounces the authority ' strong.' ^ For avti^^., Beng., Lachm., Treg., Tiscb., read ψια^/μ. (Ά. 42**.'). • See ch. C : 8, X. i. &c. Here χαλού.αί >ό5 is given as a par- ticiple without a copula, by Syr. ;-Cocc., "Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Hengst. ' Of English verss. that retain the pre.sent tense, the aux- iliary form is avoided by W.. G , R. ;-Biightni., Dodil., Wesl., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Mui-d » See ch. 1 : 13, N. h, &c " See ch. 1 : 14, N. i, &c. In here disregarding the U, E. V. follows T., C. ' For upon, see ch. 9 : 7, N. d, &c. ;— for diadems, see ch. 12 : 3, N. k. i R. ;-Yulg., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat, Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Dodd., Herd., Woodh., Mey., Allw., All., Stu., Lord, Kenr. ;— many of these also retaining the participial form, which in English, however, involves an ambiguity. Comp. ch. 21 : 12, N. k. "< Between (χ,^ν and hi ομα. Matth. and Tisch. insert the words OTOjiiafa ysypajn/iira xal ('B. α 17. β 2. Compl. Syr.'). 1 See lJohn4: 12, N. y, &c '» Comp. ch. 2 : 17, N. v, and see Jude 5, N. i. The force of the present is given here by R. ;-Latin verss. (7ioyi7;-except Vitr., intelUgit), Syr., It., Fr. G. and M. (a connu), Fr. S. ;- Daub., B. and L., Beng. and later German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dodd., Wesl., Wa.kef , Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Treg., Kenr. " See ch. 1 : 13, N. h, &c ° See ch. 3 : 5, N. m. ρ Comp. E. v.. Is. 03: 1. In the other two places (Luke 16: 24; -John 13: 26), in which βαΛϊω occurs in the N. T., E. V. properly renders it, to dip. But here, where not the process but the apparent result ('as if it had been dipped, steeped, in blood') is regarded, the secondary sense of the word is the more suitable. Comp. the tl'/xafa βιβαμμένα of Herod. 7. 07. and other examples cited by the lexicons.— Dt. (geverwd), It. (///(ία). French verss. (use /emi) ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., Ew.. Rou., (use iinctus), Engl. Ann. ('or, dyed'). Ben?.. Stier, (gefiirbet), Guyse ('ail over stained . . . dved'), Heinr. {iitficium), Stu., Lord, Ebr. (gelrankt) i-Vas. {intingo;-aiid 200 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. his name is called The Word of God. 14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations : and he shall rule them with a rod of iron : and he treadeth the vidne- press of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God. 16 And he hath on his ves- ture and on his thigh a name GREEK TEXT. TO όνομα αντον, Ό Aoyoy του θίον. 14 Και τα στρατ€νματα eV τω ονρανώ ηκολουθ€ΐ αύτω e'0 ΐτπτοις AevKOii, ίν8ί8νμ€νοι βυσσινον XevKov Kcu καθαρον. 15 και ΐκ τοΰ στόματος αυτόν ίκτΓορβυ^ται ρομφαία οζβΐα. Ίνα Ιν αυτή ττατασσί] τα βθνη• και αύτο9 7Γ0ΐμαν€Ϊ avTovs iv ραβδψ σιδηρά- καΐ αντοΫ ττατύ την λη- νον τον οίνου τοΰ θυμοΰ και της οργής τοΰ θίοΰ τοΰ τταντοκρα- τορος. 16 καΐ e'^et eVi το Ίματιον και ~ \ 3/ €7Γΐ τον μηρον αυτού το όνομα ye- RE VISED VERSION. and his name 'is called The Word of God. 14 And the armies ■ in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white 'and «pure. 15 And out of his mouth 'pro- ceedeth a sliaqi " sword, that witli it »he should smite the na- tions ; and he ^himself shall 'tend them with 'an iron rod ; and lie '^himself treadeth the '■winepress ''of the wine of the fierceness 'and 'the wrath of ""God the Al- miglity. 16 And he hath 'upon his 'gar- ment and 'upon his thigh ^the ' For χαλίΐϊαι, Matth., Mey., Lachra., Treg., Words., Tisch., read χίχλγιΐαι (' Λ. Β. α IG. β 3. Vulg. MS. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P.' — ' strong authority of MSS.,' says Bloomf., ' confirmed by in- ternal evidence.'). • Before iv all the recent editors insert fa (which is wanting only in B. • ο 5. β 2. y 2. Er.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated: which were. ' The xai is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the au- thority of A. B. 'a 22. β 5. y 2. Compl. \'ulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, but that and be retained as a supplement. Comp. ch. 15 : G, N. d. " Comp. V. 8. N. n. ' Seech. 1: IG, N. q, &c. " Between ;,ο/ιφαια and όξιΐα, Matth., Sch., Words., insert Si'ifo/ios (' B. α 2G. β G. y 3. Compl. Vulg. ed. [not Am.] Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.'). ' For Λα -taaay, all the recent editors read Ttara^y (A. B. ' α 25. β C. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : he might smite. Comp. ch. 20 : 3, N. i. J ' This mighty, divine Hero and Avenger ; known also as the Saviour of men, the crucified Lamb of God ; lie himself, alone (Is. 63 : 3).' See 1 John 1 : 7, N. x, &c., and comp. Mil- ton, P. L. vi. 801-823. ' See ch. 2: 27, N. r, &c. ' See ch. 2 : 27, N. s. '' E. V. so renders •κψό{ elsewhere (4 times). W. ( pressour of wine) ;-Dt. (tcijupe/sbak van den wijn) ;-Brightm., Ilamm., Daub., Wake(. {press of tlie . . wine ;-and so Woodh., Thom.), Lord. Foreign verss. generally retain the Greek construction, and translate T-r^voi by the same word as in ch. 14 : 19, 20. ' Of those who retain the reading and construction of our Text, the article is repeated by Dt., It., French verss. ;-Hamm., Allw. But all the recent editors cancel the χολ. on the au- thority of A. B. ' α 25. β 5. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Erp. Slav. MSS.' I recommend the adoption of this reading : of the wrath. 1 Seech. 4:8, N. k. ' Seech. 6: IG, N. b, &c. '' See ch. 3 : 5, N. m. ^ Of those who follow the reading of the Text, Dt., It., Fr. G., -M. ;-Cooc., ΛVelIs, B. and L., Moldenh., Herd., Wakef., Thom., express the to by a demonstrative pronoun ; — Fr. S., by the definite article. But all the recent editors (except Sch.) cancel the to. on the authority of A. B. ' α 24. β 6. y 2. Compl.' I re- commend that, in accordance with this reading, the version stand as in E. V. : a. so Leigh., Schuttg. ; the former adding: 'It is taken from the dyer's vat, and is a dyeing, or giving a fresh colour, and not a bare washing only.'), Schleus. (as Erasm.)^ Bretsch. (colore inficio), Wahl {as Beng.), Rob. {to dip, to dye), Green. There is nothing in the usage to warrant the aspersa, sprinkled, be- sprenget, of the Vulg. and its followers — a license, .suggested probably by Is. 63: 3, and adopted only by Syr., Germ. ;- Eichh. [cotispersa] ; Schirl. See N. q. 1 See N. p. In the Sept. and elsewhere βαΛΐω is commonly construed with a'i or Iv prefixed to the thing into or in which. In Luke 16: 24 it is followed by the genitive of the material; here, by the instrumental dative (Hom., Batrach. 233 ίβαΛπ^ο 8' aifiaft λίμνη ; Joseph.. Ant. 3. G. 1. i'pi;caf xai iopa; Λροβάΐαν, xai τάς μιν ναχίνθψ βιβαμμίναζ, TOj if ^oiVixi), and so it is treated by all the Protestant authorities cited in N. p, besides the Vulg., &c. REVELATION. 201 KING JAMES VERSIOX. written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS. 17 And I saw an angel stand- ing in the sun ; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls tha.t fly in the midst of heaven, Come, and gather your- selves together unto the supper of the great God ; 18 That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of cap- tains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, loth free and bond, both small and great. 19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat GREEK TEXT. γραμμίνον, Βασιλεύς βασιλέων καΐ Kvptoi κυρίων. 17 Kai eiSou eva άγγβλον ίστώτα iv τώ ήλίω• και βκραζβ φωνϊ] μξγαλγ), λίγων ττασι vols opveois τοις ττετωμίνοίς eV μβσου- ρανηματι, Aevre και συναγίσθβ eh το SeiTTvov του μεγάλου θεού, 18 'ίνα ψαγητβ σάρκας βασι- λέων, καΐ σάρκας γ^ίλιαρχων, καΐ σάρκας ισγυρων, και σάρκας ιττ- ττων καΐ των καθήμενων εττ αυτών, και σάρκας πάντων, ελευθέρων καΙ δούλων, καΐ μικρών και μεγάλων. 19 Και είδον το θηρίον, και τους βασιλείς της γης, καΐ τα στρατεύματα αυτών συνηγμενα τΓΟίησαι πόλεμον μετά του καθη- REVISED VERSION. name written : ''King of kings and Loi'd of lords. 17 And I saw 'an angel stand- ing in the sun ; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the ■'birds that "fly in 'mid-heaven : Come, "'and gather yourselves together unto "the supper of the great God ; IS That ye may eat ° flesh of kings, and ° flesh of pchief cap- tains, and ° flesh of mighty men, and ° flesh of horses and of ithose that sit on 'thera, and ° flesh of all, ' free and bond, 'and small and great. 19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and "their armies, gathered together to "■ See ch. 17 : 5, N. a. ' JNIatth. cancels the cva. on the authority of • B. α IC. β 5. γ 2. Syr.' i E. v., ch. 18: 2;-W., R. ;-Daub., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allsv., Penn, Lord. Kenr. Excepting the Latin, foreign verss. generally employ the same word as in ch. 18 : 2. E. V. follon-s T., C, G. " Seech. 4: 7, N. d. 1 See ch. 8 : 13, N. o. ■" For xai emayiBBe (not. as Bloomf. intimates, for euwy. alone), all the recent editors read amaxOr^-tt (A. B. 'a 28. β 7. 7 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. .1™. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : gather yourselves together. ° For tov με•/ά•Κον, all the recent editors read τό μέγα [Matth. tov /tlyof] tov (A. B. 'a 25. β 5. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Erp. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and, in connection with ro SiItCvov and Θίοϊ;, translated : the great supper (f God. " For omitting these articles, one or more, .see W., C. ;-It. (which is able also, like the Latin verss. and Fr. S., to retain the plural form of the noun) ;-Berl. Bib., Wakef. (marks them all as supplied), Woodh., Stolz Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Ebr. ρ Ε. v., ch. 6: 15, and 18 times elsewhere out of 20;-T., C, G.. {high capt.-j-and so E. V.. Mark G: 21);-Germ. (Haiipt- leute) ;- Wells, Dodd. (commaiiilers ;-and so Newc. Woodh., Kenr.), Wesl., Thom. (generals). Treg., Hengst. (as Germ). The etymological force, captains or rulers of thousands, is preserved by Syr., Dt., Ilamm., Mey. (Chiliarchen), Allw., Stu., Lord, Murd. Barn. : ' The word colonel would better convey the idea with us ; as he is the commander of a regiment, and a regiment is usually compo.sed of about a thousand men.' The same word is employed by Daub, in the commentary. 1 Seech. 2:2, N.h,&c. "■ For avtuv, Lachm. reads aviOvj (' A. 14. 92.'). • For the omission of men (which the original edition of E. V. did not mark as supplied), see E. V., ch. 13: 16; Ac. ;- (W., T., C, G., R., construe ηάντι^ν immediately with ίλ. and δούλ. [as do also many foreign and modern English verss.], and add men to each of these two latter terms ; which, indeed, G. and R. and many others treat, one or both, as substan- tives) ;-foreign verss. generally ;- Wells, Daub., Dodd., Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Words., Murd., Kenr. For the omission of the supplemental both, see almo.st all ver-ss., that follow the reading of our Text. But all the recent editor-s, after έλευβ.. insert ti (to which Hengst. objects as not found elsewhere in this book, but which is here sustained by A. B. 'a 18. β 7. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted: both. (Ch. 1 : 2, N. f should have contained a refer- ence to this reading.) t W., T., C, G., R.;-Dt., Fr. S. ;-Beng., Moldenh., Allw., Hengst., Murd., Ebr. For xai μ-ιχρ-, Matth., Sch., Tisch., read xai μιχρ. te ('a 21. β G. Compl. Slav. MSS.' B. also adds ti, but omits xai [omitted also in '9. 14. 30. 3G. 47. 92. Compl. Slav. MSS.'], and this reading, μιχρ. tt, is edited by Words.). " For avtuv, Lachm. and Treg. read aitav (Ά. 6. 11.'). 26 202 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. on the horse, and against his army. 20 And the beast was taken, and with him the flilse prophet that wronght miracles before him, with wliich he deceived them tliat liad received the mark of the beast, and them that wor- shipped his image. These both wen; cast alive into a lake of lire burning with brimstone. 21 And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sicord pro- ceeded out of his mouth : and all the fowls wei'e filled with their flesh. CHAP. XX. And I saw an angel come GREEK TEXT. μίνον eVi τον Ίτητου, και μ€τα του στρατ€νματοί αντον. 20 καΐ ζΤΓίασθη το θηρών, και μβτα τούτον 6 ψίνδοττροφητηί ό Ίτοίησας τα σημΰα ζνωπων αυτοί), ev οί? eirXavrjae τονς λαβονταί το χάραγμα του θηρίου, κα\ tovs ττροσκυνοΰντας τη ύκονι αυτόν- ζώντβς ίβληθησαν οι δυο eli την Χ'ιμνην τον irvpos την καιομίνην iv τω θ€ίΟ). 21 κα\ οΊ λοίΤΓΟί άτΓίκτανθη- σαν iv τη ρομφαία τον καθημΐνον eVi τον Ιττιτον, τη (κτΓορίυομΐνη ίκ του στόματος αΰτου• καΙ πάντα τα bpvea ΐχορτασθησαν e'/c των σαρκών αυτών. CHAP. XX. ΚΑΙ βίδον άγγξλον καταβαι- REVISED VERSION. make ' war ^with him that sat on the horse, and «with his anny. 20 And the beast was taken, and "with him the false prophet that ''did the ''signs before him, with which he deceived 'those 'who had received the mark of tlie beast, and " who worshipped his image. 'They 'two were cast alive into ''the lake of fire 'which burneth with brimstone. 21 And the 'rest were 'killed with the sword of him that sat "on the horse, which sword 'pro- ceeded out of his month : and all the -"birds were filled with their flesh. CHAP. XX. And I saw an angel "descend- down from heaven, having the, j,oz/ra e'/c roi ού/οαί'οΰ, «χοι/τα r7)i^|i"S ^^^ l^^aven, having the ''key ' Matth., Lachm.. Treg., Words., Tisch., insert top (A. B. 'al2. β4.'). « See ch. 2 : 16, N. q. ' For μιια lOvroD ό, Beng. and Lachm. read μιι' airoi i (which De W. also prefers); Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mej., Sch., Ilahn, Bloomf., Wonls., Ti.sch., Theile. read ό μιΐ' aitoi ; Treg., who at first agreed with Beng., now seems ('he who was with him, the false prophet') to read ό μα' αΟϊοί ύ, as Blooraf also formerly edited. The evidence stands thus: Όί fitf' ανϊοϋ ό Α. 41. μιτ' avtov i 14. 37. 38. 49**. Compl. Vulg. Slav, ό μιΐ avtoi' Β. 'α 18. β 5.' J Seech. IC: 14, Ν. ρ, &c. • See ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c., and 1 : 5, N. v, &c. " Seech. 10:2, N.j. i- E. v., Matt. 19: 5; Mark 10: 8; Eph. 5: 31;-Beng., Herd., Mey., De W., Ebr., (d!e;-for Luth.'s diexe), AWw.. Stu.^ Lord, Murd. oi δύο is in Dodd. bolli of them; in Wakef., simply both. ' E. v., Matt. 19: 5 and Mark 10: 8 (twain.) ; Eph. 5: 31;- W. {twain), K. ;-Vulg., Dt., It. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Castal., Wesl., Herd., Newc, Woodh., Mey., AUw., All., Penn, Lord. Kenr., Ebr. '' E. v., everywhere else ; 4 times in the same relation in this book. Here it follows Ϊ., C. G., no doubt because the object is here first mentioned. But the article is none the less proper, but rather the more forcible on that very account, as marking what is in itself eminent and unique, the existence of which ma3^ be assumed as known to all who know the terrors of the Lord. Midd. : ' It heems to be spoken of as a well-known name for a place of punishment.' "W"., R. ;-German and French verss.. Dt., It. ;-Daub. and the later English (e.xcept Newc). ' The relative construction is adopted by E. V., ch. 21 : 8; &c. ;-German verss., Dt. ;-Cocc., A'itr., Dodd., AUvv., Stu., Ell., Lord. Treg.. Murd. Lachm. reads ri-f χαίομίνής ('A.'). ' Seech. 11:13, N.k. ^ Seech. 2: 13, N. c, &c. " See ch. 3 : 10, N. d, &c. * ' For ixytop.. all the recent editors except Bloomf read ίξΛθούϋ-τ] (Ά. Β. α 28. β 0. y 2. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : came forth. 1 Seev. 17, N.j. « Seech. 10: 1, N. a, &c. i• Bloomf.: 'The recent editors all read x^kiiv, from alnio.st all the best MSS.' (A. B. Ό 25. /3 2. Compl.'). Comp. ch. 3 : 7, N. o. REVELATION. 203 KING JAMES VERSION. key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. 2 And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years. 3 And cast him into the bot- tomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand yeai-s should be fulfilled ; and after that he must be loosed a little season. 4 And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judg- ment was given unto them : and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of GREEK TEXT. /cAetSa της αβύσσου, κα\ αλυσιν μβγάλην eVt Τ7]ΐ^ Χ'^ψ^ αυτού. 2 και Ικρατησζ τον δράκοντα, τον οφιν τον άρχαΐον, ό? €στι διάβολος καΐ Σατανάς, καΐ βδησβν αύτον -χίλία €τη, 3 /cat ί'βαλβν αύτον βις την αβυσσον, καΐ ϊκλβισεν αυτόν, και ΐσφραγισβν βττανω αυτού, Ινα μη ττλανησγ) τα βθνη ίτι, αγβί τβ- λ€σθη τα χ/λία ίτη• καΐ μ€τα ταύτα δβΐ αύτον λυθήναι μικρόν χρονον. 4 ICal βίδον θρόνους, κα\ ξκα- θισαν €7γ' αύτους, καΐ κρίμα εδόθη αύτοΐς• καΐ τας ψύχρας των neire- λ€κισμ€νων δια την μαρτυρίαν 'Ιησού, και δια τον λογον τού θίού, και ο'ίτινβς ου ττροσεκυνη- REVISED VERSION. of the 'abyss, and a great chain ■^upon his hand. 2 And he laid hold on the dragon, =that old serpent, which is the Devil and ' Satan, and bound him a thousand years, 3 And cast him into the abyss, and "shut him up, and '^set a seal "over him, that he 'might ' deceive the nations no more, till the thousand j'ears Hvere 'finish- ed ; "'and after "these he must be loosed a little "time. 4 And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judg- ment was given unto them ; and I saw the souls of pthose '' be- headed for the testimony of Je- sus, and for the word of God, ' See ch. 9 : 1, X. c. ^ There is no necessity for sa3ing with Bloomf. : '■ iitS, τψ Xiifia is put for £11 ty ztipi, Ά very unusual idiom.' On the contrary, it is more natural to conceive of the 'great chain' as resting on, and depending from, the angel's hand. See ch. 5 : 1, ' N. a, &a. ' For tbv o^iv Tfm ap;iaiOr, Lachm., Tisch., Theile, read ϋ ϋ^ίς υ α^^χαίος (' Α.'). "■ Before Σατ•., Lachm., Treg., Words., Bloomf.. Tisch., Theile, insert ύ (A. Β. 'α 14. Compl.') ; and, after it, Matth. adds the words, ϋ Λλανων τψ οίχονμίνην ολην ('Β. α 26. Compl. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'). ^ Comp. ixxiiasv aitov with Sept. 1 Sam. 23 : 20. But all the recent editors cancel the av-tov (which arose, Hengst. thinks, from supposing that ijtavu aitoi refers only to ϊβψρά- ytoii•), on the authority of A. B. 'a 27. β 5. y 2. Compl. A^ulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that ΐχλιιβι xai i οφράγ. be then trans- lated: slmt and sealed. T. and C. follow the Erasmian ί8η<ιιν (' 3. 12.') for ΐχ -Kciacv. >" E. v., Matt. 27 : 37 ; &c. ;-R. (for super of the Vulg. and other Latin verss., except Castal. insuper) ;-Germ. (oben dar- a?i/";-for irt. ait.), Dt. (boven). It. (sopra), Fr. S. (aii-dessus de) ;-Berl. Bib. (oben iiber), Beng. and later German verss. (jt&er;-except Moldenh., as Germ.), Gill, Wakef., Woodh.. AUw., Penn. Erroneously Barn. : ' Or, rather, upon it — ΐκάνω αυτοί ;' — a version grammatically impossible, though taken, along with the explanation attached, from Stu. For έΛ. air., A. reads ίμμεvCJζ avtov. ' Guy.se, Dodd., We.sl., Wakef., Newc, Thora., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd. For 7t%avr,ay. Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Me)•., Soh., Treg., Words., Bloomf., Tisch., read «λάκα (Β. ' α 28. β 5. Compl.'). J Blcioraf. : ' For vulg. to. ϊθνη ttt, all the recent editors read cti to, ίθιιη (A. B. 'a 24. (3 5. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the ver.sion stand thus : no more deceive the nations. '' W., R.. (&e;-tho Vulg. being cnnsummentur), T., C, G.;- Dodd., Wakef., Thom., Sharpe, Kenr. {as R.). 1 E. v., V. 5 ; and see ch. 15 : 1, N. c. ■" The xai is bracketed by Knajip. and ciincelled by Beng., Matth., Mey., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. ' α 11. β 3. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Syr.' ■■ The tavta is rendered by a plural form, referring to Χτίη, by Castal., Moldenh., Woodh., Allw., Stu., Lord. " See ch. 2 : 21, N. m and 6 : 11, N. d. ρ Seech. 2:2, Ν. h, kc. 1 See ch. 6: 9, N. t. Here, of English verss., the participial form Is retained by W., R. ;-Stu. A reference to the etymolo- gical sense of rtfXfxi'C". to cut, or cut off, with an a.ve or hatchet, is preserved by Dt. marg. ;-Pagn., Bcz., Par., Cocc, Vitr., Beng., Woodh., Scott, Allw. 204 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. God, and wliicli had not wor- sliipped tlie beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark, upon their foreheads, or in their liands ; and they lived and reigned witii Christ a thousand years. 5 But tlie rest of tlie dead lived not again until the thou- GREEK TEXT. σαν τω θηρίω, ούτ€ τβ (Ικοιί αν- RE VISED VERSION. and '•who worshipped not "and the τοΰ, καΐ ούκ eXaBov το νάραναα i l^^ast, "nor liis 'image, «aud • re- , V V / , „ '^ V , V ceived «not "the mark, upon €7Γΐ το^ μ^τωτΓον αυτών, /cat €7Γί ,^ι^^^^. .forehead and nipon their την χΰρα αυτών κα\ ίζησαν, κα\ -hand ; and they lived and (βασίλευσαν μβτα Χρίστου χίλια reigned with Christ ^-a thousand βτη• I years. OL δελ I 'But the rest of the dead oiTTOt των νβκρων ουκ ο •■lived not ""again ■'until the thou- ■■ See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. Looking merely at the structure of tlie verse, we are at liberty to regard the oiVivfj ov Λροαιχ- xfK. as, 1., a larger designalion, including the ΛιΛΛίχι,ομίροι (Aret. : 'Latius cxplicat, qui isti sint teste.s.' Ebr. : 'Who, then, are they who sit upon the throne.s ? First and foremost, the martyrs . . . ; then secondly, all in general, who have not &c. ... all out of all periods, who have been faithful to Christ . . . aJl the regnnerale.'') ; or, 2., as a separate, addi- tional class (Bez., Brightm., Par., Cocc, Wells, Vitr., Daub., Beng., Gill, Newt., Herd., Eichh., Newc, Ew., Mey., Jones, Lord, De W., Hengst. ;-most of whom refer ΛίΛίΧιχ. especially to the martyrs under imperial Rome, o'i-tivii to the confessors of later times.); and, on either view, oiVtrts might retain its force as a compound relative, whosoever (AVells, Woodh., Allw., Scholef, Bloomf., Ell., Lord). But the intimation in ch. 13: 1.5, that all who refused to worship the beast suffered death (i-omp. also ch. G: 11) seems rather to favour the idea, that, if the two classes are not, 3., identical (Syr. = Murd. these [are] they who. T., C G., Fr. M., B. and L., All., render oiV. by a simple relative, and omit the preceding xai. Grot.: 'illud xai o'itipti est quasi dicas, q2ii iidem.''), then, 4., the second may be in- cluded in the first (Treg. : 'The parallel to this sentence in Greek construction is found in Rev. 1:7. In each case there is a general statement followed by xai οίη,νες; not as some class added to the general statement; but as expressing some, who, while included in the general term, are brought into an especial prominence.' lie errs, however, in asserting, that ' the grammar of the sentence .shews this.'). — Of tho.se who in translation retain both the xa.1 and the participial form of ΛίΛίλίχίαμίνων, the oiVti'f; is given, as above, by a simple rela- tive, in R, ;-Vulg,, Germ. ;-Eiasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Greenf., Stu., Hengst., Ebr. The E. V. treatment of the two clauses appears in Dt., It., Fr. G. ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Beng., Dodd., Moldenh., Wakef., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Before οί'ίινίς, a de- monstrative pronoun in the accusative (t/iose) governed by fZSoK, is supplied by W. ;-Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Beng. and Hengst. (in their Comment.), Wesl., Newc, Treg. :— a demonstrative in the genitive ('/ those), governed by ■ί^χάί, is supplied by Vitr., Eichh., Ew., Allw., De W., Words. ■ The historical time is given by E. V. in the preceding clause, and here by \\ ., G. (in the first instance, did worship), R. ;-\Vakef., Sharpe, Stu. (did w. . . . did receive), Words. No Latin version uses the pluperfect, except Par. and Vitr. ' For τψ θηρίφ, JIatth., Griesb.j Sch., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., read to θηρίον (A. B. ' α 18. β 3.' Comp. ch. 13: 4, N. q, &c and 15, N. z; also ch. 14: 7, 9, 11 ; &c). " R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc. (or), Woodh. and the later verss. (except Treg., Words.). For ov-rt, Beng., Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words.. Tisch., read ov&i (A. B. 'a 16. β 3.'). ' For ty iixoi'i, Beng.. Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., read τψ lixam (A. B. Ό 18. β 2. Er.'). " Syr., German verss. (except All. ; the l^ulg. being nee), Dt., It., French verss. ;-Cocc., Vitr., Daub., Dodd,, Wakef,, Woodh,, Allw., Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg. =■ Dt, Fr. S.;-Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Scott, Mey., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, De W., Treg., Murd., Ebr. The Vulg. ejit 12. 1,').J Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, aud translated : till, as in v. 3. REVELATION. 205 KIXG JAMES VERSION. sand 3'ears were finished. This is the first resurrection. 6 Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrec- tion : on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thou- sand yeai'S. 7 And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, 8 And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quartei's of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together GREEK TEXT. άνέζησαν €ω$• τίλίσθ^ τα -χείλια ί'τη. αυτή η άναστασίί η ττρωτη. G Μακάρωί και άγιος ο €)(ων μίρος iv Trj άναστασ€ΐ Trj TrpoiTrj- eVl τούτων 6 θάνατος ο 8evTep09 ουκ evei Ιζουσίαν, άλλ έσονται lepeis του Θίου καΐ του Χρίστου, καΐ βασιλεΰσουσι μβτ αύτου χί- λια βτη. 7 ΚαΙ Όταν τξλβσθί] τα χίλια €τη, λυθησβται 6 Σατανάς €Κ της φυλακής αύτοΰ, 8 κα\ βξβλβυσζται ττλανησαι τα ΐ'θνη τα eV ταΐς τβσσαρσι γω- ν'ιαις της γης, τον Γωγ κα\ τον Μαγωγ, συναγαγύν αυτούς εις REVISED VERSION. sand years ^should be finished. This is ^the first resurrection. 6 Ble^ed and holj^ is he that hath part in ''the first resurrec- tion : 'over Jfliese ''the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and ''shall reign "with him a thousand years. 7 And 'when the thousand 3'^ears are -"finished, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, .^^^^ 8 And shall go "foi'th to de- ceive the nations which are in the four "corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to ρ battle : the number ' • They lived not, till &c.' = ' they continued in the state of death, and were so to continue, till &c.' — E. V., v. 3 ;-W., G., R.. (oe);-Vulg. (consummentur), It. (fossero). Ft. G.-M., (sort), Fr. S. (/lissere?) ;-Erasm., Tat., (as Vulg.), Castal. (^forenl), Par. (complerentur), Cocc. {finirentur). B. and L. {soient). Herd, (icoren ;-for Luth.'s wurden), Wooah., Lord, Stier and Ebr. {wiirden), AVin., De W., ('sein werden, nicht uaren^), Words, {are; having, like Fr. G. and M., introduced the pres- ent tense at ίζ^ι^αν, as G., and B. and L., do the future.). ^ See 1 -John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. Here the ή . . . ij, which is imitated by the Syr. and Grecnf., is given by a demonstrative pronoun in T.. C, G.;-Vat. ; and the advisablencss of this rendering in the present instance depends somewhat on the truth of Stu.'s suggestion (in which very many concur) : ' It seems to me, that the passage before us is not the only one in the Scriptures which teaches or intimates, that there will be a first and a second resurrection. ... I refer the reader to Phil. 3: 8-11; Luke 14: 14; Is. 26: 19; 1 Cor. 15: 23, 24; 1 Thess. 4 : 16.' (To which have been added such passages as Ps. 1:5; 49: 14; Is. 26: 14; Dan. 12: 2; Luke 20: 35, 36. In the last of these references is found the formula, η avaataeit η i» vsxpCjv, which again occurs in Acts 4:2; conip. Phil. 3 : 11. and 1 Pet. 1 : 3.) 'In particular does Paul seem, by his αΛαρ;^); . . . trtfira . . . ίΐΐα, in 1 Cor. 15: 23, 24, to have ad- verted to a first and second resurrection.' >■ See V. 5, N. g, &c. For i θάν. ό Βεύί. (Matth. 10: 28 comp. Luke 12 : 5), which Bloomf. marks as a reading ' thought to need alterations,' all the other recent editors substitute Sivffpos eavatos (A. B. 'a 22. β 5. Compl.'). ' E. v., ch. 2: 26; 11: 6; and generally, in this relation, elsewhere (comp. ch. 5 : 10, N. pp, &c.) ;-German verss. (iiber), Dt. {over), It. (sopra) i-Wesl, Wakef., Woodh., Thom., AUw., Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. i A demonstrative or a personal pronoun is here employed by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Luth.'s sokhe) ;-Wesl. and the later English (except Newc, Stu.). E. V. follows T., C, G. I" Of recent editors, Words, alone reads βααιλίύοναί (comp. ch. 5: 10, N. p) after Α.. -intimating that the Millennial period was be^'un in St. .John's age'! and Matth. alone leads μιτα ϊαίϊα ('α 14.'). I For oral' ^Λιαθζ, Matth. and Mey. read μιΐά (•Β. α16. βό. Arm. Slav. MS.'). ■» See T. 3, N. 1, &c. ° See ch. 6 : 4, N. m. " E. v., ch. 7: 1, and elsewhere (7 times) ;-W., R.;-foreign verss. (except Germ.), Hamm., Daub, and the later English (except Newc, Words.). (Comp. Shakspere, Merch. of Ven. ii. 7, and elsewhere ; also Milton, Par. Reg. iv. 415 : ' the four hinges of the world.') E. V. follows T., C, G. ρ Before λ6χ., Matth., Sch., Lachm., Treg., Words., Bloomf., Tisch., insert tiv (A. B. 'a 20. (3 3. Compl.'). of which De W. approves as = the noted (Words, 'the great'), while Ilengst. would understand it, if genuine, as used 'generically', without affecting the sense. Perhaps it might rather be considered as implying, that \vhat Satan now meditated was simply a re- newal and continuation of the hostilities, which had been inter- rupted by the defeat recorded in ch. 19: 20, and by his own arrest. Bloomf. strangely misconceives the matter, when he says : ' The reference, though latent, is traceable, viz. " the war which had been stirred up by the artful deceit of Satan between Gog and Magog." ' 20G REVELATION. KIXG JAMES VERSION. to battle : the miinber of whom is as the sand of the sea. 9 And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and com- passed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them. 10 And the devil that deceiv- ed them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet ore, and shaU be tormented day and niorht for ever and ever. saw a great white 11 And I throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away ; and there was found no place for them. GREEK TEXT. ΤΓολίμον, ων ό αριθμοί ώ? η άμ- μθ9 τηί θαλασσή?. 9 κα\ άνίβησαν Ittl το ττλατοί τηί γηί, καΐ (κύκλωσαν την ττα- ρβμβολην των άγιων, κα\ την ττο- λιν την ήγαπημ^νην και κατίβη ττνρ άτΓο τον θίον €κ του ουρανού, καΐ κατίφαγίν αϋτονς• 10 καΧ ο δίάβολοί ό πλάνων αυτούς Ιβληθη els την λιμνην του ττυροί καΐ θΐίου, οττου το θηρίον και ο ψβυδοττροφητηί• καΐ βασα- νισθησονται ήμίρας κα\ νυκτός €ί? τους αΙώνας των αΙωνων. 11 Κα), βίδον θρονον λίυκον μίγαν, καΐ τον καθημενον βττ αυ- τού, ου άτΓΟ ττρυσωτΓου βφυγξν ή γη καΐ 6 ουρανός, και τοπος ου-^ (ύρεθη αΰτοΊς. REVISED VERSION. ■Of whom is as the sand of the sea. 9 And they went up ■'iqion the breadth of the earth, and ■encompassed the camp of the saints, and the beloved city : and 'there came down fire " from God out of heaven, and devoured them ; 10 And the devil that deceiΛ'- ed them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where "are "the beast and the false prophet ; «and >they shall be tormented day and night mnto the ages of the ages. 11 And I saw «a great white throne, and him that sat on «it, from " whose face '' fled the earth and the heaven, and 'no place was found for them. 1 After α^ίβμός, all the recent editors add an idiomatic ούϊώι-ίΆ. B. al9. p4.'). ■• See ch. 5 : 1, N. a. ,tc. R. ;-Brightm.. Dodd., Xewc, Allw. Stu., {over), Wakef. {to), Lord {on to), Kenr. Comp. Rob., s. ϊΛί, III. a, b. ■ W. {environed), R. {compassed) ;-Brightm. {as /?.), Davib., Guyse, Dodd. {surrounded ;-3Λΐά so AVcsl., Wakef., Xewc. Woodh., Thom., Penn, Stu., Lord), Allw., Sharpe {encircled), Ell. {encomp. . . . about), JIurd., Kenr. For ixχ. Compl.'). ' Nothing is supplied by II. ;-Tulg., Syr., Germ.. Dt. ;- Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr.. Beng.. TToodh., Lord, Ilengst., Kenr. A demonstratiye pronoun is supplied by Fr. S. ;-Thom., Ebr. i It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., AUw., Greenf , Penn, Gerl., Stu., Lord, Treg.. Murd. ' It, Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Greenf, Gerl., Lord, Murd. " Comp. ch. 10: 6, N. v. Thom., Murd.. But, for ίι> air»; νεχρούί, all the recent editors (except Beng., Bloomf.) read (not, as Bloomf. saj'S. «/εχρον; ίν αύτ^, but) i/fxpois tovi iv airy (A. B. ■a 20. /3 4.'). And so. for in ai-toif vixpovf in the next clause, they all (e.xcept Bloomf) reail (not, as Bloomf again says, vtx. εν avTotj, but) vsxpohs tovs iv aitoli (A. B. 'a 17. β 3. ίαν-ίΖν νεχροϋί Compl.'). I recommend that both readings be adopted, and in each case translated : dead that were. For that (2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f), see W., R.;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Allw., Treg., Kenr. Lord has who. " See ch. 1 : 18, N. x. " E. v., ch. 2 : 23 ; 5 : 8 ; G : II ; &c. ;-W. (for ϊχ.. has each), R. ;-Daub. and later English verss. (except that Wakef. is as W.). No foreign version has anything answering to man. " For aituv, Words, reads avtoi (B. 'a 10. β 2.'). ρ See ch. 1 : 18, N. x. ' For iat. ο SfvT•. θάν., all the recent editors (except Beng. and Bloomf read ό θάν. ΰ Biv-t. iat. (A. B. 'a 16. β 3. y 2.' 4 cursive MSS. and Compl. have ίβτ•.^ θάν. 6 &ενί.). ' Excepting Beng.. Griesb., Bloomf.. all the recent editors add the words, η λίμνη του τίνρόί (Α. Β. 'α 24. β 3. γ 2. Compl. A'ulg. MS. [.li».J ΤοΙ. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'— 'good grounds,' says Bloomf. ; 'but internal evidence is by no means in their favour.'). I recommend that the note: 'Many add: the lake of fire,^ appear in the margin. ' Seech. 14: 11, N. c. ' For tri βίβλ^, Matth. reads t^ βιβλίφ (Β. 'α 17. β 3.'). 208 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. CHAP. XXI. And I saw a new lieaven and a new earth : for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away ; and there was no more sea. 2 And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. 3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven, sajnng, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God. GREEK TEXT. CHAP. XXI. ΚΑΙ elSou ovpavov κωνον και γην καιι^ην ο γαρ ττρώτος ουρα- νοί Koi η ττρωτη γη τταρηλθβ, και ή θάλασσα ουκ ίστίν en. 2 Κα\ ίγω Ιωάννης eiSov την ■πολιν την άγίαν, Ιερουσαλήμ καινην καταβαίνουσαν άττο τοΰ θβοΰ e'/c τοΰ ουρανού, ητοιμασμ.<ί- νην ώ? νυμφην κίκοσμημίνην τω άνδρΐ αύτηί. 3 καΙ ή'κουσα φωνής μεγάλης Ικ τοΰ ονρανοΰ, λίγουσης, Ίδου η σκηνή του feou μβτα των αν- θρώπων, Kca σκηνωσει μ€Τ αυ- τών καΙ αύτοΙ λαοί αυτοΰ έσον- ται, κα\ αυτός ο θβος βσται μβτ αυτών, θβος αυτών. REVISED VERSION. CHAP. XXI. And ι saw a new heaven and a new earth : for the first heaven and the first earth "have passed away, and ''the sea 'is no more. 2 And ''I John ■'saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, 'descending ffrom God out of heaven, pro- pared as a bride adorned for her husband. 3 And I heard a ^loud voice out of ''heaven, saying : Behold, the tabernacle of God >■ with men ! and he 'shall Jtabernacle with them, and '■they shall he liis 'peoples, and ""God himself shall be with them, ■" their God. « Fi•. S. ;-Bcng., Moldcnh., Sticr, (ist [sind]), Woo<]h. (are), Lord. Treg. Some (as Fr. M. ;-Pagii.. Casta), and later Latin vcrss., B. and L., Wakef., Stu., Ell., Murd.) use the pluperfect. For Λαίΐηλθί, Matth., Griesb., Sch., Hahn, Treg., Words., Theile, read άτί^λβοι/ ; Lachm. and Tisch., ά.Ληλθαι>. Bloomf. is ' inclined to conjecture that St. John wrote άκηΤ-θιν.^ The evi- dence, as gathered from Treg. and Words., stands thus : άΛηλΟαν A. -901- B. α 18. β 2. -θι 2. 4. 11. 35. 47. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Beng., Knapp, Mey., retain ΛαρηΧθί, which Hengst. also prefers. ■> The article is translated, and the noun given before the the verb, by AV.. R. -j-nearly all foreign verss. ;-Brightni., Dodd.. AVakef, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. See v. 4, N. q. E. V. follows T., C, G. ' W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. (except Mey.), Fr. S. ;- Erasni., Vat.. Wells, Newc. marg., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr. E. Y. follows T., C, G. '' All the recent editors cancel the words iyCi ΊωάνΐΎ^ί. on the authority of Ά. B. α 2C. β .1. y 3. Conipl. A'ulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Acth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.' ; and all (e.xccpt, probably through oversight, Bloomf.) put the Mon after xmvr^v, on the authority of Ά. B. α 27. β 3. γ 4. Compl.' I recommend that both readings be adopted, and that the version stand thus: the holy city, new .Tcrusalem, I saw. « Seoch. 3: 12, N. kk, &c. ' For arto roi ©eoi ix tov oip., all the recent editors read ix t. oip. arto T. Θε. {■ A. B. ο 17. β 3. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that the reading be adopted : out of heaven from God. 5 See ch. 1 : 10, N. s. '■ For ουρανοί, Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read θρόι-ου (Ά. 18. Vulg. Arm. ed. in m.'). The voice explains what John saw. No copula is supplied after Θίοί by R. -j-foreign verss. (except Dt. ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Grell., Vitr.) ;-IIamm., Wells, Daub., WesL, AVakef. (supplies this is before r^ ''"V'^Ji Woodh., Thom., Lord, Kenr. ' E. A'., in the last clause and in v. 4 ; ch. 7 : 15 ; &c. ;-W. ;- Brightm., Dodd , Allw., Lord. > See ch. 7: 15, N. g. '< 'Even they— after all that is past.' See 1 John 1: 7, N. X, &c., and 3 : 24, N. j. — The Latin verss. have ipsi. and Treg. marks tliey as emphatic. 1 See ch. 7 : 9, N. d. Fr. S. ;-Latin verss., except Castal., (popidi •,-ΐι>ν the A'ulg. popubis), Treg. For λαοί, Beng., Matth.. Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Bloomf., AVords., Ti.sch., read λα^ί (Β. Ό 24. β 3. y 2. Compl. A^ilg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.'). Ileinr. calls λαοί the lectio vuh^ans ficilior, and De AV. also objects to it as "an unluck)' accommodation to the plural subject, since God can have, as one kingdom, so but one people.' This, however, seems to a.ssun)C that, at the period referred to, all national distinctions being oblitratcd, mankind shall be fused into one vast, unorganized horde — an idea for which it will be found difficult, 1 believe iuipussihle, to produce the slightest scriptural warrant. Rather is the contrary plainly asserted or implied in manifold intimations of this very book (vv. 24, 26; ch. 15: 4; 22: 2), and of the word of prophecy from the beginning (Gen. 18:18 ; P.s. 22: 27; 67: 3, 5 [Sept. λαοί Λάνΐΐί]; 72: 11,17; 82:8; Is. 2:2, 3; 19: 25 ; 25 : 6-8 REVELATION. 209 KING JAMES VERSIOX. 4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes ; and there sliall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, nei- ther shall there be any more pain : for the former things are passed away. 5 And he that sat upon the GREEK TEXT. 4 Kou βζαλβίψβί 6 θβος ττάν δάκρνον άτΓο των οφθαλμών αυ- τών, καΐ Ό θανατοζ ουκ βσταί err οϋτε 7Γ€νθθ9, ουτ6 κραυγή, ούτί TTOvos ουκ ί'σται err Ότι τα πρώτα αττηλθον. 5 ΚαΙ direv ο καθημ^νοί ΐττΐ REVISED VERSION. 4 And "God shall wipe away "every tear pfrom their eyes ; and ■■death shall be no more ; 'nor shall sorrow, nor crying, ■■nor 'pain be anj' more ; for the 'first tilings are "gone. 5 And he that sat 'on the " The words, ο ©foj. bracketed by Knapp and Bloomf., are cancelled by Beng., Matth. (who also substitutes for them the words, ait ait uv, from ' B. all. β 2.'), Griesb., Sch., Tisch., on the an thority of ' B. α 24. /3 3. y 2. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' • See ch. 7 : 17, N. n. Ρ For άΛΟ, Lachm. reads ix (■ A.' Comp. ch. 7 : 17, N. c). "> See V. 1, N. b. Here also the subject comes first in W., R. ;-all foreign ver.ss. (except Greenf.) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., AUw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. E. V. follows T., C, G. ■■ E. V. gives an undue prominence to rtocoj. — Both τίίνθοζ and xpaiiyij are enumerated not with eavatoi but with Λονος, and construed with the ίοΐαι following, by all foreign verss. (except the Syr. as punctuated in the editions, and Greenf. The Clementine Vulg. omits oirs xpauyij.) ;-Brightm., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., AUw., Stu., Lord. The triple οϋτΈ is in W., T., C, G.. a tiiple neither; R., 7ior . . . tior . . . neither --Ihe Sixtine Vulg. and other Latin verss., a triple neque (except Cocc. and Vitr., neqiw . . . aid . . . aut) ; Syr., = a triple Still; Germ, and Dt., a triple nnch (and so Beng., Mey., AH., Hengst., Ebr.) ; French verss., a triple wi ;-Brightm., Stu., neither . . . nor . . . nor; Daub., tier . . . nor . . . neither; Dodd., Woodh., Thorn., Sharpe, Lord. Murd., Kenr., as above ; Wesl., neither . . . or . . . or; Moldenh., De W., weder . . . noch . . . noch; Newc, a triple and ; AUw., nor . . . or . . . or. For the position of pain, see N. q , &c. ■ Dt. (moeite), It. (travaglio), Fr. G.,-M.. (^rauoiV) ;-Castal., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Vitr., (labor). Brightm. (labour), Engl. Ann. ('or, heavy labour'). Grot., Wolf., (use molestia, dolor), Bcrl. Bib., Ebr., (Muhe). Dodil. (-or labour'), Stu. (grievance). Lord (toil). The use of ηόνοζ in ch. IC: 10, 11, the only other places where the word occurs in the N. T., leads me to retain the specific sense of E. V. 1 ' Those pertaining to the first heaven and the first earth' (v. 1). — E. v., V. 1. and 81 times elsewhere (always, 16 times, in this book) out of 97 ; nowhere else /urmer, except Acts 1:1;- W., G., R. ;-VuIg., German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt., It. (cose di prima), Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Pagu., Vat, (as Vulg.), Wakef. " Nowhere else does E. V. make ίΛίφχομ.αί (which occurs 120 times) = Ηα,ρίρχομαι, to pass away ;-W . (went away), T., C, G., R. ;-Latin verss. (use a6ire;-Cocc. and Vitr. having praeterire in v. 1), Dt. (weggegaan;-ior voorbij gegaan of V. 1);-Brightm., Wesl., (gone away). Berl. Bib., Beng., dahin- gegangen ;-for vorbei geg., vergangeii, of v. 1), Thom., Sharpe. ' See ch. 3 : 10, N. d, &c. But ' for toi θρόνον,' says Bloomf., •all the recent editors read ίψ θρόνψ, from very strong author- ity' (A. B. 'a 18. β 2. γ 3.'). 1 recommend that this reading be adopted, and that irti, be translated : upon, as in ch. 6 : 2, N. f. [1 Cor. 15; 54]; 60: 3, &c ; 66: 18. &c; Jer. 3: 17; Dan. 7: 10—14 [Sept. rtdptfs oi λαο.'] ; Zech. 8 : 20—23 [Sept. λαοί Λολλοι]; 14: 16—19; etc.). If λαοί, therefore, be the true reading (and it is retained as such by Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Theile, on the authority of A. and Irenaeus ; besides that, in- stead of having the appearance of an accommodation, it is really the more difficult reading.), the proper inference is, that at this time the Abrahamic covenant shall have reached its final and plenary fulfilment, in the admission of the Gentile nations, as nations, and not, as now, of an election merely from among them (Acts 15: 14), to a participation in the 'blessedness of the nation whose God is the Lord, and the people whom He hath chosen for His own inheritance' (Ps. 33 : 12. Comp. such texts as Ex. G : 7 ; Lev. 26 : 11, 12 ; 2 Sam. 7 : 24 ; Jer. 13:11; 30: 22; Ezfk. 37: 27, with Deut. 32: 21; Rom. 10: 19; IPet. 2: 10). ■» The order, fist' ait^v eatai (' A. B. α 13. β 3.'), for ί'στ•. α., is marked by Beng. as per codices firmior, and .same time cancels the words, ©foj αντΰν, on the authority of B. 'a 22. β 2. Compl. Copt. Erp. Slav. MS.') and the other recent editors, except Bloomf. and Tisch. For this reading Lachm. cites likewise Irenaeus, and the Vulg. ipse Deiis cnm eis erit eorum Dens (and .so Erasm., Pagn., Vat.), which by W. R. is rendered, he God with them shall be their God ; by All., er, Gott selbst mil ihnen wird ihr Gott seyn; by Kenr., God himself with them will be their God. And in like manner Luth. and Beng.: Er selbst, Gott mil [bei] ihnen, xoird ihr Gott seyn ; Herd. : er, der Gott bei ihnen wird ihr Gott seyn; Greenf.: ΟΠ^πΐιΧ n;;ri^ 032 Cfi'bxn iits gates, 'and 'its wall. 16 And the city lieth 'four- cornered, and "its length Hs as 'much as ^ the breath. And he measured the city with the reed, ' twelve thousand furlongs; ' the ■■ At each of these places all the recent editors (except Gricsb.) insert xai (A. B. 'a 25. /3 3. Compl. Vulg. ed. Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that the reading be adopted : and . . . and . . . and. ' For eV avfotj, all the recent editors read ix αντών (A. B. ' α 27. β 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. Copt. Syr. Arr.')• I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : on them. ' All ' the recent editors prefix SuStxa to oro/tata on very strong external authority' (A. B. ' α 22. /3 3. [& 25.] δεχαδνο 18. 19. t3' 92. Vulg. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MS.'), '• confirmed by internal evidence' (Bloomf.). I recommend the adoption of this reading : twelve. For the omission of the article, see R. ;- Beng., Newc, Woodh., Lord, De W., Treg., Ilengst., Ebr. Wakef. has it as a supplement. ° Seech. 17: 1, N. c, &c. ' After ιΐχί, all the recent editors add μί-ίρον (A. B. 'a 23. β 3. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'). I re- commend that the reading be adopted, and translated : a mea- sure. ' See ch. 2: 21, N. η and 6: 2, N. h, &c. » See v. 11, N. d. Guyse, Dodd., Newc, Thorn., Allw. (/ter), Penn, Sharpe (in vv. 17. 18 ;-and so Stu., Kenr.), Lord, Murd. ' The words, xoU to t. air., are cancelled by Matth., after 'B. α 17. β 3. Compl.' » Taking τΈτ'ράγ. strictly (see ch. 20 : 8, N. o), we escape a tautology in the next clause. — R. {quadrangle-icise) ;-Syr. (retaining the Greek word is rendered by De D. quadrangida- ris), German verss., except AH., (use a participle, or an adjec- tive, derived from Viereck), Dt. marg. (' Gr. vierhoekig'). It. (quadi-angolare) i-Psign., Bez., Par., Vitr., Ros., (as De D.), Wells, AVoodh., Allw., {quadrangular), B. and L. marg. (' Gr. letragone'), Lord (a quadrangle) i-Pas., Schottg., Schleus., Wahl, (use quadrangidus or quadrangidaris), Schirl. ('uier- eckig, mit vier Ecken oder fVinkeln'). Wakef. thus : a square, the length of it being equal &c. ' In omitting the ανΐηί, which appears in all editions of the Text, E. V. follows C. ' The words tosovtov iativ are cancelled by all the recent editors, on the .luthority of Ά. B. α 28. β 3. y 3. Compl. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' Adopting this reading, I recommend that is be retained as a supplement. ' W., R. (great) ;-Daub., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw. and Kenr. (as B.), Stu. ■' The idiomatic xaC (see ch. 6: 11, N. g, &c.), which Beng., Matth., Knapp, Mey., cancel, on the authority of ' B. α 24. β 3. Compl.', is translated l)y R. (a/so) ;-Latin verss., except Castal. and Cocc, (et), Syr. (= De D. etiam);-Oe W., Ebr.. (auch), Kenr. (even). ' Of recent editors, Beng. and Bloomf. alone retain the Erasmian irti ataSiav, the former defending and explaining it thus : ' Sic Latimis legit, habet enim. per stadia duodecim millia. quodsi trti a-taBiovi SuBtxa χΛίάίων, legisset, inter- pretari habueiat per stadia, duodecim millium. . . . ini habet hoc loco vim distributivam, ut in tacticis. ΐψ' hvi, irti ttttafiuv, £rt' ox-cCi, singuli, qicaterni, octoni. vide Budaei comm. ling. Gr. col. 881. Itaque ini hoc versu, non sequenti, adhibetur, et significat, 12 000 stadia . . . singulorum esse laterum urbis, non totius circuitus.' But, excepting the somewhat unreliable ap- peal to the Vulg., no evidence of MSS, or versions is cited in behalf of frti ίταδιων (Matth. thinks that it was taken from the scholium of Andreas) ; nor is this distributive use of ini found elsewhere in the N. T. The Elzevir, accordingly, and all the other recent editors read ini ataiiovf δωδίχο χι%ι,άίαν, 'for 214 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. and tlie breadth, and the height of it are equal. 17 And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of the angel. 18 And the building of the wall of it was of jasper : and the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass. 19 And the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious GllEEK TEXT. 8u)V TO μηκοί και το ττλατοί και το νψος αύτη? Ίσα Ιστί. 17 /cat (:μίτρησ€ το τίίχος αυ- τής ίκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσά- ρων ττηχων, μίτρον άνθρωπου, ο εστίν αγγέλου. 18 ΚαΙ ην η βνδομησις τον τίίχ^ουί αύτηί, Ι'ασττί?• καί η ττολίί )(ρυσίον καθαρον, όμοια ναλίο κα- θ αρω. 19 Kcn οϊ θεμέλιοι του τείχονί τηΐ πόλεως τταντΊ λίθω τιμ'ιω κε- κοσμημενοι. ο θεμέλιος ό πρώτος, REVISED VERSION. length and the bi-eadth and the height of it are equal. 17 And ^he measured ""its wall, 'a hundred and forty - four cubits, I" man's measure, 'which is "angel's. 18 And the "structure of "its wall pvvas i jasper, and the city ' pure gold, 'like • pure glass. 19 "And the foundations of the wall of the city were 'adorn- ed with ''every j)recious "stone : * Mullh. alone cancels ΐμίϊρηαι. ou the authority of 15. 'al9. J3 2.' " See V. 15, N. x, &c. ' Sec 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f. ) See ch. 7 : 4, N. j. &c. !■ The accusative /.ietfioii stanrling in a sort of ' loose apposi- tion' (Win.) with what preceilcs, there is nothins; for the according to of E. V., in K. ;-Fr. S. ;-IIainm., Cocc. (mensii- ramj-fiir mensura of the other verss.). Beng.. Wcsl.. Woodh., Thorn.. Sliarpe, Lord, Ilongst., Kenr. ; — nor is the definite ar- ticle supplied to μίΐ^ον. in W. ;-lt., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Beng., Herd., Wakef. (at least he marks it as a supplement), Mey., Greenf., All., Sharpe, Lord, De W., Hcngst. ; — or either article to atflpcirtou, in W., T., C, G. ;-It., Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Daub., B. and L., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., All., Sharpe, Lord, De ΛΥ., Ilengst. For the particidar form adopted above, man's meas- ure, .see Moldenh. and later German verss., except Ebr., (using Meiuchen-Maass or Menschenmaass), Sharpe, Lord. See N. m. 1 'J'lie relative pronoun is preserved by W. (his that being probabl}' = Vnlg- (/'lae), R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal. and Cocc), German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Daub., B. and L., Newc, Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Kenr. " See N. k. An indefinite article is employed by AY., R. ;- Ilamm., Beng., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Gerl., Stier, Woi-ds., Bloomf., Kenr., Ebr. No article appears in It., Fr. S. ;-Sharpo {as above), De W. {Engel-Maass), Hengst. (Engelmaass). Daub, and Lord (the angel's). " Latin verss. (s20 The fifth, 'sardonyx : the sixth, "sardine ; the seventh, chrysolite ; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, topaz ; the tenth, '■chryso- prase ; the eleventh, 'hyacinth ; the twelfth, amethyst. 21 And the twelve gates toere κινθος' b δωδέκατος, αμέθυστος. 21 /cat ol δώδεκα ττυλώΐ'ες, δω• twelve pearls; every several gate g^^a μαργαρίται- ava εις έκαστος was of one pearl; and the street : ^^^ -κνΧ^νων 7> ef eVo? μapya- 01 the city was pure gold, as it , ν ' λ ? - / ^ were transparent glass. : /''^oi;• και ?; ■κΧατεια της πόλεως, χρυσίον καθαρά, ώς ΰαλος διά- φανης. 22 And Ι saw no temple there- 22 Και vabv ουκ είδον εν avTTj• in : for the Lord God Almighty ; ^ y^p Κύριος b θεός b τταντο- and^the Lamb are the temple | ^^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^.^-^ -^^^^ ^^^^ ^^ I άρνίον. 21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls ; ''each "One of the gates ''severally was of one pearl ; and the 'broad place of the city, ' pure gold, as it were ^trans- parent glass. 22 And I saw ''in it no 'temple ; for the Lord God 'the Almiglity k is 'its ""temple, and the Lamb. » W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Herd., Woodh., Mey., Grcenf., Lord, Words., Hengt., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. ? Before each of the twelve Dames of foundation-stones in vv. 19, 20, the definite aiticle is emploj'ed by R. and Fr. S. : — the indefinite by Germ. ;-Daub. (except the second and third). Beng., Wesl., Moldcnh., Herd., Wakef. (except the first and second), Mey., AIL, Trcg., Hengst., Murd.: — neither, by \V. ;- Dt., It, Fr. G.,-M. ;-WelIs, B. and L., Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Ebr. E. V. throughout follows T., C, G., and is followed by Words., Kenr. ' For acfiivvt, Lachm. reads υορδιό™! (Α.). » Comp. ch. 4 : 3, N. k. Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Treg. For ffapStoj, Matth., Lachm., Words., Tisch., read aapStoj' (A. B. = α 16. β 3.'). >■ Brightm., Wesl., Wakef., Stu. (chrysopras) . Lord;-L. and S., Rob., Green, Webst. For zpvaorcpaaoi, Lachm. and Words. read xfvaorcpaaov ('A.'). ' Comp. ch. 19 : 17, N. w. R. ;-excepting Greonf., all foreign verss. retain the Greek word, and, excepting the It., all retain the initial aspirate ;-Brightm., Wells, Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Thom., Allw., Stu. ;-Rob., Green. ^ For ανά tl{ cxastoi, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Lord, have simply each; Allw., every one; Penn, Stu., eocA one; Treg., as above. The Tulg. attaches ανά to the preceding clause (Kenr. ' twelve pearl?, severally : and each'). « See ch. 11 : 8, N. f. Some (Eichh., Ileinv., Ew.. Ros., Hengst., Ebr.) take TCkatna here collectively, = streets. De W. also regards this as possible. ' Comp. V. 19, N. x. R. ;-Latin vers.s. (except Castal.), Syr. ;- Beng., Herd., Woodh., Mey., Greenf., AH., Words. ^ For Sia^avr,;, all the recent editors read Stauyj;; (A. B. 'a 27. β 3. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : translucent. W. (full shining), T., C, {tho- rowe shynynge), G. (shining) ;-Litm verss. (per-[pel-]luci- dum --except Cocc, limpidum), Syr. (= Oe ΐ>. splendiditm. Murd. brilliant), German verss. (use a participle of durch- scheinen ;-except De W. and Ebr.), Dt. (doorluchtig), Fr. G. (tres-luisant) ;-Lord. I• See ch. 10 : 6, N. ν and E. V., v. 23 ; &c. Here also the pronoun and preposition are retained by W. ;-foreign verss. (ex- cept Germ., Fr. S. ;-Moldenh., All., Hengst.) ;-Dodd., JVewc, Thom., Penn, Lord, Murd., Kenr. ' The emphasis on the ναόν is preserved by keeping it in its Greek position, and rendering ούχ literally, in R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal. ; and excepting also that Pagn., Bez., Par., com- bine xai . . . oix into nee), Syr. ;-Beng. and later German verss. (exceptMoldenh. and Hengst); while the same end is gained, as above, by making raov the last word, in It, Fr. S. ;-Newc., Thom., Greenf. ) See ch. 4 : 8, N. k. k The singular verb, and the order of xai to apv., are pre- served by R. ;-Latin verss. (Pagn. and Grell. render xai id est), Syr., German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Daub., Wakef., Woodh., Stu., Lord, Murd.,Kenr. Several (It, Fr. G.;-Thom., Allw. J, who transpose xai to apv., keep the verb singular. 1 See V. 15, N. x, &c. °> Before vais, Lachm. and Words, insert ό (' A.'), and this reading Bloomf. is ' inclined to adopt.' 216 REVELATION. KING JAMEs' VEKSION. 23 And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it : for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. the nations of them are saved shall walk in 24 And which the light of it : and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it. 25 And the not be shut at gates all of it shall by day : for there shall be no night there. 26 And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it. GREEK TEXT. 23 Koi η ΤΓολί? ov xpelau Ιχει του ήλιου, οϋ8( της σζληνη?, \να φαίνωσιν iv αύττ)• ή γαρ δοζα τοΰ θίοΰ Ιφωησίν αυτήν, και ό λνχ^νοΐ αύτηί το αρνιον. 24 KCLL τα (θνη των σωζο μίνων Ιν τω φωτ\ αύτηί ττίριττατησουσι• καΐ οΐ βασιλ€Ϊί της γψ φ('ρουσι την 8οζαν καΐ την Τίμην αυτών els αύτην. 25 καΐ οί ττυλώνβί αυτής• ου μή κλβισθώσιν ήμίρας• νυξ γαρ ουκ ΐ'σταί βκβΐ. 26 καΐ οϊσουσι την δοζαν καΐ την τιμήν των ΐθνών βί? αύτην. REVISED VERSION. 23 And the city "hath no need of the sun, °nor of the moon, pthat they should shine 'in it ; for tile glory of God 'lightened it, and ■ its damp "was the Lamb. 24 And 'the nations of 'those who are saved shall walk 'in "its light ; and the kings of the earth » bring ? their glory 'and honour into it. 25 And »its gates shall not be shut '■at all by day : for there shall be no night there. 26 And they shall bring tlie glory and «the honour of the na- tions into it."" ^ " See ch. 9 : 10, N. i, and comp. E. Y., ch. 9 : 11 ; 19 : 16 ; &c. The present is here retained bj W., T.. C, G., R. ;-foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Brightra., Wells, Daub., Wesl.. Wakef., Newc. marg., Woodh., AUw., Stu., Lord, Trcg., Words., Murd., Kenr. ° R. ;-Brightm., Newc, Stu., Murd., Kenr., (or), Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., AUw. (and). Penn, Sharpe, Lord. ρ The construction by means of a subjunctive mood appears in W. ;-foreign verss. (except the French and Greenf) ;-Allw., Stu., Lord, Treg. 1 The iv is cancelled by all the recent editors (except Knapp), on the authority of •Α. B. α 15. (& 39.) γ 2. Er.' I recom- mend that this reading be adopted, and that aviy be then ren- dered as a dative of advantage (Wahl) : for it. Syr. (^ Greenf. nb), Protestant German verss.. except Moldcnh., {ihr). Cancelling iv, Matth. also, for avt^• ή yop, reads αύτη yap ij ('B. α 19. /3 3. y 3.'). ■• See ch. 13: 14, N. w and 19: 2, N. 1. Here also, for the form of the tense, may be cited Dodd., Newc, Thom.. Penn, Sharpe. W. has a future ; while some employ a perfect defi- nite ; and others, a present. ■ The Greek order is retained by the Latin and German verss., Syr., Fr. S. ;- Woodh., Penn, Lord. For ils, see v. 15, N. X, &c. < See ch. 18 : 23, N. y, &c. W. (lantern), R. ;-Latin ver,=s. (lucerna), Syr. (= Murd. lamps), German verss., except Herd., (Leuchte), Dt. (kaars), Fr. G. (diandelle), Fr. U. (flambeau), Fr. S. (/ampe) ;-Daub., B. and L. (as Fr. M.;-marg. ' Gr. lampe'), Wesl., Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Thom., Greenf (13), Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Kenr. ° T., C. ;-B. and L., Dodd., Newc, Allw., Sharpe. ' For those who, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, &c, and 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. But for ra ίθνη -tCiv ΰωζομίνων iv τψ ^ωτί ανττς Tffptrta- tr;(iovai. all the recent editors read rttpirtorijoouai τά ΐθνη ίιά ■toi ^ωΐόί ανΐτιί (Α. Β. 'α 27. β 2. γ 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Sj-r. [some copies] Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' Heinr. : 'Erasmus videtur vocem αωζομίνων ex Andreae commentario in textum intulisse.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : Ihe nations shall walk by its light. For by, see Syr. (= T^a = Murd. by means of). It. (a). Fr. M. (a la faveur de). fV. S. (d);-AYells, B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Beng., Moldenh., (bei). Wesl., Woodh., Greenf. (i>;-as in the parallel Is. 60 : 3, where the Sept. employ the dative without a preposi- tion: Ttopfvoovtac βαΰί.'Κΐΐς -fca ^utt. σον, xai tdvti tYj %αμ7ΐρ6τ7^•ίί ami.), Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W. ('eig. mitltlsi'), Treg. (as Murd.), Hengst., Ebr., (durcli). " See V. 15, N. x, &c. " See ch. 14 : 13, N. k. Wesl., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord. ' After ^ifovai, Matth. substitutes aOr^ for -ίψ, on the au- thority of B. 'a 15. /3 3. y 2.'; and, for αίΐΰν, he reads τΖ,ν •iSvuv (B. ' α 19. /3 3. y 2. Syr. Slav. MS.'). • The words xat triv πμψ are bracketed by Knapp. and can- celled by Bong., Mey., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., on the authority of Ά. 10. 11. 17. 18. 38. 47. Er. Copt. Aeth. Erp.' Matth. and Words., after B., cancel only the τψ. ' See V. 15, N. x, &c. *• See ch. 3 : 12, N. j, &c. ' Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G..-S. ;-Brightm., Well.s, Beng-, Wesl.. Herd., AVakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., Lord, Hengst., Ebr. ^ After ovrijv, Matth. adds ίνα ιίαί>.θωαι (Β. 'α 17. β 3. Slav. MS.'). REVELATION. 217 KING JAMES VERSION. 27 And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that de- hleth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie ; but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life. CHAP. XXII. And he shewed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. 2 In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the GREEK TEXT. 27 Kou ου μη elaeXerj 6Ϊ? αυ- τήν ττάν Koivodu, και ποιούν βδί- λυγμα, και ψβΰδοί- el μη οΊ. γί- γραμμίνοι ev τω βιβλίω τψ ζωη^ τού αρνιού. CHAP. XXII. KcLL i'Sei^e μοι καθαρον ττοτα- μον ΰδατοζ ζωη^, λαμττρον cof κρνσταλλον, έχττορβυομβνον ίκ τον θρόνου του OeoO καΐ του αρνιού. 2 iv μίσω τηί ττλατεί'α? αΰτης, KCLL του τνοταμοΰ, evTevOev και REVISED VERSION. 27 And there shall 'in no wise enter into it any thing ^that de- fileth, ^and '■ M'orketh abomina- tion 'and -ϊ a lie; but they '■who 'have been written in the "' book of life of the Lamb. CHAP. XXII. And he shewed me a "pure river of water of life, ''bright as crystal, proceeding out of the• throne of God and ' the Lamb. 2 ''In the midst of 'its 'broad place and 'of the river on this ' Seech. 3: 12, N.j. &c. ' For xoivovv, all the recent editors read χοινόν (Λ. Β. 'α 25. β 3. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Slav.'). I recommend that this read- ing be adopted, and translated : common. ^ A negative particle is not substit\ited for xai, by W. ;-any foreign -version (except Fr. M. -S. ;-B. and L., All.) ;-We.'il. and the later English (except Treg. and Words.) ; though many use a disjunctive, aut^ oi\ &c. •^ Of the verss. that follow the reading of our Test, χο^οίι/, χαί rtotoif, and render both participles by finite verbs, no pro- nominal subject is introduced before the .second, by Dt. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par.. Vitr., Thom.. AUw. ; while Fr. S., Newc, Woodh., Penn, repeat the simple relative. In connec- tion with the change recommended in N. f, I would translate Λοιοΐκ : that worketh. For Λοιοίν, Beng., Lachm., Treg., Words., read rtotJii' ("A. 18. 41. 68. 92. [Vu'.g. Syr.] Arr.') ; Matth., Bloomf., Tisch., ό Λοών (Ό 12. β 3.'). ' W., R. ;-Vulg., German and French vcr-is., Dt. ;-Erasm., \aX., Hamm., Cocc, Υ'Λτ., Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Greenf., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. i There is no supplement in W. ;-foreign verss. (except Dt. ;- Pagn., Bez., Par., Moldenh. ; whose supplement = iJpeafcei/i) ;- Hamm., Dodd., Wakefi, Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord. Treg., Murd., Kenr. I• See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. ' Comp. ch. 5 : 12, N. w and 13 : 8, N. i. Moldenh. {einge- schrieben slehen). Wakef., Treg. "' Of the three nouns, toi άρι•. is translated last by W., R. ;- all foreign verss. (except Castal.) ;-Daub., Wakef., "Woodh., Allw., Penn, Kenr. ' The Compl. puts xaSapdc after rtoTajuor (8 cursive MSS. Slav. MSS.), while Bloomf marks the adjective as '■■most prob- ably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and all the other recent editors cancel it, on the authority of ' A. B. α 17. /3 3. y 4. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Slav. MS.' 1 recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word pure bo omitted. " See ch. 15 : 6, N. e. ' Brightni., Daub., Guyse, Dodd. aud AVoodh. (at v. 3), Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. '' 'Ex μίαφ . . . ξνλοι- ζωηζ. The philological interpretation turns on these, to some extent mutually dependent, questions : whether «λοτΈιαί and |νλοι/, either or both, are here used col- lectively, for streets, trees ; whether toi rtoro/ioi is governed by iv μίαφ or by ίι/τιν^εν xtd ίντινθιν ] whether, if roi not. is go- verned by (V μίαψ. the latter phrase may then be rendered between (the ηλατ•. and the river) ; and lastly whether, pro- ceeding on the same construction of roi not., we are to under- stand the addition of ivt. xai ivt. as intimating, that the nxat. was on one side of the iixov and the river on the other, or that the river ran on both sides of the Λλατ•., or of the ξνλον. These questions have received every possible answer, and the various answers have been combined in every possible way. Unable to satisfy myself that any one of the general results is demon- strably and exclusively correct, I give what seems to be the closest and most obvious, though, on that very r.ccount, a some- what ambiguous translation. Comp. NN. g, i. • See V. 15, N. x, «fee. f See ch. 21 : 21, N. e, Ac. ^ Comp. NN. d, i. The Greek order of roi not. ivr. χ nt. is followed in the Syr. (= Murd. tiear the river, on this side and on that). It. (del fiume [correiUe] di qua. e di Id) ;- Castal. (fliivii hinc atque hinc). Kngl. Ann. (explain E. V. thus: 'That is, many trees of this kind grew there, some on the one side of the river, some on the other, as Ezek. 47 : 7, 12, that men on either side might have plenty of fruit, and come easily at it.' And then it is added: 'Or, and of the river, which ran on each side of it: that is, one ti-ee .tc.'), Hamm. (renders as above, explaining thus: 'that is, not as in Ezekiel. the ■many trees en the one side and on the other side. 28 218 REVELATION. KING JAMES VEIISIO.V. rivor, was tlirrc tin; ti-cc, of lii'c, which bare Iwelvc man/icr of fruits, and yielded her Cruit every month : and the leaves of the tree were for the liealiiii^ of the nations. 3 And there shall be no more curse: but the thiOiu! of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall serve him : 4 And they shall see his iiice ; GIlEEli TEXT. ζνηΰθΐν, ζυλον ζο^ηΐ, ttoiovp καρτΓουί 8ωδ(ΐ<α, κατά μήνα ίνα ίκαστον άτΓθδί8ονν τον καρποί/ αυτοί)• καΧ τα φύλλα τον Ιούλου et? ΘζρατΓίίαν των (θνών. 3 J^al ττάν κατανάθ€μα ουκ ζ'σται ίτι• καΐ ο θρόνος του θ tod και του αρνιού iv avTij ϊσται- κα\ οι δούλοι αύτοΰ λατρίύσουσιν αϋτω• 4 και ο^ονται το πρόσωπον REVISED VERSION. side and 'όιι that side wax ' a tree, of life, Jbearina• twelve '■ fruits, J yielding 'its fruit '"every month ; and the leaves of the tree icerc for the healing of the nations. 3 And there shall be "no curse "any more : "and the throne of God and <> the Lamb shall be in it ; and his servants shall serve him ; 4 And they shall see his face; •• For the second ινηνβιν Mattb., Mey., Lachm., Ilahn, Treg., AVords., Ti.-ch.. Tlitile, read ϊχιίθιν (Ά. Β. ο 17. β 3. -/ 4. Syr. Arm. Slav. MSS.'). ' For tlie omission of there, see Wells and the later verss. (except Thorn., Trcg.), several omitting also the copula. For the indefinite article, see "VVakcf.. AVoodh., Thom., Midd., Allw.. Sharpe. Scholef. (as one alternative [see N. g] ;-and so appar- ently Bloonif.), Kenr. T., C, G., translate ξνλον, wood, with- out either article ; and .so Luth., Beng., Ilengst.. Ebr.j use IIolz. Comp. NN. d. g. i Both participles are retained by AV., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Brightm., Hamm., Daub., Dodd., AVesl., AVakef., Woodh., Thom , Alhv., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Kenr. ; of which only Fr. G.,-M. ;-Brightm., Wakef., Penn, have the conjunction before the second. The first participle appears in Greenf. ; the second, in It. ;-B. and L., De W.. Murd.. Ebr. For anoiiiovp, Matth. and Tisch. read άΛοΒί&ούί (Β. α 17. Compl.'). ' W., Ιί. ;-Latin and Frencli verss., Syr., Dt., It. ;-Hatnm., Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., AVakef.. AVoodh., Thom. (crops of of the river, but so as may be applicable to the one tree, and to the street, and river here named, one of them on one side, V other on the other side of the river;' and then illustrates by John 19: 18.), Cocc. (fuvii hinc et hide), Mede, as cited in Pot. Syn., (fuviirjue planitiem ritrinque aUiientis;-v;\lh which agree Owen, as cited by Midd. from Bowyer; and AVells, who tran.slates as above.). Daub, (also translates as above, and states his 'opinion' thus: 'The /iirer ... divided the broad Place into two, by flowing through the midst of it ; and then the 7Vee, not an individual Plant, but the wliolc Species, or IVnod of Life, was planted upon the banks of the river on either side;'-and so Lowm. understands the matter, except that he calls ij Λλο* ., the chiff street.), B. and L. (da fleuve - . / ν -, , / and thev shall reign for ever and ' ψ^^ιζβι avrovr καί βααιλίνσου- αυτόν, και το όνομα αυτόν eiri τώι> μβτωττων αυτών. 5 καΐ νυζ ουκ ϊσται Ικευ χρβίαν ουκ e^^ovai λνχ^νου φωτοί ηλίου, Ότι Κνριος ό Oeos καί καΐ ever. ι (τιν eii τονί αιώνας των αιώνων. 6 And he said nnto me, Tliese J (! Κ Αϊ eiVe μοι. Ούτοι οι λόγοι ΤΓίστοΙ καΐ αληθινοί• καΐ Kvpiof ό Oeos των άγίωΡ προφη- τών ά7Γ(στ€ΐλ€ τον άγγβλον αντον δβΐςαι τοΐί δονλοΐί αντον α del γ€ν€σθαι ev ταχθεί. 7 ISov ίρχ^ομαι ταχύ. μακά- ριος ό τηρών τους λόγονί της 7Γροφ7]Τ€ίαί τον βιβλίον τούτου. 8 Ι^αϊ 4γω Ιωάννης ό βλέπων sayings arc faitliful and true. And the Lord God of the holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto his servants the things which must shortlj' he done. 7 Behold, I come quickly : blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the propliecy of this book. 8 And I Jolm saw these things, REVISED VERSION. and his name shall be 'On their foreheads. 5 And there shall he no night 'there ; and 'they 'have no need ■ of a "lamp, 'and light -of the sun ; for the Lord God ^^lighten- eth them ; and they shall reign 'unto the ages of the ages. 6 And >he said unto me: These 'words are faithful and true ; and the "Lord God of the '■holy pro- phets sent his angel to shew unto his servants = things which must ^ come to pass shortly. 7 ' Behold, I come cpiickly ; blessed is he that keepeth the fwords of the prophecy of this book. 8 ^And '^ii was I, John, who ρ See ch. 7 : 3, N. g, &c. ■> For ixil (which Matili. anJ Tisch. cancf], on the authority of B. Ό 13. [it 13.]"; and Bloonif. is 'now inclined' to agree with them.), Griesb.. Sch., LhcIiih., llahn, Treg., Words., read tti('A. 2. ]9. 68. Vu!g. Sjr.'). ' For xfitiav ovx 'ίχονβί, jSuatth., Griesb., Sch., Bloomf., Tisch.. read ονχ ί|ονϊΐ j^ptioi' (' A. Vulg. Copt. S3M•. Arr.'). • See 1 John 2 : 27, N. .«. ' Before %νχνον. Lachm., Hahn. Treg., Words., insert ψώτος (Ά. 18. [38.] 41. A"ulg. Copt. Aeth Syr. Erp. Slav. MSS.'). So Bloonif. also would 'prefer to read, if ι^λι'ον' (cancelled by Matth. and Tisch., on the authoritj'^ of B. 'a 13. β 2. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.') be 'retained;' but he docs not think that 'the state of the evidence,' thongh 'such as to warrant, calls for the cancelling.' " See ch. 21 : 23, N. t, &c. ' Syr. ;-Cocc.. Yitr., Woodli. (even), De W., Treg., Hengst.. Ebr. Many, who retain the negative in connection with the verbal predicate, have or. &c. " E. v.. ch. 18 : 1 ; 21 : 23 i-W. (shall lighten). U. (doth il- iiiminaif) ;-Brightni.. Dodd., AVesl., Wakef., Newc. Kcnr.. (use the verb to enlighten), Ponn (;witl light), Treg. (will liglUen). Nearly all foreign vers.', have the same word as in ch. 21 : 23. E. V. follows T., C, G. For φωη'^ίΐ. Beng., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., read ^i^xiaii (' A. 12. 42.') ; the other recent editors (ex- cept Theile). ψωπίί (Β. 'α 22. β 2. Compl. Yulg. ed. Slav. MSS.'); and all add in ('A.'), except Matth.. Treg. (who at first bracketed, but now seems to reject it.), Words. I recom- mend that the verb be given in the future : shall lighten. ' See ch. 1 : 6, N. g. Ac. ' For fZrtf, Matth. reads λίγη (1!. 'α 22. β 2. Compl.'). • See ch. 19 : 9, N. w. ' Before Kvptof, Lachm. inserts ΰ (Ά. 92.'). '' For άγι'ω!', all the recent editors read rcvfvuaruv tCjv (' K. B. α 26. (3 2. y 2. Compl. Vulg. [Copt.] Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. read οΰ xfiia. (B. 'a 15. β 2.'); Lachm., Ilahn, Treg., Words., MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted: spirits of the. ' E. v.. ch. 1:1; 4:1 ;-Woodh., Treg. Very many employ a compound relative, what, &c. '' For the ordi-r, see ch. 1 : 1. N. aa. For come to pass (comp. ch. 1 : 10, N. b, λο.), see E. V.. cIj. 1 : 1 ;-\Vells, Wakef., Newc, Woodli., Thom., AUw., Siu.. Lord, Treg. • Before ί&ού. all tlie recent editors (except Beng.) read xal (A. B. 'a 18. β 2. Tulg. ed. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that the reading be adojited : And behold. ' See ch. 19 : 9. X. w. " For xai iyu. Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Treg.. Words., Tisch., read χάγώ (A. H. •α8. [& 13.] Compl,'). '' W.. T.. C, G.. (1 am .hilm thai [which]) ;-Germ. (ich bin Johannes, der), I)t. (ik, Johannes, bin degene. die), It. (io Giovanni [so)i quel] c'). Fr. G.,-M., (moi Jean. Je sitis celui qui), Fr. S. (c^est moi, Jean, qui) ;-Pagn., Bcz,, Par,, Vitr., (ego Johannes [is sum] qui). Brightm., Lord, Murd.. (lam J., &c.), Cocc. (ego J. sum is qui). Daub., Stu., Words., (I J. am he tchn), B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Berl. Bib. and later Geiman verss. (ich J. bin es. der ;-except Muldenh., ich J. bin der, der), WesL, Woodli., AUw., Treg. (/J. [was] he ιΐ'Λο ;-m.arking / ^s emphatic). 2'JO REVELATION. KING JAMES \'ERSIO.V. and heard them. And when I had liciird and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the augel which shewed ine these things. 9 Then saith lie unto iiie, See ΐΐιυιι Jo it not : for I am thy fel- low-servant, and of thy brtithren the prophets, and of them whieh keep the sayings of this book: worship God. 10 And he saith imto me, .Seal not the sayings of the pro- phecy of this book : for the time is at hand. 11 He that is unjust, let liim be unjust still : and he which is lilthy, let him be filth}^ still : and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. 12 And behold, I come quick- ly ; and my reward ;*■ with me. GREEK TEXT. ταύτα και ακουων και οτί ηκουσα Ι κα), (βλ€\Ι/α, ίττίσα ηροσκυρησαι 1 ζμττροσθίν των ττοδων τον άγγί- λον του SeiKvvovTOi μοι ταύτα. 1 ί) ΚΟΛ Aeyet μοί, ' Ορα μη• συνδουλοί σου γαρ (Ιμι, και των αδελφών σου των ττροφητών,καΐ των τηρονντων τους λογουί του \ βιβλίου τούτον τω Θβω ττροσ- κυνησον. 1 ΚαΧ Aeyet μοι, Μη σφρα- \ γιστ]! TOVS λογουί τηί ττροφη- '■ τβίαί του βιβλίου τούτου• 'ότι Ό καιροί (γγυς Ιστιν. 11 ό άδικων άδικησατω ΐ'τι• καΐ ό ρυπών, ρυττωσατω (τι• και ο δικαιοί, δικαιωθητω ϊτι• και ό άγιος, άγιασθητω βτι. 12 Και Ιδου έρχομαι ταχν, καΐ υ μισθοί μου μ€Τ Ιμοΰ, άττο- REVISED VERSION. 'saw these things, and heard. And when I had heard and 'seen, Ί fell down to worship before the feet of the angel 'who shewed me these things. 9 "And "he saith unto me: See i/ioii do it not : "for I am ^a fellov\--s(,'rvant ρ with thee, and pwith tliv brethren th(i prophets, and pvvith "ithose 'iwho keep the 'words of this book: Avorship God. j 10 And he saith unto me : 1 Seal not the 'words of the pro- phecy of this book: 'for the time is 'near. 11 He that is unjust, let him be unjust still ; "and he 'that is filthy, let him be filthy still ; and he that is righteous, "let him be righteous still ; and he that is holy, let him be holy still. 12 'And behold, I come quick- 1)', and my reward is with me. ' luooml'. : ' The nccnt editors all read, on strong authority. άχούων χαί βλίΛωΐ' Taira' (Α. Β. Ό 1". J3 2. γ 3. Conipl. Vulg. Syr.'). Τ recommend the adoption of this reading: heard and saw these things. ) For ;'/3λί4α, Matth., Words., Tisch., read οτι tUov (' B. a, 14. β 2.') ; Treg. reads Γ^λΓΛοι• (' A.'). ' For tTtcoa, the E'zevir, Maltli., Grie.sb., Knapp, Treg., AVords., read irttool•. But in favour of tntaa, for which Treg. quotes only 5 cursive MSS. and F.rasm., Lachm. cites A. The incident here related is by some ( Brightm., Wesl., Ebr.. &c.) thought to be the same as that referred to in ch. 19 : 10 ; nn'^ΐ' Λοι;;οάτω (Α. Β. 'α 20. /3 2. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.'). [ recommend that the reading be adopted, and translated : let him worlc righteousness. « The χαί is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the au- thority of Ά. α 28. β 2. y 2. Coinpl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitteil. REVELATION. 221 KING JAMES VERSION. to give every man according as his work sliall be. 13 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. 14 Blessed arc they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city. 15 For witliout are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and ma- keth a lie. 16 I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am GREEK TEXT. 8ovvaL €καστω oos το βργον αύτοΰ βσταί. 13 ίγω (Ιμι το Λ καΐ το Ώ, αρχή και τίλοί, ό ττρώτος καΐ ό ί'σχατοί. 14 Μακάριοι οι ττοιονντΐς τας ίντολας αύτον, ίνα (.σται ή ϊζον σία αυτών iirl το ζύλον της ζωής, και τοις ττνλώσιν ύσίλθωσιν εΙς την ΤΓολιν. 1 5 ί'ξο) Se οΐ κυν€ς καΐ οΐ φαρ- μακοί καΐ οΐ ττορνοι κα\ οΐ φονβΐς κα\ οι (Ιδωλολατραι, καΐ ττας ο φιλών και ΤΓΟιών ψίνδος. 10 'Έγώ Ιησούς 67Γ€/χ•ψ-α τον αγγβλον μου μαρτυρησαι νμΐν ταντα 67Γΐ ταΐς ΐκκλησιαις• βγω REVISED VERSION. to ^render to every 'one ' as "Ίύβ work ►■shall be. 13 'Ί ""am 'the Alpha and 'the Omega, « beginning and " end, the first and the last. 14 Blessed cnr they that 'do his commandments, 'that they may have right to the tree of liie, and may enter " by the gates into the city. 15 'But without αιτ Jthe dogs, and ithe scorcerers, and 'the 'Ibr- nicators, and )the murderers, and 'the idolaters, and levery one that loveth and maketh a lie. 16 I, Jesus, ■" sent °my angel to testify unto you these things «concerning the churches. I am J See ch. 18: 6, N. x. R. ;-Dodd., Murd., (recompense), Wesl.. Wakef., Woodh. (requite), Thoni., Allw.. Penn, Lord (retribute), Kenr. • See ch. 20 : 13, N. n. » Wesl., Thom., Alhv., Sharpe, Stu., Lord. '' For avtoi ϊοται, Matth. reads ta-cat aitoi ('a 15. Compl.') ; Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., read hriv airoi (A. B. '21. 38. Syr.' — which Blooraf. calls 'competent, though not paramount authority.'). ' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. ■^ The ίίμί is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the au- thority of A. B. 'a 22. Compl. Vulfr. MS. Am. Slav. MS.' I recommend that the reading bo adopted, and that am be retained as a supplement. • For the omission of the articles, see ch. 1 : 8, X. η ; and here, among those who follow the reading of our Text, Fr. S., Wakef (who marks them as supplied). Woodh., Greenf. But for ά(>χη xai τίλοί, ό rtpiIitOs χαϊ ΰ ta;^aros, ' all the recent editors.' says Bloomf., 'edit, on strong authority, 5 τίρ. χαΐ ΰ ίοχ., ή άρχ. χαί to r.' (Β. 'α 13. β 2. Vulg. Aeth. S.yr. Ar. P. Slav. JFS.' So all the editors here collated, except that Kens.. Knapp, Mev.. Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., orait the ύ twice, on the authority of A. and G cursive JISS.). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : the first and the last, the beginning and the end. ' For rtotoii'if 5 τάί ΕΓίολάί avtoi. Mill approves, and Lachm., Treg., Words., Theile. edit, nxivovtii τά? στολά; ανϊων (Ά. 7. 38. Vulg. Aeth. Arm. [in ra.] ' The Vulg. adds : in sanguine Agni. ). ' Gr. that their power, onight, i/iai/ be over. For iVo with a future indicative, see Win., p. 335. ^ For the omission of in, see E. V., ch. 21 : 27 ; &c. ;-W.. R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wakef. and later ver.ss. (except Treg., Words.). For by, see W., R. ;-Germ. (zu), French verss. (par) ;-Brightm., Beng. (as Germ. ;-and .«o Hengst., Ebr.), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Kenr. ' See 2 Pet. 1:5, N. r. But, .says Bloomf., 'the ii is on strong authority' (A. B. 'a 27. jS 2. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Slav. MS.'), ' confirmed by internal evidence, cancelled by all the recent editors.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word but be omitted. ) The articles are retained by the German and French versa, (except that Herd, and Mey. omit the fourth), Dt. It. ;- Wakef., Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord. R. has the third ; Daub., the first ; Woodh., all except the first. k Seech. 21: 8. N. n. 1 See 1 John 2: 23, N. x. The i, Bloomf. thinks, 'ought to be at least bracketed." It is cancelled by Beng., Mattli., Mey., Lachm., Treg., AV'ords., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. OIL |3 2. Compl.' "' ' At the beginning of these revelations.' — E. V., v. 6;-W., T., C, G. ;-Herd., Mey., Sharpe, De W. ■> Brightm., Wells, Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Lord, Murd. " See ch. 10: 11, N. q. Castal. (.luper), Hamm., Wells, Guyse, Gill (as one rendering), Ros. (de), Van Ess (von), Penn, Zilll. (in Bezug aiif), Hengst. (iiber) ;-Bretsch., Win., Wahl, Jiob., Schirl. The ini is cancelled by Beng. and Ti.sch., on the authnritv of '4. 11. 12. 47. 48. Er. Arm. Slav. MS.' (and this leading Bloomf. also is 'now inclined to receive'); Lachm. and Treg. substitute iv (' A. 18. 21. 38. Vulg. Slav.'). 222 REVELATION. KING JAMES VERSION. the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and mor- ning-star. 17 And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say. Come. And let him that is athh'st come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely. 18 For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book. If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him tiie plagues that arc written in this book : 19 And if any man shall take GREEK TEXT. ίίμι η ρίζα καΐ το ytJOf του ΑαβΊδ, 6 άστηρ 6 λάμπρος και ορθρινοί. 1 Τ Και το ττνβΰμα καΐ ή ννμφη λίγονσιν, Έλθβ• και ο ακουων ίίττατω, Έλθβ. και ο δίψων e'A- θετω, καΙ ό θίλων λαμβανίτω το ύδωρ ζωηΐ δωρίαν. 1 8 Συμμαρτυροϋμαι γαρ τταντί άκονοντί τους Xoyovs τηί ττροφη- Telas του βιβλίου τούτου• iav τΐί ίΤΓίτιθβ ττροί ταΰτα, ίτηθησίΐ ο θβοί €7Γ αύτον ταί ττληγάί tus γβγραμμβνας Ιν βιβλιω τούτω• 19 KOU iav τ is άψαιρτ) άττο των REVISED VERSION. the Root and the Offspring ""of David ; i the bright uud *t morn- ing 1 Star. 17 And tlie Spirit and the bride say : 'Come ! And 'he that heareth, let him say : 'Come ! And -he that 'thirsteth, 'let him come ; »and 'he that will, 'let him take 'the water of life freely. 18 "For I "also testify «to every ^one 'hearing the words of the prophecy of this book: If any "one •• add to these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that 'have been written in '' this book ; 19 And if any 'one ' take ρ Bloomf. : ' The τοΟ before Δανι8 is, on strong grounds' (A. B. 'a 21. [& 11. 39.]'), 'ciincc'lled l)y all the recent editors;' and, for Δα,3., they all (except Malth., f-"ch., Words.) read Δαν. 1 Nothing is supplied by R. ;-any forei.sn version (except Syr. [= De D. ianqiiam], Moldenh.) ;-Briglitm., Wells and later English ver-ss. (except Newc. Words.). For ύ λα/ιΛρό; xai opSptTOs, all the recent editors read ΰ "Καμ. b HftMvoi (B. 'a 23. β 2. y 3. Coiupl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Slav. MS. ό «ρω. ύ λα /t. α 5. Αγ. ρ. Slav. MSS.') ; except Lachm. and Treg., ό λα/ι.. xal ΰ Λρω. (Ά. Vulg.'). I recommend the repetition of the article before •morning. In all the English verss. (except Wakef., Newc. Sharpe) morning is given apart, as an adjective ; and so in the original edition of E. V., and by the Amer. Bible Soc.'s late revision. ' For ixei (twice) and ίλθίτω. all the recent editors read ΐρχου and Ιρχίαθίο {λ. Β. ' α 28. β 2. y 4. Compl.'). • See Ε. v., v. 11; Rom. 12: 7. 8; &c. W., R. ;-Daub., Woodh., Murd., (in the tliird instance), We.sl., Allvr., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr.. (conform the tliird instance to the two pre- ceding: lel him that [irho]). Lord (he ir/io ;-and so Treg. in the third instance). Excepting Fr. Many coijies omit the words, in the night. shall pass away with a rushing noise, but the elements shall be dissolved with fervent heat, and the earth and the works therein shall be burned up. Since, then, all these things are dissolving, 11 what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy behaviour and godliness, looking for and 12 hastening the coming of the day of God, in consequence of which the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements melt with fervent heat. But, according to his pro- 13 mise, we look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein righteousness dwelleth. Wherefore, beloved, looking for these things, 14 be diligent that spotless and.blameless ye may be found by him in peace ; and the long-suffer- 15 ing of our Lord account salvation ; even as also our beloved brother Paul, according to the wisdom given unto him, wrote unto you, as 16 also in all the epistles, speaking in them of these things ; among which are some things hard to be understood, which the unlearned and unstable wrest, as also the other scriptures, unto their own destruction. Do ye, therefore, 17 beloved, knowhig these things before, beware lest, carried away with the error of the law- less, ye fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in the grace and knowledge of our 18 Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To him the glory, both now and unto the day of eternity. Amen. 230 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. I. What was from the beginning, wliat we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we gazed upon, and our hands handled ; 2 concerning the word of the Life, (and the Life was manifested, aud we have seen, and do testify, and declare unto you that eternal Life which was with the Father, aud was manifest- 3 ed uuto us,) what we have seen aud heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us ; and, again, our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son Jesus 4 Christ. And these things we write imto you, that your joy may be fulfilled. 5 And this is the message which we have heard from him, and report unto you, that God is 6 light, aud darkness in him there is none. If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walk, iu the darkness, we lie, and do not the 7 truth ; but if we walk in the light, as he him- self is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, aud the blood of Jesus Christ his Son 8 cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth 9 is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faith- ful and righteous to forgive us our sius, and 10 cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have uot sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us. II. My little children, these things I write unto you, that ye siu uot : and if any one have sinned, we have an Advocate with the Father, 2 Jesus Christ the righteous ; and be is himself the propitiation for our sins ; yet not for ours only, but also for the whole world. 3 Aud hereby we know that we have known 4 him, if we keep his commandments. He that saith : I have known him, aud keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him ; but whoso keepeth his word, truly in 5 this man hath the love of God been perfected : hereby we know that we are in him. He that 6 saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to Avalk, even as He walked. Beloved, I write not a new commandment 7 unto you, but an old commaudment which ye had from the beginning : this old command- ment is the word which ye heard from the beiiinuinff. Acain, a new commandment I 8 write uuto you, which thing is true in him and in you ; because the darkness passeth away, and the true light now shineth. He that saith 9 he is in the light, and hatetli his brother, is iu the darkness until now. He that loveth his 10 brother abideth in the light, and there is no occasion of stumbling iu hmi. But he that 11 hatetli his brother is in the darkness, and walk- eth in the darkness, aud knoweth not whither he goeth, because the darkness hath blinded his eyes. I write unto you, little children, because 12 your sins have been forgiven you for his name's sake. I write unto you, fathers, because ye 13 have known him that is from the beginning. I write unto you, young men, because ye have overcome the wicked one. I 'write imto you, little children, because ye have known the Father. I have written unto you, fathers, be- 14 cause ye have known him that is from the beginning. I have written unto you, young men, because ye are strong, and the word of of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one. Love not the world, neither the things in 15 ' ΟΓ; as very many read, have written. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. 231 the world : if any one love the world, the love 16 of the Father is not in him : for all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the 17 Father, but is of the world : and the world passeth away, and the lust thereof: but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever. Little children, it is the last hour ; and as ye heard that the Antichrist cometh, even now there are many become antichrists ; whence we know that it is the last hour. From us they went out, but they were not of us ; for if they had been of us, they would have abode with us ; but it was that they might be made 20 manifest that none of them are of us. And you, ye have an anointing from the Holy One, 18 19 21 and know all things. I have not wi-itten unto you because ye know not the truth, but be- cause ye know it, and that no lie is of the 22 truth. Who is the liar, but he that denieth that Jesus is the Christ ? This is the Anti- christ, who denieth the Father and the Son. 23 Every one that denieth the Son, neither hath he the Father ; he that confesseth the Son hath the Father also. 24 You, therefore, let that which ye heard from the beginning abide in you : if that abide in you which ye heard from the beginning, ye also shall abide in the Son and in the Father. 25 And this is the promise which he himself pro- 26 raised us, the life eternal. These things I have wi-itten unto you concerning those who would 27 deceive you. And you, the anointing which ye received from him abideth in you, and ye have no need that any one teach you : but as the same anointing teacheth you concerning all things, and is true, and is no lie, and even 28 as it taught you, ye shall abide in him. And now, little children, abide in him ; that, when , he shall be manifested, we may have confi- dence, and not be shamed away from him, at his coming. 29 If ye know that he is righteous, ye know that every one that doeth righteousness hath been begotten of him. III. Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called children of God! therefore the world knoweth not us, because it knew not him. Beloved, now 2 are we children of God, and it hath not yet been manifested what we shall be, but we know that, when Jit shall be manifested, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is. And every one that hath this hope on Him 3 purifieth himself, even as He is pure. Every 4 one that committeth sin committeth also vio- lation of law ; and sin is violation of law. And 5 ye know that He Λvas manifested to take away our sins ; and in him is no sin. Eveiy one 6 that abideth in him sinueth not ; every one that sinneth hath not seen him, neither known him. Little children, let no one deceive you ; 7 he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous. He that committeth sin 8 is of the devil ; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this was the Son of God mani- fested, that he might destroy the works of the devil. Eveiy one that hath been begotten of 9 God doth not commit sin, for his seed abideth in him ; and he cannot sin, because he hath been begotten of God : in this are manifest 10 the children of God and the children of the devil. Every one that doeth not righteousness is not of God, and he that loveth not his brother. For this is the message that ye heard from the 11 beginning, that we should love one another ; not as Cain was of the wicked one, and slew 12 his brother ; and wherefore slew he him ? Be- cause his own works were wicked, but his brother's righteous. Mai-vel not, my brethren, 13 if the world hateth you. As for us, we know 14 that we haΛ'e passed out of death into life, because we love the brethren : he that loveth not his brother abideth in death. Every one 15 that hateth his brother is a mankiller ; and ye know that no mankiller hath etej-nal life abid- ing in him. ) Or. he. 232 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. 16 Hereby have we known love, because He laid down his life for lis : we also ought to lay 17 down our lives for the l)rethren. Bqt whoso hath the world's goods, and seeth his brotlier have need, and shutteth up his bowels from 18 him, how abideth the love of God in him ? My little children, let us not love in word nor with the tongue, but in deed and truth. 19 And hereby we know that we are of the truth ; and shall assure our hearts before him. 20 For, if our heart condemn us, God is greater 21 than our lieart, and knoweth all things. Be- loved, if our heart condemn us not, we have 22 confidence toward God. And whatsoever we ask, we receive from him, because we keep his commandments, and do the things that are 23 pleasing in his sight. And this is his com- mandment, that we sliould believe on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, 24 as he gave us commandment. And he that keepeth his commandments abideth in him, and he in him : and hereby we know that he abideth in us, by the Spirit that he gave us. IV. Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they ai'e of God : be- cause many false prophets are gone out into 2 the world. Hereby ye know the Spirit of God : every spirit, that coufosseth Jesus Christ 3 come in flesh, is of God. And every spirit, that confesseth not Jesus Christ come in flesh, is not of God ; and this is that sjjirit of the Anti- christ, whereof ye have heard that it cometh, 4 and now it is in the world already. You, little children, are of God, and have overcome them ; because greater is he that is in you, than he 5 that is in the world. They are of the world ; therefore what is of the world they speak, and 6 the world heai-eth them : we are of God ; he that knoweth God heareth us ; he that is not of God heareth not us. By this we know the spirit of truth and the spirit of error. 7 Beloved, let us love another ; for love is of God, and every one that loveth hath been be- 8 gotten of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not knoweth not God ; for God is love. In this was manifested the love of God in us, 9 that God hath sent his Son, the only begot- ten, into the world, that we might live through him. Herein is love, not that we loved God, 10 but that he loved us, and sent his Son a pro- pitiation for our sins. Beloved, if God so 11 loved us, we also ought to love one another. No one hath at any time seen God : if we love 12 one another, God abideth in us, and his love hath been perfected in us. Hereby we know 13 that we abide in him, and he in us, because he hath given us of his Spirit. We also have 14 seen, and do testify, that the Father hath sent the Sou as Saviour of the world. Whosoever 1-5 shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God abideth in him, and he in God. We also have 16 known and believed the love that God hath in us. God is love, and he that abideth in love abideth in God, and God in him. Herein hath 17 love with us been perfected, that we should have confidence in the day of judgiuent, be- cause as He is are we also in this world. There 18 is no fear in love, but perfect love casteth out fear ; because fear hath punishment : but he that feareth hath not been perfected in love. We love him, because he first loved us. If 19 any one say : I love God, and hateth his broth- 20 er, he is a liar; for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen ? And this com- 21 mandment have we from him, that he who loveth God love also his brother. Λ''. Every one that believeth that Jesus is the Christ hath been begotten of God; and every one, that loveth him that begat, loveth him also that hath been begotten of him. Hereby we know that we love the children of 2 God, when we love God, and keep his com- mandments. For this is the love of God, that 3 we keep his commandments ; and his com- mandments are not bui'densome. For all that 4 hath been begotten of God overcometh the world ; and this is the victory that overcometh the world, our faith. Who is he that over- 5 THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. 233 Cometh the world, but he that believeth that that Jesus is the Son of God "? 6 This is he that came by water and blood, Jesus the Christ ; not with the water only, but with the water and the blood; and the Spirit is that which testifieth, because the 7 Spii'it is truth. For there are three that tes- 8 tify,'' the Spirit, and the water, and the blood ; 9 and the three agree in one. If we receive the testimony of men, the testimony of God is greater : for this is the testimonj^ of God which 10 he hath testified concerning his Son. He that believeth in the Son of God hath the testi- mony in himself: he that believeth not God hath made him a liar, because he hath not be- lieved in the testimonj' which God hath testi- 11 fied concerning his Son. And this is the testi- mony, that God gave to us eternal life, and 12 this life is in his Son. He that hath the Son hath life ; he that hath not the Son of God bath not life. 13 These things have I written unto you 'that believe in the name of the Son of God, that I• Two or three inferior copies here insert the words : in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Hulij Spirit; and thise three are one. And t/iey are three that testify on earth. 1 Or, as very many read, that ye may know that ye have eternal life, who believe in the name of the Son of God. ye may know that ye have eternal life, and that ye may believe in the name of the Son of God. And this is the confidence that we have 14 towards him, that, if we ask any thing accord- ing to his will, he heareth us : and if we know 15 that he heareth us, whatsoever we ask, we know that we have the petitions that we have asked from him. If any one see his brother 16 sinning a sin not unto death, he shall ask, and ' shall give him life, evc7i to those who sin not unto death. There is a sin unto death : not for that do I say that he shall pray. All un- 17 nghteousness is sin ; and there is a sin not unto death. We know that every one that hath been IS begotten of God sinneth not ; but he that been begotten of God keepeth himself, and the wicked one toucheth him not. We know 19 that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in the wicked one. But we know that the 20 Son of God is come, and hath given us under- standing that we may know the True One; and we are in the True One, in his Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and the Life eternal. Little children, keep yourselves from the 21 idols. " Or. he shall give. 30 234 THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN. THE SECOID EPISTLE OE JOim. The ekior iiuto an elect lady and her chil- dren, whom I love in truth, and not I only, but also all wJio have known the truth, for the truth's sake, which abideth in us, and with us it shall be for ever : There shall be with jou grace, mercy, jieace, from God the Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of the Father, in truth and love. I rejoiced greatlj' tliat I have found children of thine walking in truth, as we received commandnKuit from the Father. And now I beseech thee, lady, not as writing unto thee a new commandment, but that which we had from the beginning, that we love one another. And this is love, that we walk according to his commandments. This is the command- ment, as ye heard from the beginning, that ye should walk in it. For many deceivers have entered into the world, who confess no't Jesus Christ coming in flesh : this is the deceiver and the Antichrist. Look to yourselves, that 8 we lose not wliat things we have wrought, but receive a full reAvard. Every one that 9 transgresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God: he that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, the same hath both the Father and the Son. If any one cometh unto 10 you, and bringeth not this doctrine, receive him not into the house, neither bid him hail : for he that l)iddcth him hail shai-eth in his 11 wicked works. Having many things to write unto jou, I 12 woiild not with paper and ink ; but I hope to come imto you, and speak mouth to mouth, that our joy may be fulfilled. The children 13 of thy elect sister salute thee. TflE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. 23-3 THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN. The- elder unto the beloved Gaius, whom I love hi truth. 2 Beloved, in all things I pray that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy 3 soul prospereth. For I rejoiced greatly, when brethren came and testified to thy truth, how 4 thou walkest in truth. Greater joy than this I have none, to hear of my children walking in truth. 5 Beloved, thou actest faithfully whatsoever thou doest toward the brethren, and toward 6 the strangers ; who have testified to thy love before the church : whom thou shalt do well to set forward on their way in a manner wor- 7 thy of God : for in behalf of the name they went forth, taking notliing from the Gentiles. 8 We, therefore, ought to receive such, that we may become fellow-labourers for the truth. 9 I wrote unto the church : but he who loveth to be foremost among them, Diotrephes, doth not admit us. Therefore, if I come,• I will 10 bring to remembrance liis deeds which he doeth, prating against us with wicked words; and, not contented with these, neither doth he himself admit the brethren, and those who would he hindereth and castetli out of the church. Beloved, do not imitate what is evil, but 11 what is good. He that doeth good is of God ; he that doeth evil hath not seen God. Unto 12 Demetrius testimony hath been borne by all, and by the truth itself; but we also testify, and ye know that our testimony is tiiie. I had many things to write, but I will not 13 wath ink and "pen write unto thee ; but I hope 14 straightway to see thee, and we shall speak mouth to mouth. Peace be to thee. The friends 15 salute thee. Salute the friends by name. ° Gr. reed. •2Π0 THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS. THE EPISTLE iW JUDAS. Judas, a servant of Jesus Christ, -and brother of James, to the called, sanctified in God the Father, and kept for Jesus Christ : 2 Mercy- unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied. 3 Beloved, while using all diligence to write unto you concerning the common salvation, ■"there was a necessity that I should iwrite exhorting you to strive earnestly for the faith 4 once for all delivered unto the saints. For there have crept in privily certain men, who have been before of old described for this condemnation, luigodly, perverting the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ. 5 But I wish to remind you, you who once for all know this, that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, again 6 destroyed those who believed not ; and angels that kept not their 'first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath kept with everlasting bonds under darkness for the judgment of the 7 great day; how Sodom and GomoiTah, and the cities about them, having given themselves over in like manner to fornication, and gone away after other flesh, are set forth for an ex- ample, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire. 8 Yet in like manner these dreamers also on the one hand defile the flesh, on the other reject 9 'government, and rail at dignities. But Mi- chael the archangel, when contending with the devil he disputed about the body of Moses, did not dare to bring against him railing judgment, 10 but said : The Lord rebuke thee. But these rail at whatsoever things, indeed, they know " Or, but. ρ Gr. / had. 1 Gr. write unto you exhorting to strive. ' Or, principality. • Or, lordship. not ; but whatsoever things they naturally, as the brute beasts, understand, in those they corrupt themselves. Woe to them ! for in the 11 way of Cain they walked, and in the *rror of Balaam for hire they rushed headlong, and in the gainsaying of Korah they perished. These are rocks in your love-feasts, banquet- 12 ing together without fear, tending themselves ; clouds without water, borne along by winds ; trees -whose fruit withereth, unfruitful, twice 13 dead, uprooted ; wild waves of the sea, foam- ing out their own shame ; wandering stars, for which the blackness of darkness for ever hath been reserved. But for these also prophesied 14 Enoch, seventh iiom Adam, saj'ing: Behold, the Lord came with his holy myriads, to exer- cise judgment upon all, and to convict all "the ungodly among them of all their deeds of un- godliness wherein they Λvere ungodly, and of all the hard things which tmgodly sinners spake against him. These are murmurers, 16 complainers, walking according to their ΟΛνη lusts ; and their mouth speaketh great swell- ing words, admiring persons for profit's sake. But ye, beloved, be mindful of the words 17 w'hich wei-e spoken before by the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; ho\v they told you, 18 that in the last time there shall be mockers, walking according to their own lusts of un- godliness. These are they who separate, ani- 19 mal, having no spirit. But ye, beloved, build- 20 ing up )Ourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Spirit, keep yourselves in 21 the love of God, waiting for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life : and on 22 some, indeed, have compassion, while contend- Or, of late autumn. Gr. their ungodly ones. REVELATION. 237 23 ing ; but others save in fear, snatching them out of the fire, liating even the garment spotted by the flesh. 24 But unto him Λvho is able to keep 'you from falling, and to set you in the presence of his glory faultless with exceeding joy, unto 25 the only God our SaA-iour, through Jesus Christ our Lord, glory and majesty, strength and authority, both now and unto all the ages. Amen. REYELATIOI. I. The Eevelation of Jesus Christ, Λνΐιίοΐι God gave unto him, to show unto his servants things which must come to pass shorth', and sending he signified by his angel unto his 2 servant John, who testified the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ, whatsoever 3 things he saw: blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear, the words of the prophecy, and keep the things therein written ; for the time is near. 4 John to the seven churches which are in Asia : Grace unto you, and peace, from him who is, and who was, and who cometh ; and from the seven Spirits that are before his 5 throne; and from Jesus Christ, the faithful Witness, the " First-born of the dead, and the Prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him who lo\"eth us, and washed us from our sins in 6 his blood, and he made us a kingdom, priests unto his God and Father, unto him the glory and the power "for ever and ever. Amen. 7 Behold, he cometh with the clouds, and every eye shall see him, and they who pierced him ; and all the tribes of the earth shall wail because of him. Yea, Amen. 8 I am the Alpha and the Omega, saith the Lord God, who is, and who was, and who cometh, the Almighty. 9 I, John, your brother, and fellow-partaker in the tribulation, and kingdom, and patience of ' Or, according to some copies, them. Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God and for the testi- mony of Jesus Christ. I was in the Spirit on 10 the Lord's day; and I heard behind me a loud 11 voice as of a trumpet, saying: What thou seest, write in a book, and send unto the seven churches; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. And I turned to see the voice that was speaking with me ; and having turned, I saw seven golden lamp-stands, and in the midst of the seven lamp-stands one like a son of man, clothed with a garment down to the feet, and girt around at the breasts with a golden girdle; but his head and hair were 14 white as white wool, as snow ; and his eyes as a flame of fire ; and his feet like burnished 15 brass, as if they glowed in a furnace ; and his voice as the voice of many waters ; and he 16 had in his right hand seven stars ; and out of his mouth proceeded a two-edged sharp sword ; and his countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength. And when I saw him, \ as dead ; and he laid his me, saying : Fear not ; I the Last, and the dead; and, behold, I am fell at his feet upon right hand Living One am the First and and I was alive »for ever 12 13 17 IS Gr. unto the ages of the ages. 23S REVELATION. ever and ever ; ami I liave tlie keys of deatli 19 and of hades. Write, therefore, the things which thou sawest, and the things whicli are, and the things wliich are to come to pass after 20 these ; the mystery of the seven stars which tliou sawest on my right hand, and those seven golden lamp-stands. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churelies; and those seven lamp-stands are seven churches. II. Unto tlie angel of the cluirch in Ephe- sus write : These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, he that walketh in the 2 midst of the seven golden lamp-stands : I know thy works, and thj' toil, and thy patience, and that thou canst not bear evil men, and hast tried those who say that they are apostles, and they are not, and hast found them liars, 3 and hast patience, and hast borne for my 4 name's sake, and hast not become weary. But I have against thee, that thou hast let go thy 5 first love. Remember, therefore, wiience thou hast fiillen, and repent, and do the first works; but if not, I come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy lamp-stand out of its place, unless 6 tliou repent. But this thou hast, tiiat thou hatest the works of the Nicolaitans, whicli I 7 also hate. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches : To him that overcometh, to him will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the paradise 'of God. 8 And unto the angel of the church in Smyrna write : These things saith the First and the Last, 9 who was dead, and lived : I know tiiy works, and tribulation, and poverty (but thou art rich), and the railing on the part of those who say that they are Jews, and they are not, but 10 the synagogue of Satan. Fear not at all the things which thou art about to sufler. Be- hold, the devil is about to cast some of you into prison, tliat ye may be tried ; and ye shall Or, ivs many read, of my Gad. have a tribulation of ten days. Be faithful unto death, and I will give thee the crown of life. He that hath an ear, let him hear what 11 the Spirit saith unto the churches : He that overcometh shall not be liurt by the second death. And unto the angel of tlie church in Per- 12 games write : These things saitli he wlio hath the two- edged sharp sword : I know thy works, and 13 where thou dwellest, where is the throne of Satan ; and thou boldest my name, and didst not deny my faith even in the days wherein tvus Antipas, that faithful witness of mine, who was killed among you, where Satan dwelleth. But I have against thee a few 14 things ; that thou hast there some that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who tauglit for Balak to cast a stumbling-block before the children of Israel, to eat idol-sacrifices and commit for- nication. So thou also hast some that hold the 15 doctrine of the Nicolaitans in like manner. Repent, therefore; but if not, I come unto IG thee quickly, and will fight with them with the sword of my mouth. He that hath an ear, 17 let him hear wliat the Spirit saith unto tlie churches : To him that overcometh, to liim will I give of that hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and upon the stone a new name written, wdiich no one knoweth, but he that reccivcth. And unto the angel of the church in Thya- IS tira write : These things saith the Son of God, he that hath his eyes as a flame of fire, and his feet are like burnished brass: I know thy works, 19 and love, and faith, and service, and thy pa- tience, and thy last Λvorks to be more than the first. But I have against thee, that thou 20 sufierest ^the woman, Jezebel, who calleth herself a prophetess; and she teacheth and deceivetli my servants to commit fornication and eat idol-sacrifices. And I gave her time 21 that she might repent, and she will not repent y Or, as many read, ihy irife. REVELATION. 239 22 of her fornication. Eehokl, I cast her into a bed, and those who commit adultery with her into great tribulation, unless they repent of 23 her works ; and her children I will kill with death ; and all the churches shall know that I am he who searcheth reins and hearts ; and I will give unto you, every one, according to 24 your works. But unto you I say, unto the rest that are in Thyatira, as many as have not this doctrine, who have not known the depths of Satan, as they say : I cast upon jjou 25 no other burden; but, what ye have, hold till 26 I come; and he that overcoraeth, even he that keepeth nnto the end my works, I will give 27 him authority over the nations ; and he shall tend them with an iron rod, as the vessels of the potter are shivered ; as I also have receiv- 28 ed of my Father ; and I will give him the 29 morning star. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. III. AxD unto the angel of the church in Sardis Avrite : These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars : I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou 2 livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things remaining that were ready to die : lor I have not found thy works 3 fulfilled before my God. Remember, there- fore, how thoii hast received and heard, and keep, and repent. If, therefore, thou dost not watch, I will come upon thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will 4 come upon thee. But thou hast a few names in Sardis, which have not defiled their gar- ments ; and they shall walk with me in white : 5 for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white garments ; and I will not blot out his name from the book of life, and I will confess his name before G my Father, and before his angels. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith nnto the churches. 7 And unto the angel of the church in Phila- delpliia write : , These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth and no one shutteth, and he shutteth and no one openeth : I know thy S works: behold, I have given before thee an ojiened door, which no one can shut : for thou hast a little strength, and liast kept my word, and hast not denied my name. Behold, 9 I give out of the synagogue of Satan, those who say that they are Jews, and they are not, but do lie ; behold, I will make them to come and do homage before thy feet, and know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast, kept 10 the word of my patience, I also will keep tiiee from 4hat hour of trial, which is about to come on the whole world, to try those who' dwell on the earth. I come quickly: hold 11 what thou hast, that no one take thy crown. He that overcometh, I will make him a pillar 12 in the temple of my God, and he shall never go out more ; and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, of the new Jerusalem, which de- scendeth out of heaven from my God, and my new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear 13 what the Spirit saith unto the churches. And unto the angel of the church in Laodi- 14 cea write : These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the Beginning of the crea- tion of God : I know thy works, that thou art 15 neither cold nor hot : I would thou wert cold or hot. So, because thou art lukewarm, and 16 neither cold nor hot, I am about to vomit thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest: 17 I am rich, and have become rich, and have need of nothing ; and knowest not that thou art the wretched and the pitiable one, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee 18 to buy of me gold purified «by fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white garments, that thou ma)'^est clothe thyself, and the shame of thy nakedness not be manifested ; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. » Gr. Ihe hour of the trial. "Or, out of. 240 REVELATIOX. 19 I, as many as I love, I rebuke and chasten : 20 be zealous, therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock : if any one hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with 21 me. He that overcometh, I will give unto him to sit down with me in my throne, as I also overcame, and sat dovi'u with my 22 Father in bis throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. IV. After these things I saw, and behold a door set open in heaven, and that first voice, which I heard as of a trumpet speaking with me, saying: Come up hither, aud^I will show thee things which must come to pass after these. 2 And immediately I was in the Spirit : and, be- hold, a throne bad been set in heaven, and on 3 the throne one sat ; and he that sat was in ap- pearance like a jasper and a sardine stone ; and tlicre icas a rainbow round about the throne, 4 in appearance like an emerald. And round about the throne were twenty-four thrones ; and upon the thrones / saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white garments, and 5 upon their heads golden crowns. And out of the throne proceed lightnings, and voices, and thunders ; and there are seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the 6 seven Spirits of God ; and before the throne as it were a glassy sea like crystal ; and in the midst of the throne, and around the throne, four living creatures full of eyes before and 7 behind. And the first living creatiu-e w like a lion, and the second living creature like a calf, and the third living creature hath the face as a man, and the fourth living creature 8 is like an eagle flying. And the four living creatures, each one of them having six wings, are roimd about and within full of eyes; and they have no rest day and night, saying: Holy, holy, holy, the Lord God the Almighty, 9 who was, and who is, and who cometh. And when the living creatures shall give glory, and honour, and thanks to him that sitteth on the throne, who liveth ''for βΛ•βΓ and ever, the twenty-four elders shall fall down liefore him 10 that sitteth on the throne, and shall worship him that liveth 'for ever and ever, and shall cast their crowns before the throne, saying : Thou art worthy, Ό Lord, to receive the 11 glory, and the honom", and the power : for thou didst ci'cate all things, and because of thy will they were, and were created. V. And I saw upon the right hand of him that sat on the thiOue a book written within and on the back, sealed up with seven seals. And I saw a mighty angel proclaiming with a 2 loud voice : Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof? And no one 3 was able in heaven, nor on the earth, nor under the earth, to open the book, neither to look thereon. And I, I wept much, because 4 no one was found worthy to open the book, neither to look thereon. And one of the 5 elders saith unto me : Weep not: behold, the Lion that is from the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book and the seven seals thereof. And I saw, in the midst of the thi'one and 6 of the four living creatures, and in the midst of the elders, a lamb standing as if it had been slain, having seven horns, aiid seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth. And he came and took the 7 book out of the right hand of him that sat on the throne. And when he took the book, 8 the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one harps, and golden bowls full of in- cense, which are the prayers of the saints. And they sing a new song, saying : Thou art 9 worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof; for thou wast slain, and didst redeem us to God by thy blood out of every tribe, and tongue, and peojile, and na- tion ; and tliou didst make them unto our God 10 •> Gr. unlo the ages of the ages. ' Qr, as many read, our Lord and God. REVELATION. 241 kings and priests, and they «^reign over the 11 earth. And I saw, and I heard a voice of many angels around the throne and the living creatures and the ciders ; and the number of them was rayi-iads of myriads, and thousands 12 of thousands, saying with a loud voice : Worthy is the Lamb that bath been slain to receive the power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and gloiy, and bless- 13 ing. And every creature that is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are on the sea, and all things that are in them, heard I saying : Unto him that sitteth on the throne, and unto tlie Lamb, the bless- ing, and the honour, "and the glory, and the 14 power, 'for ever and ever. And the four liv- ing creatures said : Amen. And the elders fell down, and worshipped. VI. And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures saying, as the voice of thun- 2 der : Come ^and see. And I saw, and behold a white horse, and he that sat upon him hav- ing a bow: and there was given unto him a crown: and he went forth conquering, and that he might conquer. 3 And when he opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature saying: 4 Come. And there went forth another, a red horse ; and to him that sat upon him, to him it was given to take peace from the earth, and that they should slay one another ; and there was given unto him a great sword. 5 And when he opened the third seal, I heard the third li\ang creature saying : Come 'and see. And I saw, and behold a black horse, and he that sat upon him having a balance in his hand. 6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four liΛ^ng creatures, saying : A ^choenix of wheat for a ^denarius, and three choenixes of barley ■^ Or, according to some copies, shall reign. • Gr. unto the ages of the ages. ' Many omit the words, and see. ' A chcenLv is about one quart ; a denarius^ about fifteen cents. for a denarius ; and the oil and the wine hurt thou not. And when he opened the fourth seal, I heard 7 the voice of the fourth living creature saying : Come fand see. And I saw, and behold a pale 8 horse, and he that sat upon him, his name Death, and Hades 'followeth with him. And there was given unto them power over the fourth part of the earth to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and by the wild beasts of the earth. And when he opened the fifth seal, I saw 9 under the altar the souls of those slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they had. And they cried with a loud voice, say- 10 ing : Until when, Lord, the holj' and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on those that dwell on the earth ? And there was 11 given unto them eveiy one a white robe, and it was said unto them that they should rest yet a little time, until their fellow-sen'ants also and their brethren should fulfil it, who were to be killed as they also themselves. And I saw when he opened the sixth seal, 12 and, behold, there was a great earthquake, and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the whole moon became as blood, and the 13 stars of heaven fell unto the earth, as a fig- tree casteth her 'untimely figs, being shaken by a great wind ; and the heaven was parted 14 as a scroll rolling up ; and everj^ mountain and island were moved out of their places ; and 15 the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the chief captains, and the rich, and the mighty, and every bond man, and every free man, hid themselves in the caves and in the rocks of tiie mountains ; and they say to the mountains and 16 to the rocks : Fall upon j.is, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb : for that great day of 17 his wrath is come, and who is able to stand "? VII. And after these things I saw four angels standing upon the four comers of the I" Or, as many read, followed. Or, winter fgs. 31 242 REVELATION. earth, liokling the four winds of the earth, that no wind slionhl blow on the earth, nor 2 on the sea, nor upon any tree. And I saw another angel ascending from the sunrising, having the seal of the living God : and he cried \vith a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the 3 sea, saying : Hurt not the earth, nor the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our Clod on their foreheads. 4 And I heard the number of the sealed : a hundred and forty-four thousand sealed, of 5 every tribe of the children of Israel ; of the tribe of Judah, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Reuben, twelve thousand sealed ; of G the tribe of Gad, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Asher, twelve thousand sealed; of the tribe of Naphtali, twelve thousand sealed; of the tribe of Manasseh, twelve thou- 7 sand sealed; of the tribe of Simeon, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Levi, twelve thousand sealed; of the tribe of Issachar, S twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Ze- buluu, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Josepli, twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Benjamin, twelve thousand sealed. 9 After these things I saw, and behold a great midtitude whicJi no one could number, of every nation, and tribes, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne, and be- fore the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and 10 palms in their hands ; and they cry with a loud voice, saying : The salvation unto our God who sitteth on the throne, and unto the 11 Lamb. And all the angels stood around the throne and the elders and the four living creat- ures, and they fell before the throne upon 12 their faces, and worshipped God, saying : Amen. The blessing, and the glory, and the wisdom, and the thanksgiving, and the hon- our, and the power, and the strength, unto our God Jfor ever and ever. Amen. 13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me : These that are clothed with the i Gr. unto the ages of the ages. white robes, who are they? and whence came they? And I said unto him : My Lord, 14 thou knowest. And he said unto me : Tliese are they who come out of the great tribula- tion, and they washed tlieir robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. There- 15 fore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall tabernacle over them. They shall hunger no more, 16 neither thirst any more ; neither shall the sun fall on them, nor any heat ; for the Lamb that 17 is in the midst of the throne shall tend them, and shall lead tliem unto fountains of waters of life, and God shall wipe away every tear from tlieir eyes. VIII. And when he opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about half an hour. And I saw the seven angels who stand be- 2 fore God, and there were given unto them seven trumpets. And another angel came, 3 and stood at the altar, having a golden censer, and there was given unto hira much incense, that he should give it to the prayers of all the saints upon the golden altar which is be- fore the throne. And the smoke of the incense 4 for the prayers of the saints ascended out of the angel's hand before God. And the angel 5 took the censer, and filled it from the fire of the altar, and cast unto the earth : arid there were voices, and thundei's, and lightnings, and an earthquake. And the seven angels having the seven 6 trumpets prepared themselves, that they might sound. And the first sounded, and there was hail, 7 and fire, mingled with blood, and they were cast unto the earth : and the third part of the earth was burnt up, and the third part of the trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up. And the second angel sounded, and as it 8 were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea : and the third part of the REVELATION. 243 9 sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had lil'e, died ; and the third part of the ships was destroyed. 10 And the third angel sounded, and there fell from hea\'en a great star, burning as a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of the waters : 11 and the name of the star is called Wonn- wood : "and the third part of tlie Λvaters be- comes wormwood, and many of the men died of the waters, because they were made bitter. 12 And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars, that the tliird part of them might be darkened, and the day should not shine for the third part of it, and the night likewise. 13 And I saw, and I heard an 'eagle flying in mid-heaven, saying with a loud voice : Woe, woe, woe, to those who dwell on the earth, from the remaining voices of the trumpet of the three angels who are about to sound. IX. And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fallen from heaven unto the earth : and there was given unto him the 2 key of the pit of the abyss. And he opened the pit of the abyss : and there ascended smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace, and the sun was darkened, and the 3 air, by the smoke of the pit. And out of the smoke there came forth locusts unto the earth, and there was given unto them power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. 4 And it was said unto them, that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, nor any green thing, nor any tree, but the men who liave not the seal of God on their foreheads. 5 And it was given unto them that they should not kill them, but that they should be tor- mented five montlis: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when it strik- ^ Or, as a few copies read, angel. eth a man. And in those days shall the 6 men seek death, and sliall not find it. And they shall long to die, and death shall flee from them. And the likenesses of the lo- 7 ousts ivei-e like horses prepared unto battle ; and upon their heads, as it were crowns like gold ; and their faces, as tlie faces of men ; and they had hair as the hair of women ; 8 and their teeth were as of lions ; and they had 9 breastplates as iron breastplates ; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle ; and they have 10 tails like scorpions, 'and stings were in their tails; and their power icas to hurt the men five months. They have over them a king, 11 the angel of the abyss ; his name in Hebrew, Abaddon ; and in the Greek he hath the name "'Apollj^on. The first woe is past : behold, there come 12 yet two woes after these things. And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a 13 voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God, saying to the sixth angel 14 who had the trumpet : Loose the four angels that have been bound by that great river Eu- phrates. And the four angels were loosed, 1-5 that had been prepared ibr the hour, and daj', and month, and year, that they should kill the third part of the men. And the number of 16 the armies of the cavalry was two myriads of myriads : I heard the number οΓ them. And 17 thus I saw the horses in the vision, and those who sat on them, having breastplates fiery, and hyacinthine, and like brimstone : and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions, and out of their mouth proceedeth fire, and smoke, and brimstone. By these three 18 plagues were killed the third part of the men, by the fire, and the smoke, and the brimstone, which proceeded out of their mouth. For the 19 power of the horses is in their mouth, and in their tails : for their tails arc like serpents, and have heads, and with these do they hurt. And 20 1 Or, as many read, awt/ slings; and in their tails [is] their power &e. " That iSj Destroyer. 244 REVELATION. tlie rest of the men, who were not killed by these plagues, yet repented not of the works of" their hands, that they should not worship the demons, and the idols of gold, and of silver, and of brass, and of stone, and of wood, which 21 can neither see, nor hear, nor walk ; neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts. X. And I saw another mighty angel de- scending from heaven, clothed with a cloud, and the rainbow ivas on his head, and his face was as the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire : 2 aud he had in his hand a little book opened : and he set his right foot on the sea, and the 3 left on the earth, and cried with a loud voice, even as a lion roareth : and when lie had cried, the seven thunders spake with their voices. 4 And when the seven thunders had spoken, I was about to write : and I heard a voice from heaven, saying : Seal the things which the seven thunders spake, and write them not. 5 And the angel, whom I saw standing on the sea and on the earth, lifted up his right hand 6 to heaven, and sware by him that liveth "for ever and ever, who created the heaven and the things in it, and the earth and the things in it, and the sea and the things in it, that time there 7 shall no longer be ; but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he should be about to sound, is also finished the mystery of God, as he declared the glad tidings to his servants the prophets. 8 And the voice, which I heard from heaven, again spake with me, and said : Go, take the little book which is opened in the hand of the angel, who standeth on the sea and on the 9 earth. And I went unto the angel, saying tiuit he should give me the little book. And he saith unto me : Take, and eat it up ; and it siiall make bitter thy belly, but in thy mouth 10 it shall be sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the hand of the angel, and ° Gr. unto the ages of the ages. ate it up ; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey ; and, when I had eaten it, my belly was made bitter. And he saith unto me : 11 Thou must again prophesy of many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. XI. And there was given me a reed like a rod, he saying : Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, aud those who dwell therein: and the court which is without the 2 temple cast out, and measure it not ; for it is given unto the Gentiles : and the holy city shall they tread forty-two months. And I will 3 give unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed with sackcloth. These are the two olive-trees and the two lamp-stands, which stand before the Lord of the earth. And if any one will hurt them, 5 fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and de- voureth their enemies ; and if any one will hurt them, thus must he be killed. These have G power to shut heaven, that no rain fall during the days of their prophesying; and they have power over the waters to turn them to blood, aud to smite the earth with every plague, as often as they will. And when they shall have finished their 7 testimonj', the beast that ascendeth out of the ab3'ss shall make Avar with them, and shall overcome them, and shall kill them. And 8 their remains shall be on the broad place of the great city, which is called spiritually Sodom and Egypt, where also their Lord was crucified. And 7nen of the peojjles and tribes 9 and tongues and nations shall see their re- mains three days and a half, and shall not suffer their jemains to be put into a sepulchre. And they that dwell on the earth rejoice over 10 them, and shall make merry, and shall send gifts to one another; because these two proph- ets tormented those that dwelt on the earth. Aud after the three days and a half the 11 spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet ; and great fear fell upon those who beheld them. And they heard 12 REVELATION. a loud voice from heaven, saying unto them : Come up hither. And they went up to heaven in the cloud ; and tlieir enemies beheld them. 13 And ill that hour Avas there a great earth- quake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and there were killed in the earthquake names of men seven thousand: and the rest became afraid, and gave glory to the God of heaven. 14 The second woe is past ; behold, the third woe Cometh quickly. 15 And the seventh angel sounded ; and there were loud voices in heaven, saying : The king- dom of the world is become our Lord's and his Christ's, and he shall reign °for ever and 16 ever. And the twenty-four elders, who sit before God ixpon their thrones, fell upon their 17 faces, and worshipped God, saying : We give thee thanks, Lord God the Almighty, who art, and who wast, because thou hast taken IS thy great power, and reigned. And the na- tions were wroth, and thy wrath came, and the time of the dead that they should be judged, and to give the reward unto thy sei'v- ants, the prophets and the saints, and unto those who fear thy name, the small and the great, and to destroy those who destroy the earth. 19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen the ark of his covenant in his temple : and there were light- nings, and voices, and thunders, and an earth- quake, and great hail. XII. And a great sign was seen in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and on her head a crown of 2 twelve stars ; and being with child she crieth, travailing, and pained to bring ibrth. 3 And there was seen another sign in heaven ; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his heads seven 4 diadems ; and his tail drags the third part of the stars of heaven, and it cast them unto the earth. And the dragon stood before the wo- » Gr. untn the ages 'f the ages. man who was about to bring forth, that, when she brought forth, he might devour her child. And she brought forth ^a male child, who is 5 to tend all the nations with an iron rod : and her child was caught away to God and to his throne. And the woman fled into the wilder- 6 ness, where she hath a place prepared by God, that there they should nourish her a thousand two hundred and sixty days. And there was war in heaven, Michael and 7 his angels fighting with the dragon ; and the dragon fought and his angels, and they pre- 8 vailed not, neither was their place found any moi-e in heaven. And that great dragon was 9 cast, that old serpent, which is called the Devil and Satan, λλΊιο deceiveth the whole world, he was cast unto the earth, and his angels were cast with him. And I heard a 10 loud voice in heaven, saying : Now is come tiie salvation, and the power, and the king- dom of our God, and the authority of his Christ : for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, who accused them before our God day and night. They, too, overcame him, because 11 of the blood of the Lamb, and because of the word of their testimony ; and they loved not their life unto death. Therefore rejoice, ye 12 heavens, and ye who tabernacle therein. Woe to the earth and to the sea ! for the dcA'il is gone down unto you, having great ^Λ^•ath, knowing that he hath little time. And when the dragon saw that he was cast 13 unto the earth, he persecuted the woman that brought forth the male child. And tliere were 14 given to tlie woman itwo wings of the great eagle, that she sliould t\y into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the sei-pent. And the serpent cast out of his 15 mouth after the woman water as a river, that he might cause her to be carried away by the river. And the earth helped the woman, and 16 the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the river which the dragon cast out of his ρ Gr. a son, a male. i Or, as some read. Ihe two wings. 246 REVELATION. 17 mouth. And the dragon was enraged about the woman, and went away to make war with the rest of lier seed, who keep the command- ments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus. XIII. And I was set upon the sand of the sea. And I saw a beast ascending out of the sea, having ten horns and seven lieads, and on his horns ten diadems, and upon liis heads ■'a name of blasphemy. And the beast wliich I 2 saw was like a leopard, and his i'eet as of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion : and the dragon gave him his power, and his 3 throne, and great authority. And I saw one of his heads as if it had been slain to death ; and the stroke of his death was healed ; and the 4 whole earth wondered after the beast. And they worsliipped the dragon because he gave the authority unto the beast, and they wor- shipped the beast, saying: Who is like the beast"? and who is able to make war with 5 him ? And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies ; and there was given unto hiin power to do forty- 6 two months. And he opened his mouth for blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and those who 7 tabernacle in heaven. And it was given unto [ him to make war with the saints, and to over- come them ; and there was given unto him authority over every tribe, and people, and 8 tongue, and nation. And all shall worship him that dwell on the earth, whose name hath not been written, in the book of life of the Lamb that hath been slain, from the i'ounda- 9 tion of tlie world. If any one hath an ear, 10 let him hear. If any one gathereth a captiv- ity, into captivity he goeth : if any one shall kill with the s\vord, with the sword must he be killed. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. 11 And I saw another beast ascending out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, ■■ Or, as most read, names. and he spake as a dragon. And all the au- 12 thority of the first beast he exerciseth before him ; and he maketh the earth and those who dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose stroke of death was healed. And he doeth 13 great signs, so that even fire he maketh to descend from heaven unto the earth before men. And he deceiveth those who dwell on 14 the earth, because of the signs which it was given unto him to do before the beast, saying to those who dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which hath the stroke of the sword, and lived. And 15 it was given unto him to give breath unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as should not worship the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, the 16 small and the great, and the rich and the poor, and the free and the bond, that they should give them a mark on their right hand, or on their forehead ; and that no one should 17 be able to buy or sell, but he that hath the mark, the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him that 18 hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is a man's number; and his num- ber is 666. XIV. And I saw, and behold the Lamb standing upon the mount Zion, and with him a hundred and forty-four thousand, having his name, and the name of his Father, written on their foreheads. And I heard a voice from 2 heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of great thunder : and the voice which I heard was as of harpers har^iing with their haqis : and they sing as it were a new 3 song before the throne, and before the four living creatures, and the elders : and no one was able to learn the song, but the hundred and forty-four thousand, who had been re- deemed from the earth. These are they who 4 were not defiled with women ; for they are virgin. These are they who follow the Lamb, whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed REVELATION. 247 from among men, a fivstfruit unto God and 5 the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no lie ; for they are faultless. 6 And I saw another angel flying in mid- heaven, having an everlasting gospel, to de- clare the glad tidings unto those who sit on the earth, and over every nation, and tribe, and 7 tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice : Fear God, and give him glory ; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made the heaven, and the earth, and sea, and fountains of waters. 8 And 'another angel followed, saying : Fallen, fallen, is Babylon the great ; for of the wine of the wi-ath of her fornication she hath given all nations to drink. 9 And anotlier, a tliird angel followed them, say- ing with a loud voice : If any one worshippeth tlie beast and his image, and receiveth a mark 10 on his forehead, or upon his hand, even he shall drink of the wine of the wi'ath of God, which hath been mixed unmixed in the cup of his indignation, and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone before the holy angels and 11 before the Lamb ; and the smoke of their tor- ment ascendeth 'for ever and ever ; and they have no rest day and night, who worship the beast and his image, and if any one receiveth the mark of his name. 12 Here is the patience of the saints ; they who keep the commandments of God, and the faith 13 of Jesus. And I heard a voice from heaven, saying : Write : Blessed arc tlie dead who die in the Lord henceforth. Yea, saitli tlie Spirit, that they may rest from their toils ; but their works follow with them. 14 And I saw, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like a son of man, hav- ing on his head a golden crown, and in his hand 15a sharp sickle. And another angel came forth out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud : Send thy sickle, and reap ; for the hour of the reaping is come ; • Or, as many read, another, a second angel. ■ Gr. xmto ages of ages. for the hai-vest of the earth is dried. And he 16 that sat upon the cloud cast his sickle upon tlie earth, and the earth was reaped. And another angel came forth out of the 17 temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle. And another angel came forth 18 out of the altar, having power over the fire, and he called with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying : Send thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth ; for her grapes are fully ripe. And the angel 19 cast his sickle unto the earth, and gathered the fruit of the vine of the earth, and cast into the great vnnepress of the wrath of God. And 20 the winepress was trodden without the city, and there came forth blood out of the wine- press unto the bridles of the horses, a thousand six hundred furlongs off. XV. And I saw another sign in heaven, great and wonderful, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them was finished the wrath of God. And I saw as it were a glassy sea mingled 2 with fire, and those who were victorious from from tlie beast, and from liis image, and from the number of his name, standing "by the glassy sea, having harps of God. And they 3 sing the song of Moses the sei-vant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying : Great and wonderful are thy works, Lord God the Al- mighty ; righteous and true are thy ways, thou King of the nations. Who shall not fear thee, 4 Ο Lord, and glorify thy name ? for thou only art holy : for all the nations shall come and worship before thee ; because thy judgments were manifested. And after these things I saw, and the temple 5 of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened : and the seven angels who had 6 the seven plagues came forth out of the temple, ■ clothed in pure, bright linen, and girt round about the breasts with golden girdles. And 7 one of the four living creatures gave unto tlie ° Or, upon. 248 REVELATION. seven angels seven golden bowls, full of the wrath of God who liveth "for ever and ever. 8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his jiower ; and no one was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels should be • fulfilled. XVI. And I heard a loud voice out of the temple, saying to the seven angels : Go, and • pour out the seven bowls of the wrath of God into the earth. 2 And the first went away, and poured out his bowl "upon the eai"th ; and there came an evil and grievous sore npon the men who had tlie mark of the beast, and who Avorshipped his image. 3 And the second 'angel poured out his bowl into the sea; and it became blood as of one dead ; and every living soul died in the sea. 4 And the third poured out his bowl into the rivers and into the fountains of the waters ; 5 and they became blood. And I heard the angel of the waters saying : Righteous art thou, who art, and who wast, the Holy One, 6 because thou didst adjudge these things. For they poured out the blood of saints and prophets, and thou gavest them blood to 7 drink ; they are worthy. And I heard the altar saying : Yea, Ο Lord God the Almighty, true and righteous «re thy judgments. 8 And the fourth poured out his bowl upon the sun ; and it was given unto -"him to scorch 9 the men Λvith fire. And the men were scorched with great scorching, and they blasphemed the name of God, who had power over these plagues, and they repented not to give him glory. 10 And the fifth poured out his bowl upon the throne of the beast ; and his kingdom became darkened ; and they gnawed their tongues for H the pain, and blasphemed the God of heaven ' Gr. unto the agis of the ages. " Or, as many read, into. » Many omit the word, angel. ' Or, it. because of their pains and because of their sores, and repented not of their works. And the sixth poured out his bowl upon 12 that great river, the Euphrates ; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings who are from the rising of the sun might be prepared. And I saw, out of the 13 mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet, three unclean spirits as frogs, (for 14 they are spirits of demons, doing signs,) go forth unto the kings of the whole world, to gather them together to the battle of that great day of God the Almighty. (Behold, I 15 come as a thief; blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, that he walk not naked, and they see his shame.) And 'they 16 gathered them together into the place which is called in Hebrew Armageddon. And the seventh poured out his bowl upon 17 the air ; and there came forth a loud voice from the temple of hea\'en, from the throne, saying : It is done. And there were lightnings, 18 and voices, and thunders, and there was a great earthrpiake, such as was not since men were on the earth, such an earthquake, so great. And the great city became three parts, 19 and the cities of the nations fell ; and Babylon the great was remembered belbre God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. And every island fled, and 20 mountains were not found. And great hail as 21 of a talent's weight descendeth out of heaven upon the men ; and the men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail ; for great is the plague thereof exceedingly. XVII. And there came one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls, and spake with me, saying : Come, I will show thee the judgment of the great harlot, that sitteth on the many waters ; with wliom the kings of the 2 earth committed fornication, and they who in- habit the earth were made drunk with the • Or, he. REVELATION. 249 3 wine of her fornication. And he caiTied me away in the Spiiut into a wilderness ; and I saw a woman sitting upon a scarlet beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and 4 ten horns. And the woman was clothed with purple and scarlet, and gilded with gold, and precious stone, and pearls, having a golden cup in her band, full of abominations and the 5 uncleanuesses of her fornication, and upon her forehead a name written : Mystery, Babylon the great, the mother of the harlots and of the 6 abominations of the earth. And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the witnesses of Jesus ; and I wondered, when I saw her, with great wonder. 7 And the angel said unto me : Wherefore didst thou wonder ? I will tell thee the mys- tery of the woman, and of the beast that beareth her, which hath the seven heads and 8 the ten horns. The beast which thou sawest, was, and is not, and is to ascend out of the abyss, and go into perdition : and they that dwell on the earth, whose names have noi been written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, shall wonder, when they see the beast, that he was, and is not, 9 and shall be present. Here is the mind that hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven 10 mountains, on which the woman sitteth ; and they are seven kings ; the five are fallen, the one is, the other is not yet come ; and, when he is come, he must continue a little while. 11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is an eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into 12 perdition. And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, who have not yet re- ceived a kingdom ; but they receive authority 13 as kings one hour with the beast. These have one counsel, and give over their power 14 and authority unto the beast. These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them : for he is Lord of lords and King of kings: and they that are with him, called, and chosen, and faithful. 15 And he saith unto me : The waters which thou sawest, where the harlot sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues. And the ten horas which thou 16 sawest, and the beast, these shall hate the harlot, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and shall utterly bum her Avitli fire. For God gave it into their 17 hearts to perfonn his counsel, and to perform one counsel, and to give their kingdom unto the beast, till the words of God shall be finished. And the woman whom thou sawest 18 is that great city, which hath kingship over the kings of the earth. XVIII. And after these things I saw another angel descending from heaven, having great authority ; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a 2 loud voice, saying : Fallen, fallen, is Babylon the great, and is become a habitation of de- mons, and a hold of every unclean spirit, and a hold of every unclean and hated bird. For 3 of the -wine of the wrath of her fornication have all the nations dnmk, and the kings of the earth comniittted fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth became rich from the power of her luxuiy. And I heard another voice from heaven, 4 saying : Come forth out of her, my people, that ye have no fellowship with her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues ; for her sins 5 have accumulated unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. Eender unto her 6 as she also rendered, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she mixed, mix unto her double. How 7 much she glorified herself and lived luxu- riously, so much torment and sonOW give her ; for in her heaii; she saith : I sit queen, and widow I am not, and sorrow I shall never see. Therefore in one'day shall her plagues come, 8 death, and sorrow, and famine ; and with fire shall she be utterly burned : for mighty is the Lord God who judged her. And the kings of 9 the earth, who with her committed fornication and lived luxuriously, shall weep and wail over 32 250 REVELATION. her, when they see the smoke of her burning, 10 standing afar off for the fear of her toiinent, saying : Alas, ahis, that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour thy judg- 11 ment came. And tlie merchants of the earth weep and mourn over her ; for no one buyeth 12 their lading any more ; lading of gold, and of silv^er, and of precious stone, and of pearl, and of fine linen, and of purple, and of silk, and of scarlet, and all tliyine wood, and all ivory fui-niture, and all furniture of most precious wood, and of brass, and of iron, and of marble, 13 and cinnamon, and amomum, and incense, and ointment, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots, and of bodies, 14 and souls of men. And the fruits ='that thy soul lusted after have departed from thee, and all the dainty and the bright things have perished from thee, and never, never more 15 shalt thou find them. The merchants of these things, who became rich by her, shall stand afar ofl' for the fear of her torment, weeping 16 and mourning, and saying : Alas, alas, that gi-eat city, which was clothed vdth fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and gilded with gold, and precious stone, and pearls ! for in one hour 17 were made desolate so great riches. And every pilot, and all the crowd on the ships, and sail- ors, and as many as ply the sea, stood afar oft', 18 and were crying, as they saw the smoke of her burning, saying : What cltij like that gi'eat 19 city? And they cast dust upon their heads, and were crying, as they wept and mourned, saying : Alas, alas, that great city, wherein became rich all that had ships in the sea, by reason of her costliness ! for in one hour was 20 she made desolate. Rejoice over her, heaven, and ye saints, and ye apostles, and ye pro- phets ; for God judged yom• cause upon her. 21 And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast into the sea, saying : Thus with violence shall be cast Babylon the great city, and never shall she be ibund more. ' Gr. of the lust of thy soul. And the voice of hai-pers and musicians and 22 pipers and trumpeters shall never be heard in thee more ; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft, shall ever be found in thee more ; and the voice of a millstone shall never be heard in thee more ; and the light of a lamp shall never 2-3 shine in thee more ; and the voice of bride- groom and bride shall never be heard in thee more : for thy merchants were the great men of the earth ; for by thy sorcerj' were deceived all the nations. And in her the blood of pro- 24 phets and of saints was found, and of all that had been slain on the earth. XIX. After these things I heard as it were a loud voice of a great multitude in heaven, saying : Alleluia ! the salvation, and the glory, and the power, of our God ! For true and 2 righteous are his judgments ; for he judged the great harlot, that cornipted the earth with her fornication, and he avenged the blood of his sei'vants at her hand. And a second time they 3 said : Alleluia ! and her smoke ascendeth '•for ever and ever. And the twenty-four elders 4 and the four living creatures fell down, and worshipped God that sat on the throne, say- ing : Amen ; Alleluia ! And a voice came forth 5 out of the throne, saying : Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, the small and the great. And I heard as it were the 6 voice of a great multitude, and as it were the voice of many waters, and as it were the voice of mighty thunders, saying: Alleluia! for the Lord God the Almighty reigneth. Let us re- 7 joice and exult and give the glory to him ; for the mari'iage of the Lamb came, and his wife prepared herself, and it was given to her that 8 she should be clothed with fine linen, pure and bright. For the fine linen is the righteousness of the saints. And he saith unto me : Write : Blessed are 9 they who havέ been called unto the sujiper of the marriage of the Lamb. And he saith unto These are the true words of God. And me 10 ' Gr. unlo the a^es of the ages. REVELATION. 251 I fell before his feet to worship him. And he saith unto me : See thou do it not : I am a fellow-servant with thee, and with thy breth- ren that have the testimony of Jesus : worship God : for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy. 11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white liorse, and he that sat upon him, called Faithful and True ; and in righteousness he 12 judgeth and maketh war; but his eyes were as a flame of fire, and upon his head luere many diadems ; he had a name written, that no one 13 knoweth, but he himself; and he was clothed %vith a garment dyed with blood ; and his name 14 is called The Word of God. And the armies \vhich were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and pure. 15 And out of his mouth proceedetli a sharp sword, tliat with it lie might smite the nations ; and he himself shall tend them with an iron rod ; and he himself treadetli tlie winepress of the wane of the fierceness of the wrath of God 16 the Almighty. And he hath upon his gai-ment and upon his thigh a name written : King of kings and Lord of lords. 17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun ; and he cried with a loud voice, sapng to all the birds that fly in mid-heaven : Come, and gather yourselves together unto the great supper of 18 God ; that ye may eat flesh of kings, and flesh of chief captains, and flesh of mighty men, and flesh of horses and of those that sit on them, and flesh of all, both free and bond, and small and great. 19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the eaii;h, and their anuies, gathered together to make war with him that sat on the horse, and 20 with his army. And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that did the signs before him, vdth which he deceived those who had received the mark of the beast, and who worshipped his image. They two were cast alive into the lake of fire which burneth with 21 brimstone. And the rest were killed with the sword of him that sat on the horse, which sword came forth out of his mouth, and all the birds were filled with their flesh. XX. And I saw an angel descending from heaven, having the key of tlie abyss, and a great chain upon his hand. And he laid hold 2 on the dragon, that old serpent, Avhich is the Devil and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss, and shut 3 and sealed over him, that he might no more deceive the nations, till the thousand years were finished; and after these he must be loosed a little time. And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, 4 and judgment was given unto them; and/ saw the souls of those beheaded for the testi- mony of Jesus, and foj• the word of God, and who Avorshipped not the beast, nor his image, and received not the mark upon their forehead and upon their hand ; and they lived and reigned with Christ "^a thousand years. But 5 the rest of the dead lived not, till the thousand years should be finished. This is the first re- surrection. Blessed and holy is he that hath pai't in the first resurrection : over these the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years. And when the thousand years are finished, 7 Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, and shall go forth to deceive the nations which are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Ma- gog, to gather them together to battle : the number of whom is as the sand of the sea. And they went up upon the breadth of the 9 earth, and encompassed the camp of the saints, and the beloved city : and there came down fire from God out of heaven, and devoured theiu ; and the devil that deceived them 10 was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where arc also the beast and the false prophet; and they shall be tormented day and night ''for ever and ever. And I saw a great white throne, and him 11 « Or, as many read, the. ^ Gr. unto the ages of the ages. 252 REVELATION. tliiit sat on it, from whose face fled the earth and tlic heaven, and no place was found for 12 them. And I saw the dead, small and great, standing hefore the throne ; and books were opened ; and another book was opened, which is of life ; and the dead were judged out of the things written in the books, according to 13 their works. And the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and hades gave up the dead that icerc in them ; and they were judged every one according to their works. 14 And death and hades were cast into the lake 15 of fire : this is the second death. = And if any one was not found Avritten in the book of life, lie was cast into the lake of fire. XXI. And I saw a new heaven and a new earth : for the first heaven and the first earth have passed away, and the sea is no more. 2 And the holy city, new Jerusalem, I saw descending out of heaven from God, prepared 3 as a bride adorned for her husband. And I heard a loud voice out of heaven, saying : Be- hold, the tabernacle of God with men ! and he shall tabernacle with them, and they shall be his peoples, and 'God himself shall be with 4 them, their God. And God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes ; and death shall be no more ; nor shall sorrow, nor crj-ing, nor pain, be any more ; for the first things are gone. 5 And he that sat upon the throne said : Be- hold, I make all things new. And he saith unto me : Write : for these words are fiiithful G and true. And he said unto me : It is done. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that thirst- eth of the fountain of the water of life freely. 7 He that overcomcth shall inherit these things ; and I will be to him God, and he shall be to 8 me a son. But to the fearful, and unbelieving, and abominable, and murderers, and fornica- tors, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all the • Many ailil : llie lake of fire. ' Ur, as many rcari, he, God with tliem^ shall be their God. liars, their part sIkiU he in the lake Λvhich burnetii with fire and brimstone, which is the second death. And there came one . of the seven angels, 9 who had the seven bowls full of the seven last plagues, and spake with me, saying : Come, I will show thee the bride, the Lamb's wife. And he carried me away in the Spirit to a 10 great and high mountain, and showed me the holy city, Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God, having the glory of God: its light 11 luas like a stone most precious, as a jasper stone clear as crystal ; it had a wall great and 12 high; it had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names inscribed, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel ; on the east ivere three gates ; and 13 on the north, three gates ; and on the south, three gates; and on the west, three gates; and 14 the ΛνΒΐΙ of the city had twelve foundations, and in them twelve names of the twelve apos- tles of the Lamb. And he that spake with me 15 had a measure, a golden reed, that he might measure the city, and its gates, and its wall. And the city lieth four-cornered, and its length 16 is as much as the breadth. And he measured the city with the reed to twelve thousand fur- longs ; the length and the breadth and the height of it are equal. And he measured its 17 wall, a hundred aitd forty-four cubits, man's measure, which is angel's. And the structure 18 of its wall was jasper, and the city pure gold, like pure glass. And the foundations of the 19 wall of the city u-cre adorned with every pre- cious stone : the first foundation, jasper; the second, sapphire ; the third, chalcedony ; the fourth, emerald; the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, 20 sardine ; the seventh, chrysolite ; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, topaz ; the tenth, chryso- prase ; the eleventh, hyacinth ; the twelfth, amethyst. And the twelve gates ivcrc twelve 21 pearls ; each one of the gates severally was of one pearl ; and the broad place of the city, pure gold, as it were translucent glass. And 22 I saw in it no temple ; for the Lord God the Almighty is its temple, and the Lamb. And 23 REVELATION. 253 the city hath no need of the sun, iioi• of the moon, that they shouhl shine for it ; for the glory of God hgliteued it, and its lamp u-us the 24 Lamb. And the nations shall walk by its light ; and the kings of the earth bring their 25 glory and honour into it. And its gates shall not be shut at all by day : for there shall be 26 no night there. And they shall bring the glory 27 and the honour of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing common, and that worketh abomination and a lie ; but they who have been written in the book of life of the Lamb. XXII. And he showed me a river of water of life, bright as crystal, proceeding out of the 2 throne of God and the Lamb. In the midst of its broad place and of the river on this side and on that side tva^ a tree of life, bearing twelve fruits, yielding its fruit every month ; and the leaves of the tree wctc for the healing 3 of the nations. And there shall be no curse any more : and the throne of God and the Lamb shall be in it ; and his servants shall 4 serve him ; and they shall see his face ; and 5 his name shall be on their foreheads. And there shall be no night there ; and they have no \ need of a lamp, and light of the sun ; for the Lord God shall lighten them ; and they shall reign ^for ever and ever. 6 And he said unto me : These words are faith- ful and true ; and the Lord God of the spirits of the holy prophets sent his angel to show unto his servants things which must come to 7 pass shortly. And behold, I come quickly ; blessed is he that keepeth the words of the prophecy of this book. 8 And it icas I, John, who heard and saw these things. And when I iiad heard and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel 9 who showed me these things. And he saith ' Gr. unto the ages of the ages. , unto me : See tJioii do it not : I am a felloΛv- servant with thee, and with thy brethren the prophets, and with those who keep the words of this book : worship God. And he saith unto me : Seal not the words 10 of the prophecy of this book : for the time is near. He that is unjust, let him be unjust still; 11 and he that is filthy, let him be filthy still ; and he that is righteous, let him work righteousness still ; and he that is holy, let him be holy still. Behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with 12 me, to render to every one as his work shall be. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the 13 last, the beginning and the end. Blessed are 14 they that ^άο his commandments, that 'they may have right to the tree of life, and enter by the gates into the city. Without are the 15 dogs, and the sorcerers, and the fornicators, and the murderers, and the idolaters, and every one that loveth and maketh a lie. I, Jesus, sent 16 my angel to testify unto you these things con- cerning the churches. I am the Root and the Offspring of David ; the bright and the morn- ing Star. And the Spirit and the bride say: Come. 17 And he that heareth, let him say: Come. And he that thirsteth, let him come : he that will, let him take water of life freely. I testify to every one that heareth the words 18 of the prophecy of this book : If any one shall add unto them, God shall add unto him the plagues that have been wiittcn in this book ; and if any one shall take away from the words 19 of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part from the tree of life and out of the holy city, which have been written in this book. He who testifieth these things saith : Yea, 20 I come quickly. Amen ; come. Lord Jesus. The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with 21 all Jtlie saints. 'Amen. >> For do his commandments, some rtad, wasli their robes. ' Gr. that their power, or right, may be over. J Some omit the words, the saints. ' Many omit the word, Am€7i. DATE DUE imiPff^ » i DEMCO 38-297